As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2018



Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
_________________

Form F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
_________________
EuroDry Ltd.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________________

Republic of the Marshall Islands
4412
N/A
     
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi Greece
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
 
Tasos Aslidis, Tel: (908) 301-9091,   aha@Euroltd.gr, EuroDry Ltd. c/o Tasos Aslidis,
11 Canterbury Lane, Watchung, NJ 07069
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
 
Copies to:
 
Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.
Anthony Tu-Sekine, Esq.
Seward & Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, New York 10004
(212) 574-1200
________________________
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 
 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.
Emerging growth company. 
 
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. 
† The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
_________________________
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
 
Amount to be
Registered (1)
 
Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
 
Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
 
Amount of
Registration
Fee
Common shares, par value $0.01
   2,254,825  
$    (2)
 
$32,862,123 (2)
 
$4,091.33
Series A Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Rights (3)
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
(4)
Total
         
$32,862,123
 
$4,091.33

(1)   This registration statement relates to common shares, par value $0.01 per share of EuroDry Ltd. that will be distributed pro rata pursuant to a spin-off transaction to the holders of common stock, par value $0.03 per share, of Euroseas Ltd.  The amount of common shares of EuroDry to be registered represents the maximum number of common shares of EuroDry Ltd. that will be distributed pro rata to the holders of Euroseas Ltd. common stock upon consummation of the spin-off.
 
(2)   Consistent with Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, because there is no market for the shares being distributed, the filing fee has been computed based on the book value of EuroDry's equity as of December 31, 2017.

(3) The Series A Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Rights (the "Rights") being registered hereby relate to the Shareholders Rights Agreement which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution (the "Shareholders Rights Agreement") between the Registrant and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC associated with the common shares registered hereby.  Pursuant to the Shareholders Rights Agreement, the Rights are not exercisable until the occurrence of certain prescribed events, are evidenced by the certificates for the common shares and will be transferred only with the common shares.

(4) In accordance with Rule 457(g), no additional registration fee is required in respect of the Rights.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED May 7, 2018
Distribution of 2,254,825 Shares of Common Stock of
EURODRY LTD.
to Stockholders of Euroseas Ltd.
________________________
We are furnishing this prospectus to shareholders of Euroseas Ltd. ("Euroseas"). We are currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of Euroseas. Euroseas will distribute all of our outstanding shares of common stock ("common shares") as a special distribution to holders of its common shares.
Shareholders of Euroseas will receive one EuroDry common share for every five shares of Euroseas common stock owned at the close of business on May 23. The distribution will be made on or about May 30, 2018.  Fractional common shares will not be distributed.  Instead, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional common shares into whole shares, sell such whole shares in the open market at prevailing rates promptly after our common shares commence trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and distribute the net cash proceeds from the sales pro rata to each holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional common shares in the distribution.
We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "EDRY." Shares of Euroseas common stock will continue to trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "ESEA". This distribution of our common shares is the first public distribution of our shares, and prior to this distribution, there has been no public market for our common shares. Accordingly, we can provide no assurance to you as to what the market price of our shares may be or how strong a secondary market for our shares will develop.
We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, as such, we may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See "Risk Factors" and "Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."
Investing in our common shares involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 20 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our common shares.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Delivery of the common shares is expected to be made on or about May 30, 2018.
Prospectus dated            , 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS  
1
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  
1
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES  
2
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY  
5
THE SPIN-OFF DISTRIBUTION  
12
SUMMARY COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA  
15
RISK FACTORS  
20
CAPITALIZATION  
50
SUMMARY OF SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
51
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
55
BUSINESS  
67
MANAGEMENT  
84
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  
89
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AFTER THE SPIN-OFF DISTRIBUTION
91
CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS  
93
DIVIDEND POLICY  
96
TAX CONSIDERATIONS  
97
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK  
105
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE  
110
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION  
111
LEGAL MATTERS  
112
EXPERTS  
112
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  
112
OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION  
113
INDEX TO COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
F-1
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS  
II-1
 
 
 
i

 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
You should rely only on the information contained and incorporated by reference into this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus filed with the SEC. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information or to make representations other than those contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.
We obtained certain statistical data, market data and other industry data and forecasts used or incorporated by reference into this prospectus from publicly available information. While we believe that the statistical data, industry data, forecasts and market research are reliable, we have not independently verified the data, and we do not make any representation as to the accuracy of the information.
Unless otherwise indicated, references to "EuroDry," the "Company," "we," "our," "us" or similar terms refer to the registrant, EuroDry Ltd., and its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This registration statement contains forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our operations or our performance. Words such as "expects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "anticipates," "estimates," and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify the forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, no assurance can be given that such expectations will prove to have been correct. These statements involve known and unknown risks and are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates which are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:
·
our future operating or financial results;
·
future, pending or recent acquisitions, joint ventures, business strategy, areas of possible expansion, and expected capital spending or operating expenses;
·
drybulk shipping industry trends, including charter rates and factors affecting vessel supply and demand;
·
our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;
·
availability of crew, number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;
·
our expectations about the availability of vessels to purchase or the useful lives of our vessels;
·
our expectations relating to dividend payments and our ability to make such payments;
·
our ability to leverage to our advantage our managers' relationships and reputations in the drybulk shipping industry;
·
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;
·
changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;
·
potential liability from future litigation;
·
global and regional political conditions;
·
acts of terrorism and other hostilities, including piracy; and
·
other factors discussed in the section titled "Risk Factors."
WE UNDERTAKE NO OBLIGATION TO PUBLICLY UPDATE OR REVISE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR THE DOCUMENTS TO WHICH WE REFER YOU IN THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT, TO REFLECT ANY CHANGE IN OUR EXPECTATIONS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH STATEMENTS OR ANY CHANGE IN EVENTS, CONDITIONS OR CIRCUMSTANCES ON WHICH ANY STATEMENT IS BASED, EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY LAW.

1

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and our principal executive offices are located outside the United States. Certain of our directors and officers reside outside the United States. In addition, substantially all of our assets and the assets of certain of our directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to serve legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. It may also not be possible for you to enforce, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in United States courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws.
Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that courts in jurisdictions outside the U.S (i) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors or officers based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (ii) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or our directors or officers based on those laws.


2

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE SPIN-OFF DISTRIBUTION
Q:
How many EuroDry common shares will I receive?
A:
Euroseas will distribute to you one EuroDry common share for every five   shares of Euroseas common stock that you own as of the close of business on May 23, 2018, the record date (the "Spin-Off Distribution").
Q:
What are the EuroDry common shares worth?
A:
The value of our shares will be determined by their trading price after the Spin-Off Distribution. We do not know what the trading price will be and we can provide no assurance as to value.
Q:
What will the relationship between Euroseas and EuroDry be after the Spin-Off Distribution?
A:
After the Spin-Off Distribution, Euroseas does not expect to own any of the EuroDry common shares or otherwise have an ownership interest in EuroDry. Euroseas and EuroDry will be separate publicly traded companies, although, at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, all of the directors and officers of Euroseas may hold similar positions at EuroDry.
Q:
What are the reasons for the Spin-Off Distribution?
A:
Euroseas is currently engaged in the ocean transportation of drybulk and containers through ownership and operation of drybulk vessels and containerships.  Euroseas intends to separate these two businesses.  The separation began with a restructuring that established EuroDry as a new holding subsidiary company of Euroseas. Euroseas believes that its lines of business are not accurately valued in the capital market, and the Spin-Off Distribution will enable each company (Euroseas and EuroDry) to increase its business focus, alleviate market confusion and attract new investors.
The Spin-Off Distribution will result in two "pure play" companies: Euroseas will own containerships and one drybulk vessel (which was agreed to be sold on March 19, 2018 and is expected to be delivered to its buyers by June 30, 2018), and EuroDry will own only drybulk vessels. Historically, "pure play" companies have tended to trade at levels that suggest higher valuations than companies with mixed asset classes. Euroseas and EuroDry expect that the Spin-Off Distribution will result in an increase of shareholder value if the aggregate trading value of the two separate entities exceeds that of the trading value of Euroseas' common stock before the Spin-Off Distribution, as historical trends suggest.  Euroseas and EuroDry also believe that the Spin-Off Distribution may better position both companies for potential sale or merger opportunities in the future.
In determining whether to effect the Spin-Off Distribution, the board of directors of Euroseas considered the costs and risks associated with the transaction, including those associated with preparing EuroDry to become a separate publicly traded company and the possibility that the trading value of the two separate entities after the Spin-Off Distribution may be less than the trading value of Euroseas' common stock before the Spin-Off Distribution. Notwithstanding these costs and risks, the board of directors of Euroseas determined that a spin-off, in the form contemplated by the Spin-Off Distribution is the best alternative to enhance long-term shareholder value relative to other strategic alternatives.
Q:
Will EuroDry common shares be listed on a stock exchange?
A:
EuroDry has applied to list its common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "EDRY".

3

Q:
Will my Euroseas shares continue to be listed on an exchange?
 
A:
Yes. Euroseas' common stock will continue to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "ESEA". The number of shares of Euroseas common stock you own will not change as a result of the Spin-Off Distribution.
 
Q:
What are the tax consequences to me of the Spin-Off Distribution?
 
A:
Your initial tax basis in the shares that you receive in the Spin-Off Distribution will be determined by their trading price at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution. Euroseas does not expect that shareholders that are U.S. taxpayers to recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there is no certainty this will be the case.  Euroseas will notify you after year end 2018 of the tax attributes of the Spin-Off Distribution on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099.  The tax treatment of the Spin-Off Distribution is discussed below in "Tax-Considerations – United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders."
 
Q:
How will I receive EuroDry common shares?
 
A:
Euroseas will deliver the 100% of the issued and outstanding common shares to the distribution agent.  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as distribution agent in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution and as transfer agent and registrar for EuroDry common shares.  See "Business – Mechanics of the Spin-Off Distribution."
 
Q:
What do I have to do to receive my EuroDry common shares?
 
A:
No action by you is required. If your shares of Euroseas common stock are held in a brokerage account, the common shares distributed to you will be credited to that account. If you hold shares of Euroseas common stock in certificated or book entry form, your ownership of EuroDry common shares will be recorded in the books of our transfer agent and a statement evidencing your ownership will be mailed to you. Certificates representing EuroDry common shares will not be issued in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution, but we may elect to issue certificates in the future.
 
Q:
How will fractional common shares be treated in the Spin-Off Distribution?
 
Fractional common shares will not be distributed.  Instead, for registered shareholders, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional common shares into whole shares, sell such whole shares in the open market at prevailing rates promptly after our common shares commence trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and distribute the net cash proceeds from the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to each holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional common shares in the distribution (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder).  Holders of Euroseas common stock that hold their shares through a bank, broker, or nominee shall receive cash in lieu of fractional common shares, if any, determined in accordance with the policies of such bank, broker, or nominee.  If a Euroseas shareholder holds fewer than five shares of Euroseas common stock as of the record date, it will not receive any of our common shares; however, the shareholder will receive a cash distribution from our distribution agent representing the proceeds from the sale of the fractional common shares to which the shareholder is entitled, net of brokerage fees and other costs.  See "Business – Mechanics of the Spin-Off Distribution." for a more detailed explanation.  If you receive cash in lieu of fractional common shares, you will not be entitled to any interest on the payments.  The receipt of cash in lieu of fractional common shares generally will be taxable to the recipient Euroseas shareholders that are subject to U.S. federal income tax as described in "Tax Considerations" below.
 
Q:
Are Shareholders of Euroseas entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution?
 
A:
No. Shareholders of Euroseas are not entitled to appraisal rights in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution.
 
 
4

 
 
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information that appears later in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. As an investor or prospective investor, you should carefully review the entire prospectus, including the section of this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors" and the more detailed information that appears later in this prospectus before making an investment in our common shares.
Unless otherwise indicated, references to "EuroDry," the "Company," "we," "our," "us" or similar terms refer to the registrant, EuroDry Ltd., and its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. We use the term deadweight tons, or dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, in describing the size of our vessels. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "U.S. dollars," "dollars," "U.S. $" and "$" in this prospectus are to the lawful currency of the United States of America.
Explanatory Note
EuroDry Ltd. was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 8, 2018. The Company was incorporated by Euroseas to serve as the holding company of seven subsidiaries that will be contributed by Euroseas to the Company (the "Subsidiaries" or "EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor") in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution. Euroseas will contribute these subsidiaries to the Company prior to the Spin-Off Distribution, and, as the sole shareholder of the Company, intends to distribute the Company's common shares to shareholders of Euroseas on a pro rata basis on or about May 30, 2018.  Euroseas will also distribute shares of our Series B Preferred Stock (the "EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares") to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares in exchange for a number of such Euroseas Series B Preferred Shares.  Under this registration statement, the Company is applying to register its common shares under the Securities Act of 1933. In addition, the Company has applied to have the common shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol "EDRY". Upon consummation of the Spin-Off Distribution and the successful listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Company and Euroseas will be independent publicly traded companies with separate boards of directors and management, although, at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, all of the directors and officers of Euroseas may hold similar positions at the Company .
The financial statements presented in this registration statement are carve-out financial statements. The carve-out financial statements in this registration statement include combined carve-out financial statements of the EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017.
Unless otherwise indicated or required by the context in this registration statement, our disclosure assumes that the consummation of the Spin-Off Distribution has occurred. Although the Company will not acquire seven subsidiaries of Euroseas until shortly before the Spin-Off Distribution, the operating and other statistical information with respect to our business is presented as of December 31, 2017, unless otherwise indicated, as if we owned such business as of such date.
Overview
EuroDry Ltd. was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 8, 2018. The Company was incorporated by Euroseas to serve as the holding company of seven subsidiaries that will be contributed by Euroseas to the Company in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution. Euroseas will contribute these subsidiaries to the Company prior to the Spin-Off Distribution, and, as the sole shareholder of the Company, intends to distribute the Company's common shares to holders of Euroseas common stock on a pro rata basis on or about May 30, 2018.  Euroseas will also distribute EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares in exchange for a number of such Euroseas Series B Preferred Shares.
 
 
 
 
 
 
5

 
 
We are a provider of worldwide ocean-going transportation services. We own and operate drybulk carriers that transport major bulks such as iron ore, coal and grains, and minor bulks such as bauxite, phosphate and fertilizers. As of May 7, 2018, our fleet consisted of six drybulk vessels. The total cargo carrying capacity of our fleet is 453,086 dwt.
 
There currently is no existing public trading market for our common shares. However, we are in the process of applying to have our common shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "EDRY". We make no representation that such application will be approved or that our common shares will trade on such market, either now or at any time in the future. The successful listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market is subject to our fulfilling all of the requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
 
 
Our Fleet
 
As of May 7, 2018, the profile and deployment of our fleet is the following :
 
Name
Type
Dwt
Year Built
Employment (1)
TCE Rate ($/day)
XENIA
Kamsarmax
82,000
2016
TC until Jan-20 thereafter 1-year at Charterer's option
$14,100
$14,350
EIRINI P.
Panamax
76,466
2004
TC until Sep-18
Hire 103.25% of Average BPI 4 TC (2)
TASOS
Panamax
75,100
2000
TC until Jun-18
$12,300
PANTELIS
Panamax
74,020
2000
TC until Jun-18
$10,000 and a Gross Ballast Bonus of $525,000 (total equivalent to about $8,650)
ALEXANDROS P.
Ultramax
63,500
2017
TC until Jul-18
114% BSI (3)
EKATERINI
Kamsarmax
82,000
2018
TC until Apr-20 to maximum Oct-20
$13,000
           
Fleet Grand Total
6
453,086
     

(1)
TC denotes time charter. All dates listed are the earliest redelivery dates under each TC.
(2)
Denotes the Baltic Panamax Index
(3)
Denotes the Baltic Supramax Index

We plan to expand our fleet by investing in vessels in the drybulk markets under favorable market conditions. We also intend to take advantage of the cyclical nature of the market by buying and selling ships when we believe favorable opportunities exist.  We employ our vessels in the spot charter and in the time charter market. As of May 7, 2018, all of our vessels are employed under time charter contracts.
 
As of May 7, 2018, approximately 53% of our ship capacity days in 2018 and approximately 33% of our ship capacity days in 2019 are under contract.
 

6

Management of Our Fleet
 
The operations of our vessels will be managed by Eurobulk Ltd., or Eurobulk, and Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc., or Eurobulk FE, both affiliated companies (each a "Manager" and together, the "Managers"). Eurobulk will manage our fleet under a Master Management Agreement with us and separate management agreements with each shipowning company, all of which we expect to have entered into prior to the Spin-Off Distribution and which will contain substantially similar terms to the present agreements between the Managers and Euroseas. Eurobulk was founded in 1994 by members of the Pittas family and is a reputable ship management company with strong industry relationships and experience in managing vessels. Under our Master Management Agreement, Eurobulk will be responsible for providing us with: (i) executive services associated with us being a public company; (ii) other services to our subsidiaries and commercial management services, which include obtaining employment for our vessels and managing our relationships with charterers; and (iii) technical management services, which include managing day-to-day vessel operations, performing general vessel maintenance, ensuring regulatory and classification society compliance, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging our hire of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, arranging insurance for vessels, purchasing stores, supplies, spares and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support and shoreside personnel who carry out the management functions described above and certain accounting services.
 
Our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk will compensate Eurobulk with an annual fee and a daily management fee per vessel managed. Our Master Management Agreement, which we expect to have entered into prior to the Spin-Off Distribution, will be substantially similar to the master management agreement between Euroseas and Eurobulk relating to our vessels that were previously owned by Euroseas.  The Master Management Agreement will be terminable by Eurobulk only for cause or under other limited circumstances, such as sale of the Company or Eurobulk or the bankruptcy of either party. The Master Management Agreement will run through January 1, 2023 and will automatically be extended after the initial period for an additional five-year period unless terminated on or before the 90th day preceding the initial termination date. Pursuant to the Master Management Agreement, vessels we might acquire in the future can enter into a separate management agreement with Eurobulk with the term and daily rate as specified in the Master Management Agreement.  The fee under the management agreements between Eurobulk FE and the shipowning companies will follow substantially the same terms of the similar agreements with Eurobulk.
 
The management fee will be adjusted annually for Eurozone inflation every January 1 st . Under the Master Management Agreement, we will pay Eurobulk an annual fee of $1,250,000 and a fee of 685 Euros per vessel per day in operation and 342.50 Euros per vessel per day in lay-up. In the case of newbuilding vessel contracts, the same management fee of 685 Euros will become effective when construction of the vessels actually begins.  During any period in which the "volume discount" applies, the daily management fee will be 685 Euros per vessel per day in operation and 342.5 Euros per vessel per day in lay-up.
 
Eurobulk FE was founded in 2015 and is based in The Philippines. Eurobulk FE will manage our vessels M/V "Xenia," M/V "Tasos," M/V "Alexandros P" and M/V "Ekaterini," pursuant to a management agreement with each vessel's shipowning company and Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk FE, both of which will be entered into prior to the Spin-Off Distribution with terms substantially similar to the corresponding agreements of Eurobulk with the other shipowning companies.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that we possess the following competitive strengths:
 
·
Experienced Management Team . Our management team has significant experience in all aspects of commercial, technical, operational and financial areas of our business. Aristides J. Pittas, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, holds a dual graduate degree in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering and Ocean Systems Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. He has worked in various technical, shipyard and ship management capacities and since 1991 has focused on the ownership and operation of vessels carrying dry cargoes. Dr. Anastasios Aslidis, our Chief Financial Officer, holds a Ph.D. in Ocean Systems Management also from Massachusetts Institute of Technology and has over 20 years of experience, primarily as a partner at a Boston based international consulting firm focusing on investment and risk management in the maritime industry.
 
 
 
 
7


 
 
·
Cost Efficient Vessel Operations . We believe that because of the efficiencies afforded to us through Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, the strength of our management team and the quality of our fleet, we are, and will continue to be, a reliable, low cost vessel operator, without compromising our high standards of performance, reliability and safety.  Our total vessel operating expenses, including management fees and general and administrative expenses but excluding drydocking expenses, were $5,116 per day for the year ended December 31, 2017. We believe that our technical and operating expertise allows us to efficiently manage and transport a wide range of cargoes with a flexible trade route profile, which helps reduce ballast time between voyages and minimize off-hire days. Our professional, well-trained masters, officers and on-board crews further help us to control costs and ensure consistent vessel operating performance. We actively manage our fleet and strive to maximize utilization and minimize maintenance expenditures for operational and commercial utilization. For the year ended December 31, 2017, our operational fleet utilization was 98.8%, down from 100% in 2016, while our commercial utilization rate was 100% in both 2017 and 2016. Our total fleet utilization rate in 2017 was 98.8%.
 
·
Strong Relationships with Customers and Financial Institutions . We believe our management team, Eurobulk, Eurobulk FE and the Pittas family to have developed strong industry relationships and to have gained acceptance with charterers, lenders and insurers because of long-standing reputation for safe and reliable service and financial responsibility through various shipping cycles. Through Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, we offer reliable service and cargo carrying flexibility that enables us to attract customers and obtain repeat business. We also believe that the established customer base and reputation of ourselves, Eurobulk, Eurobulk FE and the Pittas family help us to secure favorable employment for our vessels with well-known charterers.
 
Our Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is focused on providing consistent shareholder returns by carefully timing and structuring acquisitions of drybulk vessels and by reliably, safely and competitively operating our vessels through Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE. We continuously evaluate purchase and sale opportunities, as well as long term employment opportunities for our vessels. Key elements of the above strategy are:
 
·
Renew and Expand our Fleet . We expect to grow our fleet in a disciplined manner through timely and selective acquisitions of quality vessels. We perform in-depth technical review and financial analysis of each potential acquisition and only purchase vessels as market opportunities present themselves. We focus on purchasing well-maintained secondhand vessels, newbuildings or newbuilding resales based on the evaluation of each investment option at the time it is made. In 2016 we took delivery of one newbuilding drybulk carrier. In January 2017, we took delivery of one secondhand and one newbuilding drybulk carrier. In addition, in March 2017, we signed an addendum to our newbuilding contract with Jiangsu Tianyuan Marine Import & Export Co., Ltd., and Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and Jiangsu New Yangzi Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. to proceed with the construction of an 82,000 dwt bulk carrier which we took delivery of on May 7, 2018.
 
·
Maintain Balanced Employment . We intend to employ our fleet on either longer term time charters, i.e. charters with duration of more than a year, or shorter term time/spot charters. We seek longer term time charter employment to obtain adequate cash flow to cover as much as possible of our fleet's recurring costs, consisting of vessel operating expenses, management fees, general and administrative expenses, interest expense and drydocking costs for the upcoming 12-month period. We may also use forward freight agreements ("FFA" or "FFAs") – as a substitute for time charter employment – to partly provide coverage for our drybulk vessels in order to increase the predictability of our revenues. We look to deploy the remainder of our fleet on spot charters, shipping pools or contracts of affreightment depending on our view of the direction of the markets and other tactical or strategic considerations. When we expect charter rates to improve we try to increase the percentage of our fleet employed in shorter term contracts (allowing us to take advantage of higher rates in the future), while when we expect the market to weaken we try to increase the percentage of our fleet employed in longer term contracts (allowing us to take advantage of higher current rates). We believe this balanced employment strategy will provide us with more predictable operating cash flows and sufficient downside protection, while allowing us to participate in the potential upside of the spot market during periods of rising charter rates. As of May 7, 2018, on the basis of our existing time charters, approximately 53% of our vessel capacity in 2018 and approximately 33% in 2019 are under time charter contracts, which will ensure employment of a portion of our fleet, partly protect us from market fluctuations and increase our ability us to make principal and interest payments on our debt and pay dividends to our shareholders.
 
 
 
8

 
·
Operate a Fleet of Drybulk Vessels . We will primarily focus on the Handy to Kamsarmax ship segments of the drybulk market, which have, historically, been less volatile than the largest, Capesize, segment.
 
·
Optimize Use of Financial Leverage . We intend to use bank debt to partly fund our vessel acquisitions and increase financial returns for our shareholders. We actively assess the level of debt we incur in light of our ability to repay that debt based on the level of cash flow generated from our chartering strategy and efficient operating cost structure. Our debt repayment schedule as of January 1, 2018 calls for a reduction of approximately 21% of our debt by the end of 2018 and an additional reduction of about 28% by the end of 2019 for a total of about 49% reduction over the next two years, excluding any new debt that we may assume for the financing of our vessel under construction. As our debt is being repaid we expect that our ability to raise or borrow additional funds more cheaply in order to grow our fleet and generate better returns for our shareholders will increase.
 
Risk Factors
 
We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategies. These risks relate to, among others, changes in the international shipping industry, including supply and demand, charter hire rates, commodity prices, a downturn in the global economy, hazards inherent in our industry and operations resulting in liability for damage to or destruction of property and equipment, pollution or environmental damage, inability to comply with covenants in the credit facilities we may enter into, inability to finance capital projects, and inability to successfully employ our vessels.
 
You should carefully consider the risks described under the heading "Risk Factors" beginning on page 20 of this prospectus and the other information in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common shares.
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
 
Corporate Structure
 
The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Euroseas and is the sole owner of all outstanding shares of the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21.1 hereto. After the completion of the Spin-Off Distribution, we will no longer be a subsidiary of Euroseas and will own each of the vessels in our current fleet through direct wholly-owned subsidiaries.  The following diagram depicts our organizational structure before and following the completion of the Spin-Off Distribution (omits certain dormant, non-vessel owning subsidiaries of Euroseas):
 
Before
After

 
 
10

 
 
Corporate Information
 
EuroDry Ltd. is a holding company existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands. We maintain our principal executive offices at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi, Greece. Our telephone number at that address is +30-211-1804006.  Our website address is www.eurodry.gr.  The information on our website is not a part of this prospectus.
 
Other Information
 
Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, you may encounter difficulty protecting your interests as shareholders, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal court system may be limited. Please refer to the sections entitled "Risk Factors" and "Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities" for more information.
 
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
 
We qualify as an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the "JOBS Act"). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company, among other things:
 
·
we are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act");
 
·
we are exempt from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the "PCAOB") may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;
 
·
we are permitted to provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;
 
·
we are not required to give our shareholders non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements;
 
·
we are granted the ability to present more limited financial data in this registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part; and
 
·
we may elect not to use an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
 
We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company by 2023 or if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common shares held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. We have elected not to opt-out of such extended transition period, which means that when a new or revised accounting standard is issued, and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, may elect not to adopt the new or revised standard until the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard.
 
 
 
 
11

 
 
 

 
THE SPIN-OFF DISTRIBUTION
 
Distributing company
Euroseas Ltd.
   
Distributed company
EuroDry Ltd.
   
Shares to be distributed
All of our common shares. Euroseas does not expect to retain any of our common shares.  Euroseas will also distribute EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares in exchange for a number of such Euroseas Series B Preferred Shares.
   
Distribution ratio and record date
One of our common shares will be distributed for every five shares of Euroseas common stock owned of record at the close of business on the record date of May 23, 2018.
 
Prior to the Spin-Off Distribution, Euroseas will deliver 100% of the Company's issued and outstanding common shares to the distribution agent.  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as distribution agent in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution and as transfer agent and registrar for the Company's common shares.  See "Business – Mechanics of the Spin-Off Distribution."
 
Fractional shares
Fractional common shares will not be distributed.  Instead, for registered shareholders, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional common shares into whole shares, sell such whole shares in the open market at prevailing rates promptly after our common shares commence trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, and distribute the net cash proceeds from the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata to each holder who would otherwise have been entitled to receive fractional common shares in the distribution (net of any required withholding for taxes applicable to each holder).  Holders of Euroseas common stock that hold their shares through a bank, broker, or nominee shall receive cash in lieu of fractional common shares, if any, determined in accordance with the policies of such bank, broker, or nominee.  If a Euroseas shareholder holds fewer than five shares of Euroseas common stock as of the record date, it will not receive any of our common shares; however, the shareholder will receive a cash distribution from our distribution agent representing the proceeds from the sale of the fractional common shares to which the shareholder is entitled, net of brokerage fees and other costs.  See "Business – Mechanics of the Spin-Off Distribution" in this prospectus for a more detailed explanation.  If you receive cash in lieu of fractional common shares, you will not be entitled to any interest on the payments.  The receipt of cash in lieu of fractional common shares generally will be taxable to the recipient Euroseas shareholders that are subject to U.S. federal income tax as described in "Tax Considerations" below.
   
No payment required
No holder of shares of Euroseas common stock will be required to make any payment, exchange shares or to take any other action in order to receive our common shares.
   
Distribution date
The Spin-Off Distribution date will be on or about May 30, 2018.
   
 
 
 
 

 
12

 
 
Federal income tax consequences
Our shares and cash in lieu of fractional shares distributed to you in the Spin-Off Distribution will be treated for tax purposes like other distributions from Euroseas. The total value of this Spin-Off Distribution, as well as your initial tax basis in our shares, will be determined by the trading price of our common shares at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution. A portion of the value of this Spin-Off Distribution will be taxable to you and the remainder, if any, will be a reduction in your tax basis in your shares of Euroseas common stock.  The tax treatment of the Spin-Off Distribution is discussed below at "Tax Considerations – United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders."
 
You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under United States federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of EuroDry common shares.
   
Background and Purpose of the Spin-Off Distribution
Euroseas currently owns and operates both drybulk vessels and containerships. The Spin-Off Distribution will result in two "pure play" companies: Euroseas will own containerships and one drybulk vessel (which was agreed to be sold on March 19, 2018 and is expected to be delivered to its buyers by June 30, 2018), and the Company will own only drybulk vessels. Historically, "pure play" companies have tended to trade at levels that suggest higher valuations than companies with mixed asset classes. Euroseas and the Company expect that the Spin-Off Distribution will result in an increase of shareholder value if the aggregate trading value of the two separate entities exceeds that of the trading value of Euroseas before the Spin-Off Distribution, as historical trends suggest.  Euroseas and EuroDry also believe that the Spin-Off Distribution may better position both companies for potential sale or merger opportunities in the future.

Conditions to the Spin-Off Distribution Occurring
The Spin-Off Distribution and the transfer of Euroseas' drybulk vessel subsidiaries to us is subject to, among other things, the approval of Euroseas' Board of Directors and obtaining various regulatory and third-party consents and approvals, including approval by our lenders, approval of our request for our common shares to be listed on Nasdaq and the effectiveness of this registration statement.
   
Conflicts of interest
Our principal officers have affiliations with the Managers that could create conflicts of interest that are detrimental to us. Companies affiliated with our Managers or our officers and directors may acquire vessels that compete with our fleet.  In addition, our officers will not devote all of their time to our business, and the fiduciary duties of our officers and directors may conflict with those of the officers and directors of Euroseas and its affiliates. See also "Risk Factors" beginning on page 20.
 
 
 
 
 
13

 
   
Distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as distribution agent in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution and as transfer agent and registrar for our common shares.
   
Listing
There is currently no public market for our common shares. We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "EDRY." We expect trading will commence on a "when issued" basis on or around the record date. The successful listing of our common shares does not ensure that an active trading market for our common shares will be available to you.
   
THE COMPANY
   
General
We were incorporated by Euroseas to serve as the holding company of seven subsidiaries that will be contributed by Euroseas to the Company in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution.
   
Business
We are a provider of worldwide ocean-going transportation services. We own and operate drybulk carriers that transport major bulks such as iron ore, coal and grains, and minor bulks such as bauxite, phosphate and fertilizers.
   
Management
Mr. Aristides J. Pittas is our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors; Dr. Anastasios Aslidis is our Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer. Our fleet is managed by Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, management companies affiliated with our Chief Executive Officer.
   
Dividends
 
The declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, the requirements of Marshall Islands law and restrictions in our loan agreements. See "Dividend Policy."
   
Risk factors
An investment in our common shares involves substantial risks. You should read this prospectus carefully, including the section entitled "Risk Factors" and the combined financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our common shares.
 
14


SUMMARY COMBINED CARVE-OUT FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The following table presents selected combined carve-out financial and other operating data for the periods and at the dates indicated. O ur historical combined carve-out financial statements were prepared on a carve-out basis from the financial statements of our parent company, Euroseas. These carve-out financial statements include all assets, liabilities and results of operations of the seven subsidiaries owned by us, formerly directly-held subsidiaries of Euroseas, for the periods presented, and certain assets and liabilities that will be allocated to us by Euroseas. For the periods presented, certain of the expenses incurred by these subsidiaries for commercial, technical and administrative management services were under management agreements with Eurobulk Ltd. and Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc., our affiliated ship management companies.
 
The table should be read together with the section of this registration statement entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation." Excluding fleet data, the selected combined carve-out financial data of EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor is a summary of, is derived from, and is qualified by reference to, the audited combined carve-out financial statements of EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor and notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or "U.S. GAAP."
 
Our audited combined carve-out statements of operations, balance sheets, shareholders' equity and cash flows, together with the notes thereto, are included in the section of this registration statement entitled "Financial Statements" and should be read in their entirety.
 
See next page for table of EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor – Summary of Selected Historical Financials.
 

 
 
 
 
15

 
 
EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor – Summary of Selected Historical Financials
(in US Dollars except for Fleet Data and number of shares)

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2016
   
2017
 
Statement of Operations Data
           
Voyage revenue
   
8,331,821
     
20,280,215
 
Commissions
   
(452,868
)
   
(1,122,196
)
Net revenue
   
7,878,953
     
19,158,019
 
Voyage expenses
   
(82,627
)
   
(2,396,318
)
Vessel operating expenses
   
(4,308,418
)
   
(6,892,388
)
Dry-docking expenses
   
-
     
(127,509
)
Vessel depreciation
   
(3,828,634
)
   
(4,786,272
)
Related party management fees
   
(780,135
)
   
(1,409,716
)
Other general and administrative expenses
   
(798,828
)
   
(917,160
)
Loss on termination and impairment of shipbuilding contracts
   
(7,050,179
)
   
-
 
Operating (loss) / income
   
(8,969,868
)
   
2,628,656
 
Interest and other financing costs
   
(1,161,169
)
   
(1,817,574
)
Gain on derivative, net
   
-
     
49,167
 
Other loss
   
(10,316
)
   
(10,548
)
Net (loss) / income
   
(10,141,353
)
   
849,701
 
 

 

 
16

EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor – Summary of Selected Historical Financials (continued)
 
   
As of December 31,
 
Balance Sheet Data
 
2016
   
2017
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   
591,108
     
1,257,058
 
Vessels, net
   
64,439,364
     
81,979,636
 
Advances for vessel under construction and vessel acquisition deposits
   
17,753,737
     
5,051,211
 
Deferred assets and other long term assets
   
1,676,783
     
2,801,453
 
Total assets
   
86,689,795
     
97,452,676
 
Current liabilities including current portion of long term debt
   
2,124,590
     
9,641,000
 
Long term debt, net of current portion
   
28,243,478
     
30,364,035
 
Total liabilities
   
55,592,898
     
64,590,553
 
Total parent company equity
   
31,096,897
     
32,862,123
 

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
Cash Flow Data
 
2016
   
2017
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
4,255,829
     
2,910,287
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(24,243,012
)
   
(9,635,504
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
20,472,737
     
9,283,359
 

 
 
17

 
EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor – Summary of Selected Historical Financials (continued)
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
Fleet Data (1)
 
2016
   
2017
 
Number of vessels
   
2.85
     
4.94
 
Calendar days
   
1,043
     
1,802
 
Available days
   
1,043
     
1,802
 
Voyage days
   
1,043
     
1,781
 
Utilization Rate (percent)
   
100.0
%
   
98.8
%
                 
   
(In U.S. dollars per day per vessel)
 
Average TCE rate (2)
   
7,909
     
10,042
 
Vessel Operating Expenses
   
4,131
     
3,825
 
Management Fees
   
748
     
782
 
G&A Expenses
   
766
     
509
 
Total Operating Expenses excluding drydocking expenses
   
5,645
     
5,116
 
Drydocking expenses
   
-
     
71
 


(1) For the definition of calendar days, available days, voyage days and utilization rate, see the section of this registration statement entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation."
 
(2) Time charter equivalent rate, or TCE rate, is determined by dividing voyage revenues less voyage expenses or time charter equivalent revenue, or TCE revenues, by the number of voyage days during the relevant time period. TCE revenues, a non-GAAP measure, provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with voyage revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, because it assists Company management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of its vessels and because the Company believes that it provides useful information to investors regarding the Company's financial performance. TCE revenues and TCE rate are also standard shipping industry performance measures used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company's performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters and bareboat charters) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods (see also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation"). Our definition of TCE revenues and TCE may not be comparable to that used by other companies in the shipping industry.
 
 

 
18


 
The following table reflects the reconciliation of TCE revenues to voyage revenues as reflected in the consolidated statement of operations and our calculation of TCE rates for the periods presented.
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2017
 
(In U.S. dollars, except for voyage days and TCE rates which are expressed in U.S. dollars per day)
 
             
Voyage revenues
   
8,331,821
     
20,280,215
 
Voyage expenses
   
(82,627
)
   
(2,396,318
)
Time Charter Equivalent or TCE Revenues
   
8,249,194
     
17,883,897
 
Voyage days
   
1,043
     
1,781
 
Average TCE rate
   
7,909
     
10,042
 


 
 
 
19

RISK FACTORS
 
Any investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following factors, as well as the other information set forth in this registration statement, before making an investment in our common shares. Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate to the securities market for, and ownership of, our common shares. Any of the described risks could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prices of our common shares. The following risk factors describe the material risks that are presently known to us.
 
Industry Risk Factors
 
The cyclical nature of the shipping industry may lead to volatile changes in freight rates, which may reduce our revenues and negatively affect our results of operations.
 
We are an independent shipping company that operates in the drybulk shipping industry. Our profitability is dependent upon the charter rates we are able to charge for our ships. The supply of, and demand for, shipping capacity strongly influence charter rates. The demand for shipping capacity is determined primarily by the demand for the types of commodities carried and the distance that those commodities must be moved by sea. The demand for commodities is affected by, among other things, world and regional economic and political conditions (including developments in international trade, fluctuations in industrial and agricultural production and armed conflicts), environmental concerns, weather patterns, and changes in seaborne and other transportation costs. The size of the existing fleet in a particular market, the number of new vessel deliveries, the scrapping of older vessels and the number of vessels out of active service (i.e., laid-up, drydocked, awaiting repairs or otherwise not available for hire) determine the supply of shipping capacity, which is measured by the amount of suitable tonnage available to carry cargo. The cyclical nature of the shipping industry may lead to volatile changes in freight rates, which may reduce our revenues and net income.
 
In addition to the prevailing and anticipated charter rates, factors that affect the rate of newbuilding, scrapping and laying-up include newbuilding prices, secondhand vessel values in relation to scrap prices, costs of bunkers and other operating costs, costs associated with classification society surveys, normal maintenance and insurance coverage, the efficiency and age profile of the existing fleet in the market and government and industry regulation of maritime transportation practices, particularly environmental protection laws and regulations. These factors influencing the supply of and demand for shipping capacity are outside of our control, and we may not be able to correctly assess the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions. Some of these factors may have a negative impact on our revenues and net income.
 
Our future profitability will be dependent on the level of charter rates in the international drybulk shipping industry.
 
The BDI (Baltic Drybulk Index, an index that reflects the average daily equivalent rate of renting a vessel and operating crew) declined to 290, one of its lowest levels ever, by mid-February of 2016 before rebounding to 715 points in April 2016. The BDI, subsequently, mildly oscillated until the beginning of September 2016 when it started a gradual increase to 1,257 by mid-November 2016 before declining to 961 points by the end of 2016. In January 2017, the BDI fell by 17% to 800 points but in February 2017 it started to rise again, reaching a level of 1,324 points by the end of March 2017. Subsequently, the index fell until early June reaching 818 points, a trend that was reversed thereafter by a rally which doubled the BDI level to 1743 by mid-December 2017 before declining to 1230 points at year end 2017. Although the index began the year 2018 positively reaching 1,395 points on January 9, 2018 (+13.4%), it reversed course subsequently reaching 1,125 on January 19, 2018 (-19.4%). It has subsequently oscillated reaching 1,327 points on May 1, 2018. This volatility in drybulk charter rates is due to various factors affecting demand for and supply of vessels, including the lack of trade financing for purchases of commodities carried by sea, which may result in a significant decline in cargo shipments, trade disruptions caused by natural disasters, and increased newbuilding deliveries. There is no certainty that the drybulk charter market will experience any recovery over the next months and the market could decline from its current level, especially given the large number of scheduled newbuilding deliveries.
 
20


 
Rates in drybulk markets are influenced by the balance of demand for and supply of vessels and may decline again in the future. Because the factors affecting the supply of and demand for vessels are outside of our control and are unpredictable, the nature, timing, direction and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable, and as a result so are the rates at which we can charter our vessels. In addition, we may not be able to successfully charter our vessels in the future or renew existing charters at rates sufficient to allow us to meet our obligations or to pay dividends to our shareholders.
 
Some of the factors that influence demand for vessel capacity include:
 
·
supply of, and demand for, drybulk commodities;
 
·
changes in the exploration or production of energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products, and the resulting changes in the international pattern of trade;
 
·
global and regional economic and political conditions, including armed conflicts and terrorist activities;
 
·
embargoes and strikes;
 
·
the location of regional and global exploration, production and manufacturing facilities;
 
·
availability of credit to finance international trade;
 
·
the location of consuming regions for energy resources, commodities, semi-finished and finished consumer and industrial products;
 
·
the distance drybulk commodities are to be moved by sea;
 
·
environmental and other regulatory developments;
 
·
currency exchange rates;
 
·
changes in global production and manufacturing distribution patterns of finished goods that utilize drybulk commodities;
 
·
changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns; and
 
·
weather and other natural phenomena.
 
Some of the factors that influence the supply of vessel capacity include:
 
·
the number of newbuilding deliveries;
 
·
the scrapping rate of older vessels;
 
·
the price of steel and other materials;
 
·
port and canal congestion;
 
·
changes in environmental and other regulations that may limit the useful life of vessels;
 
·
vessel casualties;
 
·
the number of vessels that are out of service; and
 
·
changes in global commodity production.
 
21


 
We anticipate that the future demand for our drybulk vessels and the charter rates of the corresponding markets will be dependent upon continued growth in the United States, Europe and Japan, as well as China, India and the overall world economy, seasonal and regional changes in demand and changes to the capacity of the world fleet. The capacity of the world fleet may increase and economic growth may not continue. Adverse economic, political, social or other developments could also have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
 
An over-supply of drybulk capacity may lead to reductions in charter hire rates and profitability   and may require us to raise additional capital in order to remain compliant with our loan covenants and affect our ability to pay dividends in the future.
 
The market supply of drybulk carriers has been increasing, and the number of drybulk vessels on order reached historic highs in 2014. At the end of 2017, the capacity of drybulk fleet on order has declined by about 60% vs. its 2014 level due to a number of order cancellations, delivery delays and a low level of new orders placed due to the depressed charter rates in 2015 and 2016. However, as charter rates have risen significantly since June 2017 ordering of vessels has gradually resumed and could rise further again. If the number of new ships delivered exceeds the number of vessels being scrapped and lost, vessel capacity will increase. An over-supply of drybulk carrier capacity may result in a reduction of charter hire rates. As reported by industry sources, as of March 1, 2018 the capacity of the worldwide drybulk fleet was approximately 822.5 million dwt with 81 million dwt, or about 9.8% of the present fleet capacity on order. Demolition of the world drybulk fleet has been weak in 2017, at 14.1 million dwt just below the 2014 level of 16.4 million dwt and about half the 2015 and 2016 levels. If the supply of vessel capacity increases but the demand for vessel capacity does not increase correspondingly, charter rates and vessel values could materially decline.
 
If such a rate decline occurs upon the expiration or termination of our current charters, we may only be able to re-charter those vessels at reduced rates or we may not be able to charter these vessels at all. Any inability to enter into more profitable charters may require us to raise additional capital in order to remain compliant with our loan covenants and may also affect our ability to pay dividends in the future.
 
The market value of our vessels can fluctuate significantly, which may adversely affect our financial condition, cause us to breach financial covenants, result in the incurrence of a loss upon disposal of a vessel or increase the cost of acquiring additional vessels.
 
The value of our vessels may fluctuate, adversely affecting our earnings and liquidity and causing us to breach our secured credit agreements.
 
The fair market values of our vessels are related to prevailing charter rates. While the fair market value of vessels and the freight charter market have a very close relationship as the charter market moves from trough to peak, the time lag between the effect of charter rates on market values of ships can vary. A decrease in the market values of our vessels could limit the amount of funds that we can borrow or trigger certain financial covenants under our current or future credit facilities, and we may incur a loss if we sell vessels following a decline in their market value.  Furthermore, a decrease in the market value of our vessels could require us to raise additional capital in order to remain compliant with our loan covenants, and could result in the loss of our vessels and adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.
 
The market value of our vessels may increase or decrease depending on the following factors:
 
·
general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry in general;
 
·
supply of drybulk vessels, including newbuildings;
 
·
demand for drybulk vessels;
 
·
types and sizes of vessels;
 
·
scrap values;
 
·
other modes of transportation;
 
·
cost of newbuildings;
 
 
22

 
·
technological advances;
 
·
new regulatory requirements from governments or self-regulated organizations;
 
·
competition from other shipping companies; and
 
·
prevailing level of charter rates.
 
As vessels grow older, they generally decline in value. Due to the cyclical nature of the drybulk shipping industry, if for any reason we sell vessels at a time when prices have fallen, we could incur a loss and our business, results of operations, cash flow, financial condition and ability to pay dividends could be adversely affected.
 
In addition, we periodically re-evaluate the carrying amount and period over which vessels are depreciated to determine if events have occurred that would require modification to such assets' carrying values or their useful lives. A determination that a vessel's estimated remaining useful life or fair value has declined below its carrying amount could result in an impairment charge against our earnings and a reduction in our shareholders' equity.
 
Our loan agreements contain various covenants, which apply to Euroseas, our parent and guarantor to the loan agreements. We are in discussions with the banks in order to amend our loan agreements by replacing Euroseas with us as guarantor. Our secured loan agreements, which are secured by mortgages on our vessels, contain various financial covenants. Any change in the assessed market value of any of our vessels might cause a violation of the covenants of one or more of our secured credit agreements, which in turn might restrict our cash and affect our liquidity. Among those covenants are requirements that relate to our net worth, operating performance and liquidity. For example, there is a maximum fleet-wide leverage requirement that is based, in part, upon the market value of the vessels securing the loans, as well as requirements to maintain a minimum ratio of the market value of our vessels mortgaged thereunder to our aggregate outstanding balance under each respective loan agreement. If the assessed market value of our vessels declines below certain thresholds, we may violate these covenants and may incur penalties for breach of our credit agreements. For example, these penalties could require us to prepay the shortfall between the assessed market value of our vessels and the value of such vessels required to be maintained pursuant to the secured credit agreement, or to provide additional security acceptable to the lenders in an amount at least equal to the amount of any shortfall. If we are unable to pledge additional collateral, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on our fleet. Furthermore, we may enter into future loans, which may include various other covenants, in addition to the vessel-related ones, that may ultimately depend on the assessed values of our vessels. Such covenants could include, but are not limited to, maximum fleet leverage covenants and minimum fair net worth covenants.
 
A decrease in the level of imports of raw materials and other commodities will reduce demand for our ships and, in turn, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
The employment of our vessels and our revenues depend on the international shipment of raw commodities primarily to China, Japan, S. Korea and Europe from North and South America, India and Australia. Any reduction in or hindrance to the demand for such materials could negatively affect demand for our vessels and, in turn, harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. For instance, the government of China has implemented economic policies aimed at reducing the consumption of coal which may, in turn, result in a decrease in shipping demand.
 
Our international operations expose us to the risk that increased trade protectionism will harm our business. If global economic challenges exist, governments may turn to trade barriers to protect their domestic industries against foreign imports, thereby depressing shipping demand. In particular, the leaders of the United States have indicated the United States may seek to implement more protective trade measures, even remove the country from various trade agreements. Increasing trade protectionism in the markets that our customers serve has caused and may continue to cause an increase in (a) the cost of goods exported from Asia Pacific, (b) the length of time required to deliver goods from the region and (c) the risks associated with exporting goods from the region. Such increases may also affect the quantity of goods to be shipped, shipping time schedules, voyage costs and other associated costs.
 
23


 
Our operations expose us to the risk that increased trade protectionism from China or other nations will adversely affect our business. Specifically, increasing trade protectionism in the markets that our charterers serve has caused and may continue to cause an increase in: (i) the cost of goods exported from China, (ii) the length of time required to deliver goods from China and (iii) the risks associated with exporting goods from China, as well as a decrease in the quantity of goods to be shipped.
 
Any increased trade barriers or restrictions on trade, especially trade with China, would have an adverse impact on our charterers' business, operating results and financial condition and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.
 
Changes in the economic and political environment in China and policies adopted by the Chinese government to regulate China's economy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most countries belonging to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, (the "OECD"), in such respects as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources, rate of inflation and balance of payments position. Prior to 1978, the Chinese economy was a planned economy. Since 1978, increasing emphasis has been placed on the utilization of market forces in the development of the Chinese economy. Annual and five year State Plans are adopted by the Chinese government in connection with the development of the economy. Although state owned enterprises still account for a substantial portion of the Chinese industrial output, in general, the Chinese government is reducing the level of direct control that it exercises over the economy through State Plans and other measures. There is an increasing level of freedom and autonomy in areas such as allocation of resources, production, pricing and management and a gradual shift in emphasis to a "market economy" and enterprise reform. Limited price reforms were undertaken, with the result that prices for certain commodities are principally determined by market forces. Many of the reforms are unprecedented or experimental and may be subject to revision, change or abolition based upon the outcome of such experiments. The Chinese government may not continue to pursue a policy of economic reform. The level of imports to and exports from China could be adversely affected by the nature of the economic reforms pursued by the Chinese government, as well as by changes in political, economic and social conditions or other relevant policies of the Chinese government, such as changes in laws, regulations or export and import restrictions, all of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
 
We conduct business in China, where the legal system is not fully developed and has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.
 
Some of our vessels may be chartered to Chinese customers and from time to time on our charterers' instructions, our vessels may call on Chinese ports. Such charters and voyages may be subject to regulations in China that may require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that we pay to the Chinese government new taxes or other fees. Applicable laws and regulations in China may not be well publicized and may not be known to us or to our charterers in advance of us or our charterers becoming subject to them, and the implementation of such laws and regulations may be inconsistent. Changes in Chinese laws and regulations, including with regards to tax matters, or changes in their implementation by local authorities could affect our vessels if chartered to Chinese customers as well as our vessels calling to Chinese ports and could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Adverse economic conditions, especially in the Asia Pacific region, Latin America, the European Union or the United States, could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Because a significant number of the port calls made by our vessels involves the loading or discharging of drybulk cargoes to ports in the Asia Pacific and Latin American regions, economic turmoil in those places may exacerbate the effect of any economic slowdown on us. China has been one of the world's fastest growing economies in terms of gross domestic product, (or "GDP"), which has increased the demand for shipping. However, China's high rate of real GDP growth is forecasted to continue to slow down during 2018. The United States may seek to implement more protectionist trade measures to protect and enhance its domestic economy. Additionally, the European Union, ("the EU"), and certain of its member states are facing significant economic and political challenges, including a risk of increased protectionist policies. Our business, results of operations and financial condition will likely be harmed by any significant economic downturn and economic instability in the Asia Pacific region, including China, or in the EU or the United States.
 
 
24

 
Eurozone's potential inability to deal with the sovereign debt issues of some of its members could have a material adverse effect on the profitability of our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of the credit crisis in Europe, the European Commission created the European Financial Stability Facility, or the EFSF, and the European Financial Stability Mechanism, or the EFSM, to provide funding to Eurozone countries in financial difficulties that seek such support. In September 2012, the European Council established a permanent stability mechanism, the European Stability Mechanism, to assume the role of the EFSF and the EFSM in providing external financial assistance to Eurozone countries. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations. An extended period of adverse development in the outlook for European countries could reduce the overall demand for consumer products and consequently for our services. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flow.
 
The drybulk industry is highly competitive, and we may be unable to compete successfully for charters with established companies or new entrants that may have greater resources and access to capital, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
 
The drybulk industry is highly competitive, capital intensive and highly fragmented. Competition arises primarily from other vessel owners, some of whom may have greater resources and access to capital than we will have. Competition among vessel owners for the seaborne transportation of drybulk cargoes, such as iron ore, coal and grains, can be intense and depends on the charter rate, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the vessel and its operators to charterers. Due in part to the highly fragmented market, many of our competitors with greater resources and access to capital than we have could operate larger fleets than we may operate and thus be able to offer lower charter rates or higher quality vessels than we are able to offer. If this were to occur, we may be unable to retain or attract new charterers on attractive terms or at all, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
 
We may become dependent on spot charters in the volatile shipping markets, which may result in decreased revenues and/or profitability.
 
Although all of our vessels are currently under time charters, in the future, we may have some or all of these vessels (including our vessel currently under construction) on spot charters. The spot market is highly competitive and rates within this market are subject to volatile fluctuations, while time charters provide income at pre-determined rates over more extended periods of time. If we decide to spot charter our vessels, we may not be able to keep all our vessels fully employed in these short-term markets.  In addition, we may not be able to predict whether future spot rates will be sufficient to enable our vessels to be operated profitably. A significant decrease in charter rates has affected and could continue affecting the value of our fleet and could adversely affect our profitability and cash flows with the result that our ability to pay debt service to our lenders and dividends to our shareholders could be adversely affected.
 
The current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms or at all, which may hinder or prevent us from expanding our business.
 
Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. This volatility compounded by still stretched bank balance sheets (mainly, as a result of the financial crisis) has negatively affected the general willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry, due to the, historically, volatile and, currently, still below historical average asset values of vessels. As the shipping industry is highly dependent on the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it has been and may continue to be negatively affected by this decline in lending. In addition, the current state of global financial markets and current economic conditions might adversely impact our ability to issue additional equity at prices which will not be dilutive to our existing shareholders or preclude us from issuing equity at all.
 
Also, as a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets has increased as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that additional financing will be available, if needed, and to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.
 
 
25

 
We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental regulations that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.
 
Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as MARPOL, including the designation of emission control areas, ECA's, thereunder, the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, or the LL Convention, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, as amended by different Protocols in 1976, 1984 and 1992, and amended in 2000, and generally referred to as the CLC, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage of 2001, or the Bunker Convention, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, or SOLAS, the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code, the International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Water Act, or the CWA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, or the CAA, the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and European Union regulations. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels.
 
Furthermore, events like the explosion of the Deepwater Horizon and the subsequent release of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, or other events, may result in further regulation of the shipping industry, and modifications to statutory liability schemes. Thus   we may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast waters, maintenance and inspection, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations.
 
Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Because such conventions, laws and regulations are often revised, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale price or useful life of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our operations.   Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties and criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. There can be no assurance that any such insurance we have arranged to cover certain environmental risks will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends. We currently maintain, for each of our vessels, pollution liability coverage insurance of $1.0 billion per incident.  If the damages from a catastrophic spill exceeded our insurance coverage, it would severely and adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.
 
Environmental requirements can also require a reduction in cargo capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in certain ports.  Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including clean up obligations and natural resource damages in the event that there is a release of bunkers or hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations.  We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of hazardous substances associated with our existing or historic operations.  Violations of, or liabilities under, environmental requirements can result in substantial penalties, fines and others sanctions, including in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels.
 
26

 
We are subject to international safety regulations and the failure to comply with these regulations may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
 
The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the ISM Code set forth in Chapter IX of Solas. The ISM Code requires shipowners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety Management System" that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical manager have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a shipowner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject it to increased liability, may invalidate existing insurance or decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.  Currently, each of our vessels, and our Managers are ISM Code-certified, but we may not be able to maintain such certification indefinitely.
 
The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the United Nations' International Maritime Organization, the IMO.  The document of compliance, the DOC, and safety management certificate, or the SMC, are renewed as required.
 
In addition, vessel classification societies also impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels. In complying with current and future environmental requirements, vessel-owners and operators may also incur significant additional costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements, in developing contingency arrangements for potential spills and in obtaining insurance coverage. Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become stricter in the future and require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance.
 
The operation of our vessels is also affected by other government regulation in the form of international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which the vessels operate, as well as in the country or countries of their registration. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised, we may not be able to predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions, laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale prices or useful lives of our vessels. Additional conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business and which may materially adversely affect our operations. We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, certificates and financial assurances with respect to our operations.
 
Increased inspection procedures and tighter import and export controls and new security regulations could increase costs and disrupt our business.
 
International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination. Inspection procedures may result in the seizure of contents of our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us.
 
If our vessels fail to maintain their class certification and/or fail any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, those vessels would be unable to carry cargo, thereby reducing our revenues and profitability and violating certain covenants in our loan agreements.
 
The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. Our vessels are currently classed with Lloyd's Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas and Nippon Kaiji Kyokai. ISM and International Ship and Port Facilities Security, or ISPS, certification have been awarded by Bureau Veritas and the Panama Maritime Authority to our vessels and Eurobulk.
 
27


 
A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, drydockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel's machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every 30 to 36 months for inspection of the underwater parts of such vessel.
 
If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. That status could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements.
 
Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as "in class" by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, or IACS. All of our vessels that we have purchased or contracted to build, and may agree to purchase in the future, must be certified as being "in class" prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel. We have all of our vessels, and intend to have all vessels that we acquire in the future, classed by IACS members.
 
Regulations relating to ballast water discharge coming into effect during September 2019 may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
 
The IMO has imposed updated guideline of ballast water management systems specifying the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged from a vessel's ballast water.  Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels must comply with the updated D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019.  For most vessels, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms.  We currently have three vessels that do not comply with the updated guideline and costs of compliance may be substantial and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
 
Rising fuel prices may adversely affect our results of operations and the marketability of our vessels.
 
While we generally do not bear the cost of fuel, or bunkers, for vessels operating on time charters, fuel is a significant factor in negotiating charter rates. As a result, an increase in the price of fuel beyond our expectations may adversely affect our profitability at the time of charter negotiation. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns and regulations. Fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.
 
Also upon redelivery of vessels at the end of a period time or trip time charter, we may be obligated to repurchase bunkers on board at prevailing market prices, which could be materially higher than fuel prices at the inception of the charter period. We may also be obligated to value our bunkers, inventories, on board at the end of a period time or trip time charter, lower than acquired, if prevailing market prices are significantly lower at the time of the vessel redelivery from the charterer.
 
Rising crew costs may adversely affect our profits.
 
Crew costs are a significant expense for us under our charters. There is a limited supply of well-qualified crew. We generally bear crewing costs under our charters. An increase in the world vessel operating fleet will likely result in higher demand for crews which, in turn, might drive crew costs further up. Any increase in crew costs may adversely affect our profitability especially if such increase is combined with lower drybulk rates.
 
An increase in operating costs could adversely affect our cash flows and financial condition.
 
Vessel operating expenses include the costs of crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, lube oil, insurance and maintenance and repairs, which depend on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Some of these costs, primarily relating to insurance and enhanced security measures implemented after September 11, 2001 and as a result of increases in the frequency of acts of piracy, have been increasing.  Increases in any of these costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends to our shareholders.
 
 
28

Maritime claimants could arrest or attach our vessels, which would interrupt our business or have a negative effect on our cash flows.
 
Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo, lenders and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arresting or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our cash flow and require us to pay large sums to have the arrest or attachment lifted which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the "sister ship" theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant's maritime lien, and any "associated" vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert "sister ship" liability against one of our vessels for claims relating to another of our vessels.
 
The smuggling of drugs or other contraband onto our vessels may lead to governmental claims against us.
 
We expect that our vessels will call in ports in South America and other areas where smugglers attempt to hide drugs and other contraband on vessels, with or without the knowledge of crew members. To the extent our vessels are found with contraband, whether inside or attached to the hull of our vessel and whether with or without the knowledge of any of our crew, we may face governmental or other regulatory claims, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.
 
Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.
 
A government could requisition for title or seize one or more of our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition one or more of our vessels for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Even if we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of the payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
World events outside our control may negatively affect our ability to operate, thereby reducing our revenues and results of operations or our ability to obtain additional financing, thereby restricting the implementation of our business strategy.
 
We operate in a sector of the economy that is likely to be adversely impacted by the effects of political conflicts, including the current political instability in the Middle East, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities. Terrorist attacks such as the attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001, on Madrid, Spain on March 11, 2004, on London, England on July 7, 2005, on Mumbai, India in December 2008 and, more recently, in Paris in 2015, Brussels, Berlin and Istanbul in 2016, London and Paris in 2017 and the continuing response to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks, continue to cause uncertainty in the world financial markets and may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The continuing conflicts in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Yemen, Syria, amongst other countries, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. Terrorist attacks on vessels may in the future also negatively affect our operations and financial condition and directly impact our vessels or our customers. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility and turmoil of the financial markets in the United States of America and globally and could result in an economic recession in the United States of America or the world. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, costs and operating cash flows.
 
Disruptions in world financial markets and the resulting governmental action could have a material adverse impact on our ability to obtain financing, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and could cause the market price of our common shares to further decline.
 
Europe, the United States and other parts of the world have exhibited weak economic conditions, are exhibiting volatile economic trends or have been in a recession. For example, during the 2008-2009 crisis, the credit markets in the United States experienced sudden and significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and the United States federal government and state governments have since implemented a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies, and may effect changes in law or interpretations of existing laws. A number of financial institutions and especially banks that traditionally provide debt to shipping companies like ours have experienced serious financial difficulties and, in some cases, have entered bankruptcy proceedings or are in regulatory enforcement actions. As a result access to credit markets around the world has been reduced. The extension of Quantitative Easing (or "QE"), high levels of Non-Performing Loans (or "NPLs") in Europe, pending stress tests by the ECB due in 2018 and stricter lending requirements may reduce bank lending capacity and/or make the terms of any lending more onerous.
 
29

We face risks related to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates, and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. Major market disruptions and the changes in market conditions and regulatory changes worldwide may adversely affect our business or impair our ability to borrow amounts under our credit facilities or any future financial arrangements. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. However, these recent and developing economic and governmental factors, including proposals to reform the financial system, together with the concurrent decline in charter rates and vessel values, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows, and might cause the price of our common shares to decline.
 
We may require substantial additional financing to fund acquisitions of additional vessels and to implement our business plans. Sufficient financing may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. If we cannot raise the financing we need in a timely manner and on acceptable terms, we may not be able to acquire the vessels necessary to implement our business plans and consequently we may not be able to pay dividends.
 
Effects and events related to the Greek sovereign debt crisis may adversely affect our operating results.
 
Greece has experienced a macroeconomic downturn in recent years, including as a result of the sovereign debt crisis and the related austerity measures implemented by the Greek government. Eurobulk's operations in Greece may be subjected to new regulations or regulatory action that may require us to incur new or additional compliance or other administrative costs and may require that we or Eurobulk pay to the Greek government new taxes or other fees. We and Eurobulk also face the risk that strikes, work stoppages, civil unrest and violence within Greece may disrupt our and Eurobulk's shore-side operations located in Greece. The Greek government's taxation authorities have increased their scrutiny of individuals and companies to secure tax law compliance. If economic and financial market conditions remain uncertain, persist or deteriorate further, the Greek government may impose further changes to tax and other laws to which we and Eurobulk may be subject or change the ways they are enforced, which may adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.
 
We rely on information technology, and if we are unable to protect against service interruptions, data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be negatively affected.
 
We rely on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic and financial information; to capture knowledge of our business; to coordinate our business across our operation bases; and to communicate internally and with customers, suppliers, partners and other third-parties. These information technology systems, some of which are managed by third parties, may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns, hardware or software failures, power outages, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. Our information technology systems are becoming increasingly integrated, so damage, disruption or shutdown to the system could result in a more widespread impact. Our business operations could be targeted by individuals or groups seeking to sabotage or disrupt our information technology systems and networks, or to steal data. A successful cyber-attack could materially disrupt our operations, including the safety of our operations, or lead to unauthorized release of information or alteration of information in our systems. Any such attack or other breach of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. If our information technology systems suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown, and its business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our operations could be disrupted and our business could be negatively affected. In addition, cyber-attacks could lead to potential unauthorized access and disclosure of confidential information and data loss and corruption. There is no assurance that we will not experience these service interruptions or cyber-attacks in the future. Further, as the methods of cyber-attacks continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any vulnerabilities to cyber-attacks.
 
30

 
Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results and the amount of available cash with which we service our debt or could pay dividends.
 
We operate our vessels in markets that have historically exhibited seasonal variations in demand and, as a result, in charter hire rates. To the extent we operate vessels in the spot market, this seasonality may result in quarter-to-quarter volatility in our operating results which could affect our ability to start paying dividends to our common shareholders. The market for marine drybulk transportation services is typically stronger in the fall and winter months in anticipation of increased consumption of coal and other raw materials in the northern hemisphere during the winter months. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns in these months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling and supplies of certain commodities. While this seasonality has not materially affected our operating results and cash available for distribution to our shareholders as dividends, as long as our fleet is employed on period time charters, if our vessels are employed in the spot market in the future, seasonality may materially affect our operating results in the future.
 
We may have difficulty securing profitable employment for our vessels if their charters expire in a depressed market.
 
All of our vessels are currently employed on time charter contracts. Four of our vessels have time charters that are scheduled to expire in 2018, and the time charters for the remaining two vessels are scheduled to expire in the first and second quarters of 2020. As of May 7, 2018 the drybulk market charter rates for our vessels are close but still below historical average levels. When the current charters of our vessels are due for renewal, we may be unable to re-charter these vessels at better rates if the current market rates do not hold or we might not be able to charter them at all. Although we do not receive any revenues from our vessels while not employed, we are required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition, insure it and service any indebtedness secured by such vessel. If we cannot re-charter our vessels on time charters or trade them in the spot market profitably, our results of operations and operating cash flow will be adversely affected.
 
The vote by the United Kingdom to leave the European Union could adversely affect us.
 
The United Kingdom ("UK") referendum on its membership in the European Union resulted in a majority of U.K. voters voting to exit the E.U. ("Brexit"). We have operations in the E.U., and as a result, we face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and disruptions that may follow Brexit, including volatility in exchange rates and interest rates and potential material changes to the regulatory regime applicable to our business or global trading parties. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Any of these effects of Brexit, and others we cannot anticipate or that may evolve over time, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
We may be subject to litigation that, if not resolved in our favor and not sufficiently insured against, could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
We may be involved in various litigation matters from time to time. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, asbestos and other toxic tort claims, employment matters, governmental claims for taxes or duties, and other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Although we intend to defend these matters vigorously, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome or effect of any claim or other litigation matter, and the ultimate outcome of any litigation or the potential costs to resolve them may have a material adverse effect on us. Insurance may not be applicable or sufficient in all cases and/or insurers may not remain solvent which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating cash flows.
 
Company Risk Factors
 
We depend entirely on Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE to manage and charter our fleet, which may adversely affect our operations if Eurobulk or Eurobulk FE fail to perform their obligations.
 
We have no employees and we currently contract the commercial and technical management of our fleet, including crewing, maintenance and repair, to the Managers. We may lose a Manager's services or a Manager may fail to perform its obligations to us which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of our operations. Although we may have rights against either Manager if they default on their obligations to us, you will have no recourse against either Manager. Further, we will need to seek approval from our lenders to change either Manager as our ship manager.
 
 
31

 
Because the Managers are privately held companies, there is little or no publicly available information about them and there may be very little advance warning of operational or financial problems experienced by the Managers that may adversely affect us.
 
The ability of a Manager to continue providing services for our benefit will depend in part on its own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair a Manager's financial strength, and because each Manager is privately held it is unlikely that information about its financial strength would become public unless such Manager began to default on its obligations. As a result, there may be little advance warning of problems affecting the Managers, even though these problems could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
Certain of our shareholders will hold shares of EuroDry in amounts to give them a significant percentage of the total outstanding voting power represented by our outstanding shares.
 
Upon consummation of the Spin-Off Distribution, Friends Investment Company Inc., or Friends, which will be our largest shareholder and an affiliate of the Company partly owned by our Chairman and CEO, Vice Chairman and people affiliated or working with Eurobulk amongst others, will own approximately 34.2% of our outstanding common shares and unvested incentive award shares, representing 30.2% of total voting power after accounting for the voting rights of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares referred to below. As a result of this share ownership and for as long as Friends owns a significant percentage of our outstanding common shares, Friends will be able to influence the outcome of any shareholder vote, including the election of directors, the adoption or amendment of provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, and possible mergers, corporate control contests and other significant corporate transactions. In addition, as of the date of the Spin-Off Distribution, funds advised by Tennenbaum Capital Partners LLC ("TCP") and Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc. ("Preferred Friends"), an affiliate of the Company partly owned by our Chairman and CEO, Vice Chairman and people affiliated or working with Eurobulk amongst others will own all our outstanding EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares, and, under the terms of the Statement of Designation of the EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares, such shares are entitled to be converted into up to 600,948 of our common shares. Following the Spin-Off Distribution, TCP and Preferred Friends will own EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares that will be convertible into 17.2% and 3.9%, respectively, of our common shares on an as-converted basis. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us, and could also discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which could in turn have an adverse effect on the market price of our common shares.
 
Our corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards. As a result, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.
 
Our Company's corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. Therefore, we are exempt from many of Nasdaq's corporate governance practices other than the requirements regarding the disclosure of a going concern audit opinion, submission of a listing agreement, notification of material non-compliance with Nasdaq corporate governance practices, and the establishment and composition of an audit committee and a formal written audit committee charter. For a list of the practices followed by us in lieu of Nasdaq's corporate governance rules, we refer you to the section of this registration statement entitled "Management—Corporate Governance."
 
We and our principal officers have affiliations with the Managers that could create conflicts of interest detrimental to us.
 
Our principal officers are also principals, officers and employees of the Managers, which are our ship management companies. These responsibilities and relationships could create conflicts of interest between us and the Managers. Conflicts may also arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operations of the vessels in our fleet versus other vessels that are or may be managed in the future by the Managers. Circumstances in any of these instances may make one decision advantageous to us but detrimental to the Managers and vice versa. Further, it is possible that in the future a Manager may manage additional vessels which will not belong to EuroDry and in which the Pittas family may have non-controlling, little or even no power or participation, and such Manager may not be able to resolve all conflicts of interest in a manner beneficial to us and our shareholders.
 
32

Companies affiliated with Eurobulk or our officers and directors may acquire vessels that compete with our fleet.
 
Companies affiliated with Eurobulk or our officers and directors may acquire drybulk carriers in the future. These vessels could be in competition with our fleet and other companies affiliated with Eurobulk might be faced with conflicts of interest with respect to their own interests and their obligations to us. Eurobulk, Friends and Aristides J. Pittas, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, have granted us a right of first refusal to acquire any drybulk vessels that any of them may consider for acquisition in the future. In addition, Aristides J. Pittas will use his best efforts to cause any entity with respect to which he directly or indirectly controls to grant us this right of first refusal. Were we, however, to decline any such opportunity offered to us or if we did not have the resources or desire to accept any such opportunity, Eurobulk, Friends and Aristides J. Pittas, and any of their respective affiliates, could acquire such vessels.
 
Our officers do not devote all of their time to our business.  In addition, the fiduciary duties of our officers and directors may conflict with those of the officers and directors of Euroseas and/or its affiliates.
 
Our officers are involved in other business activities, such as the operation of Euroseas, that may result in their spending less time than is appropriate or necessary in order to manage our business successfully. Our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Internal Auditor and Secretary are not employed directly by us, but rather their services will be provided pursuant to our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk. Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are on the board of Euroseas and EuroDry and have each agreed to provide certain management services to EuroDry.  Our CEO is also President of Eurobulk and Euroseas and is involved in the management of other affiliates and member of the board of other companies. Therefore our officers may spend a material portion of their time providing services to Euroseas.  They may also spend a material portion of their time providing services to Eurobulk and its affiliates on matters unrelated to us.
 
Our officers and directors have fiduciary duties to manage our business in a manner beneficial to us and our shareholders. However, our officers and directors also serve as executive officers and/or directors of Euroseas. As a result, these individuals have fiduciary duties to manage the business of Euroseas and its affiliates in a manner beneficial to such entities and their shareholders. Consequently, these officers and directors may encounter situations in which their fiduciary obligations to Euroseas and us are in conflict. There may also be other business opportunities for which Euroseas may compete with us such as hiring employees, acquiring other businesses, or entering into joint ventures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We are a holding company, and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations or to make dividend payments.
 
We are a holding company and our subsidiaries, which are all wholly-owned by us, conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments to you depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may be unable or our Board of Directors may exercise its discretion not to pay dividends.
 
As a newly-incorporated company, we may not have the surplus or net profits required by law to pay dividends.
 
We have not declared any dividends on our common shares and we may not make dividend payments in the future as we may not earn sufficient revenues or we may incur expenses or liabilities that would reduce or eliminate the cash available for distribution as dividends. Our loan agreements may also limit the amount of dividends we can pay under some circumstances based on certain covenants included in the loan agreements.
 
The declaration and payment of any dividends will be subject at all times to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The timing and amount of dividends will depend on our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, restrictions in our loan agreements, growth strategy, charter rates in the drybulk shipping industry, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of dividends and other factors. Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares), but, if there is no surplus, dividends may be declared out of the net profits (basically, the excess of our revenue over our expenses) for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding fiscal year. Marshall Islands law also prohibits the payment of dividends while a company is insolvent or if it would be rendered insolvent upon the payment of a dividend. As a newly incorporated company, we may not have the required surplus or net profits to pay dividends, or our Board of Directors may determine to not declare any dividends for the foreseeable future.
 
33

 
If we are unable to fund our capital expenditures, we may not be able to continue to operate some of our vessels, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to pay dividends.
 
In order to fund our capital expenditures, we may be required to incur borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or equity securities. Our ability to access the capital markets through future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Our failure to obtain the funds for necessary future capital expenditures, including for the vessel we recently decided to proceed with its construction, would limit our ability to continue to operate some of our vessels and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to pay dividends. Even if we are successful in obtaining such funds through financings, the terms of such financings could further limit our ability to pay dividends.
 
If we fail to manage our planned growth properly, we may not be able to successfully expand our market share.
 
We intend to continue to grow our fleet. Our growth will depend on:
 
·
locating and acquiring suitable vessels;
 
·
identifying and consummating acquisitions or joint ventures;
 
·
integrating any acquired business successfully with our existing operations;
 
·
enhancing our customer base;
 
·
managing our expansion; and
 
·
obtaining required financing on acceptable terms.
 
Furthermore, during periods in which charter rates are high, vessel values generally are high as well, and it may be difficult to consummate vessel acquisitions at favorable prices. When vessel prices are low, charter rates are also low, resulting in our liquidity potentially being low too, and any vessel acquisition might require additional investment to cover shortfalls from operations until rates recover; consequently, we may lack the resources to expand our fleet at the most opportune times. In addition, growing any business by acquisition – especially if acquiring entire companies – presents numerous risks, such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations and difficulty experienced in (1) maintaining and obtaining additional qualified personnel, (2) managing relationships with customers and suppliers, (3) integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures and (4) identifying new and profitable charter opportunities for vessels and complying with new loan covenants. We have not identified further expansion opportunities at this time, and the nature and timing of any such expansion is uncertain . We may not be successful in executing our growth plans, and we are not certain that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with the execution of those growth plans.
 
Our existing loan agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our liquidity and corporate activities.
 
Our existing loan agreements impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability to:
 
·
incur additional indebtedness;
 
·
create liens on our assets;
 
·
sell capital stock of our subsidiaries;
 
·
make investments;
 
·
engage in mergers or acquisitions;
 
·
pay dividends;
 
·
make capital expenditures;
 
·
change the management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel; and
 
·
sell our vessels.
 
34

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. The lenders' interests may be different from our interests, and we may not be able to obtain the lenders' permission when needed. This may prevent us from taking actions that are in our best interest.
 
Servicing future debt would limit funds available for other purposes.
 
Each of our vessels has been financed through the incurrence of secured debt under loan agreements. We may also incur additional secured debt to finance the acquisition of additional vessels we may decide to acquire in the future. We must dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations to pay the principal and interest on our debt. These payments limit funds otherwise available for working capital expenditures and other purposes. As of December 31, 2017, we had total bank debt of $38.83 million. Our debt repayment schedule as of December 31, 2017 required us to repay $19.19 million of debt during the next two years. During 2018, as of May 7, 2018, we repaid $1.42 million of our total debt and we increased our debt by $18.4 million. If we are unable to service our debt, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
A rise in interest rates could cause an increase in our costs and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. To finance vessel purchases, we have borrowed, and may continue to borrow, under loan agreements that provide for periodic interest rate adjustments based on indices that fluctuate with changes in market interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, it would increase our costs of financing our acquisition of vessels, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any increase in debt service would also reduce the funds available to us to purchase other vessels.
 
Our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be dependent on the performance of our then existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.
 
The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may be one of the factors that materially affect our ability to obtain the additional debt financing that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such financing. We may be unable to obtain additional financing, or may be able to obtain additional financing only at a higher-than-anticipated cost, which may materially affect our results of operations, cash flows and our ability to implement our business strategy.
 
Credit market volatility may affect our ability to refinance our existing debt or incur additional debt.
 
The credit markets have recently experienced extreme volatility and disruption, which has limited credit capacity for certain issuers, and lenders have requested shorter terms and lower loan-to-value ratios. The market for new debt financing is extremely limited and in some cases not available at all. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, we may not be able to refinance our existing debt or incur additional debt, which may require us to seek other funding sources to meet our liquidity needs or to fund planned expansion.
 
As we expand our business, we may need to upgrade our operations and financial systems, and add more staff and crew. If we cannot upgrade these systems or recruit suitable employees, our performance may be adversely affected.
 
Our Managers' current operating and financial systems may not be adequate if we expand the size of our fleet, and our attempts to improve those systems may be ineffective. In addition, if we expand our fleet, we will have to rely on our Managers to recruit suitable additional seafarers and shore-side administrative and management personnel. Our Managers may not be able to continue to hire suitable employees as we expand our fleet. If our Managers' affiliated crewing agent encounters business or financial difficulties, we can make satisfactory arrangements with unaffiliated crewing agents or else we may not be able to adequately staff our vessels. If we are unable to operate our financial and operations systems effectively or to recruit suitable employees, our performance may be materially adversely affected.
 
35


 
If we acquire additional ships, whether on the secondhand market or newbuildings, and those vessels are not delivered on time or are delivered with significant defects, our earnings and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
We may acquire additional vessels in the future either from the secondhand markets or by placing newbuilding orders.  We expect to take delivery of one drybulk newbuilding vessel in 2018.  A delay in the delivery of any of these vessels to us or the failure of the contract counterparty to deliver a vessel at all could cause us to breach our obligations under a related charter and could adversely affect our earnings, our financial condition and the amount of dividends, if any, that we pay in the future. The delivery of our drybulk newbuilding vessel, or any other vessels we might decide to acquire, whether newbuildings or secondhand vessels, could be delayed or certain events may arise which could result in us not taking delivery of a vessel, such as a total loss of a vessel, a constructive loss of a vessel, substantial damage to a vessel prior to delivery or construction not in accordance with agreed upon specification or with substantial defects.
 
We may have difficulty properly managing our planned growth through acquisitions of newbuilds and additional vessels.
 
We intend to grow our business through the acquisition of newbuilding vessels or selective acquisitions of second-hand vessels. Our future growth will primarily depend on our ability to locate and acquire suitable additional vessels, enlarge our customer base, operate and supervise any newbuilds we may order and obtain required debt or equity financing on acceptable terms.
 
A delay in the delivery to us of any such vessel, or the failure of the shipyard to deliver a vessel at all, could cause us to breach our obligations under a related charter and could adversely affect our earnings. In addition, the delivery of any of these vessels with substantial defects could have similar consequences.
 
A shipyard could fail to deliver a newbuild on time or at all because of:
 
·
work stoppages or other hostilities, political or economic disturbances that disrupt the operations of the shipyard;
 
·
quality or engineering problems;
 
·
bankruptcy or other financial crisis of the shipyard;
 
·
a backlog of orders at the shipyard;
 
·
disputes between us and the shipyard regarding contractual obligations;
 
·
weather interference or catastrophic events, such as major earthquakes or fires;
 
·
our requests for changes to the original vessel specifications or disputes with the shipyard; or
 
·
shortages of or delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel, or equipment, such as main engines, electricity generators and propellers.
 
During periods in which charter rates are high, vessel values generally are high as well, and it may be difficult to consummate vessel acquisitions or enter into newbuilding contracts at favorable prices. During periods when charter rates are low, we may be unable to fund the acquisition of newbuilding and second-hand vessels, whether through lending or cash on hand. For these reasons, we may be unable to execute our growth plans or avoid significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth efforts.
 
Labor interruptions could disrupt our business.
 
Our vessels are manned by masters, officers and crews that are employed by third parties. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other labor unrest could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out normally and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.
 
36


 
We will not be able to take advantage of potentially favorable opportunities in the current spot market with respect to vessels employed on time charters.
 
As of May 7, 2018, all of the vessels in our fleet are employed under time charters with remaining terms ranging from less than two months to 23 months based on the minimum duration of the charter contracts.  The percentage of our fleet that is under time charter contracts or voyage charters represents approximately 53% of our vessel capacity in 2018 and 33% of our capacity in 2019.  Although time charters provide relatively steady streams of revenue, vessels committed to time charters may not be available for spot charters during periods of increasing charter hire rates, when spot charters might be more profitable. If we cannot re-charter these vessels on time charters or trade them in the spot market profitably, our results of operations and operating cash flow may suffer. We may not be able to secure charter hire rates in the future that will enable us to operate our vessels profitably. Although we do not receive any revenues from certain of our vessels while such vessels are unemployed, we are required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the vessel in proper operating condition, insure it and service any indebtedness secured by such vessel. Despite the fact that as of May 7, 2018 all of our vessels are employed, we may be forced to lay-up vessels if rates drop to levels below daily running expenses or if we are unable to find employment for the vessels for prolonged periods of time.
 
We or our Managers may be unable to attract and retain key management personnel and other employees in the shipping industry, which may negatively affect the effectiveness of our management and our results of operations.
 
Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our management team. Our success will depend upon our and our Managers' ability to hire additional employees and to retain key members of our management team. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition and operating cash flows. Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations. We do not currently intend to maintain "key man" life insurance on any of our officers.
 
Risks involved with operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which may reduce our revenues.
 
The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. These risks include, among others, the possibility of:
 
·
marine disaster;
 
·
piracy;
 
·
environmental accidents;
 
·
grounding, fire, explosions and collisions;
 
·
cargo and property losses or damage;
 
·
business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, political action in various countries, labor strikes or adverse weather conditions; and
 
·
work stoppages or other labor problems with crew members serving on our vessels including crew strikes and/or boycotts.
 
Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates, and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally. Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues, which could result in reduction in the market price of our common shares. The involvement of our vessels in an environmental disaster may harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.
 
The operation of drybulk carriers has certain unique operational risks which could affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends.
 
The operation of drybulk carriers has certain unique risks. With a drybulk carrier, the cargo itself and its interaction with the ship can be a risk factor. By their nature, drybulk cargoes are often heavy, dense, easily shifted, and react badly to water exposure. In addition, drybulk carriers are often subjected to battering treatment during unloading operations with grabs, jackhammers (to pry encrusted cargoes out of the hold), and small bulldozers. This treatment may cause damage to the vessel. Vessels damaged due to treatment during unloading procedures may be more susceptible to breach to the sea. Hull breaches in drybulk carriers may lead to the flooding of the vessels holds. If a drybulk carrier suffers flooding in its forward holds, the bulk cargo may become so dense and waterlogged that its pressure may buckle the vessels bulkheads leading to the loss of a vessel. If we are unable to adequately maintain our vessels we may be unable to prevent these events. Any of these circumstances or events could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends. In addition, the loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator.  
 
37

Our vessels may suffer damage and may face unexpected drydocking costs, which could affect our cash flows and financial condition.
 
If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover. The loss of earnings while these vessels are being repaired and reconditioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, would decrease our earnings. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located.  We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located near our vessels' positions.  The loss of earnings and any costs incurred while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to steam to more distant drydocking facilities would decrease our earnings.
 
Purchasing and operating previously owned vessels may result in increased operating costs and vessels off-hire, which could adversely affect our earnings. The aging of our fleet may result in increased operating costs in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Although we inspect the secondhand vessels prior to purchase, this inspection does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition and cost of any required (or anticipated) repairs that it would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us.  Accordingly, we may not discover defects or other problems with such vessels before purchase. Any such hidden defects or problems, when detected, may be expensive to repair, and if not detected, may result in accidents or other incidents for which we may become liable to third parties. Generally, we do not receive the benefit of warranties on secondhand vessels.
 
In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. As of May 7, 2018,  the vessels in our fleet had an average age of approximately 8.9 years.  As our vessels age, they may become less fuel efficient and more costly to maintain and will not be as advanced as more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in design and engine technology. Rates for cargo insurance, paid by charterers, also increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers. Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which our vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.
 
In addition, charterers actively discriminate against hiring older vessels. For example, Rightship, the ship vetting service founded by Rio Tinto and BHP-Billiton that has become the major vetting service in the drybulk shipping industry, ranks the suitability of vessels based on a scale of one to five stars. Most major carriers will not charter a vessel that Rightship has vetted with fewer than three stars. Rightship automatically downgrades any vessel over 18 years of age to two stars, which significantly decreases its chances of entering into a charter. Therefore, as our vessels approach and exceed 18 years of age, we may not be able to operate these vessels again profitably or even generate positive cash flows during the remainder of their useful lives even if the market rates improve, which could adversely affect our earnings. As of January 1, 2018, two of our vessels are in their eighteenth year of age, while the remaining three are in their fourteenth, second and first year of age, respectively.
 
Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives. If we sell vessels, we are not certain that the price for which we sell them will equal their carrying amount at that time.  
 
Unless we set aside reserves for vessel replacement, at the end of a vessel's useful life, our revenue will decline, which would adversely affect our cash flows and income.
 
As of May 7, 2018, the vessels in our fleet had an average age of approximately 8.9 years. Unless we maintain cash reserves for vessel replacement, we may be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives. We estimate the useful life of our vessels to be 25 years from the completion of their construction. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues we earn by chartering our vessels to customers. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected. Any reserves set aside for vessel replacement would not be available for other cash needs or dividends.
 
38

Technological innovation could reduce our charter hire income and the value of our vessels.
 
The charter hire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel's efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel's physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new vessels are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charter hire payments we receive for our vessels and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our available cash could be adversely affected.
 
We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.
 
We enter into, among other things, charter-party agreements. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers may no longer need a vessel that is currently under charter or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter parties or avoid their obligations under those contracts, especially when the contracted charter rates are significantly above market levels. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters would be at lower rates given currently decreased charter rate levels. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates given currently decreased charter rate levels. As a result we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends in the future and compliance with covenants in our credit facilities.
 
We may not have adequate insurance to compensate us adequately for damage to, or loss of, our vessels.
 
We procure insurance for our fleet against risks commonly insured against by vessel owners and operators which includes hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance (which, in turn, includes environmental damage and pollution insurance) and war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance for our fleet. We generally do not maintain insurance against loss of hire which covers business interruptions that result in the loss of use of a vessel except in cases we consider such protection appropriate. We may not be adequately insured against all risks and we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our fleet in the future. The insurers may not pay particular claims. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to timely obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Our insurance policies contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs. Since it is possible that a large number of claims may be brought, the aggregate amount of these deductibles could be material. Moreover, the insurers may default on any claims they are required to pay. If our insurance is not enough to cover claims that may arise, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, we may also be subject to calls in amounts based not only on our own claim records, but also the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations.
 
We are indemnified for legal liabilities incurred while operating our vessels through membership in P&I associations or clubs.  P&I associations are mutual insurance associations whose members must contribute to cover losses sustained by other association members.  The objective of a P&I association is to provide mutual insurance based on the aggregate tonnage of a member's vessels entered into the association.  Claims are paid through the aggregate premiums of all members of the association, although members remain subject to calls for additional funds if the aggregate premiums are insufficient to cover claims submitted to the association.  We cannot assure you that the P&I association to which we belong will remain viable or that we will not become subject to additional funding calls which could adversely affect us.  Claims submitted to the association may include those incurred by members of the association as well as claims submitted to the association from other P&I associations with which our P&I association has entered into inter-association agreements.
 
39

We may be subject to calls in amounts based not only on our claim records but also the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expense to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.
 
Our vessels are exposed to operational risks, including terrorism, cyber-terrorism and piracy that may not be adequately covered by our insurance.
 
The operation of any vessel includes risks such as weather conditions, mechanical failure, collision, fire, contact with floating objects, cargo or property loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in countries, piracy, terrorist and cyber-terrorist attacks, armed hostilities and labor strikes. Such occurrences could result in death or injury to persons, loss, damage or destruction of property or environmental damage, delays in the delivery of cargo, loss of revenues from or termination of charter contracts, governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business, higher insurance rates and damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.
 
In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Aden and parts of the Indian Ocean and West Africa. Such areas are characterized by insurers as "war risk" zones or Joint War Committee "war, strikes, terrorism and related perils" listed areas. Should piracy attacks, and other disruptions, continue in areas where our vessels are deployed, insurance premiums payable for coverage could increase significantly and such insurance coverage may be more difficult, or impossible, to obtain. Although sources report a drop in the number of piracy incidents in 2016 and 2017, there is no assurance that a resurgence in incidents will not occur in the future.  In addition, there is always the possibility of a marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental damage. Although our vessels carry a relatively small amount of oil used for fuel ("bunkers"), a spill of oil from one of our vessels or losses as a result of fire or explosion could be catastrophic under certain circumstances.
 
We may not be adequately insured against all risks, and our insurers may not pay particular claims. With respect to war risks insurance, which we usually obtain for certain of our vessels making port calls in designated war zone areas, such insurance may not be obtained prior to one of our vessels entering into an actual war zone, which could result in that vessel not being insured. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to timely obtain a replacement vessel in the event of a loss. Under the terms of our credit facilities, we will be subject to restrictions on the use of any proceeds we may receive from claims under our insurance policies. Furthermore, in the future, we may not be able to maintain or obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. We may also be subject to calls, or premiums, in amounts based not only on our own claim records but also the claim records of all other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive indemnity insurance coverage for tort liability. Our insurance policies also contain deductibles, limitations and exclusions which, although we believe are standard in the shipping industry, may nevertheless increase our costs in the event of a claim or decrease any recovery in the event of a loss. If the damages from a catastrophic oil spill or other marine disaster exceeded our insurance coverage, the payment of those damages could have a material adverse effect on our business and could possibly result in our insolvency.
 
40


 
Recent action by the IMO's Maritime Safety Committee and U.S. agencies indicate that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats.  This might cause companies to cultivate additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures. However, the impact of such regulations is hard to predict at this time. We do not carry cyber-attack insurance, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
In general, we do not carry loss of hire insurance. Occasionally, we may decide to carry loss of hire insurance when our vessels are trading in areas where a history of piracy has been reported. Loss of hire insurance covers the loss of revenue during extended vessel off-hire periods, such as those that occur during an unscheduled drydocking or unscheduled repairs due to damage to the vessel. Accordingly, any loss of a vessel or any extended period of vessel off-hire, due to an accident or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If our vessels call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions, sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government, it could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our common shares and its trading price.
 
From time to time, vessels in our fleet on charterers' instructions may call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism such as Iran, Sudan and Syria. We endeavor to have trade exclusion clauses included in the charter contracts. All of our charters contain trade exclusion clauses relating to, among other locations, countries deemed by the United States as state sponsors of terrorism. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. The U.S. government has recently lifted certain sanctions with respect to Libya and made changes to the scope of the sanctions regime for Iran.
 
Effective as of July 1, 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or CISADA, which expanded the scope of the Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions to companies, such as ours, and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. In addition, on May 1, 2012, President Obama signed Executive Order 13608 which prohibits foreign persons from violating or attempting to violate, or causing a violation of any sanctions in effect against Iran or facilitating any deceptive transactions for or on behalf of any person subject to U.S. sanctions. Any persons found to be in violation of Executive Order 13608 will be deemed a foreign sanctions evader and will be banned from all contacts with the United States, including conducting business in U.S. dollars. Also in 2012, President Obama signed into law the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, or the Iran Threat Reduction Act, which created new sanctions and strengthened existing sanctions. Among other things, the Iran Threat Reduction Act intensifies existing sanctions regarding the provision of goods, services, infrastructure or technology to Iran's petroleum or petrochemical sector. The Iran Threat Reduction Act also includes a provision requiring the President of the United States to impose five or more sanctions from Section 6(a) of the Iran Sanctions Act, as amended, on a person the President determines is a controlling beneficial owner of, or otherwise owns, operates, or controls or insures a vessel that was used to transport crude oil from Iran to another country and (1) if the person is a controlling beneficial owner of the vessel, the person had actual knowledge the vessel was so used or (2) if the person otherwise owns, operates, or controls, or insures the vessel, the person knew or should have known the vessel was so used. Such a person could be subject to a variety of sanctions, including exclusion from U.S. capital markets, exclusion from financial transactions subject to U.S. jurisdiction, and exclusion of that person's vessels from U.S. ports for up to two years.
 
On February 25, 2011, an executive order titled Blocking Property and Prohibiting Certain Transactions Related to Libya, or the Libya Executive Order, was issued prohibiting U.S. persons from making or receiving contributions or provisions of funds, goods or services to or from certain entities and individuals whose property or interests in property are blocked by the Libya Executive Order. Entities and individuals with whom such transactions are specifically prohibited include, but are not limited to, certain members of the Gadhafi family, the Libyan government (including its senior officials, agencies, instrumentalities and controlled entities) and the Central Bank of Libya. However, following the United States' recognition on July 15, 2011 of the Transitional National Council of Libya (TNC) as the legitimate governing authority for Libya, OFAC issued a series of General Licenses which authorize all transactions involving the TNC and the Government of Libya, subject to certain limitations.  The names of persons who remain designated pursuant to the Libya Executive Order are published on the United States Specially Designated Nationals List.
 
41

On November 24, 2013, the P5+1 (the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Russia and China) entered into an interim agreement with Iran entitled the Joint Plan of Action ("JPOA"). Under the JPOA it was agreed that, in exchange for Iran taking certain voluntary measures to ensure that its nuclear program is used only for peaceful purposes, the United States and European Union would voluntarily suspend certain sanctions for a period of six months.
 
On January 20, 2014, the United States and European Union indicated that they would begin implementing the temporary relief measures provided for under the JPOA. These measures include, among other things, the suspension of certain sanctions on the Iranian petrochemicals, precious metals, and automotive industries, initially for the six-month period beginning January 20, 2014 and ending July 20, 2014. The JPOA was subsequently extended twice.
 
On July 14, 2015, the P5+1 and the EU announced that they reached a landmark agreement with Iran titled the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action Regarding the Islamic Republic of Iran's Nuclear Program (the "JCPOA"), which is intended to significantly restrict Iran's ability to develop and produce nuclear weapons for 10 years while simultaneously easing sanctions directed toward non-U.S. persons for conduct involving Iran, but taking place outside of U.S. jurisdiction and does not involve U.S. persons. On January 16, 2016 ("Implementation Day"), the United States joined the EU and the UN in lifting a significant number of their nuclear-related sanctions on Iran following an announcement by the International Atomic Energy Agency ("IAEA") that Iran had satisfied its respective obligations under the JCPOA.
 
U.S. sanctions prohibiting certain conduct that is now permitted under the JCPOA have not actually been repealed or permanently terminated at this time. Rather, the U.S. government has implemented changes to the sanctions regime by: (1) issuing waivers of certain statutory sanctions provisions; (2) committing to refrain from exercising certain discretionary sanctions authorities; (3) removing certain individuals and entities from OFAC's sanctions lists; and (4) revoking certain Executive Orders and specified sections of Executive Orders. These sanctions will not be permanently "lifted" until the earlier of "Transition Day," set to occur on October 20, 2023, or upon a report from the IAEA stating that all nuclear material in Iran is being used for peaceful activities.
 
All of the Company's revenues are from chartering-out its vessels on voyage or time charter contracts. The Company's vessels can also enter into pooling arrangements under which an international company and trading house involved in the use and/or transportation of drybulk commodities directs the Company's vessel to carry cargoes on its behalf. In time charters and pooling arrangements, the Company has no contractual relationship with the owner of the cargo and does not know the identity of the cargo owner.  The vessel is directed to a load port to load the cargo, and to a discharge port to offload the cargo, based solely on the instructions of the charterer.  Under its time charters and pooling arrangements, the terms of which are consistent with industry standards, the Company may not have the ability to prohibit its charterers from sending its vessels to Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria or Cuba to carry cargoes that do not violate applicable laws.  As of May 7, 2018, none of our vessels have called ports at the aforementioned countries in the past or are arranged to call such ports in the future.  The vessels' shipowning companies do not presently have, and have not in the past had, any agreements, arrangements or contracts with the governments of Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria or Cuba or entities that these countries control.
 
Although we believe that we have been in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions that could severely impact our ability to access U.S. capital markets and conduct our business, and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in us. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in, or to divest from, our common shares may adversely affect the price at which our common shares trade. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. In addition, our reputation and the market for our securities may be adversely affected if we engage in certain other activities, such as entering into charters with individuals or entities in countries subject to U.S. sanctions and embargo laws that are not controlled by the governments of those countries, or engaging in operations associated with those countries pursuant to contracts with third parties that are unrelated to those countries or entities controlled by their governments. Investor perception of the value of our common shares may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.
 
42

We expect to operate substantially outside the United States, which will expose us to political and governmental instability, which could harm our operations.
 
We expect that our operations will be primarily conducted outside the United States and may be adversely affected by changing or adverse political and governmental conditions in the countries where our vessels are flagged or registered and in the regions where we otherwise engage in business. Any disruption caused by these factors may interfere with the operation of our vessels, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Past political efforts to disrupt shipping in these regions, particularly in the Arabian Gulf, have included attacks on ships and mining of waterways. In addition, terrorist attacks outside this region, such as the attacks that occurred against targets in the United States on September 11, 2001, Spain on March 11, 2004, London on July 7, 2005, Mumbai on November 26, 2008, Paris on November 13, 2015, Brussels on March 22, 2016, Nice on July 14, 2016, Berlin and Istanbul on December 31, 2016, London on March 22, 2017, Paris on August 9, 2017, and continuing or new unrest and hostilities in Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Egypt, Ukraine, Syria and elsewhere in the world may lead to additional armed conflicts or to further acts of terrorism and civil disturbance. Any such attacks or disturbances may disrupt our business, increase vessel operating costs, including insurance costs, and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Our operations may also be adversely affected by expropriation of vessels, taxes, regulation, tariffs, trade embargoes, economic sanctions or a disruption of or limit to trading activities or other adverse events or circumstances in or affecting the countries and regions where we operate or where we may operate in the future.
 
The international nature of our operations may make the outcome of any bankruptcy proceedings difficult to predict.
 
We are incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and we conduct operations in countries around the world. Consequently, in the event of any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding involving us or any of our subsidiaries, bankruptcy laws other than those of the United States could apply. If we become a debtor under U.S. bankruptcy law, bankruptcy courts in the United States may seek to assert jurisdiction over all of our assets, wherever located, including property situated in other countries. There can be no assurance, however, that we would become a debtor in the United States, or that a U.S. bankruptcy court would be entitled to, or accept, jurisdiction over such a bankruptcy case, or that courts in other countries that have jurisdiction over us and our operations would recognize a U.S. bankruptcy court's jurisdiction if any other bankruptcy court would determine it had jurisdiction.
 
Obligations associated with being a public company require significant company resources and management attention.
 
Upon completion of the Spin-Off Distribution, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and the other rules and regulations of the SEC, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley. Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
 
We work with our legal, accounting and financial advisors to identify any areas in which changes should be made to our financial and management control systems to manage our growth and our obligations as a public company. We evaluate areas such as corporate governance, corporate control, internal audit, disclosure controls and procedures and financial reporting and accounting systems. We will make changes in any of these and other areas, including our internal control over financial reporting, which we believe are necessary. However, these and other measures we may take may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely and reliable basis. In addition, compliance with reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies do create additional costs for us and will require the time and attention of management. Our limited management resources may exacerbate the difficulties in complying with these reporting and other requirements while focusing on executing our business strategy. We may not be able to predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur, the timing of such costs or the degree of impact that our management's attention to these matters will have on our business.
 
Exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations will result in fluctuations in our cash flows and operating results.
 
We generate all our revenues in U.S. dollars, but we incur approximately 20% of our vessel operating expenses and drydocking expenses, all of our vessel management fees, and approximately 5% in 2017 of our general and administrative expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. This difference could lead to fluctuations in our operating expenses, which would affect our financial results. Expenses incurred in foreign currencies increase when the value of the U.S. dollar falls, which would reduce our profitability and cash flows.
 
43

Interest rates in most loan agreements in our industry are based on variable components, such as LIBOR, and if such variable components increase significantly, it could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flows.
 
LIBOR in the past has been volatile, with the spread between LIBOR and the prime lending rate widening significantly at times. These conditions can be the result of disruptions in the international credit markets. Because the interest rates borne by our outstanding indebtedness fluctuate with changes in LIBOR, if this volatility were to continue, it would affect the amount of interest payable to service our debt, which in turn, could have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flows.
 
Furthermore, interest rates in most loan agreements in our industry have been based on published LIBOR rates. Some of our loan agreements contain provisions that entitle the lenders, in their discretion, to replace published LIBOR as the base for the interest calculation with their cost-of-funds rate if the quoted LIBOR rate does not reflect their true cost-of-funds or if it is unavailable. Since some of our loans have such clauses, our borrowing costs could increase significantly if there is a market disruption of LIBOR, which could have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flows.
 
We depend upon a few significant customers, due to our currently small fleet, for a large part of our revenues and the loss of one or more of these customers could adversely affect our financial performance.
 
We have historically derived a significant part of our revenues from a small number of charterers. During 2017, approximately 74% of our revenues derived from our top four charterers. During 2016, approximately 91% of our revenues derived from our top three charterers. If one or more of our charterers chooses not to charter our vessels or is unable to perform under one or more charters with us and we are not able to find a replacement charter, we could suffer a loss of revenues that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
United States tax authorities could treat us as a "passive foreign investment company," which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders.
 
A foreign corporation will be treated as a "passive foreign investment company," or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income" or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation's assets produce or are held for the production of those types of "passive income." For purposes of these tests, "passive income" includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute "passive income." United States shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous United States federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC. In addition, for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, United States shareholders of a PFIC are required to file annual information returns with the United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS.
 
Based on our current method of operation, we do not believe that we have been, are or will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities should not constitute "passive income," and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute passive assets.
 
There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes.  However, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.  Accordingly, in the absence of legal authority directly relating to PFIC rules, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations changed.
 
If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our United States shareholders will face adverse United States federal income tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election available under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders, as discussed in the section of this registration statement entitled "Tax Considerations — United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders"), such shareholders would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the United States shareholder's holding period of our common shares.
 
44

Based on the current and expected composition of our and our subsidiaries' assets and income, it is not anticipated that we will be treated as a PFIC. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Accordingly there can be no assurances regarding our status as a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. See the discussion in the section of this registration statement entitled "Tax Considerations — United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences." We urge U.S. Holders to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.
 
If management is unable to provide reports as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares.
 
Under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, we are required to include in each of our annual reports on Form 20-F a report containing our management's assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If, in such annual reports on Form 20-F, our management cannot provide a report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as required by Section 404, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares.
 
We may be subject to United States federal income tax on United States source income, which may reduce our earnings.
 
Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a vessel owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves and our subsidiaries, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States may be subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
After the Spin-Off Distribution, we expect that we will qualify for this statutory tax exemption and we will take this position for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes.  However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption after the offering and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on our United States source income.  For example, if shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in our stock were, in the aggregate, to own 50% or more of our outstanding common shares on more than half the days during the taxable year, we may not be able to qualify for exemption under Section 883. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, we can give no assurances on our tax-exempt status or that of any of our subsidiaries.
 
If we are not entitled to exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, we could be subject for those years to an effective 2% United States federal income tax on the shipping income we derive during the year that is attributable to the transport or cargoes to or from the United States.  The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.
 
We do not expect the Spin-Off Distribution to qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code.
 
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, if a corporate division, such as the Spin-Off Distribution qualifies for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code, the distribution of our common shares to Euroseas' shareholders would generally not be taxable as a distribution and shareholders would allocate a portion of their tax basis in their Euroseas shares to the common shares received in the Spin-Off Distribution. We do not expect to satisfy all of the requirements of Section 355 of the Code, and as such we are not treating the Spin-Off Distribution as a tax-free corporate division for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Rather, the distribution of our common shares and cash in lieu of fractional shares to Euroseas' shareholders will be taxable as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  The tax treatment of the Spin-Off Distribution is discussed below at "Tax Considerations – United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders".
 
45

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could result in fines, criminal penalties, and an adverse effect on our business.
 
We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics which is consistent and in full compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take action determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977. Any such violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil and/or criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume significant time and attention of our senior management.
 
It may be difficult to enforce service of process and enforcement of judgments against us and our officers and directors.
 
We are a Marshall Islands corporation, and our subsidiaries are incorporated in jurisdictions outside of the United States. Our executive offices are located outside of the United States in Maroussi, Greece. A majority of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our officers and directors are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside of the United States, judgments you may obtain in the U.S. courts against us or these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws.
 
There is also substantial doubt that the courts of the Marshall Islands, Greece or jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries are organized would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws. In addition, the protection afforded minority shareholders in the Marshall Islands is different than those offered in the United States.
 
Risk Factors Relating To Our Common Shares
 
Our common shares have never been publicly traded and there is no existing market for our common shares. An active trading market that will provide you with adequate liquidity for our common shares may not develop.
 
There is currently no public market for our common shares and, following the Spin-Off Distribution,      % of our shares will be held by two shareholders. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of an active and liquid trading market on Nasdaq for our common shares or, if such market develops, whether it will be maintained. The lack of an active trading market on Nasdaq may make it more difficult for you to sell our common shares and could lead to our share price becoming depressed or volatile. It is anticipated that on or shortly prior to the record date for the distribution of our common shares, trading of our common shares will begin on a "when-issued" basis on Nasdaq and such trading would continue up to and including the distribution date. However, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for our common shares on either Nasdaq or any other exchange will develop. If an active and liquid trading market does not develop, relatively small sales of our common shares could have a significant negative impact on the price of our common shares.
 
Following the Spin-Off Distribution, the aggregate trading value of EuroDry and Euroseas common stock may be less than the trading value of Euroseas' common stock before the Spin-Off Distribution.
 
The Spin-Off Distribution will result in two "pure play" companies: Euroseas will own containerships and one drybulk vessel (which was agreed to be sold on March 19, 2018 and is expected to be delivered to its buyers by June 30, 2018), and EuroDry will own only drybulk vessels. Historically, "pure play" companies have tended to trade at levels that suggest higher valuations than companies with mixed asset classes.  Although we expect that the Spin-Off Distribution will result in an increase in shareholder value, the aggregate trading value of the two separate entities after the Spin-Off Distribution may be less than the trading value of Euroseas common stock before the Spin-Off Distribution.
 
46

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.
 
As a newly-incorporated company, there is currently no analyst coverage of the Company. The trading market for our common shares will depend, in part, upon the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over analysts as to whether they will cover us, and if they do, whether such coverage will continue. If analysts do not commence coverage of the Company, or if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of the Company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. In addition, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price may likely decline.
 
Substantial sales of our ordinary shares may occur in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution, which could cause our share price to decline.
 
Following the Spin-Off Distribution, all of our outstanding stock will be owned by the existing shareholders of Euroseas, and existing shareholders will be free to sell their common shares after the effective date of this registration statement for any reason. The sales of significant amounts of our common shares, or the perception that this may occur, could result in a decline of the price of our common shares.
 
The trading volume for our common shares may be low, which may cause our common shares   to trade at lower prices and make it difficult for you to sell your common shares.
 
Our common shares may not actively trade in the public market and any such limited liquidity may cause our common shares to trade at lower prices and make it difficult for you to sell your common shares.
 
The market price of our common shares may be subject to significant fluctuations.
 
The market price of our common shares may be subject to significant fluctuations as a result of many factors, some of which are beyond our control. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
 
·
actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly and annual variations in our results of operations;
 
·
changes in market valuations or sales or earnings estimates or publication of research reports by analysts;
 
·
changes in earnings estimates or shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecasted by securities analysts;
 
·
speculation in the press or investment community about our business or the shipping industry;
 
·
changes in market valuations of similar companies and stock market price and volume fluctuations generally;
 
·
payment of dividends;
 
·
strategic actions by us or our competitors such as mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, strategic alliances or restructurings;
 
·
changes in government and other regulatory developments;
 
·
additions or departures of key personnel;
 
·
general market conditions and the state of the securities markets; and
 
·
domestic and international economic, market and currency factors unrelated to our performance.
 
The international drybulk shipping industry has been highly unpredictable.  In addition, the stock markets in general, and the markets for drybulk shipping and shipping stocks in general, have experienced extreme volatility that has sometimes been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common shares.  Our shares may trade at prices lower than you originally paid for such shares.
 
47

If our common shares do not meet the Nasdaq Capital Market's minimum share price requirement, and if we cannot cure such deficiency within the prescribed timeframe, our common shares could be delisted.
 
Under the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, listed companies are required to maintain a share price of at least $1.00 per share.  If the share price declines below $1.00 for a period of 30 consecutive business days, then the listed company has a cure period of at least 180 days to regain compliance with the $1.00 per share minimum. If the price of our common shares closes below $1.00 for 30 consecutive days, and if we cannot cure that deficiency within the 180-day timeframe, then our common shares could be delisted.
 
If the market price of our common shares remains below $5.00 per share, under stock exchange rules, our shareholders will not be able to use such shares as collateral for borrowing in margin accounts. This inability to continue to use our common shares as collateral may lead to sales of such shares creating downward pressure and increased volatility in the market price of our common shares.
 
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and shareholders' rights plan, all of which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, will contain anti-takeover provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent (1) our merger or acquisition and/or (2) the removal of incumbent directors and officers and (3) the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control.
 
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and shareholders' rights plan, all of which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, will contain certain anti-takeover provisions. These provisions will include blank check preferred stock, the prohibition of cumulative voting in the election of directors, a classified Board of Directors, advance written notice for shareholder nominations for directors, removal of directors only for cause, advance written notice of shareholder proposals for the removal of directors and limitations on action by shareholders. These anti-takeover provisions, either individually or in the aggregate, may discourage, delay or prevent (1) our merger or acquisition by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, that a shareholder may consider in its best interest, (2) the removal of incumbent directors and officers, and (3) the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and shareholders' ability to realize any potential change of control premium.
 
Future sales of our stock could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.
 
Sales of a substantial number of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common shares. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.
 
We may issue additional securities in the future, including ordinary shares and options, rights, and warrants for any purpose and for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as we may determine appropriate or necessary, including in connection with equity awards, financings or other strategic transactions. In addition, our stockholders may elect to sell large numbers of shares held by them from time to time. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize us to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of common stock and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
 
Sales of a substantial number of any of the common shares mentioned above may cause the market price of our common shares to decline.
 
We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.
 
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.
 
In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we are an emerging growth company.
 
48

For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide our shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies.
 
Issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the voting power of our shareholders and have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
 
Our Board of Directors has decided to issue EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares substantially similar to Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares which will be distributed to the holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares and used by Euroseas to redeem part of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares.  Our Board of Directors may decide in the future to issue preferred shares in additional series and determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions with respect to, among other things, dividends, conversion, voting, redemption, liquidation and the number of shares constituting any series subject to prior shareholders' approval. If our Board determines to issue preferred shares, such issuance may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. The issuance of preferred shares with voting and conversion rights may also adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common shares. This could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and shareholders' ability to realize any potential change of control premium.
 
EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares are senior obligations of ours and rank prior to our common stock with respect to dividends, distributions and payments upon liquidation, which could have an adverse effect on the value of our common stock.
 
The rights of the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares rank senior to the obligations to holders of our common shares. Upon our liquidation, the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends, prior and in preference to any distribution to the holders of any other class of our equity securities, including our common shares. The existence of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares could have an adverse effect on the value of our common shares.
 
Because the Republic of the Marshall Islands, where we are incorporated, does not have a well-developed body of corporate law, shareholders may have fewer rights and protections than under typical state law in the United States, such as Delaware, and shareholders may have difficulty in protecting their interests with regard to actions taken by our Board of Directors.
 
Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws or, after they have been filed, our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain U.S. jurisdictions. Stockholder rights may differ as well. For example, under Marshall Islands law, a copy of the notice of any meeting of the shareholders must be given not less than 15 days before the meeting, whereas in Delaware such notice must be given not less than 10 days before the meeting. Therefore, if immediate shareholder action is required, a meeting may not be able to be convened as quickly as it can be convened under Delaware law. Also, under Marshall Islands law, any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may only be taken without a meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote, whereas under Delaware law action may be taken by consent if approved by the number of shareholders that would be required to approve such action at a meeting. Therefore, under Marshall Islands law, it may be more difficult for a company to take certain actions without a meeting even if a majority of the shareholders approve of such action. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction.
 

49

CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization at December 31, 2017:
 
·
on an actual basis;
 
·
on an as adjusted basis to give effect to debt repayments of $1,416,486 and a loan drawdown of $18.4 million from January 1, 2018 up to the date of this prospectus.
 
   
As of December 31, 2017
 
       
   
Actual
   
As Adjusted
 
Debt(1):
           
Current portion of long term debt
   
8,162,972
     
7,546,486
 
Total long term debt, net of current portion
   
30,659,299
     
48,259,299
 
Total debt
   
38,822,271
     
55,805,785
 
Parent company equity:
               
Parent company investment
   
42,518,895
     
42,518,895
 
Accumulated deficit
   
(9,656,772
)
   
(9,656,772
)
Total parent company equity
   
32,862,123
     
32,862,123
 
Total capitalization
   
71,684,394
     
88,667,908
 
___________________
(1)
Debt is secured by mortgages on all of our vessels. 
50

SUMMARY OF SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor – Summary of Selected Historical Financials
(in US Dollars except for Fleet Data and number of shares)
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2016
   
2017
 
Statement of Operations Data
           
Voyage revenue
   
8,331,821
     
20,280,215
 
Commissions
   
(452,868
)
   
(1,122,196
)
Net revenue
   
7,878,953
     
19,158,019
 
Voyage expenses
   
(82,627
)
   
(2,396,318
)
Vessel operating expenses
   
(4,308,418
)
   
(6,892,388
)
Dry-docking expenses
   
-
     
(127,509
)
Vessel depreciation
   
(3,828,634
)
   
(4,786,272
)
Related party management fees
   
(780,135
)
   
(1,409,716
)
Other general and administrative expenses
   
(798,828
)
   
(917,160
)
Loss on termination and impairment of shipbuilding contracts
   
(7,050,179
)
   
-
 
Operating (loss) / income
   
(8,969,868
)
   
2,628,656
 
Interest and other financing costs
   
(1,161,169
)
   
(1,817,574
)
Gain on derivative, net
   
-
     
49,167
 
Other loss
   
(10,316
)
   
(10,548
)
Net (loss) / income
   
(10,141,353
)
   
849,701
 
51



EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor – Summary of Selected Historical Financials (continued)
 

   
As of December 31,
 
Balance Sheet Data
 
2016
   
2017
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   
591,108
     
1,257,058
 
Vessels, net
   
64,439,364
     
81,979,636
 
Advances for vessel under construction and vessel acquisition deposits
   
17,753,737
     
5,051,211
 
Deferred assets and other long term assets
   
1,676,783
     
2,801,453
 
Total assets
   
86,689,795
     
97,452,676
 
Current liabilities including current portion of long term debt
   
2,124,590
     
9,641,000
 
Long term debt, net of current portion
   
28,243,478
     
30,364,035
 
Total liabilities
   
55,592,898
     
64,590,553
 
Total parent company equity
   
31,096,897
     
32,862,123
 
Cash Flow Data
               
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
   
2016
     
2017
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
4,255,829
     
2,910,287
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(24,243,012
)
   
(9,635,504
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
20,472,737
     
9,283,359
 


52


       
Fleet Data (1)
 
2016
   
2017
 
             
Number of vessels
   
2.85
     
4.94
 
Calendar days
   
1,043
     
1,802
 
Available days
   
1,043
     
1,802
 
Voyage days
   
1,043
     
1,781
 
Utilization Rate (percent)
   
100.0
%
   
98.8
%
                 
   
(In U.S. dollars per day per vessel)
 
Average TCE rate (2)
   
7,909
     
10,042
 
Vessel Operating Expenses
   
4,131
     
3,825
 
Management Fees
   
748
     
782
 
G&A Expenses
   
766
     
509
 
Total Operating Expenses excluding drydocking expenses
   
5,645
     
5,116
 
Drydocking expenses
   
-
     
71
 

 
(1)  For the definition of calendar days, available days, voyage days and utilization rate, see the section of this registration statement entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation."
 
(2) Time charter equivalent rate, or TCE rate, is determined by dividing voyage revenues less voyage expenses or time charter equivalent revenue, or TCE revenues, by the number of voyage days during the relevant time period. TCE revenues, a non-GAAP measure, provides additional meaningful information in conjunction with voyage revenues, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, because it assists Company management in making decisions regarding the deployment and use of its vessels and because the Company believes that it provides useful information to investors regarding the Company's financial performance. TCE revenues and TCE rate are also standard shipping industry performance measures used primarily to compare period-to-period changes in a shipping company's performance despite changes in the mix of charter types (i.e., spot charters, time charters and bareboat charters) under which the vessels may be employed between the periods (see also "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation"). Our definition of TCE revenues and TCE may not be comparable to that used by other companies in the shipping industry.
 
 

53

 

The following table reflects the reconciliation of TCE revenues to voyage revenues as reflected in the consolidated statement of operations and our calculation of TCE rates for the periods presented.
 
 

   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2017
 
(In U.S. dollars, except for voyage days and TCE rates which are expressed in U.S. dollars per day)
 
             
Voyage revenues
   
8,331,821
     
20,280,215
 
Voyage expenses
   
(82,627
)
   
(2,396,318
)
Time Charter Equivalent or TCE Revenues
   
8,249,194
     
17,883,897
 
Voyage days
   
1,043
     
1,781
 
Average TCE rate
   
7,909
     
10,042
 
54



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
 
The following presentation of management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our historical combined carve-out financial statements, accompanying notes thereto and other financial information, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, such as those set forth in the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also carefully read the following discussion with "Risk Factors," "Forward-Looking Statements," and "Summary Combined Carve-Out Financial and Other Data." The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
Overview
 
EuroDry Ltd. was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 8, 2018. The Company was incorporated by Euroseas to serve as the holding company of seven subsidiaries that will be contributed by Euroseas to the Company in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution. Euroseas will contribute these subsidiaries to the Company prior to the Spin-Off Distribution, and, as the sole shareholder of the Company, intends to distribute the Company's common shares to holders of Euroseas common stock on a pro rata basis on or about May 30, 2018. Euroseas will also distribute EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares in exchange for a number of such Euroseas Series B Preferred Shares.  Under this registration statement, the Company is applying to register the common shares under the Securities Act of 1933. In addition, the Company has applied to have the common shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol "EDRY". Upon consummation of the Spin-Off Distribution and the successful listing of the common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Company and Euroseas will be independent publicly traded companies with separate boards of directors and management, although, at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, all of the directors and officers of Euroseas may hold similar positions at the Company.
 
The financial statements presented in this registration statement are carve-out financial statements. The carve-out financial statements in this registration statement include combined carve-out financial statements of the EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017. 
 
We are a provider of worldwide ocean-going transportation services. We own and operate drybulk carriers that transport major bulks such as iron ore, coal and grains, and minor bulks such as bauxite, phosphate and fertilizers. On May 7, 2018, our fleet consisted of six drybulk vessels. The total cargo carrying capacity of our fleet is 453,086 dwt.
 
There currently is no existing public trading market for our common shares. However, we are in the process of applying to have our common shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "EDRY". We make no representation that such application will be approved or that our common shares will trade on such market, either now or at any time in the future. The successful listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market is subject to our fulfilling all of the requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
 
Please note:  Throughout this report, all references to "we," "our," "us" and the "Company" refer to EuroDry Ltd. and its subsidiaries. We use the term deadweight ton, or dwt, in describing the size of vessels. Dwt, expressed in metric tons, each of which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms, refers to the maximum weight of cargo and supplies that a vessel can carry. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "dollars" and "$" in this report are to, and amounts are presented in, U.S. dollars.
 
We actively manage the deployment of our fleet between spot market voyage charters, which generally last from several days to several weeks, and time charters, which can last up to several years.  Some of our vessels may participate in shipping pools, or, in some cases in contracts of affreightment. We may also use FFA contracts to provide partial coverage for our drybulk vessels – as a substitute for time charters – in order to increase the predictability of our revenues.
 
55

 
Vessels operating on time charters provide more predictable cash flows but can yield lower profit margins than vessels operating in the spot market during periods characterized by favorable market conditions. Vessels operating in the spot market generate revenues that are less predictable but may enable us to achieve increased profit margins during periods of high vessel rates although we are exposed to the risk of declining vessel rates, which may have a materially adverse impact on our financial performance.  Vessels operating in pools benefit from better scheduling, and thus increased utilization, and better access to contracts of affreightment due to the larger commercial operation of the pool. We are constantly evaluating opportunities to increase the number of our vessels deployed on time charters or to participate in shipping pools (if available for our vessels), however we only expect to enter into additional time charters or shipping pools if we can obtain contract terms that satisfy our criteria.  We carefully evaluate the length and the rate of the time charter contract at the time of fixing or renewing a contract considering market conditions, trends and expectations.

We constantly evaluate vessel purchase opportunities to expand our fleet accretive to our earnings and cash flow. Additionally, we will consider selling certain of our vessels when favorable sales opportunities present themselves. If, at the time of sale, the carrying value is lower than the sales price, we will realize a gain on sale, which will increase our earnings, but if , at the time of sale, the carrying value of a vessel is more than the sales price, we will realize a loss on sale, which will negatively impact our earnings. Please see "Critical Accounting Policies", below, for a further discussion of the consequences of selling our vessels for amounts below their carrying values.
 
Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
 
We believe that the important measures for analyzing trends in the results of our operations consist of the following:
 
Calendar days . We define calendar days as the total number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet was in our possession including off-hire days associated with major repairs, drydockings or special or intermediate surveys. Calendar days are an indicator of the size of our fleet over a period and affect both the amount of revenues and the amount of expenses that we record during that period.
 
Available days. We define available days as the total number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet was in our possession net of off-hire days associated with scheduled repairs, drydockings or special or intermediate surveys. The shipping industry uses available days to measure the number of days in a period during which vessels were available to generate revenues.
 
Voyage days. We define voyage days as the total number of days in a period during which each vessel in our fleet was in our possession net of off-hire days associated with scheduled and unscheduled repairs, drydockings or special or intermediate surveys, days waiting to find employment or sailing for repositioning purposes, to begin its next charter contract. The shipping industry uses voyage days to measure the number of days in a period during which vessels actually generate revenues.
 
Fleet utilization . We calculate fleet utilization by dividing the number of our voyage days during a period by the number of our available days during that period. The shipping industry uses fleet utilization to measure a company's efficiency in finding suitable employment for its vessels and minimizing the amount of days that its vessels are off-hire either waiting to find employment, except when sailing for repositioning purposes, or commercial off-hire, or for reasons such as unscheduled repairs or other off-hire time related to the operation of the vessels, or operational off-hire.  We distinguish our fleet utilization into commercial and operational. We calculate our commercial fleet utilization by dividing our available days net of commercial off-hire days during a period by our available days during that period.  We calculate our operational fleet utilization by dividing our available days net of operational off-hire days during a period by our available days during that period.
 
Spot Charter Rates . Spot charter rates are volatile and fluctuate on a seasonal and year to year basis. The fluctuations are caused by imbalances in the availability of cargoes for shipment and the number of vessels available at any given time to transport these cargoes.
 
56


 
Time Charter Equivalent, or TCE. A standard maritime industry performance measure used to evaluate performance is the daily time charter equivalent, or daily TCE. Daily TCE revenues are voyage revenues minus voyage expenses divided by the number of voyage days during the relevant time period. Voyage expenses primarily consist of port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage, which would otherwise be paid by a charterer under a time charter whereas under spot market voyage charters, we pay such voyage expenses. We believe that the daily TCE neutralizes the variability created by unique costs associated with particular voyages or the employment of drybulk carriers on time charter or on the spot market (drybulk vessels are, generally, chartered on a time charter basis) and presents a more accurate representation of the revenues generated by our vessels.  Our definition of TCE may not be comparable to that used by other companies in the shipping industry.
 
Basis of Presentation and General Information
 
We use the following measures to describe our financial performance:
 
Voyage revenues. Our voyage revenues are driven primarily by the number of vessels in our fleet, the number of voyage days during which our vessels generate revenues and the amount of daily charter hire that our vessels earn under charters, which, in turn, are affected by a number of factors, including our decisions relating to vessel acquisitions and disposals, the amount of time that we spend positioning our vessels, the amount of time that our vessels spend in drydock undergoing repairs, maintenance and upgrade work, the age, condition and specifications of our vessels, levels of supply and demand in the transportation market, the number of vessels on time charters, spot charters and in pools and other factors affecting charter rates in the drybulk market.
 
Commissions. We pay commissions on all chartering arrangements of 1.25% to Eurochart, a company affiliated with our CEO, plus additional commission of usually up to 5% to other brokers involved in the transaction, plus address commission of usually up to 3.75% deducted from charter hire. These additional commissions, as well as changes to charter rates will cause our commission expenses to fluctuate from period to period. Eurochart also receives a fee equal to 1% calculated as stated in the relevant memorandum of agreement for any vessel sold by it on our behalf.
 
Voyage expenses. Voyage expenses primarily consist of port, canal and fuel costs that are unique to a particular voyage which would otherwise be paid by the charterer under a time charter contract, as well as commissions. Under time charters, the charterer pays voyage expenses whereas under spot market voyage charters, we pay such expenses. The amounts of such voyage expenses are driven by the mix of charters undertaken during the period.
 
Vessel operating expenses. Vessel operating expenses include crew wages and related costs, the cost of insurance, expenses relating to repairs and maintenance, the costs of spares and consumable stores, tonnage taxes and other miscellaneous expenses. Our vessel operating expenses, which generally represent fixed costs, have historically changed in line with the size of our fleet. Other factors beyond our control, some of which may affect the shipping industry in general (including, for instance, developments relating to market prices for insurance or inflationary increases) may also cause these expenses to increase.
 
Management fees. These are the fees that we pay to our affiliated ship managers under our management agreements for the technical and commercial management that Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE perform on our behalf.
 
Vessel depreciation . We depreciate our vessels on a straight-line basis with reference to the cost of the vessel, age and scrap value as estimated at the date of acquisition. Depreciation is calculated over the remaining useful life of the vessel. Remaining useful lives of property are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize changes in conditions, new regulations or other reasons. Revisions of estimated lives are recognized over current and future periods.
 
57


 
Drydocking and special survey expense. Our vessels are required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 60 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are trading. Drydocking and special survey expenses are accounted on the direct expense method as this method eliminates the significant amount of time and subjectivity to determine which costs and activities related to drydocking and special survey should be deferred.
 
Interest expense and loan costs. We traditionally finance vessel acquisitions partly with debt on which we incur interest expense. The interest rate we pay is generally linked to the 3-month LIBOR rate, although from time to time we may utilize fixed rate loans or could use interest rate swaps to eliminate our interest rate exposure. Interest due is expensed in the period incurred. Loan costs are deferred and amortized over the period of the loan; the un-amortized portion is written-off if the loan is prepaid early.
 
Other general and administrative expenses. We incur expenses consisting mainly of executive compensation, professional fees, directors' liability insurance and reimbursement of our directors' and officers' travel-related expenses. We will hire the executive services of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, internal auditor and corporate secretary, from Eurobulk as part of our Master Management Agreement.
 
In evaluating our financial condition, we focus on the above measures to assess our historical operating performance and we use future estimates of the same measures to assess our future financial performance.  In addition, we use the amount of cash at our disposal and our total indebtedness to assess our short term liquidity needs and our ability to finance additional acquisitions with available resources (see also discussion under "Capital Expenditures" below).  In assessing the future performance of our present fleet, the greatest uncertainty relates to the spot market performance which affects those of our vessels that are not employed under fixed time charter contracts as well as the level of the new charter rates for the charters that are to expire. Decisions about the acquisition of additional vessels or possible sales of existing vessels are based on financial and operational evaluation of such action and depend on the overall state of the drybulk vessel market, the availability of purchase candidates, available employment, anticipated drydocking cost and our general assessment of economic prospects for the sectors in which we operate.
 
Results from Operations
 
Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to year ended December 31, 2016
 
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
 
We had less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage or specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

·
exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company's internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
 
·
exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and
 
·
exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.
 
We may take advantage of these provisions until the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if, among other things, we have more than $1.07 billion in "total annual gross revenues" during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies. We are choosing to "opt out" of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.
 
58

Year ended December 31, 2017 compared to year ended December 31, 2016
 
Voyage revenues . Voyage revenues for 2017 amounted to $20.28 million, increasing by 143% compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 during which voyage revenues amounted to $8.33 million. In 2017, we operated an average of 4.94 vessels, a 73% increase over the average of 2.85 vessels we operated during the same period in 2016. Specifically, during 2017, our fleet had 1,781 voyage days earning revenue as compared to 1,043 voyage days earning revenue in 2016.  While employed, our vessels generated a time-charter equivalent (or "TCE") rate, of $10,042 per day per vessel in 2017 compared to a TCE rate of $7,909 per day per vessel in 2016, an increase of 27%, which was due to significantly improved market charter rates. The average TCE rate our vessels achieve is a combination of the time charter rate earned by our vessels under time charter contracts, which is not influenced by market developments during the duration of the charter (unless the two charter parties renegotiate the terms of the charter or the charterer is unable to make the contracted payments or we enter into new charter party agreements), and the TCE rate earned by our vessels employed in the spot market which is influenced by market developments.
 
Commissions . We paid a total of $1.12 million in charter commissions for the year ended December 31, 2017, representing 5.5% of charter revenues. This represents a marginal increase over the year ended December 31, 2016, where commissions paid were $0.45 million, representing 5.4% of voyage revenues.
 
Voyage expenses . Voyage expenses for the year amounted to $2.4 million and relate to expenses for certain voyage charters. For the year ended December 31, 2016, voyage expenses amounted to $0.08 million. Our vessels are generally chartered under time charter contracts. Voyage expenses usually represent a small fraction (11.8% and 1% in each of 2017 and 2016, respectively) of voyage revenues.  In 2017 some of our drybulk vessels were chartered on voyage charters to capitalise on the rising drybulk market, which explains the higher amount of voyage expenses compared to the year 2016. Voyage expenses are dependent on the number of voyage charters, the cost of fuel, port costs and canal tolls and the number of days our vessels sailed without a charter.
 
Vessel operating expenses . Vessel operating expenses amounted to $6.89 million in 2017 compared to $4.31 million in 2016.  Daily vessel operating expenses per vessel amounted to $3,825 per day in 2017 versus $4,131 per day in 2016 a decrease of 7.4% which was the result of our continuous drive to control costs and the addition of a newbuild vessel, M/V "Alexandros , " to our fleet which had lower running expenses and reduced the fleet average.
 
Management fees . These are part of the fees we pay to Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE under our Master Management Agreement. During 2017, Eurobulk charged us 685 Euros per day per vessel totalling $1.41 million for the year, or $784 per day per vessel. During 2016, Eurobulk charged us 685 Euros per day per vessel totalling $0.78 million for the year, or $748 per day per vessel. The increase in the total amount of U.S. dollars paid within 2017 is due to the higher exchange rates of the Euro (€) with respect to the U.S. dollar compared to the previous year and the higher number of vessels operated within the year 2017 compared to the previous year.
 
Other general and administrative expenses . These expenses include the fixed portion of our management fees, legal and auditing fees, directors' and officers' liability insurance and other miscellaneous corporate expenses represent an allocation of the expenses incurred by Euroseas based on the number of calendar days of our vessels to total Euroseas fleet. In 2017, we had a total of $0.91 million of general and administrative expenses as compared to $0.8 million in 2016.
 
Drydocking expenses. These are expenses we pay for our vessels to complete a drydocking as part of an intermediate or special survey. In 2017, we had one vessel undergoing its intermediate survey (in-water) for a total of $0.13 million.  During 2016, we had no vessels undergoing drydocking.
 
Vessel depreciation . Vessel depreciation for 2017 was $4.79 million. Comparatively, vessel depreciation for 2016 amounted to $3.83 million. Vessel depreciation in 2017 was higher compared to 2016, due to a higher number of vessels operated in 2017.
59

 
Loss on termination and impairment of shipbuilding contracts . For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded a $3.25 million loss on termination of the two Ultramax newbuilding contracts and a $3.85 million impairment charge on one of the Kamsarmax newbuilding contracts based on the probability of terminating the contract at the time given the significantly above-market price of the contract; subsequent to year end, we negotiated a lower price for the newbuilding contract and decided to proceed with the construction of the vessel.
 
Interest and other financing costs. Interest expense and other financing costs for the year were $1.82 million. Comparatively, during the same period in 2016, interest and other financing costs amounted to $1.16 million. Interest incurred and loan fees were higher in 2017 due to the higher average outstanding debt during the year as compared to 2016.
 
Derivatives gain. In 2017, we had a unrealized gain of $0.05 million from the mark to market valuation on our interest rate swap contract that we entered into in August 2017. We entered into the interest rate swap to mitigate our exposure to possible increases in interest rates.
 
Net (loss) / income. As a result of the above, net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.85 million compared to a net loss of $10.14 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Critical Accounting Policies
 
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon the combined carve-out financial statements of EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments or uncertainties, and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies that involve a high degree of judgment and the methods of their application.

Depreciation
 
We record the value of our vessels at their cost (which includes acquisition costs directly attributable to the vessel and expenditures made to prepare the vessel for its initial voyage) less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Depreciation is based on cost less the estimated residual scrap value. An increase in the useful life of the vessel or in the residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of the vessel or in the residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge and possibly an impairment charge. We depreciate our vessels on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, estimated to be 25 years from date of initial delivery from the shipyard.
 
Impairment of vessels
 
The carrying values of the Company's vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time since the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. We review our vessels held for use for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as vessel market values, vessel sales and purchases, business plans and overall market conditions) indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If we identify indication for impairment for a vessel, we determine undiscounted projected net operating cash flows for each vessel and compare it to the vessel carrying value. When the estimate of undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset is less than its carrying amount, we evaluate the asset for an impairment loss. In the event that impairment occurred, we would determine the fair value of the related asset and we record a charge to operations calculated by comparing the asset's carrying value to the estimated fair market value. We estimate fair market value primarily through the use of third party valuations performed on an individual vessel basis.
 
60


 
The table set forth below indicates (i) the carrying value of each of our vessels as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, (ii) which of our vessels we believe has a basic market value below its carrying value, and (iii) the aggregate difference between carrying and market value represented by such vessels.  This aggregate difference represents the approximate analysis of the amount by which we believe we would have to reduce our net income/ (loss) if we sold all of such vessels in the current environment, using industry-standard valuation methodologies, in cash, in arm's-length transactions.  For purposes of this calculation, we have assumed that the vessels would be sold at a price that reflects our estimate of their current basic market values. However, we are not holding our vessels for sale.

Our estimates of basic market value assume that our vessels are all in good and seaworthy condition without need for repair and if inspected would be certified in class without any notations.  Our estimates are based on information available from various industry sources, including:

 
·
reports by industry analysts and data providers that focus on our industry and related dynamics affecting vessel values;
 
·
news and industry reports of similar vessel sales;
 
·
news and industry reports of sales of vessels that are not similar to our vessels where we have made certain adjustments in an attempt to derive information that can be used as part of our estimates;
 
·
approximate market values for our vessels or similar vessels that we have received from shipbrokers, whether solicited or unsolicited, or that shipbrokers have generally disseminated;
 
·
offers that we may have received from potential purchasers of our vessels; and
 
·
vessel sale prices and values of which we are aware through both formal and informal communications with shipowners, shipbrokers, industry analysts and various other shipping industry participants and observers.
 
As we obtain information from various industry and other sources, our estimates of basic market value are inherently uncertain.  In addition, vessel values are highly volatile; as such, our estimates may not be indicative of the current or future basic market value of our vessels or prices that we could achieve if we were to sell them.
 
Name
Capacity
Purchase Date
Carrying Value as of December 31, 2016
Carrying Value as of December 31, 2017
Dry Bulk Vessels
(dwt) 
 
 (million USD)
 (million USD)
PANTELIS
74,020
Jul-2009
$15.48 (1)
$13.88 (2)
EIRINI P
76,466
May-2014
$18.09 (1)
$16.84 (2)
XENIA
82,000
Feb-2016
$30.87 (1)
$29.73 (2)
TASOS
75,100
Jan-2017
-
$4.29
ALEXANDROS P.
63,500
Jan-2017
-
$17.24
Fleet Total
371,086
 
$64.44
$81.98
 
(1) Indicates vessels for which we believe, as of December 31, 2016, the basic charter-free market value is lower than the vessel's carrying value as of December 31, 2016.  We believe that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels, assessed separately, of $64.44 million as of December 31, 2016 exceeds their aggregate basic charter-free market value of approximately $32.6 million by approximately $31.84 million.  We believe that the carrying values of our vessels as of December 31, 2016 were recoverable.
 
(2) Indicates vessels for which we believe, as of December 31, 2017, the basic charter-free market value is lower than the vessel's carrying value as of December 31, 2017.  We believe that the aggregate carrying value of these vessels, assessed separately, of $60.45 million as of December 31, 2017 exceeds their aggregate basic charter-free market value of approximately $46.9 million by approximately $13.55 million.  As further discussed below, we believe that the carrying values of our vessels as of December 31, 2017 were recoverable.
61

 

We note that all of our vessels are currently employed under time charter contracts of durations from less than two months to 23 months until the earliest redelivery charter period.  If we sell those vessels with the charters attached, the sale price may be affected by the relationship of the charter rate to the prevailing market rate for a comparable charter with the same terms.

The Company determines the charter rates to be used in its impairment analysis based on the prevailing market charter rates for the first two years and on inflation-unadjusted historical average rates from year three onwards.  The Company calculates the historical average rates over a 15-year period for 2016 and a 16-year period for 2017, which both start in 2002 and take into account three complete market cycles, and which provide a more representative reference for the long term rates. These rates are used for the period a vessel is not under a charter contract; if there is a contract, the charter rate of the contract is used for the period of the contract.
 
Our impairment test is highly sensitive on variances in the time charter rates and vessel operating costs; it also requires assumptions for:
 
·
the effective fleet utilization rate;
 
·
estimated scrap values;
 
·
future drydocking costs; and
 
·
probabilities of sale for each vessel.
 
Our estimates for the time charter rates for the first two years are based on market information available for future rates (based on the length of charters that can be secured at the time of the analysis, generally, one to two years). Vessel utilization estimates are based on the status of each vessel at the time of the assessment and the Company's past experience in finding employment for its vessels at comparable market conditions. Cost estimates, like drydocking and operating costs, are based on the Company's data for its own vessels; past estimates for such costs have generally been very close to the actual levels observed. Specifically, we use our budgeted operating expenses escalated by 1.5% per annum and our budgeted drydocking costs, assuming a five-year special survey cycle. Overall, the assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. Our impairment test for the year ended December 31, 2017 identified three of our vessels with an indication for impairment as presented in the following table.  For these vessels, we performed our impairment analysis which indicated no impairment. Furthermore, we performed sensitivity analysis for the charter rates and operating cost assumptions (which are the inputs most sensitive to variations) allowing for variances of up to 10% without registering impairment indication.
 
For the three vessels which had impairment indication (see table earlier in this section), a comparison of the average estimated daily time charter equivalent rate used in our impairment analysis with the average "break even rate" for the uncontracted period for each of the vessels is presented below:
 
Vessel
 
Charter Rate as of 12/31/2017
   
Remaining
Months Chartered
   
Remaining Life
(years)
   
Rate Year 1
(2018)
   
Rate Year 2
(2019)
   
Rate Year 3+
(2020+)
   
Breakeven Rate (USD/day)
 
Eirini P
   
0
     
0
     
11
     
12,415
     
12,415
     
20,889
     
11,324
 
Xenia
   
14,100
     
25
     
23
     
12,534
     
12,534
     
21,090
     
9,209
 
Pantelis
   
10,500
     
0.5
     
7
     
12,057
     
12,057
     
20,287
     
11,781
 
62


There can be no assurance as to how long term charter rates and vessel values will increase as compared to their current levels and approach historical average levels for similarly aged vessels or whether they will improve by any significant degree. Charter rates, which improved significantly during 2017, may return to their previously depressed levels which could adversely affect our revenue and profitability, and future assessments of vessel impairment. The impairment analysis may determine that the carrying value of a vessel is recoverable if the vessel is held and operated to the end of its useful life, however, if the vessel is sold during a period when the market is depressed, the Company might suffer a loss on the sale. Whether the Company realizes a gain or loss on the sale of a vessel is primarily a function of the relative market values of vessels at the time the vessel was acquired less the accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any, versus the relative market values on the date a vessel is sold.
 
For a discussion of the potential loss in the case of sale of all of our vessels with market value below their carrying value, we refer you to the section of this registration statement entitled "Business Overview – Our Fleet".
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Please refer to Note 2 of the financial statements attached to this registration statement.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Historically, our sources of funds have been equity provided by our shareholders, operating cash flows and long-term borrowings. Our principal use of funds has been capital expenditures to establish and expand our fleet, maintain the quality of our vessels during operations and the periodically required drydockings, comply with international shipping standards and environmental laws and regulations, fund working capital requirements and if necessary operating shortfalls, make principal repayments on outstanding loan facilities, and pay dividends. We expect to rely on cash available, funds generated from operating cash flows, funds from our shareholders, equity offerings and long term borrowings to meet our liquidity needs going forward and to finance our capital expenditures and working capital needs in 2018 and beyond.
 
Cash Flows
 
As of December 31, 2017, we had working capital deficit of $2.02 million after reporting earnings of $0.85 million in December 31, 2017. Our cash balance amounted to $1.26 million and cash in restricted and retention accounts amounted to $3.65 million. As of December 31, 2017, we had committed to pay an additional 18.0 million in relation to the delivery of our Kamsarmax newbuilding.
 
We intend to fund our working capital requirements and capital commitments via cash at hand, cash flow from operations, new mortgage debt financing for the vessel under construction, debt balloon payment refinancing and equity offerings. We have signed a term loan facility of $18.4 million  to finance the construction of M/V "Ekaterini" (Hull No. YZJ2013-1153), which was drawn down upon the delivery of the vessel on May 7, 2018.In the unlikely event that these are not sufficient we may also draw down up to $2.0 million under a commitment from COLBY Trading Ltd., a company controlled by the Pittas family and affiliated with our Chief Executive Officer, and possible vessel sales (where equity will be released) or sale of the newbuilding contract itself, if required, among other options. We believe we will have adequate funding through the sources described above and, accordingly, we believe we have the ability to continue as a going concern and finance our obligations as they come due over the next twelve months following the date of the issuance of our financial statements. Consequently, our combined carve-out financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
 
63

Net cash from operating activities.
 
Our net surplus from cash flows provided by operating activities for 2017 was $2.91 million as compared to a cash surplus of $4.26 million during 2016. This represents the net amount of cash, after expenses paid, generated by chartering our vessels. Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, on our behalf, collect our chartering revenues and pay our chartering expenses. Our net income for 2017 was $0.85 million, which was adjusted by non-cash expenses of $4.79 million of vessel depreciation and $0.21 million amortization of deferred charges and decreased by $0.05 million from unrealized gain from derivatives.  Operating cash flows were reduced by a $3.05 million increase of funds due from the manager, while they were increased by a $0.16 million change in other  operating assets and liabilities.  Our net loss in 2016 was $10.14 million, which was offset by $3.83 million of vessel depreciation, $7.05 million on termination of two shipbuilding contracts, $0.47 million of amortization and write-off of deferred charges; operating cash flows were also increased by a $2.56 million decrease in funds due from the manager and a further $0.48 million from changes in other operating assets and liabilities.
 
Net cash from investing activities.
 
In 2017, we invested $4.64 million for the construction of our newbuilding M/V "Alexandros P" and the acquisition of M/V "Tasos" and for other capitalized expenses.  Additionally, we spent another $5.0 million on advances for the construction of M/V "Ekaterini." In 2016, we invested $24.2 million for the construction of MV "Xenia," M/V "Alexandros P" and an advance payment for the acquisition of MV "Tasos."
 

Net cash from financing activities.
 
In 2017, net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $9.28 million. It consisted of $10.86 million in proceeds from long term debt, net increase in parent company investment of $0.92 million, offset by $0.04 million of loan arrangement fees paid, $0.64 million repayment to the parent company and $1.81 million of loan repayments. In 2016, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of $13.80 million in proceeds from long term debt, $8.82 million of net increase in parent company investment, $0.72 million payments made by the parent company on our behalf, offset by $0.53 million of loan arrangement fees paid and repayment of $2.35 million of long term debt, resulting in a total of $20.5 million provided by financing activities.
 
Debt Financing
 
We operate in a capital intensive industry which requires significant amounts of investment, and we fund a major portion of this investment through long term debt. We maintain debt levels we consider prudent based on our market expectations, cash flow, interest coverage and percentage of debt to capital.
 
As of December 31, 2017, we had four outstanding loans with a combined outstanding balance of $38.83 million. These loans have maturity dates between 2018 and 2023. Our long-term debt as of December 31, 2017 comprises bank loans granted to our vessel-owning subsidiaries.  A description of our loans as of December 31, 2017 is provided in Note 10 of our attached financial statements. As of December 31, 2017, we were scheduled to repay approximately $8.2 million of the above debt on our loans in 2018.
 
Our loan agreements contain covenants.
 
Our loans have various covenants such as minimum requirements regarding the hull ratio cover (the ratio of fair value of vessel to outstanding loan less cash in retention accounts) and restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the vessel shipowning companies, distribution of profits or assets (in effect not permitting dividend payment or other distributions in cases that an event of default has occurred), additional indebtedness and mortgage of vessels without the lender's prior consent, sale of vessels, maximum fleet-wide leverage, sale of capital stock of our subsidiaries, ability to make investments and other capital expenditures, entering in mergers or acquisitions, minimum cash balance requirements and minimum cash retention accounts (restricted cash). W hen necessary, we do provide supplemental collateral in the form of restricted cash or cross-collateralize vessels to ensure compliance with hull cover ratio ("loan-to-value" ratio).   Increases in restricted cash required to satisfy loan covenants would reduce funds available for investment or working capital and could have a negative impact on our operations.  If we cannot correct any violated covenants, we might be required to repay all or part of our loans, which, in turn, might require us to sell one or more of our vessels under distressed conditions. As of December 31, 2017, we were not in default of any credit facility covenant.
 
64

Capital Expenditures
 
We may make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with our vessel acquisitions or participation in joint ventures to acquire vessels.
 
(refer to section above "Liquidity and Capital Resources – Cash Flows" for a discussion of how we plan to cover our working capital requirements and capital commitments).
 
Trend information
 
Our results of operations depend primarily on the charter hire rates that we are able to realize. Charter hire rates paid for drybulk vessels are primarily a function of the underlying balance between vessel supply and demand.
 
The demand for drybulk capacity is determined by the underlying demand for commodities transported in these vessels, which in turn is influenced by trends in the global economy. One of the main drivers of drybulk trade has been the growth in imports by China of iron ore, coal and steel products during the last ten years used for domestic infrastructure development and manufacturing of finished goods for export. Demand for drybulk capacity is also affected by the operating efficiency of the global fleet, i.e., the average speed the fleet operates, and port congestion.
 
The supply of drybulk vessels is dependent on the delivery of new vessels and the removal of vessels from the global fleet, either through scrapping or loss.  According to industry sources, as of March 1, 2018, the capacity of the worldwide drybulk vessel fleet was approximately 822.5 million dwt with approximately 81 million dwt, or, about 9.8% of the present fleet capacity on order. Currently, the orderbook is close to historical low levels. However, as charter rates have increased vessel ordering has begun picking up since August 2017. The growing supply of drybulk vessels, if continued, may exceed future demand.
 
The level of scrapping activity is generally a function of scrapping prices in relation to current and prospective charter market conditions, as well as operating, repair and survey costs. The average age at which a vessel is scrapped over the last ten years has been between 25 and 27 years, with smaller vessels scrapped at a later age. During strong markets, the average age at which the vessels are scrapped increases; during 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and the first nine months of 2008, the majority of the Handysize and Handymax bulkers that were scrapped were in excess of 30 years of age.  During the same period, Panamax drybulk carriers were scrapped at an average age of 29 years. However, the scrapping rate increased significantly and the average age decreased since the beginning of October of 2008 when daily charter rates declined. Increased charter hire rates in the drybulk market commencing in the second quarter of 2009 resulted in decreased scrapping rates of drybulk vessels throughout 2010. However, as the drybulk market declined throughout 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, scrapping rates of drybulk vessels increased again. In 2016, drybulk rates increased, however, scrapping activity remained strong, at close to 2015 levels. In 2017, as drybulk charter rates rose, scrapping levels significantly declined. As of May 1, 2018, assuming that the current scrapping rate continues, scrapping levels in 2018 should be moderately lower than 2017 levels. According to industry sources (Clarksons), as of December 31, 2017, 73% of the existing drybulk fleet is aged from 0 to 9 years, with only 7% aged more than 20 years and another 20% between 10 and 20 years of age. The average age of our fleet, following the delivery of our newbuilding M/V "Ekaterini" on May 7, 2018, is 8.9 years and those of our competitors are on average 7.6 years (Navios Maritime Partners L.P. (NYSE: NMM) 9.6 years, Safe Bulkers Inc. (NYSE: SB) 7.5 years, Star Bulk Carriers Corp. (NASDAQ: SBLK) 8 years, Golden Ocean Group Limited (NASDAQ: GOGL) 4.5 years, Diana Shipping (NYSE: DSX) 8.4 years).
 
Declining shipping charter hire rates have a negative impact on our earnings when our vessels are employed in the spot market or when they are to be re-chartered after completing a time charter contract. As of May 7, 2018, approximately 53% of our ship capacity days in 2018 and approximately 33% of our ship capacity days in 2019, are under time charter contracts. If the market rates decrease from current levels or the supply of vessels increases, our vessels may have difficulty securing employment and, if so, may be employed at rates lower than their present charters.
 
Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
 
As of December 31, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
65


 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
 
Contractual obligations are set forth in the following table as of December 31, 2017:

In U.S. dollars
Total
Less Than
One Year
One to
Three Years
Three to
Five Years
More Than
Five Years
Newbuilding contract Payments (1)
$18,000,000
$18,000,000
---
---
---
Bank debt
$38,822,271
$8,162,972
$21,062,299
$1,868,000
$7,729,000
Interest Payments (2)
$5,167,004
$1,906,540
$2,173,937
$976,610
$109,917
Vessel Management fees (3)
$9,544,267
$1,757,988
$3,835,180
$3,951,099
---
Other Management Fee (4)
$6,196,584
$1,006,250
$2,556,531
$2,633,802
---
Total
$77,730,125
$30,883,750
$29,627,947
$9,429,511
$7,838,917

 
(1)            Refers to the remaining payments for our newbuilding contract for the construction of M/V "Ekaterini" which was delivered on May 7, 2018.
 
(2)            Assuming the amortization of the loans as of December 31, 2017 described above, each loan's interest rate margin over LIBOR and an average LIBOR rate of 2% yearly forward swap rates are calculated as 2.04%, 2.11%, 2.38%, 2.56%, 2.72% per annum for the five years, respectively, based on the LIBOR yield curve as of December 31, 2017. Also includes our obligation to make payments required as of December 31, 2017 under our interest rate swap agreements based on the same LIBOR forward rate assumptions (see the section of this registration statement entitled "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk").
 
(3)            Refers to our obligation for management fees we expect to incur under our Master Management agreements which will be in effect prior to the Spin-Off Distribution and will remain in effect after the Spin-Off Distribution.  These agreements were renewed for five years effective January 1, 2018.  The management fees have been computed based on the agreed rate of 685 Euros per day per vessel (approximately $856 based on an exchange rate of $1.25 per Euro) and assumed escalated 1.5% per annum adjusted for inflation.  We assumed a fleet of 5.625 vessels in 2018 and 6 vessels in the subsequent years.
 
(4)            Refers to our obligation for management fees of $1.25 million per year under our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk that is expected to come in effect at the date of the Spin-Off Distribution.  For 2018, these fees are determined (i) for the period from January 1, 2018 until the Spin-Off Distribution Date pursuant to the terms of the Master Management Agreement between Euroseas and Eurobulk ($2 million total, 30% of which is allocated to EuroDry) and (ii) for periods beginning after the Spin-Off Distribution Date pursuant to the terms of the Master Management Agreement between the Company and Eurobulk, which will be effective as of the Spin-Off Distribution Date.  These management fees represent the cost of providing management services to (i) for the period from January 1, 2018 until the Spin-Off Distribution Date, services provided to the EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor and (ii) for periods beginning after the Spin-Off Distribution Date, services provided to the Company. This fee will be adjusted for inflation in Greece during the previous calendar year every January 1 st (we have assumed an inflation rate of 1.50% per annum after 2018).
 
66

 
BUSINESS
 
History and Development of the Company
 
EuroDr y Ltd. was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 8, 2018. The Company was incorporated by Euroseas to serve as the holding company of seven subsidiaries that will be contributed by Euroseas to the Company in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution. Euroseas will contribute these subsidiaries to the Company prior to the Spin-Off Distribution, and, as the sole shareholder of the Company, intends to distribute the Company's common shares to holders of Euroseas common stock on a pro rata basis on or about May 30, 2018.  Euroseas will also distribute EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares in exchange for a number of such Euroseas Series B Preferred Shares.  Under this registration statement, the Company is applying to register the common shares under the Securities Act of 1933. In addition, the Company has applied to have the common shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol "EDRY". Upon consummation of the Spin-Off Distribution and the successful listing of the common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Company and Euroseas will be independent publicly traded companies with separate boards of directors and management, although, at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, all of the directors and officers of Euroseas may hold similar positions at the Company.
 
We are a provider of worldwide ocean-going transportation services. We own and operate drybulk carriers that transport major bulks such as iron ore, coal and grains, and minor bulks such as bauxite, phosphate and fertilizers. As May 7, 2018, our fleet consisted of six drybulk vessels. The total cargo carrying capacity of our fleet is 453,086 dwt.
 
There currently is no existing public trading market for our common shares. However, we are in the process of applying to have our common shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "EDRY". We make no representation that such application will be approved or that our common shares will trade on such market, either now or at any time in the future. The successful listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market is subject to our fulfilling all of the requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
 
Our executive offices are located at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24, Maroussi, Greece. Our telephone number is +30-211-1804006.
 
Background and Purpose of the Spin-Off Distribution
 
The Company was incorporated on January 8, 2018 to serve as a holding company for all drybulk vessels built post year 2000 owned, directly or indirectly, by Euroseas. Before the Spin-Off Distribution, Euroseas owns and operates both drybulk vessels and containerships. After the Spin-Off Distribution, Euroseas will own containerships and one drybulk vessel (which was agreed to be sold on March 19, 2018 and is expected to be delivered to its buyers by June 30, 2018), and the Company will own only drybulk vessels of Ultramax (one vessel of 63,500 dwt built in 2017), Panamax (three vessels of 225,000 dwt total, two built in 2000 and one built in 2004) and Kamsarmax size (two vessels of 82,000 dwt, one built in 2016 and one in 2018). Historically, "pure play" companies generally have tended to trade at levels that suggest higher valuations than companies with mixed asset classes. Since the Spin-Off Distribution will result in two "pure play" companies, Euroseas and the Company expects that the Spin-Off Distribution will result in an increase of shareholder value if the aggregate trading value of the two separate entities exceeds that of the trading value of Euroseas before the Spin-Off Distribution as historical trends suggest. After the Spin-Off Distribution, the Company expects that it will focus solely on drybulk vessels for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the addition of two newbuilding vessels in the Euroseas fleet over the last two years with the expected delivery of the third newbuilding vessel by June 2018 provide the core of a "pure play" strategy focused on medium size drybulk vessels with the aim of acquiring additional vessels and growing.  Euroseas and EuroDry also believe that the Spin-Off Distribution may better position both companies for potential sale or merger opportunities in the future.
 
Mechanics of the Spin-Off Distribution
 
Prior to effecting the Spin-Off Distribution, Euroseas will contribute to the Company its interests in seven of its drybulk subsidiaries and related intercompany debts and obligations in exchange for approximately 2,254,825 of our common shares and approximately 19,014 of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares (representing all of the Company's issued and outstanding stock as of that time). Euroseas then intends to make a special dividend of 100% of the Company's outstanding common shares to holders of Euroseas' common stock as of the record date of the special dividend. In addition, Euroseas will distribute 100% of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares in exchange for a number of such Euroseas Series B Preferred Shares. Based on 11,274,126 shares of common stock of Euroseas outstanding as of the record date of the special dividend, we expect that holders of Euroseas common stock will receive one EuroDry common share for every five shares of common stock of Euroseas owned by such shareholders.
 
67

If a Euroseas shareholder holds fewer than five shares of Euroseas common stock as of the record date, it will not receive any of our common shares because fractional common shares will not be distributed to Euroseas shareholders.  Instead, in the case of registered shareholders, the distribution agent will aggregate fractional common shares into whole shares, sell the whole shares into the open market at prevailing market prices and distribute the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales, net of brokerage fees and other costs, pro rata, based on the fractional common share such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive, to each holder who otherwise would have been entitled to receive a fractional share in the Spin-Off Distribution.  Holders of Euroseas common stock that hold shares through a bank, broker, or nominee shall receive cash in lieu of fractional common shares, if any, determined in accordance with the policies of such bank, broker, or nominee.  The distribution agent, in its sole discretion, without any influence by Euroseas or us, will determine when, how, through which broker dealer and at what price to sell the whole shares.  Any broker-dealer used by the distribution agent will not be an affiliate of Euroseas or us.  If you receive cash in lieu of fractional common shares, you will not be entitled to any interest on the payments.
 
The aggregate net cash proceeds of these sales generally will be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See "Tax Considerations" for an explanation of the tax consequences of the distribution.  If you physically hold certificates for Euroseas common stock and are the registered holder, you will receive a check from the distribution agent in an amount equal to your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds of the sales.  We estimate that it will take approximately eight business days from the distribution date for the distribution agent to complete the distributions of the aggregate net cash proceeds.  If you hold your Euroseas common stock through a bank or brokerage firm, your bank or brokerage firm will receive, on your behalf, your pro rata share of the aggregate net cash proceeds from the sales and will electronically credit your account for your share of such proceeds.  Euroseas shareholders should consult their bank or broker for further detail.
 
Prior to the Spin-Off Distribution, Euroseas will deliver 100% of the Company's issued and outstanding common shares to the distribution agent.  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as distribution agent in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution and as transfer agent and registrar for the Company's common shares.
 
Holder s of Euroseas' common stock as of the close of business on May 23, 2018, will have EuroDry common shares that they are entitled to receive issued to their account as follows:
 
·
Registered shareholders . If shares of Euroseas common stock are held directly through Euroseas' transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, the holder is a registered stockholder.  In this case, the distribution agent will credit the common shares received in the Spin-Off Distribution by way of direct registration in book-entry form to a new account with the Company's transfer agent.  Registration in book-entry form refers to a method of recording share ownership where no physical stock certificates are issued to shareholders.  Registered shareholders will be able to access information regarding their book-entry account holding their shares at www.eurodry.gr.

o
Commencing on or shortly after the distribution date, the distribution agent will mail to registered shareholders an account statement that indicates the number of the Company's common shares that have been registered in book entry in the registered shareholder's name.  The Company expects it will take the distribution agent up to two weeks after the distribution date to complete the distribution of the common shares and mail statements of holding to all registered shareholders.

·
"Street name" or beneficial shareholders .  Most Euroseas shareholders hold their shares of Euroseas common stock beneficially through a bank, broker or other nominee.  In these cases, the bank, broker or other nominee holds the shares in "street name" and records the shareholder's name on its books.  Shareholders who own shares of Euroseas common stock through a bank, broker or other nominee will have their accounts credited with the common shares received in the Spin-Off Distribution on or shortly after the distribution date.  The Company encourages such holders to contact their bank, broker or other nominee with any questions concerning the mechanics of having shares held in "street name."
 
68

Holders of Euroseas common stock will not be required to pay for the common shares of the Company received as the special dividend or to tender or surrender their Euroseas common stock. If a Euroseas shareholder holds shares of Euroseas at the close of business on the record date for the special dividend, the holder's brokerage account (for shares held through a brokerage account) or account at the transfer agent (for shares held directly) will be credited with the appropriate number of shares of the Company on the distribution date of the special dividend, subject to the shareholder providing to Euroseas any required information and subject to the timing and receipt of any necessary regulatory and corporate approvals. The number of shares of Euroseas common stock owned by a shareholder of Euroseas will not change as a result of the special dividend, and the common stock of Euroseas will continue to trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "ESEA".
 
U.S. holders of Euroseas shares will have an initial tax basis in the shares received in the Spin-Off Distribution that will be determined by the trading price of the common shares at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution. Euroseas does not expect shareholders that are U.S. taxpayers to recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there is no certainty this will be the case.  Euroseas will notify U.S. holders of Euroseas shares after year end 2018 of the tax attributes of the Spin-Off Distribution on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099.  The tax treatment of the Spin-Off Distribution is discussed below in "Tax Considerations – United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders."
 
The Spin-Off Distribution and the transfer of Euroseas' drybulk vessel subsidiaries to us is subject to, among other things, the approval of Euroseas' Board of Directors and obtaining various regulatory and third-party consents and approvals, including approval by our lenders, approval of our request for our common shares to be listed on Nasdaq and the effectiveness of this registration statement.
 
Business Overview
 
Our fleet consists of drybulk vessels that transport dry cargo in bulk.  Please see information in the section "Our Fleet", below. During 2016 and 2017, our drybulkers (then owned by Euroseas) had a fleet utilization of 100% and 98.8%, respectively, our vessels achieved daily time charter equivalent rates of $7,909 and $10,058, respectively, and we generated voyage revenues of $8.33 million and $20.28 million, respectively.
 
Our business strategy is focused on providing consistent shareholder returns by carefully selecting the timing and the structure of our investments in drybulk vessels and by reliably, safely and competitively operating the vessels we own, through our affiliates, Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE. Representing a continuous shipowning and management history that dates back to the 19th century, we believe that one of our advantages in the industry is our ability to select and safely operate drybulk vessels of any age.
 
Our Fleet
 
As of May 7, 2018, the profile and deployment of our fleet is the following:
 
Name
Type
Dwt
Year Built
Employment (1)
 
TCE Rate ($/day)
XENIA
Kamsarmax
82,000
2016
TC until Jan--20 thereafter 1 year at Charterer's  option
$14,100
$14,350
EIRINI P.
Panamax
76,466
2004
TC until Sep-18
Hire 103.25% of Average BPI 4TC (2)
TASOS
Panamax
75,100
2000
TC until Jun-18
$12,300
PANTELIS
Panamax
74,020
2000
TC until Jun-18
$10,000 and a Gross Ballast Bonus of $525,000 (total equivalent to about $8,650)
ALEXANDROS P.
Ultramax
63,500
2017
TC until Jul-18
114% BSI (3)
EKATERINI
Kamsarmax
82,000
2018
TC until Apr-20 to maximum Oct-20
$13,000
Fleet Grand Total
6
453,086
     

(1)
TC denotes time charter. All dates listed are the earliest redelivery dates under each TC.
(2)
Denotes the Baltic Panamax Index
(3)
Denotes the Baltic Supramax Index

69

 
We plan to expand our fleet by investing in vessels in the drybulk markets under favorable market conditions. We also intend to take advantage of the cyclical nature of the market by buying and selling ships when we believe favorable opportunities exist.  We employ our vessels in the spot charter, the time charter market and through pool arrangements. As of May 1, 2018, all of our drybulk vessels are employed under time charter contracts.
 
As of May 7, 2018, approximately 53% of our ship capacity days 2018 and approximately 33% of our ship capacity days in 2019 are under contract.
 
We refer you to the risk factor entitled " The market value of our vessels can fluctuate significantly,   which may adversely affect our financial condition, cause us to breach financial covenants, result in the incurrence of a loss upon disposal of a vessel or increase the cost of acquiring additional vessels " and the discussion in the section of this registration statement entitled "Risk Factors – Industry Risk Factors".
 
Please refer to page F-34 of the Notes to our financial statements (Note 17) for recent corporate developments.
 
70


 
Our Customers
 
Our major charterer customers during the last two years include Klaveness, Norden, Panocean, Cargill and Noble amongst others. We are a relationship driven company, and our top five customers in 2017 include three of our top five customers from 2016 (Klaveness, Norden and Panocean). Our top four customers accounted for approximately 74% of our revenues in 2017 and our top three customers accounted for approximately 91% of our revenues in 2016.  In 2017, Klaveness, Norden, Amaggi and Sinochart accounted for 26%, 18%, 17% and 13% of our revenues, respectively.  In 2016, Klaveness, Norden and Quadra accounted for 52%, 26% and 13% of our revenues, respectively.  Our dependence on our key charterer customers is moderate as in the event of a charterer default, our vessels can generally be re-chartered at the market rate, in the spot or charter market, although such a rate could be lower than the charter rate agreed with the charterer.
 
The Dry Cargo Industry
 
Dry cargo shipping refers to the transport of certain commodities by sea between various ports in bulk or containerized form. Drybulk commodities are typically divided into two categories — major and minor bulks. Major bulks include coal, iron ore and grains, while minor bulks include aluminum, phosphate rock, fertilizer raw materials, agricultural and mineral cargo, cement, forest products and some steel products, including scrap. There are five main classes of drybulk carriers — Handysize, Handymax, Panamax, Kamsarmax and Capesize. These classes represent the sizes of the vessel carrying the cargo in terms of deadweight (dwt) capacity, which is defined as the total weight including cargo that the vessel can carry when loaded to a defined load line of the vessel. Handysize vessels are the smallest of the four categories and include those vessels weighing up to 40,000 dwt. Handymax carriers are those vessels that weigh between 40,000 dwt and 60,000 dwt, while Panamax vessels are those ranging from 60,000 dwt to 80,000 dwt. Vessels over 80,000 dwt are called Kamsarmax vessels, while vessels over 100,000 dwt are called Capesize vessels (mini-Capes range from 100,000 dwt to 140,000 dwt).
 
Vessel chartering

Drybulk carriers are ordinarily chartered either through a voyage charter or a time charter, under a longer term contract of affreightment ("COA") or in pools. Under a voyage charter, the owner agrees to provide a vessel for the transport of cargo between specific ports in return for the payment of an agreed freight rate per ton of cargo or an agreed dollar lump sum amount. Voyage costs, such as canal and port charges and bunker expenses, are the responsibility of the owner. Under a time charter, the ship owner places the vessel at the disposal of a charterer for a given period of time in return for a specified rate (either hire per day or a specified rate per dwt capacity per month) with the voyage costs being the responsibility of the charterer. In both voyage charters and time charters, operating costs (such as repairs and maintenance, crew wages and insurance premiums), as well as drydockings and special surveys, are the responsibility of the ship owner. The duration of time charters varies, depending on the evaluation of market trends by the ship owner and by charterers. Occasionally, drybulk vessels are chartered on a bareboat basis. Under a bareboat charter, operations of the vessels and all operating costs are the responsibility of the charterer, while the owner only pays the financing costs of the vessel. A COA is another type of charter relationship where a charterer and a ship owner enter into a written agreement pursuant to which a specific cargo will be carried over a specified period of time. COAs benefit charterers by providing them with fixed transport costs for a commodity over an identified period of time. COAs benefit ship owners by offering ascertainable revenue over that same period of time and eliminating the uncertainty that would otherwise be caused by the volatility of the charter market. A shipping pool is a collection of similar vessel types under various ownerships, placed under the care of a single commercial manager. The manager markets the vessels as a single fleet and collects the earnings which are distributed to individual owners under a pre-arranged weighing system by which each participating vessel receives its share. Pools have the size and scope to combine voyage charters, time charters and COA with freight forward agreements for hedging purposes, to perform more efficient vessel scheduling thereby increasing fleet utilization.
 
Market cyclicality and trends
 
The international drybulk shipping industry is cyclical and volatile, having reached historical highs in 2008 and historical lows in 2016. Charter rates improved in 2017, however, they remained below profitable levels for most of the year. The development of charter rates is dependent on the supply of and demand for drybulk vessels. Demand for vessels depends on the international trade of drybulk commodities which, in turn, is affected by the economic growth, infrastructure investment and industrial production of major importing regions like Europe and Far East amongst others as well as the production of drybulk commodities by exporters like Brazil, Australia, South Africa, Argentina and Russia amongst others. During 2017, global seaborne dry bulk trade growth (in tons) reached 3.8% according to industry analysts the highest annual growth since 2014. In January 2018, the International Monetary Fund revised upward its world economic growth forecast for 2018 and 2019 indicating a supporting macroeconomic environment for continuing drybulk seaborne trade growth.
 
71

At the same time, the supply of drybulk vessels cannot be changed drastically in the short term as it takes about nine months to build a ship and, usually, there is a lag of, at least, fifteen to eighteen months between placing an order to build a vessel and its delivery. In the near term, supply is limited by the existing number of vessels and can only be adjusted by increasing or decreasing the operating speed of a vessel but various economic and operational factors could limit the range of such adjustments. As of May 1, 2018, the backlog of vessels under construction ("orderbook") is about 10% of the fleet and it is scheduled to be delivered mostly over the next three years. This level of orderbook reflects lower newbuilding orders placed during 2016 and 2017 due to the depressed charter rates in those years and will limit supply growth during 2018 and 2019. More than half of the orderbook is concentrated on Capesize vessels (15% of the Capesize fleet), while vessels below 100,000 dwt, the segment in which our vessels compete, face an orderbook of 8% of the fleet and, consequently, less supply growth. The above levels of orderbook along with trends of vessel withdrawals in 2018 indicate that growth of fleet is likely to remain lower than drybulk trade growth, thus, providing a foundation for charter rates to retain the present levels and, possibly, increase further.
 
Typically, periods of high charter rates result in an increased rate of new vessel ordering, often more than what the demand levels warrant; these vessels beginning to be delivered eighteen months or more later when demand growth for vessels often slows down creating oversupply and quick correction of charter rates. The cyclicality of charter rates is also reflected in vessel values.
 
Our Competitors

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and vessel condition, as well as on reputation. Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE arrange our charters (whether spot charters, time charters or shipping pools). Through Eurochart S.A. ("Eurochart"), an affiliated brokering company which negotiates the terms of the charters based on market conditions. We compete with other shipowners of carriers in the drybulk sector. Ownership of drybulk carriers is highly fragmented and is divided among state controlled and independent shipowners. Some of our publicly listed competitors include Navios Maritime Partners Inc. (NYSE: NMM), Safe Bulkers (NYSE: SB), Star Bulk Carriers (NASDAQ: SBLK), Golden Ocean (NASDAQ: GOGL) and Diana Shipping Inc. (NYSE: DSX).
 
Seasonality
 
Coal, iron ore and grains trades, the major commodities of the drybulk shipping industry, are somewhat seasonal in nature. Energy markets primarily affect the demand for coal, higher demand is witnessed mainly during summer periods when air conditioning and refrigeration require more electricity and towards the end of the calendar year in anticipation of the forthcoming winter period. Demand for iron ore tends to decline in the summer months because many of the major steel users, such as automobile makers, significantly reduce their level of production. Grains are completely seasonal as they are driven by the harvest within a climate zone. Because three of the five largest grain producers (the United States, Canada and the European Union) are located in the northern hemisphere and the other two (Argentina and Australia) in the southern hemisphere, harvests occur throughout the year and are shipped accordingly.
 
Environmental and Other Regulations
 
Government regulation and laws significantly affect the ownership and operation of our fleet. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources.  Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.
 
A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities such as the United States Coast Guard ("USCG"), harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the temporary suspension of the operation of one or more of our vessels.
 
72

We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to the stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.
 
While we do not carry oil as cargo, we do carry fuel oil (bunkers) in our drybulk vessels. We currently maintain, for each of our vessels, pollution liability insurance coverage of $1.0 billion per incident. If the damages from a catastrophic spill exceeded our insurance coverage, that would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating cash flows.
 
It should be noted that the U.S. is currently experiencing changes in its environmental policy, the results of which have yet to be fully determined.  For example, in April 2017, the U.S. President signed an executive order regarding environmental regulations, specifically targeting the U.S. offshore energy strategy, which may affect parts of the maritime industry and our operations.
 
Furthermore, recent action by the IMO's Maritime Safety Committee and United States agencies indicate that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats. For example, cyber-risk management systems must be incorporated by shipowners and managers by 2021. This might cause companies to cultivate additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures. However, the impact of such regulations is hard to predict at this time.
 
International Maritime Organization
 
The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels (the "IMO"), has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as "MARPOL," adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 ("SOLAS Convention"), and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (the "LL Convention"). MARPOL establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged forms.  MARPOL is applicable to drybulk, tanker and LPG carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution.  Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried in bulk in liquid or in packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, lastly, relates to air emissions.  Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997.
 
Air Emissions
 
In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from vessels.  Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from all commercial vessel exhausts and prohibits "deliberate emissions" of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons),  emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances  Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, as explained below. Emissions of "volatile organic compounds" from certain tankers, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs) are also prohibited.  We believe that all our vessels are currently compliant in all material respects with these regulations.
 
73

The IMO's Marine Environmental Protection Committee ("MEPC"), adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone depleting substances, which entered into force on July 1, 2010.  The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships.  On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, the MEPC agreed to implement a global 0.5% m/m sulfur oxide emissions limit (reduced from the current 3.50%) starting from January 1, 2020.  This limitation can be met by using low-sulfur complaint fuel oil, alternative fuels, or certain exhaust gas cleaning systems.  Once the cap becomes effective, ships will be required to obtain bunker delivery notes and International Air Pollution Prevention ("IAPP") Certificates from their flag states that specify sulfur content.   This subjects ocean-going vessels in these areas to stringent emissions controls, and may cause us to incur additional costs.
 
Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain "Emission Control Areas," or ("ECAs").  As of January 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.1%.  Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs.  Currently, the IMO has designated four ECAs, including specified portions of the Baltic Sea area, North Sea area, North American Area and United States Caribbean area.  Ocean-going vessels in these areas will be subject to stringent emission controls that may cause us to incur additional costs.
 
If other ECAs are approved by the IMO, or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.
 
Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation.   At the MEPC meeting held from March to April 2014, amendments to Annex VI were adopted which address the date on which Tier III Nitrogen Oxide (NOx), standards in ECAs will go into effect.  Under the amendments, Tier III NOx standards apply to ships that operate in the North American and U.S. Caribbean Sea ECAs designed for the control of NOx with a marine diesel engine installed and constructed on or after January 1, 2016.  Tier III requirements could apply to areas that will be designated for Tier III NOx in the future.  At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, the MEPC approved the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxide for ships built after January 1, 2021.  The EPA promulgated equivalent (and in some senses stricter) emissions standards in late 2009.  As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs.
 
As determined at the MEPC 70, the new Regulation 22A of MARPOL Annex VI is effective as of March 1, 2018 and requires ships above 5,000 gross tonnage to collect and report annual data on fuel oil consumption to an IMO database, with the first  year of data collection commencing on January 1, 2019.  The IMO intends to use such data as the first step in its roadmap (through 2023) for developing its strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships, as discussed further below.
 
As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. All ships are now required to develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Mangement Plans ("SEEMPS"), and new ships must be designed in compliance with minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile as defined by the Energy Efficiency Design Index ("EEDI").  Under these measures, by 2025, all new ships built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014.
 
74

 
We may incur costs to comply with these revised standards. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
 
Safety Management System Requirements
 
The SOLAS Convention was amended to address the safe manning of vessels and emergency training drills. The Convention of Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims (the "LLMC") sets limitations of liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim or a property claim against ship owners.  We believe that all of our vessels are in substantial compliance with SOLAS and LL Convention standards.
 
Under Chapter IX of the SOLAS Convention, or the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (the "ISM Code"), our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical management team have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
 
The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. We have obtained applicable documents of compliance for our offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed as required.
 
Regulation II-1/3-10 of the SOLAS Convention governs ship construction and stipulates that ships over 150 meters in length must have adequate strength, integrity and stability to minimize risk of loss or pollution. Goal-based standards amendments in SOLAS regulation II-1/3-10 entered into force in 2012, with July 1, 2016 set for application to new oil tankers and bulk carriers.   The SOLAS Convention regulation II-1/3-10 on goal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers, which entered into force on January 1, 2012, requires that all oil tankers and bulk carriers of 150 meters in length and above, for which the building contract is placed on or after July 1, 2016, satisfy applicable structural requirements conforming to the functional requirements of the International Goal-based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers (GBS Standards).
 
Amendments to the SOLAS Convention Chapter VII apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code ("IMDG Code"). Effective January 1, 2018, the IMDG Code includes (1) updates to the provisions for radioactive material, reflecting the latest provisions from the International Atomic Energy Agency, (2) new marking, packing and classification requirements for dangerous goods, and (3) new mandatory training requirements.
 
The IMO has also adopted the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers ("STCW").  As of February 2017, all seafarers are required to meet the STCW standards and be in possession of a valid STCW certificate.  Flag states that have ratified SOLAS and STCW generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated SOLAS and STCW requirements into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.
75

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements
 
The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatories to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments (the "BWM Convention") in 2004. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 9, 2017. The BWM Convention requires ships to manage their ballast water to remove, render harmless, or avoid the uptake or discharge of new or invasive aquatic organisms and pathogens within ballast water and sediments.
 
The BWM Convention's  implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits, and require all ships to carry a ballast water record book and an international  ballast water management certificate.
 
On December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of BWM Convention so that the dates are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention.  This, in effect, makes all vessels delivered before the entry into force date "existing vessels" and allows for the installation of ballast water management systems on such vessels at the first International Oil Pollution Prevention (IOPP) renewal survey following entry into force of the convention. The MEPC adopted updated guidelines for approval of ballast water management systems (G8) at MEPC 70. At MEPC 71, the schedule regarding the BWM Convention's implementation dates was also discussed and amendments were introduced to extend the date existing vessels are subject to certain ballast water standards.  Ships over 400 gross tons generally must comply with a "D-1 standard," requiring the exchange of ballast water only in open seas and away from coastal waters.  The "D-2 standard" specifies the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged and compliance dates vary depending on the IOPP renewal dates.  Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels must comply with the D2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most ships, compliance with the D2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms.  Costs of compliance may be substantial.
 
Once mid-ocean ballast exchange ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory under the BWM Convention, the cost compliance could increase for ocean carriers and may be material. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges. The U.S., for example, requires vessels entering its waters from another country to conduct mid-ocean ballast exchange, or undertake some alternate measure, and to comply with certain reporting requirements.  The costs of compliance with a mandatory mid-ocean ballast exchange could be material, and it is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations.
 
The IMO also adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage (the "Bunker Convention") to impose strict liability on ship owners (including the registered owner, bareboat charterer, manager or operator) for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the LLMC).  With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship's bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.
 
Ships are required to maintain a certificate attesting that they maintain adequate insurance to cover an incident. In jurisdictions, such as the United States where the Bunker Convention has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict-liability basis.
 

 
76


 
Anti-Fouling Requirements
 
In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti‑fouling Systems on Ships, or the "Anti‑fouling Convention." The Anti‑fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels.  Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages will also be required to undergo an initial survey before the vessel is put into service or before an International Anti‑fouling System Certificate is issued for the first time; and subsequent surveys when the anti‑fouling systems are altered or replaced. We have obtained Anti‑fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels that are subject to the Anti‑fouling Convention.

Compliance Enforcement
 
Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively.As of the date of this report, each of our vessels is ISM Code certified. However, there can be no assurance that such certificates will be maintained in the future.
 
The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations.  It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.
 
United States Regulations
 
The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
 
The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA") established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all "owners and operators" whose vessels trade or operate with the U.S., its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S.'s territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the U.S.  The U.S. has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, except in limited circumstances, whether on land or at sea. OPA and CERCLA both define "owner and operator" in the case of a vessel as any person owning, operating or chartering by demise, the vessel.  Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.
 
Under OPA, vessel owners and operators are "responsible parties" and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels, including bunkers (fuel).  OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:
 
(i)
injury to, destruction or loss of, or loss of use of, natural resources and related assessment costs;
 
(ii)
injury to, or economic losses resulting from, the destruction of real and personal property;
 
(iii)
loss of subsistence use of natural resources that are injured, destroyed or lost;
 
(iv)
net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees or net profit revenues resulting from injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property, or natural resources;
 
(v)
lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to injury, destruction or loss of real or personal property or natural resources; and
 
(vi)
net cost of increased or additional public services necessitated by removal activities following a discharge of oil, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.
 
77


 
OPA contains statutory caps on liability and damages; such caps do not apply to direct cleanup costs.  Effective December 21, 2015, the USCG adjusted the limits of OPA liability for non-tank vessels, edible oil tank vessels, and any oil spill response vessels, to the greater of $1,100 per gross ton or $939,800 (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation).  These limits of liability do not apply if an incident was proximately caused by the violation of an applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulation by a responsible party (or its agent, employee or a person acting pursuant to a contractual relationship), or a responsible party's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The limitation on liability similarly does not apply if the responsible party fails or refuses to (i) report the incident where the responsibility party knows or has reason to know of the incident; (ii) reasonably cooperate and assist as requested in connection with oil removal activities; or (iii) without sufficient cause, comply with an order issued under the Federal Water Pollution Act (Section 311 (c), (e)) or the Intervention on the High Seas Act.
 
CERCLA contains a similar liability regime whereby owners and operators of vessels are liable for cleanup, removal and remedial costs, as well as damages for injury to, or destruction or loss of, natural resources, including the reasonable costs associated with assessing same, and health assessments or health effects studies. There is no liability if the discharge of a hazardous substance results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $500,000 for any other vessel. These limits do not apply (rendering the responsible person liable for the total cost of response and damages) if the release or threat of release of a hazardous substance resulted from willful misconduct or negligence, or the primary cause of the release was a violation of applicable safety, construction or operating standards or regulations.  The limitation on liability also does not apply if the responsible person fails or refused to provide all reasonable cooperation and assistance as requested in connection with response activities where the vessel is subject to OPA.
 
OPA and CERCLA each preserve the right to recover damages under existing law, including maritime tort law.  OPA and CERCLA both require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the USCG evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the maximum amount of liability to which the particular responsible person may be subject. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, qualification as a self-insurer or a guarantee. We plan to comply with the USCG's financial responsibility regulations by providing applicable certificates of financial responsibility.
 
The 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico resulted in additional regulatory initiatives or statutes, including the raising of liability caps under OPA, new regulations regarding offshore oil and gas drilling, and a pilot inspection program for offshore facilities.  However, the status of several of these initiatives and regulations is currently in flux.  For example, the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement ("BSEE") announced a new Well Control Rule in April 2016, but pursuant to orders by the U.S. President in early 2017, the BSEE announced in August 2017 that this rule would be revised. In January 2018, the U.S. President proposed leasing new sections of U.S. waters to oil and gas companies for offshore drilling, vastly expanding the U.S. waters that are available for such activity over the next five years.  The effects of the proposal are currently unknown.  Compliance with any new requirements of OPA may substantially impact our cost of operations or require us to incur additional expenses to comply with any new regulatory initiatives or statutes. Additional legislation or regulations applicable to the operation of our vessels that may be implemented in the future could adversely affect our business.
 
OPA specifically permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, provided they accept, at a minimum, the levels of liability established under OPA and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills.  Many U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance.  These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.  Moreover, some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters although in some cases, states which have enacted this type of legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining tanker owners' responsibilities under these laws. The Company intends to comply with all applicable state regulations in the ports where the Company's vessels call.
 
78

 
We currently maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operation.
 
Other United States Environmental Initiatives
 
The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970 (including its amendments of 1977 and 1990) ("CAA") requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants.  The CAA requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, some of which regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations which may affect our vessels.
 
The U.S. Clean Water Act ("CWA") prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA.
 
The EPA and the USCG have also enacted rules relating to ballast water discharge, compliance with which requires the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial costs, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.  The EPA requires a permit regulating ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain vessels within United States waters under the Vessel General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Vessels (the "VGP"). On March 28, 2013, the EPA re-issued the VGP for another five years from the effective date of December 19, 2013.  The 2013 VGP focuses on authorizing discharges incidental to operations of commercial vessels, and contains numeric ballast water discharge limits for most vessels to reduce the risk of invasive species in U.S. waters, stringent requirements for exhaust gas scrubbers, and requirements for the use of environmentally acceptable lubricants. For a new vessel delivered to an owner or operator after December 19, 2013 to be covered by the VGP, the owner must submit a Notice of Intent ("NOI") at least 30 days (or 7 days for eNOIs) before the vessel operates in United States waters. We have submitted NOIs for our vessels where required.
 
The USCG regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act("NISA"), impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters, which require the installation of certain engineering equipment and water treatment systems to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures, and/or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.  The USCG has implemented revised regulations on ballast water management by establishing standards on the allowable concentration of living organisms in ballast water discharged from ships in U.S. waters.

As of January 1, 2014, vessels were technically subject to the phasing-in of these standards and the USCG must approve any technology before it is placed on a vessel.  The USCG first approved said technology in December 2016, and continues to review ballast water management systems. The USCG may also provide waivers to vessels that demonstrate why they cannot install the new technology. The USCG has set up requirements for ships constructed before December 1, 2013 with ballast tanks trading with exclusive economic zones of the U.S. to install water ballast treatment systems as follows: (1) ballast capacity 1,500-5,000m3—first scheduled drydock after January 1, 2014; and (2) ballast capacity above 5,000m3—first scheduled drydock after January 1, 2016.  All of our vessels have ballast capacities over 5,000m3, and those of our vessels trading in the U.S. will have to install water ballast treatment plants at their first drydock after January 1, 2016, unless an extension is granted by the USCG.

The EPA, on the other hand, has taken a different approach to enforcing ballast discharge standards under the VGP. On December 27, 2013, the EPA issued an enforcement response policy in connection with the new VGP in which the EPA indicated that it would take into account the reasons why vessels do not have the requisite technology installed, but will not grant any waivers.  In addition, through the CWA certification provisions that allow U.S. states to place additional conditions on the use of the VGP within state waters, a number of states have proposed or implemented a variety of stricter ballast requirements including, in some states, specific treatment standards.  Compliance with the EPA, USCG and state regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, or may otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

79

Two recent United States court decisions should be noted. First, in October 2015, the Second Circuit Court of Appeals issued a ruling that directed the EPA to redraft the sections of the 2013 VGP that address ballast water. However, the Second Circuit stated that 2013 VGP will remains in effect until the EPA issues a new VGP. The effect of such redrafting remains unknown.  Second, on October 9, 2015, the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals stayed the Waters of the United States rule (WOTUS), which aimed to expand the regulatory definition of "waters of the United States," pending further action of the court. In response, regulations have continued to be implemented as they were prior to the stay on a case-by-case basis.  In February 2017, the U.S. President issued an Executive Order directing the EPA and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers publish a proposed rule rescinding or revising the WOTUS rule.  In January 2018, the EPA and Army Corps of Engineers issued a final rule pursuant to the President's order under which the Agencies will interpret the term "waters of the United States" to mean waters covered by the regulations, as they are currently being implemented, within the context of the Supreme Court decisions and agency guidance documents, until February 6, 2020.  Litigation regarding the status of the WOTUS rule is currently underway, and the effect of future actions in these cases upon our operations is unknown.

European Union Regulation
 
In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water.  Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties.  The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger.  Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.
 
The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained.  The European Union also adopted and extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses.  The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply.  Furthermore, the EU has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/33/EC (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced requirements parallel to those in Annex VI relating to the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, the EU imposed a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in EU ports.
 
International Labour Organization
 
The International Labour Organization (the "ILO") is a specialized agency of the UN that has adopted the Maritime Labor Convention 2006 ("MLC 2006"). A Maritime Labor Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labor Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade.  We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with and are certified to meet MLC 2006.
 
Greenhouse Gas Regulations
 
Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions with targets extended through 2020.  International negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol,  and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the U.S. and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.  The 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from ships.  On June 1, 2017, the U.S. President announced that it is withdrawing from the Paris Agreement.  The timing and effect of such action has yet to be determined.
 
At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, a draft outline of the structure of the initial strategy for developing a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from ships was approved. In accordance with this roadmap, in April 2018, nations at the MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships.  The initial strategy identifies "levels of ambition" to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, including (1) decreasing the carbon intensity from ships through implementation of further phases of the EEDI for new ships; (2) reducing carbon dioxide emissions per transport work, as an average across international shipping, by at least 40% by 2030, pursuing efforts towards 70% by 2050, compared to 2008; and (3) reducing the total annual greenhouse emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely.  The initial strategy notes that technological innovation, alternative fuels and/or energy sources for international shipping will be integral to achieve the overall ambition.  These regulations could cause us to incur additional substantial expenses.
 

80

 
The EU made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states from 20% of 1990 levels by 2020. The EU also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol's second period, from 2013 to 2020.  Starting in January 2018, large ships calling at EU ports are required to collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information.
 
In the United States, the EPA issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety, adopted regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources, and proposed regulations to limit greenhouse gas emissions from large stationary sources. However, in March 2017, the U.S. President signed an executive order to review and possibly eliminate the EPA's plan to cut greenhouse gas emissions.  The outcome of this order is not yet known.  Although the mobile source emissions regulations do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, the EPA or individual U.S. states could enact environmental regulations that would affect our operations.  For example, California has introduced a cap-and-trade program for greenhouse gas emissions, aiming to reduce emissions 40% by 2030.
 
Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the EU, the U.S. or other countries where we operate,  or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restricts emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or more intense weather events.
 
Vessel Security Regulations
 
Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security such as the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002 ("MTSA"). To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the USCG issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. and at certain ports and facilities, some of which are regulated by the EPA.
 
Similarly, Chapter XI-2 of the SOLAS Convention imposes detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code ("the ISPS Code.")  The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism.  To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate("ISSC") from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel's flag state.  Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained, expelled from, or refused entry at port until they obtain an ISSC.  The following are among the various requirements, some of which are found in the SOLAS Convention:
 
·
on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship's identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;
 
·
on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;
 
·
the development of vessel security plans;
 
·
ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel's hull;
 
·
a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship's identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and
 
·
compliance with flag state security certification requirements.
 
81

The USCG regulations, intended to be aligned with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. vessels from MTSA vessel security measures, provided such vessels have on board a valid ISSC that attests to the vessel's compliance with the SOLAS Convention security requirements and the ISPS Code. Future security measures could have a significant financial impact on us.  We intend to comply with the various security measures addressed by MTSA, the SOLAS Convention and the ISPS Code.
 
Inspection by Classification Societies
 
The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and SOLAS. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending that a vessel be certified "in class" by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, the IACS.  The IACS has adopted harmonized Common Structural Rules, or the Rules, which apply to oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed on or after July 1, 2015.  The Rules attempt to create a level of consistency between IACS Societies.   All of our vessels are certified as being "in class" by all the applicable Classification Societies (Lloyd's Register of Shipping, Bureau Veritas and Nippon Kaiji Kyokai).
 
A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, drydockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel's machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to have a drydock or an in-water inspection every 30 to 36 months for the inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel. If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable which could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The following table lists the upcoming intermediate or special survey for the vessels in our current fleet.  Special surveys typically require drydocking of the vessels while intermediate surveys may not, depending on the age of the vessel and its condition.  The intermediate surveys listed in the table below will not require drydocking of the vessels; However, the intermediate surveys of M/V "Tasos" and M/V "Pantelis" during January and February 2018 required the drydocking of the vessels.
 
Vessel
 
Next
 
Type
         
TASOS
 
June 2020
 
Special Survey
         
PANTELIS
 
June 2020
 
Special Survey
         
EIRINI P
 
May 2019
 
Special Survey
         
XENIA
 
February 2021
 
Special Survey
         
ALEXANDROS P
 
January 2022
 
Special Survey

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance
 
General
 
The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, physical damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy incidents, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which imposes virtually unlimited liability upon shipowners, operators and bareboat charterers of any vessel trading in the exclusive economic zone of the United States for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for shipowners and operators trading in the United States market. We carry insurance coverage as customary in the shipping industry. However, not all risks can be insured, specific claims may be rejected, and we might not be always able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.
 
82

Hull and Machinery Insurance
 
We procure hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance and war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance for our fleet. We generally do not maintain insurance against loss of hire (except for certain charters for which we consider it appropriate), which covers business interruptions that result in the loss of use of a vessel.
 
Protection and Indemnity Insurance
 
Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or "clubs."
 
Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world's commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association's liabilities. Our vessels are members of the UK Club and The Standard Club. Each P&I Association has capped its exposure to this pooling agreement at $4.5 billion. As a member of a P&I Association, which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the shipping pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
To our knowledge, there are no material legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which any of our properties are subject, other than routine litigation incidental to our business. In our opinion, the disposition of these lawsuits should not have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
 
Properties
 
Other than our vessels (including the contracts for the construction thereof), we do not own any material property.
 

83


MANAGEMENT
 
Directors and Senior Management
 
The following sets forth the name and position of each of our directors and executive officers. Please see "Description of Capital Stock – Preferred Stock", below, for a discussion of the Series B Preferred Shareholders' right to appoint the Series B Preferred Director.  The business address for each director and executive officer is the address of our principal executive office which is located at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi, Greece.
 
Name
Age
Position
Aristides J. Pittas
58
Chairman, President and CEO; Class A Director
Dr. Anastasios Aslidis
58
CFO and Treasurer; Class A Director
Aristides P. Pittas
66
Vice Chairman; Class A Director
Stephania Karmiri
50
Secretary
Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos
57
Class B Director
George Taniskidis
57
Class C Director
Apostolos Tamvakakis
66
Class C Director
Christian Donohue  40
 Series B Director*
 
* Expected to be appointed at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution
 
Aristides J. Pittas has been a member of the Board of Directors and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of EuroDry since its inception on January 8, 2018. He is also member of the Board of Directors and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Euroseas since its inception on May 5, 2005. He was a member of the Board of Managers of Euromar since its inception on March 25, 2010. Since 1997, Mr. Pittas has also been the President of Eurochart, our affiliate. Eurochart is a shipbroking company specializing in chartering and selling and purchasing ships. Since January 1995, Mr. Pittas has been the President and Managing Director of Eurobulk, one of our affiliated ship management companies. He resigned as Managing Director of Eurobulk in June 2005. Eurobulk is a ship management company that provides ocean transportation services. From September 1991 to December 1994, Mr. Pittas was the Vice President of Oceanbulk Maritime SA, a ship management company. From March 1990 to August 1991, Mr. Pittas served both as the Assistant to the General Manager and the Head of the Planning Department of Varnima International SA, a shipping company operating tanker vessels. From June 1987 until February 1990, Mr. Pittas was the head of the Central Planning department of Eleusis Shipyards S.A. From January 1987 to June 1987, Mr. Pittas served as Assistant to the General Manager of Chios Navigation Shipping Company in London, a company that provides ship management services. From December 1985 to January 1987, Mr. Pittas worked in the design department of Eleusis Shipyards S.A. where he focused on shipbuilding and ship repair. Mr. Pittas has a B.Sc. in Marine Engineering from University of Newcastle-Upon-Tyne and a MSc in both Ocean Systems Management and Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 
Dr. Anastasios Aslidis has been the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 5, 2018. He is also member of the Board of Directors, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Euroseas since September 2005. He was a member of the Board of Managers of Euromar since its inception on March 25, 2010. Prior to joining Euroseas, Dr. Aslidis was a partner at Marsoft, an international consulting firm focusing on investment and risk management in the maritime industry. Dr. Aslidis has more than 25 years of experience in the maritime industry. He also served as consultant to the Boards of Directors of shipping companies (public and private) advising on strategy development, asset selection and investment timing. Dr. Aslidis holds a Ph.D. in Ocean Systems Management (1989) from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, M.S. in Operations Research (1987) and M.S. in Ocean Systems Management (1984) also from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and a Diploma in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering from the National Technical University of Athens (1983).
 
Aristides P. Pittas has been a member of EuroDry's Board of Directors and Vice Chairman of the Board of EuroDry since its inception on January 8, 2018. He is also member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since its inception on May 5, 2005 and its Vice Chairman since September 1, 2005. Mr. Pittas has been a shareholder in over 100 oceangoing vessels during the last 20 years. Since February 1989, Mr. Pittas has been the Vice President of Oceanbulk Maritime SA, a ship management company. From November 1987 to February 1989, Mr. Pittas was employed in the supply department of Drytank SA, a shipping company. From November 1981 to June 1985, Mr. Pittas was employed at Trust Marine Enterprises, a brokerage house as a sale and purchase broker. From September 1979 to November 1981, Mr. Pittas worked at Gourdomichalis Maritime SA in the operation and Freight Collection department. Mr. Pittas has a B.Sc in Economics from Athens School of Economics.
 
84

Stephania Karmiri has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since its inception on January 8, 2018 until May 5, 2018, and EuroDry's Secretary since May 5, 2018. She has also been Euroseas' Secretary since its inception on May 5, 2005. Since July 1995, Mrs. Karmiri has been executive secretary to Eurobulk, one of our affiliated ship management companies. Eurobulk is a ship management company that provides ocean transportation services. At Eurobulk, Mrs. Karmiri has been responsible for dealing with sale and purchase transactions, vessel registrations/deletions, bank loans, supervision of office administration and office/vessel telecommunication. From May 1992 to June 1995, she was secretary to the technical department of Oceanbulk Maritime SA, a ship management company. From 1988 to 1992, Mrs. Karmiri served as assistant to brokers for Allied Shipbrokers, a company that provides shipbroking services to sale and purchase transactions. Mrs. Karmiri has taken assistant accountant and secretarial courses from Didacta college.
 
Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 5, 2018. He has also been a member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since its inception on May 5, 2005. Since July 2002, he has been the Chief Executive Officer of Star Investments S.A., one of the leading Mass Media Companies in Greece, running television and radio stations. From July 1997 to July 2002 he was the C.E.O. of the Hellenic Post Group, the Universal Postal Service Provider, having the largest retail network in Greece for postal and financial services products. From March 1996 until July 1997, Mr. Kyriakopoulos was the General Manager of Atemke SA, one of the leading construction companies in Greece listed on the Athens Stock Exchange. From December 1986 to March 1996, he was the Managing Director of Globe Group of Companies, a group active in the areas of shipowning and management, textiles and food and distribution. The company was listed on the Athens Stock Exchange. From June 1983 to December 1986, Mr. Kyriakopoulos was an assistant to the Managing Director of Armada Marine S.A., a company active in international trading and shipping, owning and managing a fleet of twelve vessels. Presently he is Chairman of the Hellenic Private Television Owners Association, BoD member of the Hellenic Federation of Enterprises (SEV), BoD member of AGET Heracles and BoD member of Digea S.A.  He has also been an investor in the shipping industry for more than 20 years. Mr. Kyriakopoulos has a B.Sc. degree in Marine Engineering from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, a MSc. degree in Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering with specialization in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Master degree in Business Administration (MBA) from Imperial College, London.
 
George Taniskidis has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 5, 2018. He has also been a member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since its inception on May 5, 2005. He is the Chairman of Core Capital Partners, a consulting firm specializing in debt restructuring. He was Chairman and Managing Director of Millennium Bank and a member of the Board of Directors of BankEuropa (subsidiary bank of Millennium Bank in Turkey) until May 2010. He was also a member of the Executive Committee and the Board of Directors of the Hellenic Banks Association. From 2003 until 2005, he was a member of the Board of Directors of Visa International Europe, elected by the Visa issuing banks of Cyprus, Malta, Portugal, Israel and Greece. From 1990 to 1998, Mr. Taniskidis worked at Xiosbank (until its acquisition by Piraeus Bank in 1998) in various positions, with responsibility for the bank's credit strategy and network. Mr. Taniskidis studied Law in the National University of Athens and in the University of Pennsylvania Law School, where he received a L.L.M. After law school, he joined the law firm of Rogers & Wells in New York, where he worked until 1989 and was also a member of the New York State Bar Association. He is also a member of the Young Presidents Organization.
 
Apostolos Tamvakakis has been a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry since May 5, 2018. He has also been a member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since June 25, 2013. From January 2015 to February 2017 he was independent non-executive Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of Piraeus Bank. Since July 2012 he participated as a Member of the Board of Directors and Committees in various companies. From December 2009 to June 2012, Mr. Tamvakakis was appointed Chief Executive Officer of the National Bank of Greece. From May 2004 to March 2009, he served as Chairman and Managing Director of Lamda Development, a real estate development company of the Latsis Group and from March 2009 to December 2009, he served on the management team of the Geneva-based Latsis Group, as Head of Strategy and Business Development. From October 1998 to April 2004, he served as Vice Chairman of National Bank of Greece. Prior to that, he worked as Deputy Governor of National Mortgage Bank of Greece, as Deputy General Manager of ABN AMRO Bank, as Manager of Corporate Finance at Hellenic Investment Bank and as Planning Executive at Mobil Oil Hellas. He also served as Vice-Chairman of Athens Stock Exchange, Chairman of the Steering Committee of Interalpha Group of Banks, Chairman of Ethnokarta, National Securities, ETEVA and the Southeastern European Board of the Europay Mastercard Group. Mr. Tamvakakis has also served in numerous boards of directors and committees. He is Chairman of the BoD of AVIS, member of the Board of Quest Holdings and GEK Terna S.A., Chairman of the Liquidations Committee of PQH Single Special Liquidation S.A. and member of the Marketing Commission of the Hellenic Olympic Committee. He is a graduate of the Athens University of Economics and has an M.A. in Economics from the Saskatchewan University in Canada with a major in econometrics and economics.
 
85

Christian Donohue is expected to be appointed as a member of the Board of Directors of EuroDry prior to the Spin-Off Distribution. He has also been a member of the Board of Directors of Euroseas since December 7, 2017. Mr. Donohue was appointed pursuant to the provisions of the Statement of Designation of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares. Mr. Donohue is a Managing Director of TCP.  Prior to joining TCP in 2007 he was a Vice President at GE Capital.
                   
Board of Directors and Committees
 
The current term of our Class A directors expires in 2020, the term of our Class B directors expires in 2021 and the term of our Class C directors expires in 2022.
 
There are no service contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service.
 
Our Board of Directors does not have separate compensation or nomination committees, and instead, the entire Board of Directors performs those responsibilities.
 
Audit Committee
 
We currently have an Audit Committee comprised of three independent members of our Board of Directors. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the Company's accounting controls and the appointment of the Company's outside auditors. The members of the Audit Committee are Mr. Panos Kyriakopoulos (Chairman and "audit committee financial expert" as such term is defined under SEC regulations), Mr. Apostolos Tamvakakis and Mr. George Taniskidis.
 
Code of Ethics
 
We have adopted a code of ethics that complies with the applicable guidelines issued by the SEC. Our code of ethics is posted on our website: www.eurodry.gr under "Corporate Governance."
 
Corporate Governance
 
Our Company's corporate governance practices are in compliance with, and are not prohibited by, the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. We are exempt from many of Nasdaq's corporate governance practices other than the requirements regarding the disclosure of a going concern audit opinion, submission of a listing agreement, notification of material non-compliance with Nasdaq corporate governance practices, and the establishment and composition of an audit committee and a formal written audit committee charter. The practices that we follow in lieu of Nasdaq's corporate governance rules are described below.
 
·
We are not required under Marshall Islands law to maintain a Board of Directors with a majority of independent directors, and we may not be able to maintain a Board of Directors with a majority of independent directors in the future.
 
·
In lieu of a compensation committee comprised of independent directors, our Board of Directors will be responsible for establishing the executive officers' compensation and benefits. Under Marshall Islands law, compensation of the executive officers is not required to be determined by an independent committee.
 
·
In lieu of a nomination committee comprised of independent directors, our Board of Directors will be responsible for identifying and recommending potential candidates to become board members and recommending directors for appointment to board committees. Shareholders may also identify and recommend potential candidates to become candidates to become board members in writing. No formal written charter has been prepared or adopted because this process is outlined in our amended and restated bylaws, which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution.
 
86


 
·
In lieu of obtaining an independent review of related party transactions for conflicts of interests, consistent with Marshall Islands law requirements, a related party transaction will be permitted if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board of Directors as defined in Section 55 of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors; or (ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest are disclosed and the shareholders are entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by a simple majority vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
 
·
As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to solicit proxies or provide proxy statements to Nasdaq pursuant to Nasdaq corporate governance rules or Marshall Islands law. Consistent with Marshall Islands law, we will notify our shareholders of meetings between 15 and 60 days before the meeting. This notification will contain, among other things, information regarding business to be transacted at the meeting. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws, which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, will provide that shareholders must give us advance notice to properly introduce any business at a meeting of the shareholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that shareholders may designate in writing a proxy to act on their behalf.
 
·
In lieu of holding regular meetings at which only independent directors are present, our entire Board of Directors, a majority of whom are independent, will hold regular meetings as is consistent with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
 
·
As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to obtain shareholder approval if any of our directors, officers, or 5% or greater shareholders has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the company, or assets to be acquired, or in the consideration to be paid in the transaction(s) and the present or potential issuance of common shares, or securities convertible into or exercisable for common shares, could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of 5% or more.
 
·
In lieu of obtaining shareholder approval prior to the issuance of designated securities, the Company will comply with provisions of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, providing that the Board of Directors approves share issuances.
 
If our common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, other than as noted above, we expect to be in full compliance with all other applicable Nasdaq corporate governance standards.
 
Family Relationships
 
Aristides P. Pittas, Vice Chairman, is the cousin of Aristides J. Pittas, our Chairman, President and CEO.
 
Executive Compensation
 
We have no direct employees. The services of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Internal Auditor and Secretary will be provided by Eurobulk. These services will be provided to us under our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk under which we pay a fee, before bonuses, adjusted annually for Greek inflation to account for the increased management cost associated with us being a public company and other services to our subsidiaries. We expect to pay $1,250,000 a year (pro rated from the date of the Spin-Off Distribution until the end of the calendar year) for 2018 to Eurobulk for the services of our executives, Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, Dr. Anastasios Aslidis and Mr. Symeon Pariaros, our Secretary, Mrs. Stephania Karmiri, and our Internal Auditor.
 
87


 
Director Compensation
 
Our directors who are also our officers or have executive positions or beneficially own greater than 10% of the outstanding common shares will receive no compensation for serving on our Board of Directors or its committees.
 
Directors who are not our officers, do not have any executive position or do not beneficially own greater than 10% of the outstanding common shares will receive the following compensation: an annual retainer of $12,000, plus $3,000 for attending a quarterly meeting of the Bo a rd of Directors, plus an additional retainer of $8,000 if serving as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Directors who are also directors of Euroseas receive 62.5% of the above compensation. They also participate in the Company's Equity Incentive Plan.
 
All directors are reimbursed reasonable out-of- pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our Board of Directors or any committee of our Board of Directors.
 
Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2018, our Board of Directors approved an equity incentive plan. The equity incentive plan will be administered by the Board of Directors which can make awards totaling in aggregate up to 150,000 shares over five years after the equity incentive plan's adoption date. Officers, directors and employees (including any prospective officer or employee) of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and consultants and service providers to (including persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider to) the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates will be eligible to receive awards under the equity incentive plan.  Awards may be made under the expected equity incentive plan in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units and performance shares.

Employees
 
We have no salaried employees, although we pay Eurobulk for the services of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Internal Auditor and Secretary: Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, Dr. Anastasios Aslidis, Mr. Symeon Pariaros, Mr. Konstantinos Siadimas and Ms. Stephania Karmiri, respectively.  Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE also ensure that all seamen have the qualifications and licenses required to comply with international regulations and shipping conventions, and that all of our vessels employ experienced and competent personnel.  As of December 31, 2017, approximately 28 officers and 87 crew members served on board the vessels in our fleet.
 

88


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The operations of our vessels will be managed by Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, both affiliated companies.  Eurobulk will manage certain corporate matters and certain vessels of our fleet under a Master Management Agreement with us and separate management agreements with two shipowning companies, which we expect to have entered into prior to the Spin-Off Distribution. Eurobulk FE will manages the remaining three of our vessels and our vessel under construction under similar management agreements with the respective shipowning companies, which we expect to have entered into prior to the Spin-Off Distribution. Eurobulk was founded in 1994 by members of the Pittas family and is a reputable ship management company with strong industry relationships and experience in managing vessels. Under our Master Management Agreement, Eurobulk will be responsible for providing us with executive services associated with us being a public company. Under the separate management agreements with the shipowning companies, Eurobulk or Eurobulk FE will be responsible to provide (i) other administration services to our subsidiaries and commercial management services, which include obtaining employment for our vessels and managing our relationships with charterers; and (ii) technical management services, which include managing day-to-day vessel operations, performing general vessel maintenance, ensuring regulatory and classification society compliance, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging our hire of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, arranging insurance for vessels, purchasing stores, supplies, spares and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support and shoreside personnel who carry out the management functions described above and certain accounting services.
 
Our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk will compensate Eurobulk with an annual fee and a daily management fee per vessel managed. Our Master Management Agreement, which we expect to have entered into prior to the Spin-Off Distribution, will be substantially similar to the master management agreement between Euroseas and Eurobulk relating to our vessels that were previously owned by Euroseas.  The Master Management Agreement will be terminable by Eurobulk only for cause or under other limited circumstances, such as sale of the Company or Eurobulk or the bankruptcy of either party. The Master Management Agreement will run through January 1, 2023 and will automatically be extended after the initial period for an additional five-year period unless terminated on or before the 90th day preceding the initial termination date. Pursuant to the Master Management Agreement, vessels we might acquire in the future can enter into a separate management agreement with Eurobulk with the term and daily rate as specified in the Master Management Agreement.  The fee under the expected management agreements between Eurobulk FE and the shipowning companies will follow substantially the same terms of the similar agreements with Eurobulk.
 
The management fee will be adjusted annually for Eurozone inflation every January 1 st . Under the Master Management Agreement, we will pay Eurobulk an annual fee of $1,250,000 and a fee of 685 Euros per vessel per day in operation and 342.50 Euros per vessel per day in lay-up. In the case of newbuilding vessel contracts, the same management fee of 685 Euros will become effective when construction of the vessels actually begins.
 
As of its delivery on February 25, 2016, the management of the vessel M/V "Xenia" is performed by Eurobulk FE, a corportion controlled by members of the Pittas family. The same applies for the vessel M/V "Alexandros P" (delivered to the Company on January 16, 2017), the vessel M/V "Tasos" (delivered to the Company on January 9, 2017) and the M/V "Ekaterini" (delivered to the Company on May 7, 2018).
 
As of December 31, 2016, the amount due to the Parent Company was $25,224,830 and related to payments made by the Parent Company on behalf of the Subsidiaries in relation to the shipbuilding contracts for the construction of Hull No. DY160 amounting to $10.2 million, of Hull No. DY161 amounting to $10.0 million and of Hull No. YZJ2013-1153 amounting to $3.8 million and restricted cash requirements amounting to $1.2 million. As of December 31, 2017, the amount due to the Parent Company was $24,585,518. This amount refers to the balance of previous year including the additional payments made by the Parent Company on behalf of the subsidiaries in 2017 in relation to the shipbuilding contract for the construction of Hull No. DY160 amounting to $0.73 million, the shipbuilding contract for the construction of Hull No. YZJ2013-1153 amounting to $5.0 million and the acquisition of M/V "Tasos" amounting to $4.5 million. The amount of $10.86 million of the loan drawn by Ultra One Shipping Ltd. using as collateral M/V "Alexandros P" (ex- Hull No. DY160) on January 25, 2017 repaid part of the amount due to the Parent Company during 2017.
 
89


 
We receive chartering and sale and purchase services from Eurochart, an affiliate, and pay a commission of 1.25% on charter revenue and 1% on vessel sale price. We pay additional commissions to major charterers and their brokers as well that usually range from 3.75% to 5.00%. During 2017, Eurochart received chartering commissions of $253,503 and commissions of $134,000 from us for the vessels acquired. During 2016, Eurochart received chartering commissions of $104,148 and commissions of $213,500 from us for the vessels we acquired. Eurochart also receives 1% commission of the acquisition price from the seller of the vessel for the vessels we acquire.
 
Technomar S.A., a crewing agent, and Sentinel Marine Services Inc., an insurance brokering company are affiliates to whom we paid a fee of about $50 per crew member per month and pay a commission on premium not exceeding 5%, respectively.
 
Aristides J. Pittas is currently the Chairman of each of Euroseas, Eurochart, Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE, all of which are related parties.
 
Eurobulk, Eurobulk FE, Friends Investment Company Inc. and Aristides J. Pittas, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, have granted us a right of first refusal to acquire any drybulk carrier which any of them may consider for acquisition in the future for as long Mr Aristides J. Pittas remains Chairman or Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In addition, Mr. Pittas has granted us a right of first refusal to accept any chartering out opportunity for a drybulk carrier which may be suitable for any of our vessels, provided that we have a suitable vessel, properly situated and available, to take advantage of the chartering out opportunity. Mr. Pittas has also agreed to use his best efforts to cause any entity he directly or indirectly controls to grant us this right of first refusal.
 
90

 
 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AFTER THE SPIN-OFF DISTRIBUTION
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our voting stock as a result of the Spin-Off Distribution by each person or entity known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our voting stock, each of our directors and executive officers, and all of our directors and executive officers and 5% holders as a group. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in this table, are entitled to one vote for each common share held, except for the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares, who are entitled to vote on an as-converted basis weighted by 50%.
 
The information in this table shows ownership after the Spin-Off Distribution, assuming distribution of one EuroDry common share for every five shares of Euroseas common stock.
 
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
 
Number of
Shares
of Voting
Common
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   
Percent of
Voting of
Common
Shares (13)
   
Number of Shares
of Voting Series B
Preferred Shares
Beneficially
Owned
   
Percent of
Voting of
Series B
Preferred
Shares (14)
   
Number of
Shares of Voting
Common Shares
Beneficially Owned Upon
Conversion;
50% Voting
Before
Conversion
   
Percent of
Total Voting
Securities
 
Friends Investment Company Inc.(2)
   
771,539
     
34.2
%
   
-
     
-
           
30.2
%
Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC (3, 4)
   
180,000
     
8.0
%
   
15,507
     
81.6
%
    490,107      
16.6
%
Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund V, LLC (3, 4)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Family United Navigation Co.
   
140,000
     
6.2
%
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
5.5
%
Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc.(4)
   
-
     
-
     
3,507
     
18.4
%
      110,841      
2.2
%
Aristides J. Pittas(5)
   
11,644
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
*
 
George Taniskidis(6)
   
664
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
*
 
Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos(7)
   
9,279
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
*
 
Aristides P. Pittas(8)
   
2,591
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
*
 
Anastasios Aslidis(9)
   
9,657
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
*
 
Apostolos Tamvakakis(10)
   
1,536
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
*
 
Christian Donohue     
-
     
*
     
-
     
-
       -      
*
 
Stephania Karmiri(11)
   
-
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
*
 
Symeon Pariaros(12)
   
6,671
     
*
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
*
 
All directors and officers and 5% owners as a group
   
1,133,681
     
50.3
%
           
100
%
           
55.9
%

*      Indicates less than 1.0%.
 
(1)
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the Rule 13d-3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Except as subject to community property laws, where applicable, the person named above has sole voting and investment power with respect to all common shares shown as beneficially owned by him/her.
 
(2)
Represents 771,539 common shares held of record by Friends. A majority of the shareholders of Friends are members of the Pittas family. Investment power and voting control by Friends resides in its Board of Directors which consists of five directors, a majority of whom are members of the Pittas family. Actions by Friends may be taken by a majority of the members on its Board of Directors.
 
(3)
Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC serves as investment advisor to, inter alia, Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC, and has sole voting and investment power with respect to all securities owned of record by Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC.  The address for each of Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC and Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC is 2951 28th Street, Suite 1000, Santa Monica, CA 90405.
 
(4)
Common shares are issuable upon conversion of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares (or any convertible notes into which EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares may convert) owned by this shareholder (based on the current conversion ratio).
 
91


 
(5)
Does not include 101,302 common shares held of record by Friends, by virtue of ownership interest in Friends by Mr. Pittas. Mr. Pittas disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Does not include 1,085 EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares held of record by Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc., by virtue of ownership interest in Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc. by Mr. Pittas. Mr. Pittas disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Includes 2,228 common shares vesting on July 1, 2018, 1,782 common shares vesting on November 16, 2018 and 2,228 common shares vesting on July 1, 2019.
 
(6)
Does not include 3,566 common shares held of record by Friends, by virtue of Mr. Taniskidis' ownership in Friends. Mr. Taniskidis disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Does not include 107 EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares held of record by Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc., by virtue of ownership interest in Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc. by Mr. Taniskidis and members of his family. Mr. Taniskidis disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Includes 238 common shares vesting on July 1, 2018, 190 common shares vesting on November 16, 2018 and 238 common shares vesting on July 1, 2019.
 
(7)
Includes 237 common shares vesting on July 1, 2018, 190 common shares vesting on November 16, 2018 and 237 common shares vesting on July 1, 2019.
 
(8)
Does not include 101,038 common shares held of record by Friends and Family United Navigation Co., by virtue of ownership interest in Friends and Family United Navigation Co. of Mr. Pittas and members of his family. Mr. Pittas disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Does not include 53 EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares held of record by Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc., by virtue of ownership interest in Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc.by Mr. Pittas and members of his family. Mr. Pittas disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest. Includes 608 shares vesting on July 1, 2018, 486 common shares vesting on November 16, 2018 and 608 common shares vesting on July 1, 2019.
 
(9)
Includes 1,512 common shares vesting on July 1, 2018, 1,210 common shares vesting on November 16, 2018 and 1,512 common shares vesting on July 1, 2019.
 
(10)
Includes 237 common shares vesting on July 1, 2018, 190 common shares vesting on November 16, 2018 and 237 common shares vesting on July 1, 2019.
 
(11)
Do es not include 98 common shares held of records by Friends, by virtue of Mrs. Karmiri's ownership in Friends. Mrs. Karmiri disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of her pecuniary interest.
 
(12)
Includes 237 common shares vesting on July 1, 2018, 190 common shares vesting on November 16, 2018 and 237 common shares vesting on July 1, 2019.
 
(13)
Voting stock includes 28,072 unvested shares for a total of 2,254,825 issued and outstanding common shares of the Company as of April 30, 2018.
 
(14)
EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares vote on an as-converted basis weighted by 50%.
 
 

92


CERTAIN MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS
 
Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, and by the BCA. You should be aware that the BCA differs in certain material respects from the laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Republic of the Marshall Islands and we cannot predict whether Republic of the Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as U.S. courts. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders' rights.
 
 
Marshall Islands
 
Delaware
 
Shareholder Meetings and Voting Rights
     
Held at a time and place as designated or in the manner provided in the bylaws.
 
Held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
     
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the articles of incorporation or by the bylaws.
 
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
     
May be held within or outside the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
 
May be held within or outside Delaware.
     
Notice:
 
Notice:
     
Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is the annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting.
 
Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which shareholders may be deemed to be present and vote at the meeting.
     
A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.
 
Written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting.
     
Any action required or permitted to be taken by meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote.
 
Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consent is in writing and signed by the holders of outstanding stock having the number of votes necessary to authorize or take action at a meeting.
     
Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person to act for him by proxy.
 
Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for each shareholder by proxy.
     
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation or bylaws, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.
 
The certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number necessary to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum.
     
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
 
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
93

 
Marshall Islands
 
Delaware
     
Except as otherwise required by the BCA or the articles of incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by holders of shares entitled to vote, and, except as required or permitted by the BCA or the articles of incorporation, any other corporate action shall be authorized by a majority of votes cast by holders of shares entitled to vote thereon
 
Unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors, and, in all other matters, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders.
     
The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting.
 
The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting.
     
Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal
     
Shareholders have a right to dissent from a merger or consolidation or sale or exchange of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual and regular course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares, subject to exceptions.
 
Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to exceptions.
     
A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:
 
The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets.
     
Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preferences; or
   
     
Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or
   
     
Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.
   
     
Shareholders' Derivative Actions
     
An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by a holder of shares or of a beneficial interest in such shares. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.
 
In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder or a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder's stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.
     
Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort.
 
Delaware Court of Chancery Rule 23.1 governs the procedures for derivative actions by shareholders.
     
Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
   
     
Attorney's fees may be awarded if the action is successful.
   
     
Corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of $50,000 or less.
   
94


     
Directors
     
Board must consist of at least one member.
 
Board must consist of at least one member.
     
Removal:
 
Removal:
     
·            Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.
 
·            If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.
 
·         Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote except: (1) unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, stockholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (2) if the corporation has cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director's removal would be sufficient to elect such director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.
     
Number of board members may be fixed by the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw.
   
     
Number of board members may be changed by amendment of the bylaws, by the shareholders or by action of the board under specific provision of a bylaw; however if the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board.
 
Number of board members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate.
     
Duties of Directors
     
Members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company and to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.
 
The business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders.
     
     
     
 


95


DIVIDEND POLICY
 
Euroseas paid a quarterly dividend to its common stock for thirty-two consecutive quarters from its inception until November 2013 when its Board of Directors decided to suspend its quarterly dividend in order to focus every resource available in exploiting investment opportunities in the market.  Euroseas incurred losses during the period from 2012 to 2017 which further restricted its ability to continue paying dividends. Our current loan agreements contain dividend restrictions that prohibit the declaration of cash dividends to our shareholders which will be removed when such loans are fully repaid by May 2019 or may be removed earlier if we make certain deferred loan payments or if we reach other agreements with our lenders.  Thus, while we do not expect to pay dividends to holders of our common shares in the near future, we may consider paying dividends if certain events take place that restore our ability to pay dividends.  The exact timing and amount of any future dividend payments to our common shares will be determined by our Board of Directors and will be dependent upon our earnings, financial condition, cash requirement and availability, restrictions in our loan agreements, growth strategy, the provisions of Marshall Islands law affecting the payment of distributions to shareholders and other factors, such as the acquisition of additional vessels.
 
The EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will pay dividends (in cash or in-kind at the option of the Company, subject to certain exceptions) up to January 29, 2019 of 5% per annum, or 0%, depending on the trading price of the Company's common stock. In addition, if a cash dividend is paid on the Company's common stock during such time, then if the dividend paid on the EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares is 5%, the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will receive such dividend in cash and will also receive an additional cash dividend in an amount equal to 40% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis. If, however, the dividend on EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares is 0%, then the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will receive a cash dividend equal to the greater of 100% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis, and 5%. If a cash dividend is paid on the Company's common stock after January 29, 2019 the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will receive an additional cash dividend in an amount equal to 40% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis. The dividend rate will increase to 12% for two years following January 29, 2019 and will increase 14% thereafter and will be payable in cash. The EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will be able to be converted at the option of their holders at any time, and at the option of the Company only if certain share price and liquidity milestones are met. Each EuroDry Series B Preferred Share will be convertible into common stock at an initial conversion price of $31.64 (subject to adjustment, including upon a default). EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will be redeemable in cash by the Company at any time after January 29, 2019. Holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares may require the Company to redeem their shares only upon the occurrence of certain corporate events.
 
We do not expect our dividend policy or our ability to pay dividends to common shareholders to be different in any material respects from Euroseas' dividend policy or ability to pay dividends to holders of its common stock as of the date this registration statement becomes effective.
 
96


TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands, Liberian and United States federal income tax considerations applicable to EuroDry and U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as discussed below, of EuroDry common shares.
 
Marshall Islands Tax Considerations
 
EuroDry is incorporated in the Marshall Islands . Under current Marshall Islands law, EuroDry is not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by EuroDry to holders of its common shares that are not residents or domiciled or carrying any commercial activity in the Marshall Islands. The holders of EuroDry common shares will not be subject to Marshall Islands tax on the sale or other disposition of such common shares or as a result of the receipt of our common shares in the Spin-Off Distribution.
 
Liberian Tax Considerations
 
Certain of our subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of Liberia.  Under the Consolidated Tax Amendments Act of 2010, EuroDry's Liberian subsidiaries will be deemed non-resident Liberian corporations wholly exempted from Liberian taxation effective as of 1977, and distributions EuroDry may make to its shareholders will be made free of any Liberian withholding tax.
 
United States Federal Income Tax
 
The following are the material United States federal income tax consequences to EuroDry of its activities after the Spin-Off Distribution and of the receipt, ownership and disposition of our common shares after the Spin-Off Distribution to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as defined below. The following discussion of United States federal income tax matters is based on the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the United States Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Regulations, all as of the date of this registration statement, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is also based in part upon Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 883 of the Code. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of EuroDry's business as described in "Business" above and assumes that EuroDry will conduct its business as described in that section.
 
United States Federal Income Taxation of Our Company
 
Taxation of Operating Income: In General
 
Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules discussed below, a foreign corporation is subject to United States federal income taxation in respect of any income that is derived from the use of vessels, from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, voyage or bareboat charter basis, from the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement, code sharing arrangement or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income, or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, which we refer to as "shipping income," to the extent that the shipping income is derived from sources within the United States. For these purposes, 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States exclusive of certain U.S. territories and possessions constitutes income from sources within the United States, which we refer to as "U.S.-source shipping income."
 
Shipping income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States. We are not permitted by law to engage in transportation that produces income which is considered to be 100% from sources within the United States.
 
Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-United States ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any United States federal income tax.
 
In the absence of exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code, our gross U.S.-source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions as described below.
 
97

 
Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation
 
Under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, EuroDry will be exempt from United States federal income taxation on its U.S.-source shipping income if:

 
·
EuroDry is organized in a foreign country, or its country of organization, that grants an "equivalent exemption" to corporations organized in the United States; and
 
either
 
·
more than 50% of the value of EuroDry's stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by "qualified shareholders," individuals who are "residents" of a foreign country that grants an "equivalent exemption" to corporations organized in the United States, which we refer to as the "50% Ownership Test," or
 
·
EuroDry's stock is "primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market" in a country that grants an "equivalent exemption" to United States corporations, or in the United States, which we refer to as the "Publicly-Traded Test."
 
The Marshall Islands, Liberia and Panama, the jurisdictions where EuroDry and its shipowning subsidiaries are incorporated, each grants an "equivalent exemption" to United States corporations. Therefore, EuroDry will be exempt from United States federal income taxation in any taxable year with respect to our U.S.-source shipping income if EuroDry satisfies either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test for such taxable year.
 
EuroDry does not expect that it will be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test for any taxable year due to the anticipated, widely-held nature of its stock.
 
EuroDry's ability to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test is discussed below.
 
The Treasury Regulations provide, in pertinent part, that the stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be "primarily traded" on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that is traded during the taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. EuroDry common shares will be "primarily traded" on the Nasdaq Capital Market, which is an established securities market for these purposes.  
 
Under the regulations, EuroDry common shares will be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market if one or more classes of its stock representing more than 50% of our outstanding shares, by total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote and total value, is listed on the market (The "listing threshold"). Since EuroDry common shares, which are EuroDry's sole class of stock, will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, EuroDry will satisfy the listing threshold.
 
It is further required that with respect to each class of stock relied upon to meet the listing threshold (i) such class of the stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year (or 1/6 of the days in the case of a short taxable year); and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of stock traded on such market is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of stock outstanding during such year (or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year). EuroDry expects satisfy the trading frequency and trading volume tests described in this paragraph. Even if this were not the case, the relevant Treasury regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied by a class of stock if, as EuroDry expects to be the case with its common shares, such class of stock is traded on an established market in the United States, such as the Nasdaq Capital Market and such class of stock is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such stock.
 
98


 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Treasury regulations provide that, in pertinent part, a non-U.S. corporation's common stock will not be considered to be "regularly traded" on an established securities market for any taxable year if 50% or more of the outstanding shares of such corporation's common stock is owned, actually or constructively under specified attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the common stock the corporation (the "5% Override Rule").
 
For purposes of being able to determine the persons who own 5% or more of a corporation's stock ("5% Shareholders") the Treasury regulations permit a corporation to rely on Schedule 13-D and Schedule 13-D filings with the SEC to identify persons who have a 5% or more beneficial interest in such corporation's common stock. The Treasury regulations further provide that an investment company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Stockholder for such purposes.
 
After the Spin-Off Distribution, it is possible that 5% Shareholders may own more than 50% of the EuroDry common shares.  In the event the 5% Override Rule is triggered, the Treasury regulations provide that the 5% Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if EuroDry can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, there are sufficient 5% Shareholders that are considered to be "qualified shareholders" for purposes of Section 883 of the Code to preclude non-qualified 5% Shareholders in the closely-held group from owning 50% or more of the corporation's common stock for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. To establish this exception to the 5% Override Rule, 5% Shareholders owning a sufficient number of our common shares would have to provide the Corporation with certain information in order to substantiate their status as qualified shareholders.  If, after the Spin-Off Distribution, 5% Shareholders were to own more than 50% of the EuroDry common shares, there is no assurance that EuroDry would be able to satisfy the foregoing requirements.
 
Taxation in Absence of Exemption
 
If the benefits of Section 883 of the Code are unavailable for any taxable year, EuroDry's U.S. source shipping income, to the extent not considered to be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, will be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions ("4% gross basis tax regime"). Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income is treated as being derived from United States sources, the maximum effective rate of United States federal income tax on our shipping income will not exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.
 
To the extent the benefits of the Section 883 of the Code are unavailable and EuroDry's U.S. source shipping income is considered to be " effectively connected" with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, any such "effectively connected" U.S. source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the United States federal corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 21%. In addition, EuroDry may be subject to the 30% United States federal "branch profits" taxes on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of such United States trade or business.
 
EuroDry's U.S. source shipping income would be considered "effectively connected" with the conduct of a United States trade or business only if:
 
·
EuroDry has, or is considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of shipping income; and
 
·
Substantially all of EuroDry's U.S. source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.
 
EuroDry does not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel operating to the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of EuroDry's shipping operations and other activities , EuroDry believes that none of its U.S. source shipping income will be "effectively connected" with the conduct of a United States trade or business.
 
United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels
 
Regardless of whether EuroDry qualifies for exemption under Section 883 of the Code, EuroDry will not be subject to United States federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under United States federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel by EuroDry will be considered to occur outside of the United States.
 
99

 
United States Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders
 
As used herein, the term "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of EuroDry common shares that acquired such shares in the Spin-Off Distribution and that is a United States citizen or resident, United States corporation or other United States entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
 
This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning EuroDry common shares to all categories of investors, some of which, such as dealers in securities, investors whose functional currency is not the United States dollar and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common shares, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who hold EuroDry common shares as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under United States federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of EuroDry common shares.
 
If a partnership holds EuroDry common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.
 
U.S. Federal Income Tax Treatment of the Spin-Off Distribution
 
Generally, any cash and the fair market value of property, such as EuroDry common shares in the hands of another corporation, that is distributed by such corporation will be treated as a distribution, as described below.  However, under Section 355 of the Code, a company may undergo a corporate division, such as the Spin -Off Distribution, and distribute stock of a controlled corporation, such as EuroDry when it was wholly-owned by Euroseas, on a tax-free basis if both the distributing and controlled corporations are treated as having been engaged in the conduct of an active trade or business for the prior five years and certain other requirements are met.  EuroDry and Euroseas do not believe that both Euroseas and EuroDry are able to satisfy all of the requirements imposed by Section 355 of the Code to treat the Spin-Off Distribution as a tax-free corporate division for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
If EuroDry and Euroseas are able to satisfy the requirements of the Section 355 of the Code, U.S. Holders that receive EuroDry common shares in the Spin- Off Distribution will not be treated as receiving a taxable dividend, as described below, and U.S. Holders that receive EuroDry common shares will generally be required to allocate a portion of such holder's tax basis in its Euroseas common stock to the EuroDry common shares the holder received in the Spin-Off Distribution.  The amount of that basis should be allocated in proportion to the relevant fair market values of the Euroseas common stock and EuroDry common shares.
 
The remainder of this discussion will assume that the Spin-Off Distribution will not qualify as a tax-free corporate division for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  U.S. Holders that receive EuroDry common shares and cash in lieu of fractional shares in the Spin-Off Distribution will be treated as receiving a distribution from Euroseas. Any cash and the fair market value of property distributed will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the Euroseas' current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles.  Euroseas expects that, as of the date of the Spin-Off Distribution, it will not have a significant amount of current or accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there is no certainty that this will be the case.  To the extent the Spin-Off Distribution represents a distribution in excess of such accumulated earnings or profits, for a U.S. Holder of Euroseas' common stock, any cash and the fair market value of property distributed will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital dollar-for-dollar until such holder's tax basis is $0, and thereafter as capital gain.  Because Euroseas is not a United States corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will generally not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions such corporate U.S. Holders receive. In addition, such U.S. Holders' basis in the EuroDry common shares received in the Spin-Off Distribution is equal to the fair market value as of the date of distribution of such shares. Please consult your personal tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Spin-Off Distribution to you.
 
 
100

 
Distributions
 
Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by EuroDry with respect to its common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or "qualified dividend income" to the extent of EuroDry's current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of EuroDry's earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because EuroDry is not a United States corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will generally not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions such corporate U.S. Holders receive. Dividends paid with respect to the EuroDry common shares will generally be treated as "passive category income" or, in the case of certain types of U.S. Holders, "general category income" for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for United States foreign tax credit purposes.
 
Dividends paid on the EuroDry common shares to a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (a "U.S. Individual Holder") will generally be treated as "qualified dividend income".  Qualified dividend income is taxable to such U.S. Individual Holders at preferential tax rates provided that (1) EuroDry is not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which EuroDry does not believe it is, has been or will be), (2) the EuroDry common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the Nasdaq Capital Market, on which the EuroDry common shares will be listed), (3) the U.S. Individual Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend, and (4) the U.S. Individual Holder is not under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make payments with respect to positions in similar or related property. There is no assurance that any dividends paid on the EuroDry common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Individual Holder. Dividends paid on the EuroDry common shares prior to the date on which its common shares became listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market were not eligible for these preferential rates.  Any dividends paid by EuroDry that are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Individual Holder.
 
Special rules may apply to any "extraordinary dividend", which is generally a dividend paid by EuroDry in an amount which is equal to or in excess of ten percent of a shareholder's adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in EuroDry common shares. If EuroDry pays an "extraordinary dividend" on its common shares that is treated as "qualified dividend income," then any loss derived by a U.S. Individual Holder from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.
 
Sale, Exchange or other Disposition of Common Shares
 
Assuming EuroDry does not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of EuroDry common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder's tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S.-source income or loss, as applicable, for United States foreign tax credit purposes. A U.S. Holder's ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
 
Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences
 
Special United States federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes. In general, EuroDry will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder held EuroDry common shares, either:

·
at least 75% of EuroDry's gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or
 
·
at least 50% of the average value of EuroDry's assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income, which we refer to as "passive assets".
 
 
101

For purposes of determining whether EuroDry is a PFIC, EuroDry will be treated as earning and owning our proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of its subsidiary corporations, in which EuroDry owns at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary's stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by EuroDry in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute "passive income" unless EuroDry were treated under specific rules as deriving rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.
 
Based on EuroDry's anticipated operations and future projections, EuroDry does not believe that it is, nor does it expect to become, a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, and EuroDry is not relying upon an opinion of counsel on this issue, EuroDry's belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether EuroDry is a PFIC, the gross income EuroDry derives or is deemed to derive from the time chartering and voyage chartering activities of its wholly-owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, such income should not constitute passive income, and the assets that EuroDry or its wholly -owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether EuroDry is a PFIC. EuroDry believes there is substantial legal authority supporting its position consisting of case law and United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"), pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.  Moreover, in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with EuroDry's position. In addition, although EuroDry intends to conduct its affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, there can be no assurance that the nature of EuroDry's operations will not change in the future.
 
As discussed more fully below, if EuroDry were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year which included a U.S. Holder's holding period in EuroDry common shares, then such U.S. Holder would be subject to different U.S. federal income taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat EuroDry as a "qualified electing fund" (a "QEF election"). As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to EuroDry common shares, as discussed below.  In addition, if EuroDry were to be treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of EuroDry common shares would be required to file annual information returns with the IRS.
 
In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns EuroDry common shares and EuroDry is a PFIC, such U.S. Holder must generally file IRS Form 8621 with the IRS.
 
U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election
 
A U.S. Holder who makes a timely QEF election with respect to EuroDry common shares (an "Electing Holder") would report for U.S. federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of EuroDry's ordinary earnings and of EuroDry's net capital gain, if any, for EuroDry's taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder.  EuroDry's net operating losses or net capital losses would not pass through to the Electing Holder and will not offset EuroDry's ordinary earnings or net capital gain reportable to the Electing Holder in subsequent years (although such losses would ultimately reduce the gain, or increase the loss, if any, recognized by the Electing Holder on the sale of his common shares).  Distributions received from EuroDry by an Electing Holder are excluded from the Electing Holder's gross income to the extent of the Electing Holder's prior inclusions of EuroDry's ordinary earnings and net capital gain. The Electing Holder's tax basis in his common shares would be increased by any amount included in the Electing Holder's income. Distributions received by an Electing Holder, which are not includible in income because they have been previously taxed, would decrease the Electing Holder's tax basis in EuroDry common shares.  An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or exchange of EuroDry common shares.
 
U.S. Holders Making a Timely Mark-to-Market Election
 
A U.S. Holder who makes a timely mark-to-market election with respect to EuroDry common shares would include annually in the U.S. Holder's income, as ordinary income, any excess of the fair market value of the common shares at the close of the taxable year over the U.S. Holder's then adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis at the close of the taxable year over the then fair market value of the common shares would be deductible in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of the excess or the net mark-to-market gains that the U.S. Holder included in income in previous years with respect to the common shares. A U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss amount recognized pursuant to the mark-to-market election.  A U.S. Holder would recognize ordinary income or loss on a sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares; provided, however, that any ordinary loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition may not exceed the net mark-to-market gains that the U.S. Holder included in income in previous years with respect to the common shares.
 
102

 
U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF Election or Mark-to-Market Election
 
A U.S. Holder who does not make a timely QEF Election or a timely mark-to-market election with respect to EuroDry common shares (a "Non-Electing Holder") would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any "excess distribution" (generally, the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder's holding period for the common shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common shares. Under these rules, (i) the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder's holding period for the common shares; (ii) the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income; and (iii) the amount allocated to each of the other prior taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year. If a Non-Electing Holder dies while owning EuroDry common shares, the Non-Electing Holder's successor would be ineligible to receive a step-up in the tax basis of those common shares.
 
United States Federal Income Taxation of "Non-U.S. Holders"
 
A beneficial owner of EuroDry common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to herein as a "Non-U.S. Holder."
 
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off Distribution
 
Non-U.S. Holders will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation with respect to EuroDry common shares or any cash received in the Spin-Off Distribution.
 
Dividends on Common Shares
 
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on dividends received from EuroDry with respect to its common shares, unless such income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, such income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
 
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
 
Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of EuroDry common shares, unless:
 
·
such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States; or
 
·
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.
 
If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, the income from the common shares, including dividends and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the stock that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders . In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional United States federal "branch profits" tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable United States income tax treaty.
 
103

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States to you will be subject to information reporting requirements. Such payments will also be subject to backup withholding tax if a U.S. Individual Holder:
 
·
fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;
 
·
is notified by the IRS that he failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on your United States federal income tax returns; or
 
·
in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.
 
Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on an appropriate IRS Form W-8.
 
If a shareholder sells EuroDry common shares to or through a United States office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both United States backup withholding and information reporting unless the shareholder certifies that it is a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or the shareholder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a shareholder sells EuroDry common shares through a non-United States office of a non-United States broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside the United States then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a shareholder sells EuroDry common shares through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or has some other contacts with the United States.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, a shareholder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the shareholder's United States federal income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.
 
Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in the applicable Treasury Regulations, certain individuals who are Non-U.S. Holders and certain United States entities) who hold "specified foreign financial assets" (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations) are required to file IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with information relating to each such asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year.  Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, EuroDry common shares, unless EuroDry common shares were held through an account maintained with a United States financial institution.  Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.  Additionally, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of United States federal income tax with respect to a taxable year for which the filing of IRS Form 8938 is required may not close until three years after the date on which IRS Form 8938 is filed.  U.S. Holders (including United States entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations under Section 6038D of the Code.
 
EuroDry encourages each shareholder to consult with his, her or its own tax advisor as to particular tax consequences to it of holding and disposing of EuroDry common shares and of the Spin-Off Distribution, including the applicability of any state, local or foreign tax laws and any proposed changes in applicable law.
 
104


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
The following description of our capital stock summarizes the material terms and provisions of the capital stock offered under this prospectus.  For the complete terms of our capital stock, please refer to amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws, which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution and will be filed as an exhibit hereto. The Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or BCA, may also affect the terms of these securities.
 
Authorized Capitalization
 
Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation, which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. All of our shares of stock are in registered form.
 
Common Stock
 
Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation, which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, we will be authorized to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which there are 500 shares issued and outstanding as of January 8, 2018. Each outstanding common share is entitled to one vote, either in person or by proxy, on all matters that may be voted upon by their holders at meetings of the shareholders. Holders of our common shares (i) have equal ratable rights to dividends from funds legally available therefore, if declared by the Board of Directors; (ii) are entitled to share ratably in all of our assets available for distribution upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up; and (iii) do not have preemptive, subscription or conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions. All issued common shares when issued will be fully paid for and non-assessable.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation, which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution, we will be authorized to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding as of January 8, 2018. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series and our Board of Directors, without further approval from our shareholders, is authorized to fix the dividend rights and terms, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences and other rights and restrictions relating to any series. Issuances of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible financings, acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common shares.  In connection with the Spin-Off Distribution, all of our outstanding EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will be distributed to holders of Euroseas' Series B Preferred Shares in exchange for a number of such Euroseas Series B Preferred Shares. Additional EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares may be issued when dividends to EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares are paid in-kind (see below).
 
The EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will pay dividends (in cash or in-kind at the option of the Company, subject to certain exceptions) up to January 29, 2019 of 5% per annum, or 0%, depending on the trading price of the Company's common stock. In addition, if a cash dividend is paid on the Company's common stock during such time, then if the dividend paid on the EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares is 5%, the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will receive such dividend in cash and will also receive an additional cash dividend in an amount equal to 40% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis. If, however, the dividend on EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares is 0%, then the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will receive a cash dividend equal to the greater of 100% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis, and 5%. If a cash dividend is paid on the Company's common stock after January 29, 2019 the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will receive an additional cash dividend in an amount equal to 40% of the common stock dividend it would have received on an as-converted basis. The dividend rate will increase to 12% for two years following January 29, 2019 and will increase 14% thereafter and will be payable in cash. The EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will be able to be converted at the option of their holders at any time, and at the option of the Company only if certain share price and liquidity milestones are met. Each EuroDry Series B Preferred Share will be convertible into common stock at an initial conversion price of $31.64 (subject to adjustment, including upon a default). EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will be redeemable in cash by the Company at any time after January 29, 2019. Holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares may require the Company to redeem their shares only upon the occurrence of certain corporate events.
105

Subject to certain ownership thresholds, holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will have the right to appoint one director to the Company's board of directors and Tennenbaun Capital Partners also has consent rights over certain corporate actions. In addition, the holders of EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares will vote as one class with the Company's common stock on all matters on which shareholders are entitled to vote, with each EuroDry Series B Preferred Share having a number of votes equal to 50% of the numbers of shares of common stock of the Company into which such Eurodry Series B Preferred Share would be convertible on the applicable record date. The terms of the EuroDry Series B Preferred Shares, including the rights, preferences and privileges of such shares are set forth in full in the Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of EuroDry Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of the Company (the "Statement of Designation") as filed with the Registrar of Corporations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
 
Distribution Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as distribution agent in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution and as transfer agent and registrar for EuroDry common shares.
 
Listing
 
We have applied to list our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "EDRY."
 
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Our articles of incorporation and our bylaws are filed as Exhibit 3.1 and Exhibit 3.2, respectively, hereto.  Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are filed as Exhibit 3.3 and 3.4 respectively, hereto.
 
Purpose
 
Our purpose, as stated in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Business Corporations Act of the Marshall Islands, or the BCA.
 
Directors

Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Cumulative voting may not be used to elect directors.
 
Our Board of Directors must consist of at least three directors, such number to be determined by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of the entire Board of Directors from time to time. Shareholders may change the number of our directors only by an affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
 
Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes as set out below in "Classified Board of Directors." Each director is elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting after his election and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation or removal.
 
Shareholder Meetings
 
Under our bylaws, annual shareholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our Board of Directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or by the President. Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders must be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at least 15 but no more than 60 days before such meeting.
 
106

 
Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal and Payment
 
Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which the Company's shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange.
 
Shareholders Derivative Actions
 
Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.
 
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
 
The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties. Our bylaws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
 
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
 
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
 
Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
 
Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in place at the time of the Spin-Off Distribution and are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change in control and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
 
Blank Check Preferred Stock
 
Under the expected terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our Board of Directors will have authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock. Our Board of Directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or the removal of our management.
 
107

Classified Board of Directors
 
The expected terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation will provide for the division of our Board of Directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered, three year terms. Approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our Board of Directors from removing a majority of our Board of Directors for two years.
 
Election and Removal of Directors
 
The expected terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation will prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. The expected terms of our amended and restated bylaws will require parties other than the Board of Directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation will also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
 
Limited Actions by Shareholders
 
The expected terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, our Board of Directors, our Chairman of the Board or by the President and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder may not call a special meeting and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.
 
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations
 
The expected terms of our amended and restated bylaws will provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder's notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 150 days nor more than 180 days prior to the one year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder's notice. These provisions may impede shareholders' ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.
 
Certain Business Combinations
 
The expected terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation will also prohibit us, subject to several exclusions, from engaging in any "business combination" with any interested shareholder for a period of three years following the date the shareholder became an interested shareholder.
 
Shareholders' Rights Plan
 
We expect to adopt a shareholders' rights plan prior to the Spin-Off Distribution. Each right will entitle the registered holder, upon the occurrence of certain events, to purchase from us one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $26, subject to adjustment. The rights will expire on the earliest of (i) May 30, 2028 or (ii) redemption or exchange of the rights. The plan was designed to enable us to protect shareholder interests in the event that an unsolicited attempt is made for a business combination with or takeover of the company. We believe that the shareholders' rights plan should enhance the board of directors' negotiating power on behalf of shareholders in the event of a coercive offer or proposal. We are not currently aware of any such offers or proposals and we adopted the plan as a matter of prudent corporate governance.
 
108


 
Material Contracts
 
We have a number of credit facilities with commercial banks. For a discussion of our facilities, please see the section of this registration statement entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Debt Financing," and Note 10 of our attached financial statements.
 
There are no other material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party, our management agreements with our Managers and our Master Management Agreement with Eurobulk.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
In the normal course of business, we face risks that are non-financial or non-quantifiable. Such risks principally include country risk, credit risk and legal risk. Our operations may be affected from time to time in varying degrees by these risks but their overall effect on us is not predictable. We have identified the following market risks as those which may have the greatest impact upon our operations:
 
Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk
 
The international drybulk shipping industry is capital intensive, requiring significant amounts of investment. Much of this investment is financed by long term debt. Our debt usually contains interest rates that fluctuate with LIBOR.
 
We are subject to market risks relating to changes in interest rates because we have floating rate debt outstanding, which is based on U.S. dollar LIBOR plus, in the case of each credit facility, a specified margin. Our objective is to manage the impact of interest rate changes on our earnings and cash flow in relation to our borrowings and to this effect, when we deem appropriate, we use derivative financial instruments.
 
 The following table sets forth the sensitivity of our loans and the interest rate swaps as of December 31, 2017 in U.S. dollars to a 100 basis points increase in LIBOR during the next five years. Specifically, the interest we will have to pay for our loans will increase.
 
Year Ended December 31,
Amount in $ (loans)
2018
359,865
2019
236,686
2020
133,218
2021
90,132
2022 and thereafter
90,454

Inflation Risk
 
The general rate of inflation has been relatively low in recent years and as such its associated impact on costs has been minimal. We do not believe that inflation has had, or is likely to have in the foreseeable future, a significant impact on expenses. Should inflation increase, it will increase our expenses and subsequently have a negative impact on our earnings.
 
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
 
The international drybulk shipping industry's functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. We generate all of our revenues in U.S. dollars, but incur approximately 20% of our vessel operating and drydocking expenses in 2017 in currencies other than U.S. dollars.  In addition, our vessel management fee is denominated in Euros. On December 31, 2017, approximately 37% of our outstanding accounts payable were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, mainly in Euros. We do not use currency exchange contracts to reduce the risk of adverse foreign currency movements but we believe that our exposure from market rate fluctuations is unlikely to be material. Net foreign exchange loss for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $0.03 million.
 
A hypothetical 10% immediate and uniform adverse move in all currency exchange rates from the rates in effect as of December 31, 2017, would have increased our operating expenses by approximately $0.14 million and the fair value of our outstanding accounts payable by approximately $0.02 million.
 
109

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
 Our common shares being distributed in the Spin-Off Distribution will be freely transferable, except for common shares held by persons that are our "affiliates" as defined in the rules under the Securities Act of 1933. Affiliates are individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with us, and may include our officers, directors and principal shareholders. Common shares held by affiliates may only be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 or Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. We cannot predict whether substantial amounts of our common shares will be sold in the open market following the Spin-Off Distribution. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that substantial sales may occur, could lower the market price for our common shares.
 
110

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Our common shares will be distributed by Euroseas by the declaration and issuance of a distribution to holders of Euroseas' common stock. The Spin-Off Distribution is conditioned on, among other things, the approval of Euroseas' Board of Directors and obtaining various regulatory and third-party consents and approvals, including the approval of our request for our common shares to be listed on Nasdaq and the effectiveness of this registration statement. As of the date of this prospectus, Euroseas has 11,274,126 shares of common stock outstanding. Euroseas may sell additional shares of common stock and it may have a greater number of shares outstanding on the Spin-Off Distribution record date; but we do not expect the distribution ratio to change if this occurs.
 
The Spin-Off Distribution is not being underwritten by an investment bank or otherwise. The purpose of the Spin-Off Distribution is described in the section of this prospectus entitled "Business – Background and Purpose of the Spin-Off Distribution". Euroseas will pay any fees or other expenses incurred in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution and the application for the listing of our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. We anticipate the aggregate fees and expenses in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution to be approximately $425,000.
 
111


SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
 
We are a Marshall Islands corporation and our executive office is located outside of the United States in Athens, Greece.
 
Most of our directors and officers and those of our subsidiaries are residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of our and our subsidiaries' assets and a substantial portion of the assets of our directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for United States investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us, our directors or officers, our subsidiaries or to realize against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. However, we have expressly submitted to the jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts sitting in the City of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or proceeding arising under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc., Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Island, Ajeltake Road, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960, as our registered agent, can accept service of process on our behalf in any such action.
 
In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Marshall Islands would (1) recognize or enforce against us, or our directors or officers judgments of courts of the United States based on civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; or (2) impose liabilities against us or our directors and officers in original actions brought in the Marshall Islands, based on these laws.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters with respect to United States Federal and New York law and Marshall Islands law in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution will be passed upon for us by Seward & Kissel LLP, One Battery Park Plaza, New York, New York 10004.
 
EXPERTS
 
The combined carve-out financial statements of EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor included in this prospectus 'have been audited by Deloitte Certified Public Accountants, S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein.  Such combined carve-out financial statements have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
The office of Deloitte Certified Public Accountants, S.A. is located at Fragoklissias 3a & Granikou Street, Maroussi, Athens 151 25, Greece.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 regarding the common shares being distributed pursuant to this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information found in the registration statement. For further information regarding us and the common shares being distributed pursuant to this prospectus, you may wish to review the full registration statement, including its exhibits. The registration statement, including the exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this material can also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or from the SEC's web site on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov free of charge. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on public reference room.
 
Upon completion of the Spin-Off Distribution, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and, in accordance therewith, we will be required to file with the SEC annual reports on Form 20-F within four months of our fiscal year-end, and provide to the SEC other material information on Form 6-K. These reports and other information may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the SEC's website as provided above. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, which will be operational after the Spin-Off Distribution, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.
 
112

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, certain rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly reports or current reports on Form 8-K. However, we intend to furnish or make available to our shareholders annual reports containing our audited financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and make available to our shareholders quarterly reports containing our unaudited interim financial information for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year. Our annual report will contain a detailed statement of any transactions between us and our related parties.
 
OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
The following table sets forth the main costs and expenses in connection with the Spin-Off Distribution, which we will be required to pay.*
 
       
SEC registration fee
 
$
4,091
 
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee
       
Nasdaq listing fee
   
55,000
 
Legal fees and expenses
   
250,000
 
Accounting fees and expenses
   
75,000
 
Printing and engraving costs
   
10,000
 
Transfer agent and distribution agent fees and other
   
25,000
 
Miscellaneous
   
5,909
 
     
425,000
 
Total
 
$
   
 
*  All amounts are estimated, except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee and Nasdaq listing fee.
 

 
113

EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor.
Combined carve-out financial statements


Index to combined carve-out financial statements
 
 
Pages
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
   
Combined carve-out balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017
F-3
   
Combined carve-out statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
F-4
   
Combined carve-out statements of parent company equity for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
 F-5
   
Combined carve-out statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
F-6
   
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
F-8
 

F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
EuroDry Ltd.
Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands


Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheets of EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor (the "Company") (see Note 1 to the combined carve-out financial statements) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related combined carve-out statements of operations, parent company equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with   accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.



/s/ Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A.
Athens, Greece
April 4, 2018, except for Note 17, as to which the date is May 7, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since            2018.
F-2

EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Combined carve-out Balance Sheets
December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)
 
   
Notes
   
December 31, 2016
   
December 31, 2017
 
Assets
                 
Current assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
         
591,108
     
1,257,058
 
Restricted cash
   
10
     
502,307
     
894,499
 
Trade accounts receivable
           
638,223
     
593,787
 
Other receivables
           
116,119
     
644,062
 
Due from related companies
   
9
     
660,882
     
3,706,259
 
Inventories
   
3
     
268,120
     
452,191
 
Prepaid expenses
           
43,152
     
72,520
 
Total current assets
           
2,819,911
     
7,620,376
 
                         
Long-term assets
                       
Vessels, net
   
5
     
64,439,364
     
81,979,636
 
Advances for vessel under construction and vessel acquisition deposits
   
4
     
17,753,737
     
5,051,211
 
Restricted cash
           
1,250,000
     
2,750,000
 
Derivative
                   
51,453
 
Deferred charges, net
   
6
     
426,783
     
-
 
Total assets
           
86,689,795
     
97,452,676
 
                         
Liabilities and parent company equity
                       
Current liabilities
                       
Long-term bank loans, current portion
   
10
     
1,269,805
     
7,967,267
 
Trade accounts payable
           
309,338
     
346,968
 
Accrued expenses
   
7
     
464,901
     
1,037,027
 
Deferred revenues
           
80,546
     
289,738
 
Total current liabilities
           
2,124,590
     
9,641,000
 
                         
Long-term liabilities
                       
Long-term bank loans, net of current portion
   
10
     
28,243,478
     
30,364,035
 
Due to Parent Company
   
9
     
25,224,830
     
24,585,518
 
Total long-term liabilities
           
53,468,308
     
54,949,553
 
Total liabilities
           
55,592,898
     
64,590,553
 
                         
Commitments and contingencies
   
13
                 
                         
                         
Parent Company Equity
                       
Parent company investment
   
11
     
41,603,370
     
42,518,895
 
Accumulated deficit
           
(10,506,473
)
   
(9,656,772
)
Total parent company equity
           
31,096,897
     
32,862,123
 
Total liabilities and parent company equity
           
86,689,795
     
97,452,676
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-3

EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Combined carve-out statements of operations
Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

   
Notes
   
2016
   
2017
 
Revenues
                 
Voyage revenue
         
8,331,821
     
20,280,215
 
Commissions (including $104,148 and $253,503, respectively, to related party)
   
9
     
(452,868
)
   
(1,122,196
)
Net revenue
           
7,878,953
     
19,158,019
 
Operating expenses
                       
Voyage expenses
   
14
     
82,627
     
2,396,318
 
Vessel operating expenses (including $57,316 and $102,131 to related party)
   
9, 14
     
4,308,418
     
6,892,388
 
Vessel depreciation
   
5
     
3,828,634
     
4,786,272
 
Dry-docking expenses
           
-
     
127,509
 
Related party management fees
   
9
     
780,135
     
1,409,716
 
Other general and administrative expenses (including $520,626 and $693,524, respectively, to related party)
   
8
     
798,828
     
917,160
 
Loss on termination and impairment of shipbuilding contracts
   
4
     
7,050,179
     
-
 
Total operating expenses
           
16,848,821
     
16,529,363
 
Operating (loss) / income
           
(8,969,868
)
   
2,628,656
 
Other income/(expenses)
                       
Interest and other financing costs
           
(1,161,169
)
   
(1,817,574
)
Gain on derivative, net
   
15
     
-
     
49,167
 
Foreign exchange loss
           
(10,369
)
   
(10,548
)
Interest income
           
53
     
-
 
Other expenses, net
           
(1,171,485
)
   
(1,778,955
)
Net (loss) / income
           
(10,141,353
)
   
849,701
 

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
F-4


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Combined carve-out statements of parent company equity
Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

   
Parent company investment
   
Accumulated
Deficit
   
Total
 
Balance, January 1, 2016
   
32,779,443
     
(365,120
)
   
32,414,323
 
Net increase in Parent Company Investment (Note 11)
   
8,823,927
     
-
     
8,823,927
 
Net loss
   
-
     
(10,141,353
)
   
(10,141,353
)
Balance, December 31, 2016
   
41,603,370
     
(10,506,473
)
   
31,096,897
 
Net increase in Parent Company investment (Note 11)
   
915,525
     
-
     
915,525
 
Net income
   
-
     
849,701
     
849,701
 
Balance, December 31, 2017
   
42,518,895
     
(9,656,772
)
   
32,862,123
 














The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
 


F-5

EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Combined carve-out statements of cash flows
Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

   
2016
   
2017
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net (loss) / income
   
(10,141,353
)
   
849,701
 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) / income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation of vessels
   
3,828,634
     
4,786,272
 
Amortization and write off of deferred charges
   
471,443
     
209,231
 
Unrealized gain on derivative
   
-
     
(51,453
)
Loss on termination and impairment of shipbuilding contracts
   
7,050,179
     
-
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
(Increase) / decrease in:
               
Trade accounts receivable
   
(241,359
)
   
44,436
 
Other receivables
   
(17,835
)
   
(527,943
)
Due from related companies
   
2,564,940
     
(3,045,377
)
Inventories
   
(99,499
)
   
(184,071
)
Prepaid expenses
   
469
     
(29,368
)
Increase / (decrease) in:
               
Trade accounts payable
   
128,508
     
37,630
 
Accrued expenses
   
645,680
     
612,037
 
Deferred revenues
   
66,022
     
209,192
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
4,255,829
     
2,910,287
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Cash paid for vessel acquisition, capitalized expenses and vessels under construction
   
(24,243,012
)
   
(9,635,504
)
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(24,243,012
)
   
(9,635,504
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Loan arrangement fees paid
   
(529,810
)
   
(42,125
)
Net increase in Parent Company Investment
   
8,823,927
     
915,525
 
Proceeds from long-term bank loans
   
13,800,000
     
10,862,500
 
Repayment of long-term bank loans
   
(2,347,000
)
   
(1,813,229
)
Due to Parent Company
   
725,620
     
(639,312
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
20,472,737
     
9,283,359
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
485,554
     
2,558,142
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
   
1,857,861
     
2,343,415
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year
   
2,343,415
     
4,901,557
 
Cash breakdown
               
Cash and cash equivalents
   
591,108
     
1,257,058
 
Restricted cash, current
   
502,307
     
894,499
 
Restricted cash, long term
   
1,250,000
     
2,750,000
 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the combined carve-out statements of cash flows
   
2,343,415
     
4,901,557
 

(Combined carve-out statement of cash flows continues on the next page)
 
F-6

 
EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Combined carve-out statements of cash flows
Years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

(Continued)
   
2016
   
2017
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
           
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest
   
488,764
     
1,462,852
 
Financing, and investing activities fees:
               
Capital expenditures included in liabilities
   
75,962
     
64,476
 
Loan arrangement fees accrued
   
38,400
     
-
 

 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined carve-out financial statements.
 
F-7


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1.            Basis of Presentation and General Information

EuroDry Ltd., referred to herein as "EuroDry", was formed by Euroseas Ltd (or "Euroseas" or "Parent Company") on January 8, 2018 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands to serve as the holding company of seven subsidiaries (the "Subsidiaries") to be contributed by Euroseas to EuroDry in connection with the spin-off of Euroseas' drybulk vessels held for use as of December 31, 2017 (the "Spin-Off"). Euroseas will contribute these Subsidiaries to EuroDry in, exchange for               common shares in EuroDry, which Euroseas, intends to distribute to holders of Euroseas common stock on a pro rata basis.

The accompanying predecessor combined carve-out financial statements are that of the Subsidiaries for all periods presented and using the historical carrying costs of the assets and the liabilities of the ship-owning companies listed below from their dates of incorporation. The Subsidiaries are referred to as the EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor (the "Predecessor" or the "Company") .

The operations of the vessels are managed by Eurobulk Ltd. ("Eurobulk") and Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc. ("Eurobulk FE") , collectively the "Managers". Eurobulk and Eurobulk FE are corporations controlled by members of the Pittas family.  The Managers provide the Company with a wide range of shipping services such as technical support and maintenance, insurance consulting, chartering, financial and accounting services, while Eurobulk also provides executive management services, in consideration for fixed and variable fees (see Note 9).  Eurobulk has an office in Greece located at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, Maroussi, Greece; Eurobulk FE has an office at Manilla, Philippines Suite 1003, 10th Floor Ma. Natividad Building, 470 T.M. Kalaw cor. Cortada Sts., Ermita.

The Pittas family is the controlling shareholder of Friends Investment Company Inc. which, in turn, owns 33.3% of Euroseas' shares as of December 31, 2017.

The Company is engaged in the ocean transportation of dry bulk through ownership and operation of dry bulk ship-owning companies. Details of the Subsidiaries are set out below:

·
Pantelis Shipping Corp., incorporated in Republic of Liberia on December 4, 2009, owner of the Liberian flag 74,020 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Pantelis" which was built in 2000 and acquired on July 23, 2009.

·
Eirini Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of Liberia on February 2, 2014, owner of the Liberian flag 76,466 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Eirini P" which was built in 2004 and acquired on May 26, 2014.

·
Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on April 4, 2014, owner of the Marshall Islands flag 82,000 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Xenia".  M/V "Xenia" is a new-building and was delivered on February 25, 2016.

·
Areti Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on November 15, 2016, owner of the Cypriot flag 75,100 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Tasos" which was built in 2000 and acquired on January 9, 2017.

F-8

EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1.            Basis of Presentation and General Information - Continued

·
Ultra One Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of Liberia on November 21, 2013, owner of Liberian flag 63,500 DWT bulk carrier M/V "Alexandros P." M/V "Alexandros P" is a new-building and was delivered on January 16, 2017.

·
Ultra Two Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of Liberia on November 21, 2013, entered on November 29, 2013, into a shipbuilding contract with Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and Sumec Marine Co., Ltd., for the construction of a 63,500 DWT bulk carrier (Hull No. DY161). The shipbuilding contract was cancelled on September 2, 2016 due to excessive construction delays.  Ultra Two Shipping Ltd has no assets and operations as of December 31, 2016 and 2017.

·
Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd., incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on April 4, 2014, entered on April 4, 2014, into a shipbuilding contract with Jiangsu Tianyuan Marine Import & Export Co., Ltd., Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and Jiangsu New Yangzi Shipbuilding Co., Ltd., for the construction of an eco-design fuel efficient 82,000 DWT Kamsarmax drybulk carrier (Hull No. YZJ2013-1153). In July 2016, Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd. signed an amended agreement which provided it with an option to terminate the contract by December 31, 2016 (subsequently, extended to March 31, 2017) without any additional cost.  In March 2017, the Company decided not to exercise the option to terminate the contract but to proceed with the construction of Hull No. YZJ2013-1153 (named "Ekaterini") which was delivered on May 7, 2018.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had a working capital deficit of $2.0 million and the Company's cash balance amounted to $1.3 million and cash in restricted and retention accounts amounted to $3.6 million.  For the construction of Hull No. YZJ2013-1153, the Company made payments of $2.25 million in February 2018 and has obligations of another $15.75 million that are expected to be paid upon the delivery of the vessel by June 30, 2018.
 
The Company intends to fund its working capital requirements and capital commitments via cash at hand, cash flow from operations, new mortgage debt financing for the vessel under construction and debt balloon payment refinancing. The Company signed a term loan facility of $18.4 million to finance the construction of M/V "Ekaterini" (Hull No. YZJ2013-1153), which was drawn down upon the delivery of the vessel on May 7, 2018.  In the unlikely event that these are not sufficient, the Company may also draw down up to $2.00 million under a commitment from COLBY Trading Ltd., a company controlled by the Pittas family and affiliated with the Company's Chief Executive Officer, and possible vessel sales (where equity will be released) or the sale of the shipbuilding contract itself, if required, among other options.  The Company believes it will have adequate funding through the sources described above and, accordingly, it believes it has the ability to continue as a going concern and finance its obligations as they come due over the next twelve months following the date of the issuance of these financial statements. Consequently, the combined carve-out financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
 
F-9


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1.            Basis of Presentation and General Information - Continued

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, the following charterers individually accounted for more than 10% of the Company's voyage revenue as follows:


 
Charterer
Year ended
December 31, 2016
Year ended
December 31, 2017
A/S Klaveness Chartering
52%
26%
Dampskibsselskabet Norden A/S
26%
18%
Amaggi Europe B.V.
-
17%
China National Chartering (Hong Kong) Co., Limited
-
13%
Quadra Commodities S.A.
13%
-

F-10


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

2.            Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of presentation

The accompanying combined carve-out financial statements include the accounts of the legal entities comprising the Company as discussed in Note 1. These combined carve-out financial statements have been prepared on a stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of Euroseas. The combined financial statements reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor as they were historically managed, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). The combined carve-out financial statements include certain assets that have historically been held at the Euroseas corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise attributable to these combined carve out financial statements, primarily restricted cash.
 
These financial statements are presented as if such businesses had been combined throughout the periods presented. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.  The Company has no common capital structure for the combined business and, accordingly, has not presented historical earnings per share.
 
The combined carve-out statements of operations reflects intercompany expense allocations made to EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor by Euroseas for certain corporate functions and for shared services provided by Euroseas. Where possible, these allocations were made by Euroseas on a pro-rata basis. See Note 8. "Other general and administrative expenses" and Note 9. "Related Party Transactions" for further information on expenses allocated by Euroseas.
 
Both the Company and Euroseas consider the basis on which the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit received by EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor during the periods presented. The allocations may not, however, reflect the expense the Company would have incurred as an independent, publicly traded company for the periods presented.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the accompanying combined carve-out financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined carve-out financial statements, and the stated amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Other comprehensive income / (loss)

The Company has no other comprehensive income / (loss) and accordingly comprehensive income / (loss) equals net income / (loss) for all periods presented. As such, no statement of comprehensive income / (loss) has been presented.

Foreign currency translation

The Company's functional currency is the U.S. dollar.  Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date.  Income and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the date of the transaction.  The resulting exchange gains and/or losses on settlement or translation are included in the accompanying combined carve-out statements of operations.
F-11


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

2.            Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents are cash in bank accounts, time deposits or other certificates purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash reflects deposits with certain banks that can only be used to pay the current loan installments or are required to be maintained as a certain minimum cash balance under the terms of various loan agreements and amounts that are pledged, blocked or held as cash collateral. As of December 31, 2016, $0.55 million of these amounts of restricted cash were held in Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd. bank accounts and the rest of the amounts in Euroseas' bank accounts on behalf of other EuroDry subsidiaries.  As of December 31, 2017, $0.65 million of these amounts of restricted cash were held in Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd. bank accounts, another $1.8 million were held in Ultra One Shipping Ltd. bank accounts and the remaining amounts were in Euroseas' bank accounts on behalf of other EuroDry subsidiaries.

Trade accounts receivable

The amount shown as trade accounts receivable, at each balance sheet date, includes estimated recoveries from each voyage or time charter. At each balance sheet date, the Company provides for doubtful accounts on the basis of specific identified doubtful receivables.  No allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded for the periods presented.
 
Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  Inventories are valued using the FIFO (First-In First-Out) method.

Vessels

Vessels are stated at cost, which comprises the vessel contract price, costs of major repairs and improvements upon acquisition, direct delivery and other acquisition expenses, less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when they appreciably extend the life, increase the earning capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessels; otherwise these amounts are charged to expense as incurred. Vessels under construction are presented at cost, which  includes shipyard installment payments and other vessel costs incurred during the construction period that are directly attributable to the construction of the vessels, including borrowing costs incurred during the construction period.

Expenditures for vessel repair and maintenance are charged against income in the period incurred.
F-12


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

2.            Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Depreciation

Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of the vessel with reference to the cost of the vessel, and estimated scrap value. Remaining useful lives of vessels are periodically reviewed and revised to recognize changes in conditions and such revisions, if any, are recognized over current and future periods. The Company estimates that its vessels have a useful life of 25 years from the completion of its construction.

Insurance claims and insurance proceeds

Claims receivable are recorded on the accrual basis and represent the amounts to be received, net of deductibles, incurred through each balance sheet date, for which recovery from insurance companies is probable and the claim is not subject to litigation. Any remaining costs to complete the claims are included in accrued liabilities. Insurance proceeds are recorded according to type of claim that gives rise to the proceeds in the combined carve-out statements of operations and the combined carve-out statements of cash flows.

Revenue and expense recognition

Revenues are generated from voyage charters and time charters.  If a charter agreement exists, the price is fixed, service is provided and the collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, revenues are recorded over the term of the charter as service is provided and recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the voyage or time charter adjusted for the off-hire days that a vessel spends undergoing repairs, maintenance or upgrade work. A voyage is deemed to commence upon the later of the completion of discharge of the vessel's previous cargo or the time it receives a contract that is not cancelable and is deemed to end upon the completion of discharge of the current cargo.  A time charter contract is deemed to commence from the time of the delivery of the vessel to an agreed port and is deemed to end upon the re-delivery of the vessel at an agreed port. Demurrage income, which is included in voyage revenues, represents revenue earned from the charterer when loading or discharging time exceeded the stipulated time in the voyage charter and is recognized when earned.

Charter fees received in advance are recorded as a liability (deferred revenue) until charter services are rendered.

Vessel operating expenses are comprised of all expenses relating to the operation of the vessels, including crewing, insurance, repairs and maintenance, stores, lubricants, spares and consumables, professional and legal fees and miscellaneous expenses. Vessel operating expenses are recognized as incurred; payments in advance of services or use are recorded as prepaid expenses. Voyage expenses relate to bunkers, port charges, canal tolls, and agency fees which are incurred when the vessel is chartered under a voyage charter or during off-hire or idle periods. Voyage expenses are expensed as incurred.

Dry-docking and special survey expenses

Dry-docking and special survey expenses are expensed as incurred.
F-13


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

2.
Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Financing costs

Loan arrangement fees are deferred and amortized to interest expense over the duration of the underlying loan using the effective interest method. Unamortized fees relating to loans repaid or refinanced are expensed in the period the repayment or refinancing occurs.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets "held and used" for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. When the estimate of future undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company evaluates the asset for an impairment loss. Measurement of the impairment loss is based on the fair value of the asset. In this respect, management regularly reviews the carrying amount of the vessels in connection with the estimated recoverable amount for each of the Company's vessels.

Segment reporting

The Company reports financial information and evaluates its operations by charter revenue and not by the type of ship employment for its customers, i.e. voyage or time charters.  The Company does not use discrete financial information to evaluate the operating results for each such type of charter. Although revenue can be identified for these types of charters, management cannot and does not identify expenses, profitability or other financial information for these charters.  As a result, management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operating results solely by revenue per day and operating results of the fleet and thus the Company has determined that it operates under one operating segment. Furthermore, when the Company charters a vessel to a charterer, the charterer is free to trade the vessel worldwide and, as a result, the disclosure of geographical information is impracticable.



F-14


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

2.            Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" ("ASU 2014-09"), which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five-step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP  Subsequent to the issuance of ASU 2014-09, the FASB issued the following ASU's which amend or provide additional guidance on topics addressed in ASU 2014-09.  In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, "Revenue Recognition - Principal versus Agent" (reporting revenue gross versus net). In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, "Revenue Recognition - Identifying Performance Obligations and Licenses."   Lastly, in May 2016, the FASB issued No. ASU 2016-12, "Revenue Recognition - Narrow Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients."   The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein, and shall be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. Early adoption of the standard, but not before December 15, 2016 is permitted. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2018 and elected to use the modified retrospective transition method for the implementation of this standard. As a result of the adoption of this standard revenues generated under voyage charter agreements will be recognized on a pro-rata basis from the date of loading to discharge of cargo. Prior to the adoption of this standard, revenues generated under voyage charter agreements were recognized on a pro-rata basis over the period of the voyage which was deemed to commence upon the later of the completion of discharge of the vessel's previous cargo or the time it receives a contract that is not cancelable, and was deemed to end upon the completion of discharge of the current cargo. The financial impact on the Company's financial statements will derive from voyage charters which do not commence and end in the same reporting period due to the timing of recognition of revenue, as well as the timing of recognition of certain voyage related costs. As no vessels of the Company had voyage charters that were in progress as of December 31, 2017, management believes that the implementation of this standard will not have any material impact on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, "Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern." This ASU establishes specific guidance to an organization's management on their responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the organization's ability to continue as a going concern. The provisions of this ASU are effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2016. The Company adopted ASU No. 2014-15 for the financial statements as of December 31, 2016. The effect of the adoption of this standard is to evaluate the entity's ability to continue as a going concern for a period of twelve months after the date of the issuance of the financial statements as opposed to the previous requirement for an evaluation to be performed for twelve months after the balance sheet date.
F-15




EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

2.            Significant Accounting Policies - Continued

In April 2015, FASB issued ASU No 2015-03, "Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs", which outlines a simplified approach to present debt issuance costs and debt discount and premium by requiring debt issuance costs to be presented as deduction from the corresponding liability. This standard is effective for public entities with reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and should be applied on a retrospective basis. Early adoption was permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2016 resulting in "Deferred charges, net" of $259,717 and $490,969 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, to be presented against the related debt liability.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, "Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory" to simplify the measurement of inventory using first-in, first out (FIFO) or average cost method. According to this ASU an entity should measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This update is effective for public entities with reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this ASU for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 with no material impact on its financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The main provision of this ASU is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases. Accounting by lessors will remain largely unchanged from current U.S. GAAP but require the lessors to separate lease and non-lease components. The requirements of this standard include an increase in required disclosures.  The Company expects that its time charter arrangements will be subject to the requirements of the new Leases standard as the Company will be regarded as the lessor.  The new leases standard requires a modified retrospective transition approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, with an option to use certain transition relief. This update is effective for public entities with reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of the adoption of this new standard and will evaluate any amendments that may be issued.
F-16


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

2.            Significant Accounting Policies – Continued

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This update addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The Company has elected early adoption of this update from the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. The implementation of this update did not have any impact on its financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued the ASU 2016-18 – Restricted cash. This ASU requires that a statement of cash flows explains the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning of period and end of period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This update is effective for public entities with reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The implementation of this update affects disclosures only and has no impact on the Company's balance sheet and statement of comprehensive income. The Company has elected early adoption of this update from the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, and the statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 explain the change during the respective periods in the total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business ("ASU 2017-01"). ASU 2017-01 provides greater clarity on the definition of a business to assist entities in evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as an acquisition or disposal of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 is effective for public entities on January 1, 2018, with early adoption permitted. Because all of the Company's acquisitions have been asset acquisitions, the Company does not expect the adoption of this new standard to have an impact on its financial statements.
F-17


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

3.
Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:
   
2016
   
2017
 
Lubricants
   
220,738
     
418,650
 
Victualing
   
47,382
     
33,541
 
Total
   
268,120
     
452,191
 

4.
Advances for Vessels under Construction and Vessel Acquisition Deposits

The movement of this account is shown below:

   
Costs
 
Balance, January 1, 2016
   
32,701,867
 
Advances for vessels under construction
   
23,254,692
 
Vessel acquisition deposit
   
678,796
 
Delivery of M/V "Xenia"
   
(31,831,439
)
Loss on termination and impairment of shipbuilding contracts
   
(7,050,179
)
Balance, December 31, 2016
   
17,753,737
 
Advances for vessels under construction
   
5,784,204
 
Vessel acquisition deposit
   
3,824,668
 
Delivery of M/V "Alexandros P"
   
(17,807,934
)
Delivery of M/V "Tasos"
   
(4,503,464
)
Balance, December 31, 2017
   
5,051,211
 

The balance as of December 31, 2016 represents advances for the acquisition of M/V "Alexandros P" (Hull No. DY160) of $17.1 million and deposit of $0.7 million relating to M/V "Tasos".

Advances made by Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd. related to M/V "Xenia" amounted to $10.0 million as of January 1, 2016 and additional advances of $21.8 million were made in 2016 or total of $31.8 million.  Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd. took delivery of M/V "Xenia" on February 25, 2016.  Additionally, advances made related to the construction of Hull No. DY160 and Hull No. DY161 (see Note 1) amounted to $1.4 million in 2016.

The shipbuilding contracts for Hull No. DY160 and Hull No. DY161, both with Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and Sumec Marine Co., Ltd., and originally scheduled for delivery in the second and third quarters of 2016, respectively, were cancelled on June 29, 2016 and September 2, 2016, respectively, due to excessive construction delays. As a result, Ultra One Shipping Ltd. and Ultra Two Shipping Ltd. recognized a receivable of $17.1 million from Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and Sumec Marine Co., Ltd. representing the shipyard instalments paid and  costs of  other spares/supplies incorporated into the vessels  in accordance with the shipbuilding contracts and, in addition, recorded a $3.2 million loss on the termination of the shipbuilding contracts representing other capitalized expenses  which were considered would not be recoverable under the shipbuilding contracts .

F-18


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

4.
Advances for Vessels under Construction and Vessel Acquisition Deposits – Continued

On December 21, 2016, Ultra One Shipping Ltd. signed an agreement to acquire from Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and Sumec Marine Co., Ltd. Hull No. DY160 for $16.9 million.  The Company recognized as part of the cost of Hull No. DY160 the amount of $0.4 million representing the additional spares/supplies acquired for Hull No. DY160, which had been originally included in the receivable of $17.1 million, noted above. As a result, the receivable was reduced to $16.7 million.  In accordance with the agreement, the Company applied the remaining $16.7 million receivable, representing the shipyard instalments paid and cost of spares/supplies incorporated into Hull No. DY161 against the cost of Hull No. DY 160, and paid the remaining amount in cash.  Additional advances of $0.5 million were made in 2017 representing capitalized expenses or total of $17.8 million.  Hull No. DY160 was delivered to the Company on January 16, 2017 and was named M/V "Alexandros P".

Also, in December 2016, Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd. took an impairment charge on Hull No. YZJ2013-1153 as it considered it likely at that time that it would exercise its option to terminate the shipbuilding contract without any additional penalty. The Company recognized an impairment of $3.8 million representing the deposit paid to the shipyard as well as legal and other costs related to the shipbuilding contract. In March 2017, the Company decided not to exercise the option to terminate the contract but to proceed with construction of Hull No. YZJ2013-1153, which was delivered on May 7, 2018. The balance as of December 31, 2017 represents advances made by Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd. during 2017 for the construction of Hull No. YZJ2013-1153 (named "Ekaterini") amounting to $5.1 million.

On November 11, 2016, Areti Shipping Ltd. signed a memorandum of agreement to purchase M/V "Tasos" for approximately $4.4 million.  The deposit made under the memorandum of agreement and other capitalized costs amounted to $0.7 million as of December 31, 2016. The balance of the amount payable under the memorandum of agreement and other capitalized costs paid during 2017 amounted to $3.8 million or a total of $4.5 million together with the amount paid in 2016. M/V "Tasos" was delivered to the Company on January 9, 2017.
F-19


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

5.
Vessels, net

The amounts in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheets are as follows:

   
Costs
   
Accumulated
Depreciation
   
Net Book
Value
 
Balance, January 1, 2016
   
48,881,386
     
(12,444,827
)
   
36,436,559
 
-            Delivery of M/V Xenia
   
31,831,439
             
31,831,439
 
-            Depreciation for the year
   
-
     
(3,828,634
)
   
(3,828,634
)
Balance, December 31, 2016
   
80,712,825
     
(16,273,461
)
   
64,439,364
 
-            Delivery of M/V "Alexandros P"
   
17,807,934
     
-
     
17,807,934
 
-            Delivery of M/V "Tasos"
   
4,503,464
     
-
     
4,503,464
 
-            Capitalized expenses
   
15,146
     
-
     
15,146
 
-            Depreciation for the year
   
-
     
(4,786,272
)
   
(4,786,272
)
Balance, December 31, 2017
   
103,039,369
     
(21,059,733
)
   
81,979,636
 

 

The Company performed the undiscounted cash flow test as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and determined that the net book value of its vessels held for use was recoverable.

All the Company's vessels have been mortgaged as security for the Company's loans.

F-20


 
EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

6.            Deferred Charges, net

Deferred charges, net consist of loan commitment fees which are presented against the loan balance upon drawdown of the loan. In 2016, there were $365,495 of new commitment fees incurred for the loans intended to finance the acquisition of Hull No. DY160 and Hull No. DY161 upon delivery of the vessels.  The Company wrote off the commitment fees related to the loan intended to finance the acquisition of Hull No. DY161 as a result of the cancellation of the shipbuilding contract (see Note 4). The commitment fees as of December 31, 2016 relate to the loan to finance the acquisition of Hull No. DY160 (M/V "Alexandros P"). Within the first quarter of 2017, another $13,700 of loan commitment fees were incurred for the loan intended to finance the acquisition of Hull No. DY160.  The loan was drawn down in January 2017.

   
December 31, 2016
   
December 31, 2017
 
Balance, beginning of year
   
505,075
     
426,783
 
Write-off of loan commitment fees (Hull No. DY161)
   
(443,787
)
   
-
 
Loan commitment fees
   
365,495
     
13,700
 
Reclassification as contra to loan upon drawdown
           
(440,483
)
Balance, end of year
   
426,783
     
-
 

7.            Accrued Expenses

The accrued expenses consisted of:
         
As of December 31,
 
   
2016
   
2017
 
Accrued payroll expenses
   
106,387
     
118,644
 
Accrued interest
   
253,438
     
398,934
 
Other accrued expenses
   
105,076
     
519,449
 
Total
   
464,901
     
1,037,027
 

8.            Other general and administrative expenses

Other general and administrative expenses represent an allocation of the expenses incurred by Euroseas based on the number of calendar days of EuroDry's vessels compared to the number of calendar days of the total Euroseas fleet. These expenses consisted mainly of executive compensation, professional fees, directors' liability insurance and reimbursement of directors' and officers' travel-related expenses.

F-21


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

9.
Related Party Transactions

The Managers (see Note 1) provided technical and commercial vessel management for a fixed daily fee per vessel of Euro 685 for 2016 and 2017. Vessel management fees paid to the Managers amounted to $780,135 and $1,409,716 in 2016 and 2017, respectively. An additional fixed management fee is paid to Eurobulk relating to executive compensation. The amount of such executive compensation allocated to the Company was based on the proportion of the number of calendar days that related to EuroDry's vessels to the number of days of the entire fleet of Euroseas. This amount was $520,626 and $693,524 for 2016 and 2017, respectively.

The management agreement provides for an annual adjustment of the daily vessel management fee due to inflation to take effect on January 1 of each year. The vessel management fee for laid-up  is half of the daily fee. The Euroseas' Master Management Agreement ("MMA") with Eurobulk was originally effective as of January 1, 2011 and with an initial term of five years until January 1, 2016. This MMA, as periodically amended and restated, will automatically be extended after the initial five-year period for an additional five-year period unless terminated on or before the 90th day preceding the initial termination date. Pursuant to the MMA, each ship-owning company has signed with the Managers, a management agreement with the rate and term of these agreements set in the MMA effective at such time.

The MMA was amended and restated on January 1, 2012 to reflect a 5% discount on the daily vessel management fee for the period during which the number of the Euroseas-owned vessels (including vessels in which Euroseas is a part owner) managed by the Managers is greater than 20 ("volume discount"); it was renewed on January 1, 2014 for a new five year term until January 1, 2019. The MMA was further renewed on January 1, 2018 for an additional five year term until January 1, 2023 with the 5% volume discount permanently incorporated in the daily management fee. The daily management fee remained unchanged at Euros 685 for the year 2018 and will be adjusted annually for inflation in the Eurozone.

These fees are recorded under "Related party management fees" in the combined carve-out statements of operations.
F-22

 
EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

9.
Related Party Transactions – Continued

Amounts due to or from related companies represent net disbursements and collections made on behalf of the ship-owning companies by the Managers during the normal course of operations for which a right of off-set exists.  As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, the amount due from related companies was $660,882 and $3,706,259, respectively. Based on the MMA, an estimate of the quarter's operating expenses, expected dry-dock expenses, vessel management fee and fee for management executive services are to be advanced by the Company's ship-owning subsidiaries in the beginning of the quarter to Eurobulk.

EuroDry will sign new MMAs with the Managers that will take effect upon the completion of the spinoff. EuroDry's MMAs will be substantially on the same terms as the MMA between Euroseas and Eurobulk relating to the vessels that were previously owned by Euroseas described above.

As of December 31, 2016, the amount Due to Parent Company was $25,224,830 and related to payments made by the Parent Company on behalf of the Subsidiaries in relation to the shipbuilding contracts for the construction of Hull No. DY160 amounting to $10.2 million, of Hull No. DY161 amounting to $10.0 million and of Hull No. YZJ2013-1153 amounting to $3.8 million and restricted cash requirements amounting to $1.2 million. As of December 31, 2017, the amount Due to Parent Company was $24,585,518. This amount refers to the balance of previous year including the additional payments made by the Parent Company on behalf of the Subsidiaries in 2017 in relation to the shipbuilding contract for the construction of Hull No. DY160 amounting to $0.73 million, the shipbuilding contract for the construction of Hull No. YZJ2013-1153 amounting to $5.0 million and the acquisition of M/V "Tasos" amounting to $4.5 million. The amount of $10.86 million of the loan drawn by Ultra One Shipping Ltd. using as collateral M/V "Alexandros P" (ex- Hull No. DY160) on January 25, 2017 (see Note 10(d)) repaid part of the amount due to the Parent Company during 2017.

The Company uses brokers for various services, as is industry practice.  Eurochart S.A., an affiliated company controlled by certain members of the Pittas family, provides vessel sale and purchase services, and chartering services to the Company whereby the Company pays commission of 1% of the vessel sales price and 1.25% of charter revenues. A commission of 1% of the purchase price is also paid to Eurochart S.A. by the seller of the vessel for acquisitions the Company makes. The Company withheld a commission of $213,500 in 2016, on behalf of Eurochart, for payments made under the shipbuilding contract for M/V "Xenia." During 2017, the Company withheld commissions of $179,000, on behalf of Eurochart, for payments made under the shipbuilding contract for Hull No. DY 160, Hull No. YZJ2013-1153 and for the acquisition of M/V "Tasos". Commissions to Eurochart S.A. for chartering services totaled $104,148 and $253,503 in 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Certain members of the Pittas family, together with another unrelated ship management company, have formed a joint venture with the insurance broker Sentinel Maritime Services Inc. ("Sentinel"); and with a crewing agent Technomar Crew Management Services Corp ("Technomar"). Technomar is a company owned by certain members of the Pittas family, together with two other unrelated ship management companies. Sentinel is paid a commission on insurance premiums not exceeding 5%; Technomar is paid a fee of about   $50 per crew member per month. Total fees charged by Sentinel and Technomar were $26,178 and $31,138 in 2016 and $42,421 and $59,710 in 2017, respectively.  These amounts are recorded in "Vessel operating expenses" in the combined carve-out statements of operations.


F-23


 
EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

10.
Long-Term Bank Loans

This consists of bank loans of the ship-owning companies and is as follows:

Borrower
   
December 31,
2016
   
December 31,
2017
 
Pantelis Shipping Corp.
(a)
   
4,840,000
     
4,440,000
 
Eirini Shipping Ltd. / Areti Shipping Ltd.
(b)
   
11,600,000
     
11,600,000
 
Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd.
(c)
   
13,333,000
     
12,399,000
 
Ultra One Shipping Ltd.
(d)
   
-
     
10,383,271
 
       
29,773,000
     
38,822,271
 
Less: Current portion
     
(1,334,000
)
   
(8,162,972
)
Long-term portion
     
28,439,000
     
30,659,299
 
Deferred charges, current portion
     
64,195
     
195,705
 
Deferred charges, long-term portion
     
195,522
     
295,264
 
Long-term bank loans, current portion net of deferred charges
     
1,269,805
     
7,967,267
 
Long-term bank loans, long-term portion net of deferred charges
     
28,243,478
     
30,364,035
 

The future annual loan repayments are as follows:

To December 31:
     
2018
   
8,162,972
2019
   
11,022,972
2020
   
10,039,327
2021
   
934,000
2022
9
 
934,000
Thereafter
7
 
7,729,000
Total
   
38,822,271

F-24


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

10.            Long-Term Bank Loans - continued
 
(a)
This loan is a $13,000,000 loan drawn by Pantelis Shipping Corp. on December 15, 2009. The loan is payable in 32 consecutive quarterly instalments, four in the amount of $500,000 and twenty-eight in the amount of $280,000, with a $3,160,000 balloon payment to be paid together with the final instalment in September 2017. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.70%. The loan is secured with the following: (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Pantelis", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Pantelis", (iii) a corporate guarantee of Euroseas Ltd. and (iv) a minimum cash balance equal to an amount of no less than $300,000 in an account maintained by Pantelis Shipping Corp. maintained with HSBC Bank Plc.  

On September 30, 2016, the Company signed a Supplemental Agreement with HSBC Bank PLC to defer the six remaining consecutive quarterly instalments of $280,000 each (being $1,680,000 in aggregate) until (a) 29 September 2017 (being the initial final repayment date together with the balloon payment of $3,160,000 in one bullet payment of $4,840,000) or (b) to extend the final repayment date of the deferred amount and the balloon payment until 29 December 2018 if Euroseas agrees with the current lender of M/V "Evridiki G" (being Credit Agricole) or any other bank the extension of the repayment date of her balloon instalment at least until her current charter matures in the first quarter of 2018, which was finally agreed. In this case, the outstanding amount of $4,840,000 will be paid in four quarterly instalments, the first two instalments of $280,000 each, the third instalment in the amount of $560,000 and the fourth instalment of $3,720,000 comprised by $560,000 and the balloon payment. The first instalment will be paid in March 2018 and the following instalments at quarterly intervals thereafter and the last one in December 2018. The asset coverage ratio was reduced from 130% to 75% until December 31, 2017. A cash sweep mechanism was put in place until the entire deferred amount is repaid. A cash collateral amount of $300,000 (corresponding to the minimum cash balance requirement) is to be pledged in the cash collateral account of the owner of M/V "Eirini P"/M/V "Tasos" or of Euroseas as corporate guarantor. For the avoidance of doubt the aforementioned cash collateral is in addition to the cash collateral required to be maintained in the cash collateral account pursuant to the M/V "Eirini P"/M/V "Tasos" loan agreement (see (b) below). A prepayment of $0.4 million was also made within 2017 for the loan of Pantelis Shipping Corp. This prepayment was deducted from balloon repayment of the said loan based on the agreement between Euroseas and HSBC Bank Plc.

F-25


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

10.            Long-Term Bank Loans – continued

(b)
This loan is a $15,300,000 loan drawn by Eirini Shipping Ltd. and Eleni Shipping Ltd. jointly, ("Eirini Loan"), on June 25, 2014. The parties agreed in principle on September 30, 2016 to replace one of the underlying collateral of the Eirini Loan (M/V "Eleni P") with a similar vessel, which in December 2016, was approved to be M/V "Tasos" (owned by Areti Shipping Ltd.). The loan was payable in 20 equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $350,000 each, with an $8.3 million balloon payment to be paid together with the final instalment in June 2019. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.75% . The loan was secured with the following: (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Eirini P." and M/V "Tasos.", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Eirini P." and M/V "Tasos", (iii) a corporate guarantee of Euroseas Ltd.

On September 30, 2016, the Company signed a Supplemental Agreement with HSBC Bank PLC. The outstanding balance of the "Eirini Loan" of $12,850,000 prior to the closing of the Supplemental Agreement was reduced to $11,600,000 via prepayment using the cash collateral of $1,250,000 (which was effected after the signing of the Supplemental Agreement). In addition, seven principal instalments of $350,000 each, from June 2016 to December 2017 were deferred. Repayment of the loan resumes in March 2018 and the outstanding balance of $11,600,000 will be repaid in two quarterly instalments of $350,000 each, four of $725,000 each plus a balloon payment of $8,000,000 due in May 2019.  The asset coverage ratio was reduced from 130% to 75% until December 31, 2017. A cash sweep mechanism was put in place until the entire deferred amount is repaid. A cash collateral amount of $600,000 (corresponding to the minimum cash balance requirement) is to be pledged in the cash collateral account of M/V "Eirini P" / M/V "Tasos". For the avoidance of doubt the aforementioned cash collateral is in addition to the cash collateral required to be maintained in the cash collateral account pursuant to the loan agreement of Pantelis Shipping Corp. M/V "Eleni P" was sold on January 26, 2017 and the proceeds from the sale were contributed to the Company by Euroseas during 2017 and were used to partly pay for the acquisition of M/V "Tasos".  HSBC Bank Plc. agreed to the sale of M/V "Eleni P" and the substitution of such vessel with M/V "Tasos" as collateral for the loan.

(c)
On February 17, 2016, the Company signed a term loan facility with Nord LB and, on February 25, 2016, a loan of $13,800,000 was drawn by Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd. to partly finance the pre-delivery installment of M/V "Xenia". The loan is to be repaid in fourteen consecutive equal semi-annual installments of $467,000 plus a balloon amount of $7,262,000. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.95% . The loan is secured with (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Xenia", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Xenia", (iii) a corporate guarantee of Euroseas Ltd and other covenants and guarantees similar to the rest of the loans of the Company. The Company paid loan arrangement fees of $187,335 for this loan.
F-26

 
EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

10.            Long-Term Bank Loans – continued

(d)
On March 20, 2015, the Company signed a term loan facility with HSH Nordbank AG of up to the lesser of $19.00 million or 62.5% of the market value of Hull No. DY160 (named Alexandros P) upon its delivery to partly finance the construction cost. A commitment fee of 0.9% per annum was payable until the loan was drawn. On April 28, 2016 and on October 27, 2016, the Company signed supplemental loan agreements to the term loan facility signed on March 20, 2015 extending the allowed drawdown period until October 31, 2016 and subsequently until January 31, 2017 to account for delays in the construction of the Hull No. DY160, and reducing the maximum loan amount to 55% of the market value of the vessel at delivery. On January 25, 2017 the Company drew $10,862,500 from HSH Nordbank AG, to partly finance the pre-delivery installment of Hull No. DY160 (M/V "Alexandros P."). The loan is payable in thirteen equal consecutive quarterly instalments of $159,743 each, with a balloon payment of $8,785,841 to be paid together with the last instalment in April 2020. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00%. The loan is secured with (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Alexandros P.", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Alexandros P.", (iii) a corporate guarantee of Euroseas Ltd and other covenants and guarantees similar to the rest of the loans of the Company. The Company paid loan arrangement fees of $95,000 and commitment fees of $440,483 for this loan.

In addition to the terms specific to each loan described above, all the above loans are secured with a pledge of all the issued shares of each borrower.

The loan agreements also contain covenants such as minimum requirements regarding the hull ratio cover  (the ratio of fair value of vessel to outstanding loan less cash in retention accounts ranging from 75% to 125%), restrictions as to changes in management and ownership of the ship-owning companies, distribution of profits or assets (i.e. not permitting dividend payment or other distributions in cases that an event of default has occurred), additional indebtedness and mortgage of vessels without the lender's prior consent, sale of vessels, maximum fleet-wide leverage, sale of capital stock of Euroseas, ability to make investments and other capital expenditures, entering in mergers or acquisitions, minimum cash balance requirements and minimum cash retention accounts (restricted cash).  The loan agreements also require the Company to make deposits in retention accounts with certain lenders that can only be used to pay the current loan instalments. Minimum cash balance requirements are in addition to cash held in retention accounts. These cash deposits amounted to $1,752,307 and $3,644,499 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and are included in "Restricted cash" under "Current assets" and "Long-term assets" in the combined carve-out balance sheets. As of December 31, 2017, all the debt covenants are satisfied.
 
Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 amounted to $689,726 and $1,608,348, respectively. Interest capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 amounted to $497,813 and $123,697, respectively.


F-27


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

11.            Parent Company Investment

Parent Company investment amounting to $41,603,370 and $42,518,895 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, presented in the accompanying combined carve-out balance sheets, represents the equity contributed by the Parent Company in order to partly finance the acquisition of M/V Pantelis, M/V Eirini and M/V Xenia, as well as other general and administrative expenses allocated from Euroseas to the Company.

12.            Income Taxes

Under the laws of the countries of the companies' incorporation and/or vessels' registration, the companies are not subject to tax on international shipping income, however, they are subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which have been included in "Vessel operating expenses" in the accompanying combined carve-out statements of operations.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the U.S. source gross transportation income of a ship-owning or chartering corporation, such as the Company, is subject to a 4% U.S. Federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

For 2016 and 2017 the Company did not qualify for this exemption. The Company is subject to an effective 2% United States federal tax on the U.S. source shipping income that is attributable to the transport of cargoes to or from the United States which is not considered a tax on income. The amount of this tax for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was $7,200 and $23,477, respectively. The amount of the 2016 tax was paid on June 16, 2017 and was recorded within "Vessel operating expenses" in the accompanying combined carve-out statement of operations when paid. The amount for 2017 has not yet been paid.
F-28


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

13.
Commitments and Contingencies

As of December 31, 2017 Areti Shipping Ltd. has a dispute with Windrose SPS Shipping and Trading ("Windrose"), a charterer, regarding Windrose's failure to pay the balance of the charter fee of $52,019. Additionally, Areti Shipping Ltd. paid an amount of $115,000 to a bunker supplier for portion of the total claim of $179,281, after facing an arrest of M/V "Tasos" in Brazil. The Company took the case to London arbitration and obtained an award of approximately $215,000. The award has yet to be collected. The Company has hired Swiss lawyers in order to proceed with the recovery of the funds in Switzerland where Windrose is based. The Company's management believe that they will fully recover the amount of $167,019 and hence no provision has been made.

There are no other material legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which any of its properties are subject, other than routine litigation incidental to the Company's business.  In the opinion of management, the disposition of these lawsuits should not have a material impact on the combined carve-out results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

For the construction of M/V "Ekaterini" (Hull No. YZJ2013-1153),  in accordance with the amended shipbuilding contract, Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd has contractual obligations of $18.0 million in 2018, remaining to be paid from the total contract price of $22.5 million. An amount of $2.25 million has already been paid in February 2018, with the balance payable upon delivery of the vessel, which is expected until June 2018.

As of December 31, 2017 future gross minimum revenues upon collection of hire under non-cancellable time charter agreements in excess of 1 year relate to the M/V "Xenia and total $10.0 million.  In arriving at the future gross minimum revenues, the Company has deducted an estimated one off-hire day per quarter  Such off-hire estimate may not be reflective of the actual off-hire in the future. In addition the actual revenues could be affected by early delivery of the vessel by the charterers or any exercise of the charterers' options to extend the terms of the charters, which however cannot be estimated and hence not reflected above.
 
F-29


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

14.            Voyage and Vessel Operating Expenses

These consisted of:
 
   
December 31,
2016
   
December 31,
2017
 
Voyage expenses
           
Port charges and canal dues
   
34,850
     
578,468
 
Bunkers
   
47,777
     
1,817,850
 
Total
   
82,627
     
2,396,318
 
                 
Vessel operating expenses
               
Crew wages and related costs
   
2,621,166
     
4,616,900
 
Insurance
   
399,371
     
609,354
 
Repairs and maintenance
   
109,399
     
181,174
 
Lubricants
   
421,406
     
379,853
 
Spares and consumable stores
   
480,209
     
706,855
 
Professional and legal fees
   
97,584
     
186,306
 
Other
   
179,283
     
211,946
 
Total
   
4,308,418
     
6,892,388
 

F-30


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

15.            Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest rate swaps

Effective on August 8, 2017, Euroseas Ltd. entered into an interest rate swap with HSBC Bank Plc. ("HSBC") for a notional amount of $5.0 million, in order to manage interest costs and the risk associated with changing interest rates of the loans associated with M/V "Eirini P."/M/V "Tasos" and M/V "Pantelis" and, therefore, was allocated to the Company. Under the terms of the swap, HSBC Bank Plc. makes a quarterly payment to Euroseas equal to the 3-month LIBOR while Euroseas pays an adjustable rate averaging 1.93% (HSBC Bank Plc. makes a quarterly payment to the Company equal to the 3-month LIBOR while the Company pays the fixed rate of 1.40% until August 8, 2018 then 1.75% until August 8, 2019 then 1.85% until August 8, 2020  and then 2.32% until August 8, 2022) based on the notional amount. The swap is effective from August 8, 2017 to August 8, 2022.

The interest rate swap did not qualify for hedge accounting as of December 31, 2017.


Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
Balance Sheet Location
 
December 31, 2017
     
Interest rate swap contract
Long-term assets – Derivatives
51,453
     
Total derivative assets
 
51,453

 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Location of gain recognized
Year Ended December 31, 2017
Interest rate swap contract– Fair value
Gain on derivatives, net
51,453
Interest rate swap contract - Realized loss
Loss on derivatives, net
(2,286)
Total gain on derivatives
 
49,167

















F-31


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

16.            Financial Instruments

The principal financial assets of the Company consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable, other receivables, derivative and due from related companies. The principal financial liabilities of the Company consist of long-term bank loans, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and amount due to Parent Company.

Interest rate risk

The Parent Company has allocated to the Company an interest rate swap contract as economic hedge to manage some of its exposure to variability in its floating rate long term bank loans. Under the terms of the interest rate swap Euroseas and HSBC agreed to exchange, at specified intervals the difference between a paying fixed rate and receiving floating rate interest amount calculated by reference to the agreed principal amounts and maturities.  Interest rate swap allows Euroseas to convert long-term bank loans issued at floating rates into equivalent fixed rates. Even though the interest rate swap was entered into for economic hedging purposes, as noted in Note 15 it does not qualify for hedge accounting, under the guidance relating to Derivatives and Hedging , as Euroseas does not have currently written contemporaneous documentation identifying the risk being hedged and, both on a prospective and retrospective basis, performing an effectiveness test to support that the hedging relationship is highly effective. Consequently, the Company, to which the specific interest rate swap has been allocated by Euroseas, recognizes the change in fair value of the derivative in the "Gain on derivatives, net" in the "Combined carve-out statements of operations." As of December 31, 2017, the Company had one open swap contract allocated from the Parent Company for a notional amount of $5.0 million.
 
Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company places its temporary cash investments, consisting mostly of deposits, with high credit qualified financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluation of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions that are considered in the Company's investment strategy. The Company limits its credit risk with trade accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require collateral for its trade accounts receivable.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company follows guidance relating to "Fair value measurements", which establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements.  This statement enables the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The statement requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data;
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.
F-32


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

16.            Financial Instruments - continued

The fair value of the Company's interest rate swap contract is determined using a discounted cash flow approach based on market-based LIBOR swap rates.  LIBOR swap rates are observable at commonly quoted intervals for the full terms of the swap and therefore are considered Level 2 items. The fair value of the interest rate swap determined through Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as defined in guidance relating to "Fair value measurements" is derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets, liabilities (risk adjusted) and market-corroborated inputs, such as market comparables, interest rates, yield curves and other items that allow value to be determined.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

 
Fair Value Measurement  as of December 31, 2017
    
 
Total
(Level 1)
(Level 2)
(Level 3)
Assets
          
             
Interest rate swap contract, current and long-term portion
$51,453
-
$51,453
-
 
The estimated fair values of  the Company's financial instruments such as cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, trade accounts receivable, amounts due from related companies and due to Parent Company, trade accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their individual carrying amounts as of December 31, 2017.  Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are considered Level 1 items as they represent liquid assets with short-term maturities.   The fair value of the Company's long term bank loans approximates $38.6 million as of December 31, 2017 or approximately $0.2 million less than its carrying value of $38.8 million (excluding the unamortized deferred charges). The fair value of the long term bank loans is estimated based on interest rates offered to the Company for similar loans as of December 31, 2017. LIBOR rates are observable at commonly quoted intervals for the full terms of the loans and hence fair values of the long-term bank loans are considered Level 2 items in accordance with the fair value hierarchy due to their variable interest rate, being the LIBOR.

F-33


EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor
Notes to the combined carve-out financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017
(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

17.            Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events up to May 7, 2018, the date the combined carve-out financial statements were available to be issued.  The following events occurred after December 31, 2017:

On May 7, 2018, the Company took delivery of M/V Ekaterini (ex-Hull No. YZJ2013-1153), a 82,000 dwt drybulk vessel, built by the Yangzijiang shipyard in China.  The vessel was acquired for a contract price of $22.50 million after it reinstated the contract to build it in March 2017 plus construction expenses of approximately $1.40 million.  The Company had also paid an additional $3.85 million during the period from 2014 to 2016 when it entered into the original contract to build the vessel.  The vessel was financed by cash at hand and a $18.4 million loan, which was drawn down on May 7, 2018, pursuant to the loan agreement signed with HSBC Bank Plc on April 27, 2018.  The loan is payable in twenty consecutive quarterly instalments, eight in the amount of $400,000 and twelve in the amount of $325,000, with a $11,300,000 balloon payment to be made with the last installment.  The interest rate margin is 2.80% over LIBOR. The loan will be secured with (i) first priority mortgage over M/V "Ekaterini", (ii) first assignment of earnings and insurance of M/V "Ekaterini" and (iii) other covenants and guarantees similar to the remaining loans of the Company.
 
F-34

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
The bylaws of the Registrant provide that any person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant, or is or was serving at the request of the Registrant as a director or officer of another, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Registrant upon the same terms, under the same conditions, and to the same extent as authorized by Section 60 of the BCA, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
 
Section 60 of the BCA provides as follows:
 
Indemnification of directors and officers.
 
(1) Actions not by or in right of the corporation. A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
 
(2) Actions by or in right of the corporation. A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not, opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.
 
(3) When director or officer successful. To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.
 
(4) Payment of expenses in advance. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.
 
(5) Indemnification pursuant to other rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
 
 
II-1

 
(6) Continuation of indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
(7) Insurance. A corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.
 
Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
None.
 
Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
3.1
 
3.2
 
4.1
 
4.2
 
4.3
 
4.4
 
4.5
 
4.6
 
5.1
 
8.1
 
10.1
 
10.2
 
10.3
 
10.4
 
10.5
 
10.6
 
10.7
 
10.8
 
10.9
 
10.10
 
10.11
 
10.12   
10.13  
10.14   
10.15  
10.16  
10.17   
10.18   
10.19  
10.20   
10.21   
10.22  
10.23   
10.24   
10.25   
10.26   
14.1
 
21.1
 
23.1
 
23.2
 
23.3
 
24.1
 
     
 
 
II-2

 
Item 9. Undertakings
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 

 

 
II-3

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Maroussi, Greece on the 7th day of May, 2018.
 
 
EURODRY LTD.
(Registrant)
   
   
 
By:
/s/ Aristides J. Pittas
   
Aristides J. Pittas
   
Chairman, President and CEO

Date : May 7, 2018
 
Power of Attorney
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Aristides J. Pittas and Dr. Anastasios Aslidis, or either of them, with full power to act alone, his or her true lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements to this registration statement, whether pre-effective or post-effective, including any subsequent registration statement for the same distribution which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on
 
Signature
 
Title
 
 
 
/s/ Aristides J. Pittas
 
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  Aristides J. Pittas
 
 
/s/ Dr. Anastasios Aslidis
 
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
  Dr. Anastasios Aslidis
 
 
     
/s/ Aristides P. Pittas
 
Director
  Aristides P. Pittas
 
 
     
/s/ Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos
 
Director
  Panagiotis Kyriakopoulos
 
 
     
/s/ George Taniskidis
 
Director
  George Taniskidis
 
 
     
/s/ Apostolos Tamvakakis
 
Director
Apostolos Tamvakakis
   
     

 
Authorized Representative
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative of the Registrant in the United States, has signed this registration statement on Form F-1 in the City of Watchung, State of New Jersey, on May 7, 2018.
 

 
 
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/Dr. Anastasios Aslidis
 
 
 
 Dr. Anastasios Aslidis
 
 
 
  Authorized Representative in the United States
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF EURODRY LTD.
UNDER SECTION 90
OF THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT
I, Aristides J. Pittas, President of EURODRY LTD., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on January 8, 2018 (the "Corporation"), for the purpose of amending and restating the Articles of Incorporation of said Corporation pursuant to Section 93 of the Business Corporations Act, as amended, hereby certify:
1.
The name of the Corporation is: EURODRY LTD.
2.
The Articles of Incorporation (the "Original Articles of Incorporation") were filed with the Registrar of Corporations as of the 8th day of January, 2018.
3.
The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation was authorized to issue was 500.
4.
The Existing Articles of Incorporation are amended and restated in their entirety and are replaced by the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation attached hereto, pursuant to which the aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue shall be 220,000,000 (of which 20,000,000 shall be registered preferred shares), par value $0.01 per share.
5.
The amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was proposed by the directors and adopted by the shareholders by vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon at a meeting of shareholders.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation on this 5 day of May, 2018.
 
/s/ Aristides J. Pittas
 
 
Name:
Aristides J. Pittas
 
 
Title:
President
 
       


AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF


EURODRY LTD. (THE "CORPORATION")


PURSUANT TO THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT
A.
The name of the Corporation shall be:
EURODRY LTD.
B.
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the "BCA") and without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the corporation shall have the power:
(1)
To engage in ocean, coastwise and inland commerce, and generally in the carriage of freight, goods, cargo in bulk, passengers, mail and personal effects by water between the various ports of the world and to engage generally in waterborne commerce.
(2)
To act as ship's husband, ship brokers, custom house brokers, ship's agents, manager of shipping property, freight contractors, forwarding agents, warehousemen, wharfingers, ship chandlers, and general traders.
C.
The registered address of the Corporation in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. However, the Board of Directors may establish branches, offices or agencies in any place in the world and may appoint legal representatives anywhere in the world.
D.            (a)            The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is two hundred twenty million (220,000,000) registered shares (of which twenty million (20,000,000) shall be registered preferred shares); all of the shares shall have a par value of one cent (US$0.01) per share.
(b)
The Corporation is authorized, without further vote or action by the shareholders, to issue the said twenty million (20,000,000) registered preferred shares with a par value of one cent (US$0.01) per share. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to establish such series of preferred shares and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions as shall be stated in the resolutions providing for the issue of such preferred shares.
E.
No holder of shares of the Corporation shall, by reason thereof, have any preemptive or other preferential right to acquire, by subscription or otherwise, any unissued or treasury stock of the Corporation, or any other share of any class or series of the Corporation's shares to be issued because of an increase in the authorized capital stock of the Corporation, or any bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into shares of the Corporation. However, the Board of Directors may issue or dispose of any such unissued or treasury stock, or any such additional authorized issue of new shares or securities convertible into shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine, without offering to shareholders then of record, or any class of shareholders, any thereof, on the same terms or any terms.
F.
The Corporation shall have every power which a corporation now or hereafter organized under the BCA may have.



G.
The name and address of the incorporator is:
Name
 
Post Office Address
Majuro Nominees Ltd.
 
P.O. Box 1405 Majuro Marshall Islands
H.
Corporate existence began upon the filing the Original Articles of Incorporation with the Registrar of Corporations.
I.
The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of such number of Directors, not less than three, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors as provided in the by-laws. The Board shall be divided into three classes, each nearly equal in number as possible. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Cumulative voting, as defined in Division 7, Section 71(2) of the BCA, shall not be used to elect directors. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of 51% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article I.
J.
The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal by-laws of the Corporation by a vote of not less than 51% of the entire Board of Directors, and the shareholders may make additional by-laws and may alter, amend or repeal any by-law by a vote of not less than 51% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of 51% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article J.
K.            (a)            The Corporation may not engage in any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder for a period of three years following the time of the transaction in which the person became an Interested Shareholder, unless:
(1)
prior to such time, the Board of Directors of the Corporation approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder;
(2)
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder, the Interested Shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
(3)
at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 51% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder; or



(4)
the shareholder became an Interested Shareholder prior to the consummation of the initial public offering of the Corporation's common stock under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(b)
The restrictions contained in this section shall not apply if:
(1)
A shareholder becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceases to be an Interested Shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such shareholder, have been an Interested Shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or
(2)
The Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office (but not less than one) who were Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such Directors by a majority of such Directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:
(i)
a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of the shareholders of the Corporation is required);
(ii)
a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or
(iii)
a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation.
The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days notice to all Interested Shareholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (i) or (ii) of section (b)(2) of this Article K.
(c)
For the purpose of this Article K only, the term:
(1)
"Affiliate" means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.
(2)
"Associate," when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) Any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting shares; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.



(3)
"Business Combination," when used in reference to the Corporation and any Interested Shareholder of the Corporation, means:
(i)
Any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Shareholder or any of its affiliates, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Shareholder.
(ii)
Any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Shareholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares;
(iii)
Any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any shares, or any share of such subsidiary, to the Interested Shareholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger with a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation solely for purposes of forming a holding company; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the Interested Shareholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of said shares; or (E) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subparagraph shall there be an increase in the Interested Shareholder's proportionate share of the any class or series of shares;
(iv)
Any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, or securities convertible into such shares, which is owned by the Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Shareholder; or
(v)
Any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (i)-(iv) of this paragraph) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.
(4)
"Control," including the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with," means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20 percent or more of the outstanding voting shares of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.


(5)
"Interested Shareholder" means any person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided, however, that the term "Interested Shareholder" shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation; provided that such person shall be an Interested Shareholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting shares of the Corporation, except as a result of further Company action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, the voting shares of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include voting shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of paragraph (8) below, but shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
(6)
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.
(7)
"Voting stock" means, with respect to any corporation, shares of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity.
(8)
"Owner," including the terms "own" and "owned," when used with respect to any shares, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:
(i)
Beneficially owns such shares, directly or indirectly; or
(ii)
Has (A) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person's affiliates or associates until such tendered shares is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such person's right to vote such shares if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or
(iii)
Has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph), or disposing of such shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares.
(d)
Any amendment of this Article K shall not be effective until 12 months after the approval of such amendment at a meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation and shall not apply to any Business Combination between the Corporation and any person who became an Interested Shareholder of the Corporation at or prior to the time of such approval.
(e)
Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the by-laws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of 51% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article K.
L.
The Corporation may transfer its corporate domicile from the Marshall Islands to any other place in the world.

 
Exhibit 3.2

EURODRY LTD. (the "Corporation")

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY LAWS

As Adopted May 5, 2018

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be at such place or places as the directors shall from time to time determine.  The Corporation may also have an office or offices at such other places within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II
SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.   Annual Meeting:   The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board of Directors (the "Board") may determine for the purpose of electing directors and or transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman's absence, another person designated by the Board shall act as the Chairman of all annual meetings of shareholders.

Section 2.   Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders: No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof); (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof); or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder of the Corporation (i) who is a shareholder of record of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in Section 2 of this Article II and has remained a shareholder of record of at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation through the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2 of this Article II.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation (the "Secretary").

To be timely a shareholder's notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one-hundred fifty (150) days nor more than one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to the one year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders.



In no event shall the public disclosure of any adjournment of an annual meeting of the shareholders commence a new time period for the giving of the shareholder's notice described herein.

To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such shareholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in such business and (v) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.  In addition, notwithstanding anything in Section 2 of this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a Director at an annual meeting must comply with Article III Section 3 of these By Laws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.

No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2 of this Article II; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in Section 2 of this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business.  If the Chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 3. Special Meeting:   A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, or by the Chairman of the Board, or by the President. No other person or persons are permitted to call a special meeting.  No business may be conducted at the special meeting other than business brought before the meeting by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President. The Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman's absence, another person designated by the Board shall act as the Chairman of all meetings of shareholders.  If the Chairman of the special meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the special meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

Section 4.   Notice of Meetings:   Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise prescribed by law, stating the date, time, place and purpose thereof, and in the case of special meetings, the name of the person or persons at whose direction the notice is being issued, shall be given personally or sent by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex or teleprinter at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each
2


shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such meeting would be entitled to have his shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect.  If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail, directed to the shareholder at his address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary.  Notice of a meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior to the conclusion thereof the lack of notice to him.

Section 5. Adjournments:   Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the meeting is-adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 4 of this Article II.

Section 6. Quorum:   At all meetings of shareholders, except as otherwise expressly provided by law, there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meetings in order to constitute a quorum, but if less than a quorum is present, a majority of those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all meetings of shareholders for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election shall be sufficient to elect directors.

Section 7.   Voting:   If a quorum is present, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders.  At any meeting of shareholders, with respect to matter for which a shareholder is entitled to vote, each such shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share it holds.  Each shareholder may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date such proxy was authorized unless otherwise provided in the proxy.  A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in the law of the Marshall Islands to support an irrevocable power.  A shareholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation.  Shareholders may act by way of unanimous written consent in accordance with the provisions of Section 67 of the BCA.

Section 8.   Fixing of Record Date:   The Board of Directors may fix a time not more than sixty (60) nor less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders as the time as of which shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such a meeting shall be determined, and all persons who were holders of record of voting shares at such time and no other shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.  The Board of Directors may fix a time not exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend, the making of any distribution, the allotment of any rights or the taking of any other action, as a record time for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, or allotment or for the purpose of such other action.

3


ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

Section 1.   Number:   The affairs, business and property of the Corporation shall be managed by a Board of Directors to consist of such number of directors, not less than three, as shall be fixed by a vote of not less than 51% of the entire Board from time to time.  The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of one or more series of preferred stock voting separately as a class pursuant to the provisions of a resolution of the Board providing for the establishment of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes:  Class A, Class B and Class C, which shall be as nearly equal in number as possible. The shareholders, acting at a duly constituted meeting thereof, or by unanimous written consent of all shareholders, shall initially designate directors as Class A, Class B or Class C directors.  Should the number of directors be increased, there shall be no classification of the additional directors until the next annual meeting of shareholders or the shareholders have classified such additional directors by unanimous written consent of all shareholders.  The initial term of office of each class of directors shall be as follows: the directors first designated as Class A directors shall serve for a term expiring at the 2018 annual meeting of the shareholders, the directors first designated as Class B directors shall serve for a term expiring at the 2019 annual meeting, and the directors first designated as Class C directors shall serve for a term expiring at the 2020 annual meeting.  At each annual meeting after such initial term, directors to replace those whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting.  Each director shall serve his respective term of office until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.  The directors need not be residents of the Marshall Islands or shareholders of the Corporation.  Corporations may, to the extent permitted by law, be elected or appointed directors.

Section 2.   How Elected:   Except as otherwise provided by law or in Section 5 of this Article III, the directors of the Corporation (other than the first Board of Directors if named in the Articles of Incorporation or designated by the incorporators) shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1 of this Article III, each Director shall be elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office.

Section 3.   Nomination of Directors:   Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any shareholders of the Corporation (i) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in Section 3 of this Article III and on the record date for the determination of shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Article III.

4


In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one-hundred fifty (150) days nor more than one-hundred eighty (180) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders.

To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth; (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to issuers that are not foreign private issuers and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such shareholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person and persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (iv) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3 of this Article III.  If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 4. Removal:   Any or all of the directors may be removed, with cause by the affirmative vote of holders of 51% of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Corporation.  Any director may be removed for cause by action of the Board of Directors.  No director may be removed without cause by either the shareholders or the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, cause for the removal of a director shall be deemed to exist only if the director whose removal is proposed: (i) has been convicted, or has been granted immunity to testify in any proceeding in which another has been convicted, of a felony by a court of competent jurisdiction and that conviction is no longer subject to direct appeal; (ii) has been
5


found to have been negligent or guilty of misconduct in the performance of his duties to the Corporation in any matter of substantial importance to the Corporation by (A) the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the directors then in office at any meeting of the Board of Directors called for that purpose or (B) a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) has been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be mentally incompetent, which mental incompetence directly affects his ability to serve as a director of the Corporation.

No proposal by a shareholder to remove a director shall be voted upon at a meeting of the shareholders unless such shareholder has given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary.  To be timely, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of the shareholders.  To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice must set forth: (a) a statement of the grounds, if any, on which such director is proposed to be removed, (b) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Secretary, of such shareholder's status as such and of the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by such shareholder, and (c) a list of the names and addresses of other shareholders of the Corporation, if any, with whom such shareholder is acting in concert, and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by each such shareholder.

No shareholder proposal to remove a director shall be voted upon at an annual meeting of the shareholders unless proposed in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4 of this Article III.  If the Chairman of the meeting determines, based on the facts, that a shareholder proposal to remove a director was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that a proposal to remove a director of the Corporation was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these By Laws, and such defective proposal shall be disregarded.

All of the foregoing provisions of Section 4 of this Article III are subject to the terms of any preferred stock with respect to the directors to be elected solely by the holders of such preferred stock.

Section 5.   Vacancies:   Vacancies in the Board of Directors occurring by death, resignation, creation of new directorship, failure of the shareholders to elect the whole class of directors required to be elected at any annual election of directors or for any other reason, including removal of directors for cause, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, at any special meeting called for that purpose or at any regular meeting of the Board.

Section 6.   Regular meetings:   Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such time and place as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors and no notice shall be required for any regular meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting.

6


Section 7. Special meeting: Special meetings of the Board of Directors may, unless otherwise prescribed by law, be called from time to time by the Chairman, the President, or any officer of the Corporation who is also a director.  The President or the Secretary shall call a special meeting of the Board upon written request directed to either of them by any two directors stating the time, place and purpose of such special meeting.  Special meetings of the Board shall be held on a date and at such time and at such place as may be designated in the notice thereof by the officer calling the meeting.

Section 8. Notice of Special Meeting:   Notice of the special date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director at least forty eight (48) hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or delivered in person, in which case it shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting.  For the purpose of this section, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if given to him personally (including by telephone) or if such notice be delivered to such Director by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex or teleprinter to his last known address Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to the conclusion thereof, the lack of notice to him.

Section 9. Quorum:   A majority of the directors at the time in office, present in person or by proxy or conference telephone, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

Section 10. Interested Directors.   No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board of Directors as defined in Section 55 of the BCA, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors; or (ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof or the shareholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

Section 11.   Voting:   The vote of the majority of the directors, present in person or by proxy or conference telephone, at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the directors.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing.

7


Section 12. Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees: The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, fix the amounts which shall be payable to members of the Board of Directors and to members of any committee, for attendance at the meetings of the Board or of such committee and for services rendered to the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

Executive Committee and Other Committees:   The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate from among its members an executive committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, which, to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions, or in these By Laws, shall have and may exercise, to the extent permitted by law, the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it provided, however, that no committee shall have the power or authority to (i) fill a vacancy in the Board of Directors or in a committee thereof, (ii) amend or repeal any By-law or adopt any new By-law, (iii) amend or repeal any resolution of the entire Board, (iv) or increase the number of directors on the Board of Directors, or (v) remove any Director.  In addition, the Board may designate from among its members other committees to consist of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, each of which shall perform such functions and have such authority and powers as shall be delegated to such committee by said resolution or resolutions or as provided for in these By Laws, except that only the executive committee may have and exercise the powers of the Board of Directors.  Members of the executive committee and any other committee shall hold office for such period as may be prescribed by the vote of the entire Board of Directors, subject, however, to removal at any time by the vote of the Board of Directors.  Vacancies in membership of such committees shall be filled by vote of the Board of Directors.  Committees may adopt their own rules of procedures and may meet at stated times or on such notice as they may determine.  Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

Section 1.   Number and Designation:   The Board of Directors shall elect a President, Secretary and Treasurer and such other officers as it may deem necessary.  Officers may be of any nationality and need not be residents of the Marshall Islands.  The Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual election of directors, (except that the initial officers may be named by the Board at its first meeting following such Board's appointment in the Articles of Incorporation or as designated by the incorporators) but in the event of the failure of the Board to so elect any officer, such officer may be elected at any subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.  The salaries of officers and any other compensation paid to them shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may at any meeting elect additional officers.  Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual election of directors and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified except in the event of the earlier termination of his term of office, through death, resignation, removal or otherwise.  Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause.  Any vacancy in an office may be filled for the unexpired position of the term of such office by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

8


Section 2. President:   In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the President of the Corporation shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders at which he or she shall be present.  The President shall perform all duties incident to the office of president of a corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or as may be provided by law.

Section 3.   Secretary:   The Secretary shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors at which he is present, shall have supervision over the giving and serving of notices of the Corporation, shall be the custodian of the corporate records of the corporate seal of the Corporation, shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to those documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation under its seal, is duly authorized and when so affixed may attest the same, and shall exercise the powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the President.

Section 4.   Treasurer:     The Treasurer shall have general supervision over the care and custody of the funds, securities, and other valuable effects of the Corporation and shall deposit the same or cause the same to be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board of Directors may designate, shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall have supervision over the accounts of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, shall, whenever required by the Board, render or cause to be rendered financial statements of the Corporation, shall have the power and perform the duties usually incident to the office of Treasurer, and shall have such powers and perform other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or President.

Section 5. Other Officers:   Officers other than those treated in Sections 2 through 4 of this Article V shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the President.

Section 6. Bond:     The Board of Directors shall have power to the extent permitted by law to require any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation to give bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form and with such surety as the Board of Directors may deem advisable.

ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 1. Form and Issuance:     The Shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates in form meeting the requirements of law and approved by the Board of Directors.  Certificates shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer.  These signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employee.

Section 2. Transfer:   The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of certificates representing shares of the Corporation's stock, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

9


Section 3. Loss of Stock Certificates:   The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate of stock to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

ARTICLE VII
DIVIDENDS

Declaration and Form:   Dividends may be declared in conformity with applicable law by, and at the discretion of, the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.  Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, stock or other property of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1.   Indemnification:    Any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation upon the same terms, under the same conditions, and to the same extent as authorized by Section 60 of the Business Corporation Act of the Marshall Islands, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Section 2.  Insurance : The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these By Laws.

ARTICLE IX
CORPORATE SEAL

Form:   The Seal of the Corporation, if any, shall be circular in form, with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and such other appropriate legend as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR

Fiscal Year : The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such period of twelve consecutive months as the Board of Directors may by resolution designate.

10


ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENTS

Amendments : These By Laws may be amended, added to, altered or repealed, or new By Laws may be adopted, solely at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of 51% of the entire Board.  The phrase "51% of the entire Board" shall be deemed to refer to 51% of the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors as set forth in accordance with Article III, without regard to any vacancies, or if the number of Directors constituting 51% of the entire Board is greater than the number of members of the Board then in office, the unanimous vote of Directors in office.
 
11

Exhibit 4.1

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
    
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
 
 
 
 
Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
 
 
 
     
 
Dated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. The signature of the person executing this power must be guaranteed by an Eligible Credit Union, or a Savings Association participating in a Medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, Inc.
 
 
 
 
  
Signature(s) Guaranteed


 
The signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17A d -15.

THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO EVIDENCES AND ENTITLES THE HOLDER HEREOF TO CERTAIN RIGHTS AS SET FORTH IN A SHAREHOLDERS RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN EURODRY LTD. AND AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER AND TRUST COMPANY, LLC, AS THE RIGHTS AGENT (THE "RIGHTS AGREEMENT"), THE TERMS OF WHICH ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF EURODRY LTD.  UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SUCH RIGHTS WILL BE EVIDENCED BY SEPARATE CERTIFICATES AND WILL NO LONGER BE EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. EURODRY LTD. WILL MAIL TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE A COPY OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE AFTER RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR.  UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR ANY AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE CORPORATION A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE
Exhibit 4.2
 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                          hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
    
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
 
 
 
 
Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
 
 
 
     
 
Dated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. The signature of the person executing this power must be guaranteed by an Eligible Credit Union, or a Savings Association participating in a Medallion program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, Inc.
 
 
 
 
  
Signature(s) Guaranteed


 
The signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17A d -15.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR DESTROYED THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE CORPORATION A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE



Exhibit 4.3

CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE AGREEMENT

This contribution and conveyance agreement (this "Agreement") is entered into as of May   , 2018, among Euroseas Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation ("Euroseas") and EuroDry Ltd., a Marshall Islands limited liability company ("EuroDry"). The foregoing shall be referred to individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties."

RECITALS

A. Euroseas intends to transfer a portion of its fleet to a wholly-owned subsidiary, which subsidiary will subsequently be spun off to current shareholders of Euroseas (the "Spin-Off").  Concurrently with the Spin-Off, Euroseas intends to list the shares of the subsidiary to be spun off on Nasdaq.   The board of directors of Euroseas, and the board of directors of EuroDry, as well of the shareholders of EuroDry, have authorized to effect the actions set forth below at the times and in the order set forth below.
B. To accomplish the objectives and purposes in the preceding recital, the following actions have been taken prior to the date of this Agreement:

(1) Euroseas formed EuroDry pursuant to the Marshall Islands Business Corporation Act and contributed $1,000 in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of EuroDry;
(2) Euroseas owns all of the outstanding shares (the "Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares") of (i) Pantelis Shipping Corp., a Liberian corporation ("PSC"), which owns the Drybulk vessel Pantelis ; (ii) Eirini Shipping Ltd., Liberian corporation ("ESL"), which owns the Drybulk vessel Eirini P. , (iii) Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation ("KOS"), which owns the Drybulk vessel Xenia ; (iv)  Areti Shipping Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation ("ASL"), which owns the Drybulk vessel Tasos ; (v) Ultra One Shipping Ltd., a Liberian corporation ("UOS"), which owns the Drybulk vessel Alexandros P ; (vi) Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation ("KTS"), which owns the Drybulk vessel Ekaterini (the Pantelis , the Eirini P. , the Xenia , the Tasos , the Alexandros P , and the Ekaterini collectively, the "Vessels"); and (vii) Ultra Two Shipping Ltd., a Liberian corporation ("UTS" and, together with PSC, ESL, KOS, ASL, UOS, and KTS, the "Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries").
 
C. Effective on the date of this Agreement, each of the following transactions shall occur in accordance with and pursuant to this Agreement:

(1) Euroseas will contribute all of the Vessel-Owing Subsidiary Shares to EuroDry as a capital contribution in exchange for              common shares (the "EuroDry Common Shares") and                  shares of Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares                of EuroDry (the "EuroDry Preferred" and, together with the EuroDry Common Shares, the "EuroDry Shares");
(2) Euroseas will distribute the EuroDry Common Shares to its shareholders pro rata as a special dividend; and
(3) The agreements of articles and bylaws of the aforementioned entities will be amended and restated to the extent necessary to reflect the applicable matters set forth above and in Article I of this Agreement, to the extent required.
1




AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual undertakings and agreements hereunder, the Parties undertake and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
CONTRIBUTIONS AND CONVEYANCE

1.1  Contributions and Specific Conveyances . The Parties acknowledge and agree that the following actions hereby occur in the following order effective on the date of this Agreement:

(a) Contribution by Euroseas of the Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares to EuroDry as a capital contribution, and EuroDry hereby acknowledges receipt of the Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares;
(b) Delivery by EuroDry of the EuroDry Shares to Euroseas in exchange for Euroseas' capital contribution, and Euroseas hereby acknowledges receipt of the Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares; and
(c) To further evidence the transfer of the EuroDry Shares or the Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares reflected in this Agreement, each party making such transfer will have executed and delivered to the party receiving the EuroDry Shares or  Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares, as applicable, certain conveyance, stock transfer form, assignment and bill of sale instruments (the "Specific Conveyances"). The Specific Conveyances shall evidence and perfect such transfer made by this Agreement and shall not constitute a second conveyance of any assets or interests therein and shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF EUROSEAS; DISCLAIMER

2.1  Representations and Warranties . Euroseas hereby represents and warrants that:

(a) Each of the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries has been duly formed or incorporated and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of formation or incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to operate its assets, including the vessel owned by each such Vessel-Owning Subsidiary, and conduct its business as described in the registration statement on Form F-1 submitted by EuroDry to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the Spin-Off, as amended (the "Registration Statement");
(b) Correct and complete copies of the articles of association, articles of incorporation, by-laws, other organizational documents and all material agreements (as amended to the date of this Agreement) of the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries have been made available to EuroDry;
(c) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements required to be executed and delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement in connection with the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been duly authorized by all necessary actions by Euroseas and, to the extent applicable, each Vessel-Owning Subsidiary, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Euroseas and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Euroseas enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, reconstruction and other similar laws of general application affecting the enforceability of remedies and rights of creditors and except that equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction are in the discretion of a court;
(d) The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement will not conflict with or result in any violation of or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or result in the acceleration of any obligation under, or constitute a default under any provision of: (i) the articles of association, articles of incorporation or by-laws or other organizational documents of Euroseas or any of the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries (the "Euroseas Parties" and each, a "Euroseas Party"); (ii) any lien, encumbrance, security interest, pledge, mortgage, charge, other claim, bond, indenture, agreement, contract, franchise license, permit or other instrument or obligation to which any Euroseas Party is a party or is subject or by which any of such Euroseas Party's assets or properties may be bound; (iii) any applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, rules or regulations promulgated by a governmental authority, orders of a governmental authority, judicial decisions, decisions of arbitrators or determinations of any governmental authority or court ("Laws"); or (iv) any charter or vessel management agreement to which any Euroseas Party is a party or any material provision of any material contract to which a Euroseas Party is a party or by which a Euroseas Party's properties are bound;
2


(e) Except as have already been obtained or that will be obtained in the ordinary course of business, no consent, permit, approval or authorization of, notice or declaration to or filing with any governmental authority or any other person, including those related to any environmental laws or regulations or the charters or vessel management agreements related to the vessels owned by the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries, is required in connection with the execution and delivery by any Euroseas Party of this Agreement or the consummation by any Euroseas Party of the transactions contemplated hereunder;
(f) The Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares are validly issued in accordance with the applicable articles of association or incoporation and are fully paid and non-assessable;
(g) Euroseas owns the entire beneficial interest in the Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares and has good legal title to the same, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, pledges, mortgages, charges or other claims;
(h) There is no outstanding agreement, contract, option, commitment or other right or understanding in favor of, or held by, any person to acquire the Vessel-Owning Subsidiary Shares or the assets of the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries, including but not limited to the Vessels , that has not been terminated or otherwise waived;
(i) Each of the charters and the vessel management agreements to which each applicable Vessel-Owning Subsidiary is a party (as amended to the date of this Agreement) has been made available to EuroDry and is a valid and binding agreement of the Vessel-Owning Subsidiary party to such charter or agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms and, to the knowledge of such Vessel-Owning Subsidiary, of all other parties thereto enforceable in accordance with its terms;
(j) The Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries have fulfilled all material obligations required pursuant to the charters (described in (i) above) and the vessel management agreements to have been performed by them prior to the date of this Agreement and have not waived any material rights thereunder; and no material default or breach exists in respect thereof on their part or, to their knowledge, any of the other parties thereto and, to their knowledge, no event has occurred which, after giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute such a material default or breach;
(n) Except for such liabilities, debts obligations, encumbrances, defects, restrictions or claims of a general nature and magnitude that would arise in connection with the operation of vessels of the same type as the Vessels in the ordinary course of business, there are no liabilities, debts or obligations of, encumbrances, defects or restrictions with respect to, or claims against the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries or any of the assets owned by the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries, including the Vessels, other than those arising under the credit facilities described in the annual report on Form 20-F of Euroseas filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2018, as amended; and
(o) The Vessels   are (i) adequate and suitable for use by the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries in the Vessel-Owning Subsidiaries' business as presentlyconducted by them in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (ii) seaworthy in all material respects for hull and machinery insurance warranty purposes and is in good running order and repair; (iii) insured against all risks, and in amounts, consistent with common industry practices; (iv) in compliance with maritime laws and regulations; (v) duly registered under the flag of the Marshall Islands; and (vi) in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of its present class and classification society; and all class certificates of each of the Vessels are clean and valid and free of recommendations affecting class.
3


2.2  Disclaimer of Warranties . EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT NONE OF THE PARTIES HAS MADE, DOES NOT MAKE, AND EACH SUCH PARTY SPECIFICALLY NEGATES AND DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, PROMISES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS OR GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, ORAL OR WRITTEN, PAST OR PRESENT, REGARDING (A) THE VALUE, NATURE, QUALITY OR CONDITION OF THE ASSETS OWNED BY THE VESSEL-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE ASSETS GENERALLY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PRESENCE OR LACK OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR OTHER MATTERS ON SUCH ASSETS, (B) THE INCOME TO BE DERIVED FROM SUCH ASSETS, (C) THE SUITABILITY OF SUCH ASSETS FOR ANY AND ALL ACTIVITIES AND USES THAT MAY BE CONDUCTED THEREON OR THEREWITH, (D) THE COMPLIANCE OF OR BY SUCH ASSETS OR THEIR OPERATION WITH ANY LAWS (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY ZONING, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, POLLUTION OR LAND USE LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, ORDERS OR REQUIREMENTS), OR (E) THE HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, MARKETABILITY, PROFITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF SUCH ASSETS. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SUCH PARTY HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT THE ASSETS OF THE VESSEL-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES, AND SUCH PARTY IS RELYING SOLELY ON ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE ASSETS OF THE VESSEL-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES AND NOT ON ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OTHER PARTY. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROVIDED IN ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, NONE OF THE PARTIES IS LIABLE OR BOUND IN ANY MANNER BY ANY VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE ASSETS OF THE VESSEL-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES FURNISHED BY ANY AGENT, EMPLOYEE, SERVANT OR THIRD PARTY. THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE OF THE INTERESTS OR THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION OF ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS OF THE VESSEL-OWNING SUBSIDIARIES THAT MAY ARISE PURSUANT TO ANY LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.
 
ARTICLE III
FURTHER ASSURANCES

3.1  Further Assurances . From time to time after the date of this Agreement, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable Law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended so to be and (c) to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
3.2  Power of Attorney . Each Party that has conveyed any interests as reflected by this Agreement (collectively, the "Conveying Parties") hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner (the "Attorney-in-Fact") its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution for it and in its name, place and stead or otherwise on behalf of the applicable Conveying Party and its successors and assigns, and for the benefit of the Attorney-in-Fact to demand and receive from time to time the interests contributed and conveyed by this Agreement (or intended so to be) and to execute in the name of the applicable Conveying Party and its successors and assigns instruments of conveyance, instruments of further assurance and to give receipts and releases in respect of the same, and from time to time to institute and prosecute in the name of the applicable Conveying Party for the benefit of the Attorney-in-Fact, any and all proceedings at law, in equity or otherwise which the Attorney-in-Fact may deem proper in order to (a) collect, assert or enforce any claims, rights or titles of any kind in and to the Interests, (b) defend and compromise any and all actions, suits or proceedings in respect of any of the Interests, and (c) do any and all such acts and things in furtherance of this Agreement as the Attorney-in-Fact shall deem advisable. Each Conveying Party hereby declares that the appointment hereby made and the powers hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are and shall be irrevocable and perpetual and shall not be terminated by any act of any Conveying Party or its successors or assigns or by operation of law.
4


ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS

4.1  Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Parties in this Agreement and in or under any documents, instruments and agreements delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will survive the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby regardless of any independent investigations that EuroDry may make or cause to be made, or knowledge it may have, prior to the date of this Agreement and will continue in full force and effect for a period of one year from the date of this Agreement. At the end of such period, such representations and warranties will terminate, and no claim may be brought by EuroDry against Euroseas thereafter in respect of such representations and warranties, except for claims that have been asserted by EuroDry prior to the date of this Agreement.
4.2  Costs . EuroDry shall pay any and all sales, use and similar taxes arising out of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made hereunder, and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed, and conveyance taxes and fees required in connection therewith.
 
4.3  Headings; References; Interpretation . All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles and Sections shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement, respectively. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word "including" following any general statement, term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as "without limitation," "but not limited to," or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.

4.4  Successors and Assigns . The Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.
4.5  No Third Party Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
4.6  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the parties hereto.
4.7  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York. Each of the parties hereto submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (or, if jurisdiction in that court is not available, then any state court located within the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York) for any and all legal actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
4.8  Severability . If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid, and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect, as nearly as possible, to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.
5



4.9  Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment . To the extent required and permitted by applicable Law, this Agreement shall also constitute a "deed," "bill of sale" or "assignment" of the Interests.
4.10  Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties hereto.
 
4.11  Integration . This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to its subject matter hereof. This Agreement and such instruments contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the Parties hereto after the date of this Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
 
6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Contribution and Conveyance Agreement has been duly executed by the parties set forth below.
 
       
 
EUROSEAS LTD.
     
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title
 
 
   
   
 
EURODRY LTD.
     
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title
 
 

 
7
Exhibit 4.4
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this " Agreement ") is entered into as of May  , 2018, by and among EuroDry Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (together with its successors, the " Company "), Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company together with its successors and permitted assigns, and subject to the additional terms provided for such definition in Section 1 hereof, (" Tennenbaum "), [Preferred Friends] (" Preferred Friends "), [Family United] (" Family ") and Friends Investment Company, Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (" FIC ").
Recitals
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of that certain Purchase Agreement among the Company and the Holder dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the " Tennenbaum Purchase Agreement "), the Holder has acquired Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of the Company (the " Series B Preferred Shares ");
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of that certain Purchase Agreement among the Company and Preferred Friends as of the date hereof (as  amended from time to time, the " Preferred Friends Purchase Agreement "   and, together with the Tennenbaum Purchase Agreement, the " Purchase Agreements "), Preferred Friends has acquired Series B Convertible Preferred Shares;
WHEREAS, , as of the date hereof, Tennenbaum owns  shares (the " Tennenbaum Common Stock ") of common stock having a par value of $0.01, of the Company (" Common Stock "), Family United owns               shares of Common Stock (the " Family United Common Stock ") and FIC owns              shares of Common Stock (the " FIC Common Stock ");
WHEREAS, FIC and Family United have entered into separate registration rights agreements with Euroseas Ltd., the parent of the Company prior to the spin-off of the Company on this date (the " Parent Agreements "and, together with the Purchase Agreements, the " Agreements "   ); and
WHEREAS, in order to induce the Holder and Preferred Friends to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreements and in connection with rights granted to FIC and Family United under the Parent Agreements, the Company has agreed to grant independently to the Holder, Preferred Friends, Family United and FIC (together, the " Holders " and each, a " Holder ")  the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.            Definitions.
As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
" Affiliate " means, in regard to a specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. As used in this definition, "control" (including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
" Agent " means the principal placement agent on an agented placement of Registrable Securities.
" Agreement " has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.
"Approved Underwriters" means any of the following or their respective successors or Affiliates: Barclays Capital Inc.; Citigroup Global Markets Inc.; Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC; Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.; Goldman, Sachs & Co.; Jefferies LLC; J.P. Morgan Securities LLC; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated; Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC; RBC Capital Markets LLC; Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated; UBS Securities LLC; and Wells Fargo Securities LLC.
" Business Day " means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.
" Commission " means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
" Common Stock" has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.
" Company " has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.
" Company Public Sale " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
" Conversion Price " means the Conversion Price as defined (and as adjusted) in the Statement of Designation, or, if the promissory note attached to the Statement of Designation has been issued, then the Conversion shall be as defined (and as adjusted) in such issued promissory note.
" Conversion Shares " means the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares or upon conversion of any promissory notes into which Series B Preferred Shares have been converted under the Statement of Designation.
" Cutback " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
" Event " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).
2

" Event Date " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e).
" Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor act.
" Family United " shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.
" FIC " shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.
"FINRA" means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
" Holdback Period " has the meaning set forth in Section 4(d).
" Holder(s) " has the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof, and shall include the transferee of any or all of such Person's Registrable Securities acquiring rights in accordance with Section 8(j) hereof whenever such Person owns of record Registrable Securities.  If the Company receives conflicting instructions, notices or elections from two or more Persons with respect to the same Registrable Securities, the Company may act upon the basis of the instructions, notice or election received from the registered owner of such Registrable Securities.
 " Other Holder Underwritten Offering " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).
 " Other Permitted Restrictions " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
" Parent Agreement " has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.
" Person " means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, estate, or unincorporated organization, or other entity, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
" Preferred Friends " shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.
" Piggyback Registration " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b).
" Preferred Friends   Purchase Agreements " has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.
" Prospectus " means the prospectus included in a registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement or free-writing prospectus with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.
" Purchase Agreements " has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.
" Registrable Securities " means (i) the   Conversion Shares ; (ii) the Tennenbaum Common Shares; (iii) the Family United Common Shares; (iv) the FIC Common Shares; ( v) any securities issued pursuant to a stock split or a reclassification of, or in substitution for, any Conversion Shares, Tennenbaum Common Shares, Family United Common Shares or FIC Common Shares; and ( iii ) any securities issued in exchange for or in substitution of Conversion Shares, Tennenbaum Common Shares, Family United Common Shares or FIC Common Shares in any merger, combination or reorganization of or similar transaction involving the Company .  For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the then-existing right to acquire such Registrable Securities (by conversion, exchange, purchase or otherwise), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected and whether or not the Company or any other Person has the right to redeem the securities exchangeable for the Registrable Securities in lieu of issuing the Registrable Securities.
3

" Registration Statement " means any registration statement of the Company pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act which covers the issuance or resale of the Registrable Securities (including a registration statement registering for sale any Registrable Securities pursuant to a Piggyback Registration) on such form as the Company is eligible to use under Rule 415, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including any Prospectus, all exhibits thereto and all materials incorporated by reference therein, and including any information deemed to be a part thereof as of the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A, 430E or 430C.
" Rule 144 ," " Rule 144A ," " Rule 145 ," " Rule 158 ," " Rule 415 ," " Rule 424 ," " Rule 430A ," " Rule 430C ," " Rule 430E ," " Rule 43 3" or " Rule 461 " means Rule 144, Rule 144A, Rule 145, Rule 158, Rule 415, Rule 424, Rule 430A, Rule 430C, Rule 430E, Rule 433 and Rule 461, respectively, promulgated under the Securities Act, and any successor rule or regulation under the Securities Act.
" Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor act.
" Selling Holder " means, with respect to a specified Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, any Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in such Registration Statement.
" Series B Preferred Shares " has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.
" Statement of Designation " means the Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of the Corporation filed with the Registrar of Corporations of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
" Tennenbaum Purchase Agreements " has the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.
 " Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering " has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).
 " Trading Day " means any day on which the Common Stock is traded on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded; provided that "Trading Day" shall not include any day on which the Common Stock is scheduled to trade on such exchange or market for less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Common Stock is suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such exchange or market, then during the hour ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time).
" Transfer " means and includes the act of selling, giving, transferring, creating a trust (voting or otherwise), assigning or otherwise disposing of (other than pledging, hypothecating or otherwise transferring as security or any transfer upon any merger or consolidation) (and correlative words shall have correlative meanings); provided , however , that any transfer or other disposition upon foreclosure or other exercise of remedies of a secured creditor after an event of default under or with respect to a pledge, hypothecation or other transfer as security shall constitute a Transfer.
4

" Underwriters' Representative " means the managing underwriter, or, in the case of a co-managed underwriting, the managing underwriter designated as the Underwriters' Representative by the co-managers.
" Underwritten Offering " has the meaning set forth in Section 4(d) and shall include a Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering and a FIC Underwritten Offering.
" Violation " has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(i).
" VWAP " means volume-weighted average price.
Section 2.            (a)  Shelf Registration Statement .  Not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date hereof, the Company shall file a Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders (or their donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest) of the Holders' Registrable Securities.  The Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission within two hundred forty (240) days after the date hereof. The Company agrees to use its best efforts to keep the Registration Statement continuously effective with respect to all Registrable Securities of such Holder or Holders for a period expiring on the earlier of (x) the date on which all of such Holder's Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Registration Statement, and (y) when all Registrable Securities may be resold pursuant to Rule 144 without any volume or manner of sale limitations, and further agrees during such period to supplement or amend the Registration Statement, if and as required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for a shelf registration to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales by the Holder of the Registrable Securities (or, if necessary, file a new Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders (or their donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors-in-interest) of the Holders' Registrable Securities).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be permitted to suspend the use of any then effective Registration Statement if the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company certifies to the Holders in writing of (i) the existence of circumstances relating to a material pending development, including the need to update or modify financial information or a pending or contemplated material acquisition or merger or other material transaction or event, which would require additional disclosure by the Company in the Registration Statement of previously non-public material information which the Company in its good faith judgment has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the nondisclosure of which in the Registration Statement might cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements, or (ii) the unavailability of financial statements required by such form of Registration Statement as the Company is eligible to use; provided, however, that the Company may not delay, suspend or withdraw a Registration Statement more than ninety (90) days in the aggregate during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months pursuant to this Section 2(a); and provided, further, that the Holders acknowledge and accept that in addition to the 90-days referenced above, they may not be permitted to sell their Registrable Securities even after such a Registration Statement is filed and effective, due to any restrictions under applicable securities laws, including as a result of any "blackout" periods adopted by the Company and applicable to the Company's directors, any Holdback Periods or periods imposed by the SEC due to the SEC's review following a required post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement (collectively, " Other Permitted Restrictions ").  The Company is not required to file a separate Registration Statement, but may file one Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities held by more than one Holder.  If, as a result of applicable law or based upon comments received by the Commission, all of the Registrable Securities to be included in the Registration Statement cannot be so included (a " Cutback "), then the Company shall only include in the Registration Statement the number of Registrable Securities permitted to be so included (reduced pro rata) and the Company shall thereafter prepare and file additional Registration Statements as soon as permitted to register for resale any Registrable Securities previously omitted from the Registration Statement and any such failure to register for resale any such Registrable Securities due to a Cutback shall not count towards the 90-day period referenced above.  The Company understands and agrees that the effectiveness of the Registration Statement may be required to be maintained for greater than three (3) years.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, for any reason, a Registration Statement is not in effect after two hundred and forty (240) days from the date hereof (other than for the reasons set forth in this Section 2(a) or because such Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commissions despite the Company's best efforts, provided that the Company shall continue its best efforts to have the Registration Statement declared effective as soon as possible), each Holder shall, subject to Section 2(d) in the case of an underwritten offering, have the right to require the Company to register under the Securities Act all or part of the Registrable Securities.
5

(b) Piggy-Back Registration .  (i) If the Company at any time proposes to file a registration statement on Form F-1, F-3 or otherwise, with respect to any offering of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other Persons (other than (i) a Registration under Section 2(a), (ii) a registration statement on Form F-4 or S-8 (or such other similar successor forms then in effect under the Securities Act), (iii) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement, (iv) a registration not otherwise covered by clause (ii) above pursuant to which the Company is offering to exchange its own securities for other securities, (v) a registration statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans or (vi) a shelf registration statement pursuant to which only the initial purchasers and subsequent transferees of debt securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock and that are initially issued pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S (or any successor provisions) of the Securities Act may resell such notes and sell the Common Stock into which such notes may be converted or exchanged (each of clauses (i)-(v), a " Company Public Sale ")),  then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 10 days prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement), the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders, and such notice shall offer each Holder the opportunity to register under such registration statement such number of Registrable Securities as such Holder may request in writing delivered to the Company within ten (10) days of delivery of such written notice by the Company.  Subject to Sections 2(b), (c) and (d), the Company shall include in such registration statement all such Registrable Securities that are requested by Holders to be included therein in compliance with the immediately foregoing sentence (a " Piggyback Registration "); provided , that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any equity securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of the equity securities covered by such Piggyback Registration, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder that had requested to register its, his or her Registrable Securities in such registration statement and, thereupon, (1) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith, to the extent payable) and (2) in the case of a determination to delay registering, shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in registering the other equity securities covered by such Piggyback Registration.  If the offering pursuant to such registration statement is to be underwritten, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant this Section 2(b), and each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements with the managing underwriter or underwriters so that each such Holder may, participate in such Underwritten Offering, subject to the conditions of Sections 2(b), (c) and (d).  If the offering pursuant to such registration statement is to be on any other basis, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the written notice given pursuant to this Section 2(b), and each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2(b) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis, subject to the conditions of Sections 2(b), (c) and (d).  Each Holder shall be permitted to withdraw all or part of its Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement; provided, however, that except as set forth above, if a Holder voluntarily withdraws all of its Registrable Securities from a Piggyback Registration, the Company shall not be liable for any Registration Expenses incurred by such Holder and such Holder shall promptly reimburse the Company for any such amounts received from the Company.
6

(c)            Priority of Piggyback Registration .  If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company and the Holders that have requested to participate in such Piggyback Registration in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities which such Holders and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (i) first , 100% of the securities that the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second , and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of Registrable Securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect in such Registration, which such number shall be allocated pro   rata among the Holders and any other Persons that have requested to participate in such Registration based on the relative number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder and such other Persons ( provided that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder or other Person that exceed such Holder's or other Person's request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders and other Persons in like manner), and (iii) third , and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clause (ii) have been included in such Registration, any other securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect in such Registration.
(d)            Underwriting Procedures .  If Tennenbaum so elects, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the offering made pursuant to Section 2(a) to be in the form of an Underwritten Offering (a " Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering "); provided , however , that if Preferred Friends, Family United or FIC has previously requested that the Company cause an Underwritten Offering of the FIC Registrable Securities (a " Other Holder Underwritten Offering "), then Tennenbaum may not cause the Company to conduct a Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering until ninety (90) days following the completion of the Other Holder Underwritten Offering.  Similarly, Preferred Friends, Family United or may elect to cause the Company to conduct an Other Holder Underwritten Offering; provided , however , that if Tennenbaum has previously requested that the Company cause a Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering, then Preferred Friends, Family United or may not cause the Company to conduct an Other Holder Underwritten Offering until ninety (90) days following the completion of the Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering.  In connection with any Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering or Other Holder Underwritten Offering, as applicable, none of the Registrable Securities held by any Holder making a request for inclusion of such Tennenbaum Registrable Securities or Other Holder Registrable Securities, as applicable, shall be included in such Other Holder Underwritten Offering or Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering, respectively, unless Tennenbaum or such Holder, as applicable, accepts the terms of the offering as agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriters' Representative; it being understood and agreed that in any Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering, Tennenbaum shall have sole right to select the underwriters for such Underwritten Offering, each of which Tennenbaum shall select from a list of three Approved Underwriters proposed by the Company, and to make all other decisions regarding the underwriting process and the offering, but Tennenbaum shall consult with the Company with respect to such other decisions.  Subject to the next sentence, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Tennenbaum may not request more than three (3) Tennenbaum Underwritten Offerings, and cannot exceed two (2) Tennenbaum Underwritten Offerings in any twelve (12) month period, which two (2) offerings must be at least three (3) months apart. Tennenbaum may assign its rights to request one or more Tennenbaum Underwritten Offerings pursuant to this Section 2(d) to any Person or Persons to whom Tennenbaum has transferred any of Tennenbaum's Registrable Securities, provided that such assignee shall have agreed in writing (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company) to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement (including, if such assignee elects to exercise the right assigned to it by Tennenbaum to request such Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering, all of the obligations Tennenbaum has with respect to such Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering hereunder) and shall be deemed to be a Holder hereunder, and provided further that in no event shall Tennenbaum and any such Person request more than three Tennenbaum Underwritten Offerings in the aggregate.  If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering or Other Holder Underwritten Offering informs the Holders desiring to include their Registrable Securities in such Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering or Other Holder Underwritten Offering, as applicable, that, in such managing underwriter's or underwriters' opinion, the number of securities which such Holders, as applicable, and any other Persons intend to include in such offering exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, then the securities to be included in such Registration shall be (i) first, (x) in the case of a Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering, 100% of the securities that Tennenbaum proposes to sell and (y) in the case of an Other Holder Underwritten Offering, 100% of the securities that the Holder requesting the underwritten offering proposes to sell, (ii) second, and only if all the securities referred to in clause (i) have been included, the number of securities that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter or underwriters, can be sold without having such adverse effect in such Registration, which such number shall be allocated pro rata among such Holders, and any other Persons that have requested to participate in such Registration based on the relative number of securities then held by each such Holder and such other Persons (provided that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder or other Person that exceed such Holder's or such other Person's request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders and such other Persons in like manner).
7

(e)            Liquidated Damages . If: (i) any Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(d) is not filed within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date hereof or the relevant demand, as applicable, or if the Company files a Registration Statement without affording the Holders the opportunity to review and comment on the same (provided that the Holders shall provide any comments on the Registration Statement no later than five (5) Business Days after receipt (not counting the day of receipt) and that the Company shall be entitled to assume that the Holders have no comments if none are received within such five (5) Business Day period); or (ii) subject to Section 2(a), any Registration Statement required to be filed pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(d) is not declared effective by the Commission within two hundred and forty (240) days from the date hereof or the relevant demand (it being understood that if on the second Business Day immediately following the effective date for such Registration Statement the Company shall not have filed a "final" Prospectus for such Registration Statement with the Commission under Rule 424(b) (whether or not such a Prospectus is technically required by such rule), the Company shall be deemed to not have satisfied this clause (ii) and such event shall be deemed to be an Event), or (iii) the Company fails to file with the Commission a request for acceleration in accordance with Rule 461, within five (5) Business Days of the date that the Company is notified (orally or in writing, whichever is earlier) by the Commission that such Registration Statement will not be "reviewed" or be subject to further review; or (iv) prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company fails to file a pre-effective amendment and otherwise respond in writing to comments made by the Commission in respect of such or any other Registration Statement within fifteen (15) Business Days after the receipt of comments by or notice from the Commission that such amendment is required in order for such Registration Statement to be declared effective; (v) subject to Section 2(a) relating to the delay, suspension or withdrawal of a Registration Statement, after the effective date of any Registration Statement, such Registration Statement ceases for any reason to remain continuously effective as to all Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or the Holders are otherwise not permitted to utilize the Prospectus therein to resell such Registrable Securities (including because of a failure to keep such Registration Statement effective, a failure to disclose such information as is necessary for sales to be made pursuant to such Registration Statement, a suspension or delisting of (or a failure to timely list) the shares of Common Stock on The NASDAQ Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange, or a failure to register a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock or by reason of a stop order) for more than an aggregate of twenty (20) calendar days during any twelve (12) month period (which need not be consecutive calendar days) or (vi) if a Registration Statement is not effective for any reason or the Prospectus contained therein is not available for use for any reason and the Company fails to file with the Commission any required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act such that it is not in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) (or Rule 144(i)(2), if applicable) as a result of which any of the Holders are unable to sell the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement without restriction under Rule 144 (including volume and manner of sale restrictions) (any such failure or breach being referred to as an " Event ", and for purposes of clauses (i), (ii) and (vi) the date on which such Event occurs, or for purposes of clause (iii) the date on which such five (5) Business Day period is exceeded, or for purposes of clause (iv) the date which such fifteen (15) Business Day period is exceeded, or for purposes of clause (v) the date on which such twenty (20) calendar day period, as applicable, is exceeded being referred to as " Event Date "), then, in addition to any other rights the Holders may have hereunder or under applicable law, on each such Event Date and on each monthly anniversary of each such Event Date (if the applicable Event shall not have been cured by such date) until the applicable Event is cured, the Company shall pay to each Holder on a monthly basis within five (5) Business Days of the end of the month an amount in cash, as partial liquidated damages and not as a penalty, equal to 1.0% of the greater of (i) the VWAP per share of Common Stock for the previous 30 Trading Days (taken as a whole) multiplied by the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders, and (ii) the Conversion Price in effect on the date of the Event Date multiplied by the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders, provided, however, that no such payments shall be required in connection with a delay, suspension or withdrawal, or Other Permitted Restriction or Cutback permitted by Section 2(a).  In addition, in the event that the Holders are not permitted to re-sell their Registrable Securities as a result of any "blackout" periods adopted by the Company and applicable to the Company's directors, then each such day that the Holder is not permitted to resell its Registrable Securities after the effective date of the Registration Statement shall not be counted against the twenty (20) calendar day period referred to in clause (v) above with respect to such Registration Statement. The parties agree that the maximum aggregate liquidated damages payable to a Holder under this Agreement shall be 7.5% of the greater of (i) the VWAP per share of Common Stock for the previous 30 Trading Days (taken as a whole) multiplied by the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders and (ii) the Conversion Price in effect on the date of the Event Date multiplied by the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders.  If the Company fails to pay any partial liquidated damages pursuant to this Section in full within five (5) Business Days after the date payable, the Company will pay interest thereon at a rate of 7.5% per annum (or such lesser maximum amount that is permitted to be paid by applicable law) to such Holder accruing daily from the date such partial liquidated damages are due until such amounts, plus all such interest thereon, are paid in full.  The partial liquidated damages pursuant to the terms hereof shall apply on a daily pro-rata basis for any portion of a month prior to the cure of an Event.
8

Section 3.            Registration Procedures .
(a)            Obligations of the Company .  In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to the Registration Statements, the Company shall, to the extent applicable:
(i)            Prepare and file with the Commission within the time period for such filing set forth in Section 2 hereof, a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities (which Registration Statement shall be available for the Selling Holders' intended method or methods of distribution and shall comply in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith), and the Prospectus used in connection therewith, which Prospectus is to be filed pursuant to Rule 424, and, if not effective on filing, use reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, and to prepare and file any amendments and supplements thereto as are required to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective as provided in Section 2; and before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and the underwriter or underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, including documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus and, if requested by such Holders, the exhibits incorporated by reference (in each case only to the extent such documents or exhibits are not available on the Commission's EDGAR site), and such Holders shall have the opportunity to object to any information pertaining to such Holders that is contained therein and the Company will make the corrections reasonably requested by such Holders with respect to such information prior to filing any Registration Statement or amendment thereto or any Prospectus or any supplement thereto, provided that such Holders shall provide any comments on the Registration Statement no later than five (5) Business Days after receipt (not counting the day of receipt) and that the Company shall be entitled to assume that the Holders have no comments if none are received within such five (5) Business Day period.
(ii)            Notify the Holders by facsimile or e-mail as promptly as practicable, and in any event, within two (2) Business Days, after a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment and supplement is filed and declared effective and shall simultaneously provide the Holders with copies of any related Prospectus to be used in connection with the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities covered thereby.
(iii)            Notify each Selling Holder of the receipt of any comments from the Commission with respect to the Registration Statement and, subject to Section 2, respond to such comments and prepare and file with the Commission, if necessary, such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection with such Registration Statement or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and rules thereunder, including the filing of a supplemental Prospectus pursuant to Securities Act Rule 424 or any free-writing prospectus pursuant to Rule 433, with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement and the instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company.  In the event that any Registrable Securities included in a Registration Statement subject to, or required by, this Agreement remain unsold at the end of the period during which the Company is obligated to maintain the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, the Company may file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement for the purpose of removing such securities from registered status.
9

(iv)            Furnish to each Selling Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, such numbers of copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment thereto, each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, in each case in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules thereunder, and such other related documents as any such Selling Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by such Selling Holder.
(v)            Register and qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such states or jurisdictions in the United States as shall be reasonably requested by any Selling Holder and to keep such qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is effective; notify the Holders of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under applicable securities or blue sky laws of any state or jurisdiction in the United States; and obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of the offer and transfer of any of the Registrable Securities in any jurisdiction, at the earliest possible moment; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to (A) qualify to do business or register as a broker or dealer in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or register but for this Section 3(a)(v), (B) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (C) to file a general consent to service of process in any such state or jurisdiction.
(vi)            Enter into and perform customary agreements and take such other commercially reasonable actions as are required to expedite or facilitate each disposition of Registrable Securities including, in the event of any underwritten or agented offering, enter into and perform the Company's obligations under an underwriting or agency agreement (including indemnification and contribution obligations of underwriters or agents and representations and warranties by the Company to the underwriters), in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter or underwriters of or agents for such offering and use its best efforts to obtain executed lock-up agreements from the officers and directors of the Company, if requested by the underwriters, and take all such other actions as Tennenbaum or the Underwriters' Representative reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities.  The Company shall also reasonably cooperate and cause its Affiliates to cooperate with the Underwriters' Representative or Agent for such offering in the marketing of the Registrable Securities, including making available the officers, accountants, counsel, premises, books and records of the Company and its Affiliates for such purpose, and shall cause the appropriate officers of the Company and its Affiliates to attend and participate in any "road shows" or informational meetings.
(vii)            Notify each Selling Grantee of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement issued or for the issuance of which proceedings have been instituted, or, to the extent the Company has actual knowledge thereof, threatened to be issued by the Commission in connection therewith, and take all commercially reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered.
10

(viii)            Promptly notify each Selling Holder of the happening of any transaction or event during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of any Prospectus), not misleading; and thereafter, the Company will use best efforts to promptly prepare (and, when completed, give notice and provide a copy thereof to each Selling Holder) a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
(ix)            As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available to the Company's security holders copies of an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158, following the end of the twelve (12) month period beginning with the first month of the Company's first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement.
(x)            In connection with an offer and sale of Registrable Securities, make available for inspection by any Selling Holder, any underwriter participating in such offering and the representatives of such Selling Holder (but not more than one firm of counsel to each Selling Holder), all financial, corporate and other information as shall be reasonably requested by them, and provide the Selling Holders, any underwriter participating in such offering and the representatives of such Selling Holders and Underwriters' Representative the opportunity to discuss the business affairs of the Company with its principal executives and independent public accountants who have certified the audited financial statements included in such Registration Statement, in each case all as reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility under the Securities Act; provided , however , that information that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and which the Company advises such Person in writing is confidential shall not be disclosed unless such Person signs a confidentiality agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or the related Selling Holder of Registrable Securities agrees to be responsible for such Person's breach of confidentiality on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
(xi)            In the event of any underwritten or agented offering, obtain a so-called "comfort letter" from the Company's independent public accountants, and legal opinions of counsel to the Company addressed to the underwriter participating in such offering, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by such letters and opinions, and in a form that shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters' Representative.  Delivery of any such opinion or comfort letter shall be subject to the recipient furnishing such written representations or acknowledgements as are required or customarily provided by selling shareholders who receive such comfort letters or opinions.
(xii)            Cause the Company's officers, employees, accountants and counsel, as applicable, to participate in, and to otherwise facilitate and cooperate with the preparation of a Prospectus and to participate in drafting sessions and due diligence sessions, as applicable.
11

(xiii)            Provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement.
(xiv)            Cause the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement if similar securities of the Company are then listed on a securities exchange or included for quotation in a recognized trading market, to be so listed or included for so long as such similar securities of the Company are so listed or included.
(xv)            Provide a CUSIP number for the Conversion Shares that is the same as the CUSIP number for the Common Stock prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement including Registrable Securities.
(xvi)            Promptly file a new Registration Statement and use best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective if the Company's previously filed Registration Statement is no longer effective or the Company is ineligible to use the Registration Statement to permit the Holders to resell the Registrable Securities and the Company is still obligated to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.
(xvii)            The Company shall comply with all requirements of FINRA with regard to the issuance of the Conversion Shares and the listing thereof on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and any other or successor securities exchange or automated quotation system, as applicable, on which the Company's Common Stock is traded and cooperate with the Selling Holders and their respective counsel in connection with all filings required to be made with FINRA.
(xviii)            As expeditiously as possible and within the deadlines specified by the Securities Act, make all required filing fee payments in respect of each Registration Statement and Prospectus (and each offering covered thereby).
(xix)            The Company will promptly notify the Holders of any pending proceeding against the Company under Section 8A of the Securities Act in connection with the offering of the Registrable Securities.
(xx)            Take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities included in each such Registration Statement.
(xxi)            Ensure that no Registration Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto and Prospectuses contained therein) shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (except, with respect to any Holder, for an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furni shed to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for use therein).
12

(xxii)            Make available to each Selling Holder promptly after the same is prepared and publicly distributed, or received by the Company, one copy of each Registration Statement and each amendment thereto, each preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, each letter written by or on behalf of the Company to the Commission or the staff of the Commission (or other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction, including any domestic or foreign securities exchange), and each item of correspondence from the Commission or the staff of the Commission (or other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction, including any domestic or foreign securities exchange), in each case relating to such Registration Statement (other than any portion thereof which contains information for which the Company has sought confidential treatment), except to the extent that such Registration Statement, amendment thereto, preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus and amendment or supplement thereto, and correspondence is available on the Commission's EDGAR site.
(b)            Holders' Obligations .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2 and 3(a) hereof with respect to the Registrable Securities of any Selling Holder of Registrable Securities that such Selling Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Selling Holder, the number of the Registrable Securities owned by it, and the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Selling Holder's Registrable Securities, and to cooperate with the Company in preparing such Registration Statement.
Section 4.            Agreements of Selling Holder .  In connection with any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 hereof, each Selling Holder agrees, as applicable:
(a)            to execute the underwriting agreement, if any, agreed to by the Company (and in the case of a Tennenbaum Underwritten Offering, Tennenbaum and the Company) and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities and other documents customarily required under the terms of or in connection with such underwriting agreement;
(b)            that it will not offer or sell its Registrable Securities under the Registration Statement until it has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(iv) hereof and receives notice that any post-effective amendment (if required) has become effective;
(c)            that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any transaction or occurrence of any event of the kind specified in Section 3(a)(vii) or 3(a)(viii), such Selling Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until the Selling Holder receives copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(iv) hereof and receives notice that any post-effective amendment (if required) has become effective or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus and Registration Statement may be resumed, and, if so directed by the Company, the Selling Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Selling Holder's possession, of the Registration Statement and Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities in effect immediately preceding the time of receipt of such notice; and
13

(d)            that, subject to the rights of a Holder to participate in a Piggyback Registration in accordance with Section 2, upon the receipt of notice from the Company, as requested by the Underwriters' Representative or underwriters of a public offering of the Company's Common Stock, or other securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, the Company's Common Stock (an " Underwritten Offering "), the Selling Holder shall not, in each case, other than to an Affiliate of such Selling Holder, effect any public or private sale or distribution, including sales pursuant to Rule 144, of any of the Company's Common Stock, or offer, sell, contract to sell, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, grant an option to purchase, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, options or warrants to acquire any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire, any shares of Common Stock, or engage in any hedging transaction, during the period (the " Holdback Period ") beginning fourteen (14) days prior to the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus relating to the Underwritten Offering, and ending ninety (90) days after the public offering date set forth on the final Prospectus relating to the Underwritten Offering; provided, however, that the aggregate number of days during which one or more Holdback Periods are in effect pursuant to this Section 4(d) shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months.  The foregoing provisions of this Subsection 4(d) shall not apply to the sale of any securities to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers and directors of the Company are subject to the same restrictions and the Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar agreement from all of its shareholders individually owning five percent (5%) or more of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares).
Section 5.            Expenses of Registration .  The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with each registration, filing, or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, exchange listing, accounting, filing and FINRA fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws, transfer agent and registrar fees, all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the Company's independent public accountants, including the expenses of "comfort letters" required by or incident to such performance and compliance, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys for the Holders (selected by the Selling Holders who hold a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration Statement), which fees shall not exceed (i) $30,000 per Registration Statement with respect to any Underwritten Offering and (ii) $7,500 with respect to any Piggyback Registration and all other expenses customarily borne by an issuer in an underwritten offering, provided that the amounts in clause (i) and (ii) shall increase 5% per annum on each anniversary date of the date hereof.  Each Holder shall be responsible for any underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes of any kind (including transfer taxes) relating to any disposition, sale or transfer of Registrable Securities by such Holder.
14

Section 6.            Indemnification; Contribution .
(a)            Indemnification by the Company .  If any Registrable Securities are included in a Registration Statement under this Agreement:
(i)            To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder, each Person, if any, who controls such Selling Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act, and each Affiliate, officer, director, trustee, partner, member, employee and agent of such Selling Holder and such controlling Person, against any and all losses, claims, damages, obligations, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, costs, liabilities and expenses (joint or several), including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and expenses of investigation, incurred by such party arising out of or based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each, a " Violation "):
(A)            Any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary Prospectus or final Prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, any post-effective amendment thereto or in any filing made in connection with the qualification of any offering under the securities or other "blue sky" laws of any jurisdiction in which Registrable Securities are offered;
(B)            Any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein (in light of the circumstances under which they were made in the case of any Prospectus) not misleading; or
(C)            Any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the federal securities laws, any applicable state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any applicable state securities law in connection with the Registrable Securities;
provided , however , that the indemnification required by this Section 6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, obligation, judgment, fine, penalty, charge, cost, liability or expense if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, obligation, judgment, fine, penalty, charge, cost, liability or expense to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by a Holder, underwriter (but only if the Company is not contractually entitled to indemnification by such underwriter and the Holder is contractually entitled to demand indemnification by such underwriter) or the relevant indemnified party expressly for use in connection with such registration.  The Company shall also indemnify underwriters participating in the distribution of the Registrable Securities, their Affiliates, officers, directors, agents and employees and each Person, if any, who controls such Persons (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Selling Holders.
15

(b)            Indemnification by Holder .  If any of a Selling Holder's Registrable Securities are included in a Registration Statement under this Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Selling Holder shall (severally and not jointly) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its Affiliates, trustees, officers, employees and agents, each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, any other Selling Holder, any controlling Person of any such other Selling Holder and each Affiliate, officer, director, partner, and employee of such other Selling Holder and such controlling Person, against any and all losses, claims, damages, obligations, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, costs, liabilities and expenses (joint or several), including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements and expenses of investigation, incurred by such party arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the applicable Registration Statement, including any preliminary Prospectus or final Prospectus contained therein, or any amendments or supplements thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein, any post-effective amendment thereto or in any filing made in connection with the qualification of any offering under any securities or other "blue sky" laws of any jurisdiction in which such Registrable Securities are offered, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein (in light of the circumstances under which they were made in the case of any Prospectus) not misleading or any violation or alleged violation by any Holder or underwriter of the federal securities laws, any applicable state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the Registrable Securities, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any applicable state securities law, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission had been contained in any information furnished by such Selling Holder to the Company expressly for use in connection with such registration; provided , however , that (x) the indemnification required by this Section 6(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, obligation, judgment, fine, penalty, charge, cost, liability or expense if settlement is effected without the consent of the relevant Selling Holder of Registrable Securities (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), and (y) in no event shall the amount of any indemnity under this Section 6(b) exceed the net proceeds from the applicable offering received by such Selling Holder.  In no event shall a Holder be jointly liable with any other Holder as a result of its indemnification obligations.
(c)            Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding, investigation or threat thereof made in writing for which such indemnified party may make a claim under this Section 6, such indemnified party shall deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel retained by the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time following the commencement of any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, if not otherwise known by the indemnifying party, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 6 to the extent of any material prejudice or forfeiture of substantial rights or defenses resulting therefrom but shall not relieve the indemnifying party of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than pursuant to this Section 6.  Any fees and expenses incurred by the indemnified party (including any fees and expenses incurred in connection with investigating or preparing to defend such action or proceeding) shall be paid to the indemnified party, as incurred, within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof to the indemnifying party so long as such indemnified party shall have provided the indemnifying party with a written undertaking to reimburse the indemnifying party for all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.  Each indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action, claim or proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be the expenses of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party has agreed to pay such fees and expenses, (ii) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such action, claim or proceeding in a timely manner or (iii) an indemnified party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case, if such indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action, claim or proceeding on behalf of such indemnified party, it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action, claim or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions, claims or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one additional firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all such indemnified parties).  No indemnifying party shall be liable to an indemnified party for any settlement of any action, proceeding or claim without the written consent of the indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
16

(d)            Contribution .  If the indemnification required by this Section 6 from the indemnifying party is unavailable to an indemnified party hereunder in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in this Section 6:
(i)            The indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, obligations, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, costs, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified parties in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, obligations, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, costs, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action has been committed by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified parties, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, obligations, judgments, fines, penalties, charges, costs, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 6(a) and Section 6(b), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any action, suit, investigation or proceeding.  In no event shall the liability of any Selling Holder be greater in amount than the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder upon such sale or the amount for which such indemnifying party would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided for under Section 6(a) or 6(b) hereof had been available under the circumstances.
(ii)            The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in Section 6(d)(i).  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
(e)            Full Indemnification .  If indemnification is available under this Section 6, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in this Section 6 without regard to the relative fault of such indemnifying party or indemnified party or any other equitable consideration referred to in Section 6(d)(i) hereof.
(f)            Survival .  The obligations of the Company and the Selling Holders of Registrable Securities under this Section 6 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement under this Agreement, and otherwise.
Section 7.            Covenants of the Company .  (a)  The Company hereby agrees and covenants that it shall file as and when applicable, on a timely basis, all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.  If the Company is not required to file reports pursuant to the Exchange Act, upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall make publicly available the information specified in subparagraph (c)(2) of Rule 144.  The Company shall take such further action as may be reasonably required from time to time and as may be within the control of the Company, to enable the Holders to transfer Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
17

(b)            In connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition by a Holder of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall cooperate with such Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any Securities Act legend, and enable certificates for such transferred securities to be for such number of shares and registered in such names as the Holder may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities.
(c)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7, the Company, shall at the request of any selling Holder, cause its transfer agent to deliver unlegended shares of Registrable Securities to a transferee of a Holder that is neither an Affiliate of the Holder nor of the Company in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities with respect to which such Holder has entered into a contract for sale, and delivered a copy of the Prospectus included as part of the particular Registration Statement to the extent applicable, prior to such Holder's receipt of any relevant suspension notice and for which the Holder has not yet settled.
Section 8.            Miscellaneous .
(a)            Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by nationally recognized overnight air courier service and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered if delivered personally, or if mailed, on the third Business Day after mailing (on the first Business Day after mailing in the case of a nationally recognized overnight air courier service) to the parties at the following addresses:
if to the Company, to:
Euroseas Ltd.
4 Messogiou Street & Evropis St.
151 25 Maroussi Greece
Attention:  Aristides J. Pittas, Chairman, President & CEO
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Seward & Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, NY 10004
Attention:  Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.
and if to Tennenbaum, to:
Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC
c/o Obsidian Agency Services, Inc.
2951 28th Street, Suite 1000
Santa Monica, CA 90405
Attention: Asher Finci

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Watson, Farley & Williams LLP
1133 Avenue of the Americas, 11 th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attention: John F. Imhof Jr., Esq.

18

           and:

if to FIC, to:
Friends Investment Company, Inc.
4 Messogiou Street & Evropis St.
151 25 Maroussi Greece
Attention: Aristides J. Pittas, Director & Vice-President

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Seward & Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, NY 10004
Attention:  Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

and:

if to Preferred Friends, to:
Preferred Friends Investment Company Inc.
4 Messogiou Street & Evropis St.
151 25 Maroussi Greece
Attention: Aristides J. Pittas

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Seward & Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, NY 10004
Attention:  Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

and:

if to Family United, to:
Family United Navigation Co.
______________________
Attention: ______________

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

______________________
Attention:  ______________

Any party hereto may by notice given in accordance with this Section 8(a) to the other parties hereto designate another address or Person for receipt of notices hereunder.
19

(b)            Amendments and Waivers .  This Agreement may be modified, amended or supplemented only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company, FIC, and Tennenbaum.
(c)            Waiver of Compliance; Consents .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties hereto to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party or parties hereto entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party hereto granting such waiver (which, in the case of a waiver by the Holders, shall require the approval of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities), but such a waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent other failure.  Whenever this Agreement requires or permits consent by or on behalf of any party hereto, such consent shall be given in writing in a manner consistent with the requirements for a waiver of compliance as set forth in this Section 8(c).
(d)            [intentionally left blank]
(e)            Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process .  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to any conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any other law.  Each party hereto agrees that all legal suits, actions or proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) may be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan  for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such suit, action or proceeding.  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight air courier service (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company consents to process being served by or on behalf of any Holder in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in this Section 8(e) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified or priority mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivering a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 8(a), to Seward & Kissel LLP, One Battery Park Plaza, New York, NY 10004 for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States on behalf of the Company. The Company hereby agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.
20

(f)            Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Upon such determination that any provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.
(g)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  The delivery of an executed counterpart of the signature page to this Agreement by telecopier or electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(h)            Section Headings .  The section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties hereto and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  All references in this Agreement to Sections are to sections of this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated.
(i)            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Statement of Designation and the documents, agreements and certificates referenced therein, embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  There are no restrictions, promises, inducements, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein or therein.  This Agreement and the Purchase Agreement supersede all prior written or oral agreements and understandings between the parties hereto with respect to the transactions.
(j)            Successors, Assigns and Transferees .
(i)            This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto as hereinafter provided.  Except as expressly provided in this Section 8(j), the rights of the parties hereto cannot be assigned and any purported assignment or Transfer to the contrary shall be void ab initio.  So long as the terms of this Section 8(j) are followed and such transfer is in compliance with the Purchase Agreement, any Holder may assign any of its rights under this Agreement, without the consent of the Company or any other Holder, to any Person to whom such Holder Transfers any Registrable Securities or any rights to acquire Registrable Securities so long as such Transfer is not made pursuant to an effective Registration Statement or pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 or in any other manner or to any Person the effect or consequences of which is to cause the Transferred securities to be freely transferable without regard to the volume and manner of sale limitations set forth in Rule 144 in the hands of the transferee on the date of such Transfer.  Any such transferee shall be deemed a party to this Agreement.
21

(ii)            Notwithstanding Section 8(j)(i), no Holder may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Person to whom such Holder Transfers any Registrable Securities if the Transfer of such Registrable Securities requires registration under the Securities Act.
(k)            Assignment .  No Person may be assigned any rights under this Agreement unless the Company and the other parties hereto are given written notice by the assigning party stating the name and address of the assignee, identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned, and providing a detailed description of the nature and extent of the rights that are being assigned; provided, however, that no such assignment shall be effective until (x) the Company and each other party hereto (or their assignees) receive the written notice pursuant to this Section 8(j)(iii) and (y) the assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this Section 8(j).
(l)            Interpretation .
(i)            The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  If any ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumptions or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto by virtue of authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.
(ii)            All pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the context may require.
(iii)            The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation."
(m)            Further Assurances .  Each of the parties hereto shall use reasonable efforts to execute and deliver to any other party hereto such additional documents and take such other action, as such other party hereto may reasonably request to carry out the intent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(n)            Specific Performance .  The parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if any party hereto fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, and accordingly agree that each party hereto, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations (without posting any bond or other security) of any other party under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.
22

(o)            Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc .  If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.
(p)            Most Favored Nation . The Company covenants and agrees that if, after the date hereof, it grants registration rights to any other Person containing terms more favorable that the terms set forth herein, the Company shall provide such more favorable terms to the Holders and this Agreement shall be, without any further action by the Holders or the Company, deemed amended and modified in an economically and legally equivalent manner such that the Holders shall receive the benefit of the more favorable terms.
 [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
23

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, or caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf, as of the date first written above.
   
EURODRY LTD.
     
   
By:
 
     
Name: Aristides J. Pittas
     
Title: Chairman, President & CEO
     
     
   
TENNENBAUM OPPORTUNITIES FUND VI, LLC
     
   
By: Tennenbaum Capital Partners, LLC, as Investment Manager
     
   
By:
 
     
Name:
     
Title:
     
     
   
FRIENDS INVESTMENT COMPANY, INC.
     
   
By:
 
     
Name: Aristides J. Pittas
     
Title: Director & Vice President
     
     
   
PREFERRED FRIENDS INVESTMENT COMPANY, INC.
     
   
By:
 
     
Name:
     
Title:
     
     
   
FAMILY UNITED NAVIGATION CO.
     
   
By:
 
     
Name:
     
Title:
     
     




REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE
 
Exhibit 4.5
STATEMENT OF DESIGNATION OF THE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND PRIVILEGES
OF
SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PERPETUAL PREFERRED SHARES
OF
EURODRY LTD.
The undersigned, Mr. Aristides J. Pittas and Ms. Stefania Karmiri do hereby certify:
1.            That they are the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, respectively, of EuroDry Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (the " Corporation ").
2.            That pursuant to the authority conferred by the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation's Board of Directors on May 5, 2018 adopted the following resolution designating and prescribing the relative rights, preferences and privileges of the Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares, including any PIK Shares (the " Series B  Preferred Shares "):
RESOLVED , pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors by the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors does hereby establish a series of preferred stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:
1.            Designation .  The distinctive serial designation of such series of Preferred Shares is "Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares."  Each Series B Preferred Share shall be identical in all respects to every other Series B Preferred Share, except as to the respective dates that any such Series B Preferred Shares are issued, including the date from which dividends may begin accruing on such Series B Preferred Shares and any changes in the Series B Liquidation Preference resulting therefrom.  Subject to Section 7(h) hereof, the Series B Preferred Shares represent equity interests in the Corporation and shall not give rise to a claim for payment of a principal amount at a particular date.
2.            Shares .
(a)            Number .  The Series B Preferred Shares shall have a par value of $0.01 per share and the number of shares constituting such series shall initially be 50,000, which number the Board of Directors may from time to time increase or decrease (but not below the number of Series B Preferred Shares then outstanding).  Series B Preferred Shares that are purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall be cancelled and shall revert to authorized but unissued Preferred Shares undesignated as to series.


(b)            Securities Depository .  All or a portion of the Series B Preferred Shares may be issued in book-entry form or at the Holder's option may be represented by a single certificate registered in the name of the Holder, the Securities Depository or its nominee.  If and so long as the Securities Depository shall have been appointed and is serving, payments and communications made by the Corporation to Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares represented by a certificate registered in the name of the Securities Depository shall be made by making payments to, and communicating with, the Securities Depository.
3.            Dividends .
(a)            Dividends Generally .  Dividends shall be cumulative and shall accrue (whether or not earned or declared, whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment thereof, whether the Corporation has any earnings or net profits, and whether or not restricted by the terms of any of the Corporation's indebtedness outstanding at any time) on outstanding Series B Preferred Shares equal to the product of the Series B Liquidation Preference and the applicable Dividend Rate from the Original Issue Date until such time as the Corporation pays the dividend or redeems the Series B Preferred Shares in full in accordance with Section 6 below.  Dividends shall accumulate in each Dividend Period from and including the preceding Dividend Payment Date, to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period, and dividends shall accrue on accumulated dividends at the applicable Dividend Rate.  Any dividend payable on the Series B Preferred Shares shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year.
Subject to the prior and superior right of the Holders of any Senior Securities (the issuance of which would require the affirmative vote of the Initial Holder as set forth in Section 5(c) hereof), Holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall receive preferential cumulative quarterly dividends payable in cash or PIK Shares, as set forth in Section 3(b) hereto, on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing on the first Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a Series B Preferred Share, in either a cash amount per share equal to the product of the Series B Liquidation Preference and the applicable Dividend Rate (the " Dividend Amount ") or if determined by the Board of Directors, in accordance with Section 3(b) hereto, in an amount of PIK Shares for each outstanding Series B Preferred Share equal to the Dividend Amount divided by the Original Issue Price (the " PIK Share Amount ").  The Series A Preferred Shares shall be junior to the Series B Preferred Shares with respect to all dividends.
(b)            Payment and Priorities of Dividends .  Not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on each Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation shall pay those dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares to the holders of record of such shares as such Holders' names appear on the stock transfer books of the Corporation maintained by the Registrar and Transfer Agent on the applicable dividend record date.  The applicable record date (the " Record Date ") for any dividend payment with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares shall be the third Business Day preceding the applicable Dividend Payment Date, or such other date as determined by the Board of Directors which shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days prior to the applicable Dividend Payment Date.If Series B Preferred Shares are held of record by the nominee of the Securities Depository, dividends for such Series B Preferred Shares shall be paid to the Securities Depository in same day funds on each Dividend Payment Date.
2


Until the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation shall pay all or any portion of dividends in cash or PIK Shares at its option (unless the Corporation is required to pay an additional dividend to Holders of Series B Preferred Shares as provided in the next paragraph, in which case the Corporation must pay any such applicable dividend (but only such dividend) in cash).  All dividends that accrue on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date shall be paid in cash except as otherwise agreed to in writing by any Holder of then-outstanding Series B Preferred Shares with respect solely to the dividends payable to such Holder.  Dividends that are required by the terms of this Statement of Designation to be paid in cash shall be paid in cash unless prohibited by applicable law, without regard to the availability of funds (it being understood that the Corporation shall not claim as a defense to the obligation to redeem that it does not have "funds legally available").  Dividend payments that are required to be paid in cash pursuant to this Statement of Designation shall be paid in cash unless prohibited by law.
Except as set forth in the next sentence, no dividend shall be declared or paid in cash or set apart for payment on any Junior Securities (other than a dividend payable solely in shares of Junior Securities, subject to the Conversion Price being adjusted as set forth in Section 7(c)(ii) below) unless full cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are being paid in cash on all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities through the most recent Dividend Payment Date.  The Corporation may authorize and pay a dividend in cash on its Common Stock at any time only if the Corporation simultaneously pays all accrued and unpaid dividends in cash plus an additional dividend in cash on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Shares (which dividend shall be in addition to the amount of the Dividend Rate multiplied by the Series B Liquidation Preference on such Series B Preferred Share scheduled to be paid on the respective Dividend Payment Date (which amount of the Dividend Rate multiplied by the Series B Liquidation Preference shall also be paid in cash)) determined as follows: (x) at any time during the period commencing on the Original Issue Date and ending on but excluding the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, (1) if the Dividend Rate as calculated under clause (B) of the definition of Dividend Rate is 5%, then in addition to such regular dividend, an amount equal to 40% of the Common Stock dividend a Holder of a Series B Preferred Share would have received if such share had been converted in full into Common Stock as provided in this Statement of Designation and (2) if the Dividend Rate as calculated under clause (B) of the definition of Dividend Rate is 0%, then the greater of (A) 100% of the Common Stock dividend the Holder of such Series B Preferred Share would have received if such share had been converted in full into Common Stock as provided in this Statement of Designation and (B) 5% of the Series B Liquidation Preference and (y) on the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date or on any day afterwards, an amount equal to 40% of the Common Stock dividend a Holder of a Series B Preferred Share would have received if such share had been converted in full into Common Stock as provided in this Statement of Designation.  Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any dividend in excess of all accrued and unpaid dividends and any additional dividend required under this paragraph.  The Corporation shall not declare any dividends on any Junior Securities unless the Corporation has funds legally available to comply, and complies, with this Section 3(b).
(c)            Dividend Payment Default .  If and only if a Dividend Payment Default occurs, then (1) the Corporation will take all reasonable action within its means to maximize the assets available for paying the dividend that caused the Dividend Payment Default and will use
3


all such assets available therefor (and any additional assets that from time to time become available) to pay such dividend, (2) effective as of the date of such Dividend Payment Default, and without duplication if more than one such event has occurred and is continuing at any time, the Dividend Rate shall increase as follows: if such Dividend Payment Default exists for six months or less, the Dividend Rate will be increased by 3% per annum (including after the Dividend Payment Default ceases to exist), and if such Dividend Payment Default exists for more than six months, the Dividend Rate will be increased by an additional 3% per annum (including after the Dividend Payment Default ceases to exist), and (3) the Corporation shall create a sinking fund in accordance with Section 10 hereof for the sole purpose of paying all accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Dividend Rate shall not be increased pursuant to the preceding sentence by more than 6% in the aggregate. In addition to the above, if and only if a Dividend Payment Default occurs, (A) the Conversion Rate will be adjusted as set forth in Section 7(d) hereof and (B) each Holder of the then-outstanding Series B Preferred Shares may at any time after a Dividend Payment Default (including after the Dividend Payment Default ceases to exist) convert its Series B Preferred Shares into convertible promissory notes as set forth in Section 7(h) hereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall dividends accrue on the Series B Preferred Shares at a rate greater than 20% per annum.
4.            Liquidation Rights .
(a)            Liquidation Event.   Upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event, Holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, after satisfaction of all liabilities, if any, to creditors of the Corporation and subject to the rights of holders of any shares of Senior Securities then outstanding in respect of distributions upon a Liquidation Event, and concurrently with any applicable distributions of such assets or proceeds being made to or set aside for holders of any Parity Securities, and before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other classes or series of Junior Securities (which Junior Securities include, for purposes of Liquidation Events, the Series A Preferred Shares) as to such distribution, a liquidating distribution or payment in full redemption of such Series B Preferred Shares in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Series B Liquidation Preference and (ii) the amount that such Holder otherwise would be entitled to receive if all of such Holder's Series B Preferred Shares were converted into shares of Common Stock (at the then-prevailing Conversion Price) immediately prior to such Liquidation Event.  For purposes of clarity, upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event (i) the holders of then outstanding Senior Securities shall be entitled to receive the applicable Liquidation Preference on such Senior Securities before any distribution shall be made to the Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares and (ii) the Holders of outstanding Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to the Series B Liquidation Preference per share (or the amount that such Holder otherwise would be entitled to receive if all of such Holder's Series B Preferred Shares were converted into shares of Common Stock, as applicable) in cash before any distribution shall be made to the holders of the Corporation's Common Stock or any other Junior Securities.  Holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to any other amounts from the Corporation, in their capacity as Holders of such shares, after they have received in full the Series B Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 4(a) or the amount that such Holder would be entitled to receive if all Series B Preferred Shares were converted to Common Stock in accordance herewith immediately prior
4


to such Liquidation Event, as applicable.  The payment in full of the Series B Liquidation Preference (or the payment in full of the amount that the Holders otherwise would be entitled to receive if all of such Holders' Series B Preferred Shares were converted into shares of Common Stock, as applicable) in respect of all Series B Preferred Shares shall be a payment in redemption of the Series B Preferred Shares such that, from and after such payment, any such Series B Preferred Share shall thereafter be cancelled and no longer be outstanding.
(b)            Partial Payment . If, in the event of any distribution or payment described in Section 4(a) above where the Corporation's assets available for distribution to Holders of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities are insufficient to satisfy the applicable Liquidation Preference, the Corporation's assets then remaining shall be distributed among the Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities, as applicable, ratably on the basis of their relative aggregate Liquidation Preferences.  To the extent that the Holders of Series B Preferred Shares receive a partial payment of their Series B Liquidation Preference, such partial payment shall reduce the Liquidation Preference of their Series B Preferred Shares, but only to the extent of such amount actually received.
(c)            Residual Distributions . After payment of the applicable Liquidation Preference in full to the Holders of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and Parity Securities, the Corporation's remaining assets and funds shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stock and any other Junior Securities then outstanding according to their respective rights and preferences.
5.            Voting Rights .
(a)            General .  Except as otherwise required by law, the Series B Preferred Shares will vote as one class with the Common Stock on all matters on which shareholders are entitled to vote, with each Series B Preferred Share having a number of votes equal to 50% (rounded as necessary) of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series B Preferred Shares could be converted pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof on the record date for the relevant vote.
(b)            Right to Elect One Director .   The Holders of Series B Preferred Shares shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to nominate and elect one member of the Board of Directors (the " Series B Director ") who shall (i) have no family relationship with any other officer or director of the Corporation; (ii) be independent pursuant to the rules of NASDAQ if the Corporation is required to be subject to the rules of NASDAQ requiring a listed company to maintain a majority independent board and (iii) be determined by the Board of Directors to meet its nominating standards (which nominating standards may be amended or altered only by unanimous approval of all members of the Board of Directors if it would affect the nomination of the Series B Director).  The Series B Director shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares.  Any Series B Director elected as provided herein may be removed and replaced at any time by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares.  Upon any termination of the right of the Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to vote as a class for a Series B Director, the term of office of the Series B Director then in office elected by such Holders voting as a class shall terminate immediately and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall
5


automatically be reduced by one.  The Series B Director shall be entitled to one vote on any matter before the Board of Directors. The Series B Director shall not be entitled to remuneration by the Corporation for acting as director, but shall be entitled to the reimbursement of reasonable expenses, including all out-of-pocket expenses, incurred in connection therewith.
(c)            Certain Consent Rights .  Subject to Section 5(d) hereof, the Corporation may not take any of the following actions, or enter into any contract or arrangement to take or cause to be taken any of the following actions, unless the Corporation shall have received, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the affirmative vote or consent of the Initial Holder, which vote or consent shall be given or withheld in accordance with Section 22 hereof:
1.            Authorize, create or issue any class or series of capital stock that ranks senior to or in parity with the Series B Preferred Shares, or issue additional Series B Preferred Shares, provided however that after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation may issue any class or series of capital stock that ranks senior to or in parity with the Series B Preferred Shares, or issue additional Series B Preferred Shares, if the net proceeds from the sale of such capital stock or Series B Preferred Shares are used to redeem all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares in their entirety in accordance with Section 6 hereto;
2.            Engage in any transaction with any Affiliate of the Corporation in excess of $200,000 per calendar year, except for the performance of obligations pursuant to the terms of any agreement to which the Corporation is a party as of the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended or renewed from time to time, provided that any such amendment or renewal is permitted only if its terms are not more disadvantageous than the terms of such agreement in effect as of the date hereof subject to the following sentence.  For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing proviso will not apply to customary adjustments and increases (including with respect to inflation and personnel costs) contained in any agreement to which the Corporation is a party as of the date hereof or any changes that are not more favorable to such Affiliate than terms that would be obtained in an arms' length transaction with an unaffiliated third party; and
3.            Effect any transaction involving the financing or acquisition of vessel or vessels, or any merger or other corporate transaction, that increases the aggregate amount of the Corporation's and its subsidiaries' (other than any Excluded Joint Venture) debt outstanding unless the ratio of debt over the sum of (i) the then most recent aggregate Vessel Value of all of the vessels owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or its subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Joint Venture), including payments made under any shipbuilding contracts, plus (ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents, remains below 60% (the "Debt Ratio").  "Excluded Joint Venture" means any joint venture to which the Corporation is a party unless (A) the Corporation owns more than 50% of such joint venture and the organizational documents for such joint venture do not prohibit the Corporation from exercising control over the joint venture or (B) the Corporation has guaranteed any of the debts of such joint venture.  For the avoidance of doubt (A) this paragraph 3 shall not apply to the refinancing of
6

existing senior secured debt facilities as long as the aggregate amount outstanding or available under such senior secured debt does not increase as a result of such refinancing, (B) notwithstanding this paragraph 3, if the Debt Ratio equals or exceeds 60%, the financing of two newbuildings pursuant to shipbuilding contracts that the Corporation or its subsidiaries executed prior to the date hereof may be leveraged at an amount no greater than 70% of the contract price regardless of the Debt Ratio; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that any such financing shall be included in the Debt Ratio on all other matt ers, and (C) for purposes of this paragraph 3, in connection only with the delivery of a newbuilding or the entry into a financing agreement with respect to the acquisition of such newbuilding, the Debt Ratio shall be deemed met upon the delivery of such newbuilding or entry into such financing agreement, as applicable, if the Debt Ratio, after taking into account the anticipated terms and conditions of any future financing agreement, was below 60% at the time of entry into the contract to purchase such newbuilding, and either such newbuilding is financed with the same (or lesser) amount of debt than was anticipated when the Corporation or its subsidiary entered into such contract to purchase such newbuilding or such newbuilding is financed on the same or more favorable terms and conditions anticipated for such financing agreement.
(d)            Termination of Voting and Consent Rights .
(i)            Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the right of the Holders of Series B Preferred Shares to elect a member of the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5(b) hereto and the consent rights under Section 5(c) hereto shall both terminate once the Initial Holder no longer holds at least 65% of the number of shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) that the Series B Preferred Shares acquired by the Initial Holder on the Original Issue Date would have converted into as of the Original Issue Date (subject to adjustment each time the Conversion Price is adjusted).  For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of this Section 5(d)(i), any Series B Preferred Shares held by the Initial Holder at any time shall be deemed converted and aggregated with any converted shares of Common Stock held by the Initial Holder for the purpose of determining whether the Initial Holder has maintained such 65% ownership.
(ii)            Except as otherwise terminated under Section 5(d)(i) above, the consent rights under Section 5(c) hereto shall terminate if more than 50% of the Series B Preferred Shares that were issued on the Original Issue Date are converted into Common Stock.
(e)            Consent for   Change of Control .  The Corporation may not effect any transaction that would result in a Change of Control, or enter into any contract or arrangement to effect any transaction that would result in a Change of Control, unless the Corporation shall have received, to the extent permitted by applicable law,  the affirmative vote or consent of the Initial Holder, if immediately after or simultaneously with such Change of Control the Corporation would not be able to redeem all of the Series B Preferred Shares as required pursuant to Section 6(b) hereto.
7


6.            Redemption .
(a)            Optional Redemption by the Corporation .  The Corporation shall have the right at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date to redeem the Series B Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, at the Redemption Price.  If the Corporation redeems the Series B Preferred Shares in part, the Corporation with respect to each Holder shall first redeem all of its PIK Shares (in reverse order of date of issuance, with the most recently issued PIK Shares being redeemed first) prior to redeeming the Series B Preferred Shares issued on the Original Issue Date.
(b)            Special   Redemption by the Holders Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 6(a) hereto , upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (or the execution by the Corporation or any of its shareholders of any agreement providing for a Change of Control), each Holder of the Series B Preferred Shares may, at its option, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days' written notice, require the Corporation to redeem such Holder's Series B Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, within 120 days after the first date on which such Change of Control occurs, for cash at the greater of (i) the applicable Liquidation Preference for such Series B Preferred Shares and (ii) all accrued but unpaid dividends with respect to such Series B Preferred Shares plus the Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Common Stock that are convertible on the date of such notice from such Series B Preferred Shares; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, the Corporation shall not be required to effect such redemption unless a Change of Control actually occurs.  If the Corporation redeems the Series B Preferred Shares in part pursuant to this Section 6(b), the Corporation with respect to each Holder shall first redeem all of such Holder's PIK Shares (in reverse order of date of issuance, with the most recently issued PIK Shares being redeemed first) prior to redeeming the Series B Preferred Shares issued on the Original Issue Date.  If, prior to the receipt of such written request for redemption from any Holder of the Series B Preferred Shares, the Corporation has provided notice of its election to redeem some or all of the Series B Preferred Shares, the Holders of Series B Preferred Shares will not have any conversion right with respect to the shares called for redemption.
For purposes hereof, a " Change of Control " is deemed to occur when, after the Original Issue Date, one or more of the following has occurred:
(i) the acquisition by any Person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a "person" under Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the " Exchange Act "), of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions of the Corporation's stock entitling that Person to exercise more than 50% of the total voting power of all the Corporation's stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (based on the Corporation's stock then outstanding, without including shares of Common Stock convertible from the Series B Preferred Shares or, if the Series B Preferred Shares have been converted into notes pursuant to Section 7(h) hereof, such notes, or other Convertible Securities) unless the Person acquiring such voting power is (x) Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, or members of his family or companies legally or beneficially owned or controlled by such Persons, and any "person" or "group" under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, that is controlled by Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, members of his family or companies legally or beneficially owned or controlled by such Persons,
8


or (y) Friends Investment Company, Inc. or any Affiliate of Friends Investment Company, Inc., (ii) the acquisition by (x) Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, or members of his family or companies legally or beneficially owned or controlled by such Persons, and any "person" or "group" under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, that is controlled by Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, members of his family or companies legally or beneficially owned or controlled by such Persons, or (y) Friends Investment Company, Inc. or any Affiliate of Friends Investment Company, Inc., of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions of the Corporation's stock entitling that Person to exercise more than 65% of the total voting power of all the Corporation's stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (based on the Corporation's stock then outstanding, without including any shares of Common Stock convertible from the Series B Preferred Shares or, if the Series B Preferred Shares have been converted into notes pursuant to Section 7(h) hereof, such notes, or other Convertible Securities) (except that in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) such Person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), or (iii) the Common Stock of the Corporation is not listed on any of the equities markets of The Nasdaq Stock Market or the New York Stock Exchange; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is not listed solely because the Common Stock does not meet the minimum trading price requirement of such exchange, a "Change of Control" shall be automatically deemed to occur on the sixty first (61 st ) day after the Common Stock is not so listed if on such sixty first (61 st ) day the Common Stock remains not so listed.
(c)            Redemption Price .  In the event of a redemption under (i) Section 6(a) hereof, the Corporation will redeem the applicable Series B Preferred Shares at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Series B Liquidation Preference or (ii) Section 6(b) hereof, the Corporation will redeem the applicable Series B Preferred Shares at a redemption price equal to the greater of (A) the applicable Liquidation Preference for such Series B Preferred Shares and (B) all accrued but unpaid dividends with respect to such Series B Preferred Shares plus the Fair Market Value of the number of shares of Common Stock that are convertible on the date of the applicable notice requesting redemption from the Holders of such Series B Preferred Shares (the " Redemption Price ").  So long as any Series B Preferred Shares are held of record by the nominee of the Securities Depository, the Redemption Price for such Series B Preferred Shares shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Securities Depository on the Redemption Date.
(d)            Redemption Notice .  The Corporation shall give notice of any redemption pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof by mail, postage prepaid, not less than 15 days and not more than 60 days before the scheduled Redemption Date, to the Holders of record (as of the 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Business Day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of any Series B Preferred Shares to be redeemed as such Holders' names appear on the Corporation's stock transfer books maintained by the Registrar and Transfer Agent and at the address of such Holders shown therein. Such notice (the " Redemption Notice ") shall state: (1) the Redemption Date; (2) the number of Series B Preferred Shares to be redeemed and, if less than all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares are to be redeemed, the number (and the identification) of shares to be redeemed from such Holders; (3) the Redemption Price; (4) the place where the Series B Preferred Shares are to be redeemed and shall be presented and surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price therefor; (5) that dividends on the Series B
9


Preferred Shares to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate from and after such Redemption Date; and (6) whether a Change of Control has occurred within the last 120 days or is expected to occur within 120 days.
(e)            Effect of Redemption; Partial Redemption. If the Corporation elects to redeem Series B Preferred Shares and elects to redeem less than all of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, the number of shares to be redeemed shall be determined by the Corporation, and such shares shall be redeemed pro rata or by any other equitable method as the Securities Depository or the Corporation, as applicable, shall determine, with adjustments to avoid redemption of fractional shares; provided, however, if the Corporation redeems the Series B Preferred Shares in part, the Corporation with respect to each Holder shall first redeem all of such Holder's PIK Shares (in reverse order of date of issuance, with the most recently issued PIK Shares being redeemed first) prior to redeeming the Series B Preferred Shares issued on the Original Issue Date.  The Series B Preferred Shares not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided in this Statement of Designation.
(f)            Redemption Funds .  If the Corporation gives or causes to be given a Redemption Notice, or the Holders demand redemption in accordance with this Section 6, the Corporation shall deposit funds sufficient to redeem the relevant Series B Preferred Shares no later than 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date, and shall give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares to be redeemed upon surrender or deemed surrender (which shall occur automatically if a certificate representing Series B Preferred Shares is issued in the name of the Securities Depository or its nominee for such Series B Preferred Shares) of the certificate therefor.  If the Redemption Notice shall have been given or the Holders demand redemption in accordance with this Section 6, from and after the Redemption Date, unless the Corporation defaults in providing funds sufficient for such redemption at the time and place specified for payment pursuant to the Redemption Notice or notice provided by the Holders in accordance with this Section 6, all dividends on such Series B Preferred Shares to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate and all rights of Holders of such shares as the Corporation's shareholders shall cease, except the right to receive the Redemption Price in respect of the Series B Preferred Shares to be redeemed, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the Corporation's stock transfer books or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.  The Corporation shall be entitled to receive from the Paying Agent the interest income, if any, earned on such funds deposited with the Paying Agent (to the extent that such interest income is not required to pay the Redemption Price of the Series B Preferred Shares to be redeemed), and the Holders of any shares so redeemed shall have no claim to any such interest income.Any funds deposited with the Paying Agent hereunder by the Corporation for any reason, including redemption of Series B Preferred Shares, that remain unclaimed or unpaid after two years after the applicable Redemption Date or other payment date, shall be, to the extent permitted by law, repaid to the Corporation upon its written request after which repayment the Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares entitled to such redemption or other payment shall have recourse only to the Corporation.  Any Redemption Notice may, at the Corporation's discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to, completion of any equity offering, the issuance of indebtedness or other corporate transaction or event.
10


(g)            Certificate .  Any Series B Preferred Shares that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall be canceled and shall constitute authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Shares subject to designation by the Board of Directors as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.  If only a portion of the Series B Preferred Shares represented by a certificate shall have been called for redemption, upon surrender of the certificate to the Paying Agent (which shall occur automatically for Series B Preferred Shares represented by the certificate registered in the name of the Securities Depository or its nominee), the Paying Agent shall issue to the Holder of such shares a new certificate (or the applicable book-entry account shall be adjusted) to represent the number of Series B Preferred Shares that have not been called for redemption.
(h)            Redemption Priority .  In the event that full accrued but unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities shall have not been paid or otherwise declared and set apart for payment, the Corporation shall not be permitted to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, in whole or in part, any Series B Preferred Shares or Parity Securities except pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to all Holders of Series B Preferred Shares.  The Corporation shall not be permitted to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Common Stock or any other Junior Securities (other than repurchases or acquisitions of shares held by directors, officers, employees and consultants whose employment or services with the Corporation have terminated pursuant to the terms of any applicable stock incentive plan or similar plan or arrangement or any contractual arrangements with such Persons) unless all accrued and unpaid dividends have been or contemporaneously are being paid or provided for on all outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and any Parity Securities through the most recent Dividend Payment Date.  If the Corporation is required to redeem any Series B Preferred Shares, then the Corporation will take all reasonable action within its means to maximize the assets available for redeeming such Series B Preferred Shares and will use all such assets available therefor (and any additional assets that from time to time become available).
7.            Conversion .  Series B Preferred Shares are not convertible into or exchangeable for any other property or securities of the Corporation, except as provided in this Section 7.
(a)            Optional Conversion. Each Holder of Series B Preferred Shares may elect to convert its Series B Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time into shares of Common Stock at a rate for each Series B Preferred Share equal to the Series B Liquidation Preference for such Series B Preferred Share divided by the Conversion Price then in effect.  Each Holder of Series B Preferred Shares shall first convert all of its PIK Shares (in reverse order of date of issuance, with the most recently issued PIK Shares being converted first) prior to converting the Series B Preferred Shares issued on the Original Issue Date.
(b)            Mandatory Conversion .  At any time after the second anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Series B Preferred Shares will mandatorily convert to Common Stock at the Conversion Rate then in effect if all of the following are true: (1) the Corporation consummates a sale of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering with a price per share of Common Stock to the public of $72.50, as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock, or more resulting in gross proceeds of $23.20 million or more (subject to adjustment as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 7(b)); (2) the Common Stock trades at
11


or above a VWAP of $72.50, as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock, or more per share for 37 consecutive Trading Days prior to the earlier of the announcement of such offering and the closing of the offering and (3) either (x) there is an effective registration statement covering the resale of all converted Common Stock (or if there is an effective registration statement covering only a portion of the converted Common Stock, then the Series B Preferred Shares will mandatorily convert into Common Stock only with respect to such portion) or (y) the converted Common Stock may be resold pursuant to Rule 144 without any volume or manner or sale restrictions (subject to any lock-up period required by the underwriters of such underwritten offering).  The Corporation shall promptly notify all of the Holders if all of the provisions of this Section 7(b)(1), (2) and (3) are met.  If the Corporation provides timely notice to the Initial Holder of the underwritten offering set forth in clause (1) of this Section 7(b) requesting participation by the Initial Holder in such offering, and the Initial Holder declines to so participate, such underwritten offering may result in gross proceeds of $23.20 million less an amount equal to the value (determined at a price per share equal to the price at which shares of Common Stock are offered in such underwritten offering) of 5% of the Common Stock that is convertible from the Series B Preferred Shares held by the Initial Holder on the date notice of such underwritten offering is provided by the Corporation to the Initial Holder (based on the conversion price in effect on the date of the filing of this Statement of Designation, subject to anti-dilution adjustments) at the time the notice of such offering is provided by the Corporation to the Initial Holder, and the Series B Preferred Shares shall remain subject to the mandatory conversion set forth in this Section 7(b) (provided that the provisions of clauses (2) and (3) set forth in this Section 7(b) are met).
(c)            Adjustment of Conversion Price as Result of Certain Corporate Actions. The Conversion Price in effect at any time shall be adjusted as follows:
(i) If the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, effect a subdivision or split of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such subdivision or split shall be proportionately decreased and, conversely, if the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, effect a combination of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such combination shall be proportionately increased.  Any adjustment under this Section 7(c)(i) shall become effective at the close of business on the date of the applicable subdivision, split or combination.
(ii)            In the event that the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, make or issue to all holders of shares of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution payable in shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance in accordance with the following formula:
O
C 1            =           C x ----------------
O + N
where:
12



 
C 1 =
The adjusted Conversion Price.
 
 
C =
The current Conversion Price.
 
 
O =
The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the applicable issuance.
 
 
N =
The number of additional shares of Common Stock issued in payment of such dividend or distribution.
 
(iii)            In the event that the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, offer shares of Common Stock (other than Excluded Shares) in a non-public offering (or in a public offering in which more than 50% of such public offering is subscribed to by Affiliates of the Corporation) in which the Common Stock is sold at a price less than Fair Market Value, then the Conversion Price shall be reduced (but not increased) to an amount determined by multiplying the Conversion Price by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined in the following sentence) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration received or deemed received by the Corporation for the total number of additional shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing Conversion Price, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined in the following sentence) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of additional shares of Common Stock so issued.  For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (I) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (II) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then-outstanding Series B Preferred Shares could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (III) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and Convertible Securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date. In addition, any issuance of additional Series B Preferred Shares shall not cause an adjustment of the Conversion Price under this Section 7(c)(iii).
An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7(c)(iii) shall be made on the next Business Day following the date on which any such issuance or sale is made and shall be effective retroactively to the close of business on the date of such issuance or sale.
For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 7(c)(iii), the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for any issue or sale of securities (the " Aggregate Consideration ") shall be computed as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, the gross amount of cash received by the Corporation before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or
13


allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Corporation, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that to the extent the Board of Directors determines the fair value of property other than cash is equal to or exceeds $1,000,000, then the Corporation shall have such property appraised by a qualified independent appraiser, whose valuation shall conclusively determine the value, and (C) if shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options to purchase either shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for a consideration which covers both, the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.
For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 7(c)(iii), if the Corporation issues or sells (x) Preferred Shares or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into, shares of Common Stock other than Excluded Shares (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as " Convertible Securities ") or (y) rights or options for the purchase of shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities (other than Excluded Shares) and if the Effective Price of such shares of Common Stock is less than the Conversion Price, the Corporation shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus: (A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such rights or options; and (B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of anti-dilution or similar protective clauses, the Corporation shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.
If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of anti-dilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.
If any option or warrant expires or is cancelled without having been exercised, then, for the purposes of the adjustments set forth above, such option or
14


warrant shall have been deemed not to have been issued and the Conversion Price shall be adjusted accordingly.  No holder of Common Stock which was previously issued upon conversion of Series B Preferred Shares shall have any obligation to redeem or cancel any such shares of Common Stock as a result of the operation of this paragraph.
(iv)            Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price by reason of the issuance of Common Stock upon the conversion of Series B Preferred Shares or the exercise of any such rights or options.
(d)            Adjustment to Conversion Rate in the Event of Dividend Payment Default .  In the event a Dividend Payment Default occurs and is continuing the Conversion Price shall be adjusted as follows: for the first six months during which such Dividend Payment Default exists, the Conversion Price shall equal $27.99 (as adjusted pursuant to Sections 7(c), 7(e) and 7(j) hereof), and if the Dividend Payment Default continues for more than six months, the Conversion Price shall equal $24.24 (as adjusted pursuant to Sections 7(c), 7(e) and 7(j) hereof).  If the Dividend Payment Default ceases to exist (as evidenced by the delivery of an Officer's Certificate to the Registrar and Transfer Agent stating that such Dividend Payment Default no longer exists), the Conversion Price shall remain the reduced Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the cessation of the Dividend Payment Default.
(e)            Corporate Events .  Prior to the consummation of any transaction pursuant to which holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive securities or other assets with respect to or in exchange for shares of Common Stock, including a reclassification, exchange, substitution or reorganization (a " Corporate Event "), the Corporation shall make appropriate provision to ensure that each Holder will thereafter have the right to receive upon a conversion of all the Series B Preferred Shares held by such Holder, such securities and other assets (including cash) that such Holder would have been entitled to receive had such Holder converted its Series B Preferred Shares into Common Stock immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Event.  The provisions of this Section 7(e) shall apply similarly and equally to successive Corporate Events.
(f)            Mechanics of Conversion.   No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series B Preferred Shares.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then Fair Market Value of such fractional shares.  Before any Holder of Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the Holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any Transfer Agent for the Series B Preferred Shares (to the extent not registered in the name of the Securities Depository or its nominee), and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such Holder is converting the same; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such Series B Preferred Shares are delivered to the Corporation or its Transfer Agent as provided above, or the Holder notifies the Corporation or its Transfer Agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.  Each Holder of Series B Preferred Shares shall first convert all of its PIK Shares (in
15


reverse order of date of issuance, with the most recently issued PIK Shares being converted first) prior to converting the Series B Preferred Shares issued on the Original Issue Date.
The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery (which shall occur automatically for such Series B Preferred Shares represented by a certificate registered in the name of the Securities Depository or its nominee), or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such Holder of Series B Preferred Shares, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled as aforesaid (or the applicable book-entry account shall be created and/or noted as credited with such shares of Common Stock) and a check payable to the Holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid cash dividends on the converted Series B Preferred Shares.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of Series B Preferred Shares to be converted, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.
(g)            Reservation Of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.   The Corporation shall at all times after the Original Issue Date, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the
shares of the Series B Preferred Shares, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Shares; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Shares, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Statement of Designation or the Articles of Incorporation.
(h)            Optional Conversion to Convertible Promissory Note .  During or any time after the occurrence of a Dividend Payment Default (even if a Dividend Payment Default is not in effect), a Holder of Series B Preferred Shares may require the Corporation to convert such shares into one or more unsecured, convertible promissory notes in the form set forth on Exhibit A hereto , or in a form agreed between such Holder and the Corporation ; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to convert the Series B Preferred Shares into such promissory notes to the extent such notes or their terms would cause any additional breach or default under any then existing credit agreement, guarantee, security agreement or similar agreement to which the Corporation is a party.  The Corporation agrees to use its best efforts to ensure that any future loan agreement or amendment to an existing or future loan agreement will contain one or more provisions ensuring that the conversion of Series B Preferred Shares under this Section 7(h) shall not result in a default under such loan agreement, be it by covenant default or otherwise.
(i)            Treasury Stock .  The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held, directly or indirectly, by or for the
16


account of the Corporation.  The disposition of such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed a sale for the purpose of Section 7(c)(iii) hereof.
(j)            Other Events .  If any event occurs of the type contemplated by the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 but not expressly provided for by such provisions, then the Board of Directors will make an appropriate adjustment to the Conversion Price so as to protect the rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares; provided, however, that no such adjustment will increase the Conversion Price as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 7.
8.            Rank .  The Series B Preferred Shares shall be deemed to rank:
(a)            senior to all classes of Common Stock and the Series A Preferred Shares, and to any other class or series of capital stock established after the Original Issue Date, the terms of which class or series do not expressly provide that it is made senior to or on parity with the Series B Preferred Shares as to dividend distributions and distributions upon any Liquidation Event or redemption (collectively referred to with the Corporation's Common Stock as " Junior Securities "); and
(b)            on parity with any other class or series of capital stock established after the Original Issue Date by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 5(c)(1) hereof, the terms of which class or series are not expressly subordinated or senior to the Series B Preferred Shares as to dividend distributions and distributions upon any Liquidation Event or redemption (collectively referred to as " Parity Securities "); and
(c)            junior to all of the Corporation's indebtedness and other liabilities with respect to assets available to satisfy claims against the Corporation and to each class or series of capital stock established after the Original Issue Date by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 5(c)(1) hereof, the terms of which class or series expressly provide that it ranks senior to the Series B Preferred Shares as to dividend distributions and distributions upon any Liquidation Event or redemption (collectively referred to as " Senior Securities ").
The Corporation may issue Junior Securities from time to time in one or more series without the vote or consent of the Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares.  The Board of Directors has the authority to determine the preferences, powers, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights or privileges, if any, of any such series before the issuance of any shares of that series.  The Board of Directors shall also determine the number of shares constituting each series of securities.  The ability of the Corporation to issue additional Series B Preferred Shares, Parity Securities and Senior Securities is limited as described under Section 5 hereof.  The Series A Preferred Shares are Junior Securities.
9.            Definitions; Interpretation .  As used herein, terms not otherwise defined in this Statement of Designation shall have the following meanings:
"Affiliate" means, in regard to a specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. As used in this definition, "control" (including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the
17


power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
"Aggregate Consideration" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(iii) of this Statement of Designation.
"Approved Shipbroker" means any of the following or their Affiliates: Arrow Valuations Ltd; Breamar Seascope Limited; Clarkson Valuations Limited; Fearnley Offshore AS; Howe Robinson & Co. Ltd.; ICAP Shipping Limited; Maersk Brokers K/S; RS Platou Shipbrokers A/S; SSY Valuation Services Ltd.; and VesselsValue Ltd, or such other reputable, independent and first class firm of shipbrokers specializing in the valuation of vessels of the relevant type agreed between the Corporation and the Initial Holder.
"Articles of Incorporation" means the Corporation's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation as in effect on the date hereof, as they may be further amended and/or restated from time to time.
"Available Cash" means the cash available to the Corporation after taking into account operating expenses (including accrual for scheduled drydockings, provided that such accrual shall be equally divided between all quarters of the applicable fiscal year or years between drydockings for the applicable vessel or vessels) and all scheduled principal and interest payments due on the Corporation's indebtedness during the current fiscal quarter.
"Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation or, to the extent permitted by the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, any authorized committee thereof.
"Business Day" means a day on which the primary exchange on which the Corporation's Common Stock is listed or quoted is open for trading and which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.
"Bylaws" means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be further amended and/or restated from time to time.
"Cash and Cash Equivalents" means any of the following types of investments, to the extent owned by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Joint Venture):  (A) Dollars, euros or such local currencies held by the Corporation from time to time in the ordinary course of its business; (B) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (C) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $750,000,000; (D) investments in commercial paper of a corporation maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable
18


from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto, or from Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto (but excluding asset-backed investments and any commercial paper issued by a special investment vehicle); (E) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (B) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (C) above; and (F) investments in "money market funds" within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (A) through (E) above and which is issued by a financial institution having total assets in excess of $5,000,000,000.
"Change of Control" has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b) of this Statement of Designation.
"Common Stock" means the Corporation's common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
"Conversion Price" means $31.64 (subject to adjustment pursuant to Sections 7(c), (d), (e) and (j) hereof, as applicable).
"Convertible Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(iii) of this Statement of Designation.
"Corporate Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) of this Statement of Designation.
"Corporation" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Statement of Designation.
"Debt Ratio" has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(3) of this Statement of Designation.
"Dividend Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Statement of Designation.
"Dividend Payment Date" means each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, commencing on June 30, 2018; provided, however, that if any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be on the immediately succeeding Business Day.
"Dividend Payment Default" shall occur if on any Dividend Payment Date the Corporation does not pay the entire applicable dividend on the Series B Preferred Shares.  A Dividend Payment Default ceases to exist when the Corporation has paid the entire applicable dividend (including any previously accrued but unpaid dividends).  For the avoidance of doubt, failure to pay in cash any dividends that accrue at any time commencing five years after the Original Issue Date constitutes a Dividend Payment Default, regardless of whether the Corporation has funds legally available for the payment of such dividend or the payment of such dividends are prohibited by applicable law, or both.
"Dividend Period" means a period of time commencing on and including a Dividend Payment Date (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the
19


Original Issue Date) and ending on and including the day next preceding the next Dividend Payment Date.
"Dividend Rate" with respect to a Series B Preferred Share means a rate per annum determined as follows:
(A) For the period commencing on the Original Issue Date and ending on but excluding the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, if no cash dividend for the applicable quarter is being paid on the Common Stock, the Dividend Rate shall be calculated on a calendar quarter basis based on the VWAP of all Trading Days (taken as a whole unless VWAP information based on all such Trading Days taken as a whole is not available, in which case the Dividend Rate shall be calculated on the average of the sum of each Trading Day's VWAP during such period) during the immediately preceding calendar quarter and shall be (i) 5.00% of the Series B Liquidation Preference if such VWAP is less than or equal to $72.50 as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock (or if listed or quoted in a currency other than Dollars, is less or equal to the equivalent of $72.50 (as so adjusted) based on the currency conversion rate on the last day of such quarter), and (ii) 0% of the Series B Liquidation Preference if such VWAP exceeds $72.50 as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock (or if listed or quoted in a currency other than Dollars, exceeds the equivalent of $72.50 (as so adjusted) based on the currency conversion rate on the last day of such quarter).  For example, the Dividend Rate applicable to the June 30, 2018 Dividend Payment Date shall be calculated based on the VWAP during the first calendar quarter in 2018 and the Dividend Rate applicable to the September 30, 2018 Dividend Payment Date shall be calculated based on the VWAP during the second calendar quarter in 2018.
(B) For the period commencing on the Original Issue Date and ending on but excluding the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, if a cash dividend for the applicable quarter is being paid on the Common Stock, the Dividend Rate shall be calculated based on the VWAP during the 37 Trading Days (taken as a whole unless VWAP information based on all such Trading Days taken as a whole is not available, in which case the Dividend Rate shall be calculated on the average of the sum of each Trading Day's VWAP during such period) immediately prior to the meeting of the Board of Directors that approved such cash dividend and shall be (i) 5.00% of the Series B Liquidation Preference if such VWAP is less than or equal to $72.50 as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock (or if listed or quoted in a currency other than Dollars, is less or equal to the equivalent of $72.50 (as so adjusted) based on the currency conversion rate on the last day of such period), and (ii) 0% of the Series B Liquidation Preference if such VWAP exceeds $72.50 as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock (or if listed or quoted in a
20


currency other than Dollars, exceeds the equivalent of $[_] (as so adjusted) based on the currency conversion rate on the last day of such period).
(C) For the period commencing on and including the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date and ending on but excluding the seventh anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Dividend Rate shall be 12.00%.
(D) Thereafter, the Dividend Rate shall be 14.00%.
If the Dividend Rate changes pursuant to subparagraphs (A)-(D) above during a Dividend Period, the Dividend Amount for each day during such Dividend Period shall be calculated based on the Dividend Rate in effect on such day.
The Dividend Rate shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3(c) hereof.
The Initial Holder has agreed to provide the Corporation with the applicable VWAP at no cost in a timely manner upon request by the Corporation.  If the Initial Holder (or another person designated to do so by the Initial Holder at the Initial Holder's expense) does not provide such VWAP in a timely manner, all references to VWAP for purposes of calculating the Dividend Rate shall mean the average, volume adjusted closing price of the Common Stock as reasonably calculated by the Corporation for such periods.
"Dollar" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States of America from time to time.
"Effective Price" of shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Corporation under Section 7(c)(iii) hereof, into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Corporation for such issue under Section 7(c)(iii) hereof, for such shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.
"Exchange Act" has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b) of this Statement of Designation.
"Excluded Joint Venture" has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(3) of this Statement of Designation.
"Excluded Shares" means any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by the Corporation: (A) to directors, officers, employees and consultants under any stock incentive plan or similar plan or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors; (B) in respect of a conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares in accordance herewith; (C) pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, reorganization or recapitalization applicable to all of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation; or (D) pursuant to a transaction that the Initial Holder agrees shall be deemed to be an issuance of Excluded Shares.
21


"Fair Market Value" means the 30-Trading Day trailing VWAP of the Common Stock (as adjusted to take into account any offering expenses, such as underwriting discounts and expenses (but not including discounts to the VWAP), that are customary for the type of offering being conducted by the Corporation).
"Holder" means each Person in whose name any Series B Preferred Shares are registered on the Corporation's records.
"Initial Holder" means Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC and/or its Affiliates.
"Junior Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) of this Statement of Designation.
"Liquidation Event" means the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of the Corporation individually or in a series of transactions.  A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other Person, individually or in a series of related transactions, shall not be deemed a Liquidation Event.
"Liquidation Preference" means, in connection with any distribution in connection with a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof and with respect to any holder of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such payment, whether or not declared (if the terms of the applicable class or series of capital stock of the Corporation so provide).
"Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Corporation's Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer or another duly authorized officer of the Corporation.
"Original Issue Date" shall mean the first date on which a Series B Preferred Share is issued to any Holder, which, for the avoidance of doubt, is January 29, 2014.
"Original Issue Price" means $1,000.00 per share for each Series B Preferred Share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares).
"Parity Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) of this Statement of Designation.
"Paying Agent" means American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting in its capacity as paying agent for the Series B Preferred Shares, and its respective successors and assigns, or any other payment agent appointed by the Corporation.
"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust or entity.
22


"PIK Share Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Statement of Designation.
"PIK Shares" shall mean Series B Preferred Shares issued to Holders in lieu of cash dividends in accordance with this Statement of Designation.
"Preferred Shares" means any of the Corporation's preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to one or more preferences over shares of the Corporation's Common Stock.
"Record Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) of this Statement of Designation.
"Redemption Date" means the date of the redemption of the Series B Preferred Shares in accordance with Section 6 of this Statement of Designation.
"Redemption Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) of this Statement of Designation.
"Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c) of this Statement of Designation.
"Registrar" means American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting in its capacity as registrar for the Series B Preferred Shares, and its respective successors and assigns or any other registrar appointed by the Corporation.
"Securities Depository" means The Depository Trust Company, and its successors or assigns or any other securities depository selected by the Corporation.
"Senior Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 8(c) of this Statement of Designation.
"Series A Preferred Shares" means the Series A Participating Preferred Stock established pursuant to the Shareholders Rights Agreement.
"Series B Director" has the meaning set forth in Section 5(b) of this Statement of Designation.
"Series B  Liquidation Preference" means a Liquidation Preference for each Series B Preferred Share initially equal to [$1,000.00 per share], which Liquidation Preference shall be (a) increased by the per share amount of any accumulated and unpaid dividends (whether or not such dividends shall have been declared) and (b) decreased upon a distribution in connection with a Liquidation Event described in Section 4 of this Statement of Designation which does not result in payment in full of the liquidation preference of such Series B Preferred Share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares).
"Series B Preferred Shares" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Statement of Designation.
23


"Shareholders Rights Agreement" means that certain shareholders rights agreement dated May [_], 2018 between the Corporation and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent, as it may be amended from time to time, or any future shareholders rights agreement.
"Statement of Designation" means this Statement of Designation relating to the Series B Preferred Shares, as it may be amended from time to time in a manner consistent with this Statement of Designation.
"Trading Day" means any day on which the Common Stock is traded on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded; provided that "Trading Day" shall not include any day on which the Common Stock is scheduled to trade on such exchange or market for less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Common Stock is suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such exchange or market, then during the hour ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time).
"Transfer Agent" means American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting in its capacity as transfer agent for the Series B Preferred Shares, and its respective successors and assigns or any other transfer agent appointed by the Corporation.
"Vessel Value" of a particular vessel means the fair market value of such vessel which shall be conclusively determined by one Approved Shipbroker selected by the Corporation, which written determination may be no more than three (3) Business Days old and may be made with or without physical inspection of such vessel, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer free of any existing charter or any other contract of employment in respect of such vessel; and after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.
"VWAP" means volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock.
For all purposes relevant to this Statement of Designation: the terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural and vice versa; whenever the words "include," "includes," or "including" are used, they are deemed followed by the words "without limitation;" and all references to number of shares, amounts per share, prices, and the like shall be subject to appropriate proportional adjustment for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends and similar events.
10.            Sinking Fund .  The Series B Preferred Shares shall not have the benefit of any sinking fund except, and only to the extent, as follows: in the event of a Dividend Payment Default, the Corporation will create a sinking fund for the sole purpose of paying the dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares as provided herein; provided, however, that such sinking fund shall not be created if it would cause any additional breach or default under any then existing credit agreement, guarantee, security agreement or similar agreement to which the Corporation is a party.  The Corporation shall deposit into the sinking fund 80% of its Available Cash (or such lesser amount as may be permitted under any such credit agreement, guarantee, security
24


agreement or similar agreement to which the Corporation is a party), as and when such funds become available, until the dividend that cause the Dividend Payment Default has been paid.  Any excess funds remaining in the sinking fund after such dividend has been paid in full shall revert to the Corporation.
11.            Record Holders .To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation may deem and treat each Holder of any Series B Preferred Share as the true, lawful and absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and the Corporation shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.
12.            Notices .  The Corporation will give notice to the Holders promptly following each adjustment of the Conversion Price, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of such adjustment(s).  In addition, if the Corporation (i) declares a dividend or any other distribution of cash, securities or other property in respect of its Common Stock, (ii) authorizes or approves, enters into any agreement contemplating or solicits shareholder approval for any Corporate Event, (iii) authorizes the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of the Corporation or the voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, or (iv) undergoes a Change of Control, then the Corporation shall deliver to the Holders a notice describing the material terms and conditions of such event (but only to the extent such disclosure would not result in the dissemination of material, non-public information to the Holders) at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date on which a Person would need to hold Common Stock in order to participate in or vote with respect to such transaction; provided , however , that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be described in such notice.  All of the foregoing notices or communications and any other notices or communications in respect of the Series B Preferred Shares shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person, by overnight courier, by first class mail, postage prepaid, by electronic mail or facsimile, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Statement of Designation, in the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws or by applicable law.
13.            Amendment .  At any time when any Series B Preferred Shares are outstanding, none of this Statement of Designation, the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws or the Shareholders Rights Agreement shall be amended (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise) in any manner which would materially or adversely alter, change or affect the powers, preferences or rights of the Series B Preferred Shares without the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class.
14.            Fractional Shares .  Series B Preferred Shares may be issued in fractions of a share.
15.            No Other Rights .  The Series B Preferred Shares shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth in this Statement of Designation or in the Articles of Incorporation or as provided by applicable law.
16.            No Impairment .  The Corporation shall not, by amendment of this Statement of Designation, through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution,
25


issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid or reduce the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Statement of Designation by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Statement of Designation and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion and other rights of the holders of the Series B Preferred Shares against impairment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not enter into any agreement that would prohibit, impair or otherwise alter, or amend any existing agreement to prohibit, impair or otherwise alter, the Corporation's ability to perform any of its obligations in Section 7(h) or Section 10 hereof or both, disregarding, for the purposes of this sentence, the proviso in Section 7(h) hereof and the proviso and parenthetical in Section 10 hereof.
17.            Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue, stamp and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any conversion of Series B Preferred Shares. The Corporation shall not, however, pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate of Common Stock in a name other than the Holder of the Series B Preferred Shares so converted, and the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate of Common Stock unless and until the Holder converting such Series B Preferred Shares requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.
18.              Lost or Stolen Certificates . Upon receipt by the Corporation of evidence of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Series B Preferred Share certificates, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, and upon surrender and cancellation of the Series B Preferred Share certificate(s), if any, the Corporation shall execute and deliver new Series B Preferred Share certificate(s) of like tenor and date.
19.            Maturity .  The Series B Preferred Shares shall be perpetual, unless converted or redeemed in accordance with this Statement of Designation.
20.            No Preemptive Rights .  No holders of Series B Preferred Shares will, as holders of Series B Preferred Shares, have any preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for Common Stock or any other security of the Corporation.
21.            Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc .  If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.
22.            Consent by Initial Holder .  If the consent of the Initial Holder is required pursuant to Section 5(c) or (e) hereunder, the Corporation shall promptly provide written notice to the Initial Holder, which notice may be delivered by overnight courier (with a copy, which shall not be deemed notice, sent by email).  The Initial Holder shall respond to the Corporation by delivering written notice of its consent, or decision to withhold such consent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice (not counting the day of receipt of such notice).  If the
26


Initial Holder has not delivered such notice within the five (5) Business Day period, the Initial Holder shall be deemed to have given its consent.
23.            Vessel Valuations .  Until such time as the Initial Holder no longer holds any Series B Preferred Shares, the Corporation shall provide to the Initial Holder copies of all valuations of vessels that it or its direct or indirect subsidiaries own that the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has in its possession on the Original Issue Date or that are prepared by unaffiliated third parties upon the Corporation's or any of its subsidiaries' request pursuant to the Corporation's or any of its subsidiaries' loan agreements or otherwise, no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of such valuations.  The Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall provide valuations of vessels prepared by the Corporation or such subsidiary itself for internal use, only upon request by the Initial Holder.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned, being duly authorized thereto, does hereby affirm that this Statement of Designation is the act and deed of the Corporation and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his or her hand on May [_], 2018.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:  Aristides J. Pittas
Title:  Chief Executive Officer
   
   
   
 
Name:  Stefania Karmiri
Title:  Secretary
   
 
 
 
 

[Signature Page to Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of EuroDry Ltd.]


Exhibit A
Form of Promissory Note
 
[THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THE DEBT MAY BE CONVERTED HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ARE BEING ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNLESS SUCH REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.] 1
 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
     
     
$_______ 2
 
[Date]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, EuroDry Ltd., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands (the " Corporation "), hereby promises to pay to the order of ______________________________ or its successors and permitted assigns (the " Holder "), the principal sum of _______________ 3 Dollars ($___________________ 4 ) (the " Principal "), together with Interest thereon from the date of this Convertible Promissory Note (this " Note ") until all unpaid Principal and accrued and unpaid Interest thereon and other amounts payable under this Note have been paid in full under this Note or fully converted into Common Stock as provided herein.  Interest shall accrue on all outstanding Principal at the Interest Rate then in effect on a daily basis from the date hereof (" Interest ") until all outstanding Principal and accrued and unpaid Interest thereon under this Note and other amounts payable under this Note are paid in full or fully converted into Common Stock as provided herein (all outstanding Principal, accrued and unpaid Interest thereon and other amounts payable under this Note from time to time are collectively referred to herein as the " Debt ").  Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year.

This Note is referenced in, and has been issued pursuant to, that certain Amended and Restated Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of EuroDry Ltd., dated as of May [_], 2018 (the " Statement of Designation ").  Each capitalized term used herein and not otherwise defined herein has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Statement of Designation.

Payment .

(a)   Payment on Maturity; Interest Payments; Prepayments. Unless previously fully converted into Common Stock as provided herein from time to time, all outstanding Principal and Interest and other amounts payable under this Note shall be due and payable immediately on demand following a Change of Control (the date of such demand being the " Maturity Date ").  Interest only shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each, an " Interest Payment Date ") by no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on each such Interest Payment Date, with the first payment of Interest due and payable on ____________; 5   provided , however , that if any Interest Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall instead be on the immediately succeeding Business Day.  For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall interest accrue at an Interest Rate greater than 20% per annum.  Interest and other amounts payable pursuant to this Note shall accrue whether or not there are funds legally available for the payment thereof, whether the Corporation has any earnings or net profits, and whether or not the payment or accrual of Interest or such other amounts is restricted by the terms of any of the Corporation's indebtedness outstanding at any time.  The Corporation may prepay the Debt in full or in part at any time [on or after January [ l ], 2019]. 6


1   Delete legend if the Common Stock that is convertible pursuant to this Note has been registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
2 Insert Series B Liquidation Preference Amount at time of conversion in figures.
3   Insert Series B Liquidation Preference Amount at time of conversion in words.
4 Insert Series B Liquidation Preference Amount at time of conversion in figures.
5   Insert the first Interest Payment Date following the date of this Note.
6   Delete the bracketed text if the conversion to this Note occurs on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date.

 
(b)   Payment Procedure.  Payments of Principal, Interest and all other amounts due pursuant to this Note shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Holder [or by check sent to the Holder as the Holder may designate for such purpose from time to time by written notice to the Corporation].

(c)   [ Interest Rate Adjustment.   If the Corporation has not paid and does not pay, on or before ______________________, 7 $____________________ 8 on account of the previously accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares previously and currently held by the Holder, the Interest Rate shall be increased by 3.00% per annum.] 9

Rank.    The Debt shall be deemed to rank (a) senior to all classes of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Shares, Series B Preferred Shares and to all other classes and series of capital stock of the Corporation established after the Original Issue Date (collectively, the " Securities "), (b) pari passu with holders of unsecured indebtedness and liabilities (" Unsecured Debt ") and (c) junior to all holders of secured indebtedness or liabilities to the extent of such holder's security (" Senior Secured Debt ").

Dividends; Additional Amounts .

Limitation on Dividends.   So long as any Principal, Interest or any other amount payable under this Note is due and outstanding, the Corporation shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution of the Corporation's assets or profits to any holder of Junior Securities.

Permitted Dividends.   [The Corporation may authorize and pay a dividend in cash on its outstanding Common Stock at any time prior to January 29, 2019 only if the Corporation simultaneously pays all accrued and unpaid Interest and all amounts remaining unpaid that were previously due pursuant to this Section 3(b), plus an additional amount in cash determined as follows: (i) if the Interest Rate as calculated under clause (B) of the definition of Interest Rate is 5%, then in addition to such Interest and other amounts, an amount equal to 40% of the Common Stock dividend the Holder would have received if the Debt had been converted in full into Common Stock as provided in this Note and (ii) if the Interest Rate as calculated under clause (B) of the definition of Interest Rate is 0%, then the greater of (A) 100% of the Common Stock dividend the Holder would have received if the Debt had been converted in full into Common Stock as provided in this Note and (B) 5% of the Note Liquidation Preference.] 10   The Corporation may authorize and pay a dividend in cash on its outstanding Common Stock at any time [on or after January 29, 2019] 11 only if the Corporation simultaneously pays all accrued and unpaid Interest and all amounts remaining unpaid that were previously due pursuant to this Section 3(b) plus an additional amount in cash equal to 40% of the Common Stock dividend the Holder would have received if the Debt had been converted in full into Common Stock as provided in this Note.  The Holder shall not be entitled, pursuant to this Section 3(b), to any amount in excess of all accrued and unpaid Interest on the Note and additional amounts required under this paragraph.
 


7 Insert the date that is six months from the original Dividend Payment Default.
8   Insert the amount of the previously accrued and unpaid dividends on account of the Holder's Series B Preferred Shares.
9   Delete this paragraph if the conversion to this Note occurs after there has been a Dividend Payment Default for six months or more.
10 Delete this sentence if the conversion to this Note occurs on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date.
11   Delete bracketed text if the conversion to this Note occurs after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date.
 

 

Liquidation Rights .

Liquidation Event .  Upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event, the Holder shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof, whether from capital, surplus or earnings, after satisfaction of all liabilities, if any, to creditors of the Corporation that are senior to the Holder pursuant to applicable law and subject to the rights of holders of any outstanding Senior Secured Debt in respect of distributions upon a Liquidation Event, and concurrently with any applicable distributions of such assets or proceeds being made to or set aside for holders of Unsecured Debt, and before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Securities, a liquidating distribution or payment in full redemption of the Debt in an amount equal to the greater of (i) the Note Liquidation Preference and (ii) the amount that the Holder otherwise would be entitled to receive if the full amount of the Debt was converted into shares of Common Stock (at the then-prevailing Conversion Price) immediately prior to such Liquidation Event.  For purposes of clarity, upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event (i) the holders of then outstanding Senior Secured Debt shall be entitled to receive the applicable Liquidation Preference on such Senior Secured Debt before any distribution shall be made to the Holder and (ii) the Holder shall be entitled to the Note Liquidation Preference (or the amount that the Holder otherwise would be entitled to receive if the full amount of the Debt was converted into shares of Common Stock, as applicable) in cash before any distribution shall be made to the holders of the Corporation's Securities.  The Holder shall not be entitled to any other amounts from the Corporation, in its capacity as Holder of the Debt, after it has received in full the Note Liquidation Preference set forth in this Section 4(a) or the amount that the Holder would be entitled to receive if the full amount of the Debt were converted to Common Stock in accordance herewith immediately prior to such Liquidation Event, as applicable.  The payment in full of the Note Liquidation Preference (or the payment in full of the amount that the Holder otherwise would be entitled to receive if the full amount of the Debt was converted into shares of Common Stock, as applicable) in respect of the full amount of the Debt shall be a payment in redemption of the Note such that, from and after such payment, the Note shall thereafter be cancelled and the Debt shall no longer be outstanding.

Partial Payment .  If, in the event of any distribution or payment described in Section 4(a) above where the Corporation's assets available for distribution to the holders of Unsecured Debt (including the Debt) are insufficient to satisfy the full amount of the Debt, the Corporation's assets then remaining shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of Unsecured Debt on the basis of their relative indebtedness.  To the extent that the Holder receives a partial payment on account of the Debt, such partial payment shall reduce the total outstanding amount of the Debt, but only to the extent of such amount actually received.

Residual Distributions . After payment in full of the Senior Secured Debt, the Debt and the total outstanding amount of other Unsecured Debt, the Corporation's remaining assets and funds shall be distributed among the holders of Securities then outstanding according to their respective rights and preferences.

[Covenants .   So long as the Holder of this Note is Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates:

Negative Covenants . Subject to Section 5(b) hereof, the Corporation may not take any of the following actions, or enter into any contract or arrangement to take or cause to be taken any of the following actions without the prior written consent of the Holder, which consent shall be given or withheld in accordance with Section 22 hereof:

Authorize, create or issue any class or series of capital stock that ranks senior to or in parity with the Series B Preferred Shares or issue any additional Series B Preferred Shares; provided , however , that [after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date,] 12 the Corporation may issue any class or series of capital stock that ranks senior to or in parity with the Series B Preferred Shares, or issue additional Series B Preferred Shares, if the net proceeds from the sale of such capital stock or Series B Preferred Shares are used to repay the full amount of the Debt;

Engage in any transaction with any Affiliate of the Corporation in excess of $200,000 per calendar year, except for the performance of obligations pursuant to the terms of any agreement to which the Corporation is a party as of the date of the filing of the Statement of Designation, as such agreement may be amended or renewed from time to time, provided that any such amendment or renewal is permitted only if its terms are not more disadvantageous than the terms of such agreement in effect as of the date of the filing of the Statement of Designation subject to the following sentence.  For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing proviso will not apply to customary adjustments and increases (including with respect to inflation and personnel costs) contained in any agreement to which the Corporation is a party as of the date of the filing of the Statement of Designation or any changes that are not more favorable to such Affiliate than terms that would be obtained in an arms' length transaction with an unaffiliated third party; and


12   Delete bracketed text if the conversion to this Note occurs after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date.


Effect any transaction involving the financing or acquisition of vessel or vessels, or any merger or other corporate transaction, that increases the aggregate amount of the Corporation's and its subsidiaries' (other than any Excluded Joint Venture) debt outstanding unless the ratio of debt over the sum of (i) the then most recent aggregate Vessel Value of all of the vessels owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or its subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Joint Venture), including payments made under any shipbuilding contracts, plus (ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents, remains below 60% (the "Debt Ratio").  "Excluded Joint Venture" means any joint venture to which the Corporation is a party unless (A) the Corporation owns more than 50% of such joint venture and the organizational documents for such joint venture do not prohibit the Corporation from exercising control over the joint venture or (B) the Corporation has guaranteed any of the debts of such joint venture.  For the avoidance of doubt (A) this paragraph (iii) shall not apply to the refinancing of existing senior secured debt facilities as long as the aggregate amount outstanding or available under such senior secured debt does not increase as a result of such refinancing, (B) notwithstanding this paragraph (iii), if the Debt Ratio equals or exceeds 60%, the financing of two newbuildings pursuant to shipbuilding contracts that the Corporation or its subsidiaries executed prior to the date of the filing of the Statement of Designation may be leveraged at an amount no greater than 70% of the contract price regardless of the Debt Ratio; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that any such financing shall be included in the Debt Ratio on all other matters, and (C) for purposes of this paragraph (iii), in connection only with the delivery of a newbuilding or the entry into a financing agreement with respect to the acquisition of such newbuilding, the Debt Ratio shall be deemed met upon the delivery of such newbuilding or entry into such financing agreement, as applicable, if the Debt Ratio, after taking into account the anticipated terms and conditions of any future financing agreement, was below 60% at the time of entry into the contract to purchase such newbuilding, and either such newbuilding is financed with the same (or lesser) amount of debt than was anticipated when the Corporation or its subsidiary entered into such contract to purchase such newbuilding or such newbuilding is financed on the same or more favorable terms and conditions anticipated for such financing agreement.

Termination of Section 5(a) Consent Rights – Minimum Common Shares on Conversion.  Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the consent rights under Section 5(a) hereto shall terminate once the Initial Holder no longer holds at least 65% of the number of shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) that the Series B Preferred Shares acquired by the Initial Holder on the Original Issue Date would have converted into as of the Original Issue Date (subject to adjustment each time the Conversion Price is adjusted).  For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of this Section 5(b), any Series B Preferred Shares held by the Initial Holder and this Note at any time shall be deemed converted and aggregated with any converted shares of Common Stock held by the Initial Holder for the purpose of determining whether the Initial Holder has maintained such 65% ownership.

Termination of Section 5(a) Consent Rights – Conversion of Series B Preferred Shares.   Except as otherwise terminated under Section 5(b) above, the consent rights under Section 5(a) hereof shall terminate if more than 50% of the Series B Preferred Shares that were issued on the Original Issue Date are converted into Common Stock.

No Change in Control.  The Corporation may not effect any transaction that would result in a Change of Control, or enter into any contract or arrangement to effect any transaction that would result in a Change of Control, unless the Corporation shall have received the prior written consent of the Initial Holder, if immediately after or simultaneously with such Change of Control, the Corporation would not be able to repay the full amount of the Debt.] 13

Intentionally Omitted .
 


13   Delete Section 5 if the Holder is not Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates.
 


 
Right of Holder to Convert into Common Stock .

Optional Conversion. The Holder may elect to convert the Debt, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time into shares of Common Stock at a rate equal to the amount of the Debt to be converted divided by the Conversion Price then in effect.

Mandatory Conversion .  At any time after the date of this Note, all of the Debt will mandatorily convert to Common Stock at the Conversion Rate then in effect if all of the following are true: (1) the Corporation consummates a sale of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering with a price per share of Common Stock to the public of $72.50, as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock, or more resulting in gross proceeds of $23.20 million or more (subject to adjustment as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 7(b)); (2) the Common Stock trades at or above a VWAP of $72.50, as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock, or more per share for 37 consecutive Trading Days prior to the earlier of the announcement of such offering and the closing of the offering and (3) either (x) there is an effective registration statement covering the resale of all converted Common Stock (or if there is an effective registration statement covering only a portion of the converted Common Stock, then the Debt will mandatorily convert into Common Stock only with respect to such portion) or (y) the converted Common Stock may be resold pursuant to Rule 144 without any volume or manner or sale restrictions (subject to any lock-up period required by the underwriters of such underwritten offering).  The Corporation shall promptly notify the Holder if all of the provisions of this Section 7(b)(1), (2) and (3) are met.  [So long as the Holder of this Note is Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates, if the Corporation provides timely notice to the Holder of the underwritten offering set forth in clause (1) of this Section 7(b) requesting participation by the Holder in such offering, and the Holder declines to so participate, such underwritten offering may result in gross proceeds of $23.20 million less an amount equal to the value (determined at a price per share equal to the price at which shares of Common Stock are offered in such underwritten offering) of 5% of the Common Stock that is convertible from the Debt on the date notice of such underwritten offering is provided by the Corporation to the Holder (based on the conversion price in effect on the date of the filing of the Statement of Designation, subject to anti-dilution adjustments) at the time the notice of such offering is provided by the Corporation to the Holder, and the Debt shall remain subject to the mandatory conversion set forth in this Section 7(b) (provided that the provisions of clauses (2) and (3) set forth in this Section 7(b) are met).] 14

Adjustment of Conversion Price as Result of Certain Corporate Actions.  The Conversion Price in effect at any time shall be adjusted as follows:

If the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, effect a subdivision or split of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such subdivision or split shall be proportionately decreased and, conversely, if the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, effect a combination of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such combination shall be proportionately increased.  Any adjustment under this Section 7(c)(i) shall become effective at the close of business on the date of the applicable subdivision, split or combination.

In the event that the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, make or issue to all holders of shares of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution payable in shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance in accordance with the following formula:

     
O
 
C 1
=
C x ----------------
     
O + N
 



14   Delete the bracketed portion if the Holder is not Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates.

 
 

 
where:

C 1 =
The adjusted Conversion Price.
C =
The current Conversion Price.
O =
The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the applicable issuance.
N =
The number of additional shares of Common Stock issued in payment of such dividend or distribution.

In the event that the Corporation shall, at any time or from time to time, offer shares of Common Stock (other than Excluded Shares) in a non-public offering (or in a public offering in which more than 50% of such public offering is subscribed to by Affiliates of the Corporation) in which the Common Stock is sold at a price less than Fair Market Value, then the Conversion Price shall be reduced (but not increased) to an amount determined by multiplying the Conversion Price by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined in the following sentence) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration received or deemed received by the Corporation for the total number of additional shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing Conversion Price, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined in the following sentence) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of additional shares of Common Stock so issued.  For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (I) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (II) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then-outstanding Series B Preferred Shares and notes into which any Series B Preferred Shares shall have been converted pursuant to the Statement of Designation could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (III) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and Convertible Securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date. In addition, any issuance of additional Series B Preferred Shares shall not cause an adjustment to the Conversion Price under this Section 7(c)(iii).

An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7(c)(iii) shall be made on the next Business Day following the date on which any such issuance or sale is made and shall be effective retroactively to the close of business on the date of such issuance or sale.

For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 7(c)(iii), the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for any issue or sale of securities (the " Aggregate Consideration ") shall be computed as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, the gross amount of cash received by the Corporation before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Corporation, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that to the extent the Board of Directors determines the fair value of property other than cash is equal to or exceeds $1,000,000, then the Corporation shall have such property appraised by a qualified independent appraiser, whose valuation shall conclusively determine the value, and (C) if shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options to purchase either shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for a consideration which covers both, the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 7(c)(iii), if the Corporation issues or sells (x) Preferred Shares or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into, shares of Common Stock other than Excluded Shares (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as " Convertible Securities ") or (y) rights or options for the purchase of shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities (other than Excluded Shares) and if the Effective Price of such shares of Common Stock is less than the Conversion Price, the Corporation shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus: (A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such rights or options; and (B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of anti-dilution or similar protective clauses, the Corporation shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.
 


If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of anti-dilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided   further , that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

If any option or warrant expires or is cancelled without having been exercised, then, for the purposes of the adjustments set forth above, such option or warrant shall have been deemed not to have been issued and the Conversion Price shall be adjusted accordingly.  No holder of Common Stock which was previously issued upon conversion of any portion of the Debt shall have any obligation to redeem or cancel any such shares of Common Stock as a result of the operation of this paragraph.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment will be made to the Conversion Price by reason of the issuance of Common Stock upon the conversion of any portion of the Debt or of any Series B Preferred Shares or the exercise of any such rights or options.

[Intentionally Omitted.]

Corporate Events .  Prior to the consummation of any transaction pursuant to which holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive securities or other assets with respect to or in exchange for shares of Common Stock, including a reclassification, exchange, substitution or reorganization (a " Corporate Event "), the Corporation shall make appropriate provision to ensure that the Holder will thereafter have the right to receive upon a conversion of all the outstanding Debt, such securities and other assets (including cash) that the Holder would have been entitled to receive had the Holder converted all of the outstanding Debt into Common Stock immediately prior to the consummation of such Corporate Event.  The provisions of this Section 7(e) shall apply similarly and equally to successive Corporate Events.

Mechanics of Conversion.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any Debt.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to the amount of the unconverted Debt that would otherwise be converted into such fractional share.  Before the Holder shall be entitled to convert any portion of Debt into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the Holder shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the Holder is converting the same and the Corporation shall issue and deliver to the Holder, as soon as practicable after the date of notice and at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent of the Corporation, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Holder shall be entitled as aforesaid (or the applicable book-entry account shall be created and/or noted as credited with such shares of Common Stock) and a check payable to the Holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which such notice is delivered by the Holder, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.  If all of the Debt has been converted to shares of Common Stock and the Holder has received in accordance with this Section 7(f) a certificate or certificates (or book entries shall have been created and/or noted as credited) in respect of the Common Stock to be issued and checks in lieu of fractional shares upon conversion of all of the Debt, the Holder shall deliver to the Corporation the original Note for cancellation, or shall notify the Corporation that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note.  If the Holder shall elect to convert less than all of the Debt into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 7(a), the Holder shall first convert all accrued and unpaid Interest and other amounts payable under this Note (other than Principal) prior to converting any outstanding Principal.
 


Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.   The Corporation shall at all times after the Original Issue Date, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Debt, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the Debt; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the Debt, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Statement of Designation or the Articles of Incorporation.

Intentionally Omitted.

Treasury Stock .  The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held, directly or indirectly, by or for the account of the Corporation.  The disposition of such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed a sale for the purpose of Section 7(c)(iii) hereof.

Other Events .  If any event occurs of the type contemplated by the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 but not expressly provided for by such provisions, then the Board of Directors will make an appropriate adjustment to the Conversion Price so as to protect the rights of the Holder; provided , however , that no such adjustment will increase the Conversion Price as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 7.

Intentionally Omitted .

Definitions .   As used herein, terms not otherwise defined in this Note shall have the following meanings:
"Affiliate" means, in regard to a specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. As used in this definition, "control" (including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

"Aggregate Consideration" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(iii) of this Note.

"Approved Shipbroker" means any of the following or their Affiliates:  Arrow Valuations Ltd.; Breamar Seascope Limited; Clarkson Valuations Limited; Fearnley Offshore AS; Howe Robinson & Co. Ltd.; ICAP Shipping Limited; Maersk Brokers K/S; RS Platou Shipbrokers AS; SSY Valuation Services Ltd.; and Vessels Value Ltd.; or such other reputable, independent and first class firm of shipbrokers specializing in the valuation of Vessel of the relevant type agreed between the Corporation and the Initial Holder.

"Articles of Incorporation" means the Corporation's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation as in effect on the date hereof, as they may be further amended and/or restated from time to time.

"Available Cash" means the cash available to the Corporation after taking into account operating expenses (including accrual for scheduled drydockings, provided that such accrual shall be equally divided between all quarters of the applicable fiscal year or years between drydockings for the applicable vessel or vessels) and all scheduled principal and interest payments due on the Corporation's indebtedness during the current fiscal quarter.

"Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation or, to the extent permitted by the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, any authorized committee thereof.
 

 
 

 
"Business Day" means a day on which the primary exchange on which the Corporation's Common Stock is listed or quoted is open for trading and which is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

"Bylaws" means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be further amended and/or restated from time to time.

["Cash and Cash Equivalents" means any of the following types of investments, to the extent owned by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Joint Venture):  (A) Dollars, euros or such local currencies held by the Corporation from time to time in the ordinary course of its business; (B) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (C) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $750,000,000; (D) investments in commercial paper of a corporation maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto, or from Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto (but excluding asset-backed investments and any commercial paper issued by a special investment vehicle); (E) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (B) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (C) above; and (F) investments in "money market funds" within the meaning of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, substantially all of whose assets are invested in investments of the type described in clauses (A) through (E) above and which is issued by a financial institution having total assets in excess of $5,000,000,000.] 15

"Change of Control" is deemed to occur when, after the date of this Note, one or more of the following has occurred:  (i) the acquisition by any Person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a "person" under Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the " Exchange Act "), of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions of the Corporation's stock entitling that Person to exercise more than 50% of the total voting power of all the Corporation's stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (based on the Corporation's stock then outstanding, without including shares of Common Stock convertible from this Note, or other Convertible Securities) unless the Person acquiring such voting power is (x) Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, or members of his family or companies legally or beneficially owned or controlled by such Persons, and any "person" or "group" under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, that is controlled by Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, members of his family or companies legally or beneficially owned or controlled by such Persons, or (y) Friends Investment Company, Inc. or any Affiliate of Friends Investment Company, Inc., (ii) the acquisition by (x) Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, or members of his family or companies legally or beneficially owned or controlled by such Persons, and any "person" or "group" under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, that is controlled by Mr. Aristides J. Pittas, members of his family or companies legally or beneficially owned or controlled by such Persons, or (y) Friends Investment Company, Inc., or any Affiliate of Friends Investment Company, Inc., of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions of the Corporation's stock entitling that Person to exercise more than 65% of the total voting power of all the Corporation's stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (based on the Corporation's stock then outstanding, without including any shares of Common Stock convertible from the Series B Preferred Shares or, the Note or other notes issued by the Corporation on account of the Series B Preferred Shares converted into notes pursuant to Section 7(h) of the Statement of Designation, or any other Convertible Securities) (except that in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) such Person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition), or (iii) the Common Stock of the Corporation is not listed on any of the equities markets of The Nasdaq Stock Market or the New York Stock Exchange; provided , however , that if the Common Stock is not listed solely because the Common Stock does not meet the minimum trading price requirement of such exchange, a "Change of Control" shall be automatically deemed to occur on the sixty first (61 st ) day after the Common Stock is not so listed if on such sixty first (61 st ) day the Common Stock remains not so listed.]
 


15   Delete this definition if the Holder is not Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates.

 

 
"Common Stock" means the Corporation's common stock, par value $0.03 per share.

"Conversion Price" means $27.99 16 24.24 17 (subject to adjustment pursuant to Sections 7(c), (e) and (j) hereof, as applicable)[; provided , however , that if the Corporation has not paid and does not pay on or before ______________________, 18 $___________________ 19 on account of the previously accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred Shares previously and currently held by the Holder, the Conversion Price shall equal $24.24 20 (subject to adjustment pursuant Sections 7(c), (e) and (j) hereof)]. 21

"Convertible Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(iii) of this Note.

"Corporate Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) of this Note.

"Corporation" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Note.

"Debt" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Note.

"Debt Ratio" has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a)(iii) of this Note.

"Dollar" and "$" mean lawful money of the United States of America from time to time.

"Effective Price" of shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Corporation under Section 7(c)(iii) hereof, into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Corporation for such issue under Section 7(c)(iii) hereof, for such shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

"Exchange Act" has the meaning set forth in the definition of Change of Control.

"Excluded Joint Venture" has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a)(iii) of this Note.
 


16   Insert this amount if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised within the first six months following a Dividend Payment Default. To the extent the Conversion Price in the Statement of Designation is deemed changed or amended pursuant to the terms thereof, a similar change shall be automatically deemed to be made here.
17 Insert this amount if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised more than six months following a Dividend Payment Default. To the extent the Conversion Price in the Statement of Designation is deemed changed or amended pursuant to the terms thereof, a similar change shall be automatically deemed to be made here.
18 Insert the date that is six months from the original Dividend Payment Default.
19   Insert the amount of the previously accrued and unpaid dividends on account of the Holder's Series B Preferred Shares.
20 To the extent the Conversion Price in the Statement of Designation is deemed changed or amended pursuant to the terms thereof, a similar change shall be automatically deemed to be made here.
21   Delete the bracketed text if this Note is issued more than six month after the original Dividend Payment Default.
 


 
"Excluded Shares" means any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by the Corporation: (A) to directors, officers, employees and consultants under any stock incentive plan or similar plan or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors; (B) in respect of a conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares in accordance with the Statement of Designation or upon conversion of any notes into which any Series B Preferred Shares shall have been converted pursuant to the Statement of Designation; (C) pursuant to a stock split, stock dividend, reorganization or recapitalization applicable to all of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation; or (D) pursuant to a transaction that the Initial Holder agrees shall be deemed to be an issuance of Excluded Shares.

"Fair Market Value" means the 30-Trading Day trailing VWAP of the Common Stock (as adjusted to take into account any offering expenses, such as underwriting discounts and expenses (but not including discounts to the VWAP), that are customary for the type of offering being conducted by the Corporation).

"Holder" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Note.

"Initial Holder" means Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC and/or its Affiliates.

"Interest" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Note.

"Interest Payment Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) of this Note.

"Interest Period" means a period of time commencing on and including an Interest Payment Date (other than the initial Interest Period, which shall commence on and include the date hereof) and ending on and including the day next preceding the next Interest Payment Date.

"Interest Rate" means a rate per annum determined as follows:

[(A)   For the period commencing on the Original Issue Date and ending on but excluding the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, if no cash dividend for the applicable quarter is being paid on the Common Stock, the Interest Rate shall be calculated on a calendar quarter basis based on the VWAP of all Trading Days (taken as a whole unless VWAP information based on all such Trading Days taken as a whole is not available, in which case the Interest Rate shall be calculated on the average of the sum of each Trading Day's VWAP during such period) during the immediately preceding calendar quarter and shall be (i) [8.00] 22 [11.00] 23 % of the Note Liquidation Preference if such VWAP is less than or equal to $72.50 as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock (or if listed or quoted in a currency other than Dollars, is less or equal to the equivalent of $72.50 (as so adjusted) based on the currency conversion rate on the last day of such quarter), and (ii) [3.00] 24 [6.00] 25 % of the Note Liquidation Preference if such VWAP exceeds $72.50 as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock (or if listed or quoted in a currency other than Dollars, exceeds the equivalent of $72.50 (as so adjusted) based on the currency conversion rate on the last day of such quarter).
 


22 Use this rate if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised within the first six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
23   Use this amount if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised more than six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
24   Use this rate if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised within the first six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
25   Use this amount if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised more than six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
 


 
(B)   For the period commencing on the Original Issue Date and ending on but excluding the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, if a cash dividend for the applicable quarter is being paid on the Common Stock, the Interest Rate shall be calculated based on the VWAP during the 37 Trading Days (taken as a whole unless VWAP information based in all such Trading Days taken as a whole is not available, in which case the Interest Rate shall be calculated on the average of the sum of each Trading Day's VWAP during such period) immediately prior to the meeting of the Board of Directors that approved such cash dividend and shall be (i) [8.00] 26 [11.00] 27 % of the Note Liquidation Preference if such VWAP is less than or equal to $72.50 as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock (or if listed or quoted in a currency other than Dollars, is less or equal to the equivalent of $72.50 (as so adjusted) based on the currency conversion rate on the last day of such period), and (ii) [3.00] 28 [6.00] 29 % of the Note Liquidation Preference if such VWAP exceeds $72.50 as adjusted for any stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other similar events with respect to the Common Stock (or if listed or quoted in a currency other than Dollars, exceeds the equivalent of $72.50 (as so adjusted) based on the currency conversion rate on the last day of such period).] 30

[(C) For the period commencing on and including the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date and ending on but excluding the seventh anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Interest Rate shall be [15.00] 31 [18.00] 32 %.] 33

[(D)] T[hereafter, t]he Interest Rate shall be [17.00] 34 [20.00] 35 %,

in each case subject to Section 1(c) hereof.  If the Interest Rate changes pursuant to subparagraphs [(A)-(D)] above during an Interest Period, the amount of Interest for each day during such Interest Period shall be calculated based on the Interest Rate in effect on such day.

The Initial Holder has agreed to provide the Corporation with the applicable VWAP at no cost in a timely manner upon request by the Corporation.  If the Initial Holder (or another Person designated to do so by the Initial Holder at the Initial Holder's expense) does not provide such VWAP in a timely manner, all references to VWAP for purposes of calculating the Interest Rate shall mean the average, volume adjusted closing price of the Common Stock as reasonably calculated by the Corporation for such periods.

"Liquidation Event" means the occurrence of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of the Corporation individually or in a series of transactions.  A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other Person, individually or in a series of related transactions, shall not be deemed a Liquidation Event.

"Liquidation Preference" means, in connection with any distribution in connection with a Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof and with respect to any holder of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such payment, whether or not declared (if the terms of the applicable class or series of capital stock of the Corporation so provide).
 


26 Use this rate if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised within the first six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
27   Use this amount if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised more than six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
28   Use this rate if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised within the first six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
29   Use this amount if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised more than six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
30   Delete paragraphs (A) and (B) if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date.
31 Use this rate if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised within the first six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
32 Use this amount if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised more than six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
33   Delete this paragraph if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised on or after the seventh anniversary of the Original Issue Date.
34   Use this rate if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised within the first six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).
35 Use this amount if the Holder's right to convert its Series B Preferred Shares into this Note is exercised more than six months following a Dividend Payment Default (as defined in the Statement of Designation).

 

 
"Note Liquidation Preference" means a Liquidation Preference equal to (a) the Debt less (b) a distribution in connection with a Liquidation Event described in Section 4 of this Note which does not result in payment in full of the liquidation preference of this Note.

"Original Issue Date" shall mean January 29, 2014.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust or entity.

"Preferred Shares" means any of the Corporation's preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to one or more preferences over shares of the Corporation's Common Stock.

"Principal" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Note.

"Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of this Note.

"Senior Secured Debt" has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of this Note.

"Series B Preferred Shares" means the Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.

"Statement of Designation" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Note.

"Trading Day" means any day on which the Common Stock is traded on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded; provided that " Trading Day " shall not include any day on which the Common Stock is scheduled to trade on such exchange or market for less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Common Stock is suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such exchange or market, then during the hour ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time).

"Unsecured Debt" has the meaning set forth in Section 2 of this Note.

["Vessel Value" of a particular vessel means the fair market value of such vessel which shall be conclusively determined by one Approved Shipbroker selected by the Corporation, which written determination may be no more than three (3) Business Days old and may be made with or without physical inspection of such vessel, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer free of any existing charter or any other contract of employment in respect of such vessel; and after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.] 36

"VWAP" means volume-weighted average price of the Common Stock.
 
For all purposes relevant to this Note: the terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural and vice versa; whenever the words "include," "includes," or "including" are used, they are deemed followed by the words "without limitation;" and all references to number of shares, amounts per share, prices, and the like shall be subject to appropriate proportional adjustment for stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends and similar events.
 



36 Delete this definition if the Holder is not Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliate
 
 


 
Sinking Fund .  The Debt shall not have the benefit of any sinking fund except, and only to the extent, as follows: in the event the Corporation fails to pay any Interest or other amount (other than the full amount of the Debt on the Maturity Date) when due or fails to pay full amount of the Debt on the Maturity Date, the Corporation will create a sinking fund for the sole purpose of paying Interest and such other amounts as provided herein (other than the full amount of the Debt on the Maturity Date) or the full amount of the Debt, as applicable; provided , however , that such sinking fund shall not be created if it would cause any additional breach or default under any then existing credit agreement, guarantee, security agreement or similar agreement to which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is a party.  The Corporation shall deposit into the sinking fund 80% of its Available Cash (or such lesser amount as may be permitted under any such credit agreement, guarantee, security agreement or similar agreement to which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is a party), as and when such funds become available, until all such accrued but unpaid Interest and other amounts or the full amount of the Debt, as applicable, has been paid.  Any excess funds remaining in the sinking fund after all such Interest and other amounts or the full amount of the Debt, as applicable, has been paid in full shall revert to the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not enter into any agreement that would prohibit, impair or otherwise alter, or amend any existing agreement to prohibit, impair or otherwise alter, the Corporation's ability to perform any of its obligations in this Section 10, disregarding, for the purposes of this sentence, the proviso in the first sentence and parenthetical in the second sentence of this Section 10.

Intentionally Omitted.

Notices .  The Corporation will give notice to the Holder promptly following each adjustment of the Conversion Price, setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of such adjustment(s).  In addition, if the Corporation (i) declares a dividend or any other distribution of cash, securities or other property in respect of its Common Stock, (ii) authorizes or approves, enters into any agreement contemplating or solicits shareholder approval for any Corporate Event, (iii) authorizes the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of the Corporation or the voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, or (iv) undergoes a Change of Control, then the Corporation shall deliver to the Holder a notice describing the material terms and conditions of such event (but only to the extent such disclosure would not result in the dissemination of material, non-public information to the Holder) at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date on which a Person would need to hold Common Stock in order to participate in or vote with respect to such transaction; provided , however , that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be described in such notice.  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by nationally recognized overnight air courier service and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered if delivered personally, or if mailed, on the third Business Day after mailing (on the first Business Day after mailing in the case of a nationally recognized overnight air courier service) to the parties at the following addresses:

If to the Corporation, to:

EuroDry Ltd.
c/o Eurobulk Ltd.
4, Messoglou & Evropis St.
151 25, Maroussi
Greece
Attention: Aristides J. Pittas, Chairman, President & CEO

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Seward & Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, NY 10004
Attention:  Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

If to the Holder, to:
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________


Amendments and Waivers .  This Note may not be modified, amended, waived, extended, changed, discharged, or terminated orally or by any act or failure to act, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Corporation and the Holder.

Successors and Assigns .  This Note applies to, inures to the benefit of, and binds the successors of the Corporation and the Holder.  This Note may be assigned or otherwise transferred by the Holder from time to time in compliance with applicable securities laws without the consent of the Corporation, and in the event of any such assignment or transfer, the obligations of the Corporation hereunder shall inure to the benefit of all such assigns and successors.  In the event Holder assigns or otherwise transfers all or any part of this Note, the Corporation shall, upon the request of the Holder, issue new Notes to effectuate such assignment or transfer.  The Corporation may not assign or delegate its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Holder, and any purported assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect.

Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process .  This Note shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to any conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any other law.  Each party hereto agrees that all legal suits, actions or proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Note (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) may be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such suit, action or proceeding.  Each of the Corporation and the Holder hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight air courier service (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Note and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation consents to process being served by or on behalf of the Holder in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in this Section 15 by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified or priority mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivering a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 12, to Seward & Kissel LLP, One Battery Park Plaza, New York, NY 10004 for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States on behalf of the Corporation. The Corporation hereby agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it. Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

No Impairment .   The Corporation will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will, at all times, in good faith, assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Note and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder against impairment.

Taxes .   The Corporation shall pay any and all issue, stamp and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any conversion of all or any portion of the Debt.  The Corporation shall not, however, pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate of Common Stock in a name other than the Holder, and the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate of Common Stock unless and until the Holder shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid.

Lost or Stolen Note .   Upon receipt by the Corporation of evidence of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the original Note, and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, and upon surrender and cancellation of the Note, the Corporation shall execute and deliver a new Note of like tenor and date.
 
 


 
 
Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Note in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Note in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Note, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the Corporation and the Holder hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Upon such determination that any provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Corporation and the Holder will negotiate in good faith to modify this Note so as to effect the original intent of the Corporation and the Holder as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

Section Headings .  The section headings contained in this Note are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Corporation and the Holder and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Note.  All references in this Note to Sections are to sections of this Note, unless otherwise indicated.

Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc .  If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.

[Consent by Holder .   The provisions of this Section 22 shall be in effect only so long as the Holder of this Note is Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates.  If the consent of the Holder is required pursuant to Section 5 hereunder, the Corporation shall promptly provide written notice to the Holder, which notice may be delivered by overnight courier (with a copy, which shall not be deemed notice, sent by email).  The Holder shall respond to the Corporation by delivering written notice of its consent, or decision to withhold such consent, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice (not counting the day of receipt of such notice).  If the Holder has not delivered such notice within the five (5) Business Day period, the Holder shall be deemed to have given its consent.] 37

[Vessel Valuations .  So long as the Holder of this Note is Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates, until such time no Debt remains outstanding or accrued and unpaid, the Corporation shall provide to the Holder copies of all valuations of vessels that it or its direct or indirect subsidiaries own that the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has in its possession on the Original Issue Date or that are prepared by unaffiliated third parties upon the Corporation's or any of its subsidiaries' request pursuant to the Corporation's or any of its subsidiaries' loan agreements or otherwise no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of such valuations.  The Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall provide any valuations of vessels prepared by the Corporation itself or such subsidiary for internal use, only upon request by the Holder.] 38

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]





37   Delete this Section if the Holder is not Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates.
38   Delete this Section if the Holder is not Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC or one of its Affiliates.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Note to be executed and dated the day and year first written above.
 

 
EURODRY LTD.

By:   __________________________________________________
Name:
Title:
Exhibit 4.6
SHAREHOLDERS RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Dated as of May [_], 2018
between
EURODRY LTD.
and
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER AND TRUST COMPANY, LLC,
as Rights Agent


This Shareholders Rights Agreement (this " Rights Agreement ") is made and entered into as of May [_], 2018, by and between EuroDry Ltd., a Marshall Islands company (the " Company "), and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent (the " Rights Agent ").
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the " Board ") has (a) authorized and declared a dividend of one right (the " Right ") for each share of the Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the " Common Stock ") held of record as of the Close of Business (as hereinafter defined) on May 22, 2018 (the " Record Date ") and (b) has further authorized the issuance of such Right in respect of each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding (i) at any time between the Record Date and the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined) or (ii) upon the exercise or conversion, prior to the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, of any option or other security exercisable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock, which option or other such security is outstanding on the Distribution Date; and
WHEREAS, each Right represents the right of the holder thereof to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (as such number may hereafter be adjusted pursuant to the provisions hereof), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, having the rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Statement of Designation of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, attached hereto as Exhibit A .
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.            Certain Definitions .  For purposes of this Rights Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
" Acquiring Person " shall mean any Person, other than a Permitted Person and/or its Affiliates who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, as reported in any SEC filing or submission, but shall not include the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person holding shares of Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Common Stock.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing, no Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person if such Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding solely as a result of a grant under a Company equity incentive plan, a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that a Person who (i) becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding by reason of a grant under a Company equity incentive plan, dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (ii) becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Stock of the Company (other than pursuant to an additional grant under a Company equity incentive plan, dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock of the Company such Person does not beneficially own 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding; provided , however , that a Person who (i) becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding by reason of share purchases by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company and (ii) after such share purchases, becomes the Beneficial Owner of additional shares of Common Stock of the Company in an amount equal to or in excess of 1% or more of the Company's then outstanding Common Stock (other than pursuant to a grant under a Company equity incentive plan, a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock of the Company such Person does not beneficially own 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding.
1


Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if the Company's Board determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, has become such inadvertently (including, without limitation, because (A) such Person was unaware that it beneficially owned a percentage of the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise cause such Person to be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, or (B) such Person was aware of the extent of the shares of Common Stock it beneficially owned but had no actual knowledge of the consequences of such beneficial ownership under this Rights Agreement) and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, and if such Person divested or divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, then such Person shall not be deemed to be or have ever been an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Rights Agreement; and (ii) if, as of the date hereof, any Person, other than a Permitted Person and/or its Affiliates, is the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock outstanding, such Person shall not be or become an "Acquiring Person," as defined herein, unless and until such time as such Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of additional shares of Common Stock in an amount equal to or in excess of 2% or more of the Company's then outstanding Common Stock (calculated without including the shares of Common Stock already held by such Person), other than pursuant to a grant under a Company equity incentive plan, a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock, such Person is not then the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding.
" Adjustment fraction " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(i) hereof.
" Affiliate " and " Associate " shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Rights Agreement.
A Person shall be deemed the " Beneficial Owner " of, and shall be deemed to " Beneficially Own " any securities:
(i)            which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 thereunder (or any comparable or successor law or regulation);
(ii)            (which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire or direct the acquisition of (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than the Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed pursuant to this subsection (ii)(A) to be the Beneficial Owner of, or to Beneficially Own, (1) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange, or (2) securities which a Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates may be deemed to have the right to acquire pursuant to any merger or other acquisition agreement between the Company and such Person (or one or more of its Affiliates or Associates) if such agreement has been approved by the Board of the Company prior to there being an Acquiring Person; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to Beneficially Own, any security under this subsection (ii)(B) if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations of the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or
(iii)            which are Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to subsection (ii)(B) above) or disposing of any securities of the Company; provided, however, that in no case shall an officer or director of the Company be deemed (x) the Beneficial Owner of any securities beneficially owned by another officer or director of the Company solely by reason of actions undertaken by such persons in their capacity as officers or directors of the Company or (y) the Beneficial Owner of securities held of record by the trustee of any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, other than the officer or director, by reason of any influence that such officer or director may have over the voting of the securities held in the plan.
2


" Board " shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
" Business Day " shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
" Close of Business " on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on such date; provided , however , that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the next succeeding Business Day.
" Common Stock " shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.  Common Stock when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person.
" Common Stock Equivalents " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.
" Company " shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, subject to the terms of Section 13(a)(iii)(C) hereof.
"Conversion Right" shall mean the Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of the Company, whether issued now or hereafter, which are convertible into Common Stock and also includes Common Stock that are convertible from a promissory note issued pursuant to the Statement of Designation.
" Current Per Share Market Price " of any security (a " Security " for purposes of this definition), for all computations other than those made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall mean the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to but not including such date, and for purposes of computations made pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, the Current Per Share Market Price of any Security on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to but not including such date; provided , however , that in the event that the Current Per Share Market Price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (i) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares or (ii) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security, and prior to the expiration of the applicable thirty (30) Trading Day or ten (10) Trading Day period, after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the Current Per Share Market Price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security.  The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last sale price or, if such last sale price is not reported, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board of the Company.  If on any such date no market maker is making a market in the Security, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of the Company shall be used.  If the Preferred Shares are not publicly traded, the Current Per Share Market Price of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the Current Per Share Market Price of the shares of Common Stock as determined pursuant to this definition, as appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof, multiplied by 1000.  If the Security is not publicly held or so listed or traded, Current Per Share Market Price shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.
" Current Value " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.
3


" Distribution Date " shall mean the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the tenth calendar day after the Shares Acquisition Date (or, if the tenth calendar day after the Shares Acquisition Date occurs before the Record Date, the Close of Business on the Record Date) or (ii) the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Company's Board) after the date that a tender or exchange offer by any Person (other than a Permitted Person and/or its Affiliates, the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) is first published or sent or given within the meaning of Rule 14d-2(a) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, if, assuming the successful consummation thereof, such Person would be an Acquiring Person.
" Equivalent Shares " shall mean Preferred Shares and any other class or series of capital stock of the Company which is entitled to the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares.
" Exchange Act " shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
" Exchange Ratio " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 24(a) hereof.
"Exempted Transaction" shall mean any one or more of the following: (i) the issue and sale of Series B Preferred Shares to Tennenbaum and Preferred Friends and the adoption, execution and delivery of any Transaction Document (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (ii) the approval or consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Statement of Designation or any other Transaction Document, (iii) the issuance of any series B Preferred Shares as payment in kind pursuant to the Statement of Designation, (iv) the approval or grant of the Conversion Right, the Conversion Right becoming exercisable or the exercise thereof in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Statement of Designation and the terms hereof, (v) the announcement of any of the foregoing, it being the purpose of the Company that neither the issuance and sale of Series B Preferred Shares, the execution of the Statement of Designation, any Transaction Document by any of the parties thereto or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated thereby, including the grant and exercise of the Conversion Right in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Statement of Designation and the terms hereof and (vi) the acquisition of any Tennenbaum Additional Permitted Share Purchases, which in each case shall not in any respect give rise to the existence of any Acquiring Person, Distribution Date, Shares Acquisition Date or Triggering Event or in any way permit any Rights to be exercised pursuant to Section [_] of the Rights Agreement, Section [_] of the Rights Agreement or otherwise.
" Exercise Price " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
" Expiration Date " shall mean the earliest to occur of: (i) the Close of Business on the Final Expiration Date, (ii) the Redemption Date, or (iii) the time at which the Board orders the exchange of the Rights as provided in Section 24 hereof.
" Final Expiration Date " shall mean May [_],[___].
" Permitted Person " shall mean Friends Investment Company Inc., Eurobulk Marine Holdings, Inc., Aristides Pittas or any of their respective Affiliates.
Permitted Person shall also mean any Series B Preferred Person; provided , however , that, except as set forth below, any such Series B Preferred Person shall be a Permitted Person solely in the event that such Series B Preferred Person becomes a Beneficial Owner of shares of Common Stock of the Company by reason of an Exempted Transaction and is not otherwise the Beneficial Owner of any other shares of Common Stock of the Company; provided further, that in addition to becoming the Beneficial Owner of shares of Company Stock by reason of an Exempted Transaction, Tennenbaum shall also be permitted to make Tennenbaum Additional Permitted Share Purchases.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if a Series B Preferred Person (A) becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company other than solely as a result of the exercise of its Conversion Right (and in the case of Tennenbaum, also excluding the Tennenbaum Additional Permitted Share Purchases) or (B) becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock of the Company solely as a result of the exercise of its Conversion Right (and in the case of Tennenbaum, excluding the Tennenbaum Additional Permitted Share Purchases) and, after the exercise of the Conversion Right, becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Stock of the Company (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding shares of Common Stock in shares of Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and in the case of Tennenbaum, other than pursuant to any Tennenbuam Additional Share Purchases), then such Series B Preferred Person shall be deemed to be an Acquiring Person unless, (x) in the case of clause (B), upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock of the Company, such Series B Preferred Person is not the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the aggregate shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding or (y) in the case of clause (A) or (B), if the Company's Board determines in good faith that a Series B Preferred Person who would otherwise be deemed an "Acquiring Person" has become such inadvertently (including, without limitation, because such Series B Preferred Person was unaware that it beneficially owned a percentage of the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise cause such Series B Preferred Person to be deemed an "Acquiring Person,") or through its ownership of a basket of securities or index fund and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, and if such Series B Preferred Person divested or divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer be deemed an "Acquiring Person," then such Series B Preferred Person shall not be deemed to be or have ever been an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Rights Agreement.
4


" Person " shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereof or thereto.
" Post-Event Transferee " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.
"Preferred Friends" means Preferred Friends Investment Company, Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation, or any Affiliate thereof.
" Preferred Shares " shall mean shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company having the rights and preferences set forth in the Form of Statement of Designation, Preferences and Rights included as Exhibit A to this Rights Agreement.
" Pre-Event Transferee " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(e) hereof.
" Principal Party " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) hereof.
"Purchase Agreement" means the purchase agreement by and among Tennenbaum, Preferred Friends and the Company dated May [_], 2018.
" Record Date " shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals at the beginning of this Rights Agreement.
" Redemption Date " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.
" Redemption Price " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.
" Right " shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.
" Rights Agent " shall mean American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, or its successor or replacement as provided in Sections 19 and 21 hereof.
" Rights Agreement " shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.
" Rights Certificate " shall mean a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .
" Section 11(a)(iii) Trigger Date " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.
" Section 13 Event " shall mean any event described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 13(a) hereof.
" SEC " shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.
" Securities Act " shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"Series B Preferred Shares" means the Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of the Company.
"Series B Preferred Person" means Tennenbaum, Preferred Friends or any of their transferees in accordance with Section [_] of the Purchase Agreement.  For the avoidance of doubt, Series B Preferred Person includes any entity that falls under the definition of Tennenbaum set forth herein.
" Shares Acquisition Date " shall mean the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) under the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such; provided that, if such Person is determined not to have become an Acquiring Person as defined herein, then no Shares Acquisition Date shall be deemed to have occurred.
5


" Spread " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.
"Statement of Designation" means the Statement of Designation of the Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Convertible Perpetual Preferred Shares of the Company, as may be amended from time to time.
" Subsidiary " of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which an amount of voting securities sufficient to elect a majority of the directors or Persons having similar authority of such corporation or other entity is Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, or any corporation or other entity otherwise controlled by such Person.
" Substitution Period " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.
" Summary of Rights " shall mean a summary of this Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .
"Tennenbaum" means Tennenbaum Opportunties Partners V, LP, Tennenbaum Opportunities Fund VI, LLC, or any of their respective Affiliates.
"Tennenbaum Additional Permitted Share Purchases" means one or more transactions (other than in connection with the exercise of the Conversion Right) by Tennenbaum involving Common stock that result, singly or in the aggregate, in Tennenbaum becoming the Beneficial Owner of up to an additional five percent (5%) of Common Stock over the amount Tennenbaum owns on [____], 2018 after its purchase of Series B Preferred Shares on an as-converted basis based on the terms of the Series B Preferred Shares on [___], 2018 (and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Statement of Designation).
" Total Exercise Price " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
" Trading Day " shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a referenced security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a referenced security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.
A " Triggering Event " shall be deemed to have occurred upon any Person, becoming an Acquiring Person.
2.            Appointment of Rights Agent .  The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as rights agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment.  The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agent as it may deem necessary or desirable.  The Rights Agent shall have no duty to supervise, and in no event shall be liable for, the acts or omissions of any such co-Rights Agent appointed by the Company.
3.            Issuance of Rights Certificates .
(a)            Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Sections 3(b) and 3(c) hereof) by the certificates for shares of Common Stock registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates shall also be deemed to be Rights Certificates) and not by separate Rights Certificates and (ii) the right to receive Rights Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of shares of Common Stock.  Until the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date, the surrender for transfer of certificates for shares of Common Stock shall also constitute the surrender for transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.  As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested and provided with all necessary information, send) by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, or the transfer agent or registrar for the Common Stock, a Rights Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, evidencing one Right for each share of Common Stock so held, subject to adjustment as provided herein.  In the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per share of Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11 hereof, then at the time of distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Company shall make the necessary and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) so that Rights Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights.  As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Rights Certificates and may be transferred by the transfer of the Rights Certificates as permitted hereby, separately and apart from any transfer of shares of Common Stock, and the holders of such Rights Certificates as listed in the records of the Company or any transfer agent or registrar for the Rights shall be the record holders thereof.
6


The Company shall promptly notify the Rights Agent of the occurrence of the Distribution Date and, if such notification is given orally, the Company shall confirm same in writing on or prior to the next Business Day.  Until such notice is received by the Rights Agent, whether written or oral, the Rights Agent may presume conclusively for all purposes that the Distribution Date has not occurred.
(b)            On the Record Date or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company will send a copy of the Summary of Rights by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of shares of Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Record Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company or the transfer agent or registrar for the Common Stock.  With respect to certificates for shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof together with the Summary of Rights.  Until the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any certificate for shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.
(c)            Unless the Board by resolution adopted at or before the time of the issuance of any shares of Common Stock specifies to the contrary, Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock that are issued after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Expiration Date or, in certain circumstances provided in Section 22 hereof, after the Distribution Date.  Certificates representing such shares of Common Stock shall also be deemed to be certificates for Rights, and shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO EVIDENCES AND ENTITLES THE HOLDER HEREOF TO CERTAIN RIGHTS AS SET FORTH IN A SHAREHOLDERS RIGHTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN EURODRY LTD. AND AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER AND TRUST COMPANY, LLC, AS THE RIGHTS AGENT, DATED AS OF MAY [_], 2018, (THE "RIGHTS AGREEMENT"), THE TERMS OF WHICH ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AND A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF EURODRY LTD.  UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SUCH RIGHTS WILL BE EVIDENCED BY SEPARATE CERTIFICATES AND WILL NO LONGER BE EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE. EURODRY LTD. WILL MAIL TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE A COPY OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT WITHOUT CHARGE AFTER RECEIPT OF A WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR.  UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR ANY AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER, MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.
With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the earlier of (i) the Distribution Date or (ii) the Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.
(d)            In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any shares of Common Stock after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock which are no longer outstanding.
4.            Form of Rights Certificates .
(a)            The Rights Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate (but which do not affect the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Rights Agent) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Rights Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or a national market system, on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or traded, or to conform to usage.  Subject to the provisions of Section 11 and Section 22 hereof, the Rights Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be dated as of the Record Date (or in the case of Rights issued with respect to shares of Common Stock issued by the Company after the Record Date, as of the date of issuance of such shares of Common Stock) and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price set forth therein (such exercise price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share being hereinafter referred to as the "Exercise Price" and the aggregate Exercise Price of all Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of one Right being hereinafter referred to as the "Total Exercise Price"), but the number and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of each Right and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.
7


(b)            Any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by: (i) an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom such Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Company's Board has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect avoidance of Section 7(e) hereof, and any Rights Certificate issued pursuant to Section 6 or Section 11 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of any other Rights Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain (to the extent the Rights Agent has knowledge thereof and to the extent feasible) a legend in substantially the following form:
THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY A PERSON WHO WAS OR BECAME AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT).  ACCORDINGLY, THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 7(e) OF THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT
5.            Countersignature and Registration .
(a)            The Rights Certificates shall be duly executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its President or any Vice President, either manually or by facsimile signature, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature, and shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal (if any) or a facsimile thereof.  The Rights Certificates shall be either manually or by facsimile signature countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned.  In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Rights Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Rights Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Rights Certificates on behalf of the Company had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Rights Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Rights Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Rights Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.
(b)            Following the Distribution Date, receipt by the Rights Agent of notice to that effect and all other relevant information referred to in Section 3(a), the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purposes, books for registration and transfer of the Rights Certificates issued hereunder.  Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Rights Certificates and the date of each of the Rights Certificates.
6.            Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Rights Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Rights Certificates .
(a)            Subject to the provisions of Sections 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase.  Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose.  The Rights Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent.  Neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Rights Certificate until the registered holder shall have properly completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Rights Certificate and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.  Thereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to Sections 7(e), 14 and 24 hereof, countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested.  The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.
8


(b)            Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Rights Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security satisfactory to them, and, at the Company's request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Rights Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Rights Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature and delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Rights Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.
7.            Exercise of Rights; Exercise Price; Expiration Date of Rights .
(a)            Subject to Sections 7(e), 23(b) and 24(b) hereof, the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein) in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to the Close of Business on the Expiration Date by surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof properly completed and duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the Exercise Price for each one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised.
(b)            The Exercise Price for each one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share issuable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be [____] Dollars, and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.
(c)            Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable tax or charge required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9(e) hereof, the Rights Agent shall, subject to Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares (or make available, if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent for the Preferred Shares) a certificate or certificates for the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests or (B) if the Company shall have elected to deposit the total number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) issuable upon exercise of the Rights hereunder with a depositary agent, requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets as the case may be) represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt thereof, deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate.  The payment of the Exercise Price (as such amount may be reduced (including to zero) pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof) and an amount equal to any applicable tax or charge required to be paid by the holder of such Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 9(e) hereof, may be made in cash or by certified bank check, wire transfer, cashier's check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company.  In the event that the Company is obligated to issue securities of the Company other than Preferred Shares, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that such other securities, cash and/or other property are available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when necessary to comply with this Rights Agreement.
(d)            In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Rights Certificate or to his or her duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.
9


(e)            Notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, from and after the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, any Rights beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person becomes such (a "Post-Event Transferee"), (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such Associate or Affiliate) who becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Acquiring Person becoming such and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring Person to holders of equity interests in such Acquiring Person or to any Person with whom the Acquiring Person has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (B) a transfer which the Company's Board has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e) (a "Pre-Event Transferee") or (iv) any subsequent transferee receiving transferred Rights from a Post-Event Transferee or a Pre-Event Transferee, either directly or through one or more intermediate transferees, shall become null and void without any further action and no holder of such Rights shall have any rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of this Rights Agreement or otherwise.  The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) and Section 4(b) hereof are complied with, but neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of Rights Certificates or to any other Person as a result of the Company's failure to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or any of such Acquiring Person's Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder.
(f)            Notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the occurrence of any purported exercise as set forth in this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall, in addition to having complied with the requirements of Section 7(a), have (i) properly completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for such exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.
8.            Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates .  All Rights Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Rights Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement.  The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any Rights Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof.  The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Rights Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such canceled Rights Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.
9.            Reservation and Availability of Preferred Shares .
(a)            The Company covenants and agrees that it will use its best efforts to cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares not reserved for another purpose (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock and/or other securities), the number of Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of the Triggering Event, Common Stock and/or other securities) that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.
(b)            If the Company shall hereafter list any of its Preferred Shares on a national securities exchange, then so long as the Preferred Shares (and, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, shares of Common Stock and/or other securities) issuable and deliverable upon exercise of the Rights may be listed on such exchange, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable (but only to the extent that it is reasonably likely that the Rights will be exercised), all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed on such exchange upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.
(c)            The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) file, as soon as practicable following the earliest date after the first occurrence of a Triggering Event in which the consideration to be delivered by the Company upon exercise of the Rights is described in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, or as soon as is required by law following the Distribution Date, as the case may be, a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, (ii) cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and (iii) cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and (B) the date of expiration of the Rights.  The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days after the date set forth in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 9(c), the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such registration statement and permit it to become effective.  Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement and notify the Rights Agent that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement and notification to the Rights Agent at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect.  The Company will also take such action as may be appropriate under, or to ensure compliance with, the securities or "blue sky" laws of the various states in connection with the exercisability of the Rights.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Rights Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction, unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained, or an exemption therefrom shall be available, and until a registration statement has been declared effective.
10


(d)            The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such securities (subject to payment of the Exercise Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and non-assessable shares.
(e)            The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state taxes or charges which may be payable in respect of the original issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates or of any Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) upon the exercise of Rights.  The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax or charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Rights Certificates to a person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Rights Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax or charge shall have been paid (any such tax or charge being payable by the holder of such Rights Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction that no such tax or charge is due.
10.            Record Date .  Each Person in whose name any certificate for a number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or other securities of the Company) is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) represented thereon, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Rights Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Total Exercise Price with respect to which the Rights have been exercised (and any applicable taxes or charges) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the transfer books of the Company are open.  Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Rights Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares (or other securities of the Company) for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.
11.            Adjustment of Exercise Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights .  The Exercise Price, the number and kind of shares or other property covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.
(a)            (i)           Notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of Preferred Shares, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), then, in each such event, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11 and Section 7(e) hereof: (1) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price thereafter shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction (the " Adjustment Fraction "), the numerator of which shall be the total number of Preferred Shares (or shares of capital stock issued in such reclassification of the Preferred Shares) outstanding immediately following such time and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Preferred Shares outstanding immediately prior to such time; provided , however , that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of such Right; and (2) the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) issuable upon the exercise of each Right shall equal the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or share of such other capital stock) as was issuable upon exercise of a Right immediately prior to the occurrence of the event described in clauses (A)-(D) of this Section 11(a)(i), multiplied by the Adjustment Fraction; provided , however , that, no such adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i) to the extent that there shall have simultaneously occurred an event described in clause (A), (B), (C) or (D) of Section 11(n) with a proportionate adjustment being made thereunder.  Each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding after an adjustment has been made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i) shall have associated with it the number of Rights, exercisable at the Exercise Price and for the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as one share of Common Stock has associated with it immediately following the adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11(a)(i).
11


(ii)            Subject to Section 24 of this Rights Agreement, in the event a Triggering Event shall have occurred, then promptly following such Triggering Event each holder of a Right, except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive for each Right, upon exercise thereof in accordance with the terms of this Rights Agreement and payment of the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event, in lieu of a number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, such number of shares of Common Stock of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Triggering Event by the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable (or would have been exercisable if the Distribution Date had occurred) immediately prior to the first occurrence of a Triggering Event, and dividing that product by 50% of the Current Per Share Market Price for shares of Common Stock on the date of occurrence of the Triggering Event; provided , however , that the Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(e) hereof to reflect any events occurring in respect of the shares of Common Stock of the Company after the occurrence of the Triggering Event.
(iii)            In lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may, if the Company's Board determines that such action is necessary or appropriate and not contrary to the interest of holders of Rights and, in the event that the number of shares of Common Stock which are authorized by the Company's Articles of Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights are not sufficient to permit the exercise in full of the Rights, or if any necessary regulatory approval for such issuance has not been obtained by the Company, the Company shall: (A) determine the excess of (1) the value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of a Right (the " Current Value ") over (2) the Exercise Price (such excess, the " Spread ") and (B) with respect to each Right, make adequate provision to substitute for such shares of Common Stock, upon exercise of the Rights, (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the Exercise Price, (3) other equity securities of the Company including, without limitation, shares or units of shares of any series of preferred stock which the Company's Board has deemed to have the same value as Common Stock (such shares or units of shares of preferred stock are herein called " Common Stock Equivalents "), except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary shareholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, (4) debt securities of the Company, except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary shareholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, (5) other assets or (6) any combination of the foregoing, having an aggregate value equal to the Current Value, where such aggregate value has been determined by the Company's Board based upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company's Board; provided , however , if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the later of (x) the first occurrence of a Triggering Event and (y) the date on which the Company's right of redemption pursuant to Section 23(a) expires (the later of (x) and (y) being referred to herein as the " Section 11(a)(iii) Trigger Date "), then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of the Exercise Price, Common Stock (to the extent available), except to the extent that the Company has not obtained any necessary shareholder or regulatory approval for such issuance, and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread.  If the Company's Board shall determine in good faith that it is likely that sufficient additional Common Stock could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights or that any necessary regulatory approval for such issuance will be obtained, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days after the Section 11(a)(iii) Trigger Date, in order that the Company may seek shareholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares or take action to obtain such regulatory approval (such period, as it may be extended, the " Substitution Period ").  To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the first and/or second sentences of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide, subject to Section 7(e) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek any authorization of additional shares, to take any action to obtain any required regulatory approval and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first sentence and to determine the value thereof.  In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect.  For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of the Common Stock shall be the Current Per Share Market Price of the Common Stock on the Section 11(a)(iii) Trigger Date and the value of any Common Stock Equivalent shall be deemed to have the same value as the Common Stock on such date.
12


(b)            In case the Company shall, at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement, fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling such holders (for a period expiring within forty-five (45) calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares) less than the then Current Per Share Market Price of the Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares on such record date, then, in each such case, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares (if any) outstanding on such record date, plus the number of Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, to be offered or issued (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities to be offered or issued) would purchase at such current market price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares (if any) outstanding on such record date, plus the number of additional Preferred Shares or Equivalent Shares, as the case may be, to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right.  In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Company's Board, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights.  Preferred Shares and Equivalent Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation.  Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
(c)            In case the Company shall, at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement, fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares or of any class or series of Equivalent Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend, if any, or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights, options or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b)), then, in each such case, the Exercise Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Per Share Market Price of a Preferred Share or an Equivalent Share on such record date, less the fair market value per Preferred Share or Equivalent Share (as determined in good faith by the Board of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the cash, assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to a Preferred Share or Equivalent Share, as the case may be, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Per Share Market Price of a Preferred Share or Equivalent Share on such record date; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right.  Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed, and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted to be the Exercise Price which would have been in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
(d)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Exercise Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(d) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.  All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest ten-thousandth of a share of Common Stock or other share or one hundred-thousandth of a Preferred Share, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(d), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three (3) years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the Expiration Date.
(e)            If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) or 13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right and, if required, the Exercise Price thereof, shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Sections 11(a), 11(b), 11(c), 11(d), 11(g), 11(h), 11(i), 11(j), 11(k) and 11(l), and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.
13


(f)            All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Exercise Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.
(g)            Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(h), upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in Section 11(b) and (c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Exercise Price, that number of Preferred Shares (calculated to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a share) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of Preferred Shares covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment, by (y) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Exercise Price, and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Exercise Price.
(h)            The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Exercise Price as a result of the calculations made in Section 11(b) or (c) to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of Preferred Shares purchasable upon the exercise of a Right.  Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment.  Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one hundred-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Exercise Price by the Exercise Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Exercise Price.  The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made.  This record date may be the date on which the Exercise Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Rights Certificates have been issued, shall be at least ten (10) days later than the date of the public announcement.  If Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(h), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Rights Certificates on such record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Rights Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Rights Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment.  Rights Certificates to be distributed as such shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the adjusted Exercise Price) and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Rights Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.
(i)            Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price or the number of Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Exercise Price per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share and the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates issued hereunder.
(j)            Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Exercise Price below the par or stated value, if any, of the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue as fully paid and nonassessable shares such number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share at such adjusted Exercise Price.
(k)            In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Exercise Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Exercise Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
14


(l)            Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11 to the contrary, prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Exercise Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any (i) consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares or Common Stock, (ii) issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares or Common Stock at less than the current market price, (iii) issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or Common Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred or Common Stock, (iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Shares or Common Stock shall not be taxable to such shareholders.
(m)            The Company covenants and agrees that, after the Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by Sections 23, 24 or 27 hereof, take (or permit to be taken) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.
(n)            In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Rights Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (B) subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (C) combine the outstanding Common Stock (by reverse stock split or otherwise) into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the shares of Common Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), then, in each such event, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a) and Section 7(e) hereof: (1) each share of Common Stock (or shares of capital stock issued in such reclassification of the Common Stock) outstanding immediately following such time shall have associated with it the number of Rights as were associated with one share of Common Stock immediately prior to the occurrence of the event described in clauses (A)-(D) above; (2) the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted so that the Exercise Price thereafter shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such time by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the event described in clauses (A)-(D) above, and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of such Right; and (3) the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) issuable upon the exercise of each Right outstanding after such event shall equal the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as were issuable with respect to one Right immediately prior to such event.  Each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding after an adjustment has been made pursuant to this Section 11(n) shall have associated with it the number of Rights, exercisable at the Exercise Price and for the number of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (or shares of such other capital stock) as one share of Common Stock has associated with it immediately following the adjustment made pursuant to this Section 11(n).  If an event occurs which would require an adjustment under both this Section 11(n) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the adjustment provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be in addition to, and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.
12.            Certificate of Adjusted Exercise Price or Number of Shares .  Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Rights Certificate in accordance with Section 26 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the failure of the Company to make such certification or give such notice shall not affect the validity of such adjustment or the force or effect of the requirement for such adjustment.  The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment or statement contained therein and shall have no duty or liability with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.
15


13.            Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power .
(a)            In the event that, following a Shares Acquisition Date, directly or indirectly:
(i)            the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with or into, any other Person (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state of incorporation of the Company and which complies with Section 11(m) hereof);
(ii)            any Person shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with or into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the shares of Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other person (or the Company); or
(iii)            the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or Persons (other than the Company or one or more of its wholly owned Subsidiaries in one or more transactions, each of which individually (and together) complies with Section 11(m) hereof),
then, concurrent with and in each such case:
(A)            each holder of a Right (except as provided in Section 7(e) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof, at a price equal to the Total Exercise Price applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Section 13 Event in accordance with the terms of this Rights Agreement, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, nonassessable and freely tradeable shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party, free of any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained by dividing such Total Exercise Price by 50% of the Current Per Share Market Price of the shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party on the date of consummation of such Section 13 Event, provided, however, that the Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(e) hereof;
(B)            such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13 Event, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Rights Agreement;
(C)            the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party, it being specifically intended that the provisions of Section 11 hereof shall apply only to such Principal Party following the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event;
(D)            such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its Common Stock) in connection with the consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to ensure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to its shares of Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights;
(E)            upon the subsequent occurrence of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets or other extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the Total Exercise Price as provided in this Section 13(a), such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would have been entitled to receive had such holder, at the time of such transaction, owned the shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party receivable upon the exercise of such Right pursuant to this Section 13(a), and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the subsequent exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property; and
16


(F)            For purposes hereof, the "earning power" of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be determined in good faith by the Company's Board on the basis of the operating earnings of each business operated by the Company and its Subsidiaries during the three fiscal years preceding the date of such determination (or, in the case of any business not operated by the Company or any Subsidiary during three full fiscal years preceding such date, during the period such business was operated by the Company or any Subsidiary).
(b)            For purposes of this Rights Agreement, the term "Principal Party" shall mean:
(i)            in the case of any transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 13(a) hereof: (A) the Person that is the issuer of the securities into which the shares of Common Stock are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such issuer, the issuer the shares of Common Stock of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to the merger, if such Person survives said merger, or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person the shares of Common Stock of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and
(ii)            in the case of any transaction described in clause (iii) of Section13(a) hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if more than one Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or earning power so transferred and each such portion would, were it not for the other equal portions, constitute the greatest portion of the assets or earning power so transferred, or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons is the issuer of shares of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding; provided , however , that in any such case described in the foregoing clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii), if the shares of Common Stock of such Person are not at such time or have not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, then (1) if such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the shares of Common Stock of which are and have been so registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person, or (2) if such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Stock of which are and have been so registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of shares of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly by the same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the owners having an interest in the venture as if the Person owned by the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint venturers, and the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in this Section 13 in the same ratio as its interest in such Person bears to the total of such interests.
(c)            The Company shall not consummate any Section 13 Event unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number of authorized shares of Common Stock that have not been issued or reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with this Section 13 and unless prior thereto the Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement confirming that such Principal Party shall, upon consummation of such Section 13 Event, assume this Rights Agreement in accordance with Sections 13(a) and 13(b) hereof, that all rights of first refusal or preemptive rights in respect of the issuance of shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party upon exercise of outstanding Rights have been waived, that there are no rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights and that such transaction shall not result in a default by such Principal Party under this Rights Agreement, and further providing that, as soon as practicable after the date of such Section 13 Event, such Principal Party will:
(i)            prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date, and similarly comply with applicable state securities laws;
17


(ii)            use its best efforts to list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on a national securities exchange or to meet the eligibility requirements for quotation on the Nasdaq Capital Market or another national securities exchange and list (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on the Nasdaq Capital Market or another national securities exchange; and
(iii)            deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for such Principal Party which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form F-1 (or any successor form) under the Exchange Act.
In the event that at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event some or all of the Rights shall not have been exercised at the time of a transaction described in this Section 13, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter be exercisable in the manner described in Section 13(a) (without taking into account any prior adjustment required by Section 11(a)(ii)).
(d)            In case the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof has provision in any of its authorized securities or in its articles of incorporation or bylaws or other instrument governing its corporate affairs, which provision would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to Section 13 hereof), in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of a Section 13 Event, shares of Common Stock or Equivalent Shares of such Principal Party at less than the then Current Per Share Market Price thereof or securities exercisable for, or convertible into, shares of Common Stock or Equivalent Shares of such Principal Party at less than such then Current Per Share Market Price, or (ii) providing for any special payment, tax or similar provision in connection with the issuance of the shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 hereof, then, in such event, the Company hereby agrees with each holder of Rights that it shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been canceled, waived or amended, or that the authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will have no effect in connection with or as a consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.
(e)            The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Distribution Date, effect or permit to occur any Section 13 Event, if (i) at the time or immediately after such Section 13 Event there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, (ii) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such Section 13 Event, the shareholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates or (iii) the form or nature of organization of the Principal Party would preclude or limit the exercisability of the Rights.
(f)            The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers.
14.            Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares .
(a)            The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Rights Certificates which evidence fractional Rights.  In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right.  For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable, as determined pursuant to this Rights Agreement.
(b)            The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share).  Interests in fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it; provided, that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts.  In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a Preferred Share.  For purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be one thousand times the closing price of a share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.
18


(c)            The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or exchange of Rights.  In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a share of Common Stock.  For purposes of this Section 14(c), the current market value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.
(d)            The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his or her right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares (other than fractions that are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of a Right.
(e)            Whenever a payment for fractional Rights or fractional Preferred Shares is to be made by the Rights Agent, the Company shall (i) promptly prepare and deliver to the Rights Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the facts related to such payments and the prices and/or formulas utilized in calculating such payments, and (ii) provide sufficient monies to the Rights Agent in the form of fully collected funds to make such payments.  The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon such a certificate and shall have no duty with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of, any payment for fractional Rights or fractional Preferred Shares under any Section of this Rights Agreement relating to the payment of fractional Rights or fractional Preferred Shares unless and until the Rights Agent shall have received such a certificate and sufficient monies.
15.            Rights of Action .  (a)  All rights of action in respect of this Rights Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under Section 18 and Section 20 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the shares of Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the shares of Common Stock) or any Permitted Person, without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the shares of Common Stock), may, in his or her own behalf and for his or her own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his or her right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate in the manner provided in such Rights Certificate and in this Rights Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights or the Permitted Persons, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights or the Permitted Persons may not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Rights Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person subject to this Rights Agreement.
(b)            Notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right, any Permitted Person or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Rights Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, judgment, decree or ruling (whether interlocutory or final) issued by a court or by a governmental, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation; provided, however, that the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to have any such injunction, order, judgment, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as soon as possible.
16.            Agreement of Rights Holders .  Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:
(a)            prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the shares of Common Stock;
(b)            after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office or offices of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer and with the appropriate forms and certificates fully executed; and
19


(c)            subject to Sections 6(a) and 7(f) hereof, the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
17.            Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder .  No holder, as such, of any Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose to be the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Rights Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.
18.            The Rights Agent .
(a)            The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the preparation, delivery, amendment, administration and execution of this Rights Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder.  The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, damage, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, demand, settlement, cost or expense (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), incurred without gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent (which gross negligence or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction), for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance, administration, exercise and performance of its duties under this Rights Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises.  The costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification shall be paid by the Company.  The provisions of this Section 18 and Section 20 below shall survive the termination of this Rights Agreement, the exercise or expiration of the Rights and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Rights Agent.
(b)            The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Rights Agreement in reliance upon any Rights Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares or shares of Common Stock or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.
19.            Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent .
(a)            Any Person into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the shareholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, that such Person would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under Section 21 hereof.  In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Rights Agreement, any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Rights Agreement.
20


(b)            In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Rights Agreement.
20.            Rights and Duties of Rights Agent .  The Rights Agent undertakes to perform only the duties and obligations expressly imposed by this Rights Agreement (and no implied duties)  upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Rights Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:
(a)            The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company or an employee of the Rights Agent), and the written advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with such written advice or opinion.
(b)            Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Rights Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter (including, without limitation, the identity of any Acquiring Person and the determination of Current Per Share Market Price) be proved or established by the Company prior to taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith under the provisions of this Rights Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.
(c)            The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (which gross negligence or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction).
(d)            The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Rights Agreement or in the Rights Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.
(e)            The Rights Agent shall not have any liability for or be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Rights Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Rights Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Rights Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Rights Certificates after receipt by the Rights Agent of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 12 hereof, upon which the Rights Agent may rely, describing such change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares to be issued pursuant to this Rights Agreement or any Rights Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
(f)            The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Rights Agreement.
21


(g)            The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and such instructions shall be full authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall not be liable for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions.  The Rights Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying upon the most recent instructions received by any such officer.  Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken, suffered or omitted by the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or suffered or such omission shall be effective.  The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.
(h)            The Rights Agent and any shareholder, affiliate, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent or any such shareholder, affiliate, director, officer or employee from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other Person.
(i)            The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself (through its directors, officers and employees) or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company or any other Person resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, absent gross negligence or bad faith in the selection and continued employment thereof (which gross negligence or bad faith must be determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction).
(j)            No provision of this Rights Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it believes that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(k)            If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has either not been properly completed or indicates an affirmative response to clause 1 and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.
21.            Change of Rights Agent .  The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Rights Agreement upon thirty (30) days' written notice, pursuant to Section 26 hereof, to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Stock and to the holders of the Rights Certificates.  The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon written notice, pursuant to Section 26 hereof, to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Stock and to the holders of the Rights Certificates.  If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent.  If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after giving notice of such removal or after receiving written notice of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Rights Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his or her Rights Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Rights Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent.  Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be (a) a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise stock transfer powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million or (b) an Affiliate of such a Person.  After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose.  Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Preferred Shares and the Common Stock, and mail a written notice thereof to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates.  Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.
22


22.            Issuance of New Rights Certificates .  Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board to reflect any adjustment or change in the Exercise Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Rights Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Rights Agreement.  In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock following the Distribution Date and prior to the redemption or expiration of the Rights, the Company (a) shall, with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities of the Company outstanding at the date hereof or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the Company and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of the Company, issue Rights Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; provided, however, that (i) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued and this sentence shall be null and void ab initio if, and to the extent that, such issuance or this sentence would create a significant risk of or result in material adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued or would create a significant risk of or result in such options' or employee plans' or arrangements' failing to qualify for otherwise available special tax treatment and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.
23.            Redemption .
(a)            The Company may, at its option and with the approval of the Board, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the earlier of (i) the Distribution Date and (ii) the Final Expiration Date, redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $0.001 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being herein referred to as the "Redemption Price") and the Company may, at its option, pay the Redemption Price either in shares of Common Stock (based on the Current Per Share Market Price thereof at the time of redemption) or cash.  Such redemption of the Rights by the Company may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board in its sole discretion may establish.  The date on which the Board elects to make the redemption effective shall be referred to as the "Redemption Date".
(b)            Immediately upon the action of the Board of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights, written notice of which shall have been filed with the Rights Agent, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price.  The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; provided, however, that the failure to give or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such redemption.  Within ten (10) days after the action of the Board ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall mail a notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent and the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice.  Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.  Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of shares of Common Stock prior to the Distribution Date.
24.            Exchange .
(a)            Subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations, and subject to subsection 24(c) below, the Company may, at its option, by action of the Board, at any time after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become null and void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) for shares of Common Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio").  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than a Permitted Person and/or its Affiliates, the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any such Subsidiary, or any entity holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding.
23


(b)            Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection 24(a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio.  The Company shall give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange.  The Company shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice.  Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the shares of Common Stock for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged.  Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become null and void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.
(c)            In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with Section 24(a), the Company shall either take such action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exchange of the Rights or alternatively, at the option of a majority of the Board, with respect to each Right (i) pay cash in an amount equal to the Current Value, in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, or (ii) issue debt or equity securities or a combination thereof, having a value equal to the Current Value, in lieu of issuing shares of Common Stock in exchange for each such Right, where the value of such securities shall be determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by majority vote of the Board, or (iii) deliver any combination of cash, property, shares of Common Stock and/or other securities having a value equal to the Current Value in exchange for each Right.  For purposes of this Section 24(c) only, the Current Value shall mean the product of the Current Per Share Market Price of shares of Common Stock on the date of the occurrence of the event described above in subparagraph (a), multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Right otherwise would be exchangeable if there were sufficient shares available.  To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 24(c), the Board may temporarily suspend the exercisability of the Rights for a period of up to sixty (60) days following the date on which the event described in Section 24(a) shall have occurred, in order to seek any authorization of additional shares of Common Stock and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to the above provision and to determine the value thereof.  In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended.
(d)            The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock.  In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates with regard to which such fractional shares of Common Stock would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the terms hereof).
(e)            The Company may, at its option, by majority vote of the Board, at any time before the Share Acquisition Date, exchange all or part of the then outstanding Rights for rights of substantially equivalent value, as determined reasonably and with good faith by the Board, based upon the advice of one or more nationally recognized investment banking firms.
(f)            Immediately upon the action of the Board ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to subsection 24(e) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of rights in exchange therefor as has been determined by the Board in accordance with subsection 24(e) above.  The Company shall give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange.  The Company shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock of the Company.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice.  Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Rights will be effected.
24


25.            Notice of Certain Events .
(a)            In case the Company shall propose to effect or permit to occur any Triggering Event or Section 13 Event, the Company shall give notice thereof to each holder of Rights in accordance with Section 26 hereof at least twenty (20) days prior to occurrence of such Triggering Event or such Section 13 Event.
(b)            In case any Triggering Event set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall occur, then the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to the Rights Agent and to each holder of a Rights Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.
26.            Notices .  Notices or demands authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by facsimile, as a pdf attachment to an e-mail or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:
EuroDry Ltd.
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Maroussi, Greece
Attention: Aristides J. Pittas
with a copy to:
Seward& Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.
Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Rights Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by facsimile, as a pdf attachment to an e-mail or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn, NY 11219
Attention:  Relationship Management
with a copy to:
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
48 Wall Street, 22nd Floor
New York, New York 10005
e-mail: legalteamAST@astfinancial.com
Attention:  Legal Department
Notices or demands authorized by this Rights Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.
27.            Supplements and Amendments .  Prior to the occurrence of a Distribution Date, the Company may supplement or amend this Rights Agreement in any respect without the approval of any holders of Rights and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, execute such supplement or amendment.  From and after the occurrence of a Distribution Date, the Company and the Rights Agent may from time to time supplement or amend this Rights Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights in order to (i) cure any ambiguity, (ii) correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, (iii) shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder or (iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner that the Company may deem necessary or desirable and that shall not adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); provided, this Rights Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) a time period relating to when the Rights may be redeemed at such time as the Rights are not then redeemable or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the benefits to, the holders of Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person).  Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company and, if reasonably requested by the Rights Agent, an opinion of counsel, that states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, the Rights Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any supplement or amendment that affects the Rights Agent's own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under this Rights Agreement.  Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Stock.
25


28.            Successors .  All the covenants and provisions of this Rights Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
29.            Determinations and Actions by the Board, etc .  For all purposes of this Rights Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.  The Board of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Rights Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the Board, or the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Rights Agreement and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Rights Agreement (including a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend the Rights Agreement).  All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which are done or made by the Board in good faith, shall (x) be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights Certificates and all other parties and (y) not subject the Board to any liability to the holders of the Rights.  The Rights Agent is entitled always to assume the Company's Board acted in good faith and shall be fully protected and incur no liability in reliance thereon.
30.            Benefits of this Rights Agreement .  Nothing in this Rights Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent, the Permitted Persons and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of shares of Common Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Rights Agreement; but this Rights Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent, the Permitted Persons and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the shares of Common Stock).  Further, nothing in this Rights Agreement shall be construed to give any holder of Rights or any other Person legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Rights Agreement by virtue or, as a result of, any Exempted Transaction.
31.            Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Rights Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Rights Agreement to the contrary, if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and the Board of the Company determines in its good faith judgment that severing the invalid language from this Rights Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of this Rights Agreement, the right of redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not expire until the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day following the date of such determination by the Board.  Without limiting the foregoing, if any provision requiring a specific group of directors to act is held  by any court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, such determination shall then be made by the Board in accordance with applicable law and the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws.
32.            Governing Law .  This Rights Agreement and each Right and each Rights Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.
33.            Counterparts .  This Rights Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
34.            Descriptive Headings .  Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Rights Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

26

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Shareholders Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
EURODRY LTD.
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
Aristides J. Pittas
   
Title:
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director


 
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER AND TRUST COMPANY, LLC, as Rights Agent
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 

27

Exhibit A
STATEMENT OF DESIGNATION OF RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND PRIVILEGES OF
SERIES A PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK OF EURODRY LTD.
The undersigned, Mr.Aristides J. Pittas and Ms. Stephania Karmiri do hereby certify:
1.            That they are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of EuroDry Ltd., a Marshall Islands company (the "Company").
2.            That pursuant to the authority conferred by the Company's Articles of Incorporation, as amended, the Company's Board on May [_], 2018 adopted the following resolution designating and prescribing the relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Company's Series A Participating Preferred Stock:
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board (the " Board ") of the Company by the Articles of Incorporation, the Board does hereby establish a series of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, and the designation and certain powers, preferences and other special rights of the shares of such series, and certain qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon, are hereby fixed as follows:
Section 1.            Designation and Amount .  The shares of such series shall be designated as " Series A Participating Preferred Stock ".  The Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.01 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall initially be 1,000,000, which number the Board may from time to time increase or decrease (but not below the number then outstanding).
Section 2.            Proportional Adjustment .  In the event the Company shall at any time after the issuance of any share or shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock (i) declare any dividend on the common stock of the Company par value $0.01 per share (the " Common Stock ") payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Company shall simultaneously effect a proportional adjustment to the number of outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.
Section 3.            Dividends and Distributions .
(a)            Subject to the prior and superior right of the holders of any shares of any series of preferred stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive when, as and if declared by the Board out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable quarterly (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.
(b)            The Company  shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (a) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).
(c)            Dividends shall begin to accrue on outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.  The Board may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
A-1


Section 4.            Voting Rights .  The holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:
(a)            Each share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company.
(b)            Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Company.
(c)            Except as required by law, holders of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.
Section 5.            Certain Restrictions .
(a)            The Company shall not declare any dividend on, make any distribution on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Common Stock after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock unless concurrently therewith it shall declare a dividend on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as required by Section 3 hereof.
(b)            Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 3 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Company shall not (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Participating Preferred Stock; (ii) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with Series A Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the Company may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Company ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Participating Preferred Stock; (iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.
(c)            The Company shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Company unless the Company could, under paragraph (a) of this Section 5, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.
Section 6.            Reacquired Shares .  Any shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein and, in the Articles of Incorporation, as then amended.
Section 7.            Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up .  Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.
A-2


Section 8.            Consolidation, Merger, etc .  In case the Company shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.
Section 9.            No Redemption .  The shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
Section 10.            Ranking .  The Series A Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Company's preferred stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise.
Section 11.            Amendment .  The Articles of Incorporation of the Company shall not be further amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preference or special rights of the Series A Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.
Section 12.            Fractional Shares .  Series A Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Participating Preferred Stock.
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of this Company be, and they hereby are, authorized and directed to prepare and file a Statement of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges in accordance with the foregoing resolution and the provisions of Marshall Islands law and to take such actions as they may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent of the foregoing resolution.
REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
A-3


We further declare under penalty of perjury that the matters set forth in the foregoing Statement of Designation are true and correct of our own knowledge.
Executed in [     ], on [________ ___, 20__].
   
   
 
Aristides J. Pittas
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

   
   
 
Stephania Karmiri
Secretary

A-4

Exhibit B
[FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE]
Certificate No. R-
Rights
   

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER [___________, 20__] OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE OCCURS.  THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $0.001 PER RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.
RIGHTS CERTIFICATE
EURODRY LTD.
This certifies that [                    ], or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of May [_], 2018 (the " Rights Agreement "), between EuroDry Ltd., a Marshall Islands company (the " Company "), and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent (the " Rights Agent "), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York time, on [______________] at the office of the Rights Agent, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one-thousandth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the " Preferred Shares "), of the Company, at a purchase price of $ [_] per one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share (the " Purchase Price "), upon presentation and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed.  The number of Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate (and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of [______________], based on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such date.  As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of one one-thousandths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.
This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms, covenants and restrictions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, covenants and restrictions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Rights Certificates.  Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company.
This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon surrender at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of Preferred Shares as the Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase.  If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.
Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $0.001 per Right or (ii) may be exchanged in whole or in part for Preferred Shares, par value $0.01 per share, or shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
No fractional Preferred Shares will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.
B-1


No holder of this Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting shareholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.
This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.
B-2


WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal.  Dated as of [__________ ___, 20__].

ATTEST:
 
EURODRY LTD.
     
     
     
By:
 
     
Name:
Aristides J. Pittas
     
Title:
Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

     
     
     
By:
 
     
Name:
 
     
Title:
 


Countersigned:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER AND TRUST COMPANY, LLC,
as Rights Agent
   
By:
   
 
Authorized Signature
 

B-3


Form of Reverse Side of Rights Certificate
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be executed by the registered holder if such
holder desires to transfer the Rights Certificate.)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED
 
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
 
 
(Please print name and address of transferee)

this Rights Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC as Attorney-in-Fact, to transfer the within Rights Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.
Dated:
 
 
Signature

Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the Medallion Signature Program.
The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:
(1)            this Rights Certificate [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned or transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement); and
(2)            after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof.
Dated:
 
 
Signature
B-4


FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE
(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder
desires to exercise Rights represented by the Rights Certificate.)
TO:
EURODRY LTD.

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise       Rights represented by this Rights Certificate to purchase the Preferred Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such Preferred Shares be issued in the name of:

     
     
     
 
(Please print name and address)
 
     
 
Please insert social security
or other tax identifying number
 
 
     
     

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:
     
     
     
 
(Please print name and address)
 
     
 
Please insert social security
or other tax identifying number
 
 
     
     

Dated:
 
 
Signature

Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program, the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program or the Medallion Signature Program.
The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes that:
(1) this Rights Certificate [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned or transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement); and
B-5


(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.
Dated:
     
Signature
     

NOTICE
The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, the Company and the Rights Agent will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.

B-6

Exhibit C
SUMMARY OF RIGHTS
Distribution and Transfer of Rights; Distribution Date:
The rights will separate from the common stock and become exercisable upon the earlier of (1) the 10 th day after public announcement that a person or group has acquired ownership of 15% or more of the company's common stock or (2) the 10th business day (or such later date as determined by the company's board of directors) after a person or group announces a tender or exchange offer which would result in that person or group holding 15% or more of the company's common stock.
 
Preferred Stock Purchaseable Upon Exercise of Rights:
On the Distribution Date, each holder of a right will be entitled to purchase for [____] Dollars (the "Exercise Price") a fraction (1/1000th) of one share of the company's preferred stock which has similar economic terms as one share of common stock.
 
Flip-in:
If an acquiring person (an "Acquiring Person") acquires more than 15% of the company's common stock then each holder of a right (except that acquiring person) will be entitled to buy at the Exercise Price, a number of shares of the company's common stock which has a market value of twice the Exercise Price.
 
Flip-over:
If after an Acquiring Person acquires more than 15% of the company's common stock, the company merges into another company (either as the surviving corporation or as the disappearing entity) or the company sells more than 50% of its assets or earning power, then each holder of a right (except for those owned by the acquirer) will be entitled to purchase at the Exercise Price, a number of shares of common stock of the surviving entity which has a then current market value of twice the Exercise Price.
 
Exchange Provision:
Any time after the date an Acquiring Person obtains more than 15% of the company's common stock and before that Acquiring Person acquires more than 50% of the company's outstanding common stock, the company may exchange each right owned by all other rights holders, in whole or in part, for one share of  the company's common stock.
 
Redemption of Rights:
The company can redeem the rights at any time prior to the Distribution Date if a person has acquired ownership of 15% or more of the company's common stock.
 
Expiration of Rights:
The rights expire on the earliest of (1) May [_], [___] or (2) the exchange or redemption of the rights as described above.
 
Amendment of Terms of Rights:
The terms of the rights and the Shareholders Rights Plan may be amended without the consent of the rights holders at any time on or prior to the Distribution Date.  After the Distribution Date, the terms of the rights and the Shareholders rights Plan may be amended to make changes, which do not adversely affect the rights of the rights holders (other than the Acquiring Person).
 
Voting Rights:
The rights will not have any voting rights.
 
Anti-dilution Provisions:
The rights will have the benefit of certain customary anti-dilution protections


C-1
Exhibit 5.1



 
SEWARD & KISSEL LLP
ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA
NEW YORK, NEW YORK  10004
 
     
WRITER'S DIRECT DIAL
   
TELEPHONE:  (212)  574-1200
FACSIMILE:  (212) 480-8421
WWW.SEWKIS.COM
901 K STREET, NW
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20001
TELEPHONE:  (202) 737-8833
FACSIMILE:  (202) 737-5184

 
May 7, 2018


EuroDry Ltd.
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Marousi Greece

Re: EuroDry Ltd.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as Marshall Islands counsel to EuroDry Ltd. (the "Company") in connection with the Company's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-      ) (the "Registration Statement") as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on May 7, 2018, as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the spin-off and registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01, of the Company (the "Common Shares").
We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of: (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the prospectus of the Company (the "Prospectus") included in the Registration Statement; and (iii) such corporate documents and records of the Company and such other instruments, certificates and documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examinations, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal competence or capacity of persons or entities to complete the execution of documents. As to various questions of fact which are material to the opinions hereinafter expressed, we have relied upon statements or certificates of public officials, directors of the Company and others.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and having regard to such other legal considerations which we deem relevant, we are of the opinions that under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Common Shares have been duly authorized and when issued as contemplated in the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid for and non-assessable.
This opinion is limited to the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands as in effect on the date hereof.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to us and the discussions of advice provided by us under the headings "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus, without admitting we are "experts" within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
/s/ Seward & Kissel LLP

Exhibit 8.1

 
SEWARD & KISSEL LLP
ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA
NEW YORK, NEW YORK  10004
 
     
WRITER'S DIRECT DIAL
   
TELEPHONE:  (212)  574-1200
FACSIMILE:  (212) 480-8421
WWW.SEWKIS.COM
901 K STREET, NW
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20001
TELEPHONE:  (202) 737-8833
FACSIMILE:  (202) 737-5184

 
May 7, 2018

 

EuroDry Ltd.
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Marousi Greece

Re: EuroDry Ltd.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as United States federal income tax and Marshall Islands tax counsel to EuroDry Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (the "Company"), in connection with the registration  on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-        ) (the "Registration Statement") as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on May 7, 2018 as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the spin-off and the registration under the Securities Act of all of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 of the Company.

In formulating our opinions, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the Registration Statement and the prospectus contained therein and such other papers, documents, agreements, and records of the Company and such other instruments, certificates and documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examinations, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies or drafts of documents to be executed, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal competence or capacity of persons or entities to complete the execution of documents. As to matters of fact material to this opinion that have not been independently established, we have relied upon representations, statements, and certificates of public officials, directors or officers of the Company, and others, in each case as we have deemed relevant and appropriate. We have not independently verified the facts so relied on.

Based on the facts as set forth in the Registration Statement and, in particular, on the representations, covenants, assumptions, conditions and qualifications described under the headings "Risk Factors—Tax Related Risks" and "Tax Considerations," we hereby confirm that the discussions of United States federal income tax matters and Marshall Islands tax matters expressed in the Registration Statement under the headings "Risk Factors—Tax Related Risks" and "Tax Considerations" are the opinions of Seward & Kissel LLP and accurately state our view as to the tax matters discussed therein.



Our views on the tax matters discussed above are based on the current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, which may be cited or used as precedents, and case law, any of which may be changed at any time with retroactive effect. No opinion is expressed on any matters other than those specifically referred to above by reference to the Registration Statement.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to each reference to us and discussion of advice provided by us in the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are "experts" within the meaning of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to any part of the Registration Statement.

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
/s/ Seward & Kissel LLP

Exhibit 10.1

MASTER MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


This Master Management Agreement (the " Agreement "), dated as of …..(date of spin off) between Eurodry Ltd. (the " Company "), in its own capacity and as agent for certain of its vessel owning subsidiaries identified in Schedule A hereto together with additional subsidiaries (if any) that may acquire vessels in the future (the " Subsidiarie s") and Eurobulk Ltd. (the " Manager ").

WHEREAS

(A)
The Subsidiaries are the registered owners of the ships (the " Vessels ") described in Schedule A annexed hereto, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time.

(B)
The Company has retained the Manager to provide, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, management services in respect of the Vessels and to the Company and the Manager is willing and able to provide such management services.
 
NOW therefore, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.
APPOINTMENT

1.
The Manager is hereby appointed by the Company as manager and the Manager hereby agrees to act as manager of the Vessels and to the Company.

2.
The Manager undertakes to use its best endeavours to provide the following services to the Vessels, namely: Crewing, Technical Management, Insurance, Freight Management, Accounting, Chartering, Sale and Purchase, Provisions, Bunkering and Operation (the " Services ").  The parties acknowledge that in performing these services the Manager may use other agents, consultants, brokers etc as is customary, some of which may be affiliates. In particular the parties acknowledge that the Manager's exclusive agent in respect of Chartering and Purchase and Sale transactions is Eurochart S.A, an affiliate.

3.
The Manager undertakes to use its best endeavours to provide the following services to the Company: compliance with SEC rules and regulations, compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and various other services related to the proper administration of the Company's obligations for the proper operation of the Vessels (the " Services ").

4.
The Manager shall render advice and provide executive services to the Company from time to time, including, but not limited to, the services of a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, a chief administrative officer, an internal auditor and a secretary and such other matters as may be mutually agreed between the Manager and the Company. The executive services shall only be performed by the following persons: President and Chief Executive officer by Aristides J Pittas; Chief Financial officer and Treasurer by Anastasios Aslidis; Chief Administrative Officer by Symeon Pariaros, Internal Auditor by Costantinos Siadimas and Secretary by Stephania Karmiri. Any other person performing any of these services must first be approved by the Company in writing.


5.
The terms of conditions under which the Manager will provide the Services to the Vessels are set out in the attached BIMCO standard Ship Management Agreement (" SHIPMAN ") as amended, which is hereby attached - Schedule B. Each Subsidiary will sign a management agreement with the Manager. The terms and conditions of this Agreement in relation to the Services to be provided by the Manager to the Vessels shall prevail over the terms and conditions of the SHIPMAN to the extent the two are inconsistent or in conflict.

6.
In the exercise of its duties to the Vessels, Manager shall act faithfully and diligently according to prudent shipping management standards and is entitled to provide the services in its own discretion, subject however to the terms and conditions of SHIPMAN.

2.
TERM

The engagement of the Manager shall start on …….. (spin off date) and continue through May 6, 2023 (the " Initial Term ") and shall automatically be renewed thereafter for 5 years unless terminated by the Company or Manager by written notice to the other on or before the 90 th day preceding the scheduled termination date, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided in section 6  below.

3.
PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

The Manager shall render the services at one or more suitable locations selected by the parties.

4.
REMUNERATION

In consideration of Manager's Services, the Company will pay the Manager a fee broken down in two parts:

1) a lump sum fee payable directly by the Company of $1,250,000 per annum payable in advance in four quarterly installments. For the first year only (2018) this amount shall be applied pro rata starting as of the date of this agreement.This amount will be adjusted annually (every February but valid retroactively since January 1 st ) for inflation  as measured by the official inflation rate in Greece for the preceding year.

2) a daily fee of Euro 685 per day per vessel payable by each Subsidiary. This amount will be adjusted annually (every February but valid retroactively since January 1 st ) for the official inflation rate in Greece for the preceding year.

5.
EXPENSES

In order to facilitate Manager's carrying out its duties hereunder to the Company, the Company shall promptly reimburse Manager for all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of the Manager in the performance of Manager's Services and shall reimburse the Manager for  any fees and/or commissions charged to the Manager by other agents, consultants, brokers etc.
2


6.
TERMINATION

This Agreement can be terminated:

a)
For cause, which shall mean a party's willful misconduct in any material respect, or the material breach or material failure by a party to perform its duties or responsibilities hereunder or under any SHIPMAN, which shall not have been cured within 10 days after receipt of written notice;
b)
On at least 90 days written notice prior to the end of the Initial Term or prior to the expiration of any applicable renewal term;
c)
If the Company or the Manager ceases to conduct business, or all or substantially all of the properties or assets of either party is sold, seized or appropriated; or
d)
The Company or the Manager file a petition under any bankruptcy law or make an assignment for the benefit of their creditors, or otherwise seek relief under any law for the protection of debtors or shall adopt a plan of liquidation or a petition shall be filed against Company or Manager seeking to have it declared an insolvent or a bankrupt, and such petition is not dismissed or stayed within 90 days of its filing, or if Company or Manager shall admit in writing its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or if an order is made for the appointment of a liquidator, manager, receiver or trustee of Company or Manager of all or a substantial part of its assets, then this Agreement shall forthwith terminate and be of no further force and effect.

7.          CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Manager agrees that, during its engagement by the Company and at all times thereafter, it will not disclose to others except to its employees, agents, advisors or representatives, directly or indirectly, any confidential information, which is in the nature of trade secrets, relating to the business, prospects or plans of the Company or the Subsidiaries.  Upon termination of the engagement with the Company, Manager shall surrender to the Company any and all work papers, reports, manuals, documents and the like (including all originals and copies thereof) in its or its agents or representatives' possession which contain any such confidential information.

8.           NONEXCLUSIVE ENGAGEMENT

During the term of this Agreement, Manager shall be permitted to engage in such other business activities and perform services for entities other than the Company and the Subsidiaries; provided , however , Manager shall at all times provide sufficient staffing to satisfactorily perform the Services to be provided hereunder and Manager's engagement in rendering services to entities other than the Company shall not substantially interfere with or adversely affect its provision of the Services hereunder.

9.           NOTICES

Any and all notices or other communications required or permitted to be given under any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered personally or three (3) days after mailing, if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.  Either party may change its mailing address for the purposes of this Agreement by notice to the other as herein provided.

3

10.           AUTHORITY

The Company represents to Manager that this Agreement has been duly authorized on behalf of the Company by its Board of Directors. Manager represents to the Company that this Agreement has been duly authorized on behalf of the Manager by its Board of Directors, that it is free to enter into this Agreement and that its entering into this Agreement does not violate any obligation that it has to any other person or legal entity.

11.           SEPARABILITY

In the event that any provision of this Agreement would be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason unless narrowed by construction, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid or unenforceable.  If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

12.          MISCELLANEOUS

(a)            This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the Company and Manager with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be amended or modified except by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any term, condition or obligation of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the waiving party.  No failure or delay by either the Company or Manager in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement will waive any provision of this Agreement, nor will any single or partial exercise by either the Company or Manager of any right or remedy under this Agreement preclude any of them from otherwise or further exercising the rights or remedies contained herein, or any other rights or remedies granted by any law or any related document.

(b)            The Section headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said Sections.

(c)            This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of England and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of said state. Any dispute under this Agreement shall be determined exclusively by the Arbitration in London as per Arbitration Act 1996 and the BIMCO dispute resolutions clause of the SHIPMAN which is deemed incorporated herein. However, for disputes arising between the Subsidiaries and the Manager, the choice of law and the jurisdiction are governed by the terms of the SHIPMAN.

(d)            This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute a single original document.

(e)            It is understood and agreed among the parties that in rendering services hereunder, Manager is an independent contractor of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a director, officer or employee of the Company solely in respect of this Agreement.
4



(f)            The Company shall have no obligation to any person entitled to the benefits of this Agreement with respect to any tax obligation any such person incurs as a result of or attributable to this Agreement or arising from any payments made or to be made hereunder or thereunder.

(g)            The provisions of this Agreement which by their terms call for performance subsequent to termination of this Agreement shall so survive such termination.

(h)            This Agreement may not be transferred, assigned or delegated by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.

(i)            (1)           The Company hereby confirms to and agrees with Manager with respect to any and all matters arising out of or in connection with its engagement as a Manager hereunder, that Manager shall be entitled to receive the benefits of all indemnification provisions contained in the bylaws of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against Manager.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that Manager shall be entitled to receive any and all indemnification to which Manager would have been entitled had it or they acted as an officer or director of the Company, including, without limitation, such indemnification benefits as may hereafter be extended or otherwise made available by the Company to its executive officers.

(2)            Manager shall cooperate fully with the Company in the prosecution or defense, as the case may be, of any and all actions, governmental inquiries or other legal proceedings in which Manager's assistance may be requested by the Company.  Such cooperation shall include, among other things, making documents in Manager's custody or control available to the Company or its counsel, making itself available for interviews by the Company or its counsel, and making itself available to appear as a witness, at deposition, trial or otherwise.  Any and all reasonable and necessary vouchered out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Manager in fulfilling its obligations under this paragraph 12(i) shall be reimbursed by the Company.

(3)            The provisions of this Section 12(i) shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.


5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Agreement as of the date first written above.

 
Eurodry Ltd.
 
       
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
Aristides J. Pittas
 
 
Title:
Chairman of the Board,
President, CEO
 
       
       
       
 
Eurobulk Ltd.
 
       
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
Nikolaos Pittas
 
 
Title:
Director
 




6

Schedule A

to
Master Management Agreement dated (spin off date) between Eurobulk and Eurodry




Pantelis Shipping Corp. owner of m/v Pantelis
Eirini Shipping Ltd owner of m/v Eirini P






Last update:  (spin off date)

7

Exhibit 10.2

MASTER MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


This Master Management Agreement (the " Agreement "), dated as of….. (spin off date) between Eurodry Ltd. (the " Company "), in its own capacity and as agent for certain of its vessel owning subsidiaries identified in Schedule A hereto together with additional subsidiaries (if any) that may acquire vessels in the future (the " Subsidiarie s") and Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc. (the " Manager ").

WHEREAS

(A)
The Subsidiaries are the registered owners of the ships (the " Vessels ") described in Schedule A annexed hereto, as such Schedule may be amended from time to time.

(B)
The Company has retained the Manager to provide, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, management services in respect of the Vessels and to the Company and the Manager is willing and able to provide such management services.
 
NOW therefore, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.
APPOINTMENT

1.
The Manager is hereby appointed by the Company as manager and the Manager hereby agrees to act as manager of the Vessels and to the Company.

2.
The Manager undertakes to use its best endeavours to provide the following services to the Vessels, namely: Crewing, Technical Management, Insurance, Freight Management, Accounting, Chartering, Sale and Purchase, Provisions, Bunkering and Operation (the " Services ").  The parties acknowledge that in performing these services the Manager may use other agents, consultants, brokers etc as is customary, some of which may be affiliates. In particular the parties acknowledge that the Manager's exclusive agent in respect of Chartering and Purchase and Sale transactions is Eurochart S.A, an affiliate.

3.
The Manager undertakes to use its best endeavours to provide the following services to the Company: compliance with SEC rules and regulations, compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and various other services related to the proper administration of the Company's obligations for the proper operation of the Vessels (the " Services ").
 
4.
The terms of conditions under which the Manager will provide the Services to the Vessels are set out in the attached BIMCO standard Ship Management Agreement (" SHIPMAN ") as amended, which is hereby attached - Schedule B. Each Subsidiary will sign a management agreement with the Manager. The terms and conditions of this Agreement in relation to the Services to be provided by the Manager to the Vessels shall prevail over the terms and conditions of the SHIPMAN to the extent the two are inconsistent or in conflict.

5.
In the exercise of its duties to the Vessels, Manager shall act faithfully and diligently according to prudent shipping management standards and is entitled to provide the services in its own discretion, subject however to the terms and conditions of SHIPMAN.


2.
TERM

The engagement of the Manager shall start on (spin off date) and continue through May 6, 2023……. (the " Initial Term ") and shall automatically be renewed thereafter for 5 years unless terminated by the Company or Manager by written notice to the other on or before the 90 th day preceding the scheduled termination date, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided in section 6  below.

3.
PLACE OF PERFORMANCE

The Manager shall render the services at one or more suitable locations selected by the parties.

4.
REMUNERATION

In consideration of Manager's Services, the Company will pay the Manager.  a daily fee of Euro 685 per day per vessel payable by each Subsidiary. This amount will be adjusted annually (every February but valid retroactively since January 1 st ) for the official inflation rate for the preceding year for a rate/percentage to be mutually agreed (in good faith)

5.
EXPENSES

In order to facilitate Manager's carrying out its duties hereunder to the Company, the Company shall promptly reimburse Manager for all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by or on behalf of the Manager in the performance of Manager's Services and shall reimburse the Manager for  any fees and/or commissions charged to the Manager by other agents, consultants, brokers etc.

6.
TERMINATION

This Agreement can be terminated:

a)
For cause, which shall mean a party's willful misconduct in any material respect, or the material breach or material failure by a party to perform its duties or responsibilities hereunder or under any SHIPMAN, which shall not have been cured within 10 days after receipt of written notice;
b)
On at least 90 days written notice prior to the end of the Initial Term or prior to the expiration of any applicable renewal term;
c)
If the Company or the Manager ceases to conduct business, or all or substantially all of the properties or assets of either party is sold, seized or appropriated; or
d)
The Company or the Manager file a petition under any bankruptcy law or make an assignment for the benefit of their creditors, or otherwise seek relief under any law for the protection of debtors or shall adopt a plan of liquidation or a petition shall be filed against Company or Manager seeking to have it declared an insolvent or a bankrupt, and such petition is not dismissed or stayed within 90 days of its filing, or if Company or Manager shall admit in writing its insolvency or its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or if an order is made for the appointment of a liquidator, manager, receiver or trustee of Company or Manager of all or a substantial part of its assets, then this Agreement shall forthwith terminate and be of no further force and effect.
2


7.          CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Manager agrees that, during its engagement by the Company and at all times thereafter, it will not disclose to others except to its employees, agents, advisors or representatives, directly or indirectly, any confidential information, which is in the nature of trade secrets, relating to the business, prospects or plans of the Company or the Subsidiaries.  Upon termination of the engagement with the Company, Manager shall surrender to the Company any and all work papers, reports, manuals, documents and the like (including all originals and copies thereof) in its or its agents or representatives' possession which contain any such confidential information.

8.           NONEXCLUSIVE ENGAGEMENT

During the term of this Agreement, Manager shall be permitted to engage in such other business activities and perform services for entities other than the Company and the Subsidiaries; provided , however , Manager shall at all times provide sufficient staffing to satisfactorily perform the Services to be provided hereunder and Manager's engagement in rendering services to entities other than the Company shall not substantially interfere with or adversely affect its provision of the Services hereunder.

9.           NOTICES

Any and all notices or other communications required or permitted to be given under any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and received when delivered personally or three (3) days after mailing, if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.  Either party may change its mailing address for the purposes of this Agreement by notice to the other as herein provided.

10.         AUTHORITY

The Company represents to Manager that this Agreement has been duly authorized on behalf of the Company by its Board of Directors. Manager represents to the Company that this Agreement has been duly authorized on behalf of the Manager by its Board of Directors, that it is free to enter into this Agreement and that its entering into this Agreement does not violate any obligation that it has to any other person or legal entity.

11.         SEPARABILITY

In the event that any provision of this Agreement would be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason unless narrowed by construction, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable provision had been more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid or unenforceable.  If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement.

12.        MISCELLANEOUS

(a)            This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the Company and Manager with respect to the subject matter hereof and cannot be amended or modified except by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any term, condition or obligation of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the waiving party.  No failure or delay by either the Company or Manager in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement will waive any provision of this Agreement, nor will any single or partial exercise by either the Company or Manager of any right or remedy under this Agreement preclude any of them from otherwise or further exercising the rights or remedies contained herein, or any other rights or remedies granted by any law or any related document.
3


(b)            The Section headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said Sections.

(c)            This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract under the laws of England and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of said state. Any dispute under this Agreement shall be determined exclusively by Arbitration in London as per the Arbitration Act 1996 and the BIMCO dispute resolutions clause of the SHIPMAN which is deemed incorporated herein. For disputes arising between the Subsidiaries and the Manager, the choice of law and the jurisdiction are governed by the terms of the SHIPMAN.

(d)            This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute a single original document.

(e)            It is understood and agreed among the parties that in rendering services hereunder, Manager is an independent contractor of the Company and shall not be deemed to constitute a director, officer or employee of the Company solely in respect of this Agreement.

(f)            The Company shall have no obligation to any person entitled to the benefits of this Agreement with respect to any tax obligation any such person incurs as a result of or attributable to this Agreement or arising from any payments made or to be made hereunder or thereunder.

(g)            The provisions of this Agreement which by their terms call for performance subsequent to termination of this Agreement shall so survive such termination.

(h)            This Agreement may not be transferred, assigned or delegated by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.

(i)            (1)           The Company hereby confirms to and agrees with Manager with respect to any and all matters arising out of or in connection with its engagement as a Manager hereunder, that Manager shall be entitled to receive the benefits of all indemnification provisions contained in the bylaws of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law at the time of the assertion of any liability against Manager.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that Manager shall be entitled to receive any and all indemnification to which Manager would have been entitled had it or they acted as an officer or director of the Company, including, without limitation, such indemnification benefits as may hereafter be extended or otherwise made available by the Company to its executive officers.

(2)            Manager shall cooperate fully with the Company in the prosecution or defense, as the case may be, of any and all actions, governmental inquiries or other legal proceedings in which Manager's assistance may be requested by the Company.  Such cooperation shall include, among other things, making documents in Manager's custody or control available to the Company or its counsel, making itself available for interviews by the Company or its counsel, and making itself available to appear as a witness, at deposition, trial or otherwise.  Any and all reasonable and necessary vouchered out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Manager in fulfilling its obligations under this paragraph 12(i) shall be reimbursed by the Company.

(3)            The provisions of this Section 12(i) shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
4



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Management Agreement as of the date first written above.

 
Eurodry Ltd.
 
       
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
Aristides J. Pittas
 
 
Title:
Chairman of the Board,
President, CEO
 
       
       
       
 
Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc.
 
       
 
By:
 
 
 
Name:
Mark Martin
 
 
Title:
Director
 






5



Schedule A

to
Master Management Agreement dated ….  ( date of spin off ) between Eurobulk Far East and Eurodry




Ultra One Shipping Ltd, Liberia - m/v Alexandros P.
Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd, Marshall Islands – m/v Xenia
Areti Shipping Ltd, Marshall Islands – m/v Tasos
Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd – m/v Ekaterini (hull nr 1153)






Last update: (date of spin off)
6
Exhibit 10.3
 
EURODRY LTD.
2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I
General
1.1.
Purpose
The EuroDry Ltd. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is designed to provide certain Key Persons (as defined below), whose initiative and efforts are deemed to be important to the successful conduct of the business of EuroDry Ltd. (the "Company"), with incentives to (a) acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, (b) maximize their performance in respect of the provision of their services to the Company, a Subsidiary (as defined below) and/or an Affiliate (as defined below) and (c) enhance the long-term performance of the Company.
1.2.
Administration
(a)            Administration .  The Plan shall be administered by the Company's Board of Directors (referred to herein as the "Board") or such committee of the Board as may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan (the Board or such committee, as applicable, being referred to herein as the "Administrator"); provided that (i) in the event the Company is subject to Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), the Administrator shall be composed of two or more directors, each of whom is a "Non-Employee Director" (a "Non-Employee Director") under Rule 16b-3 (as promulgated and interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the 1934 Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time ("Rule 16b-3")), and (ii) the Administrator shall be composed solely of two or more directors who are "independent directors" under the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company's Common Stock (as defined below) is traded; provided   further , however , that, (A) prior to the date of the consummation of an initial public offering of the Company's Common Stock, if any, the Administrator may be composed of one or more members of the Board, as determined by the Board, (B) the requirement in the preceding clause (i) shall apply only when required to exempt an Award (as defined below) intended to qualify for an exemption under the applicable provisions referenced therein, (C) the requirement in the preceding clause (ii) shall apply only when required pursuant to the applicable rules of the applicable stock exchange and (D) if at any time the Administrator is not so composed as required by the preceding provisions of this sentence, that fact will not invalidate any grant made, or action taken, by the Administrator hereunder that otherwise satisfies the terms of the Plan.  Subject to the terms of the Plan, applicable law and the applicable rules and regulations of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed for trading, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Administrator by the Plan, the Administrator shall have the full power and authority to: (1) designate the Key Persons to receive Awards under the Plan; (2) determine the types of Awards granted to a participant under the Plan; (3) determine the number of shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated with respect to, Awards; (4) determine the terms and conditions of any Awards; (5) determine whether, and to what extent, and under what circumstances, Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or cancelled, forfeited or suspended, and the methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, cancelled, forfeited or suspended; (6) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, shares, other securities, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred, either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or the Administrator; (7) construe, interpret and implement the Plan and any Award Agreement (as defined below); (8) prescribe, amend, rescind or waive rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules governing its operation, and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; (9)  correct any defect, supply any omission and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement; and (10) make any other determination and take any other action that the Administrator deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.  Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Administrator, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all Persons (as defined below).
(b)            General Right of Delegation .  Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, the applicable rules of a stock exchange or any charter, by-laws or other agreement governing the Administrator, the Administrator
1


may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities to any Person or Persons selected by it; provided , however , that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (i) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, to the extent applicable, or (ii) officers of the Company to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder or directors of the Company; provided , further , that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3, to the extent applicable) and the rules of any applicable stock exchange.  Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Administrator specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Administrator may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee.  At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 1.2(b) shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Administrator.
(c)            Indemnification .  No member of the Board, the Administrator or any officer or employee of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate or any of their agents (each such Person, a "Covered Person") shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder.  Each Covered Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan or any Award Agreement and (ii) any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with the Company's approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person; provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company's choice.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person's bad faith, fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company's articles of incorporation or bylaws, in each case as may amended and/or restated from time to time.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under the Company's articles of incorporation or bylaws, in each case as may be amended and/or restated from time to time, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Persons or hold them harmless.
(d)            Delegation of Authority to Senior Officers .  The Administrator may, in accordance with and subject to the terms of Section 1.2(b), delegate, on such terms and conditions as it determines, to one or more senior officers of the Company the authority to make grants of Awards to Key Persons who are employees of the Company or any Subsidiary (including any such prospective employee) and consultants and service providers to (including Persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider to) the Company or any Subsidiary.
(e)            Awards to Non-Employee Directors .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards to Non-Employee Directors or administer the Plan with respect to such Awards.  In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority and responsibility granted to the Administrator herein with respect to such Awards.
1.3.
Persons Eligible for Awards
The Persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan are those directors, officers and employees (including any prospective officer or employee) of the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate and consultants and service providers to (including Persons who are employed by or provide services to any entity that is itself a consultant or service provider to) the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate (collectively, "Key Persons") as the Administrator shall select.
2


1.4.
Types of Awards
Awards may be made under the Plan in the form of (a) stock options, (b) stock appreciation rights, (c) restricted stock, (d) restricted stock units, (e) phantom stock units, (f) unrestricted stock, (g) dividend equivalents and (h) other equity-based or equity-related awards, all as more fully set forth in the Plan.  The term "Award" means any of the foregoing that are granted under the Plan.
1.5.
Shares Available for Awards; Adjustments for Changes in Capitalization
(a)            Maximum Number .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 1.5(c), the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 ("Common Stock"), that may be delivered pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall be 150,000 shares.  The following shares of Common Stock shall again become available for Awards under the Plan: (i) any shares that are subject to an Award under the Plan and that remain unissued upon the cancellation or termination of such Award for any reason whatsoever; (ii) any shares of restricted stock forfeited pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; provided that any dividend equivalent rights with respect to such shares that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee are also forfeited; and (iii) any shares in respect of which an Award is settled for cash without the delivery of shares to the grantee.  Any shares that are held back to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any stock options or stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan shall again become available to be delivered pursuant to Awards under the Plan.
(b)            Source of Shares .  Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued Common Stock or treasury shares.  The Administrator may direct that any stock certificate or book entry interest evidencing shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as may apply to such shares.
(c)            Adjustments .
(i)            In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Company shares, other securities or other property), stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination, repurchase or exchange of Company shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Company shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, affects the Company shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Award, then, subject to the provisions of Section 1.5(c)(iv) below, the Administrator shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of the number of shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan.
(ii)            The Administrator is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including the events described in Section 1.5(c)(i) or the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined below), subject to the provisions of Section 1.5(c)(iv) below) affecting the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, or of changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange, accounting principles or law, whenever the Administrator determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to an Award, including providing for (A) adjustment to (1) the number of shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate and (2) the Exercise Price (as defined below) with respect to any Award and (B) a substitution or assumption of Awards, accelerating the exercisability or vesting of, or lapse of restrictions on, Awards, or accelerating the termination of Awards by providing for a period of time for exercise prior to the occurrence of such event, or, if deemed appropriate or desirable, providing for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in consideration for the cancellation of such Award (it being understood that, in such event, any option or stock appreciation right having a per share Exercise
3


Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of a share subject to such option or stock appreciation right may be cancelled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor); provided , however , that with respect to options and stock appreciation rights, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, such adjustment shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 424(h) of the Code (as defined below).
(iii)            In the event of (A) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (B) a sale of all or substantially all the Company's assets or (C) a merger, reorganization or consolidation involving the Company or a Subsidiary, the Administrator shall have the power to:
(1)            provide that outstanding options, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock units and/or restricted stock units (including any related dividend equivalent right) and/or other Awards granted under the Plan shall either continue in effect, be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted therefor by the successor entity or a parent or subsidiary entity;
(2)            cancel, effective immediately prior to the occurrence of such event, options, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock units and/or restricted stock units (including each dividend equivalent right related thereto) and/or other Awards granted under the Plan outstanding immediately prior to such event (whether or not then exercisable) and, in full consideration of such cancellation, pay to the holder of such Award a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Administrator) of the shares subject to such Award (or the value of such Award, as determined by the Administrator, if not based on the Fair Market Value of shares) over the aggregate Exercise Price of such Award (or the grant price of such Award, if any, if applicable)(it being understood that, in such event, (x) any option or stock appreciation right having a per share Exercise Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share subject to such option or stock appreciation right may be cancelled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor and (y) any phantom stock unit that by its terms may be cancelled without payment therefor may be cancelled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor to the extent so provided in the applicable Award Agreement); or
(3)            notify the holder of an option or stock appreciation right in writing or electronically that each option and stock appreciation right shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of 30 days from the date of such notice, or such shorter period as the Administrator may determine to be reasonable, and the option or stock appreciation right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period (which period shall expire no later than immediately prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction).
(iv)            In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring (as defined below), and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1.5(c):
(A)
The number and type of securities or other property subject to each outstanding Award and the Exercise Price or grant price thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted; and
(B)
The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustment of the limitation set forth in Section 1.5(a)).  The adjustments provided under this Section 1.5(c)(iv) shall be nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected participant and the Company.
1.6.
Definitions of Certain Terms
(a)            "Affiliate" shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in each case as determined by the Administrator.
4


(b)            Unless otherwise specifically set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, in connection with a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship, for purposes of the Plan, the term "for Cause" shall be defined as follows:
(i)            if there is an employment, severance, consulting, service, change in control or other agreement governing the relationship between the grantee, on the one hand, and the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, on the other hand, that contains a definition of "cause" (or similar phrase), for purposes of the Plan, the term "for Cause" shall mean those acts or omissions that would constitute "cause" under such agreement; or
(ii)            if the preceding clause (i) is not applicable to the grantee, for purposes of the Plan, the term "for Cause" shall mean any of the following:
(A)
any failure by the grantee substantially to perform the grantee's employment or consultancy/service or Board membership duties;
(B)
any excessive unauthorized absenteeism by the grantee;
(C)
any refusal by the grantee to obey the lawful orders of the Board or any other Person to whom the grantee reports;
(D)
any act or omission by the grantee that is or may be injurious to the Company, any Subsidiary  or any Affiliate, whether monetarily, reputationally or otherwise;
(E)
any act by the grantee that is inconsistent with the best interests of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate;
(F)
the grantee's gross negligence that is injurious to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, whether monetarily, reputationally or otherwise;
(G)
the grantee's material violation of any of the policies of the Company, a Subsidiary or any Affiliate, as applicable, including, without limitation, those policies relating to discrimination or sexual harassment;
(H)
the grantee's material breach of his or her employment or service contract with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate;
(I)
the grantee's unauthorized (1) removal from the premises of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any document (in any medium or form) relating to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate or the customers or clients of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate or (2) disclosure to any Person of any of the Company's, any Subsidiary's or any Affiliate's, confidential or proprietary information;
(J)
the grantee's being convicted of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime that constitutes a felony or involves moral turpitude; and
(K)
the grantee's commission of any act involving dishonesty or fraud.
Any rights the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate may have under the Plan in respect of the events giving rise to a termination "for Cause" shall be in addition to any other rights the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate may have under any other agreement with a grantee or at law or in equity.  Any determination of whether a grantee's employment or consultancy/service relationship is (or is deemed to have been) terminated "for Cause" shall be made by the Administrator.  If, subsequent to a grantee's voluntary termination of employment or
5


consultancy/service relationship or involuntary termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship without Cause, it is discovered that the grantee's employment or consultancy/service relationship could have been terminated "for Cause", the Administrator may deem such grantee's employment or consultancy/service relationship to have been terminated "for Cause" upon such discovery and determination by the Administrator.
(c)            "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(d)            Unless otherwise specifically set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the grantee's being unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or the grantee's, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the grantee's employer.  The existence of a Disability shall be determined by the Administrator.
(e)            "Equity Restructuring" shall mean a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or the share price thereof and causes a change in the per share value of the shares underlying outstanding Awards.
(f)            "Exercise Price" shall mean (i) in the case of options, the price specified in the applicable Award Agreement as the price-per-share at which such share can be purchased pursuant to the option or (ii) in the case of stock appreciation rights, the price specified in the applicable Award Agreement as the reference price-per-share used to calculate the amount payable to the grantee.
(g)            The "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be the closing price on the Nasdaq Capital Market (or the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board or such other market on which the Common Stock is trading, if not trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market), as reported for such day in The Wall Street Journal (or, if not reported in The Wall Street Journal, such other reliable source as the Administrator may determine), or, if no such price is reported for such day, the average of the high bid and low asked price of Common Stock as reported for such day.  If no quotation is made for the applicable day, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on such day shall be determined in the manner set forth in the preceding sentence for the next preceding trading day.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is no reported closing price or high bid/low asked price that satisfies the preceding sentences, or if otherwise deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any day shall be determined by such methods and procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Administrator.  The "Fair Market Value" of any property other than Common Stock shall be the fair market value of such property determined by such methods and procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Administrator.
(h)            "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, governmental body or other entity of any kind.
(i)            "Repricing" shall mean (i) lowering the Exercise Price of an option or a stock appreciation right after it has been granted, (ii) the cancellation of an option or a stock appreciation right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Exercise Price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares subject to the Award and (iii) any other action with respect to an option or a stock appreciation right that is treated as a repricing under (A) generally accepted accounting principles or (B) any applicable stock exchange rules.
(j)            "Subsidiary" shall mean any entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, has a 50% or more equity interest.
6


ARTICLE II
Awards Under The Plan
2.1.
Agreements Evidencing Awards
Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written certificate ("Award Agreement"), which shall contain such provisions as the Administrator may deem necessary or desirable and which may, but need not, require execution or acknowledgment by a grantee.  The Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.
2.2.
Grant of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
(a)            Stock Option Grants .  The Administrator may grant stock options ("options") to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  No option will be treated as an "incentive stock option" for purposes of the Code.  It shall be the intent of the Administrator to not grant an Award in the form of stock options to any Key Person who is then subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to such Award if the Common Stock underlying such Award does not then qualify as "service recipient stock" for purposes of Section 409A.  Furthermore, it shall be the intent of the Administrator, in granting options to Key Persons who are subject to Section 409A and/or 457A of the Code, to structure such options so as to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and/or 457A of the Code, as applicable.
(b)            Option Exercise Price .  Each Award Agreement with respect to an option shall set forth the Exercise Price of such Award and, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Award Agreement, the Exercise Price of an option shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant; provided that in no event may such Exercise Price be less than the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant and (ii) the par value of a share of Common Stock.  Repricing of options granted under the Plan shall not be permitted (1) to the extent such action could cause adverse tax consequences to the grantee under Section 409A or 457A of the Code, to the extent applicable, or (2) without prior shareholder approval, to the extent such approval would be required to be obtained by the Company pursuant to the applicable rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, and any action that would be deemed to result in a Repricing of an option shall be deemed null and void if it would cause such adverse tax consequences or if any requisite shareholder approval related thereto is not obtained prior to the effective time of such action.
(c)            Stock Appreciation Right Grants; Types of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The Administrator may grant stock appreciation rights to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  The terms of a stock appreciation right may provide that it shall be automatically exercised for a payment upon the happening of a specified event that is outside the control of the grantee and that it shall not be otherwise exercisable.  Stock appreciation rights may be granted in connection with all or any part of, or independently of, any option granted under the Plan.  It shall be the intent of the Administrator to not grant an Award in the form of stock appreciation rights to any Key Person (i) who is then subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code with respect to such Award if the Common Stock underlying such Award does not then qualify as "service recipient stock" for purposes of Section 409A or (ii) if such Award would create adverse tax consequences for such Key Person under Section 457A of the Code.  Furthermore, it shall be the intent of the Administrator, in granting stock appreciation rights to Key Persons who are subject to Sections 409A and/or 457A of the Code, to structure such stock appreciation rights so as to comply with the requirements of Sections 409A and/or 457A of the Code, to the extent applicable.
(d)            Nature of Stock Appreciation Rights .  The grantee of a stock appreciation right shall have the right, subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, to receive from the Company an amount equal to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right over the Exercise Price of the stock appreciation right, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised.  Each Award Agreement with respect to a stock appreciation right shall set forth the Exercise Price of such Award and, unless otherwise specifically provided in the
7


Award Agreement, the Exercise Price of a stock appreciation right shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant; provided that in no event may such Exercise Price be less than the greater of (A) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant and (B) the par value of a share of Common Stock.  Payment upon exercise of a stock appreciation right shall be in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the stock appreciation right) or any combination of both, all as the Administrator shall determine.  Repricing of stock appreciation rights granted under the Plan shall not be permitted (1) to the extent such action could cause adverse tax consequences to the grantee under Section 409A or 457A of the Code, to the extent applicable, or (2) without prior shareholder approval, to the extent such approval would be required to be obtained by the Company pursuant to the applicable rules of any applicable stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, and any action that would be deemed to result in a Repricing of a stock appreciation right shall be deemed null and void if it would cause such adverse tax consequences or if any requisite shareholder approval related thereto is not obtained prior to the effective time of such action.  Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right granted in connection with an option, the number of shares subject to the option shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised.  Upon the exercise of an option in connection with which a stock appreciation right has been granted, the number of shares subject to the stock appreciation right shall be reduced by the number of shares with respect to which the option is exercised.
2.3.
Exercise of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
Subject to the other provisions of this Article II and the Plan, each option and stock appreciation right granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:
(a)            Timing and Extent of Exercise .  Options and stock appreciation rights shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the corresponding Award Agreement, but in no event shall any portion of such Award be exercisable subsequent to the tenth anniversary of the date on which such Award was granted.  Unless the applicable Award Agreement otherwise specifically provides, an option or stock appreciation right may be exercised from time to time as to all or part of the shares as to which such Award is then exercisable.
(b)            Notice of Exercise .  An option or stock appreciation right shall be exercised by the filing of a written notice with the Company or the Company's designated exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent"), on such form and in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe.
(c)            Payment of Exercise Price .  Any written notice of exercise of an option shall be accompanied by payment for the shares being purchased.  Such payment shall be made: (i) by certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its Exchange Agent) for the full option Exercise Price; (ii) with the consent of the Administrator, which consent shall be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator, by delivery or withholding of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the exercise date) equal to all or part of the option Exercise Price and a certified or official bank check (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Company or its Exchange Agent) for any remaining portion of the full option Exercise Price; or (iii) at the sole discretion of the Administrator and to the extent permitted by law, by such other provision, consistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe (whether directly or indirectly through the Exchange Agent), or by any combination of the foregoing payment methods.
(d)            Delivery of Certificates Upon Exercise .  Subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13, promptly after receiving payment of the full option Exercise Price, or after receiving notice of the exercise of a stock appreciation right for which the Administrator determines payment will be made partly or entirely in shares, the Company or its Exchange Agent shall (i) deliver to the grantee, or to such other Person as may then have the right to exercise the Award, a certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock for which the Award has been exercised or, in the case of stock appreciation rights, for which the Administrator determines will be made in shares or (ii) establish an account evidencing ownership of the stock in uncertificated form.  If the method of payment employed upon an option exercise so requires, and if applicable law permits, an optionee may direct the Company or its Exchange Agent, as the case may be, to deliver the stock certificate(s) to the optionee's stockbroker.
8


(e)            No Stockholder Rights .  No grantee of an option or stock appreciation right (or other Person having the right to exercise such Award) shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to shares subject to such Award until the issuance of a stock certificate to such Person for such shares or an account in the name of the grantee evidences ownership of stock in uncertificated form.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.5(c), no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued or the date an account evidencing ownership of the stock in uncertificated form notes receipt of such stock.
2.4.
Termination of Employment/Service; Death Subsequent to a Termination of Employment/Service
(a)            General Rule .  Except to the extent otherwise provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) of this Section 2.4 or Section 3.5(b)(iii), a grantee who incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates may exercise any outstanding option or stock appreciation right on the following terms and conditions: (i) exercise may be made only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the Award on the date of termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship, as applicable; and (ii) exercise must occur within three months after termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship but in no event after the original expiration date of the Award; it being understood that then outstanding options and stock appreciation rights shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and that, for purposes of the Plan, reference to a termination of a service relationship includes a removal as a director or officer.
(b)            Termination "for Cause" .  If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, all options and stock appreciation rights not theretofore exercised shall immediately terminate upon such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship.
(c)            Retirement .  If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her retirement (as defined below), then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such retirement, remain exercisable for a period of three years after such retirement; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award.  For this purpose, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, "retirement" shall mean a grantee's resignation of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, with the Company's or its applicable Subsidiary's or Affiliate's prior consent, on or after (i) his or her 65th birthday, (ii) the date on which he or she has attained age 60 and completed at least five years of service with the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (using any method of calculation the Administrator deems appropriate) or (iii) if approved by the Administrator, on or after his or her having completed at least 20 years of service with the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (using any method of calculation the Administrator deems appropriate).
(d)            Disability .  If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates by reason of a Disability, then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such termination, remain exercisable for a period of one year after such termination; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award.
(e)            Death .
(i)            Termination of Employment/Service as a Result of Grantee's Death .  If a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death, then any outstanding option or stock appreciation right shall, to the extent exercisable at the time of such death, remain exercisable for a period of one year after such
9


death; provided that in no event may such option or stock appreciation right be exercised following the original expiration date of the Award.
(ii)            Restrictions on Exercise Following Death .  Any such exercise of an Award following a grantee's death shall be made only by the grantee's executor or administrator or other duly appointed representative reasonably acceptable to the Administrator, unless the grantee's will specifically disposes of such Award, in which case such exercise shall be made only by the recipient of such specific disposition.  If a grantee's personal representative or the recipient of a specific disposition under the grantee's will shall be entitled to exercise any Award pursuant to the preceding sentence, such representative or recipient shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement which would have applied to the grantee.
(f)            Administrator Discretion .  The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4.
2.5.
Transferability of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement evidencing an option or stock appreciation right, during the lifetime of a grantee, each such Award granted to a grantee shall be exercisable only by the grantee, and no such Award may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  The Administrator may, in any applicable Award Agreement evidencing an option or stock appreciation right, permit a grantee to transfer all or some of the options or stock appreciation rights to (a) the grantee's spouse, children or grandchildren ("Immediate Family Members"), (b) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members or (c) other parties approved by the Administrator.  Following any such transfer, any transferred options and stock appreciation rights shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the transfer.
2.6.
Grant of Restricted Stock
(a)            Restricted Stock Grants .  The Administrator may grant restricted shares of Common Stock to such Key Persons, in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  A grantee of a restricted stock Award shall have no rights with respect to such Award unless such grantee accepts the Award within such period as the Administrator shall specify by accepting delivery of a restricted stock Award Agreement in such form as the Administrator shall determine.
(b)            Issuance of Stock Certificate .  Promptly after a grantee accepts a restricted stock Award in accordance with Section 2.6(a), subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13, the Company or its Exchange Agent shall issue to the grantee a stock certificate or stock certificates for the shares of Common Stock covered by the Award or shall establish an account evidencing ownership of the stock in uncertificated form.  Upon the issuance of such stock certificates, or establishment of such account, the grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock, subject to: (i) the nontransferability restrictions and forfeiture provisions described in the Plan (including paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Section 2.6); (ii) in the Administrator's sole discretion, a requirement, as set forth in the Award Agreement, that any dividends paid on such shares shall be held in escrow and , unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, shall remain forfeitable until all restrictions on such shares have lapsed; and (iii) any other restrictions and conditions contained in the applicable Award Agreement.
(c)            Custody of Stock Certificate .  Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, any stock certificates issued evidencing shares of restricted stock shall remain in the possession of the Company (or such other custodian as may be designated by the Administrator) until such shares are free of any restrictions specified in the applicable Award Agreement.  The Administrator may direct that such stock certificates bear a legend setting forth the applicable restrictions on transferability.
10


(d)            Nontransferability .  Shares of restricted stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of prior to the lapsing of all restrictions thereon, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement.  The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates (which may depend upon or be related to the attainment of performance goals and other conditions) on which the nontransferability of the restricted stock shall lapse.
(e)            Consequence of Termination of Employment/Service .  Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, (i) a grantee's termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for any reason other than death or Disability shall cause the immediate forfeiture of all shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship and (ii) if a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death or Disability, all shares of restricted stock that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately vest as of such date; it being understood that then outstanding restricted stock Awards shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, all dividends paid on shares forfeited under this Section 2.6(e) that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee shall also be forfeited, whether by termination of any escrow arrangement under which such dividends are held or otherwise.  The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(e).
2.7.
Grant of Restricted Stock Units
(a)            Restricted Stock Unit Grants .  The Administrator may grant restricted stock units to such Key Persons, and in such amounts and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  A restricted stock unit granted under the Plan shall confer upon the grantee a right to receive from the Company, conditioned upon the occurrence of such vesting event as shall be determined by the Administrator and specified in the Award Agreement, the number of such grantee's restricted stock units that vest upon the occurrence of such vesting event multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of vesting.  Payment upon vesting of a restricted stock unit shall be in cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of vesting) or both, all as the Administrator shall determine, and such payments shall be made to the grantee at such time as provided in the Award Agreement, which the Administrator shall intend to be (i) if Section 409A of the Code is applicable to the grantee, within the period required by Section 409A such that it qualifies as a "short-term deferral" pursuant to Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, unless the Administrator shall provide for deferral of the Award intended to comply with Section 409A, (ii) if Section 457A of the Code is applicable to the grantee, within the period required by Section 457A(d)(3)(B) such that it qualifies for the exemption thereunder, or (iii) if Sections 409A and 457A of the Code are not applicable to the grantee, at such time as determined by the Administrator.
(b)            Dividend Equivalents .  The Administrator may include in any Award Agreement with respect to a restricted stock unit a dividend equivalent right entitling the grantee to receive amounts equal to the ordinary dividends that would be paid, during the time such Award is outstanding and unvested, and/or, if payment of the vested Award is deferred, during the period of such deferral following such vesting event, on the shares of Common Stock underlying such Award if such shares were then outstanding.  In the event such a provision is included in a Award Agreement, the Administrator shall determine whether such payments shall be (i) paid to the holder of the Award, as specified in the Award Agreement, either (A) at the same time as the underlying dividends are paid, regardless of the fact that the restricted stock unit has not theretofore vested, (B) at the time at which the Award's vesting event occurs, conditioned upon the occurrence of the vesting event, (C) once the Award has vested, at the same time as the underlying dividends are paid, regardless of the fact that payment of the vested restricted stock unit has been deferred, and/or (D) at the time at which the corresponding vested restricted stock units are paid, (ii) made in cash, shares of Common Stock or other property and (iii) subject to such other vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and as shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.
11


(c)            No Stockholder Rights .  No grantee of a restricted stock unit shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such Award unless and until a stock certificate is issued with respect to such Award upon the vesting of such Award or an account in the name of the grantee evidences ownership of stock in uncertificated form (it being understood that the Administrator shall determine whether to pay any vested restricted stock unit in the form of cash or Company shares or both), which issuance shall be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.5(c), no adjustment to any restricted stock unit shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, securities or other property) for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate, if any, is issued or the date an account evidencing ownership of the stock in uncertificated form notes receipt of such stock.
(d)            Nontransferability .  No restricted stock unit granted under the Plan may be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement.
(e)            Consequence of Termination of Employment/Service .  Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, (i) a grantee's termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for any reason other than death or Disability shall cause the immediate forfeiture of all restricted stock units that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship and (ii) if a grantee incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as the result of his or her death or Disability, all restricted stock units that have not yet vested as of the date of such termination shall immediately vest as of such date; it being understood that then outstanding restricted stock units shall not be affected by a change of employment or consultancy/service relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates so long as the grantee continues to be a director, officer or employee of, or a consultant or service provider to (or a Person employed by or providing services to any entity that that is itself a consultant or service provider to), the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any dividend equivalent rights on any restricted stock units forfeited under this Section 2.7(e) that have not theretofore been directly remitted to the grantee shall also be forfeited, whether by termination of any escrow arrangement under which such dividends are held or otherwise.  The Administrator may, in writing, waive or modify the application of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7(e).
2.8.
Grant of Unrestricted Stock
The Administrator may grant (or sell at a purchase price at least equal to par value) shares of Common Stock free of restrictions under the Plan to such Key Persons and in such amounts and subject to such forfeiture provisions as the Administrator shall determine.  Shares may be thus granted or sold in respect of past services or other valid consideration.
2.9.
Grant of Phantom Stock Units
(a)            Phantom Stock Unit Grants .  The Administrator may grant phantom stock units to such Key Persons, in such amounts, and subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions and other terms and conditions, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  Each phantom stock unit shall represent a notional share of Common Stock.  No grantee of a phantom stock unit shall have any rights of stockholder of the Company with respect to such Award unless and until the Award is cancelled in exchange for shares of Common Stock, which issuance of shares shall be subject to Sections 3.2, 3.4 and 3.13.  Holders of phantom stock units shall not (i) be entitled to any voting rights with respect to any phantom stock units and (ii) be entitled, by reason of holding any phantom stock unit, to any distributions payable to shareholders of Common Stock; provided , however , that the Administrator may provide that the phantom stock unit shall be entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights, on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.  The Administrator may determine that the phantom stock unit may be cancelled on such terms and conditions as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, including (1) for no payment, (2) in exchange for a cash payment or (3) in exchange for shares of Common Stock.
(b)            Other Provisions .  Phantom stock units may be made independently of or in connection with any other Award under the Plan.  A grantee of a phantom stock unit Award shall have no rights with respect to such
12


Award unless such grantee accepts the Award within such period as the Administrator shall specify by accepting delivery of a phantom stock unit Award Agreement in such form as the Administrator shall determine.
(c)            Nontransferability .  Phantom stock units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement.
(d)            Grants to U.S. Taxpayers .  No grant of a phantom stock unit Award to an individual who is then subject to the requirements of Sections 409A and/or 457A of the Code shall be made under the Plan unless the Award, by its terms, is exempt from Sections 409A and/or 457A of the Code or otherwise complies with such sections of the Code.
2.10.
Other Stock-Based Awards
Subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 3.16), the Administrator shall have the sole and complete authority to grant to Key Persons other equity-based or equity-related Awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine; provided that any such Awards must comply with applicable law and, to the extent deemed desirable by the Administrator, Rule 16b-3.
2.11.
Dividend Equivalents
Subject to the provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, Section 3.16), in the discretion of the Administrator, an Award, other than an option or stock appreciation right, may provide the Award recipient with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Administrator, including, without limitation, payment directly to the Award recipient, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award, or reinvestment in additional shares, restricted shares or other Awards.
ARTICLE III
Miscellaneous
3.1.
Amendment of the Plan; Modification of Awards
(a)            Amendment of the Plan .  The Board may from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever, except that no such suspension, discontinuation, revision or amendment shall materially impair any rights or materially increase any obligations under any Award theretofore made under the Plan without the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee's death, the Person having the rights to the Award).  For purposes of this Section 3.1, any action of the Board or the Administrator that in any way alters or affects the tax treatment of any Award shall not be considered to materially impair any rights of any grantee.
(b)            Stockholder Approval Requirement .  If required by applicable rules or regulations of a national securities exchange or the SEC, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval with respect to any amendment to the Plan that (i) expands the types of Awards available under the Plan, (ii) materially increases the aggregate number of shares which may be issued under the Plan, except as permitted pursuant to Section 1.5(c), (iii) materially increases the benefits to participants under the Plan, including any material change to (A) permit, or that has the effect of, a Repricing of any outstanding Award, (B) reduce the price at which shares or options to purchase shares may be offered or (C) extend the duration of the Plan, or (iv) materially expands the class of Persons eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.
(c)            Modification of Awards .  The Administrator may cancel any Award under the Plan.  The Administrator also may amend any outstanding Award Agreement, including, without limitation, by amendment which would: (i) accelerate the time or times at which the Award becomes unrestricted, vested or may be exercised; (ii) waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions set forth in the Award Agreement; or (iii) waive or amend the operation of Section 2.4, 2.6(e) or 2.7(c) with respect to the termination of the Award upon termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship; provided , however , that no such amendment shall be made without
13


shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Award.  However, any such cancellation or amendment (other than an amendment pursuant to Section 1.5, 3.5 or 3.16) that materially impairs the rights or materially increases the obligations of a grantee under an outstanding Award shall be made only with the consent of the grantee (or, upon the grantee's death, the Person having the rights to the Award).  In making any modification to an Award ( e.g. , an amendment resulting in a direct or indirect reduction in the Exercise Price or a waiver or modification under Section 2.4(f), 2.6(e) or 2.7(c)), the Administrator may consider the implications, if any, of such modification under the Code with respect to Sections 409A and 457A of the Code in respect of Awards granted under the Plan to individuals subject to such provisions of the Code.
3.2.
Consent Requirement
(a)            No Plan Action Without Required Consent .  If the Administrator shall at any time determine that any Consent (as defined below) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award under the Plan, the issuance or purchase of shares or other rights thereunder, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action being hereinafter referred to as a "Plan Action"), then such Plan Action shall not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such Consent shall have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Administrator.
(b)            Consent Defined .  The term "Consent" as used herein with respect to any Plan Action means (i) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any Federal, state or local law, rule or regulation, (ii) any and all written agreements and representations by the grantee with respect to the disposition of shares, or with respect to any other matter, which the Administrator shall deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made and (iii) any and all consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a Plan Action by any governmental or other regulatory bodies or any other Person.
3.3.
Nonassignability; Successors
Except as provided in Section 2.4(e), 2.5, 2.6(d), 2.7(e) or 2.9(c),   (a) no Award or right granted to any Person under the Plan or under any Award Agreement shall be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (b) all rights granted under the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be exercisable during the life of the grantee only by the grantee or the grantee's legal representative or the grantee's permissible successors or assigns (as authorized and determined by the Administrator).  The rights, duties and obligations under the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement shall be assignable by the Company to any successor entity, including any entity acquiring all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company.  All terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors or assigns.
3.4.
Taxes
(a)            Withholding .  A grantee or other Award holder under the Plan shall be required to pay, in cash, to the Company, and the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall have the right and are hereby authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan or from any compensation or other amount owing to such grantee or other Award holder, the amount of any applicable withholding taxes in respect of an Award, its grant, its exercise, its vesting, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for payment of such taxes.  Whenever shares of Common Stock are to be delivered pursuant to an Award under the Plan, with the approval of the Administrator, which the Administrator shall have sole discretion whether or not to give, the grantee may satisfy the foregoing condition by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery shares having a value equal to the amount of minimum tax required to be withheld.  Such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date on which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.  Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash.  Such a withholding election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the shares to be delivered pursuant to an Award as may be approved by the Administrator in its sole discretion.
14


(b)            Liability for Taxes .  Grantees and holders of Awards are solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may arise in connection with Awards (including, without limitation, any taxes arising under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code) and the Company shall not have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold any such Person harmless from any or all of such taxes.  The Administrator shall have the discretion to organize any deferral program, to require deferral election forms, and to grant or, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, to unilaterally modify any Award in a manner that (i) conforms with the requirements of Sections 409A and 457A of the Code (to the extent applicable), (ii) voids any participant election to the extent it would violate Section 409A or 457A of the Code (to the extent applicable) and (iii) for any distribution event or election that could be expected to violate Section 409A of the Code, make the distribution only upon the earliest of the first to occur of a "permissible distribution event" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code or a distribution event that the participant elects in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, all in such a way so as to retain, to the maximum extent possible, the originally intended economic and tax benefits under the Award.  The Administrator shall have the sole discretion to interpret the requirements of the Code, including, without limitation, Sections 409A and 457A, for purposes of the Plan and all Awards.
3.5.
Change in Control
(a)            Change in Control Defined .  Unless otherwise specifically set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, for purposes of the Plan, "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:
(i)            any "person" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act), company or other entity acquires "beneficial ownership" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company; provided , however , that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event of such an acquisition by (A) the Company, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, (C) any company or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or (D) Aristides J. Pittas or the Pittas family or any entity which Aristides J. Pittas or the Pittas family directly or indirectly "controls" (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the 1934 Act);
(ii)            the sale of all or substantially all the Company's assets in one or more related transactions to any "person" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act), company or other entity; provided , however , that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event of such a sale (A) to a Subsidiary which does not involve a material change in the equity holdings of the Company, (B) to an entity (the "Acquiring Entity") which has acquired all or substantially all the Company's assets if, immediately following such sale, 50% or more of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Acquiring Entity (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Acquiring Entity) is beneficially owned by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such sale in substantially the same proportions as the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such sale or (C) to Aristides J. Pittas or the Pittas family or an entity which Aristides J. Pittas or the Pittas family directly or indirectly "controls" (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the 1934 Act);
(iii)            any merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that no Change in Control shall have occurred in the event 50% or more of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the surviving entity (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the surviving entity) is beneficially owned by the holders of the voting stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such event in substantially the same proportions as the aggregate voting power of the capital stock ordinarily entitled to elect directors of the Company immediately prior to such event;
15


(iv)            the approval by the Company's stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or
(v)            during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months, individuals:
(A)
who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period, or
(B)
whose election or nomination for election to the Board was recommended or approved by at least a majority of the directors then still in office who were directors of the Company on the first day of such period, or whose election or nomination for election were so approved,
shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board.
A Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred for purpose of the Plan as a result of an Exempted Transaction (as such term is defined in the Shareholders Rights Agreement, dated as of May  , 2018, between the Company and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC, as rights agent, as amended from time to time).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise specifically set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, (1) in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred in connection with an initial public offering of Common Stock, and (2) for each Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred under this Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company shall also be deemed to have occurred under Section 409A of the Code, provided that such limitation shall apply to such Award only to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax effects under Section 409A of the Code.
(b)            Effect of a Change in Control .  Unless the Administrator specifically provides otherwise in an Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control:
(i)            any Award then outstanding shall become fully vested and any forfeiture provisions thereon imposed pursuant to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement shall lapse and any Award in the form of an option or stock appreciation right shall be immediately exercisable;
(ii)            to the extent permitted by law and not otherwise limited by the terms of the Plan, the Administrator may amend any Award Agreement in such manner as it deems appropriate;
(iii)            a grantee who incurs a termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship for any reason, other than a voluntary termination or resignation by the grantee or a termination "for Cause", concurrent with or within one year following the Change in Control may exercise any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, but only to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise the Award on the date of his or her termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship, until the earlier of (A) the original expiration date of the Award and (B) the later of (x) the date provided for under the terms of Section 2.4 without reference to this Section 3.5(b)(iii) and (y) the first anniversary of the grantee's termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship.
(c)            Miscellaneous .  Whenever deemed appropriate by the Administrator, any action referred to in paragraph (b)(ii) of this Section 3.5 may be made conditional upon the consummation of the applicable Change in Control transaction.
3.6.
Operation and Conduct of Business
Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate from taking any action with respect to the operation and conduct of its business that it deems appropriate or in its best interests, including any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, exchanges or other changes in the capital structure of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, any merger or
16


consolidation of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, any issuance of Company shares or other securities or subscription rights, any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock or other securities or rights thereof, any dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, any sale or transfer of all or any part of the assets or business of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.
3.7.
No Rights to Awards
No Key Person or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan.
3.8.
Right of Discharge Reserved
Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any grantee the right to continue his or her employment with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, his or her consultancy/service relationship with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, or his or her position as an officer or director of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, or affect any right that the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate may have to terminate such employment or consultancy/service relationship or service as a director.  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of the Plan, reference to a termination of a service relationship includes a removal as a director or officer.
3.9.
Non-Uniform Determinations
The Administrator's determinations and the treatment of Key Persons and grantees and their beneficiaries under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made and determined by the Administrator selectively among Persons who receive, or who are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to (a) the Persons to receive Awards under the Plan, (b) the types of Awards granted under the Plan, (c) the number of shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to be calculated with respect to, Awards and (d) the terms and conditions of Awards.
3.10.
Other Payments or Awards
Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company or any Subsidiary from making any award or payment to any Person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.
3.11.
Headings
Any section, subsection, paragraph or other subdivision headings contained herein are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to expand, limit or otherwise define the contents of such section, subsection, paragraph or subdivision.
3.12.
Effective Date and Term of Plan
(a)            Adoption; Stockholder Approval .  The Plan was approved by the Board on May  , 2018 and shall become effective on May  , 2018.  The Board may, but need not, make the granting of any Awards under the Plan subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders.
(b)            Termination of Plan .  The Board may terminate the Plan at any time.  All Awards made under the Plan prior to its termination shall remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements.  No Awards may be granted under the Plan following the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board.
17


3.13.
Restriction on Issuance of Stock Pursuant to Awards
The Company shall not permit any shares of Common Stock to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan unless such shares of Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable under applicable law.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any Award Agreement, at the time of the exercise of any Award, at the time of vesting of any Award, at the time of payment of shares of Common Stock in exchange for, or in cancellation of, any Award, or at the time of grant of any unrestricted shares under the Plan, the Company and the Administrator may, if either shall deem it necessary or advisable for any reason, require the holder of an Award (a) to represent in writing to the Company that it is the Award holder's then-intention to acquire the shares with respect to which the Award is granted for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof or (b) to postpone the date of exercise until such time as the Company has available for delivery to the Award holder a prospectus meeting the requirements of all applicable securities laws; and no shares   shall be issued or transferred in connection with any Award unless and until all legal requirements applicable to the issuance or transfer of such shares have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and the Administrator.  The Company and the Administrator shall have the right to condition any issuance of shares to any Award holder hereunder on such Person's undertaking in writing to comply with such restrictions on the subsequent transfer of such shares as the Company or the Administrator shall deem necessary or advisable as a result of any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof, and all share certificates delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company or the Administrator may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such shares are listed, and any applicable securities or other laws, and certificates representing such shares may contain a legend to reflect any such restrictions.  The Administrator may refuse to issue or transfer any shares or other consideration under an Award if it determines that the issuance or transfer of such shares or other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation or entitle the Company to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a grantee or other Award holder in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant grantee or other Award holder.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Award granted under the Plan shall be construed as an offer to sell securities of the Company, and no such offer shall be outstanding, unless and until the Administrator has determined that any such offer, if made, would be in compliance with all applicable requirements of any applicable securities laws.
3.14.
Requirement of Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code
If an Award recipient, in connection with the acquisition of Company shares under the Plan, makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code (to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Section 83(b) of the Code), the grantee shall notify the Administrator of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Section 83(b) of the Code.
3.15.
Severability
If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Administrator, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws or, if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Administrator, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
3.16.
Sections 409A and 457A
To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any applicable Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A or 457A of the Code, the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions,
18


that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Plan and Award from Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Sections 409A and 457A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes under Sections 409A and 457A of the Code, all in such a way so as to retain, to the maximum extent possible, the originally intended economic and tax benefits under the Award.
3.17.
Forfeiture; Clawback
The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, specify in the applicable Award Agreement that any realized gain with respect to options or stock appreciation rights and any realized value with respect to other Awards shall be subject to forfeiture or clawback, in the event of (a) a grantee's breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, (b) a grantee's breach of any employment or consulting agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, (c) a grantee's termination of employment or consultancy/service relationship for Cause or (d) a financial restatement that reduces the amount of compensation under the Plan previously awarded to a grantee that would have been earned had results been properly reported.
3.18.
No Trust or Fund Created
Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate and an Award recipient or any other Person.  To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate.
3.19.
No Fractional Shares
No fractional shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Administrator shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
3.20.
Governing Law
The Plan will be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.
19
Exhibit 10.4

 
 
 

 

 
 
 

 

 
 

 
 
 

 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 


 

 

 
 
 



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.5
 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.6


Dated 14 th December 2009
________________________





HSBC BANK PLC
as Lender


-and-


PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
as Borrower




_______________________________________________________

FINANCIAL AGREEMENT
loan facility of up to US$13,000,000
_____________________________________________________________









INDEX
 

1.
PURPOSE
1
2.
DEFINITIONS
1
3.
THE FACILITY - AVAILABILITY
15
4.
HEDGING STRATEGY
15
5.
NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN
17
6.
INTEREST PERIODS
18
7.
INTEREST
19
8.
SUBSTITUTE BASIS
20
9.
PREPAYMENT
21
10.
REPAYMENT
24
11.
APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS AND EARNINGS
24
12.
EVIDENCE OF DEBT
26
13.
PAYMENTS
26
14.
CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES
27
15.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
29
16.
SECURITIES
32
17.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
33
18.
FINANCIAL AND GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
36
19.
INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS
39
20.
OPERATIONAL UNDERTAKINGS
41
21.
SECURITY MARGIN
46
22.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
46
23.
SET-OFF
50
24.
FEES
51
25.
EARNINGS AND RETENTION ACCOUNTS
51
26.
EXPENSES
52
27.
INDEMNITY
53
28.
ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY
53
29.
STAMP DUTIES
53
30.
DETERMINATIONS
53
31.
NO WAIVER
53
32.
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
54
33.
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT
54
34.
NON-IMMUNITY
55
35.
NOTICES
55
36
SUPPLEMENTAL
56
37
LAW AND JURISDICTION
57
38.
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENTS
58
SCHEDULE 1
59
Notice of Drawdown
59
SCHEDULE 2
61
Acknowledgement
61


 
THIS AGREEMENT is made the 14 th day of December 2009

BETWEEN

1)
HSBC BANK PLC as Lender; and

2)                PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP. as Borrower.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.           PURPOSE

1.01.
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of up to Thirteen million Dollars ($13,000,000) for for the purpose of financing the acquisition cost of the Ship.

1.02.
The Borrower will hedge its exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations by entering into interest rate swap transactions with the Lender at the times and in the manner hereinafter set forth.

2.           DEFINITIONS

2.01         In this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

" Accounts " means collectively the Earnings Account and the Retention Account and, in the singular, means either of them;
 
" Accounts' Charges " means collectively the Earnings Account Charge and the Retention Account Charge, and in the singular means either of them;

" Accounting Information " means the audited by the Auditors or unaudited annual or semi annual financial statements of the Group, each as provided or (as the context may require) to be provided to the Lender in accordance with Clause 18.01 of this Agreement;

" Accounting Period " means (a) each financial year of the Guarantor and (b) each half of each financial year of the Guarantor for which Accounting Information is required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement;

" Applicable Accounting Principles "   means those accounting principles, standards and practices on which preparation of the Accounting Information is based, which are US GAAP and principles and practices adopted by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including without limitation the Borrower) at the date hereof or at any time thereafter and notified to and accepted by the Lender;



" Applicable Margin " means two point seven per cent (2.7%) per annum;

" Applicable Security Margin " means (i) during the first twenty four months as from the Drawdown Date, a percentage not less than one hundred and fifty per cent (150%) of the Facility at any time and (ii) during the remaining Security Period a percentage not less than one hundred and twenty five per cent (125%) of the Facility at any time;

" Approved Brokers " means the insurance brokers appointed by the Borrower with the Lender's prior approval;

" Auditors " means any first class firm of international accountants to be approved by the Lender;

" Availability Period "   means the period commencing from the date of this Agreement and ending on the Termination Date;

" Balloon Payment "   means a payment in the amount of Three million One hundred Sixty thousand Dollars ($3,160,000) payable together with the thirty-second (32 nd ) and final Repayment Instalment;

" Banking Day " means a day on which banks and financial markets are open for business in all of Piraeus, New York and London and any other financial centre which the Lender may deem appropriate for the operation of the provisions of this Agreement;
 
" Borrower " means PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP. , a corporation organised and existing under the laws of Liberia, with Registration Nr C-112837 having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;

" Borrowed Money " means indebtedness in respect of (i) money borrowed or raised and debit balances at banks, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar debt instrument, (iii) acceptance of documentary credit facilities, (iv) receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis), (v) deferred payments for assets or services acquired, (vi) finance leases and hire purchase contracts, (vii) swaps, forward exchange contracts, futures and other derivatives, (viii) any other transaction (including without limitation forward sale or purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money or of any of (ii) to (vii) above and (ix) guarantees in respect of indebtedness of any person falling within any of (i) to (viii) above;

"Broken Funding Costs" means any amount that the Lender may certify as necessary to compensate the Lender for any loss (other than Taxes) incurred or to be incurred by the Lender as a consequence of repayment in respect of funds borrowed (or committed to be borrowed) or deposits taken (or committed to be taken) from third parties in connection with the Facility, or in liquidating or re-employing such funds or deposits for the remaining part of the then current Interest Period;

1



" Classification Society " means Rina or such other classification society member of the IACS as may be approved in writing by the Lender;

" Compulsory Acquisition "   means requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition, requisition, appropriation, expropriation, deprivation, forfeiture or confiscation for any reason of the Ship by any Government Entity or other competent authority, whether de jure or de facto, but shall exclude requisition for use or hire not involving requisition of title;

"Confirmation" in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction,   has the meaning   ascribed to it in the Master Agreement;
 
" Control " means in relation to a body corporate:

(a)
the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

(i)
cast, or control the casting of, more than fifty per cent (50%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of such body corporate; or

(ii)
appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of such body corporate; or

(ii)
give directions with respect to the operating and financial polices of such body corporate with which the directors or other equivalent officers of such body corporate are obliged to comply; and/or

(b)
the holding beneficially of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the issued share capital of such body corporate (excluding any part of that issued capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital),

and " Controlled " shall be construed accordingly;

" Consolidated Debt " means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of Debt owed by the members of the Group (other than any Debt owing by any member of the Group to another member of the Group), as stated in the then most recent Accounting Information relevant to such Accounting Period;

 " Corporate Security Parties " means those of the Security Parties, which are companies or corporations and not natural persons and, in the singular, means any of them;

2

         " Debt " means, in relation to any member of the Group (the " debtor "):

(a)                      Borrowed Money of the debtor;

(b)
liability for any credit to the debtor from a supplier of goods or services or under any instalment purchase or payment plan or other similar arrangement;

(c)
contingent liabilities of the debtor (including without limitation any taxes or other payments under dispute) which have been or, under the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied, should be recorded in the notes to the Accounting Information;

(d)
deferred tax of the debtor; and

(e)
liability under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person who is not a member of the Group which would fall within (a) to (d) above if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

" Default Rate "   means the rate referred to in Clause 7.04 of this Agreement;

" Designated Transaction "   means a Transaction which, without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 4.03, fulfils the following requirements:
 
a)
it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Lender;
b)
its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Facility; and
c)
it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Lender of a notice of designation as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Security Documents;

" Dollars " or " $ "   means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

" Drawdown " means the advance of the Facility by the Lender to the Borrower;

" Drawdown Date " means, in relation to the Facility, the date requested by the Borrower for the Facility to be advanced or (as the context may require) the date on which the Facility is actually advanced;

"Early Termination Date" in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Master Agreement;


3


" Earnings " means in relation to the Ship all freight, hire, passage monies and any other amounts whatsoever which may at any time be earned by or become payable to or for the account of the Borrower or its agents arising out of or as a result of the ownership, possession, management and/or operation of the Ship by the Borrower or its agents or under any charter, contract of carriage or other contract (including a salvage or towage contract) for the use, operation or management of the Ship, all payments for any variation of any such contract and all damages for any breach of any such contract, all general average and salvage remuneration and all compensation for requisition for hire;

" Earnings Account " means the account Nr. 001.044296.036 opened by the Borrower with the Lender into which all the Earnings of the Ship are to be paid, in accordance with Clause 20.03 such account to include any substitute account or sub-account or revised account or revised designation or number whatsoever and any deposit account to which monies from such account may from time to time be paid on a time deposit basis;

" Earnings Account Charge " means the assignment, pledge and charge to be granted by the Borrower to the Lender on the Earnings Account in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time hereafter be amended or supplemented;

" Encumbrance" means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust agreement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or having the effect of conferring security or any type of preferential agreement (including without limitation, title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect);

" Environmental Approvals "   means any permit, licence, approval, ruling, certification, exemption or other authorisation relating to the Ship required under applicable Environmental Laws;

" Environmental Claim " means:

(a)
any claim by or directive from any applicable governmental, judicial or regulatory authority alleging breach of, or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals or otherwise howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident; or
 
(b)
any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident;
 
and in each such case " claim " shall mean a claim for damages, clean-up costs, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

4

" Environmental Incident " means:

(a)
any release, discharge, disposal or emission of Environmentally Sensitive Material by or from a Relevant Ship; or
 
(b)
any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Relevant Ship and which involves a collision between a Relevant Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Relevant Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Relevant Ship and/or any owner and/or any other operator or manager thereof is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
 
(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Relevant Ship and in connection with which any Relevant Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any owner and/or any operator or manager of any Relevant Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;
 
" Environmental Laws " means all national and international laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, rules of common law, conventions and agreements whatsoever pertaining to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material (including without limitation, the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any comparable laws of the individual States of the United States of America);

" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance), which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

" Event of Default "   means any event referred to in Clause 22;

" Excess Risks "   means in relation to the Ship the proportion of claims for general average and salvage charges and under the ordinary running-down clause, which is not recoverable in consequence of the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding her insured value;

" Facility " means the amount of up to Thirteen million Dollars ($13,000,000) to be made available to the Borrower by the Lender in one (1) advance pursuant to the terms of Clause 3 or, if the context may so require, so much thereof as shall for the time being be outstanding to the Lender hereunder;

" First Repayment Date " means the twenty ninth (29 th ) December 2009;

" Fleet Book Value "   means at the end of a relevant period the aggregate book value of the Fleet Vessels less depreciation as stated in the most recent Accounting Information of the Group delivered pursuant to Clause 18.01;

5

 
" Fleet Market Value "   means at the date of calculation the aggregate of the Market Values of the Fleet Vessels;

" Fleet Vessels " means all of the vessels (including but not limited to the Ship) from time to time wholly owned by members of the Group (including, without limitation, the Borrower) and, in the singular means any of them;

 " General Assignment " means the first priority deed of assignment made or (as the context may require) to be made by and between the Borrower and the Lender relative to the Insurances, the Earnings and the Requisition Compensation of the Ship in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented with the Lender's prior written consent;

" Government Entity " means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency or tribunal and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;
 
" Group "   means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (whether direct or indirect and including without limitation the Borrower and each other Corporate Security Party, other than the Manager) from time to time during the Security Period and " members of the Group " shall be construed accordingly;

" Guarantee "   means the guarantee in respect of the Borrower's obligations, under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents, to be executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, in its sole discretion as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;

" Guarantor "   means EUROSEAS LTD. , a corporation organised and existing under the Laws of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands and each other company or person, who may from time to time guarantee the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and, in the singular, means any of them;

" Indebtedness " means the aggregate of the Facility and interest thereon and all liabilities, actual or contingent, present or future, owing to the Lender under the Master Agreement and all other moneys, liabilities and obligations (whether actual or contingent, whether existing or hereafter arising, whether or not for the payment of money, and including, without limitation, Broken Funding Costs (if any), and any obligation or liability to pay damages) which are now or which may at any time and from time to time hereafter be due, owing, payable or incurred or expressed to be due, owing, payable or incurred from the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties (whether as principal, surety or otherwise) to the Lender under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents and/or in connection herewith and/or therewith (as conclusively certified by the Lender);
 

6


 
" Insurance Documents " means all slips, cover notes, contracts, policies, certificates of entry or other insurance documents evidencing or constituting the Insurances from time to time in effect;

" Insurances " means all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of the Ship in a protection and indemnity or mutual hull or war risks association) or such other arrangements by way of insurance which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with the Ship pursuant to this Agreement and including all benefits thereof including all claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums;

" Insurers "   means the underwriters, insurance companies and mutual insurance associations with or by which the Insurances are effected;

" Interest Determination Date " means the Banking Day, which is two (2) Banking Days prior to the commencement of an Interest Period;

" Interest Payment Date " means each day on which interest is payable in accordance with Clause 7, provided that if any such day is not a Banking Day, the relevant Interest Payment Date shall be the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day, unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls into another calendar month, in which event, the relevant Interest Payment Date shall be immediately preceding Banking Day;

" Interest Period " means each of the successive periods determined in accordance with Clause 6 of this Agreement during which the Facility or any part thereof is outstanding and for which an Interest Rate in respect thereof is to be established hereunder;

" Interest Rate " means (save as provided in Clause 8) the rate of interest applicable to the Facility (or any part thereof) during each Interest Period in respect thereof which is/are conclusively certified by the Lender to the Borrower to be the aggregate of (a) the Applicable Margin and (b) LIBOR;

" ISM Code " means, in relation to its application to the Borrower, the Ship and her operation:

(a)
'The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention', currently known or referred to as the 'ISM Code', adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A.741(18) on 4 November 1993 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and
 

7


(b)
all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the 'Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A.788(19) adopted on 25 November 1995,
 
as the same may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time;

" ISM Code Documentation " includes, in relation to the Ship:

(a)
the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued pursuant to the ISM Code within the periods specified by the ISM Code; and
 
(b)
all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Lender may require; and
 
(c)
any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain compliance of the Ship or the compliance of the Borrower with the ISM Code which the Lender may require;
 
" ISM SMS " means, in relation to the Ship, the safety management system for the Ship, which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained by the Borrower under the ISM Code;

" ISPS Code "   means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organization Assembly as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

" ISPS Code Documentation "   includes in relation to the Ship:

(a)
the International Ship Security Certificate issued pursuant to the ISPS Code within the periods specified by the ISPS Code; and
 
(b)
all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Lender may require;
 
" Lender " means HSBC BANK PLC., a banking company duly incorporated under the laws of England whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ England, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its branch at 93 Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece and shall include its successors and assigns;

" Leverage Ratio " means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the ratio of the Consolidated Debt as stated in the then most recent Accounting Information to the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets of the Group, relevant to such Accounting Period;

8



" LIBOR " means, for each Interest Period:

(a)
the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period which appears on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Interest Determination Date for that Interest Period (or on such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers' Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying British Bankers' Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars); or
 
(b)
if no rate is quoted on the appropriate page of the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service, the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent) of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars   are offered to the Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market, at the Lender's request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Interest Determination Date for that Interest Period for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Banking Day of it;
 
" Loan Account " means collectively the account or accounts maintained by the Lender referred to in Clause 12;

" Major Casualty " means, in relation to the Ship, any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds Five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) or the equivalent in any other currency;

" Management Agreement " means the management agreement in respect of the Ship made or (as the context may require) to be made by and between the Borrower and the Manager in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as the same may from time to time be materially amended, varied or supplemented with the Lender's prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;

" Manager "   means EUROBULK LTD. , a company organised and existing under the laws of Liberia, with its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia, having established an office in Greece under Law 89/67 (as in force) at Aethrion Centre, 40, Ag. Konstantinou Street, Marousi 15124, Athens, Greece or any other company approved by the Lender as manager of the Ship;

" Manager's Undertaking " means in relation to the Ship, a letter of undertaking including, where appropriate, an assignment of any insurances of which the Manager is a beneficiary to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Lender, in such terms as the Lender may approve or require;

9



" Market Value " means in respect of each of the Fleet Vessels (including without limitation the Ship), the value thereof determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 20.25;

" Market Value Adjusted Net Worth "   means at any relevant time the amount obtained by deducting from the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets the amount of the Total Liabilities;

" Market Value Adjusted Total Assets " means at any relevant time the Total Assets as adjusted by replacing the Fleet Book Value with the Fleet Market Value;

"Master Agreement" means the master agreement (on the 1992 ISDA (Multicurrency – Crossborder) form) made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged thereunder;

 " Mortgage " means together the first preferred Liberian mortgage on the Ship, to be granted by the Borrower to the Lender to secure the due payment of the Indebtedness in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;

" NASDAQ " means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation;

" Nomination Date " means the Banking Day which is three (3) Banking Days prior to the commencement of an Interest Period;

" Notice of Drawdown " means the written notice given by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to Clause 5.01.02 substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto;

" Permitted Liens "   means any supplier's, carrier's, workman's or similar lien arising in the ordinary course of business automatically by statute or by operation of law and not by way of contract in respect of amounts not yet due and payable but excluding any lien arising from any default or omission of the Security Parties or any of them;

" Possible Event of Default " means an event which with the giving of notice, lapse of time or the fulfilment of any other condition or any combination of the foregoing may become an Event of Default;

" Proceeds " means the proceeds paid under the terms of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents (including but not limited to the proceeds of any sale of the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances), the proceeds from the enforcement of any of the Security Documents, and following an Event of Default any moneys to the credit of the Earnings Account and the Retention Account or either of them;

10


" Protection and Indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association that is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations, including the proportion not otherwise recoverable in case of collision under the ordinary running-down clause;

" Purchase Documents "   means in relation to the Ship collectively all contracts, bills of sale and other documents whatsoever whereby the Seller contracted to sell the Ship to the Borrower and the Borrower contracted to and did purchase and acquire title for the Ship from the Seller;

" Relevant Ship "   means all Fleet Vessels, (including without limitation the Ship), and any other ship from time to time owned, managed or crewed by, or demise or bareboat chartered to the Borrower, the Manager or any other member of the Group;
 
" Repayment Dates " means, collectively, the First Repayment Date and each of the thirty one (31) dates falling at consecutive three (3) monthly intervals thereafter; provided that if any such day is not a Banking Day the relevant Repayment Date shall be the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls in another calendar month in which event the relevant Repayment Date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;

" Repayment Instalments "   means, in respect of the Facility, collectively the Repayment Instalments referred to in Clause 10.01(a) and in the singular means any of them;

" Requisition Compensation " means all compensation payable by reason of any Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship;

"Retention Account" means the account Nr. 001.044296.037 opened in the name of the Borrower where monies shall be deposited in accordance with Clause 25.02 such account to include any substitute account or revised account or revised designation or number whatsoever and any deposit account to which monies from such account may from time to time be paid on a time deposit basis;

" Retention Account Charge " means the assignment, pledge and charge to be granted by the Borrower to the Lender on the Retention Account in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time hereafter be amended or supplemented;

" Security Documents " means collectively this Agreement, the Master Agreement, the Accounts' Charges, the General Assignment, the Manager's Undertaking, the Mortgage, the Guarantee any other documents as may have been or shall from time to time after the date of this Agreement be executed pursuant hereto and/or thereto as security for the due payment of the Indebtedness;

" Security Parties " means each party to the Security Documents (other than the Lender) and, in the singular, means any of them;

11



 
" Security Period " means the period during which the Security Documents remain in effect and ending when the Indebtedness is paid in full;

" Seller " means Messrs. Pantelis Shipping Limited , a corporation organised and existing under the laws of Malta, having its registered office at Mayflower Court, Apt. 8, St. Aloysius Street, Msida, Malta;

" Ship " means the motor vessel " PANTELIS" , a bulk carrier vessel, built in 2000, registered in the ownership of the Borrower under the Liberian flag, at the Ships Registry of Monrovia, Liberia, with IMO No 9207730;

" Subsidiary " of a person means: (a) any other person directly or indirectly Controlled by that person; or (b) any other person whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital that person is entitled to receive more than fifty per cent (50%); or (c) any entity (whether or not so Controlled) treated as a Subsidiary in the financial statements of that person from time to time;

" Swap Exposure " means, at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Lender   (whose certificate shall in the absence of manifest error be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lender)  to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Lender, under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Lender;

" Taxes " means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings, and any restrictions or conditions resulting in a charge (other than taxes on the overall net income of the Lender) and " Tax " and " Taxation " shall be construed accordingly;

" Termination Date " means the 28 th December 2009 or such later date as the Lender may approve in writing;

" Total Assets "   means at any relevant time the total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) of the Group as stated in the most recent combined Accounting Information of the Group;

" Total Liabilities " means at any relevant time the total liabilities of the Group as stated in the most recent combined Accounting Information of the Group;

" Total Loss "   means:

(a)
the actual or constructive or compromised or arranged or agreed total loss of the Ship; and

(b)
the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship; and

12



(c)
the hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of a Ship (other than where the same amounts to the Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship) by any Government Entity or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity unless such Ship be released and restored to the Owner thereof from such hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof;
 
"Transaction" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Master Agreement.
 
" US GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles adopted in the United States;

 " War Risks " includes all risks referred to in the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) and (1/11/95) including, but not limited to, the risk of mines, blocking and trapping, missing vessel, confiscation and all risks excluded by Clause 22 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or Clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or Clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995).

2.02
In this Agreement clause headings are for ease of reference only and shall be disregarded in the construction of this Agreement.

2.03
In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:

2.03.01
words importing the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;

2.03.02
fees, costs and expenses shall be exclusive of any value added tax or similar tax (if any) which shall accordingly be payable in addition;

2.03.03
any reference to a document or instrument is a reference to that document or instrument as the same may have been, or may from time to time be amended or supplemented;

2.03.04
the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of a company or body corporate or the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, manager or administrator of or in relation to a company or corporation or any of its assets shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or any jurisdiction in which it carries on business or has assets or liabilities;
 
2.03.05
references to persons include any individual, partnership, firm, trust, body corporate, government, governmental body, authority, agency, unincorporated body of persons or association;
 

13


2.03.06
a reference to any enactment or statutory provision include any enactment or statutory provision which amends, extends, consolidates or replaces the same or which has been amended, extended, consolidated or replaced by the same and shall include any orders, regulations, codes of practice, instruments or other subordinated legislation made under the relevant enactment or statutory provision;
 
2.03.07
" month " means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (a) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and " months " and " monthly " shall be construed accordingly; and
 
2.03.08
the words 'herein', 'hereto' and 'hereunder' refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to the particular Clause or Schedule in which the words may be used.
 
3.           THE FACILITY - AVAILABILITY

3.01
Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance (inter alia) of the representations and warranties of the Borrower and of the other Security Parties set out herein and in the other Security Documents, the Lender hereby agrees to make available to the Borrower, in one advance and for the purposes stated in Clause 1, the Facility in the principal amount of up to Thirteen million Dollars ($13,000,000);

3.02
The Borrower undertakes to apply the proceeds of the Facility for the purposes stated in Clause 1; the Lender shall be entitled (but not obliged) to monitor the application of such proceeds;

3.03
Subject as herein provided, the Facility is available to be drawn by the Borrower only during the Availability Period. Any part of the Facility, which remains undrawn at the close of business in Piraeus on the Termination Date shall be automatically cancelled.

4.           HEDGING STRATEGY

4.01
The Borrower acknowledges the significance of addressing the interest rate risk inherent in this Agreement in cooperation with the Lender. Along these lines:

4.01.01
the Borrower undertakes to establish, together with the Lender, mechanisms to monitor the interest rate exposure and evaluate available hedge strategies;

4.01.02
the Borrower invites the Lender to provide on a regular basis hedging ideas and products; and

14



4.01.03
the Borrower undertakes that it shall, by no later than the date falling six (6) months from the Drawdown Date, enter into a Designated Transaction so as to limit its exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations on terms and conditions mutually agreed between the Borrower and the Lender.

4.02
Any Designated Transaction shall be entered into on the basis of the Master Agreement and pursuant to the strategy set out herein and shall be concluded with the Lender.

4.03
No Designated Transaction may be entered into by the Borrower:

4.03.01
if a material adverse change occurs in the financial condition or operation of any one or more of the Security Parties or any other member of the Group and/or if any other Event of Default or a Possible Event of Default occurs;

4.03.02
for a period longer than five (5) years, commencing on the date of the conclusion of the first Designated Transaction (by the time provided for in Clause 4.01.03);

4.03.03
for an amount less than or equal to the whole amount of the Facility, as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 10.01 so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions does not (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed at any relevant time the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 10.01;

4.03.04
if the Lender determines that at the relevant time the Swap Exposure exceeds, or might exceed as a result thereof, the amount of One million Five hundred thousand Dollars ($1,500,000);

4.04
Without prejudice and in addition to the Borrower's obligations under Clause 21, if at any time during the Security Period, the Lender determines that the Swap Exposure exceeds the amount of One hundred thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Borrower shall provide the Lender, within fifteen (15) days of being advised by the Lender of such excess, with additional security in form and substance in all respects acceptable to the Lender (valued in accordance with normal banking practice) and which in the sole opinion of the Lender provides security in an amount at least equal to the amount of such excess. Such additional security to be constituted by:

4.04.01
pledged cash deposits to the credit of the Retention Account in an amount sufficient to cover such excess and/or;

4.04.02
any other security acceptable to the Lender, provided in a manner satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion.
15

 

4.05
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement to the contrary, if for any reason a Designated Transaction has been entered into but the Facility is not drawn under this Agreement then, subject to clause 4.06, the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged (and, where relevant, may do so without the consent of the Borrower where it would otherwise be required whether under the Master Agreement or otherwise) to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate, liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by such Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re-establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Lender in its absolute discretion may determine.

4.06
If a Designated Transaction has been entered into but the Facility is not drawn down under this Agreement and the Lender in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrower, that the Borrower may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Designated Transaction, the Borrower shall, within fifteen (15) days of being notified by the Lender of such requirement, provide the Lender with, or procure the provision to the Lender of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Lender be adequate to secure the performance of such Designated Transaction, which additional security shall take such form and be constituted by such documentation, as the Lender in its absolute discretion may approve or require.

4.07
The Borrower shall on the first written demand of the Lender indemnify the Lender in respect of all losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs and expenses) incurred or sustained by the Lender as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matter or transactions referred to in Clauses 4.05 and 4.06.

4.08
Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrower under Clause 4.07, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights under Clauses 4.05 or 4.06 and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated such termination shall be treated under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrower and, accordingly, the Lender shall be permitted to recover from the Borrower a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.

5.           NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN

5.01           Subject to:

5.01.01
the receipt by the Lender of the documents and satisfaction of the other conditions specified in Clause 17 in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers before the Drawdown Date; and

5.01.02
the receipt by the Lender of a Notice of Drawdown in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) three (3) Banking Days prior to the Drawdown Date setting out the date of the proposed Drawdown the Facility shall be made available to the Borrower in accordance with and on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

16


 
5.02
The Notice of Drawdown shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to borrow in accordance with such notice.

5.03
On payment of the amount drawn in respect of the Facility, the Borrower shall sign an Acknowledgement in the form set out in Schedule 2 hereto.

5.04
If the Borrower gives the Notice of Drawdown pursuant to Clause 5.01.02 and the Lender makes arrangements on the basis of such notice to acquire Dollars in the London Interbank Market to fund the Facility or any part thereof and the Borrower is not permitted or otherwise fails to borrow in accordance with such Notice of Drawdown (either on account of any condition precedent not being fulfilled or otherwise) the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against any damages, losses or expenses which the Lender may incur (either directly or indirectly) as a consequence of the failure by the Borrower to borrow in accordance with such Notice of Drawdown.

6.           INTEREST PERIODS

6.01
Subject as provided in Clause 6.02, the Interest Periods applicable to the Facility shall (subject to market availability) be periods of a duration of one (1), two (2), three (3), six (6), nine (9) or twelve (12) months as selected by the Borrower by written notice to be received by the Lender not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Nomination Date;

6.02
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 6.01:

6.02.01
the initial Interest Period in respect of the Facility shall commence on the Drawdown Date thereof and shall end on the 29 th December 2009 and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period in respect thereof;

6.02.02
if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls in another calendar month in which event that Interest Period shall end upon the immediately preceding Banking Day;

6.02.03
if any Interest Period commences on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which that Interest Period ends, that Interest Period shall end on the last Banking Day in that later month;

17


6.02.04
where any Repayment Date occurs other than at the end of an Interest Period there shall in respect of that part of the Facility equivalent to the amount of the Repayment Instalment falling due on such Repayment Date be a separate Interest Period expiring on such Repayment Date and the Interest Rate relating to such part shall be fixed separately;

6.02.05
no Interest Period shall extend beyond the final Repayment Date;

6.02.06
if the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period in accordance with the above, such Interest Period shall be of three (3) months duration or of such other duration as the Lender in its sole discretion may select; and

6.02.07
save as provided in Clause 6.02.04 the Borrower shall not select more than one Interest Periods at any one time.

7.           INTEREST

7.01
Subject to the terms of this Agreement the Borrower shall pay to the Lender interest in respect of the Facility accruing at the Interest Rate for each Interest Period relating thereto in arrears on the final day of such Interest Period, provided however that if any Interest Period is of a duration longer than three (3) months, accrued interest in respect of the Facility shall be payable quarterly in arrears during such Interest Period.

7.02
Interest shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.

7.03
The Lender will calculate and determine the Interest Rate applicable for the Facility, each determination being promptly notified by the Lender to the Borrower at the beginning of each Interest Period in respect thereof. The Lender's certificate as to the Interest Rate applicable shall be final and (except in the case of manifest error) binding on, the Borrower and the other Security Parties.

7.04
In the event of a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount on the date on which such amount is due and payable pursuant to this Agreement and/or any one or more of the other Security Documents (unless otherwise specifically provided in any Security Document) and irrespective of any notice by the Lender or any other person to the Borrower in respect of such failure, the Borrower shall pay interest on such amount on demand from the date of such default up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum which is the aggregate of (a) Two percent (2%) and (b) the Applicable Margin and (c) the rate at which the Lender in accordance with its normal practice is offered deposits in Dollars in the London Interbank Market for such period as the Lender may select at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Banking Day immediately following that on which the Lender becomes aware of such failure and, so long as such failure continues, such rate shall be recalculated on the same basis thereafter.

18



7.05
Any interest which shall have accrued under Clause 7.04 in respect of an unpaid amount shall be due and payable at the end of the period by reference to which it is calculated or such other date or dates as the Lender may specify by written notice to the Borrower.

7.06
Clauses 7.02 and 7.03 shall apply to the calculation of interest on amounts in default.

8.           SUBSTITUTE BASIS
 

8.01
If the Lender determines (which determination shall be conclusive) that:

8.01.01
at 11.00 a.m. (London time) on any Interest Determination Date the Lender was not being offered by banks in the London Interbank Market deposits in Dollars in the required amount and for the required period; or

8.01.02
by reason of circumstances affecting the London Interbank Market such deposits are not available to the Lender in such market; or

8.01.03
adequate and reasonable means do not or will not exist for the Lender to ascertain the Interest Rate applicable to the next succeeding Interest Period; or

8.01.04
Dollars will or may not continue to be freely transferable;

then, and in any such case the Lender shall give notice of any such event to the Borrower and in case any of the above occurs on the Interest Determination Date prior to the Drawdown Date the Borrower's right to borrow the Facility shall be suspended during the continuation of such circumstances.

8.02
If, however, any of the events described in Clause 8.01 occurs on any other Interest Determination Date relative to the Facility or any part thereof, then the duration of the relevant Interest Period(s) shall be up to one (1) month and during such Interest Period the Interest Rate applicable to the Facility or the relevant part thereof shall be the rate per annum determined by the Lender rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of one sixteenth per cent (1/16th%) to be the aggregate of the Applicable Margin and the cost (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) to the Lender of funding the amount of the Facility during such Interest Period(s).

8.03
During such Interest Period(s) the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith in order to agree an Interest Rate or Rates and Interest Period or Periods satisfactory to the Borrower and the Lender to be substituted for those which but for the occurrence of any such event as specified in this Clause would have applied. If the Borrower and the Lender are unable to agree on such an Interest Rate(s) and Interest Period(s) by the day which is two (2) Banking Days before the end of the Interest Period referred to above, the Borrower shall repay the Facility together with accrued interest thereon at the Interest Rate set out above together with all other amounts due under this Agreement relative to the Facility but without any prepayment fee, on the last day of such Interest Period.

19

 
9.           PREPAYMENT

9.01
The Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the total amount of the Indebtedness if the Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss or the Mortgage on the Ship is discharged:

(a)
in the case of a sale of the Ship, on or before the date on which such sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to its buyer; or

(b)
in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier or the date falling one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of occurrence of such Total Loss and the date or receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or

(c)
in the case the Mortgage on the Ship is discharged (other than in the circumstances referred to in paragraph (a) above and where the Borrower and the other Security Parties have discharged all their obligations, whether actual or contingent, under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents), on or before the date on which the Mortgage on the Ship is discharged.

9.02
For the purposes of Clause 9.01 a Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred

(a)
in the case of an actual total loss of the Ship on the actual date and at the time the Ship was lost or if such date is not known, on the date on which the Ship was last reported;

(b)
in the case of a constructive total loss of the Ship upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of the Ship is given to the Insurers of the Ship for the time being (provided a claim for such total loss is admitted by such Insurers) or, if such Insurers do not admit such a claim, or, in the event that such notice of abandonment is not given by the Borrower to the Insurers, on the date and at a time on which the incident which may result, in the Ship, being subsequently determined to be a constructive total loss has occurred;

(c)
in the case of a compromised or arranged total loss of the Ship, on the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the Insurers of the Ship;

(d)
in the case of Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship, on the date upon which the relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition occurs; and

(e)
in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, captured, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Ship (other than where the same amounts to Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship by any Government Entity, or by persons purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity), which deprives the Borrower thereof of the use of the Ship for more than thirty (30) days, upon the expiry of the period of thirty (30) days after the date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation occurred.

20


9.03
On giving not less than ten (10) days' prior written notice to the Lender the Borrower may prepay all or any part of the Facility (but if in part the amount to be prepaid shall be equal to one Repayment Installment, or an multiple thereof) at the end of the then current Interest Period. The Borrower shall obtain any consent or approval from the relevant authorities that may be necessary to make any such prepayment of the Facility and if it fails to obtain and/or comply with the terms of such consent or approval and in consequence thereof the Lender has to repay the amount prepaid or the Lender incurs any penalty or loss then the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender forthwith against all amounts so repaid and/or against all such penalties and losses incurred.
 
9.04
Prepayments under Clause 9.03 shall be applied first against the Balloon Payment and thereafter against the Repayment Installments in inverse order of maturity or in any other manner as the Lender may determine in its sole discretion.

9.05
Save as otherwise herein expressly provided, any prepayment of the Facility made or deemed to be made under this Agreement shall, if made otherwise than at the end of an Interest Period relative to the amounts prepaid, be made together with accrued interest thereon and such additional amount (if any) as the Lender may certify as necessary to compensate the Lender for any Broken Funding Costs incurred or to be incurred by it as a result of such prepayment including any loss of the Applicable Margin up to the end of the then current Interest Period in respect of the whole amount of the Facility which is outstanding at the beginning of such Interest Period.

9.06
Any notice of prepayment given by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to prepay in accordance with each such notice.
 
9.07
The Borrower may not prepay all or any part of the Facility except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.
 
9.08
On or prior to any prepayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 9 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions as applicable so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortization) exceed the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 10.01.

21

 
9.09
Without prejudice to the foregoing, if less than the full amount of the Facility remains outstanding following a prepayment under this Agreement and the Lender in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrower, that the Borrower may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Designated Transaction in an amount not wholly matched with or linked to all or part of the Facility, the Borrower shall, within fifteen (15) days of being notified by the Lender of such requirement, provide the Lender with, or procure the provision to the Lender of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Lender be adequate to secure the performance of such Designated Transaction, which additional security shall take such form and be constituted by such documentation, as the Lender in its absolute discretion may approve or require.
 
9.10
Notwithstanding any provision of the Master Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a prepayment of all or part of the Facility (including, without limitation, following the occurrence of a Total Loss or upon a sale of the Ship or the discharge of the Mortgage in accordance with Clause 9.01 or under clauses 8, 14 or 21) then, subject to Clause 9.09, the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged (and, where relevant, may do so without the consent of the Borrower, where it would otherwise be required whether under the Master Agreement or otherwise) to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate, liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re-establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Lender in its absolute discretion may determine and both the Lender's and the Borrower's continuing obligations under any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement shall, unless agreed otherwise by the Lender, be calculated so far as the Lender considers it practicable by reference to the amended repayment schedule for the Facility taking into account the fact that less than the full amount of the Facility remains outstanding.

9.11
The Borrower shall on the first written demand of the Lender indemnify the Lender in respect of all losses, costs and expenses (including, but not Corp. to, legal costs and expenses) incurred or sustained by the Lender as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matter or transactions referred to in Clauses 9.09 and 9.10.

9.12
Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrower under Clause 9.11, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights under Clauses 9.09 or 9.10 and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated such termination shall be treated under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrower and, accordingly, the Lender shall be permitted to recover from the Borrower a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.

 
22

 
10.
REPAYMENT:
 
10.01
The Borrower shall repay the Facility by:
 
a)
thirty two (32) consecutive three monthly Repayment Instalments, the first four (4) of which shall be in the amount of Five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) each, and the succeeding twenty eight (28) Repayment Instalments shall be in the amount of Two hundred Eighty thousand Dollars ($280,000) each, the first such Repayment Instalment being due and payable on the First Repayment Date and each of the succeeding thirty one (31) such Repayment Instalments, on the thirty one (31) Repayment Dates falling at consecutive three (3) monthly intervals thereafter, with the thirty second (32 nd ) and final such Repayment Instalment being due and payable on the thirty second (32 nd ) and final Repayment Date;

and
 

b)
the Balloon Payment payable together with the thirty second (32 nd ) Repayment Instalment referred to in sub-paragraph 10.01(a) above on the thirty second (32 nd ) and final Repayment Date;
 
Provided however, that if the amount of the Facility actually drawn is less than Dollars Thirteen million ($13,000,000) then the Balloon Payment and the Repayment Instalments shall be reduced pro rata by the undrawn amount.

10.02
Each Repayment Instalment and the Balloon Payment shall be paid in Dollars; and

10.03
Any amounts repaid or prepaid under this Agreement may not be re-borrowed.

10.04
On or prior to any repayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 10, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions as applicable so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 10.01.

10.05
Without prejudice to the provisions of the foregoing Clause 10.04, Clauses 9.09, 9.10, 9.11 and 9.12 will also apply on the repayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 10.

11.           APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS AND EARNINGS

11.01
All Proceeds received by the Lender shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary whether express or implied, in any of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents, be applied as follows:

23

      
(a)
firstly, in or towards payment of all sums other than principal of or interest on the Facility which may be owing to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Security Documents or any of them;

 
(b)
secondly, in or towards payment to the Lender of any interest owing in respect of the Facility or any part thereof under this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents, other than the Master Agreement;

(c)
thirdly, in or towards payment to the Lender of principal owing in respect of the Facility;

(d)
fourthly, in or towards payment to the Lender of any amount due to it in accordance with the provisions of Clause 27 by reason of any such payment in respect of the Facility not being effected on the last day of an Interest Period in respect of the total amount of the Facility or the relevant party thereof;

(e)
fifthly, in or towards payment of any amounts then payable to the Lender under the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents including without limitation any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2 (Obligations) of the Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Lender at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 11, or any part thereof;

(f)
sixthly, at any time on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Possible Event of Default in retention of a sum equal to the total of any and all other amounts which (in the reasonable opinion of the Lender) although not then due to the Lender under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents will become so due to the Lender, such sums thereafter to be applied by the Lender from time to time in accordance with this Clause 11; and

(g)
seventhly, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or to whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such surplus.

11.02
If any Proceeds recovered by the Lender have to be repaid by the Lender on the ground of unfair or fraudulent preference or on any other ground, the Lender shall have the same rights hereunder and/or under the other Security Documents against the Borrower as if such amounts had never been applied in payment of the Indebtedness.

11.03
The Borrower hereby undertakes to ensure that, throughout the Security Period all payments by the Lender to the Borrower under each Designated Transaction are paid to the Earnings Account.


24


12.            EVIDENCE OF DEBT

12.01
The Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice one or more Loan Accounts in the name of the Borrower evidencing the Indebtedness, which Loan Accounts shall collectively constitute the " account current " referred to in the Mortgage.

12.02
In any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents the entries made in the Loan Account(s) maintained pursuant to Clause 12.01 or a certificate signed by any two authorized officers of the Lender shall be conclusive evidence (save in the case of manifest error) of the existence and amounts of the liabilities of the Borrower therein recorded.

13.           PAYMENTS

13.01
All amounts payable under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents by the Borrower, including amounts payable under this Clause 13, shall be paid in full to the Lender without set-off or counterclaim or retention and free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes.
 
13.02
In the event the Borrower is required by law to make any such deduction or withholding from any payment hereunder then the Borrower shall forthwith pay to the Lender such additional amount as will result in the immediate receipt by the Lender (as the case may be) of the full amount which would have been received hereunder had no such deduction or withholding been made, but if the Lender shall be or become entitled to any Tax credit or relief in respect of any Tax which is deducted from any payment by the Borrower and if the Lender in its sole determination actually receives a benefit from such Tax credit or relief in its/their country of domicile, incorporation or residence, the Lender shall, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, pay to the Borrower after such benefit is effectively received by the Lender such amounts (which shall be conclusively certified by the Lender) as shall ensure that the net amount actually retained by the Lender is equal to the amount which would have been retained if there had been no such deduction; the Borrower shall immediately forward to the Lender official receipt of the relevant taxation or other authority or other evidence acceptable to the Lender of the amount deducted or withheld as aforesaid, provided that in the event that it shall be illegal for the Borrower to pay such additional amount as is referred to in this Clause 13.02 then the Indebtedness shall be repayable by the Borrower to the Lender on demand.

13.03
All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents shall be made in Dollars in immediately available and freely transferable and convertible funds not later than 11.00 a.m. London time on the date upon which the relevant payment is due to the Lender at such account as the Lender may from time to time nominate by written notice to the Borrower.

25



13.04
The Borrower undertakes to indemnify the Lender against any loss incurred by the Lender as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for the payment of any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed in a currency other than the currency in which the payment was due hereunder and as a result of any variation having occurred in rates of exchange between the date on which the currency is converted for the purpose of such judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent liability of the Borrower and shall continue in force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid.


14.           CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES

14.01           If:

14.01.01
any law, regulation, treaty or official directive (whether or not having the force of law) or the interpretation thereof by any authority charged with the administration thereof:

(a)
subjects the Lender to any Tax with respect to payments of principal of or interest on the Facility or any other amount payable hereunder and/or under any of the other Security Documents; or

(b)
changes the basis of Taxation of payments to the Lender of principal of or interest on the Facility or of any other amount payable hereunder and/or under any of the other Security Documents (other than a change in the rate of Tax on the overall net income of the Lender); or

(c)
imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve and/or special deposit requirements against or in respect of assets or liabilities of, or deposits with or for the account of, or loans or credit extended by any office of the Lender; or

(d)
imposes on the Lender any other condition affecting this Agreement, the Facility or its funding; or

14.01.02
the Lender complies with any request, law, regulation, including any regulation which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity control or which affects the manner in which the Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement (including without limitation, those resulting from the implementation or application of or compliance with the "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (" Basel II ") or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II) or directive from any applicable fiscal or monetary authority (whether or not having the force of law) and as a result of any of the foregoing:

26


(a)
the cost to the Lender of making, funding or maintaining the Facility is increased; or

(b)
the amount of principal, interest or other amount payable to the Lender or the effective return to the Lender hereunder is reduced; or

(c)
the Lender makes any payment or foregoes any interest or other return on or calculated by reference to the gross amount receivable by it from the Borrower hereunder,

then and in each such case upon demand from time to time the Borrower shall pay to the Lender such amount as shall compensate the Lender for such increased cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or other return. If the Lender is entitled to make a claim pursuant to this Clause it shall notify the Borrower of the event by reason of which it is so entitled and shall submit to the Borrower a certificate setting out details of the event giving rise to such compensation, the amount thereof and the manner in which it has been calculated and in the absence of manifest error such certificate shall be conclusive.

On receipt of such certificate the Borrower shall have the option to prepay within ninety (90) days the Facility together with all interest accrued thereof and all costs and other amounts (including amounts payable referred to above and any Broken Funding Costs) payable to the Lender hereunder. If the Borrower decides to exercise such option it shall give written notice to the Lender and prepay the amount due to the Lender within ninety (90) days of the receipt of the certificate referred to above in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Lender's duties and liabilities hereunder shall be cancelled on the giving of such notice.

14.02
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, if any change in law, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any authority charged with the administration thereof shall make it unlawful for the Lender to make, fund or maintain the Facility or any part thereof, the Lender may by written notice thereof to the Borrower declare that the Lender's duty to provide the Borrower with the Facility shall be terminated forthwith whereupon the Borrower will prepay forthwith (or if permitted by law on the next following Interest Payment Date) the Facility together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts payable to the Lender hereunder including any Broken Funding Costs. The Lender's duties and liabilities hereunder shall be cancelled on the giving of such notice.

14.03
If any of the events referred to in Clause 14.01 or Clause 14.02 shall occur, but without prejudice to the liability of the Borrower to prepay the Facility, the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith with a view to agreeing terms for making the Facility available from another jurisdiction, or funding the Facility from alternative sources or otherwise restructuring the Facility on a basis which is not unlawful.

27


15.           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

15.01
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that:

15.01.01
each Corporate Security Party is a company or corporation duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the country of its incorporation and has the power and authority to own its assets and carry on business in each jurisdiction in which it owns assets or carries on business and complies with all relevant legislation and laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ) to the extend applicable to it ;

15.01.02
each Security Party has power to enter into this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents to which it is a party and to perform and discharge its duties and liabilities hereunder and thereunder and the Borrower has the power to borrow hereunder and each Security Party has taken all necessary action (whether corporate or otherwise) required to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents and the borrowings to be made hereunder;

15.01.03
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents will not contravene or exceed the powers granted to each Security Party or by, or any provision of, any law or regulation (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ, as the case may be), in any jurisdiction to which the Security Parties or any of them are/is subject any order or decree of any governmental agency or court of or in any jurisdiction to which the Security Parties or any of them are/is subject, the certificates of incorporation, memoranda and articles of association of the Corporate Security Parties or any of them or any mortgage, deed, contract or agreement to which the Security Parties or any of them is/are a party and which is binding upon the Security Parties' assets, and will not cause any Encumbrance to arise over or attach to all or any part of any Security Party's revenues or assets nor require any Security Party to create any such Encumbrance;

15.01.04
all consents, licences, approvals, registrations, authorisations or declarations (including, without limitation, all foreign exchange control approvals) in any jurisdiction to which the Security Parties or any of them is/are subject required to enable the Borrower to borrow hereunder and the Borrower and the other Security Parties lawfully to enter into and perform and discharge their respective duties and liabilities under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents, to which each of them is a party and to

28


ensure that the duties and liabilities of each of the Borrower and the other Security Parties hereunder and thereunder are legal, valid and enforceable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents, to which each of them is a party and to make this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents admissible in evidence in such aforesaid jurisdictions have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect;

15.01.05
this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents constitute the legal, valid, binding and unconditional duties and liabilities of each Security Party, as is a party thereto, enforceable against such Security Party (as the case may be) in accordance with the terms thereof;

15.01.06
Except where contested in good faith and by the appropriate proceedings, no Security Party has failed to pay when due any amount or to perform any duty under the provisions of any agreement relating to indebtedness in excess in the aggregate of One million Dollars ($1,000,000) to which it is a party or by which it may be bound and which would be materially adverse thereto and no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, a material breach or default by such Security Party under any such agreement;

15.01.07
no litigation or administrative proceedings in any court, arbitration tribunal or governmental authority are pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Security Party or any of its assets which might materially adversely affect such Security Party's ability to perform and discharge its duties and liabilities hereunder and under the Security Documents as is a party thereto;

15.01.08
the financial condition of the Borrower and the other Security Parties has not suffered any material deterioration since that condition was last disclosed to the Lender;

15.01.09
the information provided to the Lender in relation to this transaction is true and correct in all material respects and does not omit any material detail;

15.01.10
except for the registration of the Mortgage at the appropriate Registry of Ships in Liberia, it is not necessary or advisable to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents, that any of them be filed, recorded or enrolled with any governmental authority or agency or that they be stamped with any stamp, registration or similar transaction tax in the United States or in United Kingdom or in the Marshall Islands or in the Republic of Liberia or in the Republic of Greece or in any other country where any Security Party carries on business;

29


15.01.11
the choice of law agreed to govern this Agreement, the Master Agreement and each other Security Document and the submission to the jurisdiction of the courts agreed herein and therein are or will be on execution of the respective Security Documents valid and binding on the Borrower and any other Security Party which is a party thereto;

15.01.12
no Security Party is entitled to claim any immunity in relation to itself or its assets under any law or in any jurisdiction in connection with any legal proceedings, set off or counterclaim relating to this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents to which it is a party or in connection with the enforcement of any judgment or order arising from such proceedings;

15.01.13
no Taxes are imposed by deduction withholding or otherwise or any other payment to be made by any Security Party under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or any of the other Security Documents or any document or instrument to be executed or delivered hereunder or thereunder and all relevant tax returns have been filed;

15.01.14
save as herein provided, the Borrower has not authorized or accepted any capital commitments;

15.01.15
all the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and the other Security Parties hereunder or under the other Security Documents rank and will rank at least pari passu in right of payments with all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Borrower of the other Security Parties;

15.01.16
the giving of the Guarantee pursuant to this Agreement by the Guarantor is to the commercial benefit of the Guarantor;

15.01.17
the Accounting Information provided by the Borrower and/or the Guarantor to the Lender is complete and correct and present fairly the position of the members of the Group and the results of the operations of the members of the Group ended on the relevant date, and have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices consistently applied and give a true and fair view of the financial condition, assets and liabilities of the members of the Group therein stated at the date to which the Accounting Information have been prepared and since that date there has been no adverse change in the financial condition of the business, assets or operation of the members of the Group therein stated and/or the Group taken as a whole;
 
15.02
The Borrower hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that on the Drawdown Date the following matters will be true and shall remain true in all material respects until full payment of all amounts payable hereunder:

30

                
15.02.01
the Ship has unconditionally been delivered by the Seller to and accepted by the Borrower pursuant to the relevant Purchase Documents and the full amount of the purchase price payable in respect thereof has been duly paid to the Seller and she will be duly registered in the ownership of the Borrower under the laws and flag of Liberia;
 
15.02.02
the Ship will be in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Security Documents;

15.02.03
the Ship will maintain the highest class with the Classification Society free of all recommendations and qualifications of its Classification Society;

15.02.04
the Ship will be operationally seaworthy;

15.02.05
the Ship will comply in all material respects with all relevant laws, regulations and requirements (statutory or otherwise) including without limitation the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, the ISM Code Documentation and the ISPS Code Documentation as are applicable to (i) ships registered under the laws of the flag it is flying and (ii) engaged in the same or a similar service as the Ship is engaged;

15.02.06
the Ship will be under the management of the Manager under the terms of the Management Agreement;

15.02.07
the Ship will be insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in respect of the Insurances;

15.02.08
the Borrower and the Manager will have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws in respect of the Ship (as appropriate);

15.02.09
the Borrower and the Manager will have obtained all Environmental Approvals and will be in compliance therewith in respect of the Ship (as appropriate).

15.03
The representations and warranties of the Borrower set out in Clauses 15.01 and 15.02 above shall survive the execution of this Agreement and the Master Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Drawdown Date and on each Interest Payment Date and on the date of entering into each Designated Transaction with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at each such time as if made at such time.

16.           SECURITIES

16.01
The Borrower hereby agrees that the Security Documents shall secure with first priority the due payment of the Indebtedness.

16.02
It is declared and agreed in relation to the security created by the Security Documents that:
 

31

        

16.02.01
it shall be held by the Lender as a continuing security for the payment of the Indebtedness; and
 
16.02.02
the security so created shall not be satisfied or discharged by intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the amount secured thereunder; and

16.02.03
the security so created shall be in addition to and shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by any collateral or other security now or hereafter held by the Lender for all or any part of the amounts thereby secured; and

16.02.04
every power and right given to the Lender hereunder shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any and every other power or right of the Lender under the Security Documents and may be exercised from time to time in such order and as often as the Lender may consider appropriate.

17.           CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

17.01
Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 5, the Lender shall have no obligation to permit the drawdown of the Facility (or any part thereof) and/or the entering into any Designated Transaction until the Lender has received the following documents or evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers:

17.01.01
a copy, certified as a true copy by the secretary of each Corporate Security Party of the resolutions of the board of directors authorising the transaction contemplated hereby and authorising a person or persons to sign or execute on behalf of each Corporate Security Party this Agreement, the Master Agreement, the Notice of Drawdown, the Acknowledgement (as in the form of Schedule 2 hereof) and the Security Documents as is a party thereto and in respect of the Borrower, a copy, certified as a true copy by the secretary of the Borrower, of the resolutions of its shareholders;

17.01.02
the originals of any power or powers of attorney granted pursuant to Clause 17.01.01;

17.01.03
certificate issued by the respective director or secretary of each Corporate Security Party specifying the Directors and Officers of each such Corporate Security Party (and of any corporate director and officer thereof), its authorized and issued share capital (and of any corporate shareholder thereof) and in respect of the Borrower, a certificate issued by the secretary of the Borrower, specifying the shareholders thereof;

17.01.04
certificates or other evidence satisfactory to the Lender, in its sole discretion of the existence and good standing of each Corporate Security Party dated not more than fifteen (15) days before the date of this Agreement;

32


17.01.05
copies, duly certified as a true copy by the respective director or secretary of each Corporate Security Party of the certificate of incorporation and the memorandum and articles of association or the articles of incorporation and By-laws (as the case may be) of each Corporate Security Party;

17.01.06
certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action (including but without limitation governmental approval, consents, licences, authorisations, validations or exemptions which the Lender or its legal advisers may require) by the Security Parties or any of them with respect to this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents;

17.01.07
evidence that the Accounts have been duly opened by the Borrower, as appropriate and all mandate forms, signature cards and authorities have been duly delivered and that each of such Accounts is free of all liens or charges other than the liens and charges in favour of the Lender pursuant to the Accounts' Charges;

17.01.08
the Master Agreement duly executed by the Borrower;
 
17.01.09
the Accounts' Charges duly executed by the Borrower;

17.01.10
the Guarantee duly executed by the Guarantor;

17.01.11
payment to the Lender of the fees payable to the Lender, in accordance with Clause 24;

17.01.12
evidence that the Ship is on the Drawdown Date duly registered in the ownership of the Borrower at the Ships Registry of the port of Monrovia, Liberia;

17.01.13
evidence that save for the Encumbrances created by the Security Documents there is no Encumbrance whatsoever on the Ship;

17.01.14
evidence that the Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

17.01.15
evidence that the Ship is classed at the highest classification status with the Classification Society free of recommendations or other conditions or notations affecting her class;

17.01.16
certified copies of the classification and international safety and trading certificates issued by the Classification Society of the Ship free of recommendations or other conditions affecting her class;

17.01.17
copies of ISM Code Documentation and the ISPS Code Documentation in relation to the Ship, the Borrower and the Manager;
 

33


17.01.18
the Mortgage on the Ship duly executed by the Borrower and registered at the Shipping Registry of Liberia;
 

17.01.19
the General Assignment duly executed by the Borrower;

17.01.20
notices of assignment of the Insurances in respect of the Ship duly signed by the Borrower;

17.01.21
notices of assignment of the Earnings duly signed by the Borrower;

17.01.22
certified copy of the Management Agreement;

17.01.23
the Manager's Undertaking, together with notices of assignment of the right, title and benefit of the Manager to the Insurances of the Ships, duly executed, as appropriate;

17.01.24
the opinion letters from counsels appointed and/or acceptable to the Lender in relation to this Agreement and the other Security Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;

17.01.25
a letter from the agents referred to in Clauses 37.04 and 37.05 addressed to the Lender confirming acceptance of their appointment as agents for service of process;

17.01.26
the copies of the Purchase Documents delivered by the Borrower to the Lender are true and complete copies thereof;

17.01.27
such further documents and evidence as the Lender may hereafter request.
 

17.02
The obligation of the Lender to advance the Facility is subject to the following further conditions:

17.02.01
that both at the date of the Drawdown Notice and on the Drawdown Date:
    
(i)
no Event of Default or Possible Event of Default has occurred or might result from the making of the Facility; and

(ii)
the representations and warranties of the Borrower set out in Clause 15 as well as the representations and warranties of the Borrower and of the other Security Parties (other than the Lender) set out to the other Security Documents are true and accurate in all material respects as of each such date, as if made on each such date with reference to the facts then subsisting.;

34


(iii)
no material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition or operation of any one or more of the Security Parties or any other member of the Group;
      
(iv)
that none of the circumstances specified in Clause 14 has occurred and its continuing;

17.02.02
that if the test set out in Clause 21 were applied immediately following the advance of the Facility, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Facility as therein provided.

17.03
If the Lender, at its discretion, permits the Facility or any part thereof to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 17.01, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within five (5) Banking Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Lender specifies).

18.           FINANCIAL AND GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

The Borrower undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 18 at all relevant times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise permit:

18.01
to (and procure that the other Security Parties shall) supply the Lender with such number of copies as the Lender may require of (a) the annual Accounting Information of the Group, as soon as available but in any event not later than one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of the relevant period to which they relate starting with the 2008 financial statements and (b) such other information with regard to the business, properties or financial condition of the Borrower, the Guarantor, the Manager and the other members of the Group as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request;

18.02
to procure that the Accounting Information to be delivered from time to time in accordance with Clause 18.01 shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices consistently applied, which shall present fairly the financial positions, as at the end of each such financial year to which they relate, of the Group, and the results of their operations for the year to which the Accounting Information relate.
 

18.03
to (and procure that each other Security Party shall) obtain promptly at any time and from time to time such registrations, licenses, consents and approvals as may be required in respect of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents under any applicable law or regulation to enable them to perform and discharge their duties and liabilities hereunder and there under and promptly supply the Lender with copies thereof;

35


18.04
to (and procure that each other Security Party shall) ensure that at all times the claims of the Lender against each Security Party under this Agreement and the other Security Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application;

18.05
to (and procure that each other Security Party shall) deliver to the Lender translations into English (certified by an authorised translator) of any documents which have to be delivered to the Lender under the terms of this Agreement or the Security Documents, the originals of which are not in the English language;

18.06
not to make any loans or advances to, or any investments in any person, firm, corporation or joint venture (or to any officer, director, stockholder, employee or customer of any such person) other than loans or advances made in the ordinary course of business;

18.07
not to borrow any money or permit any such borrowing to continue other than by way of subordinated shareholders' loans or enter into any agreement for payment on deferred terms (otherwise than on customary suppliers' credit terms) or any equipment lease or contract hire agreement other than in the ordinary course of business;

18.08
not to assume, guarantee or otherwise undertake the liability of any person, firm or company (otherwise than pursuant to the terms hereof and/or in the ordinary course of operation or trading of the Ship);

18.09
not to authorise or accept any capital commitments (save and except in connection with the ordinary course of operation or trading of the Ship);

18.10
not (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall not) change the nature of their respective business or commence any business other than the ownership and operation of ships;

18.11
not (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall not) (save and except as provided in this Agreement or otherwise in favour of the Lender), create or permit to exist any Encumbrance whatsoever on the Ship or on any of their other property or assets, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than a Permitted Lien without the prior written consent of the Lender;

18.12
without prejudice to the obligations under Clause 18.20, promptly after the happening of an event which is or would with the passage of time or giving of notice or both or fulfilment of any condition would constitute an Event of Default, to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) notify the Lender of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to nullify or mitigate its effect;

36


18.13
from time to time on request by the Lender to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) deliver to it a certificate signed by a director or officer of such Corporate Security Party confirming that, save as may be notified in detail in such certificate, no Event of Default or Possible Event of Default has occurred and is then subsisting to be accompanied by such evidence as to the information and matters contained in such certificate as the Lender may from time to time reasonably require.

18.14
to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) ensure and procure that each Corporate Security Party shall maintain its corporate existence under the laws of the country of its incorporation and shall comply in all material respects with all relevant legislation and laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ), applicable to such Corporate Security Party;

18.15
to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) ensure and procure that no change in the registered or beneficial ownership of the shares of the Borrower and the Ship shall occur without the Lender's prior written consent;

18.16
to execute and procure the execution by each other Security Party of any further document or documents reasonably required by the Lender in order to perfect or complete the security created by the Security Documents;

18.17
to pay and to ensure and procure that the other Security Parties shall pay all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges when the same fall due, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside for their payment if such proceedings fail and ensure and procure that all relevant tax returns of the Borrower and the other Security Parties shall be properly and timely filed;

18.18
not convey, assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of or deal with the Ship or any of its real or personal property, assets or rights whether present or future, neither to assign or otherwise transfer its rights title and interest unto the Master Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lender;

18.19
to send (and procure that each other Security Party shall sent) to the Lender as soon as the same is instituted (or, to the knowledge of the Security Parties or any of them threatened), details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against or involving the Borrower, the other Security Parties (or any of them) or the Ship which is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower, the other Security Parties (or any of them) or the operation of the Ship;

18.20
to comply (and ensure that each other Security Party will comply) with all laws regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ, as the case may be), treaties and conventions applicable to the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the Ship and to carry on the Ship all certificates and other documents which may from time to time be required to evidence such compliance;

37


18.21
not to and ensure and procure that each other Corporate Security Party shall not dissolve, merge into or consolidate with any other company or person and ensure and procure that no change in the management of the Borrower and the Ship shall be effected;

18.22
use the proceeds of the Facility for its benefit and under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement;

18.23
to (and procure that the Guarantor will) ensure that no change in the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chairman of the Guarantor shall occur without the prior written consent of the Lender;

18.24
to (and procure that the Guarantor will) ensure that on 31 st December 2009 and on each of the dates falling at consecutive six (6) monthly intervals thereafter:

i)
the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth shall not be less than Fifteen million Dollars ($15,000,000);
ii)
the Leverage Ratio will not be higher than 0.75:1; and
iii)
on a consolidated basis, at all times, the aggregate amount of cash deposits held in accounts of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor free from any Encumbrances (other than Encumbrances in favour of the Lender) shall not be less than Three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000) per Fleet Vessel; and

18.25
to (and ensure that each other Security Party shall) provide the Lender with such documents as the Lender may from time to time reasonably require on the basis of laws and regulations applicable from time to time and the Lender's internal guidelines and "know your customer" requirements applicable from time to time and required to identify the Borrower and each other Security Party, including without limitation, documents and information in respect of the ultimate legal and beneficial owner or owners of such entities, and any other persons involved or affected by the transaction(s) contemplated by this Agreement;

19.           INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

The Borrower hereby undertakes with the Lender to ensure and procure that during the Security Period, at the expense of the Borrower and upon such terms, in such amounts and with such Insurers as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Lender, the Borrower shall comply with the following provisions of this Clause 19 at all times during the Security Period:

19.01
to insure and keep insured the Ship in Dollars or such other currency as may be approved in writing by the Lender, in the full aggregate insurable value of the Ship but in no event for an aggregate amount less than the higher of (i) the Market Value of the Ship and (ii) One hundred and Twenty Five per cent (125%) of the aggregate amount of the Facility and the Swap Exposure at any relevant time against fire, marine and other risks (including Excess Risks) and War Risks covered by hull and machinery policies;

38


19.02
to enter the Ship in the name of the Borrower, for her full value and tonnage in a protection and indemnity association approved by the Lender with unlimited liability if available otherwise for the highest possible standard cover for the time being US$1,000,000,000 for oil pollution and for excess oil spillage and pollution liability insurance for the highest possible standard cover against all Protection and Indemnity Risks;

19.03
if the Ship enters the territorial waters of the United States of America (U.S.A.) for any reason whatsoever, to take out such additional insurance to cover such risks as may be necessary in order to obtain a Certificate of Financial Responsibility from the United States Coastguard;

19.04
to effect such additional Insurances as may reasonably be requested by the Lender to maintain the scope of the existing cover of the Insurances;

19.05
to renew the Insurances at least fourteen (14) days before the relevant Insurances expire and to procure that the Approved Brokers shall promptly confirm in writing to the Lender as and when each such renewal is effected;

19.06
to punctually pay all premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances and to produce all relevant receipts when so required in writing by the Lender;

19.07
to pay to the Lender on demand all premiums or other amounts payable by the Lender in effecting a mortgagee's interest policy and a mortgagee's interest (additional perils) insurance policy in respect of the Ship in the name of the Lender for a minimum insured amount of one hundred and ten per cent (110%) of the aggregate of the Facility and the Swap Exposure at any relevant time and under such wording and conditions acceptable to the Lender;

19.08
to arrange for the execution of such guarantees as may from time to time be required by any Protection and Indemnity or War Risks association;

19.09
to give notice of assignment of the Insurances to the Insurers in the form set out in Schedule 2 to the General Assignment and to procure that a copy of the notice of assignment shall be endorsed upon or attached to the relevant Insurance Documents;

19.10
to procure that the Insurance Documents shall be deposited with the Approved Brokers and that such brokers shall provide the Lender with certified copies thereof and shall issue to the Lender a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as the Lender shall reasonably require;

39


19.11
to procure that the Protection and Indemnity and/or War Risks associations in which the Ship is entered shall provide the Lender with a letter or letters of undertaking in their standard form and shall provide the Lender with a copy of the certificates of entry;

19.12
to procure that the Insurance Documents (including all certificates of entry in any Protection and Indemnity and/or War Risks association) shall contain loss payable clauses in the form set out in Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 (as may be appropriate) to the General Assignment;

19.13
to procure that the Insurance Documents shall provide that the lien or set off for unpaid premiums or calls shall be limited to only the premiums or calls due in relation to the Insurances on the Ship and for fourteen (14) days prior written notice to be given to the Lender by the Insurers (such notice to be given even if the Insurers have not received an appropriate enquiry from the Lender) in the event of cancellation or termination of the Insurances and in the event of the non-payment of the premium or calls, the right to pay the said premium or calls within a reasonable time;

  19.14
  to promptly to provide the Lender with full information regarding any casualties or damage to the Ship in an amount in excess of Five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) or in consequence whereof the Ship has become or may become a Total Loss;

  19.15 
 at the request of the Lender, to provide the Lender, at the Borrower's cost, with a detailed report issued by a firm of marine insurance brokers or consultants appointed by the Lender in relation to the Insurances;

19.16
not to do any act nor voluntarily suffer nor permit any act to be done whereby any Insurance shall or may be suspended or avoided and not to suffer nor permit the Ship to engage in any voyage nor to carry any cargo not permitted under the Insurances in effect without first covering the Ship to the amount herein provided for with Insurance satisfactory to the Lender for such voyage or the carriage of such cargo;

19.17
(without limitation to the generality of the foregoing) in particular not to permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any Government or by the Ship's War Risks Insurers unless there shall have been effected by the Borrower and at its expense such special insurance as the War Risk Insurers may require; and

19.18
to procure that all amounts payable under the Insurances are paid in accordance with the loss payable clause in the form set out in Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 (as may be appropriate) to the General Assignment and to apply and procure that all amounts as are paid to the Borrower are applied to the repair of the damage and the reparation of the loss in respect of which the said amounts shall have been received.

20.           OPERATIONAL UNDERTAKINGS

40


The Borrower hereby further undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 20 at all relevant times during the Security Period:

20.01
to ensure that the Ship shall be kept registered as a Liberian flag ship at the Port of Monrovia, Liberia and the Borrower shall not or do not suffer to be done anything whereby such registration may be forfeited or imperilled;

20.02
to maintain and ensure that each other Corporate Security Party shall maintain its corporate existence under the laws of the country of its incorporation and comply with all relevant legislation applicable to it;

20.03
to ensure that all Earnings of the Ship shall be paid into the Earnings Account;

20.04
to ensure that when due and payable, all taxes, assessments, levies, governmental charges, fines and penalties lawfully imposed on and enforceable against the Ship shall be paid by the Borrower, unless contested in good faith by the appropriate proceedings;

20.05
to ensure that the Ship (or any share thereof or interest therein) shall not be sold transferred, mortgaged, charged, hypothecated (save as provided in the Mortgage) or abandoned (save in the case of maritime necessity) and neither the Insurances nor the Earnings of the Ship will be assigned without the prior written consent of the Lender, which it shall have full power to withhold;

20.06
to ensure that the Ship shall not be operated in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including without limitation to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and neither the Borrower nor the Manager to engage in any unlawful trade or carry any cargo that will expose the Ship to penalty, forfeiture or capture and in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether a war be declared or not) nor to employ the Ship or voluntarily suffer her employment in carrying any contraband goods;

20.07
not to create or permit to be created or continued any lien or Encumbrance(s) on the Ship and/or the Insurances and/or the Earnings (other than Permitted Liens) and/or to satisfy all claims and demands which if unpaid might in law or by statute or otherwise create a lien or Encumbrance(s) and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) no lien or Encumbrance(s) shall be created or permitted to be created or continued on the Ship for any reason whatsoever;

20.08
on the request of the Lender, to provide to and procure that the Lender shall be provided with satisfactory evidence that the wages, allotments, insurance and pension contributions of the Master and crew of the Ship (if any) are being paid in accordance with the relevant agreements relating to the Ship and the relevant regulations, and that all deductions from the remuneration of the Master and crew in respect of any tax liability (including all social insurance contributions) are being made and accounted for to the relevant authority and that the Master of the Ship has no claim for disbursements other than those properly incurred by him in the ordinary trading of the Ship on the voyage then in progress;

41

 
20.09
if any writ or proceedings are issued against the Ship or if the Ship is otherwise attached, arrested or detained by any proceeding in any court or tribunal or by any government or other authority, to immediately notify and procure that the Lender shall be notified thereof by telefax confirmed by letter and as soon as practicably possible thereafter cause the Ship to be released and all liens or Encumbrance(s) (except for the Mortgage and any Permitted Liens on the Ship) thereon to be discharged;

20.10
not without the prior written consent of the Lender (which not to be unreasonably withheld) voyage or time charter the Ship or place her under any contract for employment for any period which when aggregated with any optional periods of extension contained in the said charter or contract, would exceed twelve (12) months duration;

20.11
not to demise charter the Ship for any period whatsoever;

20.12
at all times and at the Borrower's own expense, to maintain the Ship in good running order and repair in accordance with first class ship ownership and ship management practice and to keep and procure that the Ship is kept in such condition as will entitle her to the highest classification status with the Classification Society free from recommendations and notations which have not been complied with in accordance with their terms and procure that the Lender is provided with a certificate issued by the Classification Society that such classification status is maintained and with copies of all other classification certificates as the Lender may request in writing;

20.13
to submit the Ship regularly to such periodical or other surveys as may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Lender in writing, supply and procure that the Lender is supplied with copies of all survey reports issued in respect thereof;

20.14
to notify and procure that the Lender is notified immediately by telefax of any recommendation or requirement imposed on the Ship by its Classification Society, its Insurers or by any other competent authority that is not complied with in accordance with its terms;

20.15
to authorise and procure that the Classification Society and all other regulatory authorities of the Ship are authorised to disclose to the Lender any information or documents reasonably requested by the Lender relating to the classification, repair, maintenance or seaworthiness of the Ship;

20.16
to comply with all legal requirements whether imposed by enactment, regulation or otherwise and have on board the Ship as and when legally required valid certificates showing compliance therewith;

42


20.17
without prejudice to Clause 20.16, to take all necessary and proper precautions to prevent any infringements of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 of the United States of America or any similar legislation applicable to the Ship in any jurisdiction in or to which the Ship shall be employed or trade or which may otherwise be applicable to the Ship or the Borrower and, if the Lender shall so require, to enter into a "Carrier Initiative Agreement" with the United States Customs Service and to procure that such agreement (or any similar agreement hereafter introduced by any agency of the United States of America) is maintained in full force and effect by the Borrower;

  20.18
to comply with and will ensure and procure that the Manager and all servants and agents of the Borrower and the Manager shall comply with, the ISM Code, the ISM Code Documentation, the ISPS Code, the ISPS Code Documentation, all Environmental Laws and all legislation of any state or government in relation to the Ship, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower and the Manager, including, without limitation, requirements relating to manning, submission of oil spill response plans, designation of qualified individuals and establishing financial responsibility;

20.19
to hold or procure that the Manager shall hold all appropriate ISM Documentation and provide the Lender with copies of the relevant ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation duly issued to the Borrower, the Manager and the Ship pursuant to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;

20.20
to keep, or procure that there is kept, on board the Ship a copy of all relevant ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation respectively;

20.21
to perform and discharge all duties and liabilities imposed on the Borrower under any charter, bill of lading or other contract relating to the Ship;

20.22
not to remove or permit the removal of any part of the Ship or any equipment belonging thereto, nor make or permit to be made any alteration in the structure type or speed of the Ship which materially reduced the value of the Ship (unless such removal or alteration is required by statute or by her Classification Society) without the prior written consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;

20.23
at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, to permit and procure that the Lender or its authorised representative is permitted full and complete access to the Ship for the purpose of inspecting the state and condition of the Ship and her cargo and papers and at the written request of the Lender deliver and procure the delivery for inspection copies of any and all contracts and documents relating to the Ship whether on board or not;

20.24
to keep and procure that the Lender is kept fully informed as to the use, the employment and the position of the Ship and promptly provide and procure that the Lender is provided with information concerning the classification, status and insurance of the Ship from time to time as and when so required in writing by the Lender;

43


20.25
when so requested by the Lender, to appoint and procure that a firm of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers shall be appointed, as nominated or approved by the Lender, to give valuation of the Ship in Dollars, such valuation to be made without physical inspection (unless otherwise required by the Lender) and on the basis of an arm's-length transaction by a willing buyer from a willing seller and where the Ship is subject to a charter, with or without taking into account such charter (whichever results to a lower value of the Ship); all costs and fees payable in connection with each such valuation shall be paid by the Borrower;

20.26
in the event of Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship by any Government Entity, the Borrower shall execute and procure the execution of any assignment that the Lender may request in relation to any and all amounts which such Government Entity shall be liable to pay as compensation for the Ship or for her use and if received by the Borrower to pay and procure the payment of such amounts immediately to the Lender,

20.27
to appoint and procure the appointment of the Manager as manager of the Ship and not to vary or terminate this appointment without the Lender's prior written consent,;

20.28
to execute and procure the execution by each other Security Party of any further document or documents reasonably required by the Lender in order to perfect or complete the security created by the Security Documents;

20.29
to execute and deliver to the Lender such documents of transfer as the Lender may require in the event of sale of the Ship pursuant to any power of sale contained in the Mortgage or which the Lender may have in law;

20.30
not to employ the Ship nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;
 
20.31
to immediately notify the Lender by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

(i)
any casualty in respect of the Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
 
(ii)
any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
 
(iii)
any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority in respect of the Ship which is not complied with in accordance with its terms;
 

44


(iv)
any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances or any requisition of the Ship for hire;
 
(v)
any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship or any Environmental Incident in respect thereof;
 
(vi)
any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower and/or the Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship;
 
and advise and procure that the Lender shall be advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Lender shall require of the Borrower's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters; and

20.32
to keep prominently in the Chart Room and in the Master's cabin of the Ship a framed duly completed notice printed in plain type of such size that the area of print shall cover a space not less than six inches wide and nine inches high reading as follows:
 
" NOTICE OF MORTGAGE
 
This Ship is owned by PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP. of Liberia (the " Owner ") and is subject to a First Preferred Liberian Mortgage in favour of HSBC BANK PLC . Under the terms of the said Mortgage, a certified copy of which is preserved with the Ship's papers, neither the Owner nor the Captain nor any officer or agent nor any charterer of this Ship nor any other person whatsoever has any power, right or authority whatever to create, incur or permit the imposition on this Ship any commitments or encumbrances except for crews wages accrued for not more than three (3) months or salvage."; and
 
20.33
to comply with its respective obligations under the Management Agreement and not to vary amend or terminate thereof.
 
21.           SECURITY MARGIN

In the event that the Market Value of the Ship (determined pursuant to Clause 20.25) is less than the Applicable Security Margin at any relevant time then the Borrower shall within fifteen (15) Banking Days of receipt of a notice from the Lender advising the Borrower of the amount of such deficiency (which notice shall be conclusive) either constitute to the satisfaction of the Lender such further security for the Facility as shall be acceptable to the Lender having a value for security purposes (as determined by the Lender in its absolute discretion) at the date upon which such further security shall be constituted which, when added to the Market Value of the Ship (determined in accordance with Clause 20.25) shall not be less than the Applicable Security Margin at the relevant time or prepay part of the Facility in accordance with Clause 9 so that the Market Value of the Ship (determined in accordance with Clause 20.25) equals at least to the Applicable Security Margin.

 

45

22.           EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 
22.01                      If:

22.01.01
the Borrower or any other Security Party fails to pay on the due date for payment any amount, which shall have become due hereunder or under the other Security Documents;

22.01.02
any representation, warranty or statement made by the Borrower or any other Security Party in this Agreement or in the Master Agreement or in any of the Security Documents or any certificate, statement or opinion delivered or made hereunder or under the Security Documents or in connection herewith or with the Security Documents shall be incorrect or inaccurate when made in any material respect;

22.01.03
the Borrower or any other Security Party fails duly and punctually to perform or observe any other term of this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents and in any such case such failure, if capable of remedy, shall continue for fifteen (15) days after the Lender shall have given to the Borrower notice of such failure;

22.01.04
Except where contested in good faith and by the appropriate proceedings, any other indebtedness of the Borrower or the Guarantor exceeding in aggregate One million Dollars (US$1,000,000) becomes due and payable or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity by reason of any circumstance entitling the creditor(s) thereof to declare such indebtedness due and payable and such indebtedness is not paid within fifteen (15) days thereof;

22.01.05
the Borrower or any other Security Party enters into voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, or becomes insolvent, or an administrator, administrative receiver, receiver or liquidator is appointed of all or a material part of its/their undertaking or assets or proceedings are commenced by or against it/them under any reorganisation, arrangement, readjustment of debts, dissolution or liquidation law or regulation, or if any event shall occur which, under the relevant system of law, shall have an equivalent effect;

22.01.06
the Borrower or any other Security Party ceases or threatens to cease to carry on the whole or a substantial part of its/their business;

22.01.07
there shall be a transfer or disposal of all or a substantial part of the assets of the Borrower or any other Security Party, whether by one or a series of transactions, related or not, without the prior written consent of the Lender;
 
22.01.08
there is a considerable deterioration in the financial position of the Borrower or any other Security Party, which in the reasonable opinion of the Lender is likely to affect the ability of the Borrower or such other Security Party to pay all amounts due from time to time under this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents;
 

46


 
 
22.01.09
any governmental or other consent, licence or authority required to make this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents legal, valid, binding, enforceable and admissible in evidence or required to enable the Borrower or any other Security Party to perform its/their duties and discharge its/their liabilities hereunder or under the other Security Documents is withdrawn or ceases to be in full force and effect unless the Borrower or such other Security Party procures that such consent, licence or authority is reinstated or re-issued to the satisfaction of the Lender within  fifteen (15) days of the said withdrawal or cessation;
 
22.01.10
any distress or execution is levied or enforced against a material (in the opinion of the Lender) part of the property and assets of the Borrower or any other Security Party and such distress or execution is not withdrawn or discharged within fifteen (15) days;
 
22.01.11
the Borrower or any other Security Party shall stop payment of or shall be unable to or shall admit inability to pay its/their debts as they fall due or shall enter into any composition or other arrangement with its/their creditors generally or shall declare a general moratorium on the payment of indebtedness;
 
22.01.12
any of the events referred to in Clauses 22.01.01 up to and inclusive 22.01.11 occurs, mutatis mutandis , in respect of any other Security Party other than the Manager;
 
22.01.13
if an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (in each case as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred and is continued under the Master Agreement or (b) an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under the Master Agreement or (c) a person entitled to do so gives notice of an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv) of the Master Agreement or (d) the Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason;
 
22.01.14
the Borrower sells, transfers, disposes of or encumbers the Ship or any interest or share therein, or agrees so to do (other than by Permitted Liens) without the prior written consent of the Lender;
 
22.01.15
the Ship is arrested or detained and such arrest or detention is not released within twenty (20) days, or an order for the sale of such Ship is made by a court of competent jurisdiction;
 
22.01.16
the Ship is a Total Loss and the Borrower fails to make the payment required to be made under Clause 9.01 in respect of such Total Loss;
 

47


22.01.17
the Ship is laid up for a period exceeding sixty (60) days without the prior written consent of the Lender;
 
22.01.18
the Guarantor ceases to be actively involved in the business of the Borrower and/or the Manager;

22.01.19
an Event of Default under any of the other Security Documents (as defined therein) shall occur;
 
22.01.20
the Security Documents or any of them shall cease, in whole or in part, to be valid, binding and enforceable;
 
22.01.20
if any Security Party repudiates or evidences an intention to repudiate any one or more of the Security Documents and the Management Agreements;
 
22.01.21
the fulfilment of any one or more of the obligations, covenants and undertakings contained in any or more of this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto or the exercise of any of the rights vested in the Lender hereunder or thereunder becoming either unlawful under any applicable law or unauthorized by any authority having jurisdiction or otherwise impossible.
 
22.02
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter:
 
22.02.01
the Lender may by written notice to the Borrower declare that any undrawn part of the Facility shall be cancelled, whereupon the same shall be cancelled;

22.02.02
declare the Indebtedness immediately due and payable whereupon the same shall become so payable to the Lender;

22.02.03
take any other action, exercise any other right or pursue any other remedy conferred upon the Lender by this Agreement and/or the other Security Documents or by any applicable law or regulation or otherwise as a consequence of such Event of Default.;

22.02.04
the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged to, exercise all its rights under the Master Agreement and to, inter alia, cancel, net out, unwind, terminate or liquidate all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement. Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Master Agreement, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights hereunder and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated, such termination shall constitute a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the

48


Borrower and, accordingly, the Lender shall be entitled to recover from the Borrower a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.

22.03
All amounts received by the Lender under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents after the happening of any Event of Default shall be applied by the Lender in payment of the Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of Clause 11.

22.04
On the occurrence of an Event of Default the Lender shall have the right and power to order the Ship to proceed forthwith at the Borrower's risk and expense to a port or place nominated by the Lender. The Borrower undertakes to give the necessary instructions to the Master(s) of the Ship to comply with any such order of the Lender and if the Borrower fails to give such instructions for any reason whatsoever the Lender shall have the right and power to give such instructions direct to the Master(s).

23.           SET-OFF

23.01
The Borrower authorises the Lender, without prejudice and in addition to all rights of set off, combination, lien or otherwise which the Lender has at law or under any agreement between the Lender and the Borrower, at any time without demand and without notice:

23.01.01
to set off any amount to the credit of any existing accounts of the Borrower with the Lender, (whether deposit, loan or otherwise, in the name of the Borrower or otherwise) including, without limitation, the Earnings Account and the Retention Account, in or towards satisfaction of all amounts due from the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents; and

23.01.02
to transfer and apply any amount standing to the credit of any such existing accounts of the Borrower with any associate or subsidiary of the Lender in or towards satisfaction of all amounts due from the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents.

23.02
Without prejudice to its rights hereunder and/or under the Master Agreement, the Lender may at the same time as, or at any time after, an Event of Default or a Possible Event of Default occurs under this Agreement or the Borrower's default under the Master Agreement, set-off any amount due now or in the future from the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement against any amount due from the Lender to the Borrower under the Master Agreement and apply the first amount in discharging the second amount.  The effect of any set-off under this Clause 23.02 shall be effective to extinguish or, as the case may require, reduce the liabilities of the Lender under the Master Agreement.

49


23.03
Where such set-off or transfer requires the conversion of one currency into another, such conversion shall be calculated at the spot rate as conclusively determined by the Lender for purchasing such currency with the currency in which the relevant amounts are denominated on the date of actual payment.

24.           FEES

24.01
The Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender's legal advisors an amount of Euro Five thousand five hundred (Euro 5,500)  on or before the date of this Agreement.

25.           EARNINGS AND RETENTION ACCOUNTS

25.01
The Borrower hereby agrees to ensure and procure that all the Earnings of the Ship, shall be paid into the Earnings Account, which shall be charged to the Lender by the Earnings Accounts' Charge. Unless and until an Event of Default or a Possible Event of Default occurs, whereupon the Lender may give notice to the Borrower that it requires that all Earnings of the Ship are paid directly to the Lender, all amounts in the Earnings Account shall be applied as follows:

i)
first, towards the payment of fees and costs that are due and payable by the Borrower to the Lender under the Security Documents;
ii)
second, towards payment to the Retention Account of the amounts that may be required to be transferred to the credit thereof in accordance with  this Clause 25.02; and
iii)
third, any balance thereafter remaining in the Earnings Account shall be available to the Borrower for the payment of the Operating Expenses of the Ship as well as for the payment of dividends and the repayment of any shareholders' loans.

25.02
The Borrower hereby agrees to open the Retention Account with the Lender, which shall be charged to the Lender by the Retention Account Charge. On the date falling one (1) month from the Drawdown Date and on the same date in each consecutive following calendar month (provided that if such day is not a Banking Day, the next following Banking Day) the Lender will transfer from the Earnings Account to the Retention Account an amount equal to one third (1/3 rd ) of each Repayment Instalment payable on the next Repayment Date thereof and the relevant monthly fraction of the interest in respect thereof due on the relevant next Interest Payment Date; PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT, without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 31, the Lender will be entitled not to exercise the right conferred on the Lender under this Clause 25.02, for as long as the Lender thinks fit, at the Lender's sole and absolute discretion.

25.03
The Lender shall pay interest to the Borrower on the credit balances from time to time in the Retention Account at the rate, which it usually pays on equivalent amounts and in accordance with its usual practice.

50

 
25.04
On each Repayment Date the Lender shall transfer from the Retention Account to the Loan Account(s) an amount equal to each relevant Repayment Instalment payable on that date and on each relevant Interest Payment Date the Lender shall transfer from the Retention Account to the Loan Account(s) an amount equal to the interest payable in respect thereof under Clause 7 on that date.
      
25.05
In the event that there are insufficient funds in the Earnings Accounts to pay the amounts referred to in Clause 25.02 above the Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender an amount equal to the difference between the actual amount in the Earnings Account and the amount due under Clause 25.02 on the first Banking Day in such month.

25.06
The Lender acknowledges that the Borrower shall, unless and until an Event of Default or a Possible Event of Default shall occur and the Lender shall direct to the contrary, be entitled from time to time, to require that moneys for the time being standing to the credit of the Accounts be transferred in such amounts and for such periods as the Borrower selects to fixed-term deposit accounts (" deposit accounts ") opened in the name of the Borrower with the Lender.
The Borrower shall not be entitled to withdraw moneys standing to the credit of the relevant Account which are the subject of a fixed term deposit until the expiry of the period of such deposit unless the Borrower shall, on withdrawing such moneys pay to the Lender on demand any loss or expense which the Lender shall certify that it has sustained or incurred as a result of such withdrawal being made prior to the expiry of the period of the relevant deposit and the Lender shall be entitled to debit the relevant Account for the amount so certified prior to such withdrawal being made.  In the event that any moneys so deposited are to be applied pursuant to this Clause 25, the Borrower shall, on such application being made, pay to the Lender on demand any loss or expense which the Lender shall certify that it has sustained or incurred as a result of such application being made prior to the expiry of the period of the relevant deposit and the Lender shall be entitled to debit the relevant Account for the amount so certified prior to such application being made.  Any deposit accounts shall, for all the purposes of the Security Documents, be deemed to be sub-accounts of the relevant Account from which the moneys deposited in the deposit accounts were transferred and all references in the Security Documents to such Account shall be deemed to include the deposit accounts deemed as aforesaid to be sub-accounts thereof.

26.           EXPENSES

26.01
Whether or not the Facility or any part thereof, is actually drawn down the Borrower shall reimburse the Lender on demand for all costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation and conclusion of this Agreement and the Security Documents including fees and expenses of the Lender's legal advisers.

51

 
26.02
The Borrower shall reimburse the Lender on demand for all charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in or in connection with the exercise of the Lender's rights and powers under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents (including but not limited to the fees and charges of auditors, brokers, surveyors and lawyers instructed by the Lender) and with the actual, attempted or purported enforcement of, or preservation of rights under this Agreement and the Security Documents.
 
27.           INDEMNITY

The Borrower hereunder undertakes and agrees to indemnify the Lender, upon the Lender's first demand, from and against any losses, costs or expenses (including legal expenses) which it incurs in consequence of any Event of Default including (but without limitation) all losses (including loss of profit for the current Interest Period), premiums and penalties incurred or to be incurred in liquidating or redeploying deposits made by third parties or funds acquired or arranged to advance or maintain the Facility or any part thereof and any liability items which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea.
 
28.           ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY

The Borrower undertakes to indemnify the Lender against all damages, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, penalties, fines or proceedings which may be incurred or paid by or imposed on the Lender directly or indirectly at any time (whether before or after the Indebtedness has been repaid in full) pursuant to any Environmental Law or any other environmental legislation of any state or government which would not have been incurred or paid by or imposed on the Lender had it not entered into this Agreement and/or the Security Documents.

29.           STAMP DUTIES

The Borrower shall pay any and all stamp, registration and similar taxes and charges of whatsoever nature, which may be payable or determined to be payable on, or in connection with, the execution, registration, notarisation, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or the Security Documents. The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from delay or omission on the part of the Borrower to pay any such taxes.

30.           DETERMINATIONS

Each determination of an Interest Rate or a Default Rate or of any amount in respect of principal or interest or fees or expenses by the Lender in accordance with this Agreement and every other determination or certification by the Lender under this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

 

52

31.           NO WAIVER

No failure to exercise and no delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or power preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights, powers and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies provided by law.

 
32.           PARTIAL INVALIDITY

In the event that any term or condition of this Agreement is rendered or declared illegal, invalid or inoperative in whole or in part by any statute rule or regulation or any decision of any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction then such determination or declaration shall neither affect the validity of any other term or condition of this Agreement which (save as aforesaid) will remain in full force and effect nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such term or condition under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

33.           TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT

33.01
This Agreement shall bind and be to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

33.02
The Borrower may not assign any of each rights, powers, duties or liabilities hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender, which it shall have full power to withhold.

33.03
The Lender may at any time assign or transfer all or part of the Facility and its rights and powers under this Agreement to any other bank or other financial institution (the "Transferee Lender").
 
 
Any assignment or transfer of all or part of the Lender's rights or benefits under this Agreement may only be effected with the prior written consent of the Borrower such consent not to be unreasonably withheld unless the assignee or the transferee shall be a subsidiary or the holding company of the Lender or a subsidiary of such holding company in which case no such consent shall be required but written notice of such assignment or transfer shall be given to the Borrower.
 
33.04
The Lender may at any time and from time to time change its lending office in respect of the whole or any part of its participation in the Facility. The Lender shall notify the Borrower of any such change in the lending office as soon as is practicable.

33.05
If the Lender assigns or transfers all or any part of its rights, powers duties and liabilities hereunder pursuant to Clause 33.03 the Borrower undertakes immediately on being requested to do so by the Lender and at the cost of the Lender to enter into and procure that the other parties to the Security Documents shall enter into, such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the Transferee Lender all or the relevant part of the Lender's interest in the Security Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement and the Security Documents to the Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Lender and/or its assignee or transferee (as the case may be) to the extent of their respective interests.

53


34.           NON-IMMUNITY

34.01
The Borrower does not have any right of immunity from set-off, suit or execution, attachment or other legal process under the laws of the United Kingdom or the Republic of Greece, or the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Republic of Liberia.

34.02
The exercise by the Borrower of its respective rights and performance and discharge of its duties and liabilities hereunder will constitute commercial acts done and performed for private and commercial purposes.

34.03
To the extent that the Borrower may in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be taken for the enforcement of this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents claim for itself or its assets immunity from suit, judgment, execution, attachment (whether, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to itself or its assets any such immunity (whether or not claimed), the Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives any such immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.

35.           NOTICES

35.01
Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Security Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Security Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

35.02           A notice shall be sent:

(a)           to the Borrower:    c/o EUROBULK LTD
Aethrion Center
40, Agiou Konstantinou Street
151 24 Maroussi
Greece
Fax No.: +30 211 1804097

(b)           to the Lender:        93 Akti Miaouli
185 38 Piraeus, Greece
Fax No: +30 210 4290506

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the other in writing.

54



35.03
Subject to Clauses 35.04 and 35.05:
 
a)
a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;
 
b)
a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, two (2) hours after its transmission is completed.
 
35.04
However, if under Clause 35.03 a notice would be deemed to be served:
      
a)           on a day which is not a Banking Day in the place of receipt; or
 
b)           on such a Banking Day, but after 5 p.m. local time;
 
the notice shall (subject to Clause 35.05) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a Banking Day.

35.05
Clauses 35.03 and 35.04 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one (1) hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form, which is illegible in a material respect.

35.06
A notice under or in connection with a Security Document shall not be invalid by reason that the manner of serving it does not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Security Documents under which it is served if the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Security Documents, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice.

35.07
Any notice under or in connection with a Security Document shall be in English.

35.08
In this Clause "notice" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

36           SUPPLEMENTAL

36.01
The rights and remedies which the Security Documents give to the Lender are:

a)           cumulative;
 
b)           may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
 
c)
shall not, unless a Security Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
 
36.02
If any provision of a Security Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of
the other provisions of that Security Document or of the provisions of any other Security Document.

55


36.03
A Security Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

36.04
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

36.05
This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between the Lender and the Borrower or its representatives prior to the date of this Agreement.

37           LAW AND JURISDICTION

37.01
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

37.02
Subject to Clause 37.03, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

37.03
Clause 37.02 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender, which reserves the right:

(a)
to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of the Republic of Greece and/or any country other than England or Greece and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and
 
(b)
to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or Greece or without commencing proceedings in England or Greece.
 
 
The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter, which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.
 
37.04
The Borrower irrevocably appoints Messrs. Hill Dickinson Service (London) Limited presently at Irongate House, Duke's Place, London EC3A 7LP England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.

37.05
The Borrower irrevocably designates and appoints Mr. Ioannis Vekris, Advocate, with offices at 9, Neofytou Vamva street, 10674, Athens, Greece as agent for the service of process in Greece (" antiklitos ") and agrees to consider any legal process or any demand or notice made served by or on behalf of the Lender on the said agent as being made to the Borrower. The designation of such an authorized agent (" antiklitos ") shall remain irrevocable until all Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Security Documents.

37.06
Nothing in this Clause 37 shall exclude or limit any right, which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

37.07
In this Clause 37, "proceedings" means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure or enforcement court order ( diatagi pliromis ).

38.           THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENTS

In case of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any of the other Security Documents the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
 

AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto the day and year first above written.


SIGNED                                                                )
By Mr. Gerassimos Mendoros                         )
for and on behalf of                                           )                   /s/Gerassimos Mendoros
HSBC BANK PLC                                             )
in the presence of:                                             )






SIGNED by                                                         )
By Mrs. Stefania Karmiri                                   )
for and on behalf of                                           )                    /s/Stefania Karmiri
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.                        )
in the presence of:                                             )

56



SCHEDULE 1

Notice of Drawdown

TO:         HSBC BANK PLC
93 Akti Miaouli
185 38 Piraeus
Greece

Date: [ l ]
Dear Sirs,

Financial Agreement dated     December 2009

1.
We refer to the financial agreement dated  December 2009 (the " Financial Agreement ") and made between ourselves as borrower and yourselves as lender, in connection with a loan facility of up to $13,000,000.
 
Terms defined in the Financial Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Notice of Drawdown.
 
 2. 
We request to borrow the Facility as follows:
 
  (a) 
Amount: US$ [ ˜ ];
 
  (b) 
Drawdown Date: [ ˜ ] 2009;
 
  (c) 
Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [ ˜ ] months; and
 
  (d) 
Payment instructions: [ ˜ ]
 
3.
We represent and warrant that:
 
  (a) 
the representations and warranties in Clause 15 of the Financial Agreement and in the other Security Documents would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing;
 
  (b) 
no Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Facility.
 
 4. 
This notice cannot be revoked without your prior written consent of the Lender.
 

57


5.
We authorise you to deduct from the proceeds of the Facility the amount of the fees referred to in Clause 24
 

 
Yours faithfully,
 

 
For and on behalf of
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.


________________________
………………………………..
Attorney-in-Fact






58


SCHEDULE 2

Acknowledgement

                       [ ˜ ] 2009



Financial Agreement dated     December 2009 (the "Financial Agreement")


We the undersigned Borrower declare that in connection with the above Financial Agreement we received the Facility in the amount of [ ˜ ] Dollars ($[ ˜ ]) value [ ˜ ] 2009.

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings specified in the Financial Agreement.

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.


________________________
………………………………..
Attorney-in-Fact




59


Exhibit 10.7

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FINANCIAL AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 15, 2009

This Amendment No. 1 is dated as of April 14, 2010 (the "Amendment") and amends that certain financial agreement dated as of December 15, 2009 (the "Loan Agreement"), entered into by and between (1) HSBC Bank plc, as lender and (2) Pantelis Shipping Corp., as borrower.  All terms not defined herein shall have the meanings given thereto in the Loan Agreement.

WHEREAS, the parties to the Loan Agreement have agreed to enter into this Amendment to amend certain provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendment of Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a)
Section 18.10 shall be amended to add the following at the end thereof:

"or entering into contracts or agreements that are related to the shipping business"; and

(b)
Section 18.15 shall be deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

"to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) ensure and procure that (a) the Borrower remains the sole owner of the Ship and (b) Euroseas Ltd. remains the sole owner of the Borrower;"

Section 2. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of England.

Section 3. Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  A signature to this Amendment transmitted electronically shall have the same authority, effect, and enforceability as an original signature.







[Signature Page Follows ]
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.
 
 
 
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
   
   
 
By:
/s/Stephania Karmiri
 
Name:
Stephania Karmiri
 
Title:
Attorney-in-Fact
   
   
   
 
HSBC BANK PLC
   
   
 
By:
/Nicholas Karellis
 
Name:
Nicholas Karellis
 
Title:
Head of Shipping

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8
 
Dated 12 January 2015
________________________






HSBC BANK PLC
as Lender




-and-




ULTRA TWO SHIPPING LTD

as Borrower







_______________________________________________

FINANCIAL AGREEMENT
_______________________________________________


Relating to a term loan facility not exceeding
US$19,950,000



 

 




INDEX
1
PURPOSE
2
2
DEFINITIONS
2
3
THE FACILITY- AVAILABILITY
22
4
HEDGING STRATEGY
23
5
NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN
25
6
INTEREST PERIODS
26
7
INTEREST
27
8
DEFAULT INTEREST
27
9
SUBSTITUTE BASIS
28
10
PREPAYMENT
29
11
REPAYMENT
32
12
APPLICATION
33
13
EVIDENCE OF DEBT
34
14
PAYMENTS
34
15
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
35
16
CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES
40
17
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
41
18
SECURITIES
47
19
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT
47
20
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
50
21
INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS
56
22
OPERATIONAL UNDERTAKINGS
58
23
SECURITY MARGIN
63
24
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
63
25
SET-OFF
67
26
FEES
68
27
EARNINGS AND RETENTION ACCOUNTS
68
28
EXPENSES
70
29
INDEMNITY
70
30
ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY
70
31
CONFIDENTIALITY
70
32
LENDER'S BUSINESS
72
33
STAMP DUTIES- TAXES ETC
72
34
DETERMINATIONS
72
35
NO WAIVER
73
36
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
73
37
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT
73
38
NON-IMMUNITY
74
39
NOTICES
74
40
SUPPLEMENTAL
75
41
LAW AND JURISDICTION
76
42
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS
77
EXECUTION PAGE
78
SCHEDULE1
79
SCHEDULE 2
81


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 12 January 2015.
BETWEEN
1)              HSBC BANK PLC, as lender; and
2)              ULTRA TWO SHIPPING LTD as borrower;
IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1 PURPOSE
1.01 This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender has agreed to make available to the Borrower, as borrower, a term loan facility, up to the maximum amount of Nineteen million Nine hundred Fifty thousand Dollars ($19,950,000) in one (1) advance, for the purpose of assisting the Borrower in partly financing the Construction Cost of the Ship.
1.02 The Borrower has the option to hedge its exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations by entering into interest rate swap transactions with the Lender at the times and in the manner hereinafter set forth.
2 DEFINITIONS
2.01 In this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:
" Accounts "   means collectively the Earnings Account and the Retention Account and, in the singular, means either of them;
" Accounts' Charges "   means collectively the Earnings Account Charge and the Retention Account Charge, and in the singular means either of them;
" Accounting Information "   means the combined audited by the Auditors annual and the unaudited semi annual financial statements of the Group, each as provided or (as the context may require) to be provided to the Lender in accordance with Clause 20.01 of this Agreement;
" Accounting Period "   means (a) each financial year of the Guarantor and (b) each half of each financial year of the Guarantor for which Accounting Information is required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement;
" Additional Instalment Amount "   means an amount equal to the fraction having as numerator the Approved Charter Additional Facility Amount and denominator the number of the Repayment Instalments that fall due within the period of the Approved Charter.
2


" Applicable Accounting Principles "   means those accounting principles, standards and practices on which preparation of the Accounting Information is based, which are US GAAP and principles and practices adopted by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including without limitation the Borrower) at the date hereof or at any time thereafter and notified to and accepted by the Lender;
" Applicable Margin "   means two point eighty per cent (2.80%) per annum, PROVIDED HOWEVER that, without prejudice to Clause 23, in the event that, at any time during the Security Period, the Market Value of the Ship (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26) is less than one hundred forty three per cent (143%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure, and the Borrower has not, within ten (10) Banking Days of receipt of a notice from the Lender advising the Borrower of the amount of such deficiency (which notice, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive), provided to the Lender additional security (valued in accordance with normal banking practice) which shall in all respects be satisfactory to the Lender so that the Market Value of the Ship (determined in accordance with Clause 22.26) together with the value of any additional security (valued as aforesaid) provided to the Lender is at least one hundred forty three per cent (143%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure or prepaid part of the Facility in accordance with Clause 10 so that, following such prepayment, the Market Value of the Ship (determined in accordance with Clause 22.26) is at least one hundred forty three per cent (143%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure, the Applicable Margin shall be increased to three point forty five per cent (3.45%) per annum for. such Interest Periods during which the Market Value of the Ship (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26) remains less than one hundred forty three per cent (143%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure;
" Approved Brokers "   means the insurance brokers appointed by the Borrower with the Lender's prior approval;
" Approved Charter "   means in respect of the Ship, a time charter to be made between the Borrower and a charterer acceptable to the Lender in its reasonable discretion, for a period of not less than twenty four (24) months, at such hire rate and on such other terms and conditions as may be acceptable to the Lender in its reasonable discretion;
" Approved Charter Assignment "   means the first priority deed of assignment of the rights of the Borrower under the Approved Charter, made or, as the context may require, to be made by and between the Borrower and the Lender relative to the Approved Charter of the Ship, and acknowledged by the relevant charterer(s), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
3


" Approved Charter Additional Facility Amount "   means the amount equal to the difference between (a) the amount of the Facility Available for Drawdown if the Ship is under an Approved Charter, pursuant to Clause 3.01.01, and (b) the amount of the Facility Available for Drawdown if the Ship is not under an Approved Charter, pursuant to Clause 3.01.02, at the Drawdown Date.
" Approved Shareholders "   means collectively the individuals declared to and acceptable by the Lender in its sole discretion, and in the singular means any of them;
" Auditors "   means any first class firm of international accountants to be approved by the Lender;
" Availability Period "   means the period commencing from the date of this Agreement and ending on the Termination Date;
" Balloon Payment "   means a payment in the amount of Eleven million Four hundred Eighty Five thousand Dollars ($11,485,000) to be made by the Borrower to the Lender on the twentieth (201 ) and final Repayment Date together with the twentieth (201 ) and final Repayment Instalment;
" Banking Day "   means a day on which banks and financial markets are open for business in all of Piraeus, New York and London and any other financial centre which the Lender (acting reasonably) may deem appropriate for the operation of the provisions of this Agreement;
" Borrower "   means ULTRA TWO SHIPPING LTD, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia, having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia and Registration Number C-116832;
" Broken Funding Costs "   means any amount that the Lender may certify as necessary to compensate the Lender for any loss (other than Taxes) incurred or to be incurred by the Lender as a consequence of repayment in respect of funds borrowed (or committed to be borrowed) or deposits taken (or committed to be taken) from third parties in connection with the Facility, or in liquidating or re-employing such funds or deposits for the remaining part of the then current Interest Period;
" Classification Society "   means Bureau Veritas, or such other classification society member of the lACS as may be approved in writing by the Lender;
" Code "   means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
" CTA "   means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.
4


" Commitment Letter "   means the letter dated 23 October 2014, issued by the Lender addressed to the Guarantor and duly accepted by it on behalf of the Borrower and the other Security Parties on 10 November 2014;
" Compulsory Acquisition "   means requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition, requisition, appropriation, expropriation, deprivation, forfeiture or confiscation for any reason of the Ship by any Government Entity or other competent authority, whether de jure or de facto, but shall exclude requisition for use or hire not involving requisition of title;
" Confidential Information "   means all information relating to any Security Party, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which the Lender becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, the Lender which is received by the Lender in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming the Lender under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from any Security Party or any of its advisers in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:
(i)              is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of
any breach by the Lender of Clause 31(Confidentiality); or
(ii)              is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Security Party or any of its advisers; or
(iii)              is known by the Lender before the date the information is disclosed to it by any Security Party or any of its advisers or is lawfully obtained by the Lender after that date, from a source which is, as far as the Lender is aware, unconnected with any Security Party and which, in either case, as far as the Lender is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality;
" Confirmation "   in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, has the meaning ascribed to it in the Master Agreement;
" Construction Cost "   means the amount of Twenty Eight million, Five hundred thousand Dollars (28,500,000$);
" Control "   means in relation to a body corporate:
(a) the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:
(i) cast, or control the casting of, more than fifty per cent (50%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of such body corporate; or
(ii) appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of such body corporate; or
5


(ii) give directions with respect to the operating and financial polices of such body corporate with which the directors or other equivalent officers of such body corporate are obliged to comply; and/or
(b) the holding beneficially of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the issued share capital of such body corporate (excluding any part of that issued capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital),
and " Controlled "   shall be construed accordingly;
" Controlling person(s) "   has the meaning defined under local or foreign tax laws, regulatory guidance or intergovernmental cooperation agreements.
" Consolidated Debt "   means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of Debt owed by the members of the Group (other than any Debt owing by any member of the Group to another member of the Group), as stated in the then most recent Accounting Information relevant to such Accounting Period;
" Corporate Security Parties "   means those of the Security Parties, which are companies or corporations and not natural persons and, in the singular, means any of them;
" Debt "   means, in relation to any member of the Group (the " debtor " ):
(a) Financial Indebtedness of the debtor;
(b) liability for any credit to the debtor from a supplier of goods or services or under any instalment purchase or payment plan or other similar arrangement;
(c) contingent liabilities of the debtor (including without limitation any taxes or other payments under dispute) which have been or, under the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied, should be recorded in the notes to the Accounting Information;
(d) deferred tax of the debtor; and
(e) liability under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person who is not a member of the Group which would fall within (a) to (d) above if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;
" Default Rate "   means the interest rate referred to in Clause 8.01;
6


" Delivery Date "   means the date on which the Ship is delivered to the Borrower pursuant to the Purchase Documents;
" Designated Transaction "   means a Transaction which, without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 4.03, fulfils the following requirements:
a) it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Lender;
b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Facility; and
c) it is designated by the Borrower, by delivery by the Borrower to the Lender of a notice of designation as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;
" Dollars "   or "$" means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;
" Drawdown "   means the making of the Facility by the Lender to the Borrower;
" Drawdown Date "   means the date requested by the Borrower for the Facility to be made available or (as the context requires) the date on which the Facility is actually made available;
" Early Termination Date "   in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Master Agreement;
" Earnings "   means in relation to the Ship all freight, hire, passage monies and any other amounts whatsoever which may at any time be earned by or become payable to or for the account of the Borrower or its agents arising out of or as a result of the ownership, possession, management and/or operation of the Ship by the Borrower or its agents or under any charter (including, but without limitation the Approved Charter), contract of carriage or other contract (including a salvage or towage contract) for the use, operation or management of the Ship, all payments for any variation of any such contract and all damages for any breach of any such contract, all general average and salvage remuneration and all compensation for requisition for hire; !
" Earnings Account "   means the interest-bearing deposit account opened or to be opened in the name of the Borrower to be maintained throughout the Security Period with the Lender in Piraeus, Greece or any other branch of the Lender in Greece or elsewhere as the Lender may reasonably designate, into which all the Earnings of the Ship are to be paid in accordance with clause 22.02, such account to include any substitute account or revised account or revised designation or number whatsoever and any deposit account to which monies from the Earnings Account may from time to time be paid on a time deposit basis;
7


" Earnings Account Charge "   means the first priority assignment, pledge and charge to be granted by the Borrower to the Lender on the Earnings Account in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time hereafter be amended or supplemented;
" Encumbrance " means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust agreement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or having the effect of conferring security or any type of preferential agreement (including without limitation, title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect);
" Environmental Approvals "   means any permit, licence, approval, ruling, certification, exemption or other authorisation relating to the Ship required under any applicable Environmental Laws;
" Environmental Claim "   means:
(a)
any claim by or directive from any applicable governmental, judicial or regulatory authority alleging breach of, or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals or otherwise howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident; or
 
(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident;
and " claim "   means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;
" Environmental Incident " means:
(a) any release, discharge, disposal or emission of Environmentally Sensitive Material by or from a Relevant Ship; or
(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Relevant Ship and which involves a collision between a Relevant Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Relevant Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Relevant Ship and/or any owner and/or any other operator or manager thereof is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Relevant Ship and in connection with which any Relevant Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any
8


owner and/or any operator or manager of any Relevant Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;
" Environmental Laws "   means all national and international laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, rules of common law, conventions and agreements whatsoever pertaining to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material (including without limitation, the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any comparable laws of the individual States of the United States of America);
" Environmentally Sensitive Material "   means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance), which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;
" Event of Default "   means any event referred to in Clause 24;
" Excess Risks "   means in relation to the Ship the proportion of claims for general average and salvage charges and under the ordinary running-down clause, which is not recoverable in consequence of the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding her insured value;
" Facility "   means the term loan facility in an amount of up to Nineteen million Nine hundred Fifty thousand Dollars ($19,950,000) to be made available to the Borrower by the Lender in one (1) advance pursuant to the terms of Clause 3 or, if the context may so require, so much thereof as shall for the time being be outstanding to the Lender hereunder;
" Facility Available for Drawdown if the Ship is under an Approved Charter "   has the meaning attributed to it in Clause 3.01.01;
" Facility Available for Drawdown if the Ship is not under an Approved Charter "   has the meaning attributed to it in Clause 3.01.02;
" FATCA "   means:
(a)              sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;
(b)              any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of (a); or
(c)              any agreement pursuant to the implementation of (a) or (b) with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;
" FATCA Application Date " means:
9


(a)              in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;
(b)              in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or
(c)              in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within (a) or (b), 1 January 2017,
or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
 
" FATCA Deduction "   means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA
" FATCA Exempt Party "   means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
" FATCA FFI "   means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if the Lender is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.
" Finance Documents " means:
(a)              this Agreement; and
(b)              the Master Agreement; and
(b)              the Security Documents; and
(c)              any other document (whether creating an Encumbrance or not) which is executed at any time by any Security Party or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities' arrangement in relation to any amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in this definition;
" Financial Indebtedness "   means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
(a)              moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;
(b)              any acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent);
(c)              any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;
(d)              the amount of any liability in respect of any finance or capital lease;
(e)              receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);
(f)              any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury
Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);
10


(g)              any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of (i) an underlying liability of an entity which is not a Security Party which liability would fall within one of the other sections of this definition or (ii) any liabilities of any Security Party relating to any post-retirement benefit scheme;
(h)             any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the Termination Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under standard accounting principles;
(i)              any amount of any liability under an purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons advance or deferred behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 30 days after the date of supply;
(j)              any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under standard accounting principles; and
(k)             the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in (a) to (j).
" Fleet Book Value "   means at the end of a relevant period the aggregate book value of the Fleet Vessels less depreciation as stated in the most recent Accounting Information of the Group delivered pursuant to Clause 20.01;
" Fleet Market Value "   means at the date of calculation the aggregate of the Market Values of the Fleet Vessels;
" Fleet Vessels "   means all of the vessels (including but not limited to the Ship) from time to time wholly owned by members of the Group (including, without limitation, the Borrower) and, in the singular means any of them;
" General Assignment "   means the first priority deed of assignment made or, as the context may require, to be made by and between the Borrower and the Lender relative to the Insurances, the Earnings and the Requisition Compensation of the Ship in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Government Entity "   means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency or tribunal and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;
" Group "   means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (whether direct or indirect and including without limitation the Borrower and each other Corporate Security Party)
11


from time to time during the Security Period and " members of the Group "   shall be construed accordingly;
" Guarantee "   means the guarantee in respect of the Borrower' obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, to be executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Guarantor "   means EUROSEAS LTD ., a corporation organised and existing under the Laws of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands and each other company or person, who may from time to time guarantee the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Holding "   means, in relation to the Guarantor, the beneficial holding by the Approved Shareholder of the issued share capital of the Guarantor [excluding any part of that issued capital that carries (i) no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital and/or (ii) no power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of votes at a general meeting of the Guarantor];
" Indebtedness "   means the aggregate of the Facility and interest thereon and any and all moneys, liabilities and obligations (whether actual or contingent, whether existing or hereafter arising, whether or not for the payment of money, and including, without limitation, the Master Agreement Liabilities, Broken Funding Costs (if any), and any obligation or liability to pay damages) which are now or which may at any time and from time to time hereafter be due, owing, payable or incurred or expressed to be due, owing, payable or incurred from any Security Party (whether as principal, surety or otherwise) to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and/or in connection herewith and/or therewith (as conclusively - in the absence of manifest error- certified by the Lender);
" Insurance Documents "   means all slips, cover notes, contracts, policies, certificates of entry or other insurance documents evidencing or constituting the Insurances from time to time in effect;
" Insurances "   means all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of the Ship in a protection and indemnity or mutual hull or war risks association) or such other arrangements by way of insurance which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with the Ship pursuant to this Agreement and including all benefits thereof including all claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums;
" Insurers "   means the underwriters, insurance companies, mutual insurance associations with or by which the Insurances are effected;
12


" Interest Determination Date "   means the Banking Day, which is two (2) Banking Days prior to the commencement of an Interest Period;
" Interest Payment Date "   means each day on which interest is payable in accordance with Clause 7, provided that if any such day is not a Banking Day, the relevant Interest Payment Date shall be the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day, unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls into another calendar month, in which event, the relevant Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;
" Interest Period "   means each of the successive periods determined in accordance with Clause 6 of this Agreement during which the Facility or any part thereof is outstanding and for which an Interest Rate in respect thereof is to be established hereunder;
" Interest Rate "   means (save as provided in Clause 9) the rate(s) of interest applicable to the Facility (or any part thereof) during each Interest Period in respect thereof which is/are conclusively (in the absence of manifest error) certified by the Lender to the Borrower to be the aggregate of (a) the Applicable Margin and (b) LIBOR and (c) the Mandatory Cost (if any);
" ISM Code "   means, in relation to its application to the Manager, the Borrower, the Ship and her operation:
(a) 'The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention', currently known or referred to as the 'ISM Code', adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A.741(18) on 4 November 1993 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974(SOLAS 1974); and
(b) all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the 'Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A. 788(19) adopted on 25 November 1995,
as the same may be amended supplemented or replaced from time to time;
" ISM Code Documentation "   includes, in relation to the Ship:
(a) the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued pursuant to the ISM Code within the periods specified by the ISM Code; and
13


(b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Lender may require; and
(c) any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain compliance of the Ship or the compliance of the Borrower and the Manager with the ISM Code which the Lender may require;
" ISM SMS "   means, in relation to the Ship, the safety management system for the Ship which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained by the Borrower under the ISM Code;
" ISPS Code "   means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organization Assembly as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time;
" ISPS Code Documentation "   includes in relation to the Ship:
(a) the International Ship Security Certificate issued pursuant to the ISPS Code within the periods specified by the ISPS Code; and
(b) all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Lender may require;
" ITA "   means the Income Tax Act 2007;
" Lender "   means HSBC BANK PLC, a banking company duly incorporated under the laws of England whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom, and shall include its successors and assigns;
" Leverage Ratio "   means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the ratio of the Consolidated Debt (as stated in the then most recent Accounting Information) to the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets of the Group, relevant to such Accounting Period;
" LIBOR "   means, for an Interest Period:
(a) the applicable Screen Rate; or
(b) (if no Screen Rate is available for any Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) quoted to the Lender in the London interbank market, at 11.00 a.m. on the Interest Determination Date for that Interest Period for the offering of deposits in Dollars in an amount comparable to the Facility (or any relevant part of the Facility) and for a period comparable to the relevant Interest Period and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.
" Loan Account "   means collectively the account or accounts maintained by the Lender referred to in Clause 13;
14


" Major Casualty "   means any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds Seven hundred thousand Dollars ($700,000) or the equivalent in any other currency;
" Management Agreement "   means in relation to the Ship, the management agreement in respect of the Ship made or to be made by and between (i) the Borrower and (ii) the Manager on terms acceptable to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Manager "   means EUROBULK LTD., a company organised and existing under the laws of Liberia, with its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia, having established an office in Greece under Law 89/67 (as in force) at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, Marousi 15124, Athens, Greece or any other company that may approved by the Lender as the manager of the Ship, in the Lender's sole discretion;
" Manager's Undertakings "   means, in relation to the Ship, a letter of undertaking including, where appropriate, an assignment of any obligatory insurances, executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Lender, on such terms as the Lender may approve or require;
" Mandatory Cost "   means the cost imputed to the Lender of compliance with the mandatory liquid asset requirements and/or the banking supervision or any other costs whatsoever imposed by national or international regulations.
" Market Value "   means in respect of each of the Fleet Vessels (including without limitation the Ship), the value thereof at each relevant time determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 22.26;
" Market Value Adjusted Net Worth "   means at any relevant time the amount obtained by deducting from the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets the amount of the Total Liabilities;
" Market Value Adjusted Total Assets "   means at any relevant time the Total Assets as adjusted by replacing the Fleet Book Value with the Fleet Market Value;
" Material Adverse Effect "   means in the reasonable opinion of the Lender a material adverse effect on:
(a)              the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Security Party; or
(b)              the ability of any Security Party to perform its payment obligations under any Finance Document; or
(c)              the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Encumbrance granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Finance Documents.
15


" Master Agreement "   means the master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency — Crossborder) form) and the Schedule thereto, both made or to be made between the Borrower and the Lender and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged thereunder, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Master Agreement Assignment "   means in relation to the Master Agreement, the assignment of that Master Agreement in favour of the Lender, executed or, as the context requires, to be executed by the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as security for the Indebtedness, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Master Agreement Liabilities "   means at any relevant time all liabilities actual or contingent, present or future of the Borrower to the Lender under the Master Agreement;
" Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure "   means an amount not exceeding One million Dollars ($1,000,000);
" Mortgage "   means, in relation to the Ship, the first preferred Mortgage or the first priority statutory mortgage and a deed of covenants collateral thereto (as the case may be) on the Ship, granted or, as the context may require, to be granted by the Borrower in favour of the Lender to secure the due payment of the Indebtedness in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" NASDAQ "   means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation;
" Nomination Date "   means the Banking Day which is two (2) Banking Days prior to the commencement of an Interest Period;
" Notice of Drawdown "   means the written notice given by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to Clause 5.01.04 substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto (or in any other form which the Lender may require);
" Original Jurisdiction "   means, in relation to a Security Party, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Security Party is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement;
" Party "   means a party to this Agreement;
" Permitted Liens "   means any supplier's, carrier's, seamen's, workman's or similar lien arising in the ordinary course of business automatically by statute or by operation of law and not by way of contract in respect of amounts not yet due and payable but
16


excluding any lien arising from any default or omission of the Security Parties or any of them;
" Potential Event of Default "   means any event, which with the giving of notice or passage of time or the combination of both or the fulfilment of any other condition may become an Event of Default;
" Proceeds "   means the proceeds paid under the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, or any of them (including but not limited to the proceeds of any sale of the Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances), the proceeds from the enforcement of any of the Finance Documents, and following an Event of Default which is continuing any moneys to the credit of the Earnings Account and the Retention Account or either of them;
" Prohibited Person "   means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;
" Protection and Indemnity Risks "   means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association that is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations, including the proportion not otherwise recoverable in case of collision under the ordinary running-down clause;
" Purchase Documents "   means collectively the shipbuilding contract dated 30 November 2013, entered by and among Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd and Sumec Marine Co., Ltd. both of the People's Republic of China as joint and several sellers and the Borrower as buyer and all other contracts, bills of sale and other documents whatsoever made or to be made, whereby the Borrower contracted to buy and pursuant to which the Borrower will acquire title of the Ship, as they may be amended, supplemented or varied from time to time with the prior consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld;
" Related Fund "   means, in relation to a fund (the " first fund " ), a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund, or, .if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate (as such term is defined in Clause 31) of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.
" Relevant Jurisdiction "   means, in relation to a Security Party:
(a) its Original Jurisdiction;
(b) any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to a Finance Document to be executed by it is situated;
(c) any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and
(d) the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Finance Documents entered by it;
17


" Relevant Ship "   means all Fleet Vessels, (including without limitation the Ship), and any other ship from time to time owned, managed or crewed by, or demise or bareboat chartered to the Borrower, the Manager or any other member of the Group;
" Repayment Dates "   means, collectively (i) the date falling three (3) months from the Drawdown Date and (ii) each of the eighteen (18) dates falling at consecutive three monthly intervals thereafter and (iii) the twentieth (20th) date falling two (2) months after the immediately preceeding (nineteenth) Repayment Date; provided that if any such day is not a Banking Day the relevant Repayment Date shall be the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls in another calendar month in which event the relevant Repayment Date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;
" Repayment Instalments "   means, in respect of the Facility, collectively the Repayment Instalments referred to in Clause 11.01 and in the singular means any one of them;
" Requisition Compensation "   means all compensation payable by reason of any Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship;
" Retention Account "   means an account to be opened in the name of the Borrower pursuant to Clause 27 where monies shall be deposited in accordance with Clause 27, such account to include any substitute account or revised account or revised designation or number whatsoever and any deposit account to which monies from such account may from time to time be paid on a time deposit basis;
" Retention Account Charge "   means the assignment, pledge and charge to be granted by the Borrower to the Lender on the Retention Account in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Sanctions "   means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the forgoing):
(a) imposed by any law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America, whether or not any Security Party or any other member of the Group is legally bound to comply with the forgoing; or
(b) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation by which any Security Party, or any other member of the Group, is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Security Party or any other member of the Group;
" Screen Rate "   means in relation to LlBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period
18


displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or the service ceases to be available, the Lender may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower.
" Security Documents "   means collectively the Mortgage, the General Assignment, the Approved Charter Assignment, the Account Charges, the Manager's Undertaking, the Master Agreement Assignment, the Guarantee and any other agreement or document that may be executed at any time by any Security Party or any other person as security for all or any part of the Indebtedness, as each of them may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented and in the singular means any of them;
" Security Parties "   means each party to the Finance Documents (other than the Lender) and in the singular means any of them;
" Security Period "   means the period during which the Finance Documents or any of them remain in effect and ending when the Indebtedness is paid in full to the satisfaction of the Lender;
" Security Requirement "   means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lender) which is at least equal to:
(i) if the Master Agreement is utilized and for as long as it is utilized, One hundred Twenty Five per cent (125%) of the aggregate amount of the Facility and the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure at any relevant time; or
(ii) if the Master Agreement is not utilized, One hundred Thirty per cent (130%) of the Facility at any relevant time;
PROVIDED HOWEVER that for as long as the Holding by the Approved Shareholders in the Guarantor falls below twenty per cent (20%) but remains above ten per cent (10%), the Security Requirement will, at all times, (unless the Lender provides its prior written consent permitting otherwise) be an amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lender) equal to One hundred Sixty Six point Five per cent (166.5%) of the aggregate amount of (i) the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure;
" Security Value "   means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lender) which is, at any relevant time, the aggregate of (a) the Market Value of the Ship as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 22.26 and (b) the market value of any additional security for the time being provided to the Lender;
19


" Ship "   means the bulk carrier of 63,500 DWT with Hull Nr DY161, currently constructed pursuant to the shipbuilding contract dated 30 November 2013, entered by and among Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd and Sumec Marine Co., Ltd. both of the People's Republic of China as joint and several sellers and the Borrower as buyer, which, upon her deliver to the Borrower will be registered in the ownership of the Borrower at the Port of Monrovia, Liberia, under the Liberian flag, or under such other flag as may be acceptable to the Lender in its reasonable discretion;
" Subject Documents "   means all of the Finance Documents, the Approved Charter, the Purchase Documents and the Management Agreement (none to be amended, varied, supplemented or modified without the prior consent of the Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld in relation to the Approved Charter) and together with (a) any other instrument, document or memorandum, scheduled to any of the documents referred to above, and (b) any notice, consent or acknowledgement referred to in or required pursuant to any of the documents referred to above and (c) any document, instrument or memorandum which secures any of the obligations of the Borrower under any of the Finance Documents or under any other Subject Document;
" Substantial Owners "   has the meaning defined under local or foreign tax laws, regulatory guidance or intergovernmental cooperation agreements.
" Subsidiary "   of a person means: (a) any other person directly or indirectly Controlled by that person; or (b) any other person whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital that person is entitled to receive is more than fifty per cent (50%); or (c) any entity (whether or not so Controlled) treated as a Subsidiary in the financial statements of that person from time to time;
" Swap Exposure "   means, at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Lender (whose certificate shall in the absence of manifest error be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lender) to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Lender, under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrower and the Lender;
" Tax Authority "   means any local or foreign regulatory or tax authority.
" Taxes "   means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings, and any restrictions or conditions resulting in a charge (other than taxes on the overall net income of the Lender) and " Tax "   and " Taxation "   shall be construed accordingly;
" Termination Date "   means the 30th April 2016 or such later date as the Lender may approve in writing;
20


" Total Assets "   means at any relevant time the total assets (including cash and cash equivalents) of the Group as stated in the most recent combined Accounting Information of the Group;
" Total Liabilities "   means at any relevant time the total liabilities of the Group as stated in the most recent combined Accounting Information of the Group;
" Total Loss "   means in relation to the Ship:
(a) the actual or constructive or compromised or arranged or agreed total loss of the Ship; or
(b) the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship; or
(c) the hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Ship (other than where the same amounts to the Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship) by any Government Entity or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity unless such Ship be released and restored to the Borrower from such hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof or such lesser period provided in the War Risks Insurances;
" Transaction "   has the meaning ascribed to it in the Master Agreement.
" Treasury Transactions "   means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price;
" US GAAP "   means generally accepted accounting principles adopted in the United States;
" US Tax Obligor "   means (i) a Security Party which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or (ii) a Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes;
" VAT "   means (i) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and (ii) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in (a), or imposed elsewhere.
" War Risks "   includes all risks referred to in the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) and (1/11/95) including, but not limited to, the risk of mines, blocking and trapping, missing vessel, confiscation and all risks excluded by Clause 22 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or Clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or Clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995)
21


2.02 In this Agreement clause headings are for ease of reference only and shall be disregarded in the construction of this Agreement.
2.03 In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:
2.03.01 words importing the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;
2.03.02 any reference to a document or instrument is a reference to that document or instrument as the same may have been, or may from time to time be amended or supplemented;
2.03.03 the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of a company or body corporate or the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, manager or administrator of or in relation to a company or corporation or any of its assets shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or any jurisdiction in which it carries on business or has assets or liabilities;
2.03.04 references to persons include any individual, partnership, firm, trust, body corporate, government, governmental body, authority, agency, unincorporated body of persons or association;
2.03.05 a reference to any enactment or 'statutory provision include any enactment or statutory provision which amends, extends, consolidates or replaces the same or which has been amended, extended, consolidated or replaced by the same and shall include any orders, regulations, codes of practice, instruments or other subordinated legislation made under the relevant enactment or statutory provision; and
2.03.06 " month "   means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (a) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and " months "   and " monthly "   shall be construed accordingly; and
2.03.07 the words " herein " , " hereto "   and " hereunder "   refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to the particular Clause or Schedule in which the words may be used.
3 THE FACILITY — AVAILABILITY
3.01 The Lender hereby agrees to make available to the Borrower, subject to the terms and the conditions hereof, the Facility in an amount equal to the lesser of:
3.01.01 In case the Ship is, on the Drawdown Date, under an Approved Charter:
22


3.01.01.1 Nineteen million Nine hundred Fifty thousand Dollars ($19,950,000) and
3.01.01.2 seventy per cent (70%) of the Construction Cost and
3.01.01.3 seventy per cent (70%) of the Market Value of the Ship on the Drawdown Date (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26)
(called the " Facility Available for Drawdown if the Ship is under an Approved Charter ")
or
3.01.02 In case the Ship is not, on the Drawdown Date, under an Approved Charter:
3.01.02.1 Eighteen million Five hundred Twenty Five thousand Dollars ($18,525,000) and
3.01.02.2 sixty five per cent (65%) of the Construction Cost and
3.01.02.3 sixty five per cent (65%) of the Market Value of the Ship on the Drawdown Date (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26)
(called the " Facility Available for Drawdown if the Ship is not under an Approved Charter ")
in one (1) advance, for the purpose of assisting the Borrower in partly financing the Construction Cost of the Ship.
3.02 The Borrower undertakes to apply the proceeds of the Facility for the purpose stated herein; the Lender shall be entitled (but not obliged) to monitor the application of such proceeds.
3.03 Subject as herein provided, the Facility is available to be drawn by the Borrower only during the Availability Period. The Facility or any part thereof which remains undrawn at the close of business in Athens on the expiration of the Availability Period shall be automatically cancelled.
4 HEDGING STRATEGY
4.01 The Borrower acknowledges the significance of addressing the interest rate risk inherent in this Agreement in cooperation with the Lender. Along these lines:
4.01.01 the Borrower undertakes to establish, together with the Lender, mechanisms to monitor the interest rate exposure and evaluate available hedge strategies;
4.01.02 the Borrower invites the Lender to provide on a regular basis hedging ideas and products; and
23


4.01.03 the Borrower undertakes that it may enter into a Designated Transaction so as to limit its exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations on terms and conditions mutually agreed between the Borrower and the Lender.
4.02 Any Designated Transaction shall be entered into on the basis of the Master Agreement and pursuant to the strategy set out herein and shall be concluded with the Lender.
4.03 No Designated Transaction may be entered into by the Borrower:
4.03.01 if there is a Material Adverse Effect in relation to any one or more of the Security Parties or any other member of the Group and/or if any other Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs;
4.03.02 for a period longer than five (5) years, commencing from the Drawdown Date;
4.03.03 for an amount which, when aggregated with the amount of any other Designated Transaction entered by the Borrower will not, at any relevant time, exceed the amount of the Facility, as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 11.01 so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions does not (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed at any relevant time the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to .time thereafter pursuant to Clause 11.01;
4.03.04 if the Lender determines that at the relevant time the Swap Exposure exceeds, or might exceed as a result thereof, the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure;
4.04 Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement to the contrary, if for any reason a Designated Transaction has been entered into but the Facility is not drawn under this Agreement then, subject to clause 4.05, the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged (and, where relevant, may do so without the consent of the Borrower where it would otherwise be required whether under the Master Agreement or otherwise) to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate, liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by such Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re-establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Lender in its absolute discretion may determine.
4.05 If a Designated Transaction has been entered into but the Facility is not drawn down under this Agreement and the Lender in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrower, that the Borrower may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Designated Transaction, the Borrower shall, within fifteen (15) days of being notified by the Lender of such requirement in writing, provide the Lender with, or procure the provision to the Lender of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Lender be adequate to secure the performance of such Designated Transaction, whichadditional security shall take such form and be constituted by such documentation, as the Lender in its absolute discretion may approve or require.
24


4.06 The Borrower shall on the first written demand of the Lender indemnify the Lender in respect of all losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs and expenses) incurred or sustained by the Lender as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matter or transactions referred to in Clauses 4.04 and 4.05.
4.07 Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrower under Clause 4.06, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights under Clauses 4.04 or 4.05 and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated such termination shall be treated under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrower and, accordingly, the Lender shall be permitted to recover from the Borrower a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.
4.08 In the event that the Lender fails to enter into a Designated Transaction with the Borrower, the Lender shall not be liable to the Borrower to enter into such Designated Transaction nor to compensate the Borrower for such failure.
4.09 The Borrower hereby undertakes to ensure that, throughout the Security Period any and all payments by the Lender to the Borrower under each Designated Transaction are paid to the Earnings Account.
5 NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN
5.01 Subject to:
5.01.01 the receipt by the Lender of the documents and satisfaction of the other conditions specified in Clauses 19.01 and 19.03 in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers on or before the Drawdown Date; and
5.01.02 no Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default having occurred; and
5.01.03 the representations and warranties set out in Clause 17 (updated mutatis mutandis to the Drawdown Date) being true and/or correct; and
5.01.04 the receipt by the Lender of the Notice of Drawdown in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Banking Days prior to the Drawdown Date setting out, inter alia, the date of the proposed Drawdown,
the Facility will be made available to the Borrower in accordance with and on the terms and conditions. of this Agreement.
5.02 The Notice of Drawdown shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to borrow in accordance with such notice.
5.03 On the payment of the Facility the Borrower shall sign an Acknowledgement in the form set out in Schedule 2 hereto.
25


5.04 If the Borrower gives the Notice of Drawdown pursuant to Clause 5.01.04 and the Lender makes arrangements on the basis of such notice to acquire Dollars in the London Interbank Market to fund the Facility or any part thereof and the Borrower is not permitted or otherwise fails to borrow in accordance with such Notice of Drawdown (either on account of any condition precedent not being fulfilled or otherwise) the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against any damages, losses or expenses which the Lender may incur (either directly or indirectly) as a consequence of the failure by the Borrower to borrow in accordance with such Notice of Drawdown.
6 INTEREST PERIODS
6.01 Subject as provided in Clause 6.02, the Interest Periods applicable to the Facility shall (subject to market availability) be periods of a duration of three (3) or six (6) or twelve (12) months (or such other periods as the Lender and the Borrower may agree) as selected by the Borrower by written notice to be received by the Lender not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the relevant Nomination Date;
6.02 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 6.01:
6.02.01 the initial Interest Period in respect of the Facility shall commence on the Drawdown Date and shall end on the expiry date thereof and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period in respect thereof;
6.02.02 if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls in another calendar month in which event that Interest Period shall end upon the immediately preceding Banking Day;
6.02.03 if any Interest Period commences on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which that Interest Period ends, that Interest Period shall end on the last Banking Day in that later month;
6.02.04 where any Repayment Date occurs other than at the end of an Interest Period there shall in respect of that part of the Facility equivalent to the amount of the Repayment Instalment falling due on such Repayment Date be a separate Interest Period expiring on such Repayment Date and the Interest Rate relating to such part shall be fixed separately;
6.02.05 no Interest Period shall extend beyond the final Repayment Date;
6.02.06 if the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period in accordance with the above, such Interest Period shall be of three (3) months duration or of such other duration as the Lender in its sole discretion may select; and
6.02.07 save as provided in Clause 6.02.04, the Borrower shall not select more than one Interest Periods at any one time.
26


7 INTEREST
7.01 Subject to the terms of this Agreement the Borrower shall pay to the Lender interest in respect of the Facility (or the relevant part thereof) accruing at the Interest Rate for each Interest Period relating thereto in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period; provided that if any Interest Period is of a duration longer than three (3) months, accrued interest in respect of the Facility (or the relevant part thereof) shall be paid every three (3) months during such Interest Period and on the last day of such Interest Period.
7.02 Interest shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.
7.03 The Lender will calculate and determine the Interest Rate applicable for the Facility, each determination being promptly notified by the Lender to the Borrower at the beginning of each Interest Period in respect thereof. The Lender's certificate as to the Interest Rate applicable shall be final and (except in the case of manifest error) binding on the Borrower and the other Security Parties.
8 DEFAULT INTEREST
8.01 In the event of a failure by the Borrower to pay any amount on the date on which such amount is due and payable pursuant to this Agreement and/or any one or more of the other Finance Documents (unless otherwise specifically provided in any Finance Document) and irrespective of any notice by the Lender or any other person to the Borrower in respect of such failure, the Borrower shall pay interest on such amount on demand from the date of such default up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum which is the aggregate of (a) Two per cent (2%) and (b) the Applicable Margin and (c) the rate at which the Lender in accordance with its normal practice is offered deposits in Dollars in the London Interbank Market for such period as the Lender may select at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Banking Day immediately following that on which the Lender becomes aware of such failure and (d) any Mandatory Cost and, so long as such failure continues, such rate shall be recalculated on the same basis thereafter.
8.02 Any interest which shall have accrued under Clause 8.01 in respect of an unpaid amount shall be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount and shall be due and payable at the end of the period by reference to which it is calculated or such other date or dates as the Lender may specify by written notice to the Borrower.
8.03 Clauses 7.02 and 7.03 shall apply to the calculation and determination of interest on amounts in default.
27


9 SUBSTITUTE BASIS
9.01 If the Lender determines (which determination - in the absence of manifest error - shall be conclusive) that:
9.01.01 at 11.00 a.m. (London time) on any Interest Determination Date the Lender was not being offered by banks in the London Interbank Market deposits in Dollars in the required amount and for the required period; or
9.01.02 LIBOR would not adequately reflect the cost to the Lender of making, funding or maintaining the Facility or any part thereof for the duration of the next succeeding Interest Period; or
9.01.03 by reason of circumstances affecting the London Interbank Market such deposits are not available to the Lender in such market; or
9.01.04 adequate and reasonable means do not or will not exist for the Lender to ascertain the Interest Rate applicable to the next succeeding Interest Period; or
9.01.05 Dollars will or may not continue to be freely transferable;
then, and in any such case the Lender shall give a written notice of any such event to the Borrower and in case any of the above occurs on the Interest Determination Date prior to the Drawdown Date the Borrower's right to borrow the Facility or any part thereof shall be suspended during the continuation of such circumstances.
9.02 If, however, any of the events described in Clause 9.01 occurs on any other Interest Determination Date relative to the Facility or any part thereof, then the duration of the relevant Interest Period(s) shall be up to one (1) month and during such Interest Period the Interest Rate applicable to the Facility or the relevant part thereof shall be the rate per annum determined by the Lender rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of one sixteenth per cent (1/16th%) to be the aggregate of the Applicable Margin, and any Mandatory Cost and the cost (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) to the Lender of funding the amount of the Facility during such Interest Period(s).
9.03 During such Interest Period(s) the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith in order to agree an Interest Rate or Interest Rates and Interest Period or Interest Periods satisfactory to the Borrower and the Lender to be substituted for those which but for the occurrence of any such event as specified in this Clause would have applied. If the Borrower and the Lender are unable to agree on such an Interest Rate(s) and Interest Period(s) by the day which is two (2) Banking Days before the end of the Interest Period referred to above, the Borrower shall repay the Facility together with accrued interest thereon at the Interest Rate set out above, together with all other amounts due under this Agreement relative to the Facility, on the last day of such Interest Period.
28


10 PREPAYMENT
10.01 Unless an Event of Default has occurred (whereupon the provisions of Clause 12.01 shall apply), the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Indebtedness in full, if the Ship is sold (with the Lender's prior written consent) or becomes a Total Loss or is refinanced or in the case that the Mortgage on the Ship is discharged pursuant to sub­ Clause 10.02.03.
10.02 Any prepayment referred to in Clause 10.01 shall be effected on the following dates (as appropriate):
10.02.01 in the case of a sale, of the Ship, on or before the date on which such sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to her buyer; or
10.02.02 in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of occurrence of such Total Loss and (ii) the date of receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or
10.02.03 in the case the Mortgage on the Ship is discharged (other than in the circumstances referred to in paragraph 10.02.01 above and where the Borrower and the other Security Parties have discharged all their obligations, whether actual or contingent, under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents), on or before the date on which the Mortgage on the Ship is discharged.
10.03 For the purposes of Clause 10.02.02 a Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred
10.03.01 in the case of an actual total loss of the Ship on the actual date and at the time the Ship was lost or if such date is not known, on the date on which the Ship was last reported;
10.03.02 in the case of a constructive total loss of the Ship upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of the Ship is given to the Insurers of the Ship for the time being (provided a claim for such total loss is admitted by such Insurers) or, if such Insurers do not admit such a claim, or, in the event that such notice of abandonment is not given by the Borrower to the Insurers of the Ship, on the date and at a time on which the incident, which may result in the Ship, being subsequently determined to be a constructive total loss, has occurred;
10.03.03 in the case of a compromised or arranged total loss of the Ship, on the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the Insurers of the Ship;
10.03.04 in the case of Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship, on the date upon which the relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition occurs; and
10.03.05 in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Ship (other than where the same amounts to Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship by any Government Entity, or by persons purporting to act on
29


behalf of any Government Entity), which deprives the Borrower of the use of the Ship for more than thirty (30) days, upon the expiry of the period of thirty (30) days after the date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation occurred.
10.04 In case the Holding by the Approved Shareholders in the Guarantor falls below ten per cent (10%) without the prior written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Indebtedness in full to the full satisfaction of the Lender, within thirty (30) Banking Days from the Lender's written notice to the Borrower to that effect.
10.05 On giving not less than fifteen (15) days' prior written notice to the Lender the Borrower may prepay all or any part of the Facility (but if in part the amount to be prepaid shall be equal to one Repayment Instalment or a multiple thereof) at the end of the then current Interest Period without any premium of penalty. The Borrower shall obtain any consent or approval from the relevant authorities that may be necessary to make any such prepayment of the Facility and if it fails to obtain and/or comply with the terms of such consent or approval and in consequence thereof the Lender has to repay the amount prepaid or the Lender incurs any penalty or loss then the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender forthwith against all amounts so repaid and/or against all such penalties and losses incurred.
10.06 Prepayments under Clause 10.05 shall be applied on a pro rata basis on the then outstanding relevant Repayment Instalments and the relevant Balloon Payment.
10.07 Save as otherwise herein expressly provided, any prepayment of the Facility made or deemed to be made under this Agreement shall, if made otherwise than at the end of an Interest Period relative to the amounts prepaid, be made together with accrued interest thereon and such additional amount (if any) as the Lender may certify as necessary to compensate the Lender for any Broken Funding Costs incurred or to be incurred by it as a result of such prepayment including any loss of the Applicable Margin up to the end of the then current Interest Period in respect of the whole amount of the Facility which is outstanding at the beginning of such Interest Period.
10.08 Any notice of prepayment given by the Borrower under this Agreement shall be irrevocable and the Borrower shall be bound to prepay in accordance with each such notice.
10.09 The Borrower may not prepay all or any part of the Facility except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.
10.10 On or prior to any prepayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 10 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions as applicable so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortization) exceed the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 11.01.
30


10.11 Without prejudice to the foregoing, if less than the full amount of the Facility remains outstanding following a prepayment under this Agreement and the Lender in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrower, that the Borrower may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Designated Transaction in an amount not wholly matched with or linked to all or part of the Facility, the Borrower shall, within fifteen (15) days of being notified by the Lender of such requirement, provide the Lender with, or procure the provision to the Lender of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Lender be adequate to secure the performance of such Designated Transaction, which additional security shall take such form and be constituted by such documentation, as the Lender in its absolute discretion may approve or require.
10.12 Notwithstanding any provision of the Master Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a prepayment of all or part of the Facility (including, without limitation, following the occurrence of a Total Loss or upon a sale of the Ship or the discharge of a Mortgage in accordance. with Clause 10.01 Mandatory Prepayment), or under Clauses 10.04 (Mandatory Prepayment), 9 (Substitute Basis), 16 (Change of Circumstances) or 23 (Security Margin)) then, subject to Clause 10.11, the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged (and, where relevant, may do so without the consent of the Borrower, where it would otherwise be required whether under the Master Agreement or otherwise) to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate, liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re-establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Lender in its absolute discretion may determine and both the Lender's and the Borrower's continuing obligations under any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement shall, unless agreed otherwise by the Lender, be calculated so far as the Lender considers it practicable by reference to the amended repayment schedule for the Facility taking into account the fact that less than the full amount of the Facility remains outstanding.
10.13 The Borrower shall on the first written demand of the Lender indemnify the Lender in respect of all losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs and expenses) incurred or sustained by the Lender as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matter or transactions referred to in Clauses 10.11 and 10.12.
10.14 Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrower under Clause 10.13, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights under Clauses 10.11 and 10.12 and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated such termination shall be treated under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrower and, accordingly, the Lender shall be permitted to recover from the Borrower a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.
31


11 REPAYMENT
11.01 The Borrower shall repay the Facility by:
A)              If the Ship is under an Approved Charter
I)  twenty (20) equal consecutive Repayment Instalments, each such Repayment Instalment being in the amount of Three hundred Fifty Two thousand Dollars ($352,000) the first such Repayment Instalment being due and payable on the date falling three (3) months from the Drawdown Date and each of the succeeding eighteen (18) such Repayment Instalments, on the eighteen (18) Repayment Dates falling at consecutive three monthly intervals thereafter and the twentieth (20th) Repayment Instalment falling due two (2) months after the immediately preceding (nineteenth) Repayment Date on the twentieth and final Repayment Date; and
II)  the Balloon Payment payable together with the twentieth (2oth) Repayment Instalment referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above on the twentieth (2oth) and final Repayment Date; and
Ill)  each Additional Instalment Amount together with each corresponding Repayment Instalment (referred to under subparagraph (I) above) falling due within the period of the Approved Charter.
PROVIDED however, that if the amount of the Facility actually drawn is less than Dollars Nineteen million Nine hundred Fifty thousand Dollars ($19,950,000) then the Balloon Payment and the Repayment Instalments shall be reduced pro rata by the undrawn amount.
OR
B)              If the Ship is not under an Approved Charter
I)  twenty (20) equal consecutive Repayment Instalments, each such Repayment Instalment being in the amount of Three hundred Fifty Two thousand Dollars ($352,000) the first such Repayment Instalment being due and payable on the date falling three (3) months from the Drawdown Date and each of the succeeding eighteen (18) such Repayment Instalments, on the eighteen (18) Repayment Dates falling at consecutive three monthly intervals thereafter and the twentieth (20th) Repayment Instalment falling due two (2) months after the immediately preceding (nineteenth) Repayment Date on the twentieth and final Repayment Date; and
II)  the Balloon Payment payable together with the twentieth (20th) Repayment Instalment referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above on the twentieth (20th) and final Repayment Date;
PROVIDED however, that if the amount of the Facility actually drawn is less than Dollars Eighteen million Five hundred Twenty Five thousand ($18,525,000) then the
32


relevant Balloon Payment and the relevant Repayment Instalments shall be reduced pro rata by the undrawn amount.
11.02 Each Repayment Instalment and the Balloon Payment shall be paid in Dollars.
11.03 Any amounts repaid or prepaid under this Agreement may not be re-borrowed.
11.04 On or prior to any repayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 11, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions as applicable so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 11.01.
11.05 Without prejudice to the provisions of the foregoing Clause 11.04, Clauses 10.11, 10.12, 10.13 and 10.14 will also apply on the repayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 11.
12 APPLICATION
12.01 All Proceeds received by the Lender under or pursuant to any one or more of the Finance Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 12 shall be held by the Lender, to be applied in the following manner:
12.01.01 first, in or towards payment of all sums other than principal of or interest on the Facility which may be owing to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or any of them;
12.01.02 second, in or towards payment of any default interest and/or overdue principal payments payable to the Lender under the Finance Documents;
12.01.03 third, in or towards payment to the Lender of any interest owing in respect of the Facility or any part thereof;
12.01.04 fourth, in or towards payment to the Lender of principal owing in respect of the Facility;
12.01.05 fifth, in or towards payment to the Lender of any amount due to it in accordance with the provisions of Clause 15 (Tax Gross up and Indemnities) and Clause 29 (Indemnity) by reason of any such payment in respect of the Facility not being effected on the last day of an Interest Period in respect of the total amount of the Facility;
12.01.06 sixth, in or towards payment of any amounts then payable to the Lender under the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents including without limitation any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2 (Obligations) of the Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver
33


to the Lender at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 12, or any part thereof;
12.01.07 seventh at any time on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default in retention of a sum equal to the total of any and all other amounts (as calculated by the Lender) which although not then due to the Lender under any one or more of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents will become so due to the Lender, such sums thereafter to be applied by the Lender from time to time in accordance with this Clause 12; and
12.01.08 eighth, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or to whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such surplus.
12.02 If any Proceeds recovered by the Lender have to be repaid by the Lender on the ground of unfair or fraudulent preference or on any other ground, the Lender shall have the same rights hereunder and/or under the other Finance Documents against the Borrower as if such amounts had never been applied in payment of the Indebtedness.
13 EVIDENCE OF DEBT
13.01 The Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice one or more Loan Accounts in the name of the Borrower evidencing the Indebtedness.
13.02 In any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents the entries made in the Loan Account(s) maintained pursuant to Clause 13.01 or a certificate signed by one authorized officer of the Lender shall be conclusive evidence (save in the case of manifest error) of the existence and amounts of the liabilities of the Borrower therein recorded.
14 PAYMENTS
14.01 All amounts payable under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents by the Borrower, including amounts payable under this Clause 14, shall be paid in full to the Lender without set-off or counterclaim or retention and free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes.
14.02 In the event the Borrower is required by law to make any such deduction or withholding from any payment hereunder then the Borrower shall, within a period of not more than seven (7) Banking Days therefrom, pay to the Lender such additional amount as will result in the receipt by the Lender of the full amount which would have been received hereunder had no such deduction or withholding been made, but if the Lender shall be or becomes entitled to any Tax credit or relief in respect of any Tax which is deducted from any payment by the Borrower and if the Lender in its reasonable determination actually receives a benefit from such Tax credit or relief in its country of domicile, incorporation or residence, the Lender shall, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, pay to the Borrower after such benefit is effectively received by the Lender such amounts (which shall be conclusively certified- in the absence of manifest
34


error – by the Lender) as shall ensure that the net amount actually retained by the Lender is equal to the amount which would have been retained if there had been no such deduction; the Borrower shall promptly forward to the Lender any official receipt of the relevant taxation or other authority or other evidence acceptable to the Lender of the amount deducted or withheld as aforesaid, provided that in the event that it shall be illegal for the Borrower to pay such additional amount as is referred to in this Clause
14.03 then the Indebtedness shall be repayable by the Borrower to the Lender on demand.
14.04 All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents shall be made in Dollars in immediately available and freely transferable and convertible funds not later than 11.00 a.m. London time on the date upon which the relevant payment is due to the Lender at such account as the Lender may from time to time nominate by written notice to the Borrower
14.05 The Borrower undertakes to indemnify the Lender against any loss incurred by the Lender as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for the payment of any amount due under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents and such judgment or order being expressed in a currency other than the currency in which the payment was due under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents and as a result of any variation having occurred in rates of exchange between the date on which the currency is converted for the purpose of such judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent liability of the Borrower and shall continue in force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid.
15 TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 14.02 and Clause 33:
15.01 For the purposes of this Clause the following terms will have the meaning ascribed to them herein:
" Protected Party "   means the Lender if it is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
" Tax Credit "   means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
" Tax Deduction "   means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.
" Tax Payment "   means either the increase in a payment made by a Security Party to the Lender under Clause 15.02 (Tax gross-up) or a payment by the Borrower under Clause 15.03 (Tax indemnity).
35


15.02 The Borrower shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall) make all payments to be made by them without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law, subject as follows:
15.02.01 the Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming aware, that the Borrower or any other Security Party must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly.
 Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Borrower on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender;
15.02.02 if a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrower or any other Security Party, the amount of the payment due from the Borrower or that other Security Party shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required;
15.02.03 if the Borrower or any other Security Party is required to make a Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall (and shall procure that such other Security Party shall) make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law;
15.02.04 within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrower shall (and shall procure that such other Security Party shall) deliver to the Lender a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority;
15.03 Tax indemnity
15.03.01 The Borrower shall (within three (3) Banking Days of the written demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender, if the Lender is a Protected Party, an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.
15.03.02 Clause 15.03.01 shall not apply:
(a)              with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender:
(i)              under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
(ii)       under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Facility office of the Lender is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,
36


if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or
(b)              to the extent a loss, liability or cost (i) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 15.02 (Tax gross-up), or Clause 15.07 (FATCA Deduction and gross-up by a Security Party) or Clause 15.08 (FATCA Deduction by the Lender);
The Lender making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Borrower in writing of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.
In the event that it shall be illegal for the Borrower to pay such additional amount as is referred to in this Clause 15.03.01 then the Indebtedness shall be repayable by the Borrower to the Lender on demand.
15.04 Tax Credit
15.04.01 If a Security Party makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:
15.04.01.1 a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and
15.04.01.2 the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
   the Lender shall pay an amount to that Security Party which the Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by that Security Party.
15.05 VAT
15.05.01 All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Security Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any Security Party under a Finance Document and the Lender is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Security Party must pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and the Lender must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to the Borrower).
15.05.02 Where a Finance Document requires any Security Party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any cost or expense, that Security Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
37


15.05.03 Any reference in this Clause 15.05 to any Security Party shall, at any time when such Security Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term " representative member "   to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).
15.05.04 In relation to any supply made by the Lender to any Security Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by the Lender, that Security Party must promptly provide the Lender with details of that Security Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with the Lender's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.
15.06 FATCA information
15.06.01 Subject to Clause 15.06.03, each Party shall, within ten Banking Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
(a)                  confirm to that other Party whether it is: (i) a FATCA Exempt Party; or (ii) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(b)          supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable "passthru payment percentage" or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA.
15.06.02 If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 15.06.01 (a)(i) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
15.06.03 Clause 15.06.01 shall not oblige the Lender to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
a.  any law or regulation;
b.  any fiduciary duty;
c.  any duty of confidentiality; or
d.  any policy of the Lender.
15.06.04 If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clause 15.06.01 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 15.06.03 applies), then:
15.06.04.1 if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
38


15.06.04.2 if that Party failed to confirm its applicable "passthru payment percentage" then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable "passthru payment percentage" is 100%,
until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
15.07 FATCA Deduction and gross-up by a Security Party
15.07.01 If a Security Party is required to make a FATCA Deduction, that Security Party shall make that FATCA Deduction and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by FATCA.
15.07.02 If a FATCA Deduction is required to be made by a Security Party, the amount of the payment due from that Security Party shall be increased to an amount which (after making any FATCA Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no FATCA Deduction had been required.
15.07.03 The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that a Security Party must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly. Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Borrower and that Security Party in writing.
15.07.04 Within 30 days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the Security Party making that FATCA Deduction or payment shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant governmental or taxation authority.
15.08 FATCA Deduction by the Lender
15.08.01 The Lender may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and the Lender shall not be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction. The Lender shall notify the Borrower accordingly.
15.08.02 The Borrower shall (within three Banking Days of demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered by the Lender as a result of making a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment due to it under a Finance Document.
15.08.03 The Lender making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph 15.08.02 above shall promptly notify in writing the Borrower of the FATCA Deduction.
39


16 CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES
16.01 If:
16.01.01 any law, regulation, treaty or official directive (whether or not having the force of law) or the interpretation thereof by any authority charged with the administration thereof:
16.01.01.1 subjects the Lender to any Tax with respect to payments of principal of or interest on the Facility or any other amount payable hereunder; or
16.01.01.2 changes the basis of Taxation of payments to the Lender of principal of or interest on the Facility or of any other amount payable hereunder (other than a change in the rate of Tax on the overall net income of the Lender); or
16.01.01.3 imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve and/or special deposit requirements against or in respect of assets or liabilities of, or deposits with or for the account of, or loans or credit extended by the Lender; or
16.01.01.4 imposes on the Lender any other condition affecting this Agreement, the Facility or its funding; or
16.01.02 the Lender complies with any request, law, regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity control or which affects the manner in which the Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement [including without limitation, those resulting from (a) the implementation or application of or compliance with the "Basel III : International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, as amended, supplemented or restated, and (b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement -Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011 and (c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III"] or directive from any applicable fiscal or monetary authority (whether or not having the force of law) and as a result of any of the foregoing either directly or indirectly;
16.01.03 the cost to the Lender of making, funding or maintaining the Facility is increased; or
16.01.04 the amount of principal, interest or other amount payable to the Lender or the effective return to the Lender hereunder is reduced; or
16.01.05 the Lender makes any payment or foregoes any interest or other return on or calculated by reference to the gross amount receivable by it from the Borrower hereunder,
40


then and in each such case upon demand from time to time the Borrower shall pay to the Lender such amount as shall compensate the Lender for such increased cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or other return. If the Lender is entitled to make a claim pursuant to this Clause it shall notify the Borrower of the event by reason of which it is so entitled and shall submit to the Borrower a certificate setting out details of the event giving rise to such compensation, the amount thereof and the manner in which it has been calculated and in the absence of manifest error such certificate shall be conclusive:
On receipt of such certificate the Borrower shall have the option to prepay within ninety (90) days the Facility together with all interest accrued thereon and all costs and other amounts (including amounts payable as referred to above and any Broken Funding Costs) payable to the Lender hereunder. If the Borrower decides to exercise such option it shall give written notice to the Lender and prepay the amount due to the Lender within ninety (90) days of the receipt of the certificate referred to above together with any other amounts payable to the Lender under this Agreement. The Lender's duties and liabilities hereunder shall be cancelled on the giving of such notice.
16.02 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, if any change in law, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any authority charged with the administration thereof shall make it unlawful for the Lender to make, fund or maintain the Facility or any part thereof, the Lender may by written notice thereof to the Borrower declare that the Lender's duty to provide the Borrower with the Facility shall be terminated forthwith whereupon the Borrower shall prepay forthwith (or if permitted by law on the next following Interest Payment Date) the Facility together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts payable to the Lender hereunder including any Broken Funding Costs. The Lender's duties and liabilities hereunder shall be cancelled on the giving of such notice.
16.03 If any of the events referred to in Clause 16.01 or Clause 16.02 shall occur, but without prejudice to the liability of the Borrower to prepay the Facility, the Borrower and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith with a view to agreeing terms for making the Facility available from another jurisdiction, or funding the Facility from alternative sources or otherwise restructuring the Facility on a basis which is not unlawful.
17 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
17.01 The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that the following matters are true at the time of this Agreement and warrant that they shall remain true until full payment of all amounts payable hereunder:
17.01.01 each Corporate Security Party is a company or corporation duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the country of its Original Jurisdiction and has the power and authority to own its respective assets and carry on business in each Relevant Jurisdiction and complies with all relevant legislation and laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the
41


shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ) to the extend applicable to such Corporate Security Party;
17.01.02 the Borrower has the power to borrow hereunder and to enter into Designated Transactions and each Security Party has power to enter into this Agreement and the other Subject Documents to which it is a party and to perform and discharge its respective duties and liabilities hereunder and thereunder and each Security Party has taken all necessary action (whether corporate or otherwise) required to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Subject Documents to which is a party and the borrowing to be made hereunder;
17.01.03 the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Subject Documents will not contravene or exceed the powers granted to each Security Party or by, or any provision of, any law or regulation (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ, as the case may be), in any Relevant Jurisdiction of the Security Parties or any of them, any order or decree of any competent governmental agency or court of or in any Relevant Jurisdiction of the Security Parties or any of them, the certificates of incorporation, memoranda and articles of association of the Corporate Security Parties or any of them or any mortgage, deed, contract or agreement to which the Security Parties or any of them is/are a party and which is binding upon the Security Parties' assets and will not cause any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) to arise over or attach to all or any part of any Security Party's revenues or assets nor require any Security Party to create any such Encumbrance otherwise than in favour of the Lender;
17.01.04 all consents, licences, approvals, registrations, authorisations or declarations (including, without limitation, all foreign exchange control approvals) in any Relevant Jurisdiction of the Security Parties or any of them required to enable the Borrower to borrow hereunder and the Borrower and each of the other Security Parties lawfully to enter into and perform and discharge their respective duties and liabilities under this Agreement and the other Subject Documents, to which each is a party and to ensure that the duties and liabilities of each of the Security Parties hereunder and thereunder are legal, valid and enforceable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Subject Documents to which each is a party and to make this Agreement and the other Subject Documents admissible in evidence in such aforesaid jurisdictions have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect;
17.01.05 this Agreement and the other Subject Documents constitute the legal, valid, binding and unconditional duties and liabilities of each Security Party as is a party thereto, enforceable against such Security Party in accordance with the terms thereof;
17.01.06 no Security Party has failed to pay when due any amount or to perform any duty under the provisions of any agreement to which it is a party or by which it may be bound relating to Financial Indebtedness in excess in aggregate of One million Dollars ($1,000,000) and no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes,
42

or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, a material breach or default by such Security Party under any such agreement;
17.01.07 no litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceedings in any court, arbitration tribunal or governmental authority are pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Security Party or any of its respective assets which might materially adversely affect such Security Party's ability to perform and discharge its respective duties and liabilities hereunder and under the other Subject Documents to which it is a party thereto;
17.01.08 the financial condition of the Security Parties has not suffered any material deterioration since that condition was last disclosed to the Lender;
17.01.09 the information provided to the Lender in relation to this transaction is true and correct in all material respects and does not omit any material detail;
17.01.10 except for the registration of the Mortgage at the appropriate Registry of ships, it is not necessary or advisable to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement or of any one or more of the other Subject Documents, that any of them be filed, recorded or enrolled with any governmental authority or agency or that they be stamped with any stamp, registration or similar transaction tax in the United States or in the United Kingdom or in the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in the Republic of Liberia or in the Republic of Greece or in' any other Relevant Jurisdiction;
17.01.11 the Accounting Information provided by the Borrower and/or the Guarantor to the Lender is complete and correct and presents fairly the position of the members of the Group therein stated and the results of the operations of the members of the Group therein stated ended on the relevant date, and have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices consistently applied and give a true and fair view of the financial condition, assets and liabilities of the members of the Group therein stated at the date to which such Accounting Information have been prepared and since that date there has been no adverse change in the financial condition of the business, assets or operation of the members of the Group therein stated or the Group taken as a whole (as the case may be);
17.01.12 all the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower hereunder and of the other Security Parties under the other Subject Documents rank and will rank at least pari passu in right of payments with all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Borrower or of the other Security Parties;
17.01.13 no Security Party is entitled to claim any immunity in relation to itself or its assets under any law or in any jurisdiction in connection with any legal proceedings, set off or counterclaim relating to this Agreement and the other Subject Documents to which it is a party or in connection with the enforcement of any judgment or order arising from such proceedings;
43


17.01.14 the Borrower has not incurred any Financial Indebtedness, or authorised or accepted any capital commitments (other than that normally associated with the construction of or the day-to-day operation of the Ship, where appropriate);
17.01.15 no Taxes are imposed by deduction withholding or otherwise on any payment made or to be made by any Security Party under this Agreement and/or any other of the Subject Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of this Agreement and/or any other of the Subject Documents or any document or instrument to be executed or delivered hereunder or thereunder and all relevant tax returns have been filed and/or will be filed when due;
17.01.16 None of the Security Parties is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor;
17.01.17 None of the Security Parties is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or is overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.
17.01.18 No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any of the Security Parties with respect to Taxes.
17.01.19 Each of the Security Parties (other than the Manager) is resident for Tax purposes only in its Original Jurisdiction and the Manager is resident for Tax purposes only in the Republic of Greece.
17.01.20 Each of the Security Parties and each member of the Group has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
17.01.21 It is not necessary under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction of any of the Security Parties (i) in order to enable the Lender to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or (ii) by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document, that the Lender should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any of the Security Parties and the Lender is not and will not be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any of the Security Parties by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.
17.01.22 Any borrowing by the Borrower under this Agreement, and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and under the other Finance Documents, will be for the Borrower's own account and will not involve any breach by it of any law or regulatory measure relating to "money laundering" as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2005/EC/60) of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Communities.
17.01.23
the choice of law agreed to govern this Agreement and each other Subject Document and the submission to the jurisdiction of the courts agreed in each of the Subject Documents are or will be on execution of the respective Subject Documents
44

valid and binding on the Borrower and any other Security Party which is a party thereto;
17.01.24 the giving of the Guarantee pursuant to this Agreement by the Guarantor is to the commercial benefit of the Guarantor;
17.01.25 each Security Party and each member of the Group is in compliance, in all respects, with all Sanctions;
17.01.26 none of the Security Parties and/or the other members of the Group is a Prohibited Person or is owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person and it does not own or control a Prohibited Person; and
17.01.27 no proceeds of the Facility shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
17.02 The Borrower hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that on the Delivery Date the following matters will be true and shall remain true in all material respects throughout the Security Period:
17.02.01 the Ship has unconditionally been delivered to and accepted by the Borrower pursuant to the Purchase Documents and the full amount of the Construction Cost payable in respect thereof has been duly paid;
17.02.02 the Ship is duly registered in the name of the Borrower under a flag acceptable to the Lender;
17.02.03 the Ship is and will remain in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower, save as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
17.02.04 the Ship has and will maintain the highest class with the Classification Society free of all recommendations and qualifications of her Classification Society affecting class;
17.02.05 the Ship is and will remain operationally seaworthy;
17.02.06 the Mortgage in respect of the Ship has been duly recorded against the Ship as a valid first priority ship mortgage in favour of the Lender in accordance with the laws of her flag;
17.02.07 the Ship, the Borrower and the Manager will comply with all relevant laws, regulations and requirements (statutory or otherwise) including without limitation all Sanctions, and the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, the ISM Code Documentation and the ISPS Code Documentation as are applicable to (i) ships registered under the laws of the flag the Ship is flying and (ii) engaged in the same or a similar service as the Ship is engaged;
45


17.02.08 the Ship is and will remain under the management of the Manager under the terms of the Management Agreement;
17.02.09 the Ship is and will remain insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in respect of the Insurances;
17.02.10 the Borrower and the Manager comply with the provisions of all Environmental Laws in respect of the Ship;
17.02.11 the Borrower and the Manager have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are and shall be in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals in respect of the Ship;
17.02.12 neither the Borrower nor the Manager have received notice of any Environmental Claim that alleges that the Borrower or the Manager is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval in respect of the Ship;
17.02.13 there is no Environmental Claim pending against the Borrower and/or the Manager and/or the Ship;
17.02.14 no Environmental Incident has occurred which could or might give rise to any Environmental Claim against the Borrower and/or the Manager and/or the Ship;
17.02.15 there are and will be no commissions, rebates, premiums or other payments by or to or on account of the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the shareholders of the Corporate Security Parties in connection with the Purchase Documents relating to the Ship other than as disclosed to the Lender by the Borrower in writing;
17.02.16 none of the parties to the Purchase Documents is in default thereunder;
17.02.17 the balance of the Construction Cost of the Ship (in addition to the part thereof to be financed with the proceeds of the Facility) has not been or, will not be provided by way of any loan from any party;
17.03 The Borrower further represents, warrants and confirms to the Lender that:
17.03.01 it enters into this Agreement for its own account and receives the Facility or any part thereof for its sole benefit; and
17.03.02 it will promptly inform the Lender (by written notice to the Lender) if it is not, or ceases to be, such beneficiary(ies) and will then set down in writing the name(s) and the address(es) of the relevant beneficiary(ies).
17.04 The representations and warranties of the Borrower set out in Clauses 17.01 and 17.02 and 17.03 above shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Drawdown Date and on each Repayment Date, and on each Interest Payment Date and on the date of entering into each Designated Transaction with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at each such time as if made at such time.
46


18 SECURITIES
18.01 The Borrower hereby agrees that the Security Documents shall secure with first priority the due payment of the Indebtedness.
18.02 It is declared and agreed in relation to the security created by the Security Documents that:
18.02.01 it shall be held by the Lender as a continuing security for the payment of the Indebtedness; and
18.02.02 the security so created shall not be satisfied or discharged by intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the amount secured thereunder; and
18.02.03 the security so created shall be in addition to and shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by any collateral or other security now or hereafter held by the Lender for all or any part of the amounts thereby secured; and
18.02.04 every power and right given to the Lender hereunder and under the Master Agreement shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any and every other power or right of the Lender under the Security Documents and may be exercised from time to time in such order and as often as the Lender may consider appropriate.
19 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT
19.01 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 5, the agreement of the Lender to permit the drawdown of the Facility and/or the entering into any Designated Transaction is subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received not later than the Drawdown Date the following documents or evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers:
19.01.01 a copy, certified as a true copy by the secretary of each Corporate Security Party of the resolutions of the shareholders of the Borrower and resolutions of the directors of each of the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Manager, authorising the transaction contemplated hereby, resolving the issuance of each respective power of attorney to be provided under Clause 19.01.02 and authorising a person or persons to sign or executeon their behalf this Agreement, the Notice of Drawdown, the Acknowledgement (as in the form of Schedule 2 hereof) and the other Finance Documents as each is a party thereto;
19.01.02 the originals of any power or powers of attorney granted pursuant to Clause 19.01.01;
19.01.03 certificates or other evidence satisfactory to the Lender, in its sole discretion of the existence and good standing of each Security Party;
19.01.04 certificate issued by the respective director or secretary of each Corporate Security Party specifying the Directors and Officers of each such Corporate Security
47


Party (and of any corporate director, officer thereof), its authorized and issued share capital (and of any corporate shareholder thereof) and in respect of the Borrower, a certificate issued by a director or the secretary of the Borrower, specifying the shareholders thereof;
19.01.05 copies of the relevant constitutional documents of each Corporate Security Party, certified as true copies by the Borrower's legal counsel;
19.01.06 certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action (including but without limitation governmental approval, consents, licences, authorisations, validations or exemptions which the Lender or its legal advisers may require) by the Security Parties or any of them with respect to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
19.01.07 such documents or evidence relating to the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Borrower and any corporate shareholder(s) thereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;
19.01.08 such documents or evidence relating to the verification of identity and knowledge of the Lender's customers and compliance to the full satisfaction of the Lender with all necessary "know your customer" and money laundering requirements (including but without limitation compliance to the full satisfaction of the Lender with any requirements in relation to the shares of the Borrower and the Manager and any corporate shareholder(s) thereof), as the Lender may in its absolute discretion require;
19.01.09 evidence that the Earnings Account has been duly opened by the Borrower, as appropriate and all mandate forms, signature cards and authorities have been duly delivered and that the Earnings Account is free of all liens or charges;
19.01.10 payment of the fees in accordance with Clause 26;
19.01.11 evidence that the Borrower have complied with its obligations under Clauses 20.37 and 20.38;
19.01.12 evidence that the Ship has been duly delivered to and accepted by the Borrower and that she is duly registered in the ownership of the Borrower at the relevant ships' Registry acceptable by the Lender, free of any Encumbrances otherwise than as contemplated herein;
19.01.13 (if required by the Lender) a charter free market valuation of the Ship on the basis specified in Clause 22.26;
19.01.14 evidence that the Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
19.01.15 evidence that the Ship is classed at the highest classification status with the Classification Society free of recommendations or other conditions or notations affecting her class;
48


19.01.16 certified copies of the classification and international safety and trading certificates issued by the Classification Society of the Ship and each other competent authority (as the case may be) free of recommendations or other conditions affecting her class;
19.01.17 copies of the ISM Code Documentation and the ISPS Code Documentation in relation to the Ship, the Borrower and the Manager;
19.01.18 the Mortgage on the Ship duly executed by the Borrower, legalised as appropriate and registered at the appropriate Shipping Registry;
19.01.19 the Master Agreement and the Master Agreement Assignment duly executed by the Borrower;
19.01.20 the General Assignment and Earnings Account Charge duly executed by the Borrower;
19.01.21 notices of assignment of the Insurances in respect of the Ship duly signed by the Borrower;
19.01.22 notices of assignment of the Earnings in respect of the Ship duly signed by the Borrower;
19.01.23 the Manager's Undertaking in respect of the Ship together with notices of assignment of the right, title and benefit of the Manager to the Insurances of the Ship, duly executed, as appropriate;
19.01.24 the Guarantee duly executed by the Guarantor;
19.01.25 (in case the Ship is under an Approved Charter) the Approved Charter Assignment duly executed by the Borrower together with the relevant notices thereof acknowledged by the relevant charterer(s);
19.01.26 copy of the Management Agreement, the Purchase Documents and the Approved Charter (if any), all certified as true and complete copies thereof by the Borrower's legal counsel;
19.01.27 the Manager's Undertaking in respect of the Ship duly executed by the Manager, and respective notices thereof;
19.01.28 evidence that an amount of Seven thousand Five hundred Euros (€7,500), plus disbursements and VAT thereon has been paid to the Messrs V&P Law Firm in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, or irrevocable written mandates to the Lender to make those payments forthwith by debiting any account of the Borrower held with the Lender;
19.01.29 such further documents and evidence as the Lender may hereafter request.
19.02 The agreement of the Lender to maintain the Facility or any part thereof and/or to enter into any Designated Transaction is subject to the condition that the Lender shall have
49


received as soon as practicable after the Drawdown Date, but in any event not later than twenty (20) days after the Drawdown Date, the following documents or evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers
19.02.01 a letter from the agents referred to in Clauses 41.04 and 41.05 addressed to the Lender confirming acceptance of their appointment as agents for service of process;
19.02.02 the opinion letters from counsels appointed and/or acceptable to the Lender as well as opinion letters from the Security Parties' legal counsel in relation to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender; and
19.02.03
such further documents and evidence as the Lender may hereafter request.
19.03 The obligation of the Lender to advance the Facility or any part thereof is further subject to the following conditions:
19.03.01
That both at the date of the Notice of Drawdown and on the Drawdown Date:
(i)  no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or might result from making the Facility available; and
(ii)  the representations and warranties of the Borrower set out in Clause 17 as well as the representations and warranties of the Borrower and of the other Security Parties set out in the other Finance Documents are true and accurate in all material respects as of each such date, as if made on each such date with reference to the facts then subsisting; and
(iii)  there is not a Material Adverse Effect in relation to any one or more of the Security Parties or any other member of the Group; and
(ii) that none of the circumstances specified in Clause 16 has occurred and is continuing; and
19.03.02
That if the test set out in Clause 23 was applied immediately following the advance of the Facility, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Facility as therein provided.
19.04 If the Lender, at its discretion, permits the Facility or any part thereof to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 19.01 as the case may be are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within five (5) Banking Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Lender specifies).
20 GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
The Borrower undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 20 at all relevant times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise previously permit in writing:
50


20.01 to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) supply the Lender with such number of copies as the Lender may require of (a) the annual Accounting Information as soon as available but in any event not later than one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of the relevant period to which they relate starting with the 2013 financial statements and (b) such other information with regard to the business, properties or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Guarantor, the Manager and the other members of the Group as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request;
20.02 to procure that the Accounting Information to be delivered from time to time in accordance with Clause 20.01 shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices consistently applied, which shall present fairly the financial positions, as at the end of each such financial year to which they relate, of the Group and the results of its operations for the year to which the Accounting Information relates.
20.03 to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) obtain promptly at any time and from time to time such registrations, licenses, consents and approvals as may be required in respect of this Agreement and the other Subject Documents under any applicable law or regulation to enable them to perform and discharge their respective duties and liabilities hereunder and thereunder and promptly supply the Lender with copies thereof;
20.04 to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) ensure that at all times the claims of the Lender against the Borrower and the other Security Parties under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all other unsecured creditors of the relevant Security Party save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application;
20.05 to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) deliver to the Lender translations into English (certified by an authorised translator) of any documents which have to be delivered to the Lender under the terms of this Agreement or the other Subject Documents, the originals of which are not in the English language;
20.06 not to make any loans or advances to, or any investments in, any person, firm, corporation or joint venture (or to any officer, director, stockholder, employee or customer of any such person) other than loans or advances made in the ordinary course of business;
20.07 not to (and ensure and procure that the Guarantor shall not) declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions to its respective shareholders in any form whatsoever if:
20.07.01 an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
20.07.02 immediately following such payment of dividends and/or distributions the test set out in Clause 23 was applied and the Borrower would be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Facility as therein provided; or
51


20.07.03 immediately following such payment of dividends and/or distributions the Borrower would be in breach of Clause 20.38;
20.08 not to borrow any money or permit any such borrowing to continue or incur any Financial Indebtedness whatsoever other than the Facility and the Swap Exposure or other than by way of subordinated shareholders' loans or enter into any agreement for payment on deferred terms (otherwise than on customary suppliers' credit terms) or any equipment lease or contract hire agreement other than in the ordinary course of business;
20.09 not to assume, guarantee or otherwise undertake the liability of any person, firm or company (otherwise than pursuant to the terms hereof and in the ordinary course of construction, operation or trading of the Ship);
20.10 not to authorise or accept any capital commitments (save and except in connection with the ordinary course of construction, operation or trading of the Ship);
20.11 not to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall not) change the nature of its respective business or commence any business other than the ownership and operation of ships and activities ancillary thereto;
20.12 not to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall not) (save and except as provided in this Agreement or otherwise in favour of the Lender), create or permit to exist any Encumbrance whatsoever on the Ship or on any of its other property or assets, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than a Permitted Lien;
20.13 without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower under Clause 20.14, promptly after the happening of an event which is (or may, with the giving of notice or passage of time or satisfaction of any other condition or any combination of the foregoing, become) an Event of Default, to notify the Lender in writing of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to nullify or mitigate its effect;
20.14 from time to time on request by the Lender to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) deliver to it a certificate signed by a director or officer of such Corporate Security Party confirming that, save as may be notified in detail in such certificate, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is then subsisting, to be accompanied by such evidence as to the information and matters contained in such certificate as the Lender may from time to time reasonably require;
20.15 to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) ensure and procure that each Corporate Security Party shall maintain its corporate existence under the laws of its Original Jurisdiction and shall comply in all material respects with all relevant legislation and laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ), applicable to such Corporate Security Party;
52


20.16 to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) ensure and procure that no change in
(a)  the registered ownership of the shares of the Borrower and
(b)  the registered or beneficial ownership of the shares of the Manager and the Ship shall occur;
20.17 to execute and procure the execution by each other Security Party of any further document or documents reasonably required by the Lender in order to perfect or complete the security created by the Security Documents;
20.18 to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) pay all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges when the same fall due, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside for their payment if such proceedings fail and ensure and procure that all its relevant tax returns shall be properly and timely filed;
20.19 other than in accordance with this agreement, not to convey, assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of or deal with the Ship or any of its real or personal property, assets or rights whether present or future, neither to assign or otherwise transfer its rights title and interest unto the Master Agreement;
20.20 to send (or procure that it is sent) to the Lender as soon as the same is instituted (or, to the knowledge of any Security Party threatened), details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against or involving a Security Party, or the Ship which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on a Security Party or the operation of the Ship;
20.21 to comply (and ensure that each other Security Party will comply) with all laws regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ, as the case may be), treaties and conventions applicable to the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the Ship and to carry on the Ship all certificates and other documents which may from time to time be required to evidence such compliance;
20.22 not to (and ensure and procure that no Security Party will) become a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor;
20.23 to (and ensure and procure that the Security Parties and the other members of the Group will) comply, in all respects, with all Sanctions;
20.24 not to (and ensure and procure that none of the Security Parties and the other members of the Group will) become a Prohibited Person or become owned or controlled by, or act directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Prohibited Person, or become the owner or controller of a Prohibited Person;
20.25 not to make, directly or indirectly, available any proceeds of the Facility to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person and to ensure and procure that any proceeds of the
53


Facility is not, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions;
20.26 not to and ensure and procure that the Borrower and the Manager and any corporate shareholder(s) thereof shall not dissolve, merge into or consolidate with any other company or person and ensure and procure that no change in the management or the legal ownership of the Borrower and the Ship shall be effected;
20.27 to (and procure that the Guarantor will) ensure that no change in the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chairman of the Guarantor shall occur;
20.28 to use the proceeds of the Facility for its benefit and under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purpose specified in this Agreement;
20.29 not to (and ensure and procure that no other Security Party will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions;
20.30 to (and ensure and procure that each of the Security Parties and each member of the Group will) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws;
20.31 to ensure and procure that, throughout the Security Period, all payments in relation to the operation of the Ship will be effected through the Lender (either via the Piraeus branch or any other branch reasonably nominated by the Lender);
20.32 to ensure and procure that the Swap Exposure shall not exceed the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure;
20.33 to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party will) deliver promptly to the Lender such documents and evidence as the Lender shall from time to time require relating to the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Borrower, the Manager and their respective corporate shareholder(s) (save from the Guarantor);
20.34 to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party will) deliver to the Lender such documents and evidence as the Lender shall from time to time require relating to the verification of identity and knowledge of the Lender's customers and the compliance by the Lender with all necessary "know your customer" or similar checks, and to comply within thirty (30) days from the Lender's written notice to the Borrower to that effect, to the full satisfaction of the Lender, with any requirements of the Lender in relation to the shares of the Borrower and the other members of the Group and their respective corporate shareholder(s) [including but without limitation any requirements of the Lender as to the approved form of the shares (registered or otherwise) of the Borrower and the other members of the Group and their corporate shareholder(s)], always on the basis of applicable laws and regulations or the Lender's own internal (generally applied)
54


guidelines, in each case as such laws, regulations or internal guidelines apply from time to time;
20.35 to (i) provide the Lender with any documentation or information, as the Lender may request, which relates to individual or entity tax status and (ii) inform the Lender, or respond to any request from the Lender, if there are any changes to tax information previously provided;
20.36 upon request by the Lender, to obtain, and to ensure and procure that each other Security Party will obtain a written waiver or consent from its respective Substantial Owners or Controlling Persons, which will be provided to the Lender to permit the Lender and other members of the HSBC Group to disclose and report tax and account specific financial information to any local or foreign Tax Authority. Where any one of the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties fails to comply with requests for tax information, or fails to respond to requests for waivers or consents for tax information disclosure, or fails to respond to requests to obtain waivers or consents from Substantial Owners or Controlling Persons, the Lender may take, and may instruct members of the HSBC Group to take whatever actions are necessary to comply with the Lender's local or foreign tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any of the following action:
(a)  the Lender may withhold taxes that may be due from certain payments made to or on behalf of any one of the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties; and/or
(b)  The Lender shall have the right to pay relevant taxes to the appropriate Tax Authority; and/or
(c)  The Lender shall have the right to refuse to provide certain services to any one of the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties; and/or
(d)  the Lender shall have the right to close any account to which the provision of any facility may relate; and
20.37 to ensure and procure that at all times during the Security Period, the Borrower and/or the Guarantor shall maintain with the Piraeus branch of the Lender, or, subject to the prior written consent of the Lender, at any other branch of the Lender to the credit of any account held with the Lender in the name of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor, minimum deposits amounting in aggregate to at least Dollars Five hundred thousand ($500,000) (which amount for the avoidance of doubt shall include the amount required by Clause 20.38.03 hereof), free of any Encumbrances in relation to this Ship;
20.38 to (and procure that the Guarantor will) ensure that throughout the Security Period:
20.38.01 the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of the Guarantor shall not be less than Fifteen million Dollars ($15,000,000);
20.38.02 the Leverage Ratio of the Guarantor will not be higher than 0.75:1; and
55


20.38.03 on a consolidated basis, at all times, the aggregate amount of cash deposits held in accounts of members of the Group (including the Guarantor) free from any Encumbrances shall not be less than Three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000) per Fleet Vessel;
21 INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS
The Borrower hereby undertakes with the Lender that during the Security Period (at the expense of the Borrower and upon such terms, in such amounts and with such Insurers as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Lender), the Borrower shall comply with the following provisions of this Clause 21 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing:
21.01 to insure and keep insured the Ship in Dollars or such other currency as may be approved in writing by the Lender, in the full insurable value of the Ship but in no event for an amount less than the higher of (i) the Market Value of the Ship and (ii) one hundred and twenty five per cent (125%) of the aggregate of (a) the Facility and (b) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure against fire and usual marine (including Excess Risks) and War Risks covered by hull and machinery policies;
21.02 to enter the Ship in the name of the Borrower, for her full value and tonnage in a protection and indemnity association approved by the Lender with unlimited liability if available otherwise for the highest possible standard cover for the time being $1,000,000,000 for oil pollution and for excess oil spillage and pollution liability insurance for the highest possible standard cover against all Protection and Indemnity Risks;
21.03 to pay to the Lender on demand all premiums or other amounts payable by the Lender in effecting a Mortgagees' Interest Insurance policy ("MII") and a mortgagee's interest (additional perils) insurance policy in the name of the Lender for a minimum insured amount of not less than one hundred and ten per cent (110%) of (a) the Facility and (b) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure and under such wording and conditions acceptable to the Lender;
21.04 if the Ship enters the territorial waters of the United States of America (or other jurisdiction having legislation similar to the US Oil Pollution Act 1990) for any reason whatsoever, to take out such additional insurance to cover such risks as may be necessary in order to obtain a Certificate of Financial Responsibility from the United States Coastguard;
21.05 upon the Lender's request, to effect loss of hire and/or Earnings Insurance on the Ship (as may be required by the Lender) in respect of charterparties which exceed twelve (12) months duration and otherwise on such terms and in such amounts as the Lender may instruct the Borrower as being necessary or appropriate;
21.06 to effect such additional Insurances as may reasonably be requested by the Lender to maintain the scope of the existing cover of the Insurances;
56


21.07 to renew the Insurances at least fourteen (14) days before the relevant Insurances expire and to procure that the Approved Brokers shall promptly confirm in writing to the Lender as and when each such renewal is effected;
21.08 to punctually pay all premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances and to produce all relevant receipts when so required in writing by the Lender;
21.09 to arrange for the execution of such guarantees as may from time to time be required by any Protection and Indemnity or War Risks association;
21.10 to give notice of assignment of the Insurances to the Insurers in the form set out in Schedule 2 to the General Assignment and to procure that a copy of the notice of assignment shall be endorsed upon or attached to the relevant Insurance Documents;
21.11 to procure that the Insurance Documents shall be deposited with the Approved Brokers and that such brokers shall provide the Lender with certified copies thereof and shall issue to the Lender a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as the Lender shall reasonably require;
21.12 to procure that the Protection and Indemnity and/or War Risks associations in which the Ship is entered shall provide the Lender with a letter or letters of undertaking in their standard form and shall provide the Lender with a copy of the certificates of entry;
21.13 to procure that the Insurance Documents (including all certificates of entry in any Protection and Indemnity and/or War Risks association) shall contain loss payable clauses in the form set out in Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 (as may be appropriate) to the General Assignment;
21.14 to procure that the Insurance Documents shall provide that the lien or set off for unpaid premiums or calls shall be limited to only the premiums or calls due in relation to the Insurances on the Ship and for fourteen (14) days prior written notice to be given to the Lender by the Insurers (such notice to be given even if the Insurers have not received an appropriate enquiry from the Lender) in the event of cancellation or termination of Insurances and in the event of the non-payment of the premium or calls, the right to pay the said premium or calls within a reasonable time;
21.15 to promptly provide the Lender with full information regarding any Major Casualty or any casualties or damage to the Ship in consequence whereof such Ship has become or may become a Total Loss;
21.16 to promptly provide the Lender, at the Borrower's cost, with a detailed report issued by a firm of marine insurance brokers or consultants appointed by the Lender in relation to the Insurances, as and when the Lender may reasonably request;
21.17 not to do any act nor voluntarily suffer nor permit any act to be done whereby any Insurance shall or may be suspended or avoided and not to suffer nor permit the Ship to engage in any voyage nor to carry any cargo not permitted under the Insurances in
57


effect without first covering such Ship to the amount herein provided for with additional insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender for such voyage or the carriage of such cargo;
21.18 (without limitation to the generality of the foregoing) in particular not permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any Government or by the Ship's War Risks Insurers unless there shall have been effected by the Borrower and at its expense such special insurance as the War Risk Insurers may require; and
21.19 to procure that all amounts payable under the Insurances are paid in accordance with the loss payable clause in the form set out in Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 (as may be appropriate) to the General Assignment and to apply and procure that all amounts as are paid to the Borrower are applied to the repair of the damage and the reparation of the loss in respect of which the said amounts shall have been received; and
21.20 should the Ship be laid up for any period, to arrange 'lay-up' Insurances for the Ship during such period, at its own cost and upon such terms and conditions, in such amounts and with such Insurers as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Lender.
22 OPERATIONAL UNDERTAKINGS
The Borrower hereby further undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 22 at all relevant times during the Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise previously permit in writing:
22.01 to ensure that the Ship shall be kept registered as a Liberian flag ship at the port of Monrovia, Liberia, (or under such other flag as may be acceptable to the Lender in its reasonable discretion) and not to do or suffer to be done anything whereby such registration may be forfeited or imperilled;
22.02 to ensure that all the Earnings of the Ship are paid into the Earnings Account;
22.03 to pay as and when due and payable, all taxes, assessments, levies, governmental charges, fines and penalties lawfully imposed on and enforceable against the Ship;
22.04 to ensure that the Ship (or any share thereof or interest therein) shall not be sold transferred, mortgaged, charged, hypothecated or abandoned (save in the case of maritime necessity) and that neither the Insurances nor the Earnings of the Ship or any Requisition Compensation will be assigned otherwise than in favour of the Lender;
22.05 to ensure that the Ship shall neither be employed and/or operated in a manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including without limitation to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and all Sanctions and neither Borrower nor the Manager will engage in any unlawful trade or carry any cargo that may expose the Ship to penalty, forfeiture or capture and in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether a war be declared or not) nor employ the Ship or voluntarily suffer her employment in carrying any contraband goods;
58


22.06 not to create or permit to be created or continued any lien or Encumbrance(s) on the Ship and/or the Insurances and/or the Earnings and/or any Requisition Compensation (other than Permitted Liens) and to satisfy all claims and demands which if unpaid might in law or by statute or otherwise create a lien or Encumbrance(s) and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) to procure that no lien or Encumbrance(s) is created or permitted to be created or continued on the Ship for any reason whatsoever;
22.07 on the request of the Lender, to provide to and procure that the Lender shall be provided with satisfactory evidence that the wages, allotments, insurance and pension contributions of the Master and crew of the Ship are being paid in accordance with the relevant agreements relating to the Ship and the relevant regulations, and that all deductions from the remuneration of the Master and crew in respect of any tax liability (including all social insurance contributions) are being made and accounted for to the relevant authority and that the Master of the Ship has no claim for disbursements other than those properly incurred by him in the ordinary trading of the Ship on the voyage then in progress;
22.08 if any writ or proceedings are issued against the Ship or if the Ship shall be otherwise attached, arrested or detained by any proceeding in any court or tribunal or by any government or other authority, the Borrower shall immediately notify and procure that the Lender shall be notified thereof by telefax confirmed by letter and to cause the Ship to be released and all liens or Encumbrance(s) (except for the Mortgage and any Permitted Liens on the Ship) thereon to be discharged forthwith;
22.09 (save for the Approved Charter) not to voyage or time charter the Ship or place her under any contract for employment for any period which when aggregated with any optional periods of extension contained in the said charter or contract, would exceed twelve (12) months duration, provided however that in the event of the Ship being employed (with the Lender's prior written consent) under any charter which when aggregated with any optional periods contained in such charter would exceed twelve (12) months duration, the Lender shall be furnished forthwith with (a) details and documentary evidence satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion in respect of the new employment, (b) upon Lender's request, a specific assignment in favour of the Lender of the benefit of such charter together with a notice of any such assignment addressed to the relevant charterer and endorsed with an acknowledgement of receipt by the relevant charterer all in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and (c) upon Lender's request, a specific agreement of subordination of the rights of such charterer to the rights of the Lender;
22.10 not to demise charter the Ship for any period whatsoever;
22.11 not to deliver the Ship into the possession of any person or persons for effecting repairs or renewals to the Ship the cost of which will exceed the amount of Seven hundred thousand Dollars ($700,000) unless such person or persons shall have given a written undertaking to the Lender not to exercise any lien or right of detention on the Ship in respect of the cost of such repairs or renewals;
59


22.12 at all times and at the Borrower's own expense, to maintain the Ship in a seaworthy condition and in good running order and repair in accordance with first class ship ownership and ship management practice and to keep and procure that the Ship is kept in such condition as will entitle her to the highest classification status with the Classification Society free from recommendations and notations which have not been complied with in accordance with their terms and to procure that, upon the Lender's request, the Lender is provided with a certificate issued by the Classification Society that such classification status is maintained and with copies of all other classification certificates as the Lender may request in writing;
22.13 to submit the Ship regularly to such periodical or other surveys as may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Lender in writing, supply and procure that the Lender is supplied with copies of all survey reports issued in respect thereof;
22.14 to notify and procure that the Lender is notified immediately by facsimile of any recommendation or requirement imposed on the Ship by the Classification Society, the Insurers or by any other competent authority that is not complied with in accordance with its terms;
22.15 to give to the Lender reasonable prior notice of any proposed dry docking or any underwater survey of the Ship so that the Lender (if it so desires) can arrange for a representative to be present;
22.16 to authorise and procure that the Classification Society and all other regulatory authorities of the Ship are authorised to disclose to the Lender any information or documents requested by the Lender relating to the classification, repair, maintenance or seaworthiness of the Ship;
22.17 to comply with all legal requirements whether imposed by enactment, regulation, common law or otherwise and to have on board the Ship as and when legally required valid certificates showing compliance therewith;
22.18 without prejudice to Clause 22.17, to take all necessary and proper precautions to prevent any infringements of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 of the United States of America or any similar legislation applicable to the Ship in any jurisdiction in or to which the Ship shall be employed or trade or which may otherwise be applicable to the Ship or the Borrower and, if the Lender shall so require, the Borrower shall enter into a "Carrier Initiative Agreement" with the United States Customs Service and to procure that such agreement (or any similar agreement hereafter introduced by any agency of the United States of America) is maintained by the Borrower in full force and effect;
22.19 to comply with and to ensure and procure that the Manager and all servants and agents of the Borrower and the Manager or any charterer of the Ship shall comply with, the ISM Code, the ISM Code Documentation, the ISPS Code, the ISPS Code Documentation, all Sanctions, all Environmental Laws and all legislation of any state or government in relation to the Ship, her ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower and the Manager, including, without limitation, requirements
60


relating to manning, submission of oil spill response plans, designation of qualified individuals and establishing financial responsibility;
22.20 to hold and procure that the Manager shall hold all appropriate ISM Documentation and to provide the Lender with copies of the relevant ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation duly issued to the Borrower, the Manager and the Ship pursuant to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;
22.21 to keep, or procure that it is kept, on board the Ship a copy of all relevant ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation respectively;
22.22 to perform and discharge all duties and liabilities imposed on the Borrower under any charter, bill of lading or other contract relating to the Ship;
22.23 not to remove or permit the removal of any part of the Ship or any equipment belonging thereto, nor make or permit to be made any alteration in the structure type or speed of the Ship which materially reduces the value of the Ship (unless such removal or alteration is required by statute or by her Classification Society);
22.24 at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, to permit and procure that the Lender or its authorised representative is permitted full and complete access to the Ship for the purpose of inspecting the state and condition of the Ship and her cargo and papers and at the written request of the Lender deliver and procure the delivery for inspection copies of any and all contracts and documents relating to the Ship whether on board or not;
22.25 to keep and procure that the Lender is kept fully informed as to the use, the employment and the position of the Ship and promptly provide and procure that the Lender is provided with information concerning the classification, status and insurance of the Ship from time to time as and when so required in writing by the Lender;
22.26 when so requested by the Lender, to appoint and procure that two firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers shall be appointed, as nominated or approved by the Lender, to give valuations of the Ship in Dollars, such valuations to be made without physical inspection (unless otherwise required by the Lender) and on the basis of an arm's-length transaction by a willing buyer from a willing seller and where the Ship is subject to a charter, with or without taking into account such charter (whichever results to a lower value of the Ship); The average of the aforesaid two valuations shall constitute the Market Value of the Ship. In case the difference between the said two valuations is more than ten per cent (10%), a third firm of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers, nominated or approved by the Lender, will be appointed and the average of all three such valuations shall constitute the Market Value of the Ship. The fees of the shipbrokers appointed to give such valuations shall be paid by the Borrower;
22.27 in the event of Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship by any Government Entity, to execute and procure the execution of any assignment that the Lender may request in relation to any and all amounts which such Government Entity shall be liable to pay as
61


compensation for the Ship or for her use and if received by the Borrower to pay and procure the payment of such amounts immediately to the Lender,
22.28 to maintain the appointment of the Manager as manager of the Ship and not to vary in any material respect or terminate this appointment;
22.29 to execute and procure the execution by each other Security Party of any further document or documents required by the Lender in order to perfect or complete the security created by the Finance Documents;
22.30 to execute and deliver to the Lender such documents of transfer as the Lender may require in the event of sale of the Ship pursuant to any power of sale contained in the Mortgage or which the Lender may have in law;
22.31 to immediately notify the Lender by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:
(i)              any casualty in respect of the Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
(ii)              any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(iii)              any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority in respect of the Ship which is not complied with in accordance with its terms;
(iv)              any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances or any requisition of the Ship for hire;
(v)              any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or the Manager or in connection with the Ship or any Environmental Incident in respect thereof;
(vi)              any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against a Borrower and/or the Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or
(vii)              any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code or the Sanctions not being complied with;
and advise and procure that the Lender shall be advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Lender shall require of the Borrower's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters;
22.32 to keep prominently in the Chart Room and in the Master's cabin of the Ship a framed duly completed notice printed in plain type of such size that the area of print shall cover a space not less than six inches wide and nine inches high reading as follows:
"NOTICE OF MORTGAGE
62


This Ship is owned by [..] of Liberia and is subject to a first priority/preferred Mortgage [and a deed of covenant collateral thereto - as the case may be] in favour of HSBC BANK PLC; under the terms of the said Mortgage, a certified copy of which is preserved with the Ship's papers, neither the owners nor the Captain nor any officer or agent nor any charterer of this Ship nor any other person whatsoever has any power, right or authority whatever to create, incur or permit the imposition on this Ship any commitments or encumbrances except for crews' wages accrued for not more than three (3) months or salvage."; and
22.33 to comply with its respective obligations under each Subject Document and not to (and ensure and procure that no other party thereto will) vary, amend or terminate any of the aforesaid documents.
23 SECURITY MARGIN
23.01 In the event that at any time during the Security Period the Security Value is less than the Security Requirement, then the Borrower shall within thirty (30) Banking Days of receipt of a written notice from the Lender advising the Borrower of the amount of such deficiency (which notice in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive) either provide to the Lender additional security (valued in accordance with normal banking practice) which shall in all respects be acceptable and satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion and which in the opinion of the Lender shall be equal to the shortfall or prepay in accordance with Clause 10 such part (at least) of the Facility that in the opinion of the Lender is required in order to eliminate the shortfall.
24 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
24.01 If:
24.01.01 the Borrower fails to pay on the due date for payment any amount which shall have become due hereunder and/or under the other Finance Documents;
24.01.02 any representation, warranty or statement made by the Borrower in this Agreement and/or in any of the other Finance Documents or any certificate, statement or opinion delivered or made hereunder or under the other Finance Documents or in connection herewith or with the other Finance Documents shall be incorrect or inaccurate when made;
24.01.03 the Borrower fails to duly and punctually perform or observe any other term of this Agreement or of the other Finance Documents and in any such case such failure, if capable of remedy, shall continue for fourteen (14) Banking Days after the Lender shall have given to the Borrower written notice of such failure;
24.01.04 any other Financial Indebtedness of the Borrower exceeding in aggregate One million Dollars ($1,000,000) becomes due and payable or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or any other condition or a combination thereof, capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity by reason of any circumstance
63


entitling the creditor(s) thereof to declare such indebtedness due and payable and such indebtedness is not paid within fourteen (14) Banking Days therefrom;
24.01.05 the Borrower enters into voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, or becomes insolvent, or an administrator, administrative receiver, receiver or liquidator is appointed on all or a material part of its undertaking or assets or proceedings are commenced by or against it under any reorganisation, arrangement, readjustment of debts, dissolution or liquidation law or regulation, or if any event shall occur which, under the relevant system of law, shall have an equivalent effect;
24.01.06 the Borrower ceases or threatens to cease to carry on the whole or a substantial part of its business;
24.01.07 there shall be a transfer or disposal of all or a substantial part of the assets of the Borrower, whether by one or a series of transactions, related or not, without the prior written consent of the Lender;
24.01.08 any event occurs having a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower;
24.01.09 the value of the assets of the Borrower is less than its respective liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities);
24.01.10 the Borrower reduces its authorised or issued or subscribed capital;
24.01.11 any governmental or other consent, licence or authority required to make any one of this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents legal, valid, binding, enforceable and admissible in evidence or required to enable the Borrower to perform its duties and discharge its liabilities hereunder or under any one or more of the other Finance Documents is withdrawn or ceases to be in full force and effect unless the Borrower procures that such consent, licence or authority is reinstated or re-issued to the satisfaction of the Lender within fourteen (14) Banking Days of the said withdrawal or cessation;
24.01.12 any distress or execution is levied or enforced against a material (in the opinion of the Lender) part of the property and assets of the Borrower and such distress or execution is not withdrawn or discharged within fourteen (14) Banking Days;
24.01.13 the Borrower stops payment of, or is unable to, or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, or enters into any composition or other arrangement with its creditors generally or declares a general moratorium on the payment of indebtedness;
24.01.14 the Borrower becomes a Prohibited Person or becomes owned or controlled by, or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Prohibited Person or the Borrower becomes the owner or controller of a Prohibited Person;
24.01.15 any proceeds of the Facility are made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise is, directly or indirect! applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions;
64


24.01.16 the Borrower becomes a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor;
24.01.17 the Borrower is not in compliance, in all respects, with all Sanctions;
24.01.18 any of the events referred to in Clauses 24.01.01 up to and inclusive 24.01.17 occurs, mutatis mutandis, in respect of any other Security Party or any other member of the Group;
24.01.19 without limiting the generality of Clause 24.01.03, the Borrower is in breach of the provisions of Clause 20.37 and/or Clause 20.38 and/or Clause 23;
24.01.20 if (a) an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default (in each case as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under the Master Agreement or (b) an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under the Master Agreement or (c) a person entitled to do so gives notice of an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv) of the Master Agreement or (d) the Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason;
24.01.21 the Borrower and/or any other Security Party fails to comply within thirty (30) days from the Lender's written notice to the Borrower to that effect, to the full satisfaction of the Lender, with any requirements of the Lender in relation to the shares of the Borrower and the Manager and/or of their corporate shareholder(s) [including but without limitation any requirements of the Lender as to the approved form of the shares (registered or otherwise) of the Borrower and the Manager and/or of their corporate shareholder(s);
24.01.22 there is a change in the management or the legal ownership of a Borrower and/or the Manager or of any of their corporate shareholder(s) without the prior written consent of the Lender;
24.01.23 the Borrower sells, transfers, disposes of or (other than by Permitted Liens) encumbers the Ship or any interest or share therein, or agrees to do so without the prior written consent of the Lender;
24.01.24 the Ship is arrested or detained and such arrest or detention is not released within twenty five (25) days, or an order for the sale of the Ship is made by a court of competent jurisdiction or the Borrower ceases to retain possession and/or control of the Ship for a period in excess of twenty five (25) days;
24.01.25 the Ship becomes a Total Loss and the Borrower fails to make the payment required to be made under Clause 10.01 in respect of such Total Loss within the time set forth in Clause 10.02.02;
24.01.26 the Ship is laid up for a period exceeding thirty (30) days without the prior written consent of the Lender;
65


24.01.27 the country of registration of the Ship becomes involved in war (whether or not declared) or civil war or is occupied by any other power and the Lender in its discretion considers that, as a result, the security conferred by any of the Finance Documents is materially prejudiced;
24.01.28 an Event of Default under any one of the Subject Documents (as defined therein) occurs;
24.01.29 the Subject Documents or any of them is terminated, revoked, cancelled, or otherwise ceases, in whole or in part, to be valid, binding and enforceable;
24.01.30 any Security Party repudiates or evidences an intention to repudiate any one or more of the Subject Documents;
24.01.31 the Guarantor ceases to be actively involved in the business of the Borrower and/or the Manager;
24.01.32 the fulfilment of any one or more of the obligations covenants and undertakings contained in any one or more of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto or the exercise of any of the rights vested in the Lender hereunder or thereunder becoming either unlawful under any applicable law or unauthorised by any authority having jurisdiction or otherwise impossible;
24.02 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and at any time thereafter the Lender:
24.02.01 may by written notice to the Borrower declare that any undrawn part of the Facility shall be cancelled, whereupon the same shall be cancelled;
24.02.02 may by written notice to the Borrower declare the Indebtedness immediately due and payable whereupon the same shall become so payable to the Lender;
24.02.03 take any other action, exercise any other right or pursue any other remedy conferred upon the Lender by this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents or by any applicable law or regulation or otherwise as a consequence of such Event of Default;
24.02.04 shall be entitled but not obliged to, exercise all its rights under the Master Agreement and to, inter alia, cancel, net out, unwind, terminate or liquidate all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement. Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Master Agreement, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights hereunder and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated, such termination shall constitute a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrower and, accordingly, the Lender shall be entitled to recover from the Borrower
66


a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.
24.03 All Proceeds received by the Lender under or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents after the happening of any Event of Default shall be applied by the Lender in payment of the Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of Clause 12.
24.04 On the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender shall have the right and power to order the Ship to proceed forthwith at the Borrower's risk and expense to a port or place nominated by the Lender. The Borrower undertakes to give the necessary instructions to the Master of the Ship to comply with any such order of the Lender and if the Borrower fails to give such instructions for any reason whatsoever the Lender shall have the right and power to give such instructions direct to the Master.
25 SET-OFF
25.01 The Borrower hereby authorises the Lender, without prejudice and in addition to all rights of set off, combination, lien or otherwise which the Lender has at law or under any agreement between the Lender and the Borrower, at any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing without demand and without notice:
25.01.01 to set off any amount to the credit of any existing accounts of the Borrower with the Lender, (whether deposit, loan or otherwise, in the name of the Borrower or otherwise) including, without limitation, the Accounts, in or towards satisfaction of all amounts due from the Borrower under this Agreement and/or any one or more of the other Finance Documents; and
25.01.02 to transfer and apply any amount standing to the credit of any such existing accounts of the Borrower with any associate or subsidiary of the Lender in or towards satisfaction of all amounts due from the Borrower under this Agreement and/or any one or more of the other Finance Documents.
25.02 For that purpose the Lender has the power, without limitation, to:
25.02.01 break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower; and/or
25.02.02 enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Lender considers appropriate.
25.03 Without prejudice to its rights hereunder and/or under the Master Agreement, the Lender may at the same time as, or at any time after, an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs under this Agreement or the Borrower's default under the Master Agreement, set-off any amount due now or in the future from the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement against any amount due from the Lender to the Borrower under the Master Agreement and apply the first amount in discharging the second amount. The effect of any set-off under this Clause 25.03 shall be effective to
67


extinguish or, as the case may require, reduce the liabilities of the Lender under the Master Agreement.
25.04 Where such set-off or transfer requires the conversion of one currency into another, such conversion shall be calculated at the spot rate as conclusively determined by the Lender for purchasing such currency with the currency in which the relevant amounts are denominated on the date of actual payment.
26 FEES
26.01 The Borrower shall pay to the Lender an availability fee of one per cent per annum (1%) on the from time to time available and undrawn amount of the Facility (the " Availability Fee ");   such Availability Fee for the Facility shall accrue from day to day for a period starting on the date of signing of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) the Drawdown Date of the Facility and (ii) on the Termination Date and shall be calculated upon the exact number of days which have elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of three hundred and sixty (360) days and shall be payable quarterly in arrears.
26.02 The Borrower shall pay to the Lender an arrangement fee of zero point eighty per cent (0.80%) of the final amount to be drawn down, of which, approximately twenty five per cent (25%) thereof i.e. US Dollars Thirty Nine thousand Nine hundred (US$39,900) has been paid by the Borrower on the 19 December 2014 and the remaining seventy five per cent (75%) thereof will be paid to the Lender simultaneously with the Drawdown of the Facility on the Drawdown Date.
27 EARNINGS AND RETENTION ACCOUNTS
27.01 The Borrower hereby agrees to ensure and procure that all the Earnings of the Ship, shall be paid into the Earnings Account, which shall be charged in favour of the Lender by the Earnings Account Charge. Unless and until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs, whereupon the Lender may give notice to the Borrower that it requires that all Earnings of the Ship are paid directly to the Lender, all amounts in the Earnings Account shall be applied as follows:
27.01.01 first, towards the payment of fees and costs that are due and payable by the Borrower to the Lender under the Finance Documents;
27.01.02 second, (in case the Retention Account provided for in Clause 27.02 has been opened) towards payment to the Retention Account of the amounts that may be required to be transferred to the credit thereof in accordance with Clause 27.02; and
27.01.03 third, any balance thereafter remaining in the Earnings Accounts shall be available to the Borrower for the payment of the Operating Expenses of the Ship as well as for the payment of dividends and the repayment of any shareholders' loans.
27.02 Within fifteen (15) days from the written notice of the Lender to the Borrower to that effect, the Borrower shall open the Retention Account with the Lender, which shall be charged in favour of the Lender by the Retention Account Charge. date falling
68


thirty (30) days from the immediately preceding (as from the written notice of the Lender referred to in this Clause 27.02) Repayment Instalment and on the same date in each consecutive following calendar month (provided that if such day is not a Banking Day, the next following Banking Day) the Lender will transfer from the Earnings Accounts to the Retention Account an amount equal to one third (1/3rd) of each Repayment Instalment payable on the next Repayment Date thereof and the relevant monthly fraction of the interest in respect thereof due on the relevant next Interest Payment Date; PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT, without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 35, the Lender will be entitled not to exercise the right conferred on the Lender under this Clause 27.02, :or as long as the Lender thinks fit, at the Lender's sole and absolute discretion.
27.03 The Lender shall pay interest to the Borrower on the credit balances from time to time in the Retention Account at the rate, which it usually pays on equivalent amounts and in accordance with its usual practice.
27.04 On each Repayment Date the Lender shall transfer from the Retention Account to the Loan Account(s) an amount equal to each relevant Repayment Instalment payable on that date and on each relevant Interest Payment Date the Lender shall transfer from the Retention Account to the Loan Account(s) an amount equal to the interest payable in respect thereof under Clause 7 on that date.
27.05 In the event that there are insufficient funds in the Earnings Account to pay the amounts referred to in Clause 27.02 above the Borrower agrees to pay to the Lender an amount equal to the difference between the actual amount in the Earnings Account and the amount due under Clause 27.02 on the first Banking Day in such month.
27.06 The Lender acknowledges that the Borrower shall, unless and until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default shall occur and the Lender shall direct to the contrary, be entitled from time to time, to require that moneys for the time being standing to the credit of the Accounts be transferred in such amounts and for such periods as the Borrower selects to fixed-term deposit accounts ("deposit accounts") opened in the name of the Borrower with the Lender.
27.07 The Borrower shall not be entitled to withdraw moneys standing to the credit of the relevant Account which are the subject of a fixed term deposit until the expiry of the period of such deposit unless the Borrower shall, on withdrawing such moneys pay to the Lender on demand any loss or expense which the Lender shall certify that it has sustained or incurred as a result of such withdrawal being made prior to the expiry of the period of the relevant deposit and the Lender shall be entitled to debit the relevant Account for the amount so certified prior to such withdrawal being made. In the event that any moneys so deposited are to be applied pursuant to this Clause 27, the Borrower shall, on such application being made, pay to the Lender on demand any loss or expense which the Lender shall certify that it has sustained or incurred as a result of such application being made prior to the expiry of the period of the relevant deposit and the Lender shall be entitled to debit the relevant Account for the amount so certified prior to such application being made. Any deposit accounts shall, for all the purposes
69


of the Finance Documents, be deemed to be sub-accounts of the relevant Account from which the moneys deposited in the deposit accounts were transferred and all references in the Finance Documents to such Account shall be deemed to include the deposit accounts deemed as aforesaid to be sub-accounts thereof.
28 EXPENSES
28.01 Whether or not the Facility or any part thereof, is actually drawn down the Borrower shall reimburse the Lender on demand for all costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation and conclusion of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents including the fees and expenses of the Lender's legal advisers.
28.02 The Borrower shall reimburse the Lender on demand for all charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in or in connection with the exercise of the Lender's rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents (including but not limited to the fees and charges of auditors, brokers, surveyors and lawyers instructed by the Lender) and with the actual, attempted or purported enforcement of, or preservation of rights under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
29 INDEMNITY
29.01 The Borrower hereunder undertakes and agrees to indemnify the Lender, upon the Lender's first demand, from and against any losses, costs or expenses (including legal expenses) which it incurs in consequence of any Event of Default including (but without limitation) all losses (including loss of profit for the then current Interest Period), premiums and penalties incurred or to be incurred in liquidating or redeploying deposits made by third parties or funds acquired or arranged to advance or maintain the Facility or any part thereof and any liability items which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea.
30 ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY
30.01 The Borrower undertakes to indemnify the Lender against all damages, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, penalties, fines or proceedings which may be incurred or paid by or imposed on the Lender directly or indirectly at any time (whether before or alter the Indebtedness has been repaid in full) pursuant to any Environmental Law or any other environmental legislation of any state or government which would not have been incurred or paid by or imposed on the Lender had it not entered into this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents.
31 CONFIDENTIALITY
In this Clause
70


" Affiliate "   means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of that person, or a holding company of that person or any other subsidiary of that holding company; and
" Representative "   means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian
31.01 The Lender agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 31.02 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 31.03 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.
31.02 The Lender may disclose:
31.02.01 to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as the Lender shall consider appropriate;
31.02.02 to any person:
(a) to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
(b) with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Security Parties and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
(c) appointed by the Lender or by a person to whom Clause 31.02.02(a) or 31.02.02(b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;
(d) who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 31.02.02(a) or 31.02.02(b);
(e) to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;
(f) to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;
(g) who is a Party; or
(h) with the consent of the Borrower; and
31.02.03 to any person appointed by the Lender or by a person to whom Clause 31.02.02(a) or 31.02.02(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such
71


Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 31.02.03.
31.03 Disclosure to numbering service providers
31.03.01 The Lender may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by the Lender to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Security Parties the information to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.
31.03.02 The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Security Parties by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.
32 LENDER'S BUSINESS
32.01 No provision of this Agreement will:
32.01.01 interfere with the right of the Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
32.01.02 oblige the Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
32.01.03 oblige the Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
33 STAMP DUTIES - TAXES ETC
33.01 The Borrower shall pay any and all stamp, registration and similar taxes and charges of whatsoever nature which may be payable or determined to be payable on, or in connection with, the execution, registration, notarisation, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents. The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission on the part of the Borrower to pay any such taxes.
34 DETERMINATIONS
34.01 Each determination of an Interest Rate or a Default Rate or of any amount in respect of principal or interest or fees or expenses by the Lender in accordance with this Agreement and every other determination or certification by the Lender under this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.
72


35 NO WAIVER
35.01 No failure to exercise and no delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or power preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights, powers and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies provided by law.
36 PARTIAL INVALIDITY
36.01 In the event that any term or condition of this Agreement is rendered or declared illegal, invalid or inoperative in whole or in part by any statute rule or regulation or any decision of any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction then such determination or declaration shall neither affect the validity of any other term or condition of this Agreement which (save as aforesaid) will remain in full force and effect nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such term or condition under the laws of any other jurisdiction.
37 TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT
37.01 This Agreement shall bind and be to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
37.02 The Borrower may not assign any of its rights, powers, duties or liabilities hereunder.
37.03 The Lender may at any time and without the prior consent of the Borrower assign or transfer all or part of the Facility and its rights and powers under any one or more of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to any other bank or other financial institution (the " Transferee Lender " ).
37.04 The Lender may at any time and from time to time change its lending office in respect of the whole or any part of its participation in the Facility. The Lender shall notify the Borrower of any such change in the lending office as soon as is practicable.
37.05 If the Lender assigns or transfers all or any part of its rights, powers duties and liabilities hereunder pursuant to Clause 37.03 the Borrower undertakes immediately on being requested to do so by the Lender to enter into and procure that the other parties to the Finance Documents shall enter into, such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the Transferee Lender all or part of the Lender's interest in the Finance Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to the Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Lender and/or its assignee or transferee (as the case may be) to the extent of their respective interests.
73


38 NON-IMMUNITY
38.01 The Borrower does not have any right of immunity from set-off, suit or execution, attachment or other legal process under the laws of the United Kingdom or the Republic of Greece or the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Republic of Liberia.
38.02 The exercise by the Borrower of its rights and performance and discharge of its duties and liabilities hereunder will constitute commercial acts done and performed for private and commercial purposes.
38.03 To the extent that the Borrower may in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be taken for the enforcement of this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents claim for itself or its assets immunity from suit, judgment, execution, attachment (whether, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to itself or its assets any such immunity (whether or not claimed), the Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives any such immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.
39 NOTICES
39.01 Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
39.02 A notice shall be sent:
 
(a)
to the Borrower:
c/o EUROBULK LTD
     
4, Messogiou & Evropis Street
     
151 24 Maroussi
     
Greece
     
Fax No.: +30 211 1804097
 
 
(b)
to the Lender:
 
     
111 Messoghion Ave,
Athens,
     
Greece, Tel: +30 210 6961457
     
Attn. Ms Katerina Eleftheriou.

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the other in writing.
39.03 Subject to Clauses 39.04 and 39.05:
(a)              a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;
74


(b)              a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, two (2) hours after its transmission is completed.
39.04 However, if under Clause 39.03 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a)              on a day which is not a Banking Day in the place of receipt; or
(b)              on such a Banking Day, but after 5 p.m. local time;
the notice shall (subject to Clause 39.05) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a Banking Day.
39.05 Clauses 39.03 and 39.04 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one (1) hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form, which is illegible in a material respect.
39.06 A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that the manner of serving it does not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice.
39.07 Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English or in Greek.
39.08 In this Clause "notice" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
40 SUPPLEMENTAL
40.01 The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to the Lender are:
(a)              cumulative;
(b)              may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c)              shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
40.02 If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
40.03 A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
75


40.04 A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
40.05 This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between the Lender and the Borrower or their representatives prior to the date of this Agreement, including without limitation, the Commitment Letter.
41 LAW AND JURISDICTION
41.01 This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
41.02 Subject to Clause 41.03, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.
41.03 Clause 41.02 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender, which reserves the right:
(a)              to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of the Republic of Greece and/or any country other than England or Greece and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and
(b)              to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or Greece or without commencing proceedings in England or Greece.
The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter, which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.
41.04 The Borrower irrevocably appoint Messrs. Hill Dickinson Service (London) Limited presently at lrongate House, Duke's Place, London EC3A 7LP England, Att. Mr. Patrick Hawkins, tel: +44 207 2839033 email: patrick.hawkins@hilldickinson.com to act as their agent to receive and accept on their behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.
41.05 The Borrower irrevocably designate and appoint Mr. Alexandros Kapellaris, Advocate, with offices at 42, Panepistimiou Street, 106 79 Athens, Greece, as agent for the service of process in Greece ("antiklitos") and agree to consider any legal process or any demand or notice made served by or on behalf of the Lender on the said agent as being made to the Borrower. The designation of such an authorized agent (antiklitos) shall remain irrevocable until all indebtedness shall have been paid in full in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
41.06 Nothing in this Clause 41 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
76


41.07 In this Clause 41, "proceedings" means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure or enforcement court order (diatagi pliromis).
42 THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS
42.01 In case of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto the day and year first above written.

77


EXECUTION PAGE

SIGNED by
)
Mr. Gerassimos Mentoros
) /s/ Mr. Gerassimos Mentoros
for and on behalf of
)
HSBC BANK PLC
)
In the presence of: /s/ Christos Gourikis
)






SIGNED by
)
Ms Stephania Karmiri
) /s/ Ms Stephania Karmiri
for and on behalf of
)
ULTRA TWO SHIPPING LTD
)
in the presence of: /s/ Christos Gourikis
)

78


SCHEDULE 1
Notice of Drawdown
TO:              HSBC BANK PLC
………

Date ……

Dear Sirs,
Financial Agreement dated ....... made between ......... and HSBC BANK PLC

1. We refer to the financial agreement dated .......... (the " Financial Agreement ") and made between ourselves, as borrower and yourselves as lender, in connection with a loan facility of up to ……….
Terms defined in the Financial Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Notice of Drawdown.
2. We request to borrow the Facility as follows:
(a) Amount: $ ............;
(b) Drawdown Date: .............;
(c) Duration of the first Interest Period shall be ……....... months; and
(d) Payment instructions: …………..
3. We represent and warrant that:
(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 17 of the Financial Agreement and in the other Finance Documents would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing;
(b) no Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Facility.
4. This notice cannot be revoked without your prior written consent of the Lender.
5. We authorise you to deduct from the proceeds of the Facility the amount of the fees referred to in Clause 26 and all the legal fees and disbursements payable pursuant to Clause 19.01.28.

79


Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
………



_________________________
……………………………………
Attorney-in-Fact

80


SCHEDULE 2
Acknowledgement
Date: ........

Financial Agreement dated ............. made between …........ and HSBC Bank Pic (the "Financial Agreement")
We the undersigned Borrower declare that in connection with the above Financial Agreement we received the Facility in the amount of ............ Dollars ($.........) value ………..
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings specified in the Financial Agreement.
Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
……………





_____________________________
………………………………………….
Attorney-in-Fact



SK 02558 0005 6500330
81

Exhibit 10.9
Dated 20 March 2015
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
as Borrower
and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders
and
HSH NORDBANK AG
as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, Swap Bank
and Security Trustee
LOAN AGREEMENT
relating to a senior secured post-delivery term
loan facility of up to US$19,000,000
to provide finance secured on
Sellers' Hull No. DY160
 
 
 
 
WATSON FARLEY
&
WILLIAMS


Index
Clause
 
Page
     
1
Interpretation
 1
2
Facility
 16
3
Position of the Lenders and Swap Bank
16
4
Drawdown
17
5
Interest
 18
6
Interest Periods
 20
7
Default Interest
 21
8
Repayment and Prepayment
22
9
Conditions Precedent
24
10
Representations and Warranties
25
11
General Undertakings
 29
12
Corporate Undertakings
34
13
Insurance
35
14
Ship Covenants
41
15
Security Cover
46
16
Payments and Calculations
47
17
Application of Receipts
49
18
Application of Earnings; Swap Payments
50
19
Events of Default
52
20
Fees and Expenses
57
21
Indemnities
 58
22
No Set-Off or Tax Deduction
 61
23
Illegality, etc.
 62
24
Increased Costs
63
25
Set-Off
65
26
Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices
 65
27
Variations and Waivers
70
28
Notices
71
29
Supplemental
73
30
Law and Jurisdiction
74
Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments
76
Schedule 2 Drawdown Notice
77
Schedule 3 Condition Precedent Documents
78
Schedule 4 Mandatory Cost Formula
81
Schedule 5 Designation Notice
83
Schedule 6 Transfer Certificate
84
Schedule 7 Power of Attorney
88
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate
89
Execution Pages
90


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 March 2015
BETWEEN
( 1 ) ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia as Borrower;
( 2 ) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders;
( 3 ) HSH NORDBANK AG acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Agent;
( 4 ) HSH NORDBANK AG acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Mandated Lead Arranger;
( 5 ) HSH NORDBANK AG acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Security Trustee; and
( 6 ) HSH NORDBANK AG acting through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany, as Swap Bank.

BACKGROUND
(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a senior secured post-delivery term loan facility in one advance in an amount up to the lesser of (i) $19,000,000 and (H) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship for the purpose of part financing the Contract Price of the Ship.
(B) The Swap Bank has agreed to enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.
(C) The Lenders and the Swap Bank have agreed to share pari passu in the security to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1. INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions
Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:
" Account "   means each of the Earnings Account, the Liquidity Account, the Swap Account and the Retention Account and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Account Pledge "   means, in relation to each Account, a pledge agreement creating security in respect of that Account in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Additional Minimum Liquidity "   has the meaning given in Clause 11.19;
" Advance "   means the principal amount of the borrowing by the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of the Ship or, as the context may require, the principal amount outstanding under such Advance under this Agreement;
" Affected Lender "   has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;

" Agency and Trust Agreement "   means the agency and trust agreement executed or to be executed between the Borrower and the Creditor Parties in the Agreed Form;
" Agent "   means HSH Nordbank AG, acting in such capacity through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;
" Agreed Form "   means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provisions of any Finance Document;
" Applicable Lender "   has the meaning given in Clause 5.2;
" Approved Auditor "   means any auditors acceptable to the Lenders;
" Approved Broker "   means Arrow, Barry Rogliano Sales, Clarksons, Howe Robinson, SSY Valuation Services, Maersk Brokers, RS Platou Shipbrokers and Fearnleys (or such subsidiary or other company in the same corporate group through which valuations are commonly issued) and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Approved Flag "   means, in relation to the Ship, the Liberian flag or such other flag as the Agent may approve as the flag on which the Ship is or, as the case may be, shall be registered;
" Approved Flag State "   means, in relation to the Ship, the Republic of Liberia or any other country in which the Agent may approve that the Ship is or, as the case may be, shall be registered;
" Approved Manager "   means, in respect of the Ship, Eurobulk Ltd or any other company which the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve from time to time as the commercial and/or technical manager of the Ship;
" Approved Manager's Undertaking "   means, in relation to the Ship, a letter of undertaking including (inter alia) an assignment of the Approved Manager's rights, title and interest in the Insurances executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form agreeing certain matters in relation to that Approved Manager, serving as manager and subordinating its rights against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Assignable Charter "   means, in relation to the Ship, any time charterparty, consecutive voyage charter or contract of affreightment in respect of the Ship having a duration (or capable of exceeding a duration) of 12 months or more and any guarantee of the obligations of the charterer under such charter or any bareboat charter in respect of the Ship and any guarantee of the obligations of the charterer under such bareboat charter, entered or to be entered into by the Borrower and a charterer or, as the context may require, bareboat charterer and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Availability Period "   means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:
(a) 30 April 2016 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or
(b) if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;
2


" Balloon Instalment "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.1;
" Basel III "   means, together:
(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and
(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III";
" Borrower "   means Ultra One Shipping Ltd, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;
" Break Costs "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.2;
" Builder "   means Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., a corporation organised and existing under the laws of the People's Republic of China;
" Building Contract "   means the building contract entered into between the Builder and Sumec Marine Co Ltd a corporation organised and existing under the laws of the People's Republic of China (" Sumec ")   (Sumec and the Builder collectively the " Sellers ")   and the Borrower for the construction by the Sellers and delivery to the Borrower of the Ship;
" Business Day "   means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Piraeus and Hamburg and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City and, in respect of a day on which payment is required to be made to the Sellers or any of them, also in the People's Republic of China;
" Cancellation Notice "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.6;
" Charterparty Assignment "   means, in relation to the Ship, an assignment of the rights of the Borrower under any Assignable Charter relative thereto executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Commitment "   means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and " Total Commitments "   means the aggregate of the Commitments of all   the Lenders);
" Compliance Certificate "   means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 8 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires) to be provided at the times and in the manner set out in Clause 11.20;
" Confirmation "   and " Early Termination Date " , in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the Master Agreement;

3


" Contract Price "   means the aggregate amount payable by the Borrower to the Sellers pursuant to the Building Contract;
" Construction Cost "   means the Contract Price, any extras payable to the Sellers, the supervision cost and the buyers' supplies payable by the Borrowers for the construction of the Ship.
" Contractual Currency "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.6;
" Contribution "   means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;
" Corporate Guarantee "   means a corporate guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, in the Agreed Form;
" Corporate Guarantor "   means Euroseas Ltd, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands;
" Cost of Funding "   means, in relation to a Lender, the rate per annum determined by that Lender to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars are offered to that Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at that Lender's request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period and for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it, or, if that Lender uses other ways than the London Interbank Market to fund deposits in Dollars, such rate as determined by that Lender to be the Lender's cost of funding deposits in Dollars for that Interest Period;
" Creditor Party "   means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Mandated Lead Arranger, any Lender or the Swap Bank, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Delivery Date "   means the date of delivery of the Ship from the Sellers to the Borrower in accordance with the Building Contract.
" Designated Transaction "   means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:
(a) it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Swap Bank which, at the time the Transaction is entered into, is also a Lender;
(b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the Final Repayment Date; and
(c) it is designated by the Swap Bank, by delivery by the Swap Bank to the Borrower and the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 5, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;
" Dollars "   and "$" means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;
" Drawdown Date "   means, in respect of the Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for the Advance to be borrowed, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Advance is actually borrowed;
" Drawdown Notice "   means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

4

" Earnings "   means, in relation to the Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):
(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b);
(i); all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to the Borrower or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire;
(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;
(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship; and
(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and
(b) if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship;
" Earnings Account "   means, in relation to the Ship, an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Hamburg designated "Ultra One Shipping Ltd - Earnings Account", or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which replaces such account and is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent's instructions in writing;
" Environmental Claim "   means:
(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,
and " claim "   means in this context a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;
" Environmental Incident "   means, in relation to the Ship:
(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Ship; or
(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than the Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

5



(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from the Ship and in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;
" Environmental Law "   means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;
" Environmentally Sensitive Material "   means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;
" Event of Default "   means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;
" Final Repayment Date "   means the date falling on the earlier of (i) the fourth annual anniversary of the Drawdown Date and (ii) 30 April 2020;
" Finance Documents "   means together:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Master Agreement;
(c) the Master Agreement Assignment;
(d) the Corporate Guarantee;
(e) the Agency and Trust Agreement;
(f) the General Assignment;
(g) the Mortgage;
(h) the Account Pledges;
(i) any Charterparty Assignments;
(j) the Approved Manager's Undertaking; and
(k) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition and, in the singular, means any of them;
" Financial Indebtedness "   means, in relation to a person (the " debtor ") , any actual or contingent liability of the debtor:
(a) for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;
(b) under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;
(c) under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility made available to the debtor;

6


(d) under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;
(e) under any interest or currency swap, exchange or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or
(f) under receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent that they are sold on a non-recourse basis); or
(g) under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;
" Financial Year "   means, in relation to each of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and the Group, each period of 1 year commencing on 1 January in respect of which their individual or, as the case may be, consolidated accounts are or ought to be prepared;
" GAAP "   means generally accepted accounting principles in the USA;
" General Assignment "   means, in relation to the Ship, a general assignment of (inter alia) the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in the Agreed Form;
" Group "   means together, the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and all subsidiaries direct or indirect) of the Corporate Guarantor from time to time during the Security Period and " member of the Group "   shall be construed accordingly;
" IACS " means the International Association of Classification Societies;
" Initial Market Value "   means, in relation to the Ship, the Market Value thereof calculated in accordance with the valuations relative thereto referred to in paragraph 4 of Schedule 3, Part B;
" Instalment "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.1;
" Insurances "   means, in relation to the Ship:
(a) all policies and contracts of insurance and any reinsurance, policies or contracts, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of the Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and
(b) all rights (including, without limitation, any and all rights or claims which the Borrower may have under or in connection with any cut-through clause relative to any reinsurance contract relating to the aforesaid policies or contracts of insurance) and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement;
" Interest Period "   means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;
" ISM Code "   means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms " safety management

7


system " , " Safety Management Certificate "   and " Document of Compliance "   have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);
" ISPS Code "   means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;
" ISSC " means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;
" Lender "   means, subject to Clause 26.6, a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Agent under Clause 26.15) or its transferee, successor or assign;
" LIBOR "   means, for an Interest Period:
(a) the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period which appears on the Screen Rate; or
(b) if no the Screen Rate is available, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Reference Bank as the rate at which deposits in Dollars are offered to that Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at that Reference Bank's request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;
" Liquidity Account "   means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Hamburg designated "Ultra One Shipping Ltd — Liquidity Account", or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which replaces such account and is designated by the Agent as the Liquidity Account for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent's instructions in writing;
" Loan "   means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;
" LSW 1189 "   means the London Standard Wording for marine insurances which incorporates the German Direct Mortgage Clause;
" Major Casualty "   means, in relation to the Ship, any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $750,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;
" Majority Lenders "   means:
(a) before the Advance is made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.7 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and
(b) after the Advance is made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.7 per cent. of the Loan;
" Mandated Lead Arranger "   means HSH Nordbank AG, acting in such capacity through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, or any successor;
" Mandatory Cost "   means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 4;
" Margin "   means 3.00 per cent. per annum;

8

" Market Value "   means, in relation to the Ship, the market value thereof determined in accordance with Clause 15.3;
" Master Agreement "   means the master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency-Crossborder) form) and the schedule collateral thereto in the Agreed Form made between the Borrower and the Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement;
" Master Agreement Assignment "   means the assignment of the Master Agreement in the Agreed Form;
" Material Adverse Change "   means any event or series of events which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has or will have a Material Adverse Effect;
" Material Adverse Effect "   means a material adverse effect on:
(a) the business, property, assets, liabilities, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor taken as a whole;
(b) the ability of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor to comply with or perform any of its obligations or discharge any of its liabilities, under any Finance Document as they fall due; or
(c) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document;
" Maximum Advance Amount "   means an amount up to the lesser of (i) $19,000,000 and (ii) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship;
" Minimum Liquidity "   has the meaning given in Clause 11.19;
" Mortgage "   means, in relation to the Ship, the first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage on the Ship and, if required pursuant to the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State, a deed of covenants collateral thereto, each in the Agreed Form;
" Negotiation Period "   has the meaning given in Clause 5.10;
" Notifying Lender "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.2, 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;
" Payment Currency "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.6;
" Permitted Security Interests "   means:
(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
(b) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
(c) liens for salvage;
(d) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to the Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;
(e) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the construction, operation, repair or maintenance of the Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is

9



being contested by the Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(e);
(f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and
(g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;
" Pertinent Document "   means:
(a) any Finance Document;
(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and
(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract of insurance or other document falling within above paragraphs;
" Pertinent Jurisdiction " , in relation to a company, means:
(a) England and Wales;
(b) the country under the laws of which that company is incorporated or formed;
(c) a country in which that company has the centre of its main interests or which that
company's central management and control is or has recently been exercised;
(d) a country in which the overall net income of that company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;
(e) a country in which assets of that company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which that company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by that company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and
(f) a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to that company, whether as a main or territorial or ancillary proceedings, or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in above paragraphs (b) or (c);
" Pertinent Matter "   means:
(a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or n connection with a Pertinent Document; or
(b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph above (a),
and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

10

" Potential Event of Default "   means an event or circumstance of the type described in Clause 19.1 which, with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time, a determination of the Majority Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;
" Prepayment Date "   has the meaning given in Clause 15.2;
" Prepayment Notice "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.5(b);
" Quotation Date "   means, in relation to any Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document), the day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits in the currency in relation to which such rate is to be determined for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period or other period;
" Reference Banks "   means, subject to Clause 26.18, together, the Hamburg branch of HSH Nordbank AG, any other bank acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and any of their respective successors;
" Relevant Person "   has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;
" Repayment Date "   means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;
" Requisition Compensation "   includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of " Total Loss " ;
" Retention Account "   means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Hamburg designated "Ultra One Shipping Ltd — Retention Account", or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which replaces this account and is designated by the Agent as the Retention Account for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent's instructions;
" Screen Rate "   means the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower;
" Secured Liabilities "   means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;
" Security Interest "   means:
(a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;
(b) the rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem; and
(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which

11



B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;
" Security Party "   means the Corporate Guarantor, each Approved Manager and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the final paragraph of the definition of " Finance Documents " ;
" Security Period "   means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:
(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;
(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;
(c) neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clauses 20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and
(d) the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;
" Security Trustee "   means HSH Nordbank AG, acting in such capacity through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095, Hamburg, Germany, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;
" Servicing Bank "   means the Agent or the Security Trustee;
" Ship "   means the ultramax bulk carrier of approximately 63,500 metric tons deadweight which is currently being constructed by the Sellers for the Borrower pursuant to the Building Contract, having Sellers' Hull No. DY160 and which is currently scheduled to be delivered to and purchased by the Borrower in the fourth quarter of 2015 or the first quarter of 2016 and registered in its name under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State;
" Swap Account "   means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Hamburg designated "Ultra One Shipping Ltd — Swap Account", or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which replaces this account and is designated by the Agent as the Swap Account for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent's instructions in writing;
" Swap Bank "   means HSH Nordbank AG, acting in such capacity through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany;
" Swap Exposure "   means, as at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Swap Bank to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Bank under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e)(i) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions;

12



" Total Loss "   means, in relation to the Ship:
(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship;
(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or compulsory acquisition of the Ship (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension), whether for full or part consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority unless it is within 1 month from the date of such occurrence redelivered to the full control of the Borrower;
(c) any condemnation of the Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and
(d) any arrest, capture, seizure, confiscation or detention of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the full control of the Borrower;
" Total Loss Date "   means, in relation to the Ship:
(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;
(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earliest of:
(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and
(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and
(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent (acting reasonably) that the event constituting the total loss occurred;
" Transaction "   has the meaning given in the Master Agreement;
" Transfer Certificate "   has the meaning given in Clause 26.2; and
" Trust Property "   has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement.
" Underlying Documents "   means any Assignable Charters, the Building Contract and, in the singular, means any of them.
1.2 Construction of certain terms
In this Agreement:
" administration notice "   means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;
" approved "   means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent at its discretion;

13


" asset "   includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;
" company "   includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;
" consent "   includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;
" contingent liability "   means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;
" document "   includes a deed; also a letter or fax;
" excess risks "   means, in relation to the Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;
" expense "   means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;
" gross negligence "   means a form of negligence which is distinct from ordinary negligence, in which the due diligence and care which are generally to be exercised have been disregarded to a particularly high degree, in which the plainest deliberations have not been made and that which should be most obvious to everybody has not been followed;
" law "   includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;
" legal or administrative action "   means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;
" liability "   includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;
" months "   shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;
" obligatory insurances "   means, in relation to the Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
" parent company "   has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;
" person "   includes any individual, any partnership, any company; any state, political sub­division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;
" policy "   in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;
" protection and indemnity risks "   means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London or by members of the International Group, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 1 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/82) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

14

" regulation "   includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency (monetary or otherwise), department, central bank, regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
" subsidiary "   has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;
" successor "   includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any person's rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;
" tax "   includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and
" war risks "   includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses ( 1/1 1/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).
1.3 Meaning of "month"
A period of one or more " months "   ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (" the numerically corresponding day ") , but:
(a) On the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,
and " month "   and " monthly "   shall be construed accordingly.
1.4 Meaning of " subsidiary "
A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:
(a) a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or
(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or
(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or
(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P,
and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.
1.5 General Interpretation

15


In this Agreement:
(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(b) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(c) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and
(d) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.
1.6 Headings
In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clauses, sub-clauses and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.
2. FACILITY
2.1 Amount of facility
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower a senior secured post-delivery term loan facility of up to the lesser of (a) $19,000,000 and (b) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value, in one Advance.
2.2 Lenders' participations in Advances
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in the Advance in the proportion which, as at the Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.
2.3 Purpose of Advance
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use the Advance only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
3. POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND SWAP BANK
3.1 Interests several
The rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Bank under this Agreement and under the Master Agreement are several.
3.2 Individual right of action
Each Lender and the Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement or under the Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or the Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.
3.3 Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent
Except as provided in Clause 3.2, neither a Lender nor the Swap Bank may commence proceedings against the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with a Finance Document or the Master Agreement without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

16


3.4 Obligations several
The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a failure of the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement shall not result in:
(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or the Swap Bank being increased; nor
(b) the Borrower, any Security Party, any other Lender or the Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document or under the Master Agreement;
and in no circumstances shall a Lender or the Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Agreement.
4. DRAWDOWN
4.1 Request for the Advance
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request the Advance to be borrowed by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (Hamburg time) 3 Business Days prior to the Drawdown Date.
4.2 Availability
The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:
(a) the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period;
(b) the amount of the Advance shall be applied in paying the Construction Cost;
(c) the Advance shall not exceed the relevant Maximum Advance Amount;
(d) any undrawn portion of the Total Commitments in respect of the Advance to occur, upon the determination of the Initial Market Value, shall be automatically cancelled as at the Drawdown Date; and
(e) the amount of the Advance shall not exceed the Total Commitments.
4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of the Drawdown Notice
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received the Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a) the amount of the Advance to which the Drawdown Notice relates and the Drawdown Date;
(b) the amount of that Lender's participation in the Advance; and
(c) the duration of the first Interest Period in respect of the Advance.
4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable
The Drawdown Notice must be signed by a duly authorised signatory of the Borrower; and once served, the Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.

17

4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender on the Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.
4.6 Disbursement of Advance
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:
(a) to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and
(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
4.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party
The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 shall constitute the making of the Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Contribution.
5. INTEREST
5.1 Payment of normal interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Advance in respect of each Interest Period relative to the Advance shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.2 Normal rate of interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Advance in respect of an Interest Period relative to the Advance shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin, (ii) the Mandatory Cost (if any) and (iii) LIBOR for that Interest Period.
5.3 Payment of accrued interest
In the case of an Interest Period of longer than 3 months (subject to the prior agreement of the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.2(b)), accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest
The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:
(a) each rate of interest; and
(b) the duration of each Interest Period,
as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.
5.5 Obligation of Reference Banks to quote
A Reference Bank which is a Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement unless that Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender pursuant to Clause 26.18.

18



5.6 Absence of quotations by Reference Banks
If any Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant LIBOR on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Reference Bank or Banks; but if 2 or more of the Reference Banks fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.
5.7 Market disruption
The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if:
(a) no rate is quoted on the Screen Rate and 2 or more of the Reference Banks do not, before 1:00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period, provide quotation to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or
(b) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Loan (or, if the Loan has not been made, Commitments amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period; or
(c) at least 3 Business Days before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the " Affected   Lender ")   that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market or otherwise in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.
5.8 Notification of market disruption
The Agent shall promptly notify in writing the Borrower and each of the Lenders and the Swap Bank stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice to be given.
5.9 Suspension of drawdown
If the Agent's notice under Clause 5.8 is served before the Advance is made:
(a) In a case falling within Clause 5.7(a) or 5.7(b), the Lender's obligation to advance the Advance; and
(b) In a case falling within Clause 5.7(c), the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in the Advance,
shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent's notice continue.
5.10 Negotiation of alternative rate of interest
If the Agent's notice under Clause 5.8 is served after the Advance is borrowed, the Borrower, the Agent, the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender and the Swap Bank shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 5.8 (the " Negotiation Period ") , an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.
5.11 Application of agreed alternative rate of interest

19


Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.
5.12 Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement
If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the Cost of Funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any); and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.
5.13 Notice of prepayment
If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.12, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days' notice of its intention to prepay the Loan at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.
5.14 Prepayment; termination of Commitments
A notice under Clause 5.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case m ay requite) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be canceled; and
(b) on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
5.15 Application of prepayment
The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
5.16 Interest rate hedging
Signature of the Master Agreement does not commit the Borrower or the Swap Bank to conclude Designated Transactions, or even the Swap Bank to offer terms for doing so, but does provide a contractual framework within which Designated Transactions may be concluded and secured, assuming that the Borrower and the Swap Bank are both willing to conclude any Designated Transaction at the relevant time and that, if that is the case, mutually acceptable terms can then be agreed at the relevant time.
6. INTEREST PERIODS
6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods
The first Interest Period applicable to the Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.
6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods
Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period in respect of the Advance shall be:
20

(a) 3 months; or
(b) such other period (as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (Hamburg time) 3 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period in respect of the Advance) as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree with the Borrower; or
(c) 3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent of another period by the time specified in paragraph (a) or no such other period is agreed between the Borrower and the Agent in accordance with paragraph (a).
6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for Instalments
In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period in respect of the Advance to which that Repayment Date relates shall end on that Repayment Date.
6.4 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected
If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than 3 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (Hamburg time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.
7. DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts
The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:
(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or
(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
7.2 Default rate of interest
Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2.50 per cent. above:
(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and 7.3(b); or
(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).
7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest
The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

21


(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period applicable to it);
(b) the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:
(i) LIBOR; or
(ii) if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to any Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.
7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph 7.3 of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent's notification.
7.5 Payment of accrued default interest
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.
7.6 Compounding of default interest
Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.
7.7 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under the Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest and Compensation) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
8. REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT
8.1 Amount of Instalments
The Borrower shall repay the Loan by 16 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in the amount of $280,000 (each an " Instalment "   and, together, the " Instalments ")   and a balloon instalment in the amount of $14,520,000 (the " Balloon Instalment ") Provided that if the amount advanced is less than $19,000,000, the aggregate amount of the Instalments and the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced by an amount equal to the undrawn amount on a pro rata basis.
8.2 Repayment Dates
The first Instalment in respect of the Advance shall be repaid on the date falling 3 months after the Drawdown Date, each subsequent Instalment shall be repaid at three-monthly

22


intervals thereafter and the last Instalment in respect of the Advance, shall be repaid together with the Balloon Instalment, on the Final Repayment Date.
8.3 Final Repayment Date
On the Final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.
8.4 Voluntary prepayment
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period.
8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment
The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:
(a) a partial prepayment shall be $500,000 or a higher integral multiple thereof (or such other amount acceptable to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 5 Business Days' prior irrevocable written notice (each, a " Prepayment Notice ")   specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;
(c) the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrower or any Security Party has been complied with;
(d) the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 8.10, 8.13 and 8.14 on or prior to the date of prepayment.
8.6 Optional facility cancellation
The Borrower shall be entitled, upon giving to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days' prior written notice (the " Cancellation Notice ") , which notice shall be irrevocable, to cancel, in whole or in part, and, if in part, by an amount not less than $500,000 or a higher multiple thereof (or such other amount acceptable to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), the undrawn balance of the Total Commitments. Upon such cancellation taking effect on expiry of a Cancellation Notice the several obligations of the Lenders to make their respective Commitments available in relation to the portion of the Total Commitments to which such Cancellation Notice relates shall terminate.
8.7                    Cancellation Notice or Prepayment Notice
The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a Cancellation Notice or Prepayment Notice, and shall provide, in the case of a Prepayment Notice, any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 8.5(c).
8.8 Mandatory prepayment
The Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan in full if the Ship:
(a) is sold on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; and

23



(b) becomes a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
8.9 Effect of Prepayment Notice and Cancellation Notice
Neither a Prepayment Notice nor a Cancellation Notice may be withdrawn or amended without the written consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and:
(a) in the case of a Prepayment Notice, the amount specified in that Prepayment Notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in that Prepayment Notice; and
(b) in the case of a Cancellation Notice, the amount cancelled shall be permanently cancelled and may not be borrowed.
8.10 Amounts payable on prepayment
A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 21.2) but without premium or penalty.
8.11 Application of partial prepayment or cancellation
Each partial prepayment if made pursuant to Clauses 5.13, 8.4, 8.6, 8.14, 15.2, 19.2, 23.3 or 24.5, shall be applied pro rata against the Instalments which are at the time being outstanding and the Balloon Instalment.
8.12 No reborrowing
No amount prepaid or cancelled may be reborrowed.
8.13 Unwinding of Designated Transactions
If required by the Swap Bank, on or prior to any repayment or prepayment under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 8.1 and any repayment or prepayment under this Clause 8.
8.14 Prepayment of Swap Benefit
If a Designated Transaction is terminated in circumstances where the Swap Bank would be obliged to pay an amount to the Borrower under the Master Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees that such payment may, in the sole discretion of the Swap Bank, instead be applied in prepayment of the Loan in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.11(a) and irrevocably authorises the Swap Bank to pay such amount to the Agent for such purpose.
9. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
9.1 Documents, fees and no default
Each Lender's obligation to contribute to the Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:

24



(a) that, on or before the service of the Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives:
(i) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers; and
(ii) payment in full of the structuring fee payable pursuant to Clause 20.1(a);
(b) that, on the Drawdown Date but prior to the advance of the Loan, the Agent receives;
(i) the documents or evidence described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
(ii) payment of any commitment fee payable pursuant to Clause 20.1(b); and
(iii) payment of any expenses payable pursuant to Clause 20.2 which are due and payable on the Drawdown Date;
(c) that both at the date of the Drawdown Notice and at the Drawdown Date:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Advance;
(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;
(iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing; and
(iv) there has been no Material Adverse Change; and
(d) that, if the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 were applied immediately following the making of the Advance, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause; and
(e) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by written notice to the Borrower prior to the Drawdown Date.
9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent
If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 7 Business Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specify).
10. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1 General
The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.
10.2 Status
The Borrower is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia.

25


10.3 Share capital and ownership
The Borrower has an authorised share capital of $5 divided into 500 registered and/or bearer shares of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued in registered form fully paid, and the legal title and ownership of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest or other claim, by the Guarantor.
10.4 Corporate power
The Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:
(a) to execute the Underlying Documents to which it is a party and to register the Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;
(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party; and
(c) to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.
10.5 Consents in force
All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests
The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):
(a) constitute the Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,
subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.
10.7 No third party Security Interests
Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party:
(a) the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.
10.8 No conflicts
The execution by the Borrower and each Security Party of each Finance Document and each Underlying Document to which it is a party, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan (or any part thereof), and its compliance with each Finance Document and each Underlying Document to which it is a party will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

26



(a) any law or regulation of any Pertinent Jurisdiction; or
(b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or
(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets,
and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.9 No withholding taxes
All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
10.10 No default
No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.
10.11 Information
All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited and financial statements which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7 and are true, correct and not misleading and present fairly and accurately the financial position of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or the Group (as the case may be); and there has been no change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or the Group (or any member thereof) from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.12 No litigation
No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower or any Security Party (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which would, in either case, have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.13 Validity and completeness of Underlying Documents
Each Underlying Document constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto in accordance with its terms and:
(a) each of the copies of that Underlying Document delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy; and
(b) no amendments or additions to that Underlying Document have been agreed nor has any party which is the party to that Underlying Document, waived any of their respective rights thereunder.
10.14 Compliance with certain undertakings
At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 10.18, 11.2, 11.4, 11.9, 11.13, 13, 14.3 and 14.10.
10.15 No rebates etc.
27

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower, the Sellers or a third party in connection with the purchase by the Borrower of its Ship, other than as disclosed to the Lenders in writing on or prior to the date of this Agreement.
10.16 Taxes paid
The Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to the Borrower, its business or the Ship.
10.17 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance
On or before the Delivery Date, all requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager and the Ship have been complied with.
10.18 No Money laundering
The Borrower:
(a)
will not, and will procure that no Security Party, to the extent applicable, will, in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, contravene or permit any subsidiary to contravene, any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 26 October 2005) and comparable United States Federal and state laws.  The Borrower shall further submit any documents and declarations on request, if such documents or declarations are required by any Creditor Party to comply with its domestic money laundering and/or legal identification requirements; and
(b)
confirms that it is the beneficiary within the meaning of the German Anti Money Laundering Act (Gesetz über das Aufspüren von Gewinnen aus schweren Straftaten (Geldwäschegesetz)), acting for its own account and not for or on behalf of any other person for each part of the Loan made or to be made available to it under this Agreement. That is to say, it acts for its own account and not for or on behalf of anyone else.
The Borrower will promptly inform the Agent by written notice, if it is not or ceases to be the beneficiary and will provide in writing the name and address of the beneficiary.
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any written notice it receives under this Clause 10.18.
10.19 No immunity
Neither the Borrower nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (including, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement).
10.20 Choice of law
The choice of the laws of England to govern the Loan Agreement and those other Finance Documents which are expressed to be governed by the laws of England, the laws of Germany to govern the Account Pledges and the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State to govern the Mortgages (other than any applicable deed of covenant which shall be governed by English law), constitutes a valid choice of law and the submission by the Borrower or, as the case may be, the relevant Security Parties thereunder to the non­exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England and, in the case of the Account Pledges, Germany or, in the case of the Mortgages, the applicable Approved Flag State is a valid
28


submission and does not contravene the laws of the Approved Flag State or the laws of England or, in the case of the Account Pledges, Germany or, in the case of the Mortgages, the applicable Approved Flag State and will be applied by the Courts of The Marshall Islands if the Loan Agreement or those other Finance Documents or any claim thereunder comes under their jurisdiction upon proof of the relevant provisions of the laws of England or, in the case of the Account Pledges, Germany or, in the case of the Mortgages, the applicable Approved Flag State.
10.21 Pari passu ranking
The obligations of each Security Party under the Finance Documents to which it is a party are direct, general and unconditional obligations and rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
10.22 Best Commercial Interests
It is in the best commercial interests of the Security Parties to enter into the Finance Documents to which they are a party.
10.23 Repetition
The representations and warranties in this Clause 10 shall be deemed to be repeated by the Borrower:
(a) on the date of service of the Drawdown Notice;
(b) on the Drawdown Date; and
(c) with the exception of Clauses 10.9, 10.10, 10.11 and 10.12, on the first day of each Interest Period and on the date of any Compliance Certificate issued pursuant to Clause 11.20,
as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.
11. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
11.1 General
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
11.2 Title; negative pledge and pari passu ranking
The Borrower will:
(a) hold the legal title to, and own the entire legal interest in the Ship, her Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests; and
(b) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset, present or future (including, but not limited to, the Borrower's rights against the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement or all or any part of the Borrower's interest in any amount payable to the Borrower by the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement).
11.3 No disposal of assets
29


The Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:
(a) all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or
(b) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation,
but paragraph (a) and (b) do not apply to any charter of the Ship.
11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred
The Borrower will not incur any liability or obligation (including, without limitation, any Financial Indebtedness or any obligations under a guarantee) except:
(a) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is or, as the case may be, will be a party; and
(b) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the normal course of its business of constructing, trading, operating and chartering, maintaining and repairing the Ship (including, without limitation, any shareholder loan subject to the Borrower ensuring on or prior to the date of the first advance of that loan, that the rights of the shareholder which is the provider of the loan are fully subordinated in writing upon such terms and conditions as shall be required by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents but excluding any investments, any sale or lease back agreements and any off-balance-sheet obligations).
11.5 Information provided to be accurate
All financial and other information, including but not limited to factual information, exhibits and reports, which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true, correct and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.
11.6 Provision of financial statements
The Borrower will send or procure that there are sent to the Agent:
(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor, the unaudited individual management accounts of the Borrower and the consolidated audited annual financial statements of the Group for that Financial Year (commencing with the unaudited management accounts or the audited financial statements (as the case may be) for the Financial Year which ended on 31 December 2015 in respect of the Borrower and on 31 December 2014 in respect of the Corporate Guarantor); and
(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each 6-month period ending on 30 June and 31 December in each Financial Year of the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Corporate Guarantor, the semi-annual individual unaudited management accounts in respect of the Borrower or, in the case of the Corporate Guarantor, the semi­annual consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Group, in each case, for that 6-month period (commencing with the management accounts for the 6-month period ending on 30 June 2016 in respect of the Borrower and the financial statements for the period ending on 30 June 2015 in respect of the Corporate Guarantor), duly certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Corporate Guarantor; and
(c) promptly after each written request by the Agent, such further financial, business or other operational information in respect of the Borrower, the Ship, the Corporate Guarantor, the
30

other Security Parties and the Group (including, without limitation, any information regarding any sale and purchase agreements, investment brochures, shipbuilding contracts and charter agreements) as may be requested by the Agent.
11.7 Form of financial statements
All accounts delivered under Clause 11.6 will:
(a) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP and, in the case of any audited financial statements, be certified by an Approved Auditor;
(b) fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower or the Group (as the case may be) at the date of those accounts and of their profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and
(c) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower or the Group (as the case may be).
11.8 Shareholder and creditor notices
The Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications related to any Finance Documents or to any events set out in Clause 19.1(f)(g) or (h), which are despatched to the Borrower's shareholders or creditors or any class of them.
11.9 Consents
The Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, any consents required:
(a) for the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document or any Underlying Document to which it is a party;
(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Underlying Document to which it is a party;
(c) for the Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship,
and the Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.
11.10                    Maintenance of Security Interests
The Borrower will:
(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
11.11 Notification of litigation
31

The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances in respect of the Ship, any Security Party or the Approved Manager, as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that such legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document, and the Borrower shall procure that reasonable measures are taken for the defence in any such legal or administrative action.
11.12 No amendment to Underlying Documents
The Borrower will not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the Underlying Documents (other than in respect of any Assignable Charter) to which it is a party or any of its provisions without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) which consent and instructions will not be unreasonably withheld.
11.13 Principal place of business
The Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated at the commencement of this Agreement; and the Borrower will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United States of America or the United Kingdom.
11.14 Confirmation of no default
The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of the Borrower and which:
(a) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
(b) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.
The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Advance has not been made) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrower's obligations under Clause 11.15.
11.15 Notification of default
The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of:
(a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or
(b) any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,
and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.
11.16 Provision of further information
The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial business or other operational information relating:
(a) to the Borrower, the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; or
(b) to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,
32

which may be reasonably requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender or any Swap Bank at any time.
11.17 Provision of copies and translation of documents
The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
11.18 " Know your customer " checks
If:
(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement ;
(b) any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or
(c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,
obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
11.19 Minimum Liquidity and Additional Minimum Liquidity
The Borrower shall maintain in the Liquidity Account credit balances in an aggregate amount of not less than:
(a) $600,000 (" Minimum Liquidity ")   commencing from the Drawdown Date and at all times thereafter until the irrevocable and unconditional payment of any and all Secured Liabilities; and
(b) in addition to the amount required under paragraph (a) of this Clause, an additional amount of $280,000 (" Additional Minimum Liquidity ")   commencing from the Drawdown Date and at all times thereafter up to and including the Repayment Date of the 8 th Instalment, at which time, the Additional Minimum Liquidity shall be released to or to the order of the Borrower upon its written request Provided that the 8 th Instalment is paid by the Borrower and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or will occur as a result of the release of the relevant Additional Minimum Liquidity amount.
11.20 Compliance Certificate
(a) The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, together with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 11.6, a Compliance Certificate.

33



(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be duly signed by the chief financial officer of the Corporate Guarantor and two directors of the Borrower, evidencing (inter alia) the Borrower's compliance (or not, as the case may be) with the provisions of Clause 11.19 and Clause 15.1 and the Corporate Guarantor's compliance with the financial covenants set out in the Corporate Guarantee.
12. CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS
12.1 General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing.
12.2 Maintenance of status
The Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia.
12.3 Negative undertakings
The Borrower will not:
(a) change the nature of its business or carry on any type of business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship; or
(b) pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the relevant time or an Event of Default will result from the payment of a dividend or the making of any other form of distribution; or
(c) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:
(i) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower's share or loan capital; or
(ii) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,
or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length;
(d) open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except the Accounts with the Agent and the Security Trustee for the purposes of the Finance Documents;
(e) issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital;
(f) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative other than any Designated Transactions; or
(g) enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger, acquisition, divesture, split-up or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation.
34



13. INSURANCE
13.1 General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances
On and following the Delivery Date, the Borrower shall keep the Ship insured at the expense of the Borrower against:
(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);
(b) war risks (including, without limitation, protection and indemnity war risks with a separate limit not less than hull value);
(c) protection and indemnity risks (including, without limitation, protection and indemnity war risks in excess of the amount for war risks (hull) and oil pollution liability risks) in each case in the highest amount available in the international insurance market); and
(d) any other risks in respect of which insurance would be obtained by a prudent owner or operator of the Ship and which the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), having regard to practices, recommendations and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, may from time to time reasonably require by notice to the Borrower.
13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall effect such insurances in such amounts in such currency and upon such terms and conditions as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Security Trustee in its reasonable discretion, but in any event as follows:
(a) in Dollars;
(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, on an agreed value basis in an amount equal to at least the higher of (i) an amount which is equal to 120 per cent. of the aggregate of (A) the Loan and (B) the principal amount secured by any equal or prior ranking Security Interest on the Ship and (ii) the Market Value of the Ship;
(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry (with the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs) and the international marine insurance market (currently $1,000,000,000 for any one accident or occurrence);
(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full value and tonnage of the Ship;
(e) in relation to war risks insurance, extended to cover piracy and terrorism where excluded under the fire and usual marine risks insurance;
(f) on approved terms and conditions;
(g) such other risks of whatever nature and howsoever arising in respect of which insurance would be maintained by a prudent owner of a vessel similar to the Ship; and
35




(h) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations which are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations and have a Standard & Poor's rating of at least BBB- or a comparable rating by any other rating agency acceptable to the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties
In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, the Borrower shall and shall use its best endeavours to procure that:
(a) it and any and all third parties who are named assured or co-assured under any obligatory insurance shall assign their interest in any and all obligatory insurances and other Insurances if so required by the Agent;
(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, the obligatory insurances name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation they may have under any applicable law against the Security Trustee but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(c) the interest of the Security Trustee as assignee and as loss payee shall be duly endorsed on all slips, cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other instruments of insurance in respect of the obligatory insurances;
(d) the obligatory insurances shall name the Security Trustee as sole loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;
(e) the obligatory insurances shall provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(f) the obligatory insurances shall provide that the insurers shall waive, to the fullest extent permitted by English law, their entitlement (if any) (whether by statute, common law, equity, or otherwise) to be subrogated to the rights and remedies of the Security Trustee in respect of any rights or interests (secured or not) held by or available to the Security Trustee in respect of the Secured Liabilities, until the Secured Liabilities shall have been fully repaid and discharged, except that the insurers shall not be restricted by the terms of this paragraph (f) from making personal claims against persons (other than the Borrower or any Creditor Party) in circumstances where the insurers have fully discharged their liabilities and obligations under the relevant obligatory insurances;
(g) the obligatory insurances shall provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances effected by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party;
(h) the obligatory insurances shall provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so; and
(i) the obligatory insurances shall provide that if any obligatory insurance is cancelled, or if any substantial change is made in the coverage which adversely affects the interest of the Security Trustee, or if any obligatory insurance is allowed to lapse for non-payment of premium, such cancellation, charge or lapse shall only be effective against the Security Trustee 14 days (or 7 days in the case of war risks) after receipt by the Security Trustee of prior written notice from the insurers of such cancellation, change or lapse.
36


13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall:
(a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:
(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers, underwriters, insurance companies and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom the Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms and conditions of renewal; and
(ii) seek the Security Trustee's approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);
(b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee's approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and
(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking
The Borrower shall use its best endeavours to ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all cover notes and policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;
(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;
(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
13.7 Copies of certificates of entry; letters of undertaking
The Borrower shall use its best endeavours to ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship is entered provides the Security Trustee with:
(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;
(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;
37


(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by the Borrower's protection and indemnity association, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by the Borrower in accordance with the requirements of such protections and idemnity association; and
(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority or, as the case may be, protection and indemnity associations in relation to the Ship (if applicable).
13.8 Deposit of original policies
The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
13.9 Payment of premiums
The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.
13.10 Guarantees
The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
13.11 Restrictions on employment
The Borrower shall not employ the Ship, nor shall permit it to be employed, outside the cover provided by any obligatory insurances without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.12 Compliance with terms of insurances
The Borrower shall not do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular it shall:
(a) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(c) make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent) of all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation) and, if applicable, shall procure that the Approved Manager complies with this requirement; and
(d) not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the
38

insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.13 Alteration to terms of insurances
The Borrower shall neither make nor agree to any material alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
13.14 Settlement of claims
The Borrower shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and shall do all things necessary to ensure such collection or recovery is made.
13.15 Provision of copies of communications
The Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications between the Borrower and:
(a) the approved brokers;
(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i) the Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii) any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
13.16 Provision of information and further undertakings
In addition, the Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:
(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.17 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,
and the Borrower shall:
(i) do all things necessary and provide the Agent and the Security Trustee with all documents and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys in respect of the Insurances which are payable to the Security Trustee pursuant to the Finance Documents; and
(ii) promptly provide the Agent with full information regarding any Major Casualty in consequence whereof the Ship has become or may become a Total Loss and agree
39

to any settlement of such casualty or other accident or damage to the Ship only with the Agent's prior written consent.

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).
13.17 Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances
The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew all or any of the following insurances on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Majority Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate:
(a) a mortgagee's interest insurance providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties for any losses under or in connection with any Finance Document (in an amount of up to 120 percent of the Loan) which directly or indirectly result from loss of or damage to the Ship or a liability of the Ship or of the Borrower, being a loss or damage which is prima facie covered by an obligatory insurance but in respect of which there is a non-payment (or reduced payment) by the underwriters by reason of, or on the basis of an allegation concerning:
(i) any act or omission on the part of the Borrower, of any operator, charterer, manager or sub-manager of the Ship or of any officer, employee or agent of the Borrower or of any such person, including any breach of warranty or condition or any non-disclosure relating to such obligatory insurance;
(ii) any act or omission, whether deliberate, negligent or accidental, or any knowledge or privity of the Borrower, any other person referred to in paragraph (i) above, or of any officer, employee or agent of the Borrower or of such a person, including the casting away or damaging of the Ship and/or the Ship being unseaworthy; and/or
(iii) any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest marine insurance policy whether or not similar to the foregoing; and
(b) a mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties against, among other things, any possible losses or other consequences of any Environmental Claim, including the risk of expropriation, arrest or any form of detention of the Ship, the imposition of any Security Interest over the Ship and/or any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest additional perils policy whether or not similar to the foregoing, and in an amount of up to 110 per cent. of the Loan,
and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.
13.18 Review of insurance requirements
The Security Trustee shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), significant and capable of affecting the Borrower, the Ship and its Insurances (including, without limitation, changes in the availability of the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Borrower may be subject) and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Agent in appointing an independent marine insurance broker or adviser to conduct such review.
40



13.19 Modification of insurance requirements
The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrower of any proposed modification under Clause 13.18 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee reasonably considers appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect 3 Business Days from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrower as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrower accordingly.
13.20 Compliance with mortgagee's instructions
The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require the Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the Borrower implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.19.
14. SHIP COVENANTS
14.1 General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit in writing.
14.2 Ship's name and registration
From the Delivery Date, the Borrower shall keep the Ship registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship.
14.3 Repair and classification
From the Delivery Date, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that the Approved Manager shall, keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair, sea and cargo worthy in all respects:
(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;
(b) so as to maintain the highest class free of any overdue recommendations and conditions, with a classification society which is a member of IACS (other than the China Classification Society and the Russian Maritime Registry of Shipping) and acceptable to the Agent; and
(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which the Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,
and the Agent shall be given power of attorney in the form attached as Schedule 7 to act on behalf of the Borrower in order to, inspect the class records and any files held by the classification society and to require the classification society to provide the Agent or any of its nominees with any information, document or file, it might request and the classification society shall be fully entitled to rely hereon without any further inquiry.
14.4 Classification society undertaking
The Borrower shall instruct the classification society referred to in Clause 14.3 (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Security Trustee) in relation to the Ship:
41

(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records and any other related records held by the classification society in relation to the Ship;
(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;
(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the classification society:
(i) receives notification from the Borrower or any person that the Ship's classification society is to be changed; or
(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship's class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower's or the Ship's membership of the classification society;
(c) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:
(i) to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or
(ii) if the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.
14.5 Modification
The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship or materially reduce its value.
14.6 Removal of parts
The Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, the Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on the Ship the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage and, if applicable, the Deed of Covenant Provided that the Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.
14.7 Surveys
The Borrower shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey reports.
14.8 Inspection
The Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship at all reasonable times (including, without limitation, in respect of the survey report required pursuant to Schedule 3, Part B, paragraph 12 in respect of which the Borrower shall assist in making all necessary arrangements with the Sellers), on
42

reasonable notice and taking into account the Ship's schedule, to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections at the Borrower's expense (other than in respect of the survey report required pursuant to Schedule 3, paragraph 12 and for purposes of Clause 26, which shall be at the Agent's expense) and, in respect of the survey report, and if the inspector or surveyor appointed by the Security Trustee under this Clause is of the opinion that there are any technical, commercial or operational actions being undertaken or omitted to be undertaken by the Borrower or the Approved Managers which adversely affect the operation or value of the Ship, the Borrower shall forthwith (at their expense) on the Security Trustee's demand remedy such action or inaction and provide the Security Trustee with evidence that it has taken such remedial action.
14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest
The Borrower shall promptly discharge:
(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;
(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and
(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances,
and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.
14.10 Compliance with laws etc.
The Borrower shall:
(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower;
(b) not employ the Ship nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and
(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may reasonably require.
14.11 Provision of information
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:
(a) the Ship, its employment, position and engagements;
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship;
(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the construction, operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made in respect of the Ship;
43



(d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) its compliance, either Approved Managers' compliance and the compliance of the Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,
and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship, of any current charter guarantee and copies of the Borrower's or that Approved Managers' Document of Compliance, Safety Management Certificate and the ISSC.
14.12 Notification of certain events
The Borrower shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by letter, of:
(a) its entry into any agreement or arrangement for the postponement of any date on which any Earnings are due, the reduction of the amount of any Earnings or otherwise for the release or adverse alteration of any right of the Borrower to any Earnings;
(b) its entry into a demise charter in respect of the Ship for any period;
(c) its entry into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;
(d) any casualty which is or is likely to become a Major Casualty;
(e) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(f) any requirement, condition or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with in accordance with its terms;
(g) any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of the Ship for hire;
(h) any intended dry docking of the Ship;
(i) any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;
(j) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, the Approved Managers or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or
(k) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,
and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower's, the Approved Managers' or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.
14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.
The Borrower shall not, in relation to the Ship:
(a) enter into any charter in relation to the Ship under which more than 2 months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(b) charter the Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when the Ship is fixed;
44



(c) appoint a manager of the Ship other than the Approved Managers or agree to any material alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager's appointment;
(d) de-activate or lay up the Ship; or
(e) put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $750,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.
14.14 Notice of Mortgage
The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy of that Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is mortgaged by the Borrower to the Security Trustee.
14.15 Sharing of Earnings
Without Agent's prior written consent, the Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings other than a profit sharing agreed at arm's length under a charter party provided that it is not a part of any pool arrangement, in which case the Agent's prior written consent will be required (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
14.16 ISPS Code
The Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a) procure that the Ship and the company responsible for the Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b) maintain for the Ship an ISSC; and
(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
14.17 Charterparty Assignment
If the Borrower enters into an Assignable Charter, it shall, at the request of the Agent:
(a) execute in favour of the Security Trustee a Charterparty Assignment (such Charterparty Assignment to be notified to the relevant charterer and any charter guarantor, and the Borrower shall use its best endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement from that relevant charterer and charter guarantor); and
(b) without limiting the generality of the above, if that Assignable Charter is a bareboat charter, procure that the bareboat charterer shall execute in favour of the Security Trustee an assignment of (inter alia) all its rights, title and interest in and to the Insurances in respect of the Ship effected either by the Borrower or by the bareboat charterer and a customary letter of undertaking in favour of the Security Trustee whereby (inter alia) the interests of the bareboat charterer under the bareboat charter are subordinated to the interests of the Security Trustee under the Finance Documents, each in the Agreed Form,
and shall deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4, 5,7 and 9 of Schedule 3, Part A as the Agent may require.
45


15. SECURITY COVER
15.1 Minimum required security cover
Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies in writing the Borrower that:
(a) the Market Value of the Ship; plus
(b) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15; plus,
is below an amount equal to 125 per cent. of the Loan.
15.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment
If the Agent serves a written notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall prepay such part at least of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling 14 Business Days after the date on which the Agent's notice is served under Clause 15.1 (the " Prepayment Date ")   unless at least 3 Business Day before the Prepayment Date the Borrower has provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve or require.
15.3 Valuation of Ship
The Market Value of the Ship at any date is that shown by taking the arithmetic means of two valuations issued by 2 Approved Brokers, one of which is to be selected and appointed by the Agent and the other to be selected by the Borrower and appointed by the Agent (unless the Borrower do not elect to appoint an Approved Broker within 14 days after the Agent's request to receive a valuation of the Ship, in which case the Agent shall select and appoint a second Approved Broker), each valuation to be addressed to the Agent and prepared:
(a) as at a date not more than 14 days previously;
(b) with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Agent may require); and
(c) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment,
Provided that if the difference between the 2 valuations obtained at any one time pursuant to this Clause 15.3 is greater than 15 per cent., a valuation shall be commissioned from a third Approved Broker appointed and selected by the Agent. Such valuation shall be prepared in accordance with this Clause 15.3 and the Market Value of the Ship in such circumstances shall be the average of all three valuations.
15.4 Value of additional vessel security
The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3.
15.5 Valuations binding
Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower and the Lenders, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any
46


additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest, it being agreed however that in case of additional security in the form of cash in Dollars, the same will be valued on a Dollar for Dollar basis.
15.6 Provision of information
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or expert acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or that Approved Broker or expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which that Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.
15.7 Payment of valuation expenses
Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower's obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.
15.8 Frequency of valuations
The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Agent may commission valuation(s) of the Ship at such times as the Lender shall deem necessary and, in any event, not less than twice during each year of the Security Period.
16. PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
16.1 Currency and method of payments
All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(a) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;
(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);
(c) in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent at JP Morgan Chase Bank, New York (SWIFT Code CHASUS33) (Account No. 001-1-331 808 in favour of HSH Nordbank AG, Hamburg, SWIFT Code HSHNDEHH; Reference "Ultra One Shipping LTD") or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and
(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.
16.2 Payment on non-Business Day
If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
47


(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward and to the immediately preceeding Business Day,
and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.
16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments
All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.
16.4
Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties
 
Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:
(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, the Swap Bank or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and
(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and the Swap Bank pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
16.5 Permitted deductions by Agent
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or the Swap Bank, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or the Swap Bank under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or the Swap Bank to pay on demand.
16.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender or the Swap Bank any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender or the Swap Bank until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.
16.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received
If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender or the Swap Bank, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender or the Swap Bank concerned shall, on demand:
(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and
(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.
16.8 Agent may assume receipt
48


Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
16.9 Creditor Party accounts
Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.
16.10 Agent's memorandum account
The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.
16.11 Accounts prima facie evidence
If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts (absent manifest error) shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.
17. APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS
17.1 Normal order of application
Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:
(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:
(i) firstly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (H) and (Hi) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);
(ii) secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents (and, for this purpose, the expression " interest " shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) (Obligations) of the Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Swap Bank at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17); and
(iii) thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan and the Swap Exposure (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);
(b) SECONDLY: if an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by written notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will either or may become due and payable in the
49


future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1(a); and
(c) THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.
17.2 Variation of order of application
The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and the Swap Bank, by written notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.
17.3 Notice of variation of order of application
The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.
17.4 Appropriation rights overridden
This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.
18. APPLICATION OF EARNINGS; SWAP PAYMENTS
18.1 Payment of Earnings and swap payments
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party):
(a) it shall maintain the Accounts with the Agent;
(b) all Earnings of the Ship are paid to the Earnings Account;
(c) all Minimum Liquidity and Additional Minimum Liquidity amounts required pursuant to Clause 11.19 shall be maintained in the Liquidity Account; and
(d) all payments by the Swap Bank to the Borrower under each Designated Transaction are paid to the Swap Account and at least 1 day prior to any payment required to be made under a Designated Transaction, ensure that there are sufficient funds in the Swap Account in order to be able to effect such payment.
18.2 Monthly retentions
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, in each calendar month of the Security Period after the Drawdown Notice is served, on such dates as the Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred in respect of the Advance to the Retention Account (in respect of sub- clauses (a) and (b)) out of the Earnings received in the Earnings Account during the preceding calendar month:
(a) one-third of the amount of the relevant Instalment falling due in respect of the Advance under Clause 8.1 on the next Repayment Date; and
(b) the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Advance which is payable on the next due date for payment of interest under this Agreement,
50


and the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to make those transfers.
The " relevant fraction " , in relation to paragraph (b), is a fraction of which the numerator is 1 and the denominator the number of months comprised in the then current Interest Period (or if the current Interest Period in respect of the Advance ends after the next due date for payment of interest under this Agreement, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the current Interest Period in respect of the Advance or the last due date for payment of interest to the next due date for payment of interest in respect of the Advance under this Agreement).
18.3 Shortfall in Earnings
If the aggregate Earnings received in the Earnings Account is insufficient at any time for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 18.2, the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of the insufficiency into the Retention Account.
18.4 Application of retentions
Until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Agent shall on each Repayment Date and on each due date for the payment of interest under this Agreement distribute to the Lenders in accordance with Clause 16.4 so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:
(i) the Instalment due on that Repayment Date pursuant to Clause 8.1; or
(ii) the amount of interest in respect of the Loan payable on that interest payment date, in discharge of the Borrower's liability for that Instalment or that interest.
18.5 Interest accrued on the Accounts
Any credit balance on each Account shall bear interest at the rate from time to time offered by the Agent to its customers for Dollar deposits of similar amounts and for periods similar to those for which such balances appear to the Agent likely to remain on that Account.
18.6 Release of accrued interest
Interest accruing under Clause 18.5 shall be credited to the relevant Account but shall not be released to the Borrower until the irrevocable and unconditional payment of any and all Secured Liabilities (other than in respect of the Earnings Account which shall be available to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions of Clause 18.10).
18.7 Location of Accounts
The Borrower shall promptly:
(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Accounts (or any of them); and
(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Accounts.
18.8 Debits for fees, expenses etc.
The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit the Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clauses 20 or
51


21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clauses 20 or 21.
18.9 Borrower's obligations unaffected
The provisions of this Clause 18 (as distinct from a distribution effected under Clause 18.4) do not affect:
(a) the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any Security Party under any Finance Document.
18.10 Restriction on withdrawal
During the Security Period no sum may be withdrawn from the Liquidity Account, the Retention Account or the Swap Account (other than by the Agent for application in accordance with Clause 18.4), without the prior written consent of the Agent.
The Borrower may, in any calendar month, after having transferred all amounts due or which will become due to the Retention Account in such calendar month in accordance with Clause 18.2 above, withdraw any surplus (a " Surplus ")   from the Earnings Account as it may think fit Provided that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, and following the occurrence of an Event Default or Potential Event of Default which is continuing, any Surplus shall remain on the Earnings Account and the Borrower may only withdraw the Surplus (or any part thereof) with the prior written consent of the Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders in order to satisfy the documented and properly incurred operating expenses of the Ship.
19. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
19.1 Events of Default
An Event of Default occurs if:
(a) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand (or within 3 Business Days of such due date or date of dem and if the failure to pay is due to to technical or administrative error) any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document; or
(b) any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.19, 12.2, 12.3 or 15.2 or clause 11.14 of financial covenants the Corporate Guarantee; or
(c) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 15 Business Days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or
(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in the Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated ; or
(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person:
52


(i) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due; or
(ii) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person exceeding in aggregate one million Dollars ($1,000,000) becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or
(iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or
(iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or
(v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or
(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:
(i) a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or
(ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress or any form of freezing order; or
(iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or
(iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or
(v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or
(vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or
(vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (aa) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (dd) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or
53


(viii) an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or
(ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or
(x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or
(xi) in any country other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders is similar to any of the foregoing; or
(h) the Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the option of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement;or
(i) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:
(i) for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document; or
(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders or the Swap Bank to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(j) any official consent necessary to enable the Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship or to enable the Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or any Underlying Document is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled in accordance with its terms; or
54


(k) it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior consent, a change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the direct ownership or control of any of the shares in the Borrower or in the voting rights attaching to any of those shares; or
(l) any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invaild or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invaild or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priorty to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest which is not a Permitted Security Interest; or
(m) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or
(n) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of a Master Agreement) occurs; or
(o) any other adverse event or series of adverse events occur or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:
(i) an adverse change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party; or
(ii) any accident or other event involving the Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person; or
(iii) the threat or commencement of legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, the Ship, either of the Approved Manager or any Security Party; or
(iv) the withdrawal of any material license or governmental or regulatory approval in respect of the Ship, the Borrower, an Approved Manager or the Borrower's or Approved Manager's business (unless such withdrawal can be contested with the effect of suspension and is in fact so contested in good faith by the Borrower or the Approved Manager),
which constitutes a Material Adverse Change.
19.2 Actions following an Event of Default
On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:
(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:
(i) serve on the Borrower a written notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or
(ii) serve on the Borrower a written notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or
(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a)(i) or (a)(ii), the Security Trustee,
55


the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.
19.3 Termination of Commitments
On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.
19.4 Acceleration of Loan
On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(ii), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice
The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) or 19.2(a)(ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
19.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties
The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Swap Bank, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.
19.7 Credit Party rights unimpaired
Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or Swap Bank under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.
19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability
No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:
(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure  or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or
(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,
except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party's own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver's or manager's own partners or employees.
19.9 Relevant Persons
56


In this Clause 19, a " Relevant Person "   means the Borrower, a Security Party, and any member of the Group.
19.10 Interpretation
In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) " petition "   includes an application.
19.11 Position of Swap Bank
Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 19 to have any regard to the requirements of the Swap Bank except to the extent that the Swap Bank is also a Lender.
20. FEES AND EXPENSES
20.1 Arrangement, structuring and commitment fees
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:
(a) (for the Agent's own account) on the signing date of this Agreement, a non-refundable structurng fee in the amount of $95,000 (representing 0.50 per cent. of the Total Commitments); and
(b) a non-refundable commitment fee, at the rate of 0.90 per cent. per annum on the undrawn or uncancelled amount of the Loan, payable quarterly in arrears for distribution among the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments, during the period from (and including) three months from 14 January 2015 (being the date falling 3 months after the Borrower's acceptance of the firm offer letter regarding the Loan) to the period ending on the earlier of (i) the Drawdown Date and (ii) the last day of the Availability Period (and on the last day of such period).
20.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.
20.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all reasonable (other than in relation to any expenses under sub-clause (d)) expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:
(a) any amendment or supplement (or any proposal for such an amendment or supplement) requested (or, in the case of a proposal, made) by or on behalf of the Borrower and relating to a Finance Document or any other Pertinent Document;
(b) any consent, waiver or suspension of rights by the Lenders, the Swap Bank, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned or any proposal for any of the foregoing requested (or, in the case of a proposal, made) by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with a Finance Document or any other Pertinent Document;
(c) the valuation of any security provided or offered under and pursuant to Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or
57


(d) any step taken by the Lender concerned or the Swap Bank with a view to the preservation, protection, exercise or enforcement of any rights or Securty Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose including, without limitation, any proceedings to recover or retain proceeds of enforcement or any other proceedings following enforcement proceedings until the date all outstandling indebtedness to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and any other Pertinent Document is repaid in full.
There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.
Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any external advisers other than legal advisers will be mandated by the Agent only after consultation with the Borrower, and the Borrower and the Agent will use their best endeavours to agree to external advisers as well as the arrangements mutually agreeable to both parties.
20.4 Documentary taxes
The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.
20.5 Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (upon request from the Borrower, a reasonable breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be (absent manifest error) prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21. INDEMNITIES
21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan
The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) the Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity after the Drawdown Notice has been served in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;
(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, following demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7) including but not limited to any costs and expenses of enforcing any Security Interests created by the Finance Documents and any claims, liabilities and losses which may be brought against, or incurred by, a Creditor Party when enforcing any Security Interests created by the Finance Documents; and
(d) the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19 (including without
58


limitation any costs, expenses or liabilities incurred by a Creditor Party in relation to any insurances taken or arranged by that Creditor Party following the occurrence of an event of Default in relation to port risks, new liability insurance or any other type of insurance),
and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.
21.2 Break Costs
If a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ")   notifies the Agent that as a consequence of receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan (a " Payment ")   on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the sum received or recovered the Notifying Lender has or will, with effect from a specified date, incur Break Costs:
(a) the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of a notice it receives from a Notifying Lender under this Clause 21.2;
(b) the Borrower shall, within 5 Business Days of the Agent's demand, pay to the Agent for the account of the Notifying Lender the amount of such Break Costs; and
(c) the Notifying Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, following a request by the Borrower, provide a certificate confirming the amount of the Notifying Lender's Break Costs for the Interest Period in which they accrue, such certificate to be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive and binding on the Borrower.
In this Clause 21.2, " Break Costs "   means, in relation to a Payment the amount (if any) by which:
(i) the interest which the Notifying Lender, should have received in respect of the sum received or recovered from the date of receipt or recovery of such Payment to the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to the sum received or recovered had such Payment been made on the last day of such Interest Period;
exceeds
(ii) the amount which the Notifying Lender, would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to such Payment on deposit with a leading bank in the London Interbank Market for a period commencing on the Business Day following receipt or recovery of such Payment (as the case may be) and ending on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to the sum received or recovered.
21.3 Other breakage costs
Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including (without limitation) (i) a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender in borrowing, liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired, contracted for or arranged to fund, effect or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount) other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned and (ii) any applicable legal fees.
21.4 Miscellaneous indemnities
The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands, without prejudice to any of their other rights under any of the Finance Documents, in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or
59


brought against or sustained or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document;
(b) investigating any event which the Creditor Party concerned reasonably believes constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default;
(c) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which the Creditor Party concerned reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or
(d) any other Pertinent Matter,
other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.
21.5 Environmental Indemnity
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 21.3, this Clause 21.4 covers any claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses, liabilities or expenses of every kind which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code or the ISPS Code, any Environmental Law.
21.6 Currency indemnity
If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order, award or judgment relating to a Finance Document (a " Sum ")   has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the Sum to be paid (the " Contractual Currency ")   into another currency (the " Payment Currency ")   for the purpose of:
(a) making, filing or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b) obtaining an order, judgment or award from any court or other tribunal in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings; or
(c) enforcing any such order, judgment or award,
the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify the Creditor Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising when the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange back into the Contractual Currency including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange actually used to convert the Sum from the Payment Currency into the Contractual Currency and (B) the available rate of exchange.
In this Clause 21.6, the " available rate of exchange "   means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the Sum to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.
The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.
If any Creditor Party receives any Sum in a currency other than the Contractual Currency, the Borrower shall indemnify in full the Creditor Party concerned against any cost, loss or
60


liability arising directly or indirectly from any conversion of such Sum to the Contractual Currency.
This Clause 21.6 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.
21.7 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 21.6 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
21.8 Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (with, upon request by the Borrower, a reasonable breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall (absent manifest error) be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21.9 Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
22. NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION
22.1 No deductions
All amounts due from the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid:
(a) without any form of set-off, counter-claim, cross-claim or condition; and
(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower is required by law to make.
22.2 Grossing-up for taxes
If, at any time, the Borrower is required by law, regulation or regulatory requirement to make a tax deduction from any payment due under a Finance Document:
(a) the Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b) the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that, after the making of such tax deduction, each Creditor Party receives on the due date for such payment (and retains free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which is equal to the full amount which it would have received had no such tax deduction been required to be made; and
(c) the Borrower shall pay the full amount of the tax required to be deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly in accordance with the relevant law, regulation or regulatory requirement, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises.
61


22.3 Indemnity and evidence of payment of taxes
The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party on the Agent's demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses incurred by any Creditor Party by reason of any failure of the Borrower to make any tax deduction or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment in accordance with Clause 22.2. Within 30 days after making any tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent any receipts, certificates or other documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
If the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Creditor Party determines that:
(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and
(b) that Creditor Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
the Creditor Party shall pay an amount to the Borrower which that Creditor Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.
For purposes of this Clause:
" Tax Credit "   means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any tax.
" Tax Deduction "   means a deduction or withholding for or on account of tax from a payment under a Finance Document.
" Tax Payment "   means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to a Creditor Party under Clause 22.2 or a payment under this Clause 22.3.
22.4 Exclusion of tax on overall net income
In this Clause 22 " tax deduction "   means any deduction or withholding from any payment due under a Finance Document for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party's overall net income.
22.5 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
23. ILLEGALITY, ETC.
23.1 Illegality
This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ")   notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:
(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an exisiting law is or will be interpreted or applied; or
(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,
62


for the Notifying Lender to perform, maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain the Loan.
23.2 Notification of illegality
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.
23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment
On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, subject to the consent and participation of the Notifying Lender, the Creditor Parties shall use reasonable efforts to transfer the Notifying Lender's Commitment to a lending office in a jurisdiction not affected by the events described in Clause 23.1 and, if they are unable to successfully transfer the Notifying Lender's Commitment within a time frame selected in their discretion, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall be immediately cancelled; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution on the last day of the then current Interest Period in accordance with clauses 8.10 and 8.11(a).
24. INCREASED COSTS
24.1 Increased costs
This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ")   notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:
(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender's overall net income); or
(b) complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or
(c) the implementation or application of or compliance with the "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (the " Basel II Accord ")   or any other law or regulation implementing the Basel II Accord or any of the approaches provided for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel II Accord, in each case when compared to the cost of complying with such regulations as determined by the Agent (or parent company of it) on the date of this Agreement (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, supervisory authority, the Notifying Lender or its holding company); or
(d) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or any law or regulation which implements or applies Basel III (regardless of the date on which it is enacted, adopted or issued and regardless of whether any such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Notifying Lender or any of its affiliates) is that the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it),
63


the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an " increased cost " .
24.2 Meaning of "increased cost"
In this Clause 24, " increased cost "   means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:
(a) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;
(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;
(c) an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or
(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement,
but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22.
For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.
24.3 Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.
24.4 Payment of increased costs
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, not later than 5 days after the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.
24.5 Notice of prepayment
If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of their intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.
24.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment
A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
64


(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
24.7 Application of prepayment
Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
25. SET-OFF
25.1 Application of credit balances
Each Creditor Party may without prior notice following the occurrence of an Event of Default:
(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and
(b) for that purpose:
(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;
(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
25.2 Existing rights unaffected
No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.
25.4 No Security Interest
This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.
26. TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES
26.1 Transfer by Borrower
The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.
26.2 Transfer by a Lender
65


Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the " Transferor Lender ")   may at any time, without needing the consent of the Borrower or any Security Party, cause:
(a) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or
(b) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or
(c) a combination of (a) and (b); or
(d) all or part of its credit risk under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents,
to be syndicated to or, (in the case of its rights) assigned, pledged or transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) pledged or assumed by, any other bank, or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a " Transferee Lender ")   by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a " Transfer Certificate ")   executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.
However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.
26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification
As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders and the Swap Bank;
(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and
(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b) above.
26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.
26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate
Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement) is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate
However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in another person (the " successor ") , the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.
66


26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:
(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b) the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement), the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.
The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.
26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders
During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.
26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders
The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and
67


Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.
26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates
The Borrower, the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf. The Borrower and each Security Party irrevocably agree to the transfer procedures set out in this Clause 26 and to the extent the cooperation of the Borrower and/or any Security Party shall be required to effect any such transfer, the Borrower and such Security Party shall take all necessary steps to afford such cooperation Provided that this shall not result in any additional costs or fees whatsoever (including for the avoidance of doubt and registration fee) to be borne by the Borrower or such Security Party.
26.11 Registration fee
In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $2,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.
26.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment
A Lender may sub-participate or include in a securitisation or similar transaction all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) without the Borrower's prior consent and without serving a notice thereon and the Lenders may assign without the Borrower's prior consent and without serving a notice thereon, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them. The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party shall, do everything requested by the Agent or any Lender to assist and co-operate with that Lender to achieve a successful securitisation or similar transaction.
26.13 Sub-division, split, modification or re-tranching
Any Lender may, in its sole discretion, sub-divide, split, sever, modify or re-tranche its Contribution into one or more parts subject to the overall cost of its Contribution to the Borrower remaining unchanged, if such changes are necessary in order to achieve a successful execution of a securitisation, syndication or any other capital market exit in respect of its Contribution (or any applicable part thereof).
26.14 Disclosure of information
A Lender may, without the prior consent of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party, disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub participant as well as, where relevant, to rating agencies, trustees and accountants, any financial or other information which that Lender has received in relation to the Loan, the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party or their affairs and collateral or security provided under or in connection with any Finance Document, their financial circumstances and any other information whatsoever, as that Lender may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the potential syndication, the assessment of the credit risk and the ongoing monitoring of the Loan by any potential Transferee Lender and that Lender shall be released from its obligation of secrecy and from banking confidentiality.
In the event any such potential Transferee Lender, sub-participant, rating agency, trustee or accountant is not already bound by any legal obligation of secrecy or banking confidentiality, the Lender concerned shall require such other party to sign a confidentiality agreement. The Borrower shall, and shall procure that the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party shall:
68


(a) provide the Creditor Parties (or any of them) with all information deemed, reasonably, necessary by the Creditor Parties (or any of them) for the purposes of any transfer, syndication or sub-participation to be effected pursuant to this Clause 26; and
(b) procure that the representatives of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party, are available to participate in any meeting with any Transferee Lender or any rating agency at such times and places as the Creditor Parties may reasonably request following prior notice (to be served reasonably in advance) to the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or that Security Party.
The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no Security Party will, publish any details regarding the Loan or any of the Finance Documents without the Agent's prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) it being agreed that the Guarantor (being a publicly listed company) may in any event disclose the basic details regarding the Loan to the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the " SEC ")   and otherwise in compliance with its SEC reporting obligations.
26.15 Change of lending office
A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.
26.16 Notification
On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
26.17 Security over Lenders' rights
In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from, the Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement) to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;
except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:
(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(ii) require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
69


26.18 Replacement of a Reference Bank
If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.
27. VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS
27.1 Required consents
(a) Subject to Clause 27.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Creditor Parties and the Borrower.
(b) Any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Creditor Parties.
(c) The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Creditor Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.
27.2 Exceptions
(a) An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
(i) the definition of "Majority Lenders" or "Finance Documents" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
(ii) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;
(iii) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest fees, commission or other amount payable under any of the Finance Documents;
(iv) an increase in or an extension of any Lender's Commitment;
(v) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; or
(vi) Clause 3 (Position of the Lenders and Swap Banks), Clause 11.5 (Information provided to be accurate), 11.6 (Provision of financial statements), 11.7 (Form of financial statements), Clause 11.16 (Provision of Further Information), Clause 26 (Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices) or this Clause 27.2;
(vii) any release of any Security Interest, guarantee, indemnities or subordination arrangement created by any Finance Document;
(viii) any change of the currency in which the Loan is provided or any amount is payable under any of the Finance Documents;
(ix) an extension of the Availability Period;
(x) change clauses 16.4 (Distribution of payment to Creditor Parties) and 22 (Grossing-up),
may not be effected without the prior written consent of all Lenders.
70


(b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee, as the case may be.
27.3 Exclusion of other or implied variations
Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and, subject to Clause 27.4, no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b) an Event of Default; or
(c) a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,
and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.
27.4 Deemed consent
With respect to any amendment, variation, waiver, suspension or limit requested by any party to this Agreement and which requires the approval of all the Lenders or the Majority Lenders (as the case may be), the Agent shall provide each Lender with written notice of such request accompanied by such detailed background information as may be reasonably necessary (in the opinion of the Agent) to determine whether to approve such action. A Lender shall be deemed to have approved such action if such Lender fails to object to such action by written notice to the Agent within 10 days of that Lender's receipt of the Agent's notice or such other time as the Agent may state in the relevant notice as being the time available for approval of such action.
28. NOTICES
28.1 General
Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
28.2 Addresses for communications. A notice by letter or fax shall be sent:
(a)
to the Borrower:
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24, Maroussi
Greece

Fax No: +30 211 1804097
     
(b)
to a Lender:
At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer

71


   
Certificate.
(c)
to the Agent and Security Trustee:
HSH Nordbank AG
CRM Shipping Europe & Offshore
Gerhart-Hauptm ann-Platz 50
20095 Ha,birg
Germany

Fax No : +49 40 3333 34118
     
(d)
to the Swap Bank:
Martensdamm 6
D-24103 Kiel
Germany

Fax No : +49 40 3333 34086
     
or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Security Parties.
28.3 Effective date of notices
Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:
(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and
(b) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.
28.4 Service outside business hours
However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,
the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.
28.5 Illegible notices
Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
28.6 Valid notices
A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
72


(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice wsa served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.
28.7 Electronic communication
Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Creditor Party or the Borrower or any other Security Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and, in the case of a communication to a Creditor Party, the relevant Creditor Party (or in the case of a communication to a Security Party, the relevant Security Party):
(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
(b) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(c) notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them.
Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Swap Bank or the Borrower or any other Security Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Creditor Party or the Borrower or any other Security Party to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
28.8 English language
Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
28.9 Meaning of "notice"
In this Clause 28, " notice "   includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
29. SUPPLEMENTAL
29.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive
The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
29.2 Severability of provisions
If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
29.3 Counterparts
A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
73


29.4 Third party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
29.5 Benefit and binding effect
The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall enure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective (including subsequent) successors and permitted assigns and transferees.
30. LAW AND JURISDICTION
30.1 English law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
30.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction
Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.
30.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties
Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:
(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Disputes; and
(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.
30.4 Process agent
The Borrower irrevocably appoints Hill Dickinson Service (London) Limited at its registered office for the time being, presently at Irongate House, Duke's Place, London EC3A 7LP England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.
30.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected
Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
30.6 Meaning of "proceedings" and "Dispute"
In this Clause 31, " proceedings "   means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute "   means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or
74


termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
75


SCHEDULE 1


LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS
Lender
Lending Office
Commitment
( Dollars )
     
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
19,000,000

76

SCHEDULE 2


DRAWDOWN NOTICE

To:
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
Attention: [Loans Administration]
[ · ] 2015



DRAWDOWN NOTICE
2 We refer to the loan agreement (the " Loan Agreement ")   dated [ · ] 2015 and made between ourselves, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, and yourselves as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, as Security Trustee and as Swap Bank in connection with a facility of up to US$19,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.
3              We request to borrow as follows:
(a) Amount of Advance: US$[ · ];
(b) Drawdown Date: [ · ];
(c) Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [ · ] months; and
(d) Payment instructions: account in our name and numbered [ · ] with [ · ] of [ · ].
4              We represent and warrant that:
(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing; and
(b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Advance.
5              This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
6              [We authorise you to deduct the [0] fee(s) payable pursuant to in Clause(s) 20.1[ · ] and [ · ]].
[Name of Signatory]
[Director]
for and on behalf of
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD

77

SCHEDULE 3


CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS


PART A
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a) required before service of the first Drawdown Notice.
1 A duly executed original of:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Master Agreement;
(c) the Master Agreement Assignment;
(d) the Corporate Guarantee;
(e) the Agency and Trust Agreement; and
(f) the Account Pledges.
2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party and any company registration documents in respect of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or, any other Security Party (including, without limitation, any corporate register excerpts, if applicable) required by the Agent and a list of all members of the Group.
3 Copies of resolutions of the shareholders of the Borrower and of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notice and other notices under this Agreement.
4 The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party.
5 Copies of any consents which the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.
6 The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.
7 Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 31 has accepted its appointment.
8 Any documents required by the Agent in respect of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party to satisfy the Lenders' "know your customer" requirements.
9 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Republic of Liberia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.
10 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
78


PART B
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b) required before the Drawdown Date. In Part B of this Schedule 3, the following definitions have the following meanings:
1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment and any Charterparty Assignment relating to any Assignable Charter (and of each document to be delivered by each of them) each in respect of the Ship.
2 Documentary evidence that on the Delivery Date:
(a) the Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Sellers accepted by, the Borrower under the Building Contract, and the Contract Price payable thereunder (in addition to the part to be financed by the Advance) has been duly paid in full (together with a copy of each of the documents delivered by the Sellers to the Borrower under the Building Contract (including, but not limited to the bill of sale, the commercial invoice and the protocol of delivery and acceptance));
(b) the Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Borrower under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State;
(c) the Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;
(d) the Ship maintains the class specified in Clause 14.3(b) with a first class classification society which is a member of IACS as the Agent may approve free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society;
(e) the Mortgage relating to the Ship has been duly registered or recorded against the Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage in accordance with the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State;
(f) the Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with; and
(g) if the Ship is subject to an Assignable Charter, the Ship is delivered to the relevant charterer in accordance with the terms of that Assignable Charter.
3 Documents establishing that the Ship will, as from the Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Managers on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:
(a) the Approved Managers' Undertaking relative thereto; and
(b) copies of the Approved Managers' Document of Compliance and evidence of issuance on the Delivery Date and of the Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires).
4 The Initial Market Value of the Ship prepared pursuant to Clause 15.3, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement, which shows a value of the Ship in an amount which will be sufficient to satisfy the Borrower's obligations under Clause 15.1.
5 A certified true copy of any Assignable Charter applicable to the Ship duly executed by the parties thereto and a certified true copy of the Building Contract.
6 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Approved Flag State and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

79

7 A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ship as the Agent may reasonably require.
8 Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Minimum Liquidity and Additional Minimum Liquidity amounts are each standing to the credit of the Liquidity Account pursuant to Clause 11.19.
9 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
10 Evidence satisfactory to the Agent of payment of all fees due and payable in accordance with Clause 9 of this Agreement.
Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of Part A shall be notarised or legalised by the relevant competent authority and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Borrower by an attorney-at-law.
80


SCHEDULE 4


MANDATORY COST FORMULA
1 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Financial Services Authority (or any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
2 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the " Additional Cost Rate ")   for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders' Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the Advance) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
3 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender's participation in all Advances made from that lending office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that lending office.
4
The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:
 
E x 0.01
 
per cent. per annum
 
300
Where:
E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 6 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.
5 For the purposes of this Schedule:
(a) " Eligible Liabilities "   and " Special Deposits "   have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;
(b) " Fees Rules "   means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
(c) " Fee Tariffs "   means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);
81

(d) " Participating Member State "   means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to European Monetary Union; and
( e ) " Tariff Base "   has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.
6 If requested by the Agent, the Reference Banks shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by the Reference Banks to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by the Reference Banks as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to the Reference Banks for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of the Reference Banks.
7 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:
(a) the jurisdiction of its lending office; and
(b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
8 The rates of charge of the Reference Banks for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraph 6 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender's obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its lending office.
9 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or the Reference Banks pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects.
10 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and the Reference Banks pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.
11 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.
12 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.
82


SCHEDULE 5


DESIGNATION NOTICE
To:
Ultra One Shipping Ltd
[ · ]
   
 
-and-
   
 
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
Attention: [Loans Administration]

[date]
Dear Sirs
Loan Agreement dated [ · ] 2015 ( the " Loan Agreement ") and made between ( i ) Ultra One Shipping Ltd as Borrower, ( ii ) the Lenders, ( iii ) the Swap Bank, ( iv ) and yourselves as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, Swap Bank and Security Trustee
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall be used in this Designation Notice. We refer to:
1 the Loan Agreement;
2 the Master Agreement dated as of [ · ] made between yourselves and the Swap Bank; and
3 a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [ · ] and addressed by the Swap Bank to yourselves.
In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a "Designated Transaction" for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.
Yours faithfully
_____________________________
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
( as Swap Bank )
83


SCHEDULE 6


TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.
To: HSH Nordbank AG for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.
[ · ]

1 This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (the " Loan Agreement ")   dated [ · ] 2015 and made between (1) Ultra One Shipping Ltd (the " Borrower ")   as Borrower, (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (3) HSH Nordbank AG as Swap Bank, (4) HSH Nordbank AG as Agent (5) HSH Nordbank AG as Mandated lead Arranger and (6) HSH Nordbank AG as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to US$19,000,000.
2 In this Certificate, terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings and:
" Relevant Parties "   means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank;
" Transferor "   means [full name] of [lending office]; and
" Transferee "   means [full name] of [lending office].
3 The effective date of this Certificate is [ · ] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.
4 The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement) in relation to [ · ] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[ · ].
5 By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[ · ]] [from [ · ] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[ · ]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[ · ].]
6 The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) which Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.
7 The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement.
8 The Transferor:
(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

84

(i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are in connection with this transaction; and
(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;
(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4 above; and
(c) undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.
9 The Transferee:
(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;
(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Trustee, any Lender or the Swap Bank in the event that:
(i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;
(ii) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents;
(iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents;
(c) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Trustee, any Lender or the Swap Bank in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;
(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:
(i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and
(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and
(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.
10 The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee and/or the Mandated Lead Arranger in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's, the Mandated Lead Arranger's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.
11 The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but
85


nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.
[Name of Transferor] [Name of Transferee]

By:
By:
Date:
Date:
Agent
Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself
as Agent and for every other Relevant Party
HSH Nordbank AG
By:
Date:
86

Administrative Details of Transferee
Name of Transferee:
 
   
Lending Office:
 
   
Contact
 
(Loan Administration Department):
Person
   
Telephone:
 
   
Fax:
 
   
Contact
 
(Credit Administration Department):
Person
   
Telephone:
 
   
Fax:
 
   
Account for payments:
 
   
   

Note: This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's or Transferee's jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.
87

SCHEDULE 7


POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know all men by these presents that ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD (the "Company"), a company incorporated in the Republic of Liberia and having its registered address at 90 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia irrevocably and by way of security appoints HSH Nordbank AG (the " Attorney ")   of Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany its attorney, to act in the name of the Company and to exercise any right, entitlement or power of the Company in relation to [name of classification society] (the " Classification Society ")   and/or to the classification records of any vessel owned, controlled or operated by the Company including, without limitation, such powers or entitlement as the Company may have to inspect the class records and any files held by the Classification Society in relation to any such vessel and to require the Classification Society to provide to the Attorney or to any of its nominees any information, document or file which the Attorney may request
Ratification of actions of attorney. For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the above, it is confirmed that the Company hereby ratifies any action which the Attorney takes or purports to take under this Power of Attorney and the Classification Society shall be entitled to rely hereon without further enquiry.
Delegation. The Attorney may exercise its powers hereunder through any officer or through any nominee and/or may sub-delegate to any person or persons (including a Receiver and persons designated by him) all or any of the powers (including the discretions) conferred on the Attorney hereunder, and may do so on terms authorising successive sub-delegations.
this Power of Attorney was executed by the Company as a Deed on [ date ].]
EXECUTED as a DEED by
)
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
)
acting by two directors or one director
)
and the company secretary
)
Director:..................................................
 
Director/Secretary::..................................................
 
   
88


SCHEDULE 8


FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

   
To:
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany

[ · ]201[ · ]
Dear Sirs,
We refer to a loan agreement dated [ · ] 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ")   made between (amongst others) yourselves and ourselves in relation to a term loan facility of up to $19,000,000.
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this compliance certificate.
The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor represent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this certificate [except for the following matter or event [set out all material details of matter or event]]. In addition as of [ · ], the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor each confirm compliance with the minimum liquidity requirements set out in Clause 11.19 [,] [and] the minimum security cover requirement set out in Clause 15.1 [and][list here any other financial covenants which are applicable to the relevant transaction], of the Loan Agreement for the [6-month] period ending on the date of this certificate
We now certify that, as at [ · ]:
(a) the aggregate of the Minimum Liquidity amount standing to the credit of the Liquidity Account is $[ · ];
(b) the aggregate of the Additional Minimum Liquidity amount standing to the credit of the Liquidity Account is $[ · ];
(c) the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 is at [ · ] per cent.; and
(d) [list here any other applicable financial covenants from the Corporate Guarantee].
This certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
     
Chief Financial Officer
for and on behalf of
Euroseas Ltd.
 
Director
for and on behalf of
Ultra One Shipping Ltd
     
     
     
     
     
Director
for and on behalf of
Ultra One Shipping Ltd
   

89

EXECUTION PAGES
BORROWER
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Stefania Karmiri
)
/s/ Stefania Karmiri
for and on behalf of
)
 
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
)
 
in the presence of:
 
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
 
 
 
PANAGIOTA GEMONA
ATTORNEY-AT-LAW
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
176 74 KALLITHEA
ATHENS-GREECE
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
     
     
LENDERS
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
     
     
SWAP BANK
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for an onbehalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
     
     
AGENT
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for an onbehalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
     
     
MANDATED LEADLEAD ARRANGER
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for an onbehalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
PANAGIOTA GEMONA
ATTORNEY-AT-LAW
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
176 74 KALLITHEA
ATHENS-GREECE
 
90


SECURITY TRUSTEE
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for an onbehalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
PANAGIOTA GEMONA
ATTORNEY-AT-LAW
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
176 74 KALLITHEA
ATHENS-GREECE
   
)

91
Exhibit 10.10
 
THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT made the 29 th day of October Two thousand twelve
 
BETWEEN
 
(1)
MANOLIS SHIPPING LIMITED   being a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, Republic of Marshall Islands (referred to below as "the   Borrower ");
 
(2)
SAF-CONCORD SHIPPING LTD , being a company incorporated in accordance with  the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is situated at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (referred to below as the " Additional Corporate Guarantor A ");
 
(3)
TIGER NAVIGATION CORP. , being a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, Republic of Marshall Islands (referred to below as the "Additional Corporate Guarantor B");
 
(4)
ALTERWALL BUSINESS INC. being a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Panama,   whose registered office is at c/o Quijano y Asociates, Salbuda Building, top floor, East 53 rd   Street, Urbanizacion Obarrio, P.O. BOX 7284, Panama 5, Panama (referred to below as the "Additional Corporate Guarantor C");
 
(5)
Eurobank Private Bank Luxembourg SA (formerly known as Eurobank EFG Private Bank Luxembourg SA), a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 5, rue, Jean Monnet, L-2180 Luxembourg (referred to below as   the " Bank ");
 
(6)
Eurobank Ergasias S.A. (formerly known as EFG Eurobank Ergasias S.A.), a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at 83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece, in its capacity as agent for the Bank (referred to below as the " Agent "); and
 
(7)
Eurobank Ergasias S.A. (formerly known as EFG Eurobank Ergasias S.A.), a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at 83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece (referred to below as the " Party A to the Master Swap Agreement ").
 
IS SUPPLEMENTAL to a loan agreement dated 7 th June, 2007 (hereinafter called the " Original Loan Agreement ") made between the Borrower, as borrower and EFG Eurobank Ergasias S.A.   (now called "Eurobank Ergasias S.A."),   a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece acting through its office at 83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece as original lender, (in such capacity, referred to below as the " Original Bank "), as amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 5 th August,
 

1


2009 made between the Borrower, Saf-Concord Shipping Ltd , of Liberia as additional corporate guarantor and the Original Bank (hereinafter called the " First Supplemental Agreement " and, together with the Original Loan Agreement and, wherever the context so requires, this Second Supplemental Agreement, the " Loan Agreement "), on the terms and conditions of which the Original Bank advanced to the Borrower a secured loan facility in the amount of Ten Million United States Dollars (US$10,000,000) (the " Original Loan ") for the purposes therein specified.
 
WHEREAS
 
(A)
The Borrower hereby acknowledges receipt of the whole amount of the Original Loan and further acknowledges that, the total amount of principal of the Original Loan remaining currently outstanding under the Loan Agreement amounts to United States Dollars Six Million Six Hundred Forty Thousand (US$6,640,000) (" the Loan ").
 
(B)
The Borrower has also entered with the Party A to the Master Swap Agreement into a master swap agreement (on the 1992 ISDA (Multicurrency-Crossborder) form) and the schedule thereto dated 7 th June 2007 including all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations of Designation Transactions from time to time exchanged under the said master swap agreement (the " Master Swap Agreement ").
 
(C)
Pursuant to the Loan Agreement and as security for the prompt performance by the Borrower of all its obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other documents referred therein as "Security Documents", there were executed and are currently in full of force and effect inter alia : (a) a security deed dated 7 th June, 2007 executed by the Borrower in favour of the Original Bank (the " Master Agreement Security Deed "), (b) a corporate guarantee and indemnity dated 7 th June, 2007 executed by Euroseas Ltd. of the Marshall Islands (the " Corporate Guarantor ") in favour of the Original Bank (the " Corporate Guarantee "), (c) a pledge agreement on the Operating Account No 0026.0029.20.1200284659 dated 7 th June, 2007 entered into between the Original Bank and the Borrower and duly served through a Court Bailiff with the Original Bank), (d) a pledge agreement on the Operating Account No 0026.0029.21.1200236674   dated 7 th June, 2007 entered into between the Original Bank and the Corporate Guarantor and duly served through a Court Bailiff with the Original Bank, (e) a pledge agreement on the Retention Account No 0026.0029.28.1200284747 dated 7 th January, 2007 entered into between the Original Bank and the Borrower and duly served through a Court Bailiff with the Original Bank (documents referred under (c) to (e), the " Account Pledges "), (f) a first preferred ship mortgage on the m.v Manolis P (the " Vesse l") made between the Borrower and the Original Bank dated the 7 th June 2007, duly registered with the Maritime Office in Piraeus of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on June 7 th , 2007 at 12:50 P.M., E.E.S.T. (the " Mortgage "), (g) a deed of assignment in respect of the Vessel dated 7 th June 2007,   made between the Borrower and the Original Bank together with the relevant notices of assignment and loss payable clause in respect of the Vessel's insurances earnings, charter rights and requisition compensation (the " General Assignment "), (h) a manager's undertaking dated 7 June 2007 in relation to the Vessel (the " Original Manager's Undertaking "), (i) a corporate guarantee and indemnity
 

2


dated 5 th August 2009 executed by the Saf-Concord Shipping Ltd as additional corporate guarantor in favour of the Original Bank  (the " Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee ") and (j) a manager's undertaking dated 5 August 2009 in relation to the Vessel and Monica P (" Manager's Undertaking 2009 ").
 
(D)
Pursuant to an assignment agreement dated 29 th July 2011 as same was amended by an amendment agreement dated 29 th November 2011 (together, " Assignment Agreement "), made between the Original Bank and the Bank, (a) the Original Bank assigned to the Bank and the Bank accepted, as if originally named as an original bank/lender, all the rights and benefits liabilities and obligations of the Original Bank under or in respect of (inter alia) the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement Security Deed, the Corporate Guarantee, the Account Pledges, the Mortgage, the General Assignment, the Original Manager's Undertaking, the Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee and the Manager's Undertaking 2009 (as all these terms are defined in Recital (C) above and any other agreement or instrument relating to the same (save from the Master Swap Agreement) (" Manolis Facility Assigned Assets ") and (b) the Bank appointed the Original Bank to act as the Bank's agent and authorized the Agent to perform the duties and exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically given to it under the  Loan Agreement and the Manolis Facility Assigned Assets, all on the terms and subject to the conditions contained therein and the Borrower hereby acknowledges that it has received notice of the assignment effected by virtue of the Assignment Agreement.
 
(E)
The parties have further agreed to terminate the Master Swap Agreement and the Master Agreement Security Deed and the parties thereto to be released from any rights and/or obligations thereunder.
 
(F)
In view of the decline observed in the value of the Vessel (as this term is defined in the Original Loan Agreement) and in order for the Bank to continue to make the Loan available to the Borrower, the Bank has requested, that the Borrower provides to the Bank in accordance with the provisions of Clause 13.5 of the Original Loan Agreement with additional security (acceptable to the Bank) for so long as the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement), which the Borrower has agreed to do on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Second Supplemental Agreement.
 
(G)
As a condition precedent to the Bank's agreement to continue to make the Loan available to the Borrower, the Borrower has agreed, inter alia, to procure that additional security (acceptable to the Bank) be provided and more particularly to procure Additional Corporate Guarantor A to execute and deliver a confirmation to the Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee and each of the Additional Corporate Guarantor B and the Additional Corporate Guarantor C (as hereinafter defined), each being a company affiliated to the Borrower to execute and deliver the respective Additional Corporate Guarantee (as hereinafter defined) of the Borrower's obligations under the Loan Agreement each Additional Corporate Guarantee to be secured by the relevant Collateral Mortgage, the relevant Collateral Assignment, (where applicable) the relevant Collateral Pledge, and the New Manager's Undertaking (as these terms are hereinafter defined) and to accept certain amendments to be made to the Loan Agreement as described hereinafter.
 

3



 
(H)
The Bank has agreed to give its consent to the above on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Second Supplemental Agreement which shall be read as one with the Original Loan Agreement and the definitions contained in the Original Loan Agreement shall apply to the provisions of this Second Supplemental Agreement, save to the extent that such definitions are amended hereunder and in consequence thereof the parties hereto enter into this Second Supplemental Agreement.
 
NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED
 
1.           DEFINITIONS
 
1.1
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement (as hereby supplemented and amended) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings when used in this Second Supplemental Agreement.
 
1.2
In this Second Supplemental Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meaning attributed to them below:
 
" Additional Corporate Guarantees" means:
 
(a)
the Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee (the " Additional Corporate Guarantee A ");
 
(b)
the guarantee and indemnity given or, as the context may require, to be given by the Additional Corporate Guarantor B in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, as security for the Indebtedness and any and all obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement, such guarantee to be released by the Bank at the request of the Additional Corporate Guarantor B and in its expense provided that the Security Value is in excess of the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement) (the " Additional Corporate Guarantee B "); and
 
(c)
the guarantee and indemnity given or, as the context may require, to be given by the Additional Corporate Guarantor C in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank, as security for the Indebtedness and any and all obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement, such guarantee to be released by the Bank at the request of the Additional Corporate Guarantor C  and in its expense provided that the Security Value is in excess of the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement) (the " Additional Corporate Guarantee C ");
 
and " Additional Corporate Guarantee" means any of them;

" Additional Corporate Guarantors " means:

(a)
SAF-CONCORD SHIPPING LTD, being a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is situated at 80, Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (the " Additional Corporate Guarantor A ");
 

4



 
(b)
TIGER NAVIGATION CORP., being a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960, Republic of Marshall Islands (the " Additional Corporate Guarantor B "); and
 
(c)
ALTERWALL BUSINESS INC. being a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Panama (the " Additional Corporate Guarantor C ");
 
and " Additional Corporate Guarantor" means any of them;
 
" Additional Security Documents " means the Mortgage Amendment and Assignment, the Existing General Assignment Amendment, the Corporate Guarantee's Confirmation, the Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee's Confirmation, the Collateral Security Documents and the New Manager's Undertaking;

" Agent " means Eurobank Ergasias S.A. (formerly known as EFG Eurobank Ergasias S.A.), a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at 83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece and includes its successors in title.
 
" Bank " means Eurobank Private Bank Luxembourg SA (formerly known as Eurobank EFG Private Bank Luxembourg SA), a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at 5, rue, Jean Monnet, L-2180 Luxembourg;
 
" Collateral General Assignments" means the second priority deed of assignment of the Insurances Earnings and Requisition Compensation in respect of each of Collateral Vessel A and Collateral Vessel B and the first priority deed of assignment of the Insurances Earnings and Requisition Compensation in respect of Collateral Vessel C executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Bank, as security of the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor's obligations under the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantee, each of such assignments to be released by the Bank at the request of the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor and in its expense provided that the Security Value is in excess of the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement) and a " Collateral General Assignment " means any of them;

"Collateral Mortgages" means:

(a)
the second preferred ship mortgage on the Collateral Vessel A executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by the Additional Corporate Guarantor A in favour of the Bank, as security of the obligations of the Additional Corporate Guarantor A under the Additional Corporate Guarantee A, such mortgage to be released by the Bank at the request of the Additional Corporate Guarantor A and in its expense provided that the
 

5


Security Value is in excess of the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement (" Collateral Mortgage A ");
 
(b)
the second preferred ship mortgage on the Collateral Vessel B executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by the Additional Corporate Guarantor B in favour of the Bank, as security of the obligations of the Additional Corporate Guarantor B under the Additional Corporate Guarantee B, such mortgage to be released by the Bank at the request of the Additional Corporate Guarantor B and in its expense provided that the Security Value is in excess of the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement (" Collateral Mortgage B "); and
 
(c)
the first preferred ship mortgage on the Collateral Vessel C executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by the Additional Corporate Guarantor C in favour of the Bank, as security of the obligations of the Additional Corporate Guarantor C under the Additional Corporate Guarantee C, such mortgage to be released by the Bank at the request of the Additional Corporate Guarantor C and in its expense provided that the Security Value is in excess of the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement (" Collateral Mortgage C ");
 
and a " Collateral Mortgage " means any of them;

" Collateral Pledge " means a first priority pledge over the operating account to be opened by the Additional Corporate Guarantor C with the Bank and/or the Agent in respect of the earnings of the Collateral Vessel C, executed or to be executed by the Additional Corporate Guarantor C in favour of the Bank and/or the Agent, as security of the obligations of the Additional Corporate Guarantor C under the Additional Corporate Guarantee C, such pledge to be released by the Bank at the request of the Additional Corporate Guarantor C and in its expense provided that the Security Value is in excess of the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement;

"Collateral Security Documents" means together the Additional Corporate Guarantees, the Collateral Mortgages, the Collateral Assignments and the Collateral Pledge;

"Collateral Vessels" means:

(a)
the m.v. MONICA P. built in 1998, being of 27011 gross tons and of 16011 net tons currently registered under the Liberian flag with Official Number 10909 in the ownership of the Additional Corporate Guarantor A (" Collateral Vessel A "), and
(b)
the m.v. "TIGER BRIDGE" built in 1990, being of 24495 gross tons and of 10403 net tons currently registered under the Marshall Islands flag in the ownership of the Additional Corporate Guarantor B (" Collateral Vessel B ") ; and
(c)
the m.v. NINOS, built in 1990, being of 15122 gross tons and of 6244 net tons currently registered under the Panama flag with IMO N 8909082 in the ownership of the Additional Corporate Guarantor C (" Collateral Vessel C ");

6




and a " Collateral Vessel " means any of them;
 
" Corporate Guarantee " means the corporate guarantee and indemnity dated 7 th June, 2007 executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Original Bank, which has been re-confirmed pursuant to a letter of undertaking-assignment dated 7 December 2011 executed by the Corporate Guarantor addressed to the Agent incorporating also a first priority assignment of all the rights which the Corporate Guarantor may have in the Insurances relating to the Vessel, as same will be re-confirmed by the Corporate Guarantee's Confirmation in favour of the Bank;
 
" Corporate Guarantee's Confirmation " means the deed of confirmation executed or to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in relation to the Corporate Guarantee, in such form as the Bank may approve or require;
 
"Effective Date" means the date on which the Bank certifies to the Borrower that all of the conditions referred to in Clause 4 have been satisfied;
 
" Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee "   means   the   corporate guarantee and indemnity dated 5 th August 2009 executed by the Additional Corporate Guarantor A as additional corporate guarantor in favour of the Original Bank, as same will be amended and re-confirmed by the Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee's Confirmation;

" Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee's Confirmation " means the deed of confirmation executed or to be executed by the Additional Corporate Guarantor A in relation to the Existing Additional Corporate Guarantee, pursuant to which same will be amended as to the obligations same is securing and also as to its duration to remain in full force and effect for so long as the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement) and to be released by the Bank at the request of Additional Corporate Guarantor A and in its expense provided that the Security Value is in excess of the Minimum Value (as these terms are defined in the Original Loan Agreement);

" Existing General Assignment " means   the first priority deed of assignment in respect of the Vessel dated 7 th June 2007,   made between the Borrower and the Original Bank together with the relevant notices of assignment and loss payable clause in respect of the Vessel's insurances earnings, charter rights and requisition compensation, as same has been amended (or as the case may be) will be amended pursuant to the Existing General Assignment Amendment;
 
" Existing General Assignment Amendment " means a first deed of amendment of the existing general assignment dated the 7 th June 2007 made or, as the case may be, to be made between the Bank, and the Borrower, pursuant to which all amendments agreed pursuant to this Second Supplemental Agreement will be reflected to the Existing General Assignment;
 
" General Assignments " means:
 
(a)
the Existing General Assignment; and
 

7



 
(b)
the Collateral General Assignments;

and a " General Assignment " means any of them;
 
"Guarantor" means   the Corporate Guarantor and the Additional Corporate Guarantors;
 
"Loan Agreement" means the Loan Agreement dated 7 th June, 2007, as same was amended by a first supplemental agreement dated 5 th August, 2009, both   made between the Borrower, as borrower and the Original Bank and more particularly described in Recital (A) hereto, as same was thereafter assigned by the Original Bank to the Bank pursuant to the Assignment Agreement and further amended by the present Second Supplemental Agreement and as the same may from time to time be amended or supplemented;
 
" Manager's Undertaking " means the Original Manager's Undertaking, as same was re-confirmed, amended and supplemented by the Manager's Undertaking 2009, as same was supplemented by a manager's undertaking dated 7 December 2011 executed by the Manager and addressed to the Agent incorporating also a first priority assignment of all the rights which the Manager may have in the Insurances relating to the Vessel and as same will be re-confirmed, amended and supplemented by the New Manager's Undertaking(s);
 
"Manager's Undertaking 2009"   means the manager's undertaking dated 5 August 2009 in relation to the m.v. Manolis and the m.v. Monica P. re-confirming, amending and supplementing the Original Manager's Undertaking;

"Manager's Undertaking 2011"   means the manager's undertaking dated 7 December 2011 in relation to the m.v. Manolis re-confirming, amending and supplementing the Original Manager's Undertaking;

"Mortgages" means:

(a)
the first preferred Marshall Islands Ship Mortgage dated 7 th June 2007 made between the Borrower and the Original Bank, duly registered with the Maritime Office in Piraeus of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on June 7 th , 2007 at 12:50 P.M., E.E.S.T. which has been assigned (or as the case may be) will be assigned to the Bank pursuant to the Assignment Agreement and the Mortgage Amendment and Assignment (the " Vessel's Mortgage "); and

(b)
the Collateral Mortgages; and

and a " Mortgage " means any of them;

" Mortgage Amendment and Assignment " means a first deed of amendment and assignment of the first preferred ship mortgage dated 7 th June 2007 on the Vessel made or, as the case may be, to be made between the Original Bank (as original mortgagee), the Bank, and the Borrower and recorded on the Vessel in favor of the Bank pursuant to which all amendments agreed pursuant to this Second Supplemental Agreement will be reflected to the Mortgage;
 

8



 
"New Manager's Undertaking(s)" means a manager's undertaking to be granted by the Manager in favour of the Bank and/or the Agent in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and/or the Agent in relation to each of the Vessel, the Collateral Vessel A, the Collateral Vessel B and the Collateral Vessel C re-confirming, amending and supplementing the Original Manager's Undertaking, the Manager's Undertaking 2009 and the Manager's Undertaking 2011 and incorporating also a first priority assignment of all the rights which the Manager may have in the insurances relating to the Collateral Vessels;

"Operating Accounts" means:
(a)           the operating account   No 0026.0029.20.1200284659 opened with the Original Bank in the name of the Borrower;
(b)           the operating account   No 0026.0029.21.1200236674   opened with the Original Bank in the name of the Corporate Guarantor;
(c)           the operating account   to   be opened with the Bank in the name of the Additional Corporate Guarantor C and to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Pledge;

"Operating Account Pledges" means:
(a)           the   pledge over the operating account   No 0026.0029.20.1200284659 dated 7 June 2007 executed  by the Borrower in favour of the Original Bank; and
(b)           the   pledge over the operating account   No 0026.0029.21.1200236674   dated 7 June 2007 executed  by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Original Bank; and
(c)           the Collateral Pledge;

" Original Bank " means EFG EUROBANK ERGASIAS S.A.   (now called EUROBANK ERGASIAS S.A.),   a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece;

" Original Manager's Undertaking "   means the manager's undertaking dated 7 June 2007 in relation to the m.v. Manolis P.;

" Party A to the Master Swap Agreement " means Eurobank Ergasias SA (formerly known as EFG Eurobank Ergasias S.A.), a banking societe anonyme duly incorporated under the laws of Greece, having its registered office at 8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at 83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece;
 
"Pledges" means:
(a)           the Operating Account Pledges; and
 
(b)           the Retention Account Pledge,

"Retention Account" means the retention account No 0026.0029.28.1200284747 dated 7 th January, 2007 opened with the Original Bank in the name of the Borrower

"Retention Account Pledge" means the pledge over the Retention Account dated 7 June 2007 executed by the Borrower in favour of the Original Bank;

9




"Vessels" means:
 
(a)           the m.v.   Manolis P. built in 1995, being of 14962 tons gross, 7579 tons net, currently registered under the flag of the Republic of the Marshall Islands with Official Number 2849  in the name of the Borrower (hereinafter called  the " Vessel "); and
(b)           the Collateral Vessels;

and " a Vessel " means either of them as the context may require.

" Released Documents " means the Master Swap Agreement and the Master Agreement Security Deed;

1.3
Where the context so admits words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing persons shall include firms and corporations. Clause headings are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in construing this Second Supplemental Agreement. References to Clauses are to clauses of this Second Supplemental Agreement save as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Second Supplemental Agreement.
 
2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
2.1
Each of the Borrower and the Additional Corporate Guarantors hereby represents and warrants to the Bank and/or the Agent, as of the date of this Second Supplemental Agreement, each of the representations and warranties contained in Clause 4 of the Original Loan Agreement are true and correct, including to the extent that they may have been or shall  be amended by this Second Supplemental Agreement and shall be deemed repeated herein as if contained in extenso and as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on the date hereof, as if references to the Security Documents included this Second Supplemental Agreement and the Additional Security Documents and excluded the Released Documents and as if references to the Security Parties included the Additional Corporate Guarantors.
 
2.2
Each of the Borrower and the Additional Corporate Guarantors hereby expressly agrees and acknowledges and represents and warrants to the Bank that the Loan Agreement as amended hereby shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Security Documents, including the Additional Security Documents, executed by the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and the Additional Corporate Guarantors and/or the Manager (as the case may be) shall continue to remain valid and enforceable and in full force and effect.
 
2.3
Each of the Borrower and the Additional Corporate Guarantors hereby further represents and warrants to the Bank that, as of the date of this Second Supplemental Agreement:
 

10



 
(a)           each of the  Borrower and the Additional Corporate Guarantors is a body corporate duly formed and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction;
 
(b)           each of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors and/or the Manager (as the case may be) has full power to enter into and perform their respective obligations under this Second Supplemental Agreement and all documents required to be executed thereunder to which they are a party, has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business and does not have an established place of business in the United Kingdom or the United States of America;
 
(c)           all necessary governmental authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability of this Second Supplemental Agreement and all documents required to be executed thereunder, have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect throughout the Facility Period;
 
(d)           each of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors, and/or the Manager (as the case may be) has taken all necessary action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its/his obligations under this Second Supplemental Agreement and all documents required to be executed hereunder to which they are a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute, valid and binding obligations of each of them enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, re-organisation, moratorium or other laws relating to the enforcement of creditors' rights;
 
(e)           the execution, delivery and performance of this Second Supplemental Agreement and all documents required to be executed hereunder do not and will not during the Security Period constitute a breach of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors, and/or the Manager on any of their property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance on any of such property or assets, save in favour of the Bank;
 
(f)           at the date of this Second Supplemental Agreement, none of the Borrower or any of the Additional Corporate Guarantors is liable under or in respect of any Indebtedness other than in relation to the financing contemplated by and under the Loan Agreement, the Security Documents to which it is a party, and also such Indebtedness as shall have been notified to, and approved by, the Bank and/or the Agent on or prior to the date of this Second Supplemental Agreement;
 
(g)           each of the Borrower and the Additional Corporate Guarantors has fully disclosed in writing to the Bank and/or the Agent all facts which they know or which they could reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Bank and/or the Agent in the context of this Second Supplemental Agreement and all information furnished by them or on their behalf relating to its  business and affairs in connection with this Second Supplemental Agreement was and remains true correct and complete in all material respects
 

11


and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading.
 
3.
AGREEMENT OF THE BANK
 
The Bank, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clause 2, hereby agrees with the Borrower and the Additional Corporate Guarantors to continue making the Loan available to the Borrower, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Second Supplemental Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to and to the amendments of certain terms of the terms of the Loan Agreement in accordance with the terms of Clause 5.
 
4.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT
 
4.1
Conditions precedent
 
The agreement of the Bank contained in Clause 3 shall be expressly subject to the condition that the Bank and/or the Agent shall have received the following documents and evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank and/or the Agent and/or their legal advisors on the Effective Date:
 
(a)
In the case of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors, and/or the Manager:
 
(i)
a recent certificate of good standing in relation to the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, each Additional Corporate Guarantor, and/or the Manager issued by the relevant authorities of the country of its incorporation together with certified copies of the Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents) and all amendments thereto and any other documents required to be filed or registered or issued under the laws of the country of its respective incorporation to establish the incorporation and/or good standing (as the case may be) of each of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors, and/or the Manager under the laws of such country;
 
 (ii)
certified and duly legalised copies of resolutions passed at a meeting of the Board of Directors of, and of the resolutions passed at a meeting of the Shareholders of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, each Additional Corporate Guarantor, and/or the Manager evidencing approval to the variation of the Loan Agreement pursuant to Clause 5 and the execution of all documents contemplated hereby to which each of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors, and/or the Manager is a party and authorising appropriate officers or attorneys to execute the same and to sign any other documents, notices, letters or other communications required to be given by it pursuant hereto and thereto or other evidence of such approvals and authorisations as shall be acceptable to the Bank and/or the Agent;
 
(iii)
the original of a duly legalised power(s) of attorney issued by each of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors, and/or the Manager, pursuant to the resolutions referred to in Clause 4.1 (a)(ii) under which any documents (including this Second Supplemental Agreement) are to be executed or transactions to be undertaken by the Security Parties under or pursuant to this Second Supplemental Agreement including for the avoidance of doubt the Additional Security Documents;
 
(iv)
a list (certified by the Secretary or a Director or other appropriate officer of the the Borrower, the Corporate
 

12


Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors, and/or the Manager to be true and complete) of the directors and officers (together with signature specimen) of each of them stating also the authorised and issued capital and the number, value and type of shares, the names of the shareholders and the number of shares held by each;
 
(v)
copies of all governmental and other consents, licenses, approvals and authorisations as may be necessary to authorise the performance by the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Additional Corporate Guarantors, and/or the Manager of their respective obligations under those of this Second Supplemental Agreement and the Additional Security Documents to which each of the above entities is a party and the execution, validity and enforceability of this Second Supplemental Agreement and the Additional Security Documents;
 
(b)
this Second Supplemental Agreement and the Additional Security Documents in favour of the Bank, duly executed by the relevant Security Party and in the case of the Collateral Mortgages registered with second priority in the case of Collateral Mortgage A and Collateral Mortgage B and with first priority in the case of Collateral Mortgage C at the competent port of registry together with all items and documents to be delivered pursuant thereto;
 
(c)
evidence that the Vessel continues to be:
 
(i)
duly and permanently registered under the Marshall Islands flag in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save for the Mortgage and save as contemplated by this Second Supplemental Agreement and continues to trade in full compliance with all applicable laws;
 
(ii)
managed by the Manager pursuant to the terms of the relevant management agreement, a copy of which will have been delivered to and approved by the Bank and/or the Agent; and
 
(iii)
insured in the name of the Borrower and/or of the Corporate Guarantor and/or the Manager as co-assured in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Mortgage;
 
(d)
updated class maintenance certificate issued by the classification society of the Vessel which will be at all terms satisfactory to the Bank and/or the Agent;
 
(e)
evidence that each Collateral Vessel is:
 

13



 
(i)
duly and permanently registered under the relevant flag in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor save for the first priority mortgage in favour of the Bank in the case of Collateral Vessel A and Collateral Vessel B and save as contemplated by this Second Supplemental Agreement and continues to trade in full compliance with all applicable laws;
 
(ii)
managed by the Manager pursuant to the terms of the relevant management agreement, copy of which will have been delivered to and approved by the Bank and/or the Agent; and
 
(iii)
insured in the name of the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantee and of the Corporate Guarantor and the Manager as co-assured in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant Collateral Mortgage and that appropriate letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner specified by the relevant Collateral Mortgage;
 
(f)
photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete, by a director of each Additional Corporate Guarantor in relation to each Collateral Vessel of Safety Construction, Safety Equipment, Safety Radio and Load Line Certificates (including SMC, ISSC and DOC) in relation to each Collateral Vessel;
 
(g)
photocopies of any charterparty or other contract of employment in relation to each Collateral Vessel which will be in force at the Effective Date;
 
(h)
copy   of the Confirmation of Class for Hull and Machinery confirming that each Collateral Vessel is classed with the highest class of Lloyd's or equivalent
 
(i)
evidence that each Additional Corporate Guarantor and the Manager are in current compliance with the requirements of the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as Resolution A.741 (18) (the "ISM Code");
 
(i)
evidence that each Additional Corporate Guarantor and the Manager are in current compliance with the provisions of the International Ship and Port Facilities Security (ISPS) Code and the other respective amendments of SOLAS and will maintain at all times throughout the Facility Period a valid International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC) in respect of its vessel and all other valid certificates evidencing compliance with this Clause;
 
4.2
Conditions subsequent The Borrower undertakes to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Bank on, or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date:
 
(a)
Certificate issued by the competent ships register or other evidence satisfactory to the Bank confirming that each Collateral Vessel is owned by the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor and that the respective Collateral Mortgage is duly registered with second priority in the case of Collateral Vessel A and Collateral Vessel B and with first priority in the case of Collateral Vessel C and otherwise free of registered encumbrances;
 
(b)
confirmation from the relevant insurance brokers that the interest of the Bank as Mortgagee and Assignee of the Vessel has been duly endorsed and letters of
 

14


 
Undertaking issued by hull and machinery brokers and War Risks Association or brokers and Protection and Indemnity Association or Club in form acceptable to the Bank and accompanied by copies of all current policies of insurance, cover notes and certificates of entry in respect of each Collateral Vessel in the name of the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor and of the Corporate Guarantor and the Manager as co-assured;
 
(c)
evidence that the person(s) referred to in Clause 25 of the Loan Agreement has accepted his/their appointment as Process Agent ( antiklitos );
 
(d)
such favourable legal opinions from lawyers acceptable to the Bank and/or the Agent and its legal advisors on such matters concerning the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic of Liberia and such other relevant jurisdiction as the Bank and/or the Agent shall require;
 
(e)
evidence that the Bank and/or the Agent has received the amount required for settlement of the fees and costs relating to the execution of this Second Supplemental Agreement and all other documents contemplated hereby including those relating to all necessary filings, registrations and legalisations thereof.
 
4.3
Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 4.1, each of the Borrower and each of the Additional Corporate Guarantors hereby jointly and severally undertakes with the Bank and/or the Agent to make or procure to be made such amendments and/or additions to any of the documents delivered to the Bank and/or the Agent in accordance with Clause 4.1 and to execute and/or deliver to the Bank and/or the Agent or procure to be executed and/or delivered to the Bank and/or the Agent such further documents as the Bank and/or the Agent and its legal advisors may reasonably require to satisfy themselves that all the terms and requirements of this Second Supplemental Agreement have been complied with.
 
4.4
Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3, in the event of any of the conditions referred to in this Clause 4 not being satisfied (whether with the express or implied agreement of the Bank and/or the Agent or otherwise), the Borrower will comply or procure compliance with all such conditions by no later than fourteen (14) days from the Effective Date or within such longer period as the Bank and/or the Agent shall agree to.
 
5
VARIATIONS TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT
 
5.1
In consideration of the agreement of the Bank contained in Clause 3 hereof each of the Borrower, the Additional Corporate Guarantors jointly and severally agree with the Bank that (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Clause 4) the provisions of the Loan Agreement will be and are hereby agreed to be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented as follows:
 
(a)
the definitions set out in Clause 1.2 of this Second Supplemental Agreement shall be included mutatis mutandis, in Clause 1. of the Original Loan Agreement replacing the relevant definitions of Clause 1. of the Original Loan Agreement and Clause 1. of the First Supplemental Agreement where the context permits and for the avoidance of any doubt:
 

15



 
(i)
the definitions "Bank" "Corporate Guarantee, "Guarantor", "Manager's Undertaking", "Operating Accounts", "Operating Account Pledges" shall be deleted from Clause 1 of the Original Loan Agreement and be replaced by the relevant definitions set out in Clause 1.2 of this Second Supplemental Agreement;
 
(ii)
the definitions of "Additional Corporate Guarantee", "Additional Corporate Guarantor", "Additional Security Documents", "Collateral Assignment", "Collateral Mortgage", "Collateral Security Documents", "Collateral Vessel", "General Assignments", "Loan Agreement", "New Manager's Undertaking",  "Mortgages" and "Vessels" shall be deleted from Clause 1 of the First Supplemental Agreement and be replaced by the relevant definitions set out in Clause 1.2 of this Second Supplemental Agreement;
 
(b)
by adding in the definition of "Banking Day", the word "Luxembourg";
 
(c)
by deleting the definition of "Confirmation", "Credit Support Document", "Credit Support Provider", "Designated Transactions" "Master Agreement Security Deed", "Master Swap Agreement", "Swap Exposure". "Transaction" and Clause 9, Clause 13.3.9, Clause 14.4.3, Clause 16.2.2 and Schedule V in their entirety and all references thereto in the Loan Agreement and in the Security Documents and construing the Master Swap Agreement as having been terminated/released;
 
(d)
by deleting the words "any Swap Exposure" from the definition of "Indebtedness" and the words "and the Swap Exposure" from the definition of "Minimum Value" and from Clause 4.3. (f) (iv), Clause 13.5.2 (i) and from Schedule II C. 4.;
 
(e)
by replacing the words "of the aggregate amount of the Loan and the Swap Exposure" by the words "of the amount of the Loan" in sub-clauses 4.3 (f) (i) and 4.3.(f) (v);
 
(f)
by deleting the following words "to enter into Designated Transactions under the Master Swap Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party and the Master Swap Agreement" from Clause 4.1. (b) of the Loan Agreement;
 
(g)
by deleting sub-clauses 12.1. (a) and (b) from the Loan Agreement;
 
(h)
by deleting:
 
(i)           the words "and the Master Swap Agreement (in respect of Designated Transaction)" from Clause 15.1 First (i),
 
(ii)           the words "and the Master Swap Agreement (in respect of Designated Transaction) (and, for this purpose, the expression "interest" shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) (Obligations) of the Master Swap Agreement (in respect of Designated Transaction)" from Clause 15.1 First (ii);
 

16



 
(iii)           the words "and the Swap Exposure (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder)" from Clause 15.1 First (iii); and
 
(iv)           the words "or the Master Swap Agreement (in respect of Designated Transaction)" from Clause 15.1 Secondly;
 
(i)
by adding in the definitions of "Operating Account" "Pledges" and "Retention Account", in Clause 16. or, wherever the context requires, after the words "with the Bank" or "the Bank", the words "or the Agent";
 
(j)
construing all references in the Original Loan Agreement to "the Guarantor", or "such Guarantor" as references to the Corporate Guarantor and the Additional Corporate Guarantors and by construing all references in the Loan Agreement  to the "Security Parties",  "each Security Party", "a Security Party" so as to include the Additional Corporate Guarantors;

(k)
by reading and construing hereafter the definition of "Security Documents" in Clause 1. of the Loan Agreement so as to include each of the Additional Security Documents and exclude the Released Documents and by construing all references to each of the Security Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended;

(l)
by interpreting all references in the Security Documents to the Security Documents as if they included the Additional Security Documents and excluded the Released Documents;
 
(m)
by construing all security documents as securing the Indebtedness as herein defined;
 
(n)
by interpreting all references in the Security Documents to the Loan Agreement (however described) as references to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Second Supplemental Agreement;
 
(o)
by replacing the words "or the Additional Corporate Guarantor" by the words "or the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor" and by replacing in clauses 4.1 (g) and 25 (a) the words "Additional Corporate Guarantee" by the words "an Additional Corporate Guarantee;

(p)
by construing all references in the Original Loan Agreement to "the Vessel" or "Vessel" as if they included the Collateral Vessels as well;

(q)
by replacing references to "Additional Corporate Guarantee", "Additional Corporate Guarantor", "Additional Security Documents", "Collateral Assignment", "Collateral Mortgage", "Collateral Security Documents", "Collateral Vessel", "Corporate Guarantee", "General Assignments", "Loan Agreement", "Mortgages", "Manager's Undertaking",  "New Manager's Undertaking",  "Operating Accounts", "Operating Account Pledges", and "Vessels" by references to "Additional Corporate Guarantees", "Additional Corporate Guarantor", "Additional Security Documents", "Collateral General Assignments", "Collateral Mortgages", "Collateral Security

17


Documents", "Collateral Vessels", "Corporate Guarantee" "General Assignments", "Loan Agreement", "Manager's Undertaking", "Mortgages", "New Manager's Undertaking", "Operating Accounts", "Operating Account Pledges",  and "Vessels" as herein defined and the definitions set out in Clause 1. of this Supplemental Agreement shall be included mutatis mutandis, in Clause 1. of the Loan Agreement replacing the relevant definitions where the context permits;

(r)
by replacing sub-clauses (j) to (m) in Clause 12.1 by the followings new sub-clauses reading as follows:

"(j)            the Additional Corporate Guarantees executed by the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Bank;
(k)            the Collateral Mortgages executed by the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Bank;
(l)            the Collateral Assignments executed by the relevant Additional Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Bank;
(m)            the New Manager's Undertaking(s)."

(s)
by replacing in Clause 16 of the Original Loan Agreement (a) references to "the Borrower", by references to "the Borrower and the Additional Corporate Guarantors" and (b) references to the Operating Account by references to the Operating Accounts as herein defined;

(t)
by construing all references in the Loan Agreement to "EFG Eurobank Ergasias S.A." or to the Bank as references to the Bank, or, where the context requires, as the case may be to the Bank and/or the Agent or to the Agent as both terms are herein defined;
 
(u)
by replacing the words and numbers "8, Othonos Street, Athens, Greece" and "83, Akti Miaouli, 185 38 Piraeus, Greece" by the following words and numbers "5, rue, Jean Monnet, L-2180 Luxembourg" (exception being made in connection with clause 24.1 of the Loan Agreement and all notices to the Bank and/or communications with the Bank of whatsoever nature which will be effected through the Agent);
 
(v)
by replacing (i) in the definition of Manager the words "40, Agiou Konstantinou Str., Aethrion Maroussi, Greece" and (ii) clause 24.1. the words "40, Agiou Konstantinou Str. 151 24 Maroussi, Greece" by the words "4, Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi, Greece";
 
(w)
by replacing in Clause 24.2 the words and numbers "three (3)" by the words and numbers "five (5)".
 
6.
CONTINUANCE OF LOAN AGREEMENT AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS
 
Save for the alterations to the Loan Agreement made pursuant to the Assignment Agreement and made or to be made pursuant to this Second Supplemental Agreement and such further modifications (if any) thereto as may be necessary to make the same consistent with the terms of this Second Supplemental Agreement, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by the Security Documents executed by each of the Borrower and the other parties to
 

18


the Security Documents shall continue to remain valid and enforceable and in full force and effect.
 
7.
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
The Borrower shall pay to the Bank upon demand and from time to time all costs, charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Bank and/or the Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and enforcement or attempted enforcement of this Second Supplemental Agreement and the Additional Security Documents or in release of any of them.
 
8.
NOTICES
 
The provisions of Clause 24 of the Loan Agreement (save as hereby amended) shall apply to this Second Supplemental Agreement.
 
9.
APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION
 
This Second Supplemental Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 25 of the Loan Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis.
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

SIGNED by
   
)
 
duly authorised
   
)
 
attorney for and on behalf of
   
)
 
MANOLIS SHIPPING LIMITED
   
)
 
in its capacity as borrower
   
)
 
         
SIGNED by
   
)
 
duly authorised
   
)
 
attorney for and on behalf of
   
)
 
SAF-CONCORD SHIPPING LTD
   
)
 
in its capacity as additional corporate guarantor
   
)
 
         
SIGNED by
   
)
 
duly authorised
   
)
 
attorney for and on behalf of
   
)
 
TIGER NAVIGATION CORP.
   
)
 
in its capacity as additional corporate guarantor
   
)
 
         
SIGNED by
   
)
 
duly authorised
   
)
 
attorney for and on behalf of
   
)
 
ALTERWALL BUSINESS INC.
   
)
 
in its capacity as additional corporate guarantor
   
)
 

19



         
SIGNED by
   
)
 
the duly authorised
   
)
 
attorneys for and on behalf of
   
)
 
Eurobank Private Bank Luxembourg SA
   
)
 
(formerly known as Eurobank EFG Private Bank Luxembourg SA)
   
)
 
in its capacity as bank/lender
       
         
     
)
 
SIGNED by
   
)
 
and
   
)
 
the duly authorised
   
)
 
attorneys for and on behalf of
   
)
 
Eurobank Ergasias S.A.
   
)
 
(formerly known as EFG Eurobank Ergasias S.A.)
   
)
 
in its capacity as agent for the bank/lender
   
)
 
         
SIGNED by
   
)
 
and
   
)
 
the duly authorised
   
)
 
attorneys for and on behalf of
   
)
 
Eurobank Ergasias S.A.
   
)
 
(formerly known as EFG Eurobank Ergasias S.A.)
   
)
 
in its capacity as Party A to the Master Swap Agreement
 
)
)
 


20


Exhibit 10.11
Dated 22 December 2016


ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
as Borrower





EUROSEAS LTD
as Corporate Guarantor





THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders


and


HSH NORDBANK AG
as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, Swap Bank
and Security Trustee







SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
relating to a loan facility
of (originally) up to US$19,000,000


Index
  Clause
 
    Page
1
Interpretation
1
2
Agreement of the Creditor Parties
2
3
Conditions Precedent
2
4
Representations and Warranties
3
5
Amendments to Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents
3
6
Further Assurances
5
7
Fees and Expenses
5
8
Communications
5
9
Supplemental
5
10
Law and Jurisdiction
6
Schedule 1 Lenders
7
Execution Pages
8



THIS AGREEMENT is made on 22 December 2016
BETWEEN
(1)
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (the " Borrower ");
(2)
EUROSEAS LTD , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960, as corporate guarantor (the " Corporate Guarantor ")
(3)
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS   listed in Schedule 1 herein, as Lenders ;
(4)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Agent ;
(5)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Security Trustee ;
(6)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Mandated Lead Arranger ; and
(7)
HSH NORDBANK AG, acting through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany, as Swap Bank .
BACKGROUND
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 20 March 2015 (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated 28 April 2016, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Agent, (iv) the Security Trustee, (v) the Mandated Lead Arranger and (vi) the Swap Bank, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a loan facility in an amount of (originally) up to US$19,000,000.
(B)
The Borrower has requested that the Lenders give their consent to (inter alios) the extension of the Availability Period subject to (i) the reduction of the Maximum Advance Amount and the subsequent amendment of the repayment profile set out in clause 8.1 of the Loan Agreement and (ii) the increase of the minimum liquidity requirements set out in clause 11.19 of the Loan Agreement in the manner described in this Agreement (the " Request ").
(C)
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lenders agree, with effect on and from the Effective Date, to:
(i)
the Request; and
(ii)
the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the Request.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Defined expressions
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires.

1.2
Definitions
In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:
" Effective Date " means the date on which the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 3 thereof are satisfied.
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement
Clauses 1.2 and 1.5 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Agreement.
2
AGREEMENT OF THE CREDITOR PARTIES
2.1
Agreement of the Lenders
The Lenders agree subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the Request.
2.2
Agreement of the Creditor Parties
The Creditor Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the matters referred to in Clause 2.1.
2.3
Effective Date
The agreement of the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date subject to the conditions precedent in Clause 3 being satisfied.
3
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
3.1
General
The agreement of the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 is subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent in Clause 3.2.
3.2
Conditions precedent
The conditions referred to in Clause 3.1 are that the Agent shall have received the following documents and evidence in all respects in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers on or before the date of this Agreement:
(a)
an original of this Agreement duly executed by the parties to it;
(b)
a certificate from an officer of each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor confirming the names of all their respective officers and directors (and in the case of the Borrower also its shareholders) and confirming that there have been no changes or amendments to the constitutional documents of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor which were previously delivered to the Agent;
(c)
true and complete copies of the resolutions passed at separate meetings of (i) all the directors and shareholders of the Borrower and (ii) all the directors of the Corporate Guarantor authorising and approving the execution of this Agreement;
(d)
the original of any power of attorney issued by each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions aforesaid;
4

(e)
evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor is currently existing in goodstanding in the relevant jurisdiction of its incorporation;
(f)
documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in clause 30.4 of the Loan Agreement has accepted its appointment under this Agreement;
(g)
favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, Liberia and such other relevant jurisdiction as the Agent may require; and
(h)
any other document or evidence as the Lenders may request in writing from the Borrower.
4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
4.1
Repetition of Loan Agreement representations and warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Creditor Parties that the representations and warranties in clause 10 of the Loan Agreement remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement.
4.2
Repetition of Finance Document representations and warranties
The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor represent and warrant to the Creditor Parties that the representations and warranties in the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) to which each of them is a party remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement.
5
AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS
5.1
Specific amendments to Loan Agreement
With effect on and from the Effective Date the Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:
(a)
by replacing the definitions of "Availability Period" and "Maximum Advance Amount" in clause 1.1 thereof with the following new definitions:
" "Availability Period" means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:
(a)
31 January 2017 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or
(b)
if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;
" Maximum Advance Amount " means an amount up to the lesser of (i) $11,000,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship;";
(b)
by replacing the figures "$19,000,000" and "62.5" with the figures "$11,000,000" and "55" respectively in Recital (A) and in clause 2.1 thereof;
(c)
by deleting clause 8.1 thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following new clause:
" 8.1
Amount of Instalments
The Borrower shall repay the Loan by 13 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in the amount of $161,765 (each an " Instalment " and, together, the " Instalments ") and a balloon instalment in the amount of $8,897,055 (the " Balloon Instalment ") Provided that if the amount advanced is less than $11,000,000, the aggregate amount of the Instalments and the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced by an amount equal to the undrawn amount on a pro rata basis.";
5


(d)
by deleting clause 11.19 thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following new clause:
" 11.19            Minimum Liquidity and Additional Minimum Liquidity
The Borrower shall maintain in the Liquidity Account credit balances in an aggregate amount of not less than:
(a)
$800,000 (" Minimum Liquidity ") for the period commencing from the Drawdown Date and at all times thereafter until the irrevocable and unconditional payment of any and all Secured Liabilities; and
(b)
in addition to the amount required under paragraph (a) of this Clause, an additional amount (" Additional Minimum Liquidity ") of $900,000 for the period commencing from the Drawdown Date and at all times thereafter, which amount may be reduced to: (i) $600,000 on the first anniversary of the Drawdown Date and (ii) $300,000 on the second anniversary of the Drawdown Date and subsequently on the third anniversary of the Drawdown Date may be released to or to the order of the Borrower upon its written request, Provided that on each anniversary of the Drawdown Date: (i) the Instalments which are due then have been paid by the Borrower, (ii) the Borrower is in compliance with the minimum liquidity requirements set out in this Clause 11.19 and (iii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or will occur as a result of the reduction or  release (as the case may be) of the relevant Additional Minimum Liquidity amount.";
(e)
by construing all references throughout schedule 1, schedule 2, schedule 6, schedule 8 and in the cover page thereof to "$19,000,000" as if the same were references to "$11,000,000";
(f)
by construing references throughout the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(g)
by construing references throughout the Loan Agreement to each of the other Finance Documents as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
5.2
Amendments to Finance Documents
With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents other than the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended as follows:
(a)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(b)
the references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions shall be construed as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
6


5.3
Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect
The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:
(a)
the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2; and
(b)
such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.
6
FURTHER ASSURANCES
6.1
Borrower's and Corporate Guarantor's obligation to execute further documents etc.
Each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor covenants that from time to time at the request of the Security Trustee they will promptly upon such request:
(a)
execute and deliver to the Security Trustee or procure the execution and delivery to the Security Trustee of all such documents as in the opinion of the Agent  (acting reasonably) are necessary for giving full effect to this  Agreement and for perfecting and protecting the value of or enforcing any rights or securities granted to the Security Trustee under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document, each as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(b)
effect any registration or notarisation, give any notice or take any step, which the Agent may, by notice to the Borrower specify for any of the purposes described in Clause 6.1(a) above or for any similar or related purpose.
7
FEES AND EXPENSES
7.1
Fees and Expenses
The provisions of clause 20 (fees and expenses) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
8
COMMUNICATIONS
8.1
General
The provisions of clause 28 (notices) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
9
SUPPLEMENTAL
9.1
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.
9.2
Third Party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
7


10
LAW AND JURISDICTION
10.1
Governing law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
10.2
Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions
The provisions of clause 30 (law and jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
THIS AGREEMENT has been duly executed as a Deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
8


SCHEDULE 1

LENDERS
Lender
 
Lending Office
 
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
 
 

9


EXECUTION PAGES

BORROWER
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
 
 
CORPORATE GUARANTOR
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
EUROSEAS LTD
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
LENDERS
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
AGENT
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
SECURITY TRUSTEE
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
10


MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
SWAP BANK
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
Witness to all the
above signatures
Name:
Address:
 
)
)
 


11
 
Exhibit 10.12
Dated [●] March 2018

ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
as Borrower
and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 1 herein
as Lenders
and
HSH NORDBANK AG
as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, Swap Bank and Security Trustee



THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
relating to
a loan facility of (originally) up to US$19,000,000

Index
 
Clause   Page  
     
1
Interpretation
2
2
Agreement of the Creditor Parties
2
3
Conditions Precedent
3
4
Representations and Warranties
4
5
Amendments to Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents
4
6
Further Assurances
5
7
Fees and Expenses
6
8
Communications
6
9
Supplemental
6
10
Law and Jurisdiction
6
 
Schedules

Schedule 1 Lenders
7

Execution

Execution Pages
8

 




THIS AGREEMENT IS MADE ON [●] MARCH 2018
PARTIES
(1)
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (the " Borrower ");
(2)
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS   listed in Schedule 1 herein, as Lenders ;
(3)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Agent ;
(4)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Security Trustee ;
(5)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Mandated Lead Arranger ; and
(6)
HSH NORDBANK AG, acting through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany, as Swap Bank .
BACKGROUND
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 20 March 2015 (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated 28 April 2016 and a second supplemental agreement dated 22 December 2016 and as from time to time amended and/or supplemented, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Agent, (iv) the Security Trustee, (v) the Mandated Lead Arranger and (vi) the Swap Bank, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a loan facility in an amount of (originally) up to US$19,000,000.
(B)
The Borrower has requested that the Lenders give their consent to:
(i)
the release of Euroseas Ltd. as the Corporate Guarantor (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement) from its obligations under the Corporate Guarantee and any other Finance Document to which it is a party;
(ii)
the appointment of Eurodry Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands as Corporate Guarantor (as defined in the Loan Agreement), being the holder of all registered shares in the Borrower, in accordance with clause 10.3 of the Loan Agreement; and
(iii)
the consequential amendments and/or variations of certain other provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with those matters,
together, the " Request ".
(C)
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lenders agree, with effect on and from the Effective Date, to:
(i)
the Request; and



(ii)
the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the Request.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Defined expressions
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires.
1.2
Definitions
In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:
" New   Corporate Guarantor " means Eurodry Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands.
" New   Corporate Guarantee " a corporate guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, in the Agreed Form.
" Effective Date " means the date on which the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 3 thereof are satisfied.
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement
Clauses 1.2 and 1.5 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Agreement.
2
AGREEMENT OF THE CREDITOR PARTIES
2.1
Agreement of the Lenders
The Lenders agree subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the Request.
2.2
Agreement of the Creditor Parties
The Creditor Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the matters referred to in Clause 2.1.
2



2.3
Effective Date
The agreement of the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date subject to the conditions precedent in Clause 3 being satisfied.
3
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
3.1
General
The agreement of the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 is subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent in Clause 3.2.
3.2
Conditions precedent
The conditions referred to in Clause 3.1 are that the Agent shall have received the following documents and evidence in all respects in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers on or before the date of this Agreement:
(a)
an original of this Agreement duly executed by the parties to it and countersigned by the Approved Manager;
(b)
a duly executed original of the New Corporate Guarantee;
(c)
a certificate from an officer of the Borrower confirming the names of all its respective officers, directors and shareholders and confirming that there have been no changes or amendments to the constitutional documents of the Borrower which were previously delivered to the Agent;
(d)
true and complete copies of the resolutions passed at separate meetings of all the directors and shareholders of the Borrower authorising and approving the execution of this Agreement;
(e)
true and complete copy of the constitutional documents and the resolutions passed at the meeting of all the directors of the New Corporate Guarantor authorising and approving the execution of this Agreement and the New Corporate Guarantee, and authorising its directors or other representatives to execute the same on its behalf;
(f)
the original of any power of attorney issued by each of the Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions aforesaid;
(g)
evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each of the Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor is currently existing in goodstanding in the relevant jurisdiction of its incorporation;
(h)
consolidated audited financial statements of Euroseas Ltd. as of 31 December 2017 together with the respective Compliance Certificate;
(i)
documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in clause 30.4 of the Loan Agreement has accepted its appointment under this Agreement;
3



(j)
favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, Liberia and such other relevant jurisdiction as the Agent may require in respect of the matters contained in this Agreement and the New Corporate Guarantee; and
(k)
any other document or evidence as the Lenders may request in writing from the Borrower.
4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
4.1
Repetition of Loan Agreement representations and warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Creditor Parties that the representations and warranties in clause 10 of the Loan Agreement remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement.
4.2
Repetition of Finance Document representations and warranties
The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor represent and warrant to the Creditor Parties that the representations and warranties in the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) to which each of them is a party remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement.
5
AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS
5.1
Specific amendments to Loan Agreement
With effect on and from the Effective Date the Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:
(a)
by deleting the definition of "Corporate Guarantor" in clause 1.1. thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following new definition:
"" Corporate Guarantor " means Eurodry Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands;"
(b)
by deleting paragraphs (a) and (b) of clause 11.6 thereof in their entirety and replacing them with the following paragraphs:
(a)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor, the unaudited individual management accounts of the Borrower and the consolidated audited annual financial statements of the Group for that Financial Year (commencing with the unaudited management accounts or the audited financial statements (as the case may be) for the Financial Year which ended on 31 December 2015 in respect of the Borrower and on 31 December 2018 i n respect of the Corporate Guarantor); and
(b)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each 6-month period ending on 30 June and 31 December in each Financial Year of the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Corporate Guarantor, the semi-annual individual unaudited management accounts in respect of the Borrower or, in the case of the Corporate Guarantor, the semi-annual consolidated unaudited financial statements
4


of the Group, in each case, for that 6-month period (commencing with the management accounts for the 6-month period ending on 30 June 2016 in respect of the Borrower and the financial statements for the period ending on 30 June 2018 in respect of the Corporate Guarantor), duly certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Corporate Guarantor; and";
(c)
by construing references throughout the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(d)
by construing references throughout the Loan Agreement to each of the other Finance Documents as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
5.2
Amendments to Finance Documents
With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents other than the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended as follows:
(a)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(b)
the references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions shall be construed as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
5.3
Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect
The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:
(a)
the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2; and
(b)
such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.
6
FURTHER ASSURANCES
6.1
Borrower's and each Security Party's obligation to execute further documents etc.
The Borrower and each Security Party covenants that from time to time at the request of the Security Trustee they will promptly upon such request:
(a)
execute and deliver to the Security Trustee or procure the execution and delivery to the Security Trustee of all such documents as in the opinion of the Agent  (acting reasonably) are necessary for giving full effect to this  Agreement and for perfecting and protecting the value of or enforcing any rights or securities granted to the Security Trustee under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document, each as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
5



(b)
effect any registration or notarisation, give any notice or take any step, which the Agent may, by notice to the Borrower specify for any of the purposes described in Clause 6.1(a) above or for any similar or related purpose.
7
FEES AND EXPENSES
7.1
Fees and Expenses
The provisions of clause 20 (fees and expenses) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
8
COMMUNICATIONS
8.1
General
The provisions of clause 28 (notices) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
9
SUPPLEMENTAL
9.1
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.
9.2
Third Party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
10
LAW AND JURISDICTION
10.1
Governing law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
10.2
Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions
The provisions of clause 30 (law and jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
THIS AGREEMENT has been duly executed as a Deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
6


SCHEDULE 1


LENDERS

Lender
Lending Office
 
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
 
 
     

7

EXECUTION PAGES
BORROWER
EXECUTED AS A DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
)
 

LENDERS

EXECUTED AS A DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 


AGENT

EXECUTED AS A DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 


SECURITY TRUSTEE

EXECUTED AS A DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 


MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER

EXECUTED AS A DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 

8



SWAP BANK

EXECUTED AS A DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 


Witness to all the
)
 
above signatures
)
 
Name:
   
Address:
   





9


COUNTERSIGNED this         day of March 2018 by the below company which, by its execution hereof, confirms and acknowledges that it has read and understood the terms and conditions of this Agreement, that it agrees in all respects to the same and that the Finance Documents to which it is a party shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue to stand as security for the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement (as amended and supplemented by this Agreement).


          
_______________________________
for and on behalf of
EUROBULK LTD
as Approved Manager

10

Exhibit 10.13
Dated [●] March 2018

EURODRY Ltd.
as Guarantor
and
HSH NORDBANK AG
as Security Trustee





GUARANTEE
relating to
a Loan Agreement dated 20 March 2015

Index
Clause
Page
   
1
Interpretation
1
2
guarantee
3
3
Liability as Principal and Independent Debtor
3
4
Expenses
4
5
Adjustment of Transactions
4
6
Payments
4
7
Interest
5
8
Subordination
6
9
enforcement
6
10
Representations and Warranties
7
11
Undertakings
8
12
Judgements and Currency Indemnity
11
13
Set-Off
11
14
Supplemental
12
15
assignment
13
16
Notices
13
17
Invalidity of Loan Agreement
14
18
Governing Law and Jurisdiction
15
 
Execution

Execution Page
 19




THIS GUARANTEE is made on [●] March 2018
PARTIES
(1)
EURODRY Ltd. , a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands whose registered address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960 as Guarantor (the " Guarantor ")
(2)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany as Security Trustee (the " Security Trustee ", which expression includes its successors and assigns)
BACKGROUND
(A)
By a senior secured loan agreement dated 20 March 2015 (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated 28 April 2016 and a second supplemental agreement dated 22 December 2016 and as from time to time amended and/or supplemented, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) Ultra One Shipping Ltd as borrower (the " Borrower "), (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed therein as lenders (together, the " Lenders "), (iii) HSH Nordbank AG as agent (the " Agent "), (iv) HSH Nordbank AG as mandated lead arranger, (v) HSH Nordbank AG as swap bank (the " Swap Bank ") and (vi) the Security Trustee, it was agreed that the Lenders would make available to the Borrower a loan facility of up to US$19,000,000.
(B)
By a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (including the Schedule thereto) (the " Master Agreement ") dated as of 20 March 2015 and made between (i) the Borrower and (ii) the Swap Bank, it was agreed that the Swap Bank may enter into Designated Transactions with the Borrower from time to time.
(C)
By the Agency and Trust Agreement entered into pursuant to the Loan Agreement, it was agreed that the Security Trustee would hold the Trust Property on trust for the Lenders and the Swap Bank.
(D)
The execution and delivery to the Security Trustee of this Guarantee (which is the Corporate Guarantee referred to in the Loan Agreement) is one of the conditions precedent to the continuing availability of the facility under the said Loan Agreement.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
1
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Defined expressions
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee unless the context otherwise requires.

1.2
Construction of certain terms
In this Guarantee:
" Accounting Period "  means (a) each financial year of the Guarantor and (b) each consecutive semi-annual period during the Security Period ending on 31 December and 30 June of each financial year for which the Guarantor must provide financial statements pursuant to Clause 11.3(a) and (b) of this Guarantee;



" Applicable Accounts" means, as at the date of calculation or, as the case may be, in respect of an Accounting Period, the annual audited or semi-annual unaudited (as the case may be), consolidated financial statements the Guarantor is obliged to deliver to the Agent pursuant to Clause 11.3(a) and (b) of this Guarantee;
" bankruptcy "  includes a liquidation, receivership or administration and any form of suspension of payments, arrangement with creditors or reorganisation under any corporate or insolvency law of any country;
" Cash "   shall have the meaning given to such term in the latest Applicable Accounts (free of any Security Interests);
" Fleet Vessels "  means all of the vessels from time to time owned by any member of the Group or otherwise beneficially owned by the Guarantor (each a " Fleet Vessel ");
" Fleet Book Value " means, at the end of a relevant period, the aggregate book value of the Fleet Vessels less depreciation as stated in the most recent financial statements of the Group delivered pursuant to clause 11.6 of the Loan Agreement and Clause 11.3 of this Guarantee;
" Fleet Market Value " means, at the date of calculation, the aggregate of the Market Values of the Fleet Vessels;
" Group "  means together, the Borrower, the Guarantor and all subsidiaries direct or indirect of the Guarantor from time to time during the Security Period and " member of the Group " shall be construed accordingly;
" Leverage Ratio " means, at any relevant time, the ratio of:
(a)
the Total Liabilities; to
(b)
the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets;
" Loan Agreement " means the loan agreement dated 20  March 2015 (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated 28 April 2016 and a second supplemental agreement dated 22 December 2016) referred to in Recital (A) and includes any existing or future amendments or supplements, whether made with the Guarantor's consent or otherwise;
" Market Value " means, in relation to each Fleet Vessel, the market value thereof as obtained by the Guarantor for purposes of the Applicable Accounts;
" Market Value Adjusted   Total Assets "   means at any relevant time the Total Assets as adjusted by replacing the Fleet Book Value with the Fleet Market Value;
" Market Value Adjusted Net Worth " means at any relevant time the amount obtained by deducting from the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets the amount of the Total Liabilities;
" Master Agreement " means the master agreement and schedule thereto dated 20 March 2015 referred to in Recital (B) and includes all Designated Transactions and/or Confirmations (as each term is defined in the Master Agreement) issued thereunder;
" Total Assets " means at any relevant time the total assets (including cash and cash equivalents) of the Group as stated in the most recent Applicable Accounts of the Group; and
4



" Total Liabilities " means at any relevant time the total liabilities of the Group as stated in the most recent Applicable Accounts of the Group.
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement
Clauses 1.2 to 1.6 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Guarantee.
2
GUARANTEE
2.1
Guarantee and indemnity
The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:
(a)
guarantees the punctual performance by the Borrower of all its obligations under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party;
(b)
undertakes to pay to the Security Trustee, on the Security Trustee's demand, any such amount which is not paid by the Borrower when payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party, as if it were the Borrower;
(c)
as a separate, continuing and primary obligation, agrees to fully indemnify the Security Trustee and each other Creditor Party on the Security Trustee's demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by the Security Trustee or the other Creditor Party concerned as a result of or in connection with any failure by a Borrower to comply with any of its obligations under any Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party or any obligation or liability guaranteed by the Guarantor being or becoming unenforceable, invalid, void or illegal; and the amount recoverable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party concerned would otherwise have been entitled to recover; and
(d)
the Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to discharge all such obligations and liabilities whatsoever, whensoever and howsoever arising, as are now or may hereafter become incurred by the Borrower under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party.
2.2
No limit on number of demands
The Security Trustee may serve more than one demand under Clause 2.1.
2.3
Release of this Guarantee
The Security Trustee agrees that it shall release the Guarantor from its obligations under this Guarantee at the end of the Security Period.
3
LIABILITY AS PRINCIPAL AND INDEPENDENT DEBTOR
3.1
Principal and independent debtor
The Guarantor shall be liable under this Guarantee as a principal and independent debtor and accordingly it shall not have, as regards this Guarantee, any of the rights or defences of a surety.
5



3.2
Waiver of rights and defences
Without limiting the generality of Clause 3.1, the Guarantor shall neither be discharged by, nor have any claim against any Creditor Party in respect of:
(a)
any amendment or supplement being made to the Finance Documents;
(b)
any arrangement or concession (including a rescheduling or acceptance of partial payments) relating to, or affecting, the Finance Documents;
(c)
any release or loss (even though negligent) of any right or Security Interest created by the Finance Documents;
(d)
any failure (even though negligent) promptly or properly to exercise or enforce any such right or Security Interest, including a failure to realise for its full market value an asset covered by such a Security Interest; or
(e)
any other Finance Document or any Security Interest now being or later becoming void, unenforceable, illegal or invalid or otherwise defective for any reason, including a neglect to register it.
4
EXPENSES
4.1
Costs of preservation of rights, enforcement etc.
The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on its first demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Guarantee or any Security Interest connected with it, including any advice, claim or proceedings relating to this Guarantee or such a Security Interest.
4.2
Fees and expenses payable under Loan Agreement
Clause 4.1 is without prejudice to the Guarantor's liabilities in respect of the Borrower's obligations under clause 20 of the Loan Agreement (expenses) and under similar provisions of other Finance Documents.
5
ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSACTIONS
5.1
Reinstatement of obligation to pay
The Guarantor shall pay to the Security Trustee on its demand any amount which any Creditor Party is required, or agrees, to pay pursuant to any claim by, or settlement with, a trustee in bankruptcy of the Borrower or of another Security Party (or similar person) on the ground that the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document, or a payment by the Borrower or of another Security Party, was invalid or on any similar ground.
6
PAYMENTS
6.1
Method of payments
Any amount due under this Guarantee shall be paid:
(a)
in immediately available funds;
6



(b)
to such account as the Security Trustee may from time to time notify to the Guarantor;
(c)
without any form of set‑off, cross‑claim or condition; and
(d)
free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Guarantor is required by law to make.
6.2
Grossing-up for taxes
If the Guarantor is required by law to make a tax deduction, the amount due to the Security Trustee shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that the Security Trustee and (if the payment is not due to the Security Trustee for its own account) the Creditor Party beneficially interested in the payment receives and retains a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount that it would otherwise have received.
6.3
Indemnity and evidence of payment of taxes
The Guarantor shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party on the Security Trustee's demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses incurred by any Creditor Party by reason of any failure of the Guarantor to make any tax deduction or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment in accordance with Clause 6.2.  Within 30 days after making any tax deduction, that Guarantor shall deliver to the Security Trustee any receipts, certificates or other documentary evidence satisfactory to the Security Trustee that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
6.4
Tax Credit
If the Guarantor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Creditor Party determines that:
(a)
a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and
(b)
that Creditor Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
the Creditor Party shall pay an amount to the Guarantor which that Creditor Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Guarantor.
In this Clause:
" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any tax.
" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of tax from a payment under a Finance Document.
" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by the Guarantor to a Creditor Party under Clause 6.2 (Grossing-up for taxes) or a payment under Clause 6.3 (Indemnity and evidence of payment of taxes).
Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 6.4 (Tax Credit) reference to " determines " or " determined " means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.
7



6.5
Security Trustee memorandum account
The Security Trustee shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

7
INTEREST
7.1
Accrual of interest
Any amount due under this Guarantee shall carry interest after the date on which the Security Trustee demands payment of it until it is actually paid, unless interest on that same amount also accrues under the Loan Agreement.
7.2
Calculation of interest
Interest under this Guarantee shall be calculated and accrue in the same way as interest under clause 5 of the Loan Agreement.
7.3
Guarantee extends to interest payable under Loan Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, it is confirmed that this Guarantee covers all interest payable under the Loan Agreement, including that payable under clause 7 of the Loan Agreement.
8
SUBORDINATION
8.1
Subordination of rights of Guarantor
All rights which the Guarantor at any time has (whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction) against the Borrower, any other Security Party or their respective assets, including (but not limited to) liabilities arising by subrogation or contribution in respect of payments made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee and liabilities of such parties in respect of Financial Indebtedness owed to the Guarantor, shall be fully subordinated to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents; and in particular, until all of the Borrower's obligations under the Finance Documents have been fully discharged, the Guarantor shall not:
(a)
demand, require to be paid or accept any amount in respect of such liabilities;
(b)
claim, or in a bankruptcy of the Borrower or any other Security Party prove for, any amount payable to the Guarantor by the Borrower or any other Security Party, whether in respect of this Guarantee or any other transaction;
(c)
take or enforce any Security Interest for any such liabilities;
(d)
claim to set-off any such liabilities against any amount payable by the Guarantor to the Borrower or any other Security Party; or
(e)
claim any subrogation or other right in respect of any Finance Document or any sum received or recovered by any Creditor Party under a Finance Document.
8



9
ENFORCEMENT
9.1
No requirement to commence proceedings against the Borrower
Neither the Security Trustee nor any other Creditor Party will need to commence any proceedings under, or enforce any Security Interest created by, the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document before claiming or commencing proceedings under this Guarantee.
9.2
Conclusive evidence of certain matters
However, as against the Guarantor:
(a)
any judgment or order of a court in England, the Republic of the Marshall Islands or any other Pertinent Jurisdiction in connection with the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document; and
(b)
any statement or admission of the Borrower (absent any manifest error) in connection with the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document,
shall be binding and conclusive as to all matters of fact and law to which it relates.
10
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1
General
The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Security Trustee as follows.
10.2
Status
The Guarantor is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.
10.3
Share capital and ownership
At the date of this Guarantee, the Guarantor is authorised to issue two hundred twenty million (220,000,000) registered shares (of which Twenty million (20,000,000) are registered preferred shares). All the registered common shares shall have a par value of three cents ($0.03) per share and all the registered preferred shares have a par value of one cent ($0.01) per share. As of today, the Guarantor has issued 57,157,313 common shares and 32,140 registered preferred shares; another 675,000 common shares have been reserved to be issued for stock incentive awards if and when such awards vest.
10.4
Corporate power
The Guarantor has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:
(a)
to execute this Guarantee; and
(b)
to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, this Guarantee.
9



10.5
Consents in force
All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.6
Legal validity
This Guarantee constitutes the Guarantor's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with its terms subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.
10.7
No conflicts
The execution by the Guarantor of this Guarantee and its compliance with this Guarantee will not involve or lead to a contravention of:
(a)
any law or regulation; or
(b)
the constitutional documents of the Guarantor; or
(c)
any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Guarantor or any of its assets.
10.8
No withholding taxes
All payments which the Guarantor is liable to make under this Guarantee may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
10.9
No default
No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default will result from the entry by the Guarantor into this Guarantee.
10.10
Information
All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor to the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.2 of this Guarantee; all audited accounts and financial statements which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.4 of this Guarantee and are true, correct and not misleading and present fairly and accurately the position of the Guarantor; and there has been no change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Guarantor or the Group from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.11
No litigation
No legal or administrative action involving the Guarantor has been commenced or taken or, to the Guarantor's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which would, in either case, be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Guarantor's financial position or profitability.
10.12
Taxes paid
10



The Guarantor has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to the Guarantor or its business, if any.
10.13
Provisions of Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents
The Guarantor is fully familiar with and agrees with all provisions of the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.
10.14
No waiver
No oral or written statement has been made to the Guarantor by or on behalf of the Security Trustee, any other Creditor Party or any other person which could be construed as a waiver of any provisions of this Guarantee or a statement of intention not to enforce this Guarantee in accordance with its terms.
11
UNDERTAKINGS
11.1
General
The Guarantor undertakes with the Security Trustee to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Agent may, with the authority of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
11.2
Information provided to be accurate
All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.
11.3
Provision of financial information
The Guarantor will send to the Agent:
(a)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Guarantor, the consolidated audited annual financial statements of the Group (commencing with the financial year which ends on 31 December 2018 ), for that Financial Year;
(b)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each 6-month period ending on 30 June and 31 December in each Financial Year of the Guarantor, the semi-annual consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Group, in each case, for that 6-month period (commencing with the financial statements for the 6-month period ending on 30 June 30 June 2018 in respect of the Guarantor), duly certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor; and
(c)
promptly after each written request by the Agent, such further financial, business or other operational information in respect of the Borrower, the Ship, the Guarantor, the other Security Parties and the Group (including, without limitation, any information regarding any sale and purchase agreements, investment brochures, shipbuilding contracts and charter agreements) as may be requested by the Agent acting reasonably.
11.4
Form of Financial Statements
(a)
be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;
11



(b)
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Guarantor at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and
(c)
fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Guarantor.
11.5
Shareholder notices
(a)
The Guarantor will send to the Security Trustee, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications related to any Finance Documents or to any events set out in Clause 19.1(f)(g) or (h) of the Loan Agreement, which are despatched to the Guarantor's shareholders or creditors or any class of them.
11.6
Consents
The Guarantor will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Security Trustee of, any consents required:
(a)
for the Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Guarantee; and
(b)
for the validity or enforceability of this Guarantee,
and the Guarantor will comply with the terms of all such consents.
11.7
Notification of litigation
The Guarantor will provide the Security Trustee with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Guarantor or any other member of the Group as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Guarantor that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that such legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document, and the Guarantor shall procure that reasonable measures are taken for the defence in any such legal action or administrative action.
11.8
Notification of default
The Guarantor will notify the Security Trustee as soon as the Guarantor becomes aware of:
(a)
the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or
(b)
any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,
and will thereafter keep the Security Trustee fully up-to-date with all developments.
11.9
Maintenance of status
The Guarantor will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.
11.10
Negative pledge
The Guarantor shall not, and shall procure that the Borrower will not, create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any asset present or future except Security Interests created or permitted by the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests.
12



11.11
Negative undertaking
The Guarantor will not:
(a)
change the nature of its business; or
(b)
provide any form of credit or financial assistance to a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Guarantor's share or loan capital, or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Guarantor than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length;
(c)
enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger (other than with its affiliates) or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation; and
(d)
cause its shares (or any part thereof) to cease to be quoted on NASDAQ in New York or any other internationally recognised stock exchange acceptable to the Agent.
11.12
Pari passu
The Guarantor shall procure that its liabilities under this Guarantee do and will rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future liabilities, except for liabilities which are mandatorily preferred by law.
11.13
Financial Covenants
The Guarantor shall ensure that at all times during the Security Period:
(a)
the aggregate of all Cash for the Group on a consolidated basis shall be equal to no less than $300,000 in respect of each Fleet Vessel;
(b)
maintain a Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of not less than $13,000,000; and
(c)
the Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 75 per cent.
11.14
No Money laundering
The Guarantor shall comply with clause 10.17 (no money laundering) of the Loan Agreement.
11.15
Principal place of business
The Guarantor will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated in Clause 16; and the Guarantor will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United States of America or the United Kingdom.
11.16
Ownership
The Guarantor shall not change, without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders, its direct legal and beneficial ownership of 95 per cent. of the shares in the Borrower or in the voting rights attaching to any of those shares.
11.17
Compliance Check
13



The Guarantor shall supply to the Agent, together with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to (a) and (b) of Clause 11.3 of this Guarantee, a Compliance Certificate. Each Compliance Certificate shall be duly signed by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor evidencing (inter alia) the Guarantor's compliance with the provisions of Clause 11.14.
12
JUDGEMENTS AND CURRENCY INDEMNITY
12.1
Judgments relating to Loan Agreement and Finance Documents
This Guarantee shall cover any amount payable by the Borrower under or in connection with any judgment relating to the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party.
12.2
Currency indemnity
In addition, clause 21.4 (currency indemnity) of the Loan Agreement shall apply, with any necessary adaptations, in relation to this Guarantee.
13
SET-OFF
13.1
Application of credit balances
Each Creditor Party may, following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, without prior notice:
(a)
apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Guarantor at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Guarantor to that Creditor Party under this Guarantee or any other Finance Document; and
(b)
for that purpose:
(i)
break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Guarantor;
(ii)
convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii)
enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
13.2
Existing rights unaffected
No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 13.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set‑off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
13.3
Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 13, a sum payable by the Guarantor to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
14


14
SUPPLEMENTAL
14.1
Continuing guarantee
This Guarantee shall remain in force as a continuing security at all times during the Security Period and will extend to the ultimate balance of all the Secured Liabilities regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
14.2
Rights cumulative, non-exclusive
The Security Trustee's rights under and in connection with this Guarantee are cumulative, may be exercised as often as appears expedient and shall not be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by law.
14.3
No impairment of rights under Guarantee
If the Security Trustee omits to exercise, delays in exercising or invalidly exercises any of its rights under this Guarantee, that shall not impair that or any other right of the Security Trustee under this Guarantee.
14.4
Severability of provisions
If any provision of this Guarantee is or subsequently becomes void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid, that shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of its other provisions.
14.5
Guarantee not affected by other security
This Guarantee shall not impair, nor be impaired by, any other guarantee, any Security Interest or any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party may now or later hold in connection with the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document.
14.6
Guarantor bound by Loan Agreement
The Guarantor agrees with the Security Trustee to be bound by all provisions of the Loan Agreement which are applicable to the Security Parties in the same way as if those provisions had been set out (with any necessary modifications) in this Guarantee.
14.7
Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other Security Interests
Any Security Interest which the Guarantor creates (whether at the time at which it signs this Guarantee or at any later time) to secure any liability under this Guarantee shall be a principal and independent security, and Clauses 3 and 17 of this Guarantee shall, with any necessary modifications, apply to it, notwithstanding that the document creating the Security Interest neither describes it as a principal or independent security nor includes provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 17.
14.8
Applicability of provisions of Guarantee to other rights
Clauses 3 and 17 of this Guarantee shall also apply to any right of set-off or netting or to combine accounts which the Guarantor creates by an agreement entered into in writing with the Security Trustee at the time of this Guarantee or at any later time (notwithstanding that such agreement does not include provisions similar to Clauses 3 and 17), being an agreement referring to this Guarantee.
15


14.9
Third party rights
A person (other than a Creditor Party) who is not a party to this Guarantee has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Guarantee.
15
ASSIGNMENT
15.1
Assignment by Security Trustee
The Security Trustee may assign its rights under and in connection with this Guarantee to the same extent as it may assign its rights under the Loan Agreement.
16
NOTICES
16.1
Notices to Guarantor
Any notice or demand to the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given by letter or fax at:
4, Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Maroussi
Greece
Fax No.: +30 211 1804097

or to such other address which the Guarantor may notify to the Security Trustee.
16.2
Application of certain provisions of Loan Agreement
Clause 28 of the Loan Agreement applies to any notice or demand under or in connection with this Guarantee.
16.3
Validity of demands
A demand under this Guarantee shall be valid notwithstanding that it is served:
(a)
on the date on which the amount to which it relates is payable by the Borrower under the Loan Agreement;
(b)
at the same time as the service of a notice under clause 19.2 (events of default) of the Loan Agreement;
and a demand under this Guarantee may refer to all amounts payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement without specifying a particular sum or aggregate sum.
16.4
Notices to Security Trustee
Any notice to the Security Trustee under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be sent to the same address and in the same manner as notices to the Security Trustee under the Loan Agreement.
17
INVALIDITY OF LOAN AGREEMENT
17.1
Invalidity of Loan Agreement
16



In the event of:
(a)
the Loan Agreement now being or later becoming, with immediate or retrospective effect, void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise invalid for any other reason whatsoever, whether of a similar kind or not; or
(b)
without limiting the scope of paragraph (a), a bankruptcy of the Borrower, the introduction of any law or any other matter resulting in the Borrower being discharged from liability under the Loan Agreement, or the Loan Agreement ceasing to operate (for example, by interest ceasing to accrue),
this Guarantee shall cover any amount which would have been or become payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement if the Loan Agreement had been and remained entirely valid, legal and enforceable, or the Borrower had not suffered bankruptcy, or any combination of such events or circumstances, as the case may be, and the relevant Borrower had remained fully liable under it for liabilities whether invalidly incurred or validly incurred but subsequently retrospectively invalidated;  and references in this Guarantee to amounts payable by the Borrower under or in connection with the Loan Agreement shall include references to any amount which would have so been or become payable as aforesaid.
17.2
Invalidity of Finance Documents
Clause 17.1 also applies to each of the other Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.
18
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
18.1
English law
This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
18.2
Exclusive English jurisdiction
Subject to Clause 18.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.
18.3
Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee
Clause 18.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Security Trustee, which reserves the rights:
(a)
to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and
(b)
to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
The Guarantor shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.
18.4
Process agent
17



The Guarantor irrevocably appoints Hill Dickinson Service (London) Limited, presently at Irongate House, Duke's Place, London EC3A 7LP England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.
18.5
Creditor Parties' rights unaffected
Nothing in this Clause 18 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
18.6
Meaning of "proceedings" and "Dispute"
In this Clause 18, " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Guarantee) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee.
THIS GUARANTEE has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Guarantee.
18


SCHEDULE


FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[ l ] 2018
Dear Sirs,
We refer to a loan agreement dated 20 March 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between (amongst others) yourselves and ourselves in relation to a term loan facility of up to $19,000,000.
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this compliance certificate.
The Borrower and the Guarantor represent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this certificate [except for the following matter or event [set out all material details of matter or event]].
In addition as of [ l ], [the Borrower and the Guarantor each confirm compliance with the minimum liquidity requirements set out in Clause 11.18,] [and] the minimum security cover requirement set out in Clause 15.1 of the Loan Agreement and the financial covenants referred to in Clause 11.14 of the guarantee and indemnity granted by the Guarantor, in each case for the [6-month] period ending on the date of this certificate.
We now certify that, as at [ l ]:
(a)
the aggregate of the Minimum Liquidity amount standing to the credit of the Liquidity Account is $[ l ];
(b)
the aggregate of the Additional Minimum Liquidity amount standing to the credit of the Liquidity Account is $[ l ];
(c)
the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 is at [ l ] per cent.;
(d)
the aggregate of all Cash is [ l ]. Such amount [does][not] equal less than $300,000 in respect of each Fleet Vessel;
(e)
the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth is $[ l ]; and
(f)
the Leverage Ratio is [ l ] per cent.
This certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
       
Chief Financial Officer
for and on behalf of
Eurodry Ltd.
 
Director
for and on behalf of
Ultra One Shipping Ltd
 

19


       
Director
for and on behalf of
Ultra One Shipping Ltd
     
20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been duly executed as a Deed by each of the parties hereto the day and year first above written.
GUARANTOR
SIGNED and DELIVERED
)
 
as a Deed by
)
 
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
EURODRY LTD.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 


SECURITY TRUSTEE

SIGNED and DELIVERED
)
 
as a Deed by
)
 
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 



21

Exhibit 10.14
Dated 20 March 2015
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
as Borrower
and
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders
and
HSH NORDBANK AG
as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, Swap Bank
and Security Trustee
LOAN AGREEMENT
relating to a senior secured post-delivery term
loan facility of up to US$19,000,000
to provide finance secured on
Sellers' Hull No. DY160
 
 
 
 
WATSON FARLEY
&
WILLIAMS


Index
Clause
 
Page
     
1
Interpretation
 1
2
Facility
 16
3
Position of the Lenders and Swap Bank
16
4
Drawdown
17
5
Interest
 18
6
Interest Periods
 20
7
Default Interest
 21
8
Repayment and Prepayment
22
9
Conditions Precedent
24
10
Representations and Warranties
25
11
General Undertakings
 29
12
Corporate Undertakings
34
13
Insurance
35
14
Ship Covenants
41
15
Security Cover
46
16
Payments and Calculations
47
17
Application of Receipts
49
18
Application of Earnings; Swap Payments
50
19
Events of Default
52
20
Fees and Expenses
57
21
Indemnities
 58
22
No Set-Off or Tax Deduction
 61
23
Illegality, etc.
 62
24
Increased Costs
63
25
Set-Off
65
26
Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices
 65
27
Variations and Waivers
70
28
Notices
71
29
Supplemental
73
30
Law and Jurisdiction
74
Schedule 1 Lenders and Commitments
76
Schedule 2 Drawdown Notice
77
Schedule 3 Condition Precedent Documents
78
Schedule 4 Mandatory Cost Formula
81
Schedule 5 Designation Notice
83
Schedule 6 Transfer Certificate
84
Schedule 7 Power of Attorney
88
Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate
89
Execution Pages
90


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 20 March 2015
BETWEEN
( 1 ) ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia as Borrower;
( 2 ) THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders;
( 3 ) HSH NORDBANK AG acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Agent;
( 4 ) HSH NORDBANK AG acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Mandated Lead Arranger;
( 5 ) HSH NORDBANK AG acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Security Trustee; and
( 6 ) HSH NORDBANK AG acting through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany, as Swap Bank.

BACKGROUND
(A) The Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a senior secured post-delivery term loan facility in one advance in an amount up to the lesser of (i) $19,000,000 and (H) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship for the purpose of part financing the Contract Price of the Ship.
(B) The Swap Bank has agreed to enter into interest rate swap transactions with the Borrower from time to time to hedge the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations.
(C) The Lenders and the Swap Bank have agreed to share pari passu in the security to be granted to the Security Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1. INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definitions
Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:
" Account "   means each of the Earnings Account, the Liquidity Account, the Swap Account and the Retention Account and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Account Pledge "   means, in relation to each Account, a pledge agreement creating security in respect of that Account in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Additional Minimum Liquidity "   has the meaning given in Clause 11.19;
" Advance "   means the principal amount of the borrowing by the Borrower under this Agreement in respect of the Ship or, as the context may require, the principal amount outstanding under such Advance under this Agreement;
" Affected Lender "   has the meaning given in Clause 5.7;

" Agency and Trust Agreement "   means the agency and trust agreement executed or to be executed between the Borrower and the Creditor Parties in the Agreed Form;
" Agent "   means HSH Nordbank AG, acting in such capacity through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;
" Agreed Form "   means in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) or as otherwise approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provisions of any Finance Document;
" Applicable Lender "   has the meaning given in Clause 5.2;
" Approved Auditor "   means any auditors acceptable to the Lenders;
" Approved Broker "   means Arrow, Barry Rogliano Sales, Clarksons, Howe Robinson, SSY Valuation Services, Maersk Brokers, RS Platou Shipbrokers and Fearnleys (or such subsidiary or other company in the same corporate group through which valuations are commonly issued) and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Approved Flag "   means, in relation to the Ship, the Liberian flag or such other flag as the Agent may approve as the flag on which the Ship is or, as the case may be, shall be registered;
" Approved Flag State "   means, in relation to the Ship, the Republic of Liberia or any other country in which the Agent may approve that the Ship is or, as the case may be, shall be registered;
" Approved Manager "   means, in respect of the Ship, Eurobulk Ltd or any other company which the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may approve from time to time as the commercial and/or technical manager of the Ship;
" Approved Manager's Undertaking "   means, in relation to the Ship, a letter of undertaking including (inter alia) an assignment of the Approved Manager's rights, title and interest in the Insurances executed or to be executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form agreeing certain matters in relation to that Approved Manager, serving as manager and subordinating its rights against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Assignable Charter "   means, in relation to the Ship, any time charterparty, consecutive voyage charter or contract of affreightment in respect of the Ship having a duration (or capable of exceeding a duration) of 12 months or more and any guarantee of the obligations of the charterer under such charter or any bareboat charter in respect of the Ship and any guarantee of the obligations of the charterer under such bareboat charter, entered or to be entered into by the Borrower and a charterer or, as the context may require, bareboat charterer and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Availability Period "   means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:
(a) 30 April 2016 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or
(b) if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;
2


" Balloon Instalment "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.1;
" Basel III "   means, together:
(a) the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
(b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and
(c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III";
" Borrower "   means Ultra One Shipping Ltd, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;
" Break Costs "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.2;
" Builder "   means Yangzhou Dayang Shipbuilding Co. Ltd., a corporation organised and existing under the laws of the People's Republic of China;
" Building Contract "   means the building contract entered into between the Builder and Sumec Marine Co Ltd a corporation organised and existing under the laws of the People's Republic of China (" Sumec ")   (Sumec and the Builder collectively the " Sellers ")   and the Borrower for the construction by the Sellers and delivery to the Borrower of the Ship;
" Business Day "   means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Piraeus and Hamburg and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City and, in respect of a day on which payment is required to be made to the Sellers or any of them, also in the People's Republic of China;
" Cancellation Notice "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.6;
" Charterparty Assignment "   means, in relation to the Ship, an assignment of the rights of the Borrower under any Assignable Charter relative thereto executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee in the Agreed Form and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Commitment "   means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1, or, as the case may require, the amount specified in the relevant Transfer Certificate, as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and " Total Commitments "   means the aggregate of the Commitments of all   the Lenders);
" Compliance Certificate "   means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 8 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires) to be provided at the times and in the manner set out in Clause 11.20;
" Confirmation "   and " Early Termination Date " , in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, have the meanings given in the Master Agreement;

3


" Contract Price "   means the aggregate amount payable by the Borrower to the Sellers pursuant to the Building Contract;
" Construction Cost "   means the Contract Price, any extras payable to the Sellers, the supervision cost and the buyers' supplies payable by the Borrowers for the construction of the Ship.
" Contractual Currency "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.6;
" Contribution "   means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;
" Corporate Guarantee "   means a corporate guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, in the Agreed Form;
" Corporate Guarantor "   means Euroseas Ltd, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, the Marshall Islands;
" Cost of Funding "   means, in relation to a Lender, the rate per annum determined by that Lender to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars are offered to that Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at that Lender's request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period and for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it, or, if that Lender uses other ways than the London Interbank Market to fund deposits in Dollars, such rate as determined by that Lender to be the Lender's cost of funding deposits in Dollars for that Interest Period;
" Creditor Party "   means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Mandated Lead Arranger, any Lender or the Swap Bank, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Delivery Date "   means the date of delivery of the Ship from the Sellers to the Borrower in accordance with the Building Contract.
" Designated Transaction "   means a Transaction which fulfils the following requirements:
(a) it is entered into by the Borrower pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Swap Bank which, at the time the Transaction is entered into, is also a Lender;
(b) its purpose is the hedging of the Borrower's exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Loan (or any part thereof) for a period expiring no later than the Final Repayment Date; and
(c) it is designated by the Swap Bank, by delivery by the Swap Bank to the Borrower and the Agent of a notice of designation in the form set out in Schedule 5, as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;
" Dollars "   and "$" means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;
" Drawdown Date "   means, in respect of the Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for the Advance to be borrowed, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Advance is actually borrowed;
" Drawdown Notice "   means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

4

" Earnings "   means, in relation to the Ship, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):
(a) except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b);
(i); all freight, hire and passage moneys;
(ii) compensation payable to the Borrower or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire;
(iii) remuneration for salvage and towage services;
(iv) demurrage and detention moneys;
(v) damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship; and
(vi) all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and
(b) if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship;
" Earnings Account "   means, in relation to the Ship, an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Hamburg designated "Ultra One Shipping Ltd - Earnings Account", or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which replaces such account and is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent's instructions in writing;
" Environmental Claim "   means:
(a) any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or
(b) any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,
and " claim "   means in this context a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;
" Environmental Incident "   means, in relation to the Ship:
(a) any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Ship; or
(b) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than the Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or

5



(c) any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from the Ship and in connection with which the Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;
" Environmental Law "   means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;
" Environmentally Sensitive Material "   means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;
" Event of Default "   means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;
" Final Repayment Date "   means the date falling on the earlier of (i) the fourth annual anniversary of the Drawdown Date and (ii) 30 April 2020;
" Finance Documents "   means together:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Master Agreement;
(c) the Master Agreement Assignment;
(d) the Corporate Guarantee;
(e) the Agency and Trust Agreement;
(f) the General Assignment;
(g) the Mortgage;
(h) the Account Pledges;
(i) any Charterparty Assignments;
(j) the Approved Manager's Undertaking; and
(k) any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition and, in the singular, means any of them;
" Financial Indebtedness "   means, in relation to a person (the " debtor ") , any actual or contingent liability of the debtor:
(a) for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;
(b) under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;
(c) under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility made available to the debtor;

6


(d) under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;
(e) under any interest or currency swap, exchange or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or
(f) under receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent that they are sold on a non-recourse basis); or
(g) under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;
" Financial Year "   means, in relation to each of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and the Group, each period of 1 year commencing on 1 January in respect of which their individual or, as the case may be, consolidated accounts are or ought to be prepared;
" GAAP "   means generally accepted accounting principles in the USA;
" General Assignment "   means, in relation to the Ship, a general assignment of (inter alia) the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation in the Agreed Form;
" Group "   means together, the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and all subsidiaries direct or indirect) of the Corporate Guarantor from time to time during the Security Period and " member of the Group "   shall be construed accordingly;
" IACS " means the International Association of Classification Societies;
" Initial Market Value "   means, in relation to the Ship, the Market Value thereof calculated in accordance with the valuations relative thereto referred to in paragraph 4 of Schedule 3, Part B;
" Instalment "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.1;
" Insurances "   means, in relation to the Ship:
(a) all policies and contracts of insurance and any reinsurance, policies or contracts, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in respect of the Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and
(b) all rights (including, without limitation, any and all rights or claims which the Borrower may have under or in connection with any cut-through clause relative to any reinsurance contract relating to the aforesaid policies or contracts of insurance) and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium and any rights in respect of any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement;
" Interest Period "   means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;
" ISM Code "   means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms " safety management

7


system " , " Safety Management Certificate "   and " Document of Compliance "   have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);
" ISPS Code "   means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;
" ISSC " means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;
" Lender "   means, subject to Clause 26.6, a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Agent under Clause 26.15) or its transferee, successor or assign;
" LIBOR "   means, for an Interest Period:
(a) the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, the relevant Interest Period which appears on the Screen Rate; or
(b) if no the Screen Rate is available, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Reference Bank as the rate at which deposits in Dollars are offered to that Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at that Reference Bank's request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that Interest Period for a period equal to that Interest Period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;
" Liquidity Account "   means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Hamburg designated "Ultra One Shipping Ltd — Liquidity Account", or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which replaces such account and is designated by the Agent as the Liquidity Account for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent's instructions in writing;
" Loan "   means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;
" LSW 1189 "   means the London Standard Wording for marine insurances which incorporates the German Direct Mortgage Clause;
" Major Casualty "   means, in relation to the Ship, any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $750,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;
" Majority Lenders "   means:
(a) before the Advance is made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.7 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and
(b) after the Advance is made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.7 per cent. of the Loan;
" Mandated Lead Arranger "   means HSH Nordbank AG, acting in such capacity through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, or any successor;
" Mandatory Cost "   means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 4;
" Margin "   means 3.00 per cent. per annum;

8

" Market Value "   means, in relation to the Ship, the market value thereof determined in accordance with Clause 15.3;
" Master Agreement "   means the master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency-Crossborder) form) and the schedule collateral thereto in the Agreed Form made between the Borrower and the Swap Bank and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged under the master agreement;
" Master Agreement Assignment "   means the assignment of the Master Agreement in the Agreed Form;
" Material Adverse Change "   means any event or series of events which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has or will have a Material Adverse Effect;
" Material Adverse Effect "   means a material adverse effect on:
(a) the business, property, assets, liabilities, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor taken as a whole;
(b) the ability of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor to comply with or perform any of its obligations or discharge any of its liabilities, under any Finance Document as they fall due; or
(c) the validity, legality or enforceability of any Finance Document;
" Maximum Advance Amount "   means an amount up to the lesser of (i) $19,000,000 and (ii) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship;
" Minimum Liquidity "   has the meaning given in Clause 11.19;
" Mortgage "   means, in relation to the Ship, the first preferred or, as the case may be, priority ship mortgage on the Ship and, if required pursuant to the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State, a deed of covenants collateral thereto, each in the Agreed Form;
" Negotiation Period "   has the meaning given in Clause 5.10;
" Notifying Lender "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.2, 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;
" Payment Currency "   has the meaning given in Clause 21.6;
" Permitted Security Interests "   means:
(a) Security Interests created by the Finance Documents;
(b) liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with usual maritime practice;
(c) liens for salvage;
(d) liens arising by operation of law for not more than 2 months' prepaid hire under any charter in relation to the Ship not prohibited by this Agreement;
(e) liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading and any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the construction, operation, repair or maintenance of the Ship, provided such liens do not secure amounts more than 30 days overdue (unless the overdue amount is

9



being contested by the Borrower in good faith by appropriate steps) and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 14.13(e);
(f) any Security Interest created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; and
(g) Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made;
" Pertinent Document "   means:
(a) any Finance Document;
(b) any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
(c) any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and
(d) any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract of insurance or other document falling within above paragraphs;
" Pertinent Jurisdiction " , in relation to a company, means:
(a) England and Wales;
(b) the country under the laws of which that company is incorporated or formed;
(c) a country in which that company has the centre of its main interests or which that
company's central management and control is or has recently been exercised;
(d) a country in which the overall net income of that company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;
(e) a country in which assets of that company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which that company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by that company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and
(f) a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to that company, whether as a main or territorial or ancillary proceedings, or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in above paragraphs (b) or (c);
" Pertinent Matter "   means:
(a) any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or n connection with a Pertinent Document; or
(b) any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph above (a),
and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

10

" Potential Event of Default "   means an event or circumstance of the type described in Clause 19.1 which, with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time, a determination of the Majority Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;
" Prepayment Date "   has the meaning given in Clause 15.2;
" Prepayment Notice "   has the meaning given in Clause 8.5(b);
" Quotation Date "   means, in relation to any Interest Period (or any other period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document), the day on which quotations would ordinarily be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits in the currency in relation to which such rate is to be determined for delivery on the first day of that Interest Period or other period;
" Reference Banks "   means, subject to Clause 26.18, together, the Hamburg branch of HSH Nordbank AG, any other bank acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and any of their respective successors;
" Relevant Person "   has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;
" Repayment Date "   means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;
" Requisition Compensation "   includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of " Total Loss " ;
" Retention Account "   means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Hamburg designated "Ultra One Shipping Ltd — Retention Account", or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which replaces this account and is designated by the Agent as the Retention Account for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent's instructions;
" Screen Rate "   means the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Dollars for the relevant period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower;
" Secured Liabilities "   means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;
" Security Interest "   means:
(a) a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;
(b) the rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem; and
(c) any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which

11



B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;
" Security Party "   means the Corporate Guarantor, each Approved Manager and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the final paragraph of the definition of " Finance Documents " ;
" Security Period "   means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties that:
(a) all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;
(b) no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;
(c) neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clauses 20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and
(d) the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;
" Security Trustee "   means HSH Nordbank AG, acting in such capacity through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095, Hamburg, Germany, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;
" Servicing Bank "   means the Agent or the Security Trustee;
" Ship "   means the ultramax bulk carrier of approximately 63,500 metric tons deadweight which is currently being constructed by the Sellers for the Borrower pursuant to the Building Contract, having Sellers' Hull No. DY160 and which is currently scheduled to be delivered to and purchased by the Borrower in the fourth quarter of 2015 or the first quarter of 2016 and registered in its name under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State;
" Swap Account "   means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Agent in Hamburg designated "Ultra One Shipping Ltd — Swap Account", or any other account (with that or another office of the Agent or with a bank or financial institution other than the Agent) which replaces this account and is designated by the Agent as the Swap Account for the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with the Agent's instructions in writing;
" Swap Bank "   means HSH Nordbank AG, acting in such capacity through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany;
" Swap Exposure "   means, as at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Swap Bank to the Agent to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Bank under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e)(i) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions;

12



" Total Loss "   means, in relation to the Ship:
(a) actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship;
(b) any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or compulsory acquisition of the Ship (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding one year without any right to an extension), whether for full or part consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority unless it is within 1 month from the date of such occurrence redelivered to the full control of the Borrower;
(c) any condemnation of the Ship by any tribunal or by any person or person claiming to be a tribunal; and
(d) any arrest, capture, seizure, confiscation or detention of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the full control of the Borrower;
" Total Loss Date "   means, in relation to the Ship:
(a) in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;
(b) in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earliest of:
(i) the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and
(ii) the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Ship's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and
(c) in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent (acting reasonably) that the event constituting the total loss occurred;
" Transaction "   has the meaning given in the Master Agreement;
" Transfer Certificate "   has the meaning given in Clause 26.2; and
" Trust Property "   has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement.
" Underlying Documents "   means any Assignable Charters, the Building Contract and, in the singular, means any of them.
1.2 Construction of certain terms
In this Agreement:
" administration notice "   means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;
" approved "   means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent at its discretion;

13


" asset "   includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;
" company "   includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;
" consent "   includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;
" contingent liability "   means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;
" document "   includes a deed; also a letter or fax;
" excess risks "   means, in relation to the Ship, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;
" expense "   means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;
" gross negligence "   means a form of negligence which is distinct from ordinary negligence, in which the due diligence and care which are generally to be exercised have been disregarded to a particularly high degree, in which the plainest deliberations have not been made and that which should be most obvious to everybody has not been followed;
" law "   includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;
" legal or administrative action "   means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;
" liability "   includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;
" months "   shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;
" obligatory insurances "   means, in relation to the Ship, all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;
" parent company "   has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;
" person "   includes any individual, any partnership, any company; any state, political sub­division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;
" policy "   in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;
" protection and indemnity risks "   means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London or by members of the International Group, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 1 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/82) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

14

" regulation "   includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental body, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency (monetary or otherwise), department, central bank, regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
" subsidiary "   has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;
" successor "   includes any person who is entitled (by assignment, novation, merger or otherwise) to any person's rights under this Agreement or any other Finance Document (or any interest in those rights) or who, as administrator, liquidator or otherwise, is entitled to exercise those rights; and in particular references to a successor include a person to whom those rights (or any interest in those rights) are transferred or pass as a result of a merger, division, reconstruction or other reorganisation of it or any other person;
" tax "   includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and
" war risks "   includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses ( 1/1 1/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).
1.3 Meaning of "month"
A period of one or more " months "   ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started (" the numerically corresponding day ") , but:
(a) On the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or
(b) on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day,
and " month "   and " monthly "   shall be construed accordingly.
1.4 Meaning of " subsidiary "
A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:
(a) a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or
(b) P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or
(c) P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or
(d) P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P,
and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.
1.5 General Interpretation

15


In this Agreement:
(a) references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(b) references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;
(c) words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and
(d) Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.
1.6 Headings
In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clauses, sub-clauses and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.
2. FACILITY
2.1 Amount of facility
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower a senior secured post-delivery term loan facility of up to the lesser of (a) $19,000,000 and (b) 62.5 per cent. of the Initial Market Value, in one Advance.
2.2 Lenders' participations in Advances
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in the Advance in the proportion which, as at the Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.
2.3 Purpose of Advance
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use the Advance only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.
3. POSITION OF THE LENDERS AND SWAP BANK
3.1 Interests several
The rights of the Lenders and of the Swap Bank under this Agreement and under the Master Agreement are several.
3.2 Individual right of action
Each Lender and the Swap Bank shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement or under the Master Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee, any other Lender or the Swap Bank as additional parties in the proceedings.
3.3 Proceedings requiring Majority Lender consent
Except as provided in Clause 3.2, neither a Lender nor the Swap Bank may commence proceedings against the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with a Finance Document or the Master Agreement without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

16


3.4 Obligations several
The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement and of the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement or a failure of the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under the Master Agreement shall not result in:
(a) the obligations of the other Lenders or the Swap Bank being increased; nor
(b) the Borrower, any Security Party, any other Lender or the Swap Bank being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document or under the Master Agreement;
and in no circumstances shall a Lender or the Swap Bank have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender or the Swap Bank to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Agreement.
4. DRAWDOWN
4.1 Request for the Advance
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request the Advance to be borrowed by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice not later than 11.00 a.m. (Hamburg time) 3 Business Days prior to the Drawdown Date.
4.2 Availability
The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:
(a) the Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period;
(b) the amount of the Advance shall be applied in paying the Construction Cost;
(c) the Advance shall not exceed the relevant Maximum Advance Amount;
(d) any undrawn portion of the Total Commitments in respect of the Advance to occur, upon the determination of the Initial Market Value, shall be automatically cancelled as at the Drawdown Date; and
(e) the amount of the Advance shall not exceed the Total Commitments.
4.3 Notification to Lenders of receipt of the Drawdown Notice
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received the Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:
(a) the amount of the Advance to which the Drawdown Notice relates and the Drawdown Date;
(b) the amount of that Lender's participation in the Advance; and
(c) the duration of the first Interest Period in respect of the Advance.
4.4 Drawdown Notice irrevocable
The Drawdown Notice must be signed by a duly authorised signatory of the Borrower; and once served, the Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting on the authority of the Majority Lenders.

17

4.5 Lenders to make available Contributions
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on the Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender on the Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.
4.6 Disbursement of Advance
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on the Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:
(a) to the account which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice; and
(b) in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.
4.7 Disbursement of Advance to third party
The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 shall constitute the making of the Advance and the Borrower shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's Contribution.
5. INTEREST
5.1 Payment of normal interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on the Advance in respect of each Interest Period relative to the Advance shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.2 Normal rate of interest
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on the Advance in respect of an Interest Period relative to the Advance shall be the aggregate of (i) the Margin, (ii) the Mandatory Cost (if any) and (iii) LIBOR for that Interest Period.
5.3 Payment of accrued interest
In the case of an Interest Period of longer than 3 months (subject to the prior agreement of the Agent in accordance with Clause 6.2(b)), accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.
5.4 Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest
The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:
(a) each rate of interest; and
(b) the duration of each Interest Period,
as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.
5.5 Obligation of Reference Banks to quote
A Reference Bank which is a Lender shall use all reasonable efforts to supply the quotation required of it for the purposes of fixing a rate of interest under this Agreement unless that Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender pursuant to Clause 26.18.

18



5.6 Absence of quotations by Reference Banks
If any Reference Bank fails to supply a quotation, the Agent shall determine the relevant LIBOR on the basis of the quotations supplied by the other Reference Bank or Banks; but if 2 or more of the Reference Banks fail to provide a quotation, the relevant rate of interest shall be set in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 5.
5.7 Market disruption
The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if:
(a) no rate is quoted on the Screen Rate and 2 or more of the Reference Banks do not, before 1:00 p.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for an Interest Period, provide quotation to the Agent in order to fix LIBOR; or
(b) at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Loan (or, if the Loan has not been made, Commitments amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period; or
(c) at least 3 Business Days before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the " Affected   Lender ")   that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market or otherwise in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.
5.8 Notification of market disruption
The Agent shall promptly notify in writing the Borrower and each of the Lenders and the Swap Bank stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.7 which have caused its notice to be given.
5.9 Suspension of drawdown
If the Agent's notice under Clause 5.8 is served before the Advance is made:
(a) In a case falling within Clause 5.7(a) or 5.7(b), the Lender's obligation to advance the Advance; and
(b) In a case falling within Clause 5.7(c), the Affected Lender's obligation to participate in the Advance,
shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent's notice continue.
5.10 Negotiation of alternative rate of interest
If the Agent's notice under Clause 5.8 is served after the Advance is borrowed, the Borrower, the Agent, the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender and the Swap Bank shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 5.8 (the " Negotiation Period ") , an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution during the Interest Period concerned.
5.11 Application of agreed alternative rate of interest

19


Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.
5.12 Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement
If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the Cost of Funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of their or its Contribution plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any); and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.12 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.
5.13 Notice of prepayment
If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.12, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than five (5) Business Days' notice of its intention to prepay the Loan at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.
5.14 Prepayment; termination of Commitments
A notice under Clause 5.13 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case m ay requite) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be canceled; and
(b) on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
5.15 Application of prepayment
The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
5.16 Interest rate hedging
Signature of the Master Agreement does not commit the Borrower or the Swap Bank to conclude Designated Transactions, or even the Swap Bank to offer terms for doing so, but does provide a contractual framework within which Designated Transactions may be concluded and secured, assuming that the Borrower and the Swap Bank are both willing to conclude any Designated Transaction at the relevant time and that, if that is the case, mutually acceptable terms can then be agreed at the relevant time.
6. INTEREST PERIODS
6.1 Commencement of Interest Periods
The first Interest Period applicable to the Advance shall commence on the Drawdown Date and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.
6.2 Duration of normal Interest Periods
Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period in respect of the Advance shall be:
20

(a) 3 months; or
(b) such other period (as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (Hamburg time) 3 Business Days before the commencement of the Interest Period in respect of the Advance) as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree with the Borrower; or
(c) 3 months, if the Borrower fails to notify the Agent of another period by the time specified in paragraph (a) or no such other period is agreed between the Borrower and the Agent in accordance with paragraph (a).
6.3 Duration of Interest Periods for Instalments
In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period in respect of the Advance to which that Repayment Date relates shall end on that Repayment Date.
6.4 Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected
If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than 3 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (Hamburg time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.
7. DEFAULT INTEREST
7.1 Payment of default interest on overdue amounts
The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:
(a) the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or
(b) if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or
(c) if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.
7.2 Default rate of interest
Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2.50 per cent. above:
(a) in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and 7.3(b); or
(b) in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).
7.3 Calculation of default rate of interest
The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

21


(a) the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period applicable to it);
(b) the aggregate of the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any) plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:
(i) LIBOR; or
(ii) if the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to any Reference Bank by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Reference Banks from such other sources as the Agent (after consultation with the Reference Banks) may from time to time determine.
7.4 Notification of interest periods and default rates
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph 7.3 of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent's notification.
7.5 Payment of accrued default interest
Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.
7.6 Compounding of default interest
Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.
7.7 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 7 does not apply to any amount payable under the Master Agreement in respect of any continuing Transaction as to which section 2(e) (Default Interest and Compensation) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
8. REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT
8.1 Amount of Instalments
The Borrower shall repay the Loan by 16 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in the amount of $280,000 (each an " Instalment "   and, together, the " Instalments ")   and a balloon instalment in the amount of $14,520,000 (the " Balloon Instalment ") Provided that if the amount advanced is less than $19,000,000, the aggregate amount of the Instalments and the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced by an amount equal to the undrawn amount on a pro rata basis.
8.2 Repayment Dates
The first Instalment in respect of the Advance shall be repaid on the date falling 3 months after the Drawdown Date, each subsequent Instalment shall be repaid at three-monthly

22


intervals thereafter and the last Instalment in respect of the Advance, shall be repaid together with the Balloon Instalment, on the Final Repayment Date.
8.3 Final Repayment Date
On the Final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.
8.4 Voluntary prepayment
Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period.
8.5 Conditions for voluntary prepayment
The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:
(a) a partial prepayment shall be $500,000 or a higher integral multiple thereof (or such other amount acceptable to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);
(b) the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 5 Business Days' prior irrevocable written notice (each, a " Prepayment Notice ")   specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made;
(c) the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any regulation relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrower or any Security Party has been complied with;
(d) the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 8.10, 8.13 and 8.14 on or prior to the date of prepayment.
8.6 Optional facility cancellation
The Borrower shall be entitled, upon giving to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days' prior written notice (the " Cancellation Notice ") , which notice shall be irrevocable, to cancel, in whole or in part, and, if in part, by an amount not less than $500,000 or a higher multiple thereof (or such other amount acceptable to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), the undrawn balance of the Total Commitments. Upon such cancellation taking effect on expiry of a Cancellation Notice the several obligations of the Lenders to make their respective Commitments available in relation to the portion of the Total Commitments to which such Cancellation Notice relates shall terminate.
8.7                    Cancellation Notice or Prepayment Notice
The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a Cancellation Notice or Prepayment Notice, and shall provide, in the case of a Prepayment Notice, any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 8.5(c).
8.8 Mandatory prepayment
The Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan in full if the Ship:
(a) is sold on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; and

23



(b) becomes a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 90 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.
8.9 Effect of Prepayment Notice and Cancellation Notice
Neither a Prepayment Notice nor a Cancellation Notice may be withdrawn or amended without the written consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and:
(a) in the case of a Prepayment Notice, the amount specified in that Prepayment Notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in that Prepayment Notice; and
(b) in the case of a Cancellation Notice, the amount cancelled shall be permanently cancelled and may not be borrowed.
8.10 Amounts payable on prepayment
A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 21.2) but without premium or penalty.
8.11 Application of partial prepayment or cancellation
Each partial prepayment if made pursuant to Clauses 5.13, 8.4, 8.6, 8.14, 15.2, 19.2, 23.3 or 24.5, shall be applied pro rata against the Instalments which are at the time being outstanding and the Balloon Instalment.
8.12 No reborrowing
No amount prepaid or cancelled may be reborrowed.
8.13 Unwinding of Designated Transactions
If required by the Swap Bank, on or prior to any repayment or prepayment under this Clause 8 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Loan as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 8.1 and any repayment or prepayment under this Clause 8.
8.14 Prepayment of Swap Benefit
If a Designated Transaction is terminated in circumstances where the Swap Bank would be obliged to pay an amount to the Borrower under the Master Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees that such payment may, in the sole discretion of the Swap Bank, instead be applied in prepayment of the Loan in accordance with the provisions of Clause 8.11(a) and irrevocably authorises the Swap Bank to pay such amount to the Agent for such purpose.
9. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
9.1 Documents, fees and no default
Each Lender's obligation to contribute to the Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:

24



(a) that, on or before the service of the Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives:
(i) the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers; and
(ii) payment in full of the structuring fee payable pursuant to Clause 20.1(a);
(b) that, on the Drawdown Date but prior to the advance of the Loan, the Agent receives;
(i) the documents or evidence described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
(ii) payment of any commitment fee payable pursuant to Clause 20.1(b); and
(iii) payment of any expenses payable pursuant to Clause 20.2 which are due and payable on the Drawdown Date;
(c) that both at the date of the Drawdown Notice and at the Drawdown Date:
(i) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or would result from the borrowing of the Advance;
(ii) the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing;
(iii) none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.7 has occurred and is continuing; and
(iv) there has been no Material Adverse Change; and
(d) that, if the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 were applied immediately following the making of the Advance, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause; and
(e) that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by written notice to the Borrower prior to the Drawdown Date.
9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent
If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit the Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 7 Business Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specify).
10. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
10.1 General
The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.
10.2 Status
The Borrower is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia.

25


10.3 Share capital and ownership
The Borrower has an authorised share capital of $5 divided into 500 registered and/or bearer shares of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued in registered form fully paid, and the legal title and ownership of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest or other claim, by the Guarantor.
10.4 Corporate power
The Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:
(a) to execute the Underlying Documents to which it is a party and to register the Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;
(b) to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party; and
(c) to borrow under this Agreement, to enter into Designated Transactions under the Master Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party.
10.5 Consents in force
All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.
10.6 Legal validity; effective Security Interests
The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):
(a) constitute the Borrower's legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and
(b) create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate,
subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors' rights generally.
10.7 No third party Security Interests
Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party:
(a) the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and
(b) no third party will have any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.
10.8 No conflicts
The execution by the Borrower and each Security Party of each Finance Document and each Underlying Document to which it is a party, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan (or any part thereof), and its compliance with each Finance Document and each Underlying Document to which it is a party will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

26



(a) any law or regulation of any Pertinent Jurisdiction; or
(b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or
(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets,
and will not have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.9 No withholding taxes
All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents to which it is a party may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.
10.10 No default
No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.
10.11 Information
All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited and financial statements which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7 and are true, correct and not misleading and present fairly and accurately the financial position of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or the Group (as the case may be); and there has been no change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or the Group (or any member thereof) from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.12 No litigation
No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower or any Security Party (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower's knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which would, in either case, have a Material Adverse Effect.
10.13 Validity and completeness of Underlying Documents
Each Underlying Document constitutes valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto in accordance with its terms and:
(a) each of the copies of that Underlying Document delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement is a true and complete copy; and
(b) no amendments or additions to that Underlying Document have been agreed nor has any party which is the party to that Underlying Document, waived any of their respective rights thereunder.
10.14 Compliance with certain undertakings
At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 10.18, 11.2, 11.4, 11.9, 11.13, 13, 14.3 and 14.10.
10.15 No rebates etc.
27

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower, the Sellers or a third party in connection with the purchase by the Borrower of its Ship, other than as disclosed to the Lenders in writing on or prior to the date of this Agreement.
10.16 Taxes paid
The Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to the Borrower, its business or the Ship.
10.17 ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance
On or before the Delivery Date, all requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Approved Manager and the Ship have been complied with.
10.18 No Money laundering
The Borrower:
(a)
will not, and will procure that no Security Party, to the extent applicable, will, in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Finance Documents, contravene or permit any subsidiary to contravene, any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or or procedure implemented to combat "money laundering" (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive 2005/60/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 26 October 2005) and comparable United States Federal and state laws.  The Borrower shall further submit any documents and declarations on request, if such documents or declarations are required by any Creditor Party to comply with its domestic money laundering and/or legal identification requirements; and
(b)
confirms that it is the beneficiary within the meaning of the German Anti Money Laundering Act (Gesetz über das Aufspüren von Gewinnen aus schweren Straftaten (Geldwäschegesetz)), acting for its own account and not for or on behalf of any other person for each part of the Loan made or to be made available to it under this Agreement. That is to say, it acts for its own account and not for or on behalf of anyone else.
The Borrower will promptly inform the Agent by written notice, if it is not or ceases to be the beneficiary and will provide in writing the name and address of the beneficiary.
The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any written notice it receives under this Clause 10.18.
10.19 No immunity
Neither the Borrower nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action or proceeding (including, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgement, execution or other enforcement).
10.20 Choice of law
The choice of the laws of England to govern the Loan Agreement and those other Finance Documents which are expressed to be governed by the laws of England, the laws of Germany to govern the Account Pledges and the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State to govern the Mortgages (other than any applicable deed of covenant which shall be governed by English law), constitutes a valid choice of law and the submission by the Borrower or, as the case may be, the relevant Security Parties thereunder to the non­exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England and, in the case of the Account Pledges, Germany or, in the case of the Mortgages, the applicable Approved Flag State is a valid
28


submission and does not contravene the laws of the Approved Flag State or the laws of England or, in the case of the Account Pledges, Germany or, in the case of the Mortgages, the applicable Approved Flag State and will be applied by the Courts of The Marshall Islands if the Loan Agreement or those other Finance Documents or any claim thereunder comes under their jurisdiction upon proof of the relevant provisions of the laws of England or, in the case of the Account Pledges, Germany or, in the case of the Mortgages, the applicable Approved Flag State.
10.21 Pari passu ranking
The obligations of each Security Party under the Finance Documents to which it is a party are direct, general and unconditional obligations and rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
10.22 Best Commercial Interests
It is in the best commercial interests of the Security Parties to enter into the Finance Documents to which they are a party.
10.23 Repetition
The representations and warranties in this Clause 10 shall be deemed to be repeated by the Borrower:
(a) on the date of service of the Drawdown Notice;
(b) on the Drawdown Date; and
(c) with the exception of Clauses 10.9, 10.10, 10.11 and 10.12, on the first day of each Interest Period and on the date of any Compliance Certificate issued pursuant to Clause 11.20,
as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.
11. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
11.1 General
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
11.2 Title; negative pledge and pari passu ranking
The Borrower will:
(a) hold the legal title to, and own the entire legal interest in the Ship, her Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents and except for Permitted Security Interests; and
(b) not create or permit to arise any Security Interest (except for Permitted Security Interests) over any other asset, present or future (including, but not limited to, the Borrower's rights against the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement or all or any part of the Borrower's interest in any amount payable to the Borrower by the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement).
11.3 No disposal of assets
29


The Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:
(a) all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or
(b) any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation,
but paragraph (a) and (b) do not apply to any charter of the Ship.
11.4 No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred
The Borrower will not incur any liability or obligation (including, without limitation, any Financial Indebtedness or any obligations under a guarantee) except:
(a) liabilities and obligations under the Finance Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is or, as the case may be, will be a party; and
(b) liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the normal course of its business of constructing, trading, operating and chartering, maintaining and repairing the Ship (including, without limitation, any shareholder loan subject to the Borrower ensuring on or prior to the date of the first advance of that loan, that the rights of the shareholder which is the provider of the loan are fully subordinated in writing upon such terms and conditions as shall be required by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents but excluding any investments, any sale or lease back agreements and any off-balance-sheet obligations).
11.5 Information provided to be accurate
All financial and other information, including but not limited to factual information, exhibits and reports, which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true, correct and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.
11.6 Provision of financial statements
The Borrower will send or procure that there are sent to the Agent:
(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each Financial Year of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor, the unaudited individual management accounts of the Borrower and the consolidated audited annual financial statements of the Group for that Financial Year (commencing with the unaudited management accounts or the audited financial statements (as the case may be) for the Financial Year which ended on 31 December 2015 in respect of the Borrower and on 31 December 2014 in respect of the Corporate Guarantor); and
(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each 6-month period ending on 30 June and 31 December in each Financial Year of the Borrower or, as the case may be, the Corporate Guarantor, the semi-annual individual unaudited management accounts in respect of the Borrower or, in the case of the Corporate Guarantor, the semi­annual consolidated unaudited financial statements of the Group, in each case, for that 6-month period (commencing with the management accounts for the 6-month period ending on 30 June 2016 in respect of the Borrower and the financial statements for the period ending on 30 June 2015 in respect of the Corporate Guarantor), duly certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Corporate Guarantor; and
(c) promptly after each written request by the Agent, such further financial, business or other operational information in respect of the Borrower, the Ship, the Corporate Guarantor, the
30

other Security Parties and the Group (including, without limitation, any information regarding any sale and purchase agreements, investment brochures, shipbuilding contracts and charter agreements) as may be requested by the Agent.
11.7 Form of financial statements
All accounts delivered under Clause 11.6 will:
(a) be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP and, in the case of any audited financial statements, be certified by an Approved Auditor;
(b) fairly represent the financial condition of the Borrower or the Group (as the case may be) at the date of those accounts and of their profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and
(c) fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower or the Group (as the case may be).
11.8 Shareholder and creditor notices
The Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all communications related to any Finance Documents or to any events set out in Clause 19.1(f)(g) or (h), which are despatched to the Borrower's shareholders or creditors or any class of them.
11.9 Consents
The Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, any consents required:
(a) for the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document or any Underlying Document to which it is a party;
(b) for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Underlying Document to which it is a party;
(c) for the Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship,
and the Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.
11.10                    Maintenance of Security Interests
The Borrower will:
(a) at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and
(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.
11.11 Notification of litigation
31

The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances in respect of the Ship, any Security Party or the Approved Manager, as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that such legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document, and the Borrower shall procure that reasonable measures are taken for the defence in any such legal or administrative action.
11.12 No amendment to Underlying Documents
The Borrower will not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the Underlying Documents (other than in respect of any Assignable Charter) to which it is a party or any of its provisions without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) which consent and instructions will not be unreasonably withheld.
11.13 Principal place of business
The Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated at the commencement of this Agreement; and the Borrower will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in the United States of America or the United Kingdom.
11.14 Confirmation of no default
The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of the Borrower and which:
(a) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
(b) states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.
The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Advance has not been made) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrower's obligations under Clause 11.15.
11.15 Notification of default
The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of:
(a) the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or
(b) any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred,
and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.
11.16 Provision of further information
The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial business or other operational information relating:
(a) to the Borrower, the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; or
(b) to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,
32

which may be reasonably requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender or any Swap Bank at any time.
11.17 Provision of copies and translation of documents
The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
11.18 " Know your customer " checks
If:
(a) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement ;
(b) any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party after the date of this Agreement; or
(c) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,
obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
11.19 Minimum Liquidity and Additional Minimum Liquidity
The Borrower shall maintain in the Liquidity Account credit balances in an aggregate amount of not less than:
(a) $600,000 (" Minimum Liquidity ")   commencing from the Drawdown Date and at all times thereafter until the irrevocable and unconditional payment of any and all Secured Liabilities; and
(b) in addition to the amount required under paragraph (a) of this Clause, an additional amount of $280,000 (" Additional Minimum Liquidity ")   commencing from the Drawdown Date and at all times thereafter up to and including the Repayment Date of the 8 th Instalment, at which time, the Additional Minimum Liquidity shall be released to or to the order of the Borrower upon its written request Provided that the 8 th Instalment is paid by the Borrower and no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or will occur as a result of the release of the relevant Additional Minimum Liquidity amount.
11.20 Compliance Certificate
(a) The Borrower shall supply to the Agent, together with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 11.6, a Compliance Certificate.

33



(b) Each Compliance Certificate shall be duly signed by the chief financial officer of the Corporate Guarantor and two directors of the Borrower, evidencing (inter alia) the Borrower's compliance (or not, as the case may be) with the provisions of Clause 11.19 and Clause 15.1 and the Corporate Guarantor's compliance with the financial covenants set out in the Corporate Guarantee.
12. CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS
12.1 General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit in writing.
12.2 Maintenance of status
The Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia.
12.3 Negative undertakings
The Borrower will not:
(a) change the nature of its business or carry on any type of business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship; or
(b) pay any dividend or make any other form of distribution or effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the relevant time or an Event of Default will result from the payment of a dividend or the making of any other form of distribution; or
(c) provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:
(i) a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower's share or loan capital; or
(ii) any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected,
or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length;
(d) open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except the Accounts with the Agent and the Security Trustee for the purposes of the Finance Documents;
(e) issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital;
(f) acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative other than any Designated Transactions; or
(g) enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger, acquisition, divesture, split-up or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation.
34



13. INSURANCE
13.1 General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.
13.2 Maintenance of obligatory insurances
On and following the Delivery Date, the Borrower shall keep the Ship insured at the expense of the Borrower against:
(a) fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);
(b) war risks (including, without limitation, protection and indemnity war risks with a separate limit not less than hull value);
(c) protection and indemnity risks (including, without limitation, protection and indemnity war risks in excess of the amount for war risks (hull) and oil pollution liability risks) in each case in the highest amount available in the international insurance market); and
(d) any other risks in respect of which insurance would be obtained by a prudent owner or operator of the Ship and which the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), having regard to practices, recommendations and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, may from time to time reasonably require by notice to the Borrower.
13.3 Terms of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall effect such insurances in such amounts in such currency and upon such terms and conditions as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Security Trustee in its reasonable discretion, but in any event as follows:
(a) in Dollars;
(b) in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, on an agreed value basis in an amount equal to at least the higher of (i) an amount which is equal to 120 per cent. of the aggregate of (A) the Loan and (B) the principal amount secured by any equal or prior ranking Security Interest on the Ship and (ii) the Market Value of the Ship;
(c) in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry (with the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs) and the international marine insurance market (currently $1,000,000,000 for any one accident or occurrence);
(d) in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the full value and tonnage of the Ship;
(e) in relation to war risks insurance, extended to cover piracy and terrorism where excluded under the fire and usual marine risks insurance;
(f) on approved terms and conditions;
(g) such other risks of whatever nature and howsoever arising in respect of which insurance would be maintained by a prudent owner of a vessel similar to the Ship; and
35




(h) through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations which are members of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations and have a Standard & Poor's rating of at least BBB- or a comparable rating by any other rating agency acceptable to the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
13.4 Further protections for the Creditor Parties
In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, the Borrower shall and shall use its best endeavours to procure that:
(a) it and any and all third parties who are named assured or co-assured under any obligatory insurance shall assign their interest in any and all obligatory insurances and other Insurances if so required by the Agent;
(b) whenever the Security Trustee requires, the obligatory insurances name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation they may have under any applicable law against the Security Trustee but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;
(c) the interest of the Security Trustee as assignee and as loss payee shall be duly endorsed on all slips, cover notes, policies, certificates of entry or other instruments of insurance in respect of the obligatory insurances;
(d) the obligatory insurances shall name the Security Trustee as sole loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;
(e) the obligatory insurances shall provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;
(f) the obligatory insurances shall provide that the insurers shall waive, to the fullest extent permitted by English law, their entitlement (if any) (whether by statute, common law, equity, or otherwise) to be subrogated to the rights and remedies of the Security Trustee in respect of any rights or interests (secured or not) held by or available to the Security Trustee in respect of the Secured Liabilities, until the Secured Liabilities shall have been fully repaid and discharged, except that the insurers shall not be restricted by the terms of this paragraph (f) from making personal claims against persons (other than the Borrower or any Creditor Party) in circumstances where the insurers have fully discharged their liabilities and obligations under the relevant obligatory insurances;
(g) the obligatory insurances shall provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances effected by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party;
(h) the obligatory insurances shall provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so; and
(i) the obligatory insurances shall provide that if any obligatory insurance is cancelled, or if any substantial change is made in the coverage which adversely affects the interest of the Security Trustee, or if any obligatory insurance is allowed to lapse for non-payment of premium, such cancellation, charge or lapse shall only be effective against the Security Trustee 14 days (or 7 days in the case of war risks) after receipt by the Security Trustee of prior written notice from the insurers of such cancellation, change or lapse.
36


13.5 Renewal of obligatory insurances
The Borrower shall:
(a) at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance effected by it:
(i) notify the Security Trustee of the brokers, underwriters, insurance companies and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom the Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms and conditions of renewal; and
(ii) seek the Security Trustee's approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);
(b) at least 7 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee's approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and
(c) procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.
13.6 Copies of policies; letters of undertaking
The Borrower shall use its best endeavours to ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all cover notes and policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters of undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:
(a) they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;
(b) they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;
(c) they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;
(d) they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and
(e) they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.
13.7 Copies of certificates of entry; letters of undertaking
The Borrower shall use its best endeavours to ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship is entered provides the Security Trustee with:
(a) a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;
(b) a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee;
37


(c) where required to be issued under the terms of insurance/indemnity provided by the Borrower's protection and indemnity association, a certified copy of each United States of America voyage quarterly declaration (or other similar document or documents) made by the Borrower in accordance with the requirements of such protections and idemnity association; and
(d) a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority or, as the case may be, protection and indemnity associations in relation to the Ship (if applicable).
13.8 Deposit of original policies
The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances effected by it are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.
13.9 Payment of premiums
The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances effected by it and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.
13.10 Guarantees
The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.
13.11 Restrictions on employment
The Borrower shall not employ the Ship, nor shall permit it to be employed, outside the cover provided by any obligatory insurances without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.12 Compliance with terms of insurances
The Borrower shall not do or omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular it shall:
(a) take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.6(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;
(b) not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;
(c) make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent) of all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation) and, if applicable, shall procure that the Approved Manager complies with this requirement; and
(d) not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the
38

insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.
13.13 Alteration to terms of insurances
The Borrower shall neither make nor agree to any material alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.
13.14 Settlement of claims
The Borrower shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and shall do all things necessary to ensure such collection or recovery is made.
13.15 Provision of copies of communications
The Borrower shall provide the Security Trustee, at the time of each such communication, copies of all written communications between the Borrower and:
(a) the approved brokers;
(b) the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and
(c) the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:
(i) the Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and
(ii) any credit arrangements made between the Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.
13.16 Provision of information and further undertakings
In addition, the Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:
(a) obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or
(b) effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.17 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,
and the Borrower shall:
(i) do all things necessary and provide the Agent and the Security Trustee with all documents and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys in respect of the Insurances which are payable to the Security Trustee pursuant to the Finance Documents; and
(ii) promptly provide the Agent with full information regarding any Major Casualty in consequence whereof the Ship has become or may become a Total Loss and agree
39

to any settlement of such casualty or other accident or damage to the Ship only with the Agent's prior written consent.

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).
13.17 Mortgagee's interest and additional perils insurances
The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew all or any of the following insurances on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Majority Lenders may from time to time consider appropriate:
(a) a mortgagee's interest insurance providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties for any losses under or in connection with any Finance Document (in an amount of up to 120 percent of the Loan) which directly or indirectly result from loss of or damage to the Ship or a liability of the Ship or of the Borrower, being a loss or damage which is prima facie covered by an obligatory insurance but in respect of which there is a non-payment (or reduced payment) by the underwriters by reason of, or on the basis of an allegation concerning:
(i) any act or omission on the part of the Borrower, of any operator, charterer, manager or sub-manager of the Ship or of any officer, employee or agent of the Borrower or of any such person, including any breach of warranty or condition or any non-disclosure relating to such obligatory insurance;
(ii) any act or omission, whether deliberate, negligent or accidental, or any knowledge or privity of the Borrower, any other person referred to in paragraph (i) above, or of any officer, employee or agent of the Borrower or of such a person, including the casting away or damaging of the Ship and/or the Ship being unseaworthy; and/or
(iii) any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest marine insurance policy whether or not similar to the foregoing; and
(b) a mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance providing for the indemnification of the Creditor Parties against, among other things, any possible losses or other consequences of any Environmental Claim, including the risk of expropriation, arrest or any form of detention of the Ship, the imposition of any Security Interest over the Ship and/or any other matter capable of being insured against under a mortgagee's interest additional perils policy whether or not similar to the foregoing, and in an amount of up to 110 per cent. of the Loan,
and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.
13.18 Review of insurance requirements
The Security Trustee shall be entitled to review the requirements of this Clause 13 from time to time in order to take account of any changes in circumstances after the date of this Agreement which are, in the opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), significant and capable of affecting the Borrower, the Ship and its Insurances (including, without limitation, changes in the availability of the cost of insurance coverage or the risks to which the Borrower may be subject) and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Agent in appointing an independent marine insurance broker or adviser to conduct such review.
40



13.19 Modification of insurance requirements
The Security Trustee shall notify the Borrower of any proposed modification under Clause 13.18 to the requirements of this Clause 13 which the Security Trustee reasonably considers appropriate in the circumstances, and such modification shall take effect 3 Business Days from the date it is notified in writing to the Borrower as an amendment to this Clause 13 and shall bind the Borrower accordingly.
13.20 Compliance with mortgagee's instructions
The Security Trustee shall be entitled (without prejudice to or limitation of any other rights which it may have or acquire under any Finance Document) to require the Ship to remain at any safe port or to proceed to and remain at any safe port designated by the Security Trustee until the Borrower implements any amendments to the terms of the obligatory insurances and any operational changes required as a result of a notice served under Clause 13.19.
14. SHIP COVENANTS
14.1 General
The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit in writing.
14.2 Ship's name and registration
From the Delivery Date, the Borrower shall keep the Ship registered in its name under an Approved Flag; shall not do, omit to do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship.
14.3 Repair and classification
From the Delivery Date, the Borrower shall, and shall procure that the Approved Manager shall, keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair, sea and cargo worthy in all respects:
(a) consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;
(b) so as to maintain the highest class free of any overdue recommendations and conditions, with a classification society which is a member of IACS (other than the China Classification Society and the Russian Maritime Registry of Shipping) and acceptable to the Agent; and
(c) so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which the Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,
and the Agent shall be given power of attorney in the form attached as Schedule 7 to act on behalf of the Borrower in order to, inspect the class records and any files held by the classification society and to require the classification society to provide the Agent or any of its nominees with any information, document or file, it might request and the classification society shall be fully entitled to rely hereon without any further inquiry.
14.4 Classification society undertaking
The Borrower shall instruct the classification society referred to in Clause 14.3 (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Security Trustee) in relation to the Ship:
41

(a) to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records and any other related records held by the classification society in relation to the Ship;
(b) to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;
(c) to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the classification society:
(i) receives notification from the Borrower or any person that the Ship's classification society is to be changed; or
(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship's class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower's or the Ship's membership of the classification society;
(c) following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:
(i) to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or
(ii) if the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.
14.5 Modification
The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship or materially reduce its value.
14.6 Removal of parts
The Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, the Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on the Ship the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the relevant Mortgage and, if applicable, the Deed of Covenant Provided that the Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.
14.7 Surveys
The Borrower shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey reports.
14.8 Inspection
The Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship at all reasonable times (including, without limitation, in respect of the survey report required pursuant to Schedule 3, Part B, paragraph 12 in respect of which the Borrower shall assist in making all necessary arrangements with the Sellers), on
42

reasonable notice and taking into account the Ship's schedule, to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections at the Borrower's expense (other than in respect of the survey report required pursuant to Schedule 3, paragraph 12 and for purposes of Clause 26, which shall be at the Agent's expense) and, in respect of the survey report, and if the inspector or surveyor appointed by the Security Trustee under this Clause is of the opinion that there are any technical, commercial or operational actions being undertaken or omitted to be undertaken by the Borrower or the Approved Managers which adversely affect the operation or value of the Ship, the Borrower shall forthwith (at their expense) on the Security Trustee's demand remedy such action or inaction and provide the Security Trustee with evidence that it has taken such remedial action.
14.9 Prevention of and release from arrest
The Borrower shall promptly discharge:
(a) all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;
(b) all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and
(c) all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances,
and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.
14.10 Compliance with laws etc.
The Borrower shall:
(a) comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower;
(b) not employ the Ship nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and
(c) in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit the Ship to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship's war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may reasonably require.
14.11 Provision of information
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which it requests regarding:
(a) the Ship, its employment, position and engagements;
(b) the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the master and crew of the Ship;
(c) any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the construction, operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made in respect of the Ship;
43



(d) any towages and salvages; and
(e) its compliance, either Approved Managers' compliance and the compliance of the Ship with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,
and, upon the Security Trustee's request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship, of any current charter guarantee and copies of the Borrower's or that Approved Managers' Document of Compliance, Safety Management Certificate and the ISSC.
14.12 Notification of certain events
The Borrower shall immediately notify the Security Trustee by letter, of:
(a) its entry into any agreement or arrangement for the postponement of any date on which any Earnings are due, the reduction of the amount of any Earnings or otherwise for the release or adverse alteration of any right of the Borrower to any Earnings;
(b) its entry into a demise charter in respect of the Ship for any period;
(c) its entry into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 12 months;
(d) any casualty which is or is likely to become a Major Casualty;
(e) any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(f) any requirement, condition or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with in accordance with its terms;
(g) any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of the Ship for hire;
(h) any intended dry docking of the Ship;
(i) any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;
(j) any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, the Approved Managers or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or
(k) any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,
and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower's, the Approved Managers' or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.
14.13 Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.
The Borrower shall not, in relation to the Ship:
(a) enter into any charter in relation to the Ship under which more than 2 months' hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;
(b) charter the Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm's length terms at the time when the Ship is fixed;
44



(c) appoint a manager of the Ship other than the Approved Managers or agree to any material alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager's appointment;
(d) de-activate or lay up the Ship; or
(e) put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $750,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.
14.14 Notice of Mortgage
The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy of that Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master's cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is mortgaged by the Borrower to the Security Trustee.
14.15 Sharing of Earnings
Without Agent's prior written consent, the Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings other than a profit sharing agreed at arm's length under a charter party provided that it is not a part of any pool arrangement, in which case the Agent's prior written consent will be required (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
14.16 ISPS Code
The Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:
(a) procure that the Ship and the company responsible for the Ship's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and
(b) maintain for the Ship an ISSC; and
(c) notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.
14.17 Charterparty Assignment
If the Borrower enters into an Assignable Charter, it shall, at the request of the Agent:
(a) execute in favour of the Security Trustee a Charterparty Assignment (such Charterparty Assignment to be notified to the relevant charterer and any charter guarantor, and the Borrower shall use its best endeavours to obtain an acknowledgement from that relevant charterer and charter guarantor); and
(b) without limiting the generality of the above, if that Assignable Charter is a bareboat charter, procure that the bareboat charterer shall execute in favour of the Security Trustee an assignment of (inter alia) all its rights, title and interest in and to the Insurances in respect of the Ship effected either by the Borrower or by the bareboat charterer and a customary letter of undertaking in favour of the Security Trustee whereby (inter alia) the interests of the bareboat charterer under the bareboat charter are subordinated to the interests of the Security Trustee under the Finance Documents, each in the Agreed Form,
and shall deliver to the Agent such other documents equivalent to those referred to at paragraphs 3, 4, 5,7 and 9 of Schedule 3, Part A as the Agent may require.
45


15. SECURITY COVER
15.1 Minimum required security cover
Clause 15.2 applies if the Agent notifies in writing the Borrower that:
(a) the Market Value of the Ship; plus
(b) the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15; plus,
is below an amount equal to 125 per cent. of the Loan.
15.2 Provision of additional security; prepayment
If the Agent serves a written notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall prepay such part at least of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall on or before the date falling 14 Business Days after the date on which the Agent's notice is served under Clause 15.1 (the " Prepayment Date ")   unless at least 3 Business Day before the Prepayment Date the Borrower has provided, or ensured that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve or require.
15.3 Valuation of Ship
The Market Value of the Ship at any date is that shown by taking the arithmetic means of two valuations issued by 2 Approved Brokers, one of which is to be selected and appointed by the Agent and the other to be selected by the Borrower and appointed by the Agent (unless the Borrower do not elect to appoint an Approved Broker within 14 days after the Agent's request to receive a valuation of the Ship, in which case the Agent shall select and appoint a second Approved Broker), each valuation to be addressed to the Agent and prepared:
(a) as at a date not more than 14 days previously;
(b) with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Agent may require); and
(c) on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment,
Provided that if the difference between the 2 valuations obtained at any one time pursuant to this Clause 15.3 is greater than 15 per cent., a valuation shall be commissioned from a third Approved Broker appointed and selected by the Agent. Such valuation shall be prepared in accordance with this Clause 15.3 and the Market Value of the Ship in such circumstances shall be the average of all three valuations.
15.4 Value of additional vessel security
The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3.
15.5 Valuations binding
Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower and the Lenders, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any
46


additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest, it being agreed however that in case of additional security in the form of cash in Dollars, the same will be valued on a Dollar for Dollar basis.
15.6 Provision of information
The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any Approved Broker or expert acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or that Approved Broker or expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which that Approved Broker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent.
15.7 Payment of valuation expenses
Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower's obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any Approved Broker or expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause.
15.8 Frequency of valuations
The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Agent may commission valuation(s) of the Ship at such times as the Lender shall deem necessary and, in any event, not less than twice during each year of the Security Period.
16. PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS
16.1 Currency and method of payments
All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:
(a) by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;
(b) in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);
(c) in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent at JP Morgan Chase Bank, New York (SWIFT Code CHASUS33) (Account No. 001-1-331 808 in favour of HSH Nordbank AG, Hamburg, SWIFT Code HSHNDEHH; Reference "Ultra One Shipping LTD") or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and
(d) in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.
16.2 Payment on non-Business Day
If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:
(a) the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or
47


(b) if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward and to the immediately preceeding Business Day,
and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.
16.3 Basis for calculation of periodic payments
All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.
16.4
Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties
 
Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:
(a) any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender, the Swap Bank or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender, the Swap Bank or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and
(b) amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender and the Swap Bank pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.
16.5 Permitted deductions by Agent
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender or the Swap Bank, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender or the Swap Bank under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender or the Swap Bank to pay on demand.
16.6 Agent only obliged to pay when monies received
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender or the Swap Bank any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender or the Swap Bank until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.
16.7 Refund to Agent of monies not received
If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender or the Swap Bank, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender or the Swap Bank concerned shall, on demand:
(a) refund the sum in full to the Agent; and
(b) pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.
16.8 Agent may assume receipt
48


Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.
16.9 Creditor Party accounts
Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.
16.10 Agent's memorandum account
The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.
16.11 Accounts prima facie evidence
If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts (absent manifest error) shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.
17. APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS
17.1 Normal order of application
Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:
(a) FIRST: in or towards satisfaction of any amounts then due and payable under the Finance Documents in the following order and proportions:
(i) firstly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of all amounts then due and payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents other than those amounts referred to at paragraphs (H) and (Hi) (including, but without limitation, all amounts payable by the Borrower under Clauses 20, 21 and 22 of this Agreement or by the Borrower or any Security Party under any corresponding or similar provision in any other Finance Document);
(ii) secondly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of any and all amounts of interest or default interest payable to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents (and, for this purpose, the expression " interest " shall include any net amount which the Borrower shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2(e) (Obligations) of the Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Swap Bank at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 17); and
(iii) thirdly, in or towards satisfaction pro rata of the Loan and the Swap Exposure (in the case of the latter, calculated as at the actual Early Termination Date applying to each particular Designated Transaction, or if no such Early Termination Date shall have occurred, calculated as if an Early Termination Date occurred on the date of application or distribution hereunder);
(b) SECONDLY: if an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by written notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will either or may become due and payable in the
49


future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1(a); and
(c) THIRDLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.
17.2 Variation of order of application
The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders and the Swap Bank, by written notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.
17.3 Notice of variation of order of application
The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.
17.4 Appropriation rights overridden
This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.
18. APPLICATION OF EARNINGS; SWAP PAYMENTS
18.1 Payment of Earnings and swap payments
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment to which it is a party):
(a) it shall maintain the Accounts with the Agent;
(b) all Earnings of the Ship are paid to the Earnings Account;
(c) all Minimum Liquidity and Additional Minimum Liquidity amounts required pursuant to Clause 11.19 shall be maintained in the Liquidity Account; and
(d) all payments by the Swap Bank to the Borrower under each Designated Transaction are paid to the Swap Account and at least 1 day prior to any payment required to be made under a Designated Transaction, ensure that there are sufficient funds in the Swap Account in order to be able to effect such payment.
18.2 Monthly retentions
The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, in each calendar month of the Security Period after the Drawdown Notice is served, on such dates as the Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred in respect of the Advance to the Retention Account (in respect of sub- clauses (a) and (b)) out of the Earnings received in the Earnings Account during the preceding calendar month:
(a) one-third of the amount of the relevant Instalment falling due in respect of the Advance under Clause 8.1 on the next Repayment Date; and
(b) the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Advance which is payable on the next due date for payment of interest under this Agreement,
50


and the Borrower irrevocably authorises the Agent to make those transfers.
The " relevant fraction " , in relation to paragraph (b), is a fraction of which the numerator is 1 and the denominator the number of months comprised in the then current Interest Period (or if the current Interest Period in respect of the Advance ends after the next due date for payment of interest under this Agreement, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the current Interest Period in respect of the Advance or the last due date for payment of interest to the next due date for payment of interest in respect of the Advance under this Agreement).
18.3 Shortfall in Earnings
If the aggregate Earnings received in the Earnings Account is insufficient at any time for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 18.2, the Borrower shall immediately pay the amount of the insufficiency into the Retention Account.
18.4 Application of retentions
Until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Agent shall on each Repayment Date and on each due date for the payment of interest under this Agreement distribute to the Lenders in accordance with Clause 16.4 so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:
(i) the Instalment due on that Repayment Date pursuant to Clause 8.1; or
(ii) the amount of interest in respect of the Loan payable on that interest payment date, in discharge of the Borrower's liability for that Instalment or that interest.
18.5 Interest accrued on the Accounts
Any credit balance on each Account shall bear interest at the rate from time to time offered by the Agent to its customers for Dollar deposits of similar amounts and for periods similar to those for which such balances appear to the Agent likely to remain on that Account.
18.6 Release of accrued interest
Interest accruing under Clause 18.5 shall be credited to the relevant Account but shall not be released to the Borrower until the irrevocable and unconditional payment of any and all Secured Liabilities (other than in respect of the Earnings Account which shall be available to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions of Clause 18.10).
18.7 Location of Accounts
The Borrower shall promptly:
(a) comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Accounts (or any of them); and
(b) execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Accounts.
18.8 Debits for fees, expenses etc.
The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit the Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clauses 20 or
51


21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clauses 20 or 21.
18.9 Borrower's obligations unaffected
The provisions of this Clause 18 (as distinct from a distribution effected under Clause 18.4) do not affect:
(a) the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or
(b) any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any Security Party under any Finance Document.
18.10 Restriction on withdrawal
During the Security Period no sum may be withdrawn from the Liquidity Account, the Retention Account or the Swap Account (other than by the Agent for application in accordance with Clause 18.4), without the prior written consent of the Agent.
The Borrower may, in any calendar month, after having transferred all amounts due or which will become due to the Retention Account in such calendar month in accordance with Clause 18.2 above, withdraw any surplus (a " Surplus ")   from the Earnings Account as it may think fit Provided that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, and following the occurrence of an Event Default or Potential Event of Default which is continuing, any Surplus shall remain on the Earnings Account and the Borrower may only withdraw the Surplus (or any part thereof) with the prior written consent of the Agent (acting upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders in order to satisfy the documented and properly incurred operating expenses of the Ship.
19. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
19.1 Events of Default
An Event of Default occurs if:
(a) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand (or within 3 Business Days of such due date or date of dem and if the failure to pay is due to to technical or administrative error) any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document; or
(b) any breach occurs of Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.19, 12.2, 12.3 or 15.2 or clause 11.14 of financial covenants the Corporate Guarantee; or
(c) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 15 Business Days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or
(d) (subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or
(e) any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in the Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated ; or
(f) any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person:
52


(i) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due; or
(ii) any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person exceeding in aggregate one million Dollars ($1,000,000) becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or
(iii) a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or
(iv) any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or
(v) any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or
(g) any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:
(i) a Relevant Person becomes unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or
(ii) any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress or any form of freezing order; or
(iii) any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or
(iv) an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or
(v) any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or
(vi) a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or
(vii) a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (aa) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (dd) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or
53


(viii) an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or
(ix) a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or
(x) any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or
(xi) in any country other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders is similar to any of the foregoing; or
(h) the Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the option of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement;or
(i) it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:
(i) for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document; or
(ii) for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders or the Swap Bank to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or
(j) any official consent necessary to enable the Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship or to enable the Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document or any Underlying Document is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled in accordance with its terms; or
54


(k) it appears to the Majority Lenders that, without their prior consent, a change has occurred or probably has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the direct ownership or control of any of the shares in the Borrower or in the voting rights attaching to any of those shares; or
(l) any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invaild or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invaild or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priorty to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest which is not a Permitted Security Interest; or
(m) the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or
(n) an Event of Default (as defined in section 14 of a Master Agreement) occurs; or
(o) any other adverse event or series of adverse events occur or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:
(i) an adverse change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party; or
(ii) any accident or other event involving the Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person; or
(iii) the threat or commencement of legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, the Ship, either of the Approved Manager or any Security Party; or
(iv) the withdrawal of any material license or governmental or regulatory approval in respect of the Ship, the Borrower, an Approved Manager or the Borrower's or Approved Manager's business (unless such withdrawal can be contested with the effect of suspension and is in fact so contested in good faith by the Borrower or the Approved Manager),
which constitutes a Material Adverse Change.
19.2 Actions following an Event of Default
On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:
(a) the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:
(i) serve on the Borrower a written notice stating that all or part of the Commitments and of the other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or
(ii) serve on the Borrower a written notice stating that all or part of the Loan together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or
(iii) take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or
(b) the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a)(i) or (a)(ii), the Security Trustee,
55


the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.
19.3 Termination of Commitments
On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.
19.4 Acceleration of Loan
On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(ii), all or, as the case may be, the part of the Loan specified in the notice together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.
19.5 Multiple notices; action without notice
The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) or 19.2(a)(ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.
19.6 Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties
The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Swap Bank, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.
19.7 Credit Party rights unimpaired
Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders or Swap Bank under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.
19.8 Exclusion of Creditor Party liability
No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:
(a) for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure  or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or
(b) as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset,
except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party's own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver's or manager's own partners or employees.
19.9 Relevant Persons
56


In this Clause 19, a " Relevant Person "   means the Borrower, a Security Party, and any member of the Group.
19.10 Interpretation
In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) " petition "   includes an application.
19.11 Position of Swap Bank
Neither the Agent nor the Security Trustee shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Clause 19 to have any regard to the requirements of the Swap Bank except to the extent that the Swap Bank is also a Lender.
20. FEES AND EXPENSES
20.1 Arrangement, structuring and commitment fees
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:
(a) (for the Agent's own account) on the signing date of this Agreement, a non-refundable structurng fee in the amount of $95,000 (representing 0.50 per cent. of the Total Commitments); and
(b) a non-refundable commitment fee, at the rate of 0.90 per cent. per annum on the undrawn or uncancelled amount of the Loan, payable quarterly in arrears for distribution among the Lenders pro rata to their Commitments, during the period from (and including) three months from 14 January 2015 (being the date falling 3 months after the Borrower's acceptance of the firm offer letter regarding the Loan) to the period ending on the earlier of (i) the Drawdown Date and (ii) the last day of the Availability Period (and on the last day of such period).
20.2 Costs of negotiation, preparation etc.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.
20.3 Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent's demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned, the amount of all reasonable (other than in relation to any expenses under sub-clause (d)) expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:
(a) any amendment or supplement (or any proposal for such an amendment or supplement) requested (or, in the case of a proposal, made) by or on behalf of the Borrower and relating to a Finance Document or any other Pertinent Document;
(b) any consent, waiver or suspension of rights by the Lenders, the Swap Bank, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned or any proposal for any of the foregoing requested (or, in the case of a proposal, made) by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with a Finance Document or any other Pertinent Document;
(c) the valuation of any security provided or offered under and pursuant to Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or
57


(d) any step taken by the Lender concerned or the Swap Bank with a view to the preservation, protection, exercise or enforcement of any rights or Securty Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose including, without limitation, any proceedings to recover or retain proceeds of enforcement or any other proceedings following enforcement proceedings until the date all outstandling indebtedness to the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents and any other Pertinent Document is repaid in full.
There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.
Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any external advisers other than legal advisers will be mandated by the Agent only after consultation with the Borrower, and the Borrower and the Agent will use their best endeavours to agree to external advisers as well as the arrangements mutually agreeable to both parties.
20.4 Documentary taxes
The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent's demand, fully indemnify each Creditor Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.
20.5 Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (upon request from the Borrower, a reasonable breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be (absent manifest error) prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21. INDEMNITIES
21.1 Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan
The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent's demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) the Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity after the Drawdown Notice has been served in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
(b) the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;
(c) any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, following demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7) including but not limited to any costs and expenses of enforcing any Security Interests created by the Finance Documents and any claims, liabilities and losses which may be brought against, or incurred by, a Creditor Party when enforcing any Security Interests created by the Finance Documents; and
(d) the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19 (including without
58


limitation any costs, expenses or liabilities incurred by a Creditor Party in relation to any insurances taken or arranged by that Creditor Party following the occurrence of an event of Default in relation to port risks, new liability insurance or any other type of insurance),
and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.
21.2 Break Costs
If a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ")   notifies the Agent that as a consequence of receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan (a " Payment ")   on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to the sum received or recovered the Notifying Lender has or will, with effect from a specified date, incur Break Costs:
(a) the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of a notice it receives from a Notifying Lender under this Clause 21.2;
(b) the Borrower shall, within 5 Business Days of the Agent's demand, pay to the Agent for the account of the Notifying Lender the amount of such Break Costs; and
(c) the Notifying Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, following a request by the Borrower, provide a certificate confirming the amount of the Notifying Lender's Break Costs for the Interest Period in which they accrue, such certificate to be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive and binding on the Borrower.
In this Clause 21.2, " Break Costs "   means, in relation to a Payment the amount (if any) by which:
(i) the interest which the Notifying Lender, should have received in respect of the sum received or recovered from the date of receipt or recovery of such Payment to the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to the sum received or recovered had such Payment been made on the last day of such Interest Period;
exceeds
(ii) the amount which the Notifying Lender, would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to such Payment on deposit with a leading bank in the London Interbank Market for a period commencing on the Business Day following receipt or recovery of such Payment (as the case may be) and ending on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to the sum received or recovered.
21.3 Other breakage costs
Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including (without limitation) (i) a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender in borrowing, liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired, contracted for or arranged to fund, effect or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount) other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned and (ii) any applicable legal fees.
21.4 Miscellaneous indemnities
The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands, without prejudice to any of their other rights under any of the Finance Documents, in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or
59


brought against or sustained or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:
(a) any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document;
(b) investigating any event which the Creditor Party concerned reasonably believes constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default;
(c) acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which the Creditor Party concerned reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or
(d) any other Pertinent Matter,
other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.
21.5 Environmental Indemnity
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 21.3, this Clause 21.4 covers any claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses, liabilities or expenses of every kind which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code or the ISPS Code, any Environmental Law.
21.6 Currency indemnity
If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order, award or judgment relating to a Finance Document (a " Sum ")   has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the Sum to be paid (the " Contractual Currency ")   into another currency (the " Payment Currency ")   for the purpose of:
(a) making, filing or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or
(b) obtaining an order, judgment or award from any court or other tribunal in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings; or
(c) enforcing any such order, judgment or award,
the Borrower shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify the Creditor Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising when the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange back into the Contractual Currency including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange actually used to convert the Sum from the Payment Currency into the Contractual Currency and (B) the available rate of exchange.
In this Clause 21.6, the " available rate of exchange "   means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the Sum to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.
The Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.
If any Creditor Party receives any Sum in a currency other than the Contractual Currency, the Borrower shall indemnify in full the Creditor Party concerned against any cost, loss or
60


liability arising directly or indirectly from any conversion of such Sum to the Contractual Currency.
This Clause 21.6 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.
21.7 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 21.6 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 8 (Contractual Currency) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
21.8 Certification of amounts
A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (with, upon request by the Borrower, a reasonable breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall (absent manifest error) be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.
21.9 Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.
22. NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION
22.1 No deductions
All amounts due from the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid:
(a) without any form of set-off, counter-claim, cross-claim or condition; and
(b) free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower is required by law to make.
22.2 Grossing-up for taxes
If, at any time, the Borrower is required by law, regulation or regulatory requirement to make a tax deduction from any payment due under a Finance Document:
(a) the Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;
(b) the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that, after the making of such tax deduction, each Creditor Party receives on the due date for such payment (and retains free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which is equal to the full amount which it would have received had no such tax deduction been required to be made; and
(c) the Borrower shall pay the full amount of the tax required to be deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly in accordance with the relevant law, regulation or regulatory requirement, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises.
61


22.3 Indemnity and evidence of payment of taxes
The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party on the Agent's demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses incurred by any Creditor Party by reason of any failure of the Borrower to make any tax deduction or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment in accordance with Clause 22.2. Within 30 days after making any tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent any receipts, certificates or other documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.
If the Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Creditor Party determines that:
(a) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and
(b) that Creditor Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
the Creditor Party shall pay an amount to the Borrower which that Creditor Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrower.
For purposes of this Clause:
" Tax Credit "   means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any tax.
" Tax Deduction "   means a deduction or withholding for or on account of tax from a payment under a Finance Document.
" Tax Payment "   means either the increase in a payment made by the Borrower to a Creditor Party under Clause 22.2 or a payment under this Clause 22.3.
22.4 Exclusion of tax on overall net income
In this Clause 22 " tax deduction "   means any deduction or withholding from any payment due under a Finance Document for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party's overall net income.
22.5 Application to Master Agreement
For the avoidance of doubt, Clause 22 does not apply in respect of sums due from the Borrower to the Swap Bank under or in connection with the Master Agreement as to which sums the provisions of section 2(d) (Deduction or Withholding for Tax) of the Master Agreement shall apply.
23. ILLEGALITY, ETC.
23.1 Illegality
This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ")   notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:
(a) unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an exisiting law is or will be interpreted or applied; or
(b) contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,
62


for the Notifying Lender to perform, maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain the Loan.
23.2 Notification of illegality
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.
23.3 Prepayment; termination of Commitment
On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, subject to the consent and participation of the Notifying Lender, the Creditor Parties shall use reasonable efforts to transfer the Notifying Lender's Commitment to a lending office in a jurisdiction not affected by the events described in Clause 23.1 and, if they are unable to successfully transfer the Notifying Lender's Commitment within a time frame selected in their discretion, the Notifying Lender's Commitment shall be immediately cancelled; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender's notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution on the last day of the then current Interest Period in accordance with clauses 8.10 and 8.11(a).
24. INCREASED COSTS
24.1 Increased costs
This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the " Notifying Lender ")   notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:
(a) the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender's overall net income); or
(b) complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement; or
(c) the implementation or application of or compliance with the "International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (the " Basel II Accord ")   or any other law or regulation implementing the Basel II Accord or any of the approaches provided for and allowed to be used by banks under or in connection with the Basel II Accord, in each case when compared to the cost of complying with such regulations as determined by the Agent (or parent company of it) on the date of this Agreement (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, supervisory authority, the Notifying Lender or its holding company); or
(d) the implementation or application of or compliance with Basel III or any law or regulation which implements or applies Basel III (regardless of the date on which it is enacted, adopted or issued and regardless of whether any such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, the Notifying Lender or any of its affiliates) is that the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it),
63


the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an " increased cost " .
24.2 Meaning of "increased cost"
In this Clause 24, " increased cost "   means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:
(a) an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;
(b) a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;
(c) an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender's Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or
(d) a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement,
but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22.
For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.
24.3 Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs
The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.
24.4 Payment of increased costs
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, not later than 5 days after the Agent's demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.
24.5 Notice of prepayment
If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days' notice of their intention to prepay the Notifying Lender's Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.
24.6 Prepayment; termination of Commitment
A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower's notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and
64


(b) on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender's Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin and the Mandatory Cost (if any).
24.7 Application of prepayment
Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.
25. SET-OFF
25.1 Application of credit balances
Each Creditor Party may without prior notice following the occurrence of an Event of Default:
(a) apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and
(b) for that purpose:
(i) break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;
(ii) convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars; and
(iii) enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.
25.2 Existing rights unaffected
No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).
25.3 Sums deemed due to a Lender
For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender's proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.
25.4 No Security Interest
This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only, and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.
26. TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES
26.1 Transfer by Borrower
The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.
26.2 Transfer by a Lender
65


Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the " Transferor Lender ")   may at any time, without needing the consent of the Borrower or any Security Party, cause:
(a) its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or
(b) its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or
(c) a combination of (a) and (b); or
(d) all or part of its credit risk under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents,
to be syndicated to or, (in the case of its rights) assigned, pledged or transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) pledged or assumed by, any other bank, or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a " Transferee Lender ")   by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a " Transfer Certificate ")   executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.
However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.
26.3 Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification
As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):
(a) sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders and the Swap Bank;
(b) on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and
(c) send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b) above.
26.4 Effective Date of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.
26.5 No transfer without Transfer Certificate
Except as provided in Clause 26.17, no assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement) is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.
26.6 Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate
However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in another person (the " successor ") , the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent's notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.
66


26.7 Effect of Transfer Certificate
A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:
(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;
(b) the Transferor Lender's Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e) any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate's effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor's title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;
(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.7 and Clause 20, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and
(g) in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement), the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.
The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.
26.8 Maintenance of register of Lenders
During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days' prior notice.
26.9 Reliance on register of Lenders
The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and
67


Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.
26.10 Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates
The Borrower, the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank irrevocably authorises the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf. The Borrower and each Security Party irrevocably agree to the transfer procedures set out in this Clause 26 and to the extent the cooperation of the Borrower and/or any Security Party shall be required to effect any such transfer, the Borrower and such Security Party shall take all necessary steps to afford such cooperation Provided that this shall not result in any additional costs or fees whatsoever (including for the avoidance of doubt and registration fee) to be borne by the Borrower or such Security Party.
26.11 Registration fee
In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $2,500 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent's option) the Transferee Lender.
26.12 Sub-participation; subrogation assignment
A Lender may sub-participate or include in a securitisation or similar transaction all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) without the Borrower's prior consent and without serving a notice thereon and the Lenders may assign without the Borrower's prior consent and without serving a notice thereon, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them. The Borrower shall, and shall procure that each Security Party shall, do everything requested by the Agent or any Lender to assist and co-operate with that Lender to achieve a successful securitisation or similar transaction.
26.13 Sub-division, split, modification or re-tranching
Any Lender may, in its sole discretion, sub-divide, split, sever, modify or re-tranche its Contribution into one or more parts subject to the overall cost of its Contribution to the Borrower remaining unchanged, if such changes are necessary in order to achieve a successful execution of a securitisation, syndication or any other capital market exit in respect of its Contribution (or any applicable part thereof).
26.14 Disclosure of information
A Lender may, without the prior consent of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party, disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub participant as well as, where relevant, to rating agencies, trustees and accountants, any financial or other information which that Lender has received in relation to the Loan, the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party or their affairs and collateral or security provided under or in connection with any Finance Document, their financial circumstances and any other information whatsoever, as that Lender may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the potential syndication, the assessment of the credit risk and the ongoing monitoring of the Loan by any potential Transferee Lender and that Lender shall be released from its obligation of secrecy and from banking confidentiality.
In the event any such potential Transferee Lender, sub-participant, rating agency, trustee or accountant is not already bound by any legal obligation of secrecy or banking confidentiality, the Lender concerned shall require such other party to sign a confidentiality agreement. The Borrower shall, and shall procure that the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party shall:
68


(a) provide the Creditor Parties (or any of them) with all information deemed, reasonably, necessary by the Creditor Parties (or any of them) for the purposes of any transfer, syndication or sub-participation to be effected pursuant to this Clause 26; and
(b) procure that the representatives of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party, are available to participate in any meeting with any Transferee Lender or any rating agency at such times and places as the Creditor Parties may reasonably request following prior notice (to be served reasonably in advance) to the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or that Security Party.
The Borrower shall not, and shall ensure that no Security Party will, publish any details regarding the Loan or any of the Finance Documents without the Agent's prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) it being agreed that the Guarantor (being a publicly listed company) may in any event disclose the basic details regarding the Loan to the US Securities and Exchange Commission (the " SEC ")   and otherwise in compliance with its SEC reporting obligations.
26.15 Change of lending office
A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:
(a) the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and
(b) the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.
26.16 Notification
On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.
26.17 Security over Lenders' rights
In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 26, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from, the Borrower or any Security Party, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement) to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:
(a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and
(b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities;
except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:
(i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or
(ii) require any payments to be made by the Borrower or any Security Party or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.
69


26.18 Replacement of a Reference Bank
If any Reference Bank ceases to be a Lender or is unable on a continuing basis to supply quotations for the purposes of Clause 5 then, unless the Borrower, the Agent and the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and after consulting the Borrower, shall appoint another bank (whether or not a Lender) to be a replacement Reference Bank; and, when that appointment comes into effect, the first-mentioned Reference Bank's appointment shall cease to be effective.
27. VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS
27.1 Required consents
(a) Subject to Clause 27.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Creditor Parties and the Borrower.
(b) Any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Creditor Parties.
(c) The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Creditor Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.
27.2 Exceptions
(a) An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
(i) the definition of "Majority Lenders" or "Finance Documents" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
(ii) an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;
(iii) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest fees, commission or other amount payable under any of the Finance Documents;
(iv) an increase in or an extension of any Lender's Commitment;
(v) any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; or
(vi) Clause 3 (Position of the Lenders and Swap Banks), Clause 11.5 (Information provided to be accurate), 11.6 (Provision of financial statements), 11.7 (Form of financial statements), Clause 11.16 (Provision of Further Information), Clause 26 (Transfers and Changes in Lending Offices) or this Clause 27.2;
(vii) any release of any Security Interest, guarantee, indemnities or subordination arrangement created by any Finance Document;
(viii) any change of the currency in which the Loan is provided or any amount is payable under any of the Finance Documents;
(ix) an extension of the Availability Period;
(x) change clauses 16.4 (Distribution of payment to Creditor Parties) and 22 (Grossing-up),
may not be effected without the prior written consent of all Lenders.
70


(b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger or the Security Trustee, as the case may be.
27.3 Exclusion of other or implied variations
Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and, subject to Clause 27.4, no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:
(a) a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or
(b) an Event of Default; or
(c) a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or
(d) any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law,
and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.
27.4 Deemed consent
With respect to any amendment, variation, waiver, suspension or limit requested by any party to this Agreement and which requires the approval of all the Lenders or the Majority Lenders (as the case may be), the Agent shall provide each Lender with written notice of such request accompanied by such detailed background information as may be reasonably necessary (in the opinion of the Agent) to determine whether to approve such action. A Lender shall be deemed to have approved such action if such Lender fails to object to such action by written notice to the Agent within 10 days of that Lender's receipt of the Agent's notice or such other time as the Agent may state in the relevant notice as being the time available for approval of such action.
28. NOTICES
28.1 General
Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
28.2 Addresses for communications. A notice by letter or fax shall be sent:
(a)
to the Borrower:
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24, Maroussi
Greece

Fax No: +30 211 1804097
     
(b)
to a Lender:
At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer

71


   
Certificate.
(c)
to the Agent and Security Trustee:
HSH Nordbank AG
CRM Shipping Europe & Offshore
Gerhart-Hauptm ann-Platz 50
20095 Ha,birg
Germany

Fax No : +49 40 3333 34118
     
(d)
to the Swap Bank:
Martensdamm 6
D-24103 Kiel
Germany

Fax No : +49 40 3333 34086
     
or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Security Parties.
28.3 Effective date of notices
Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:
(a) a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered; and
(b) a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.
28.4 Service outside business hours
However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a) on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or
(b) on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time,
the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.
28.5 Illegible notices
Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
28.6 Valid notices
A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:
(a) the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or
72


(b) in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice wsa served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.
28.7 Electronic communication
Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Creditor Party or the Borrower or any other Security Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and, in the case of a communication to a Creditor Party, the relevant Creditor Party (or in the case of a communication to a Security Party, the relevant Security Party):
(a) agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
(b) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(c) notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them.
Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Swap Bank or the Borrower or any other Security Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Creditor Party or the Borrower or any other Security Party to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
28.8 English language
Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.
28.9 Meaning of "notice"
In this Clause 28, " notice "   includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
29. SUPPLEMENTAL
29.1 Rights cumulative, non-exclusive
The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:
(a) cumulative;
(b) may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c) shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
29.2 Severability of provisions
If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
29.3 Counterparts
A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
73


29.4 Third party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
29.5 Benefit and binding effect
The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall enure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective (including subsequent) successors and permitted assigns and transferees.
30. LAW AND JURISDICTION
30.1 English law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
30.2 Exclusive English jurisdiction
Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.
30.3 Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties
Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:
(a) to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Disputes; and
(b) to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.
30.4 Process agent
The Borrower irrevocably appoints Hill Dickinson Service (London) Limited at its registered office for the time being, presently at Irongate House, Duke's Place, London EC3A 7LP England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.
30.5 Creditor Party rights unaffected
Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
30.6 Meaning of "proceedings" and "Dispute"
In this Clause 31, " proceedings "   means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute "   means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or
74


termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.
THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
75


SCHEDULE 1


LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS
Lender
Lending Office
Commitment
( Dollars )
     
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
19,000,000

76

SCHEDULE 2


DRAWDOWN NOTICE

To:
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
Attention: [Loans Administration]
[ · ] 2015



DRAWDOWN NOTICE
2 We refer to the loan agreement (the " Loan Agreement ")   dated [ · ] 2015 and made between ourselves, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, and yourselves as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, as Security Trustee and as Swap Bank in connection with a facility of up to US$19,000,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.
3              We request to borrow as follows:
(a) Amount of Advance: US$[ · ];
(b) Drawdown Date: [ · ];
(c) Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [ · ] months; and
(d) Payment instructions: account in our name and numbered [ · ] with [ · ] of [ · ].
4              We represent and warrant that:
(a) the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing; and
(b) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Advance.
5              This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.
6              [We authorise you to deduct the [0] fee(s) payable pursuant to in Clause(s) 20.1[ · ] and [ · ]].
[Name of Signatory]
[Director]
for and on behalf of
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD

77

SCHEDULE 3


CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS


PART A
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(a) required before service of the first Drawdown Notice.
1 A duly executed original of:
(a) this Agreement;
(b) the Master Agreement;
(c) the Master Agreement Assignment;
(d) the Corporate Guarantee;
(e) the Agency and Trust Agreement; and
(f) the Account Pledges.
2 Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party and any company registration documents in respect of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or, any other Security Party (including, without limitation, any corporate register excerpts, if applicable) required by the Agent and a list of all members of the Group.
3 Copies of resolutions of the shareholders of the Borrower and of the directors of the Borrower and each Security Party authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notice and other notices under this Agreement.
4 The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party.
5 Copies of any consents which the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document.
6 The originals of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.
7 Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 31 has accepted its appointment.
8 Any documents required by the Agent in respect of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and any other Security Party to satisfy the Lenders' "know your customer" requirements.
9 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Republic of Liberia, the Republic of the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.
10 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
78


PART B
The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(b) required before the Drawdown Date. In Part B of this Schedule 3, the following definitions have the following meanings:
1 A duly executed original of the Mortgage, the General Assignment and any Charterparty Assignment relating to any Assignable Charter (and of each document to be delivered by each of them) each in respect of the Ship.
2 Documentary evidence that on the Delivery Date:
(a) the Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Sellers accepted by, the Borrower under the Building Contract, and the Contract Price payable thereunder (in addition to the part to be financed by the Advance) has been duly paid in full (together with a copy of each of the documents delivered by the Sellers to the Borrower under the Building Contract (including, but not limited to the bill of sale, the commercial invoice and the protocol of delivery and acceptance));
(b) the Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Borrower under an Approved Flag in accordance with the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State;
(c) the Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;
(d) the Ship maintains the class specified in Clause 14.3(b) with a first class classification society which is a member of IACS as the Agent may approve free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such classification society;
(e) the Mortgage relating to the Ship has been duly registered or recorded against the Ship as a valid first preferred or, as the case may be, priority mortgage in accordance with the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State;
(f) the Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with; and
(g) if the Ship is subject to an Assignable Charter, the Ship is delivered to the relevant charterer in accordance with the terms of that Assignable Charter.
3 Documents establishing that the Ship will, as from the Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Managers on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:
(a) the Approved Managers' Undertaking relative thereto; and
(b) copies of the Approved Managers' Document of Compliance and evidence of issuance on the Delivery Date and of the Ship's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safety management system which the Agent requires).
4 The Initial Market Value of the Ship prepared pursuant to Clause 15.3, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement, which shows a value of the Ship in an amount which will be sufficient to satisfy the Borrower's obligations under Clause 15.1.
5 A certified true copy of any Assignable Charter applicable to the Ship duly executed by the parties thereto and a certified true copy of the Building Contract.
6 Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Approved Flag State and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

79

7 A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ship as the Agent may reasonably require.
8 Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Minimum Liquidity and Additional Minimum Liquidity amounts are each standing to the credit of the Liquidity Account pursuant to Clause 11.19.
9 If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.
10 Evidence satisfactory to the Agent of payment of all fees due and payable in accordance with Clause 9 of this Agreement.
Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of Part A shall be notarised or legalised by the relevant competent authority and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Borrower by an attorney-at-law.
80


SCHEDULE 4


MANDATORY COST FORMULA
1 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Financial Services Authority (or any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
2 On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the " Additional Cost Rate ")   for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders' Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the Advance) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
3 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender's participation in all Advances made from that lending office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that lending office.
4
The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a lending office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:
 
E x 0.01
 
per cent. per annum
 
300
Where:
E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 6 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.
5 For the purposes of this Schedule:
(a) " Eligible Liabilities "   and " Special Deposits "   have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;
(b) " Fees Rules "   means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;
(c) " Fee Tariffs "   means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);
81

(d) " Participating Member State "   means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to European Monetary Union; and
( e ) " Tariff Base "   has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.
6 If requested by the Agent, the Reference Banks shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by the Reference Banks to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by the Reference Banks as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to the Reference Banks for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of the Reference Banks.
7 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information in writing on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:
(a) the jurisdiction of its lending office; and
(b) any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.
Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.
8 The rates of charge of the Reference Banks for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraph 6 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender's obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a lending office in the same jurisdiction as its lending office.
9 The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or the Reference Banks pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above is true and correct in all respects.
10 The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and the Reference Banks pursuant to paragraphs 3, 6 and 7 above.
11 Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.
12 The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties.
82


SCHEDULE 5


DESIGNATION NOTICE
To:
Ultra One Shipping Ltd
[ · ]
   
 
-and-
   
 
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
Attention: [Loans Administration]

[date]
Dear Sirs
Loan Agreement dated [ · ] 2015 ( the " Loan Agreement ") and made between ( i ) Ultra One Shipping Ltd as Borrower, ( ii ) the Lenders, ( iii ) the Swap Bank, ( iv ) and yourselves as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, Swap Bank and Security Trustee
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall be used in this Designation Notice. We refer to:
1 the Loan Agreement;
2 the Master Agreement dated as of [ · ] made between yourselves and the Swap Bank; and
3 a Confirmation delivered pursuant to the said Master Agreement dated [ · ] and addressed by the Swap Bank to yourselves.
In accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement, we hereby give you notice of the said Confirmation and hereby confirm that the Transaction evidenced by it will be designated as a "Designated Transaction" for the purposes of the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents.
Yours faithfully
_____________________________
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
( as Swap Bank )
83


SCHEDULE 6


TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.
To: HSH Nordbank AG for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.
[ · ]

1 This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (the " Loan Agreement ")   dated [ · ] 2015 and made between (1) Ultra One Shipping Ltd (the " Borrower ")   as Borrower, (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein as Lenders, (3) HSH Nordbank AG as Swap Bank, (4) HSH Nordbank AG as Agent (5) HSH Nordbank AG as Mandated lead Arranger and (6) HSH Nordbank AG as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to US$19,000,000.
2 In this Certificate, terms defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings and:
" Relevant Parties "   means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee, each Lender and the Swap Bank;
" Transferor "   means [full name] of [lending office]; and
" Transferee "   means [full name] of [lending office].
3 The effective date of this Certificate is [ · ] Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.
4 The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document (other than the Master Agreement) in relation to [ · ] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[ · ].
5 By virtue of this Certificate and Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[ · ]] [from [ · ] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[ · ]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[ · ].]
6 The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents (other than the Master Agreement) which Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.
7 The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Loan Agreement.
8 The Transferor:
(a) warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

84

(i) the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are in connection with this transaction; and
(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;
(b) warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4 above; and
(c) undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee's title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.
9 The Transferee:
(a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;
(b) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Trustee, any Lender or the Swap Bank in the event that:
(i) any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;
(ii) the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents;
(iii) it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents;
(c) agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the Security Trustee, any Lender or the Swap Bank in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;
(d) warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:
(i) it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and
(ii) this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and
(e) confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.
10 The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee and/or the Mandated Lead Arranger in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent's, the Mandated Lead Arranger's or the Security Trustee's own officers or employees.
11 The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but
85


nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.
[Name of Transferor] [Name of Transferee]

By:
By:
Date:
Date:
Agent
Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself
as Agent and for every other Relevant Party
HSH Nordbank AG
By:
Date:
86

Administrative Details of Transferee
Name of Transferee:
 
   
Lending Office:
 
   
Contact
 
(Loan Administration Department):
Person
   
Telephone:
 
   
Fax:
 
   
Contact
 
(Credit Administration Department):
Person
   
Telephone:
 
   
Fax:
 
   
Account for payments:
 
   
   

Note: This Transfer Certificate alone may not be sufficient to transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor's interest in the security constituted by the Finance Documents in the Transferor's or Transferee's jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of each Lender to ascertain whether any other documents are required for this purpose.
87

SCHEDULE 7


POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know all men by these presents that ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD (the "Company"), a company incorporated in the Republic of Liberia and having its registered address at 90 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia irrevocably and by way of security appoints HSH Nordbank AG (the " Attorney ")   of Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany its attorney, to act in the name of the Company and to exercise any right, entitlement or power of the Company in relation to [name of classification society] (the " Classification Society ")   and/or to the classification records of any vessel owned, controlled or operated by the Company including, without limitation, such powers or entitlement as the Company may have to inspect the class records and any files held by the Classification Society in relation to any such vessel and to require the Classification Society to provide to the Attorney or to any of its nominees any information, document or file which the Attorney may request
Ratification of actions of attorney. For the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the above, it is confirmed that the Company hereby ratifies any action which the Attorney takes or purports to take under this Power of Attorney and the Classification Society shall be entitled to rely hereon without further enquiry.
Delegation. The Attorney may exercise its powers hereunder through any officer or through any nominee and/or may sub-delegate to any person or persons (including a Receiver and persons designated by him) all or any of the powers (including the discretions) conferred on the Attorney hereunder, and may do so on terms authorising successive sub-delegations.
this Power of Attorney was executed by the Company as a Deed on [ date ].]
EXECUTED as a DEED by
)
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
)
acting by two directors or one director
)
and the company secretary
)
Director:..................................................
 
Director/Secretary::..................................................
 
   
88


SCHEDULE 8


FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

   
To:
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany

[ · ]201[ · ]
Dear Sirs,
We refer to a loan agreement dated [ · ] 2015 (the " Loan Agreement ")   made between (amongst others) yourselves and ourselves in relation to a term loan facility of up to $19,000,000.
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this compliance certificate.
The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor represent that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred as at the date of this certificate [except for the following matter or event [set out all material details of matter or event]]. In addition as of [ · ], the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor each confirm compliance with the minimum liquidity requirements set out in Clause 11.19 [,] [and] the minimum security cover requirement set out in Clause 15.1 [and][list here any other financial covenants which are applicable to the relevant transaction], of the Loan Agreement for the [6-month] period ending on the date of this certificate
We now certify that, as at [ · ]:
(a) the aggregate of the Minimum Liquidity amount standing to the credit of the Liquidity Account is $[ · ];
(b) the aggregate of the Additional Minimum Liquidity amount standing to the credit of the Liquidity Account is $[ · ];
(c) the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 is at [ · ] per cent.; and
(d) [list here any other applicable financial covenants from the Corporate Guarantee].
This certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
     
Chief Financial Officer
for and on behalf of
Euroseas Ltd.
 
Director
for and on behalf of
Ultra One Shipping Ltd
     
     
     
     
     
Director
for and on behalf of
Ultra One Shipping Ltd
   

89

EXECUTION PAGES
BORROWER
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Stefania Karmiri
)
/s/ Stefania Karmiri
for and on behalf of
)
 
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
)
 
in the presence of:
 
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
 
 
 
PANAGIOTA GEMONA
ATTORNEY-AT-LAW
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
176 74 KALLITHEA
ATHENS-GREECE
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
     
     
LENDERS
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
     
     
SWAP BANK
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for an onbehalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
     
     
AGENT
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for an onbehalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
     
     
MANDATED LEADLEAD ARRANGER
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for an onbehalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
PANAGIOTA GEMONA
ATTORNEY-AT-LAW
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
176 74 KALLITHEA
ATHENS-GREECE
 
90


SECURITY TRUSTEE
   
     
SIGNED by
)
 
Georgia Asimakopoulos
)
/s/ Georgia Asimakopoulos
for an onbehalf of
)
 
HSH NORDBANK AG
)
 
in the presence of
)
 
/s/ Panagiota Gemona
   
     
PANAGIOTA GEMONA
ATTORNEY-AT-LAW
WATSON FARLEY & WILLIAMS
348 SYNGROU AVENUE
176 74 KALLITHEA
ATHENS-GREECE
   
)

91
Exhibit 10.15
Dated 22 December 2016


ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
as Borrower





EUROSEAS LTD
as Corporate Guarantor





THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Schedule 1
as Lenders


and


HSH NORDBANK AG
as Agent, Mandated Lead Arranger, Swap Bank
and Security Trustee







SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
relating to a loan facility
of (originally) up to US$19,000,000


Index
  Clause
 
    Page
1
Interpretation
1
2
Agreement of the Creditor Parties
2
3
Conditions Precedent
2
4
Representations and Warranties
3
5
Amendments to Loan Agreement and other Finance Documents
3
6
Further Assurances
5
7
Fees and Expenses
5
8
Communications
5
9
Supplemental
5
10
Law and Jurisdiction
6
Schedule 1 Lenders
7
Execution Pages
8



THIS AGREEMENT is made on 22 December 2016
BETWEEN
(1)
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia whose registered office is at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (the " Borrower ");
(2)
EUROSEAS LTD , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960, as corporate guarantor (the " Corporate Guarantor ")
(3)
THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS   listed in Schedule 1 herein, as Lenders ;
(4)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Agent ;
(5)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Security Trustee ;
(6)
HSH NORDBANK AG , acting through its office at Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, D-20095 Hamburg, Germany, as Mandated Lead Arranger ; and
(7)
HSH NORDBANK AG, acting through its office at Martensdamm 6, D-24103 Kiel, Germany, as Swap Bank .
BACKGROUND
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 20 March 2015 (as amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated 28 April 2016, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Agent, (iv) the Security Trustee, (v) the Mandated Lead Arranger and (vi) the Swap Bank, the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrower a loan facility in an amount of (originally) up to US$19,000,000.
(B)
The Borrower has requested that the Lenders give their consent to (inter alios) the extension of the Availability Period subject to (i) the reduction of the Maximum Advance Amount and the subsequent amendment of the repayment profile set out in clause 8.1 of the Loan Agreement and (ii) the increase of the minimum liquidity requirements set out in clause 11.19 of the Loan Agreement in the manner described in this Agreement (the " Request ").
(C)
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lenders agree, with effect on and from the Effective Date, to:
(i)
the Request; and
(ii)
the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the Request.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Defined expressions
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires.

1.2
Definitions
In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:
" Effective Date " means the date on which the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 3 thereof are satisfied.
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement
Clauses 1.2 and 1.5 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Agreement.
2
AGREEMENT OF THE CREDITOR PARTIES
2.1
Agreement of the Lenders
The Lenders agree subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement to the Request.
2.2
Agreement of the Creditor Parties
The Creditor Parties agree, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the matters referred to in Clause 2.1.
2.3
Effective Date
The agreement of the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date subject to the conditions precedent in Clause 3 being satisfied.
3
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
3.1
General
The agreement of the Lenders and the other Creditor Parties contained in Clauses 2.1 and 2.2 is subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent in Clause 3.2.
3.2
Conditions precedent
The conditions referred to in Clause 3.1 are that the Agent shall have received the following documents and evidence in all respects in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers on or before the date of this Agreement:
(a)
an original of this Agreement duly executed by the parties to it;
(b)
a certificate from an officer of each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor confirming the names of all their respective officers and directors (and in the case of the Borrower also its shareholders) and confirming that there have been no changes or amendments to the constitutional documents of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor which were previously delivered to the Agent;
(c)
true and complete copies of the resolutions passed at separate meetings of (i) all the directors and shareholders of the Borrower and (ii) all the directors of the Corporate Guarantor authorising and approving the execution of this Agreement;
(d)
the original of any power of attorney issued by each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions aforesaid;
2

(e)
evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor is currently existing in goodstanding in the relevant jurisdiction of its incorporation;
(f)
documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in clause 30.4 of the Loan Agreement has accepted its appointment under this Agreement;
(g)
favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of the Marshall Islands, Liberia and such other relevant jurisdiction as the Agent may require; and
(h)
any other document or evidence as the Lenders may request in writing from the Borrower.
4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
4.1
Repetition of Loan Agreement representations and warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants to the Creditor Parties that the representations and warranties in clause 10 of the Loan Agreement remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement.
4.2
Repetition of Finance Document representations and warranties
The Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor represent and warrant to the Creditor Parties that the representations and warranties in the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) to which each of them is a party remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement.
5
AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS
5.1
Specific amendments to Loan Agreement
With effect on and from the Effective Date the Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:
(a)
by replacing the definitions of "Availability Period" and "Maximum Advance Amount" in clause 1.1 thereof with the following new definitions:
" "Availability Period" means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:
(a)
31 January 2017 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or
(b)
if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;
" Maximum Advance Amount " means an amount up to the lesser of (i) $11,000,000 and (ii) 55 per cent. of the Initial Market Value of the Ship;";
(b)
by replacing the figures "$19,000,000" and "62.5" with the figures "$11,000,000" and "55" respectively in Recital (A) and in clause 2.1 thereof;
(c)
by deleting clause 8.1 thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following new clause:
" 8.1
Amount of Instalments
The Borrower shall repay the Loan by 13 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in the amount of $161,765 (each an " Instalment " and, together, the " Instalments ") and a balloon instalment in the amount of $8,897,055 (the " Balloon Instalment ") Provided that if the amount advanced is less than $11,000,000, the aggregate amount of the Instalments and the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced by an amount equal to the undrawn amount on a pro rata basis.";
3


(d)
by deleting clause 11.19 thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following new clause:
" 11.19            Minimum Liquidity and Additional Minimum Liquidity
The Borrower shall maintain in the Liquidity Account credit balances in an aggregate amount of not less than:
(a)
$800,000 (" Minimum Liquidity ") for the period commencing from the Drawdown Date and at all times thereafter until the irrevocable and unconditional payment of any and all Secured Liabilities; and
(b)
in addition to the amount required under paragraph (a) of this Clause, an additional amount (" Additional Minimum Liquidity ") of $900,000 for the period commencing from the Drawdown Date and at all times thereafter, which amount may be reduced to: (i) $600,000 on the first anniversary of the Drawdown Date and (ii) $300,000 on the second anniversary of the Drawdown Date and subsequently on the third anniversary of the Drawdown Date may be released to or to the order of the Borrower upon its written request, Provided that on each anniversary of the Drawdown Date: (i) the Instalments which are due then have been paid by the Borrower, (ii) the Borrower is in compliance with the minimum liquidity requirements set out in this Clause 11.19 and (iii) no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or will occur as a result of the reduction or  release (as the case may be) of the relevant Additional Minimum Liquidity amount.";
(e)
by construing all references throughout schedule 1, schedule 2, schedule 6, schedule 8 and in the cover page thereof to "$19,000,000" as if the same were references to "$11,000,000";
(f)
by construing references throughout the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(g)
by construing references throughout the Loan Agreement to each of the other Finance Documents as if the same referred to that Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
5.2
Amendments to Finance Documents
With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents other than the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to have been, amended as follows:
(a)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(b)
the references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions shall be construed as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
4


5.3
Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect
The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:
(a)
the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2; and
(b)
such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.
6
FURTHER ASSURANCES
6.1
Borrower's and Corporate Guarantor's obligation to execute further documents etc.
Each of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor covenants that from time to time at the request of the Security Trustee they will promptly upon such request:
(a)
execute and deliver to the Security Trustee or procure the execution and delivery to the Security Trustee of all such documents as in the opinion of the Agent  (acting reasonably) are necessary for giving full effect to this  Agreement and for perfecting and protecting the value of or enforcing any rights or securities granted to the Security Trustee under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document, each as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(b)
effect any registration or notarisation, give any notice or take any step, which the Agent may, by notice to the Borrower specify for any of the purposes described in Clause 6.1(a) above or for any similar or related purpose.
7
FEES AND EXPENSES
7.1
Fees and Expenses
The provisions of clause 20 (fees and expenses) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
8
COMMUNICATIONS
8.1
General
The provisions of clause 28 (notices) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
9
SUPPLEMENTAL
9.1
Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.
9.2
Third Party rights
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
5


10
LAW AND JURISDICTION
10.1
Governing law
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
10.2
Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions
The provisions of clause 30 (law and jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
THIS AGREEMENT has been duly executed as a Deed on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
6


SCHEDULE 1

LENDERS
Lender
 
Lending Office
 
HSH Nordbank AG
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
20095 Hamburg
Germany
 
 

7


EXECUTION PAGES

BORROWER
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
ULTRA ONE SHIPPING LTD
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
 
 
CORPORATE GUARANTOR
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
EUROSEAS LTD
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
LENDERS
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
AGENT
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
SECURITY TRUSTEE
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
8


MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
SWAP BANK
 
EXECUTED AS A DEED
by
for and on behalf of
HSH NORDBANK AG
 
 
 
 
)
)
)
)
 
Witness to all the
above signatures
Name:
Address:
 
)
)
 


9
Exhibit 10.16
 
Private and Confidential



DATED 17 February 2016




KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
        as Borrower

and

NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
as Lender

and

NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
as Agent and Security Trustee


and

NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
as Swap Bank


___________________________________

FACILITY AGREEMENT FOR A USD16,560 ,000

TERM LOAN FACILITY
____________________________________










INCE & CO
PIRAEUS


Index
 
Clause     Page  
1
Purpose, Definitions, Construction & Majority Lenders
1
2
The Available Commitment and Cancellation
16
3
Interest and Interest Periods
18
4
Repayment and prepayment
20
5
Fees and expenses
23
6
Payments and taxes; accounts and calculations
24
7
Representations and warranties
28
8
Undertakings
33
9
Conditions
45
10
Events of Default
46
11
Indemnities
50
12
Unlawfulness, increased costs and bail-in
51
13
Application of moneys, set off, pro-rata payments and miscellaneous
53
14
Accounts and retentions
56
15
Assignment, transfer and lending office
58
16
Agent and Security Trustee
62
17
Notices and other matters
73
18
Governing law
74
19
Jurisdiction
74
Schedule 1 The Lenders and their Commitments
77
Schedule 2 Form of Drawdown Notice
78
Schedule 3 Conditions precedent
79
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate
84
Schedule 5 Form of Trust Deed
88
Schedule 6 Form of Compliance Certificate
89

THIS AGREEMENT dated 17 February 2016 is made BY and BETWEEN :
(1)              KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD as Borrower;

(2) NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as Lender; and

(3) NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as Agent and Security Trustee; and
(4) NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as Swap Bank .
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1 PURPOSE, DEFINITIONS, CONSTRUCTION & MAJORITY LENDERS
1.1 Purpose
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale agrees to make available to the Borrower a loan in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) sixteen million five hundred and sixty thousand Dollars (USD16,560,000) and (b) 69% of the Valuation Amount of the Vessel (to be determined no more than two weeks prior to the Drawdown Date), in two advances to be drawn simultaneously for the purpose of part-financing the acquisition cost of a 82,000 dwt kamsarmax bulker which is to be constructed by the Builder for the Seller, and purchased by, the Borrower.
1.2 Definitions
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
Account Bank ” means Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover, Germany (or of such other address as may last have been notified to the other parties to this Agreement) or such other bank as may be designated by the Agent as the Account Bank for the purposes of this Agreement and which is of a rating acceptable to the Lenders, in their sole discretion;
Accounts Pledge ” means a first priority charge required to be executed hereunder between the Borrower and the Security Trustee in respect of the Earnings Account, the Retention Account and the Drydock Reserve Account in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion;
Advance A ” means the advance in the amount of fourteen million Dollars (USD14,000,000) or, as the context requires, the amount thereof outstanding from time to time;
Advance B ” means the advance in the amount of two million five hundred and sixty thousand Dollars (USD2,560,000) or, as the context requires, the amount thereof outstanding from time to time;
Advances ” means together, Advance A and Advance B and, in the singular, means either of them;
Agent ” means Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover, Germany (or of such other address as may last have been notified to the other parties to this Agreement) or such other person as may be appointed as agent by the Banks pursuant to clause 16.13;
1

 “ Approved Broker ” means each of Barry Rogliano Salles, Fearnleys A.S., Simpson Spence & Young Shipbrokers Ltd., Howe Robinson or such other reputable, independent and first class firm of shipbrokers specialising in the valuation of vessels of the relevant type appointed by the Agent and agreed with the Borrower ;
 
Approved Charterer ” means AS Klaveness Chartering of Norway;
Banking Day ” means a day on which dealings in deposits in USD are carried on in the London Interbank Eurocurrency Market and (other than Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in, Athens, London, Hannover and New York City (or any other relevant place of payment under clause 6);
Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
Bail-In Legislation ” means, in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time;
 “ Banks ” means, together, the Agent, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank, the Lenders and any Transferee Lenders;
Borrowed Money ” means Indebtedness in respect of (i) money borrowed or raised and debit balances at banks, (ii) any bond, note, loan stock, debenture or similar debt instrument, (iii) acceptance or documentary credit facilities, (iv) receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis), (v) deferred payments for assets or services acquired, (vi) finance leases and hire purchase contracts, (vii) swaps, forward exchange contracts, futures and other derivatives, (viii) any other transaction (including without limitation forward sale or purchase agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money or of any of (ii) to (vii) above and (ix) guarantees in respect of Indebtedness of any person falling within any of (i) to (viii) above;
Borrower ” means Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd , having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960;
Break Costs ” means the aggregate amount of all losses, premiums, penalties, costs and expenses whatsoever certified by the Agent at any time and from time to time as having been incurred by the Lenders or any of them in maintaining or funding their Contributions or in liquidating or re-employing fixed deposits acquired to maintain the same as a result of either:
(a) any repayment or prepayment of the Loan or any part thereof otherwise than (i) in accordance with clause 4.1 or (ii) on an Interest Payment Date whether on a voluntary or involuntary basis or otherwise howsoever; or
(b) as a result of the Borrower failing or being incapable of drawing the Loan after the Drawdown Notice has been given;
Builder ” means, together, Jiangsu Tianyuan Marine Import & Export Co., Ltd., Jiangsu Yangzijiang Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. and Jiangsu New Yangzi Shipbuilding Co., Ltd. of The People’s Republic of China;
2

 “ Casualty Amount ”  means seven hundred and fifty thousand Dollars (USD750,000) (or the equivalent in any other currency);
Certified Copy ” means in relation to any document delivered or issued by or on behalf of any company, a copy of such document certified as a true, complete and up to date copy of the original by any of the directors or officers for the time being of such company or by such company’s attorneys or solicitors;
Charter Assignment ” means a specific assignment of the Required Charter and of each Extended Employment Contract required to be executed hereunder by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee (including any notices and/or undertakings associated therewith) in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion;
Classification ” means, in relation to the Vessel, the highest class available for a vessel of her type with the relevant Classification Society;
Classification Society ” means any classification society (which, if requested by the Lenders, shall be a member of the International Association of Classification Societies) which the Lender has agreed shall be treated as the classification society in relation to the Vessel for the purposes of the relevant Vessel Security Documents;
Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder;
Commercial Manager ” means Euroseas Ltd., a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 and having its place of business at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi, Greece or Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc., a company incorporated in the Philippines with its principal office at 12 th Floor Ma. Natividad Bldg., 470 TM Kalaw cor., Sts., Ermita, Manila, Philippines or  Eurobulk Ltd. a company incorporated in Liberia and having its branch office at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi, Greece   or any other person appointed by the Borrower, with the prior written consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), as the commercial manager of the Vessel;
Commitment ” means, in relation to the Loan in relation to each Lender, the sum set out opposite its name in Schedule 1 or any replacement thereof, or otherwise pursuant to the terms of any relevant Transfer Certificate as the amount which, subject to the terms of this Agreement, it is obliged to advance to the Borrower hereunder in respect of the Loan Facility, in each case as such amount may have been reduced and/or cancelled under this Agreement;
Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in schedule 7 signed by the chief financial officer of the Corporate Guarantor;
Compulsory Acquisition ” means, in respect of the Vessel, requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition including, if the Vessel is not released therefrom within 30 days, capture, appropriation, forfeiture, seizure, detention, deprivation or confiscation howsoever for any reason (but excluding requisition for use or hire) in each case by or on behalf of any Government Entity or other competent authority;
Contribution ” means, at any relevant time, in relation to each Lender, the principal amount of the Loan owing to such Lender at such time;
3

 “ Corporate Guarantee ” means the unconditional, irrevocable and on demand guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents required to be executed hereunder by the  Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion;
 
Corporate Guarantor ” means Euroseas Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960;
Credit Support Document ” has in relation to the Master Agreement, the meaning given to that expression therein;
Credit Support Provider ” means any person defined as such in the Master Agreement;
Default ” means any Event of Default or any event or circumstance which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or the satisfaction of any other condition (or any combination thereof) would constitute an Event of Default;
Delivery Date ” means the date on which title to and possession of the Vessel is transferred from the Seller to the Borrower under the MOA;
Dollars ” and “ USD ” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America and in respect of all payments to be made under any of the Security Documents means funds which are for same day settlement in the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or such other US dollar funds as may at the relevant time be customary for the settlement of international banking transactions denominated in US dollars);
Drawdown Date ” means any date being a Banking Day falling during the Drawdown Period on which the Loan is, or is to be, made available;
Drawdown Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Schedule 2;
Drawdown Period ” means the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending on the earliest of (a) 15 March 2016 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Lenders, agree with the Borrower), (b) the Delivery Date and (c) any date on which (i) the amount of the Loan is equal to the Total Commitment or (ii) the Total Commitment is reduced to zero pursuant to clauses 10.2 or 12;
Drydock Reserve Account ” means an interest bearing USD account opened or to be opened with the Account Bank in the name of the Borrower designated “ Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd - Drydock Reserve   Account” and includes any other account designated in writing by the Agent to be the Drydock Reserve   Account for the purposes of this Agreement;
Earnings ” means all moneys whatsoever from time to time due or payable to the Borrower during the Facility Period arising out of the use or operation of the Vessel including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) all freight, hire and passage moneys, income arising under pooling arrangements, compensation payable to the Borrower in the event of requisition of the Vessel for hire, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, and damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) or any charterparty or other contract (including any contract of affreightment) for the employment of the Vessel;
4

 “ Earnings Account ” means an interest bearing USD account opened or to be opened with the Account Bank in the name of the Borrower designated “ Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd - Earnings Account” and includes any other account designated in writing by the Agent to be the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement;
EEA Member Country ” means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway;
EIAPP Certificate ” means the Engine International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate issued or to be issued pursuant to Annex VI of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, MARPOL 73/78 (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) in relation to the Vessel;
Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, title retention, preferential right, option, trust arrangement or security interest or other encumbrance, security or arrangement conferring howsoever a priority of payment in respect of any obligation of any person (excluding preferential payment rights granted by preferred shares);
Environmental Affiliate ” means any agent or employee of the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Managers, any other Security Party or any other person having a contractual relationship with the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, any Manager or any other Security Party in connection with the Vessel or its operation or the carriage of cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or the provision of goods and/or services on or from the Vessel;
Environmental Approval ” means any consent, authorisation, licence or approval of any governmental or public body or authorities or courts applicable to the Vessel or its operation or the carriage of cargo and/or passengers thereon and/or the provision of goods and/or services on or from the Vessel required under any Environmental Law;
Environmental Claim ” means (i) any claim by any applicable Government Entity alleging breach of, or non-compliance with, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals or otherwise howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident or (ii) any claim by any other third party howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident (and, in each such case, “claim” shall include a claim for damages and/or direction for and/or enforcement relating to clean-up costs, removal, compliance, remedial action or otherwise) or (iii) any Proceedings arising from any of the foregoing;
Environmental Incident ” means, regardless of cause, (i) any discharge or release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Vessel; (ii) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is discharged or released from a vessel other than the Vessel which involves collision between the Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, where the Vessel, a Manager and/or the Borrower and/or the relevant Operator are actually, contingently or allegedly at fault or otherwise howsoever liable (in whole or in part) or (iii) any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is discharged or released from a vessel other than the Vessel and where the Vessel is actually or reasonably likely to be arrested as a result and/or where a Manager and/or the Borrower and/or the relevant Operator are actually or contingently at fault or allegedly and reasonably likely to be found at fault or otherwise howsoever liable to any administrative or legal action;
Environmental Laws ” means all laws, regulations, conventions and agreements whatsoever relating to pollution, human or wildlife well-being or protection of the environment (including,
5

without limitation, the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any comparable laws of the individual States of the United States of America);
 
Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means oil, oil products or any other products or substance which are polluting, toxic or hazardous or any substance the release of which into the environment is howsoever regulated, prohibited or penalised by or pursuant to any Environmental Law;
EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time;
Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances listed in clause 10.1;
Execution Date ” means the date on which this Agreement has been executed by all the parties hereto;
Extended Employment Contract ” means any time charterparty, contract of affreightment or other contract of employment of the Vessel (including the entry of the Vessel in any pool) in a form and substance acceptable to the Agent which has a tenor of twelve (12) months or more (including any options to renew or extend such tenor);
Facility Period ” means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on such date as all obligations whatsoever of all of the Security Parties under or pursuant to the Security Documents whensoever arising have been irrevocably paid, performed and/or complied with in full to the satisfaction of the Lenders;
“FATCA ” means:
(i) sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;
(ii) any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above; or
(iii) any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.
FATCA Application Date ” means:
(i) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;
(ii) in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or
(iii) in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,
or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
6

 “ FATCA Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Security Document required by or under FATCA;
FATCA Exempt Party ” means a party to a Security Document that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction;
FATCA Protected Lender” means any Lender irrevocably designated as a FATCA Protected Lender by the Borrower by notice to that Lender and the Agent at least six months prior to the earliest FATCA Application Date for a payment by a Party to that Lender (or to the Agent for the account of that Lender);
Flag State ” means the Marshall Islands or such other state or territory agreed by the Agent, at the request of the Borrower, as the “Flag State” for the Vessel for the purposes of the Security Documents;
General Assignment ”  means, in respect of the Vessel, the deed of assignment of its Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion;
Government Entity ” means any national or local government body, tribunal, court or regulatory or other agency and any organisation of which such body, tribunal, court or agency is a part or to which it is subject;
Group ” means the Corporate Guarantor and its subsidiaries;
Group Member ” means any member of the Group;
IAPP Certificate ” means the International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate issued or to be issued pursuant to Annex VI of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, MARPOL 73/78 (Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships) in relation to the Vessel;
Indebtedness ” means any obligation howsoever arising (whether present or future, actual or contingent, secured or unsecured as principal, surety or otherwise) for the payment or repayment of money;
Insurances ” means all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of the Vessel in a protection and indemnity or war risks association) which are from time to time during the Facility Period in place or taken out or entered into by or for the benefit of the Borrower (whether in the sole name of the Borrower, or in the joint names of the Borrower and the Security Trustee or otherwise) in respect of the Vessel and her Earnings or otherwise howsoever in connection with the Vessel and all benefits thereof (including claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums);
Interest Payment Date ” means the last day of an Interest Period and, if an Interest Period is longer than 6 months, the date falling at the end of each successive period of 6 months during such Interest Period starting from its commencement;
Interest Period ” means each period for the calculation of interest in respect of the Loan ascertained in accordance with the provisions of clause 3;
7

 “ ISM Code Documentation ” means the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued by a Classification Society pursuant to the ISM Code in relation to the Vessel within the periods specified by the ISM Code;
 “ ISM SMS ” means the safety management system which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained under the ISM Code;
ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Security Code of the International Maritime Organisation and includes any amendments or extensions thereto and any regulations issued pursuant thereto;
ISSC ” means an International Ship Security Certificate issued in respect of the Vessel pursuant to the ISPS Code;
“Latest Accounts” means, in respect of any fiscal quarter or year of the Group, the latest quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements or annual audited consolidated accounts of the Group required to be prepared pursuant to clause 8.1.6;
Lenders ”  means the banks listed in Schedule 1 and Transferee Lenders;
Lending Branch ” means, in respect of each Lender, its office or branch at the address set out beneath its name in Schedule 1 (or, in the case of a Transferee, in the Transfer Certificate to which it is a party as Transferee) or such other office or branch as any Lender shall from time to time select and notify through the Agent to the other parties to this Agreement;
LIBOR ” means the London Interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for USD for the relevant period at or about 11.00 a.m. on the relevant Quotation Day displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters;
“Loan” means the aggregate principal amount in respect of the Loan Facility owing to the Lenders under this Agreement at any relevant time;
Loan Facility ” means the loan facility provided by the Lenders on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement in the amount of up to USD16,560,000;
Majority Lenders ” means at any relevant time when there are two Lenders, both of them, and at any time when there are more than two Lenders, the Lenders whose Contributions exceed 75% of the Loan;
Management Agreements ” means, together, the agreements between the Borrower and the Managers, in a form previously approved in writing by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, such approval and instructions not to be unreasonably withheld);
Managers ” means together, the Commercial Manager and the Technical Manager;
Manager’s Undertakings ” means, collectively, the undertakings and assignments required to be executed hereunder by the Technical Manager and the Commercial Manager in favour of the Security Trustee in respect of the Vessel each in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion and in the plural means both of them;
8

 “ Margin ” means 2.95% per annum;
“Master Agreement” means a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (with Schedule thereto) made or to be made between the Lender and the Borrower;
Master Agreement Security Deed ” means the security deed in respect of the Master Agreement executed or to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may require;
Material Adverse Effect   means in the opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on (i) the Banks’ rights under, or the security provided by, any Security Document, (ii) the ability of any Security Party to perform or comply on time with any of its obligations under any Security Document to which it is a party or (iii) the value or nature of the property, assets, operations, liabilities or financial condition of the Borrower and/or the Corporate Guarantor;
Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (i) the date falling 7 years after the Delivery Date and (ii) 15 March 2023;
MII & MAP Policy ” means a mortgagee’s interest and pollution risks insurance policy (including additional perils (pollution) cover) in respect of the Vessel to be effected by the Security Trustee on the Drawdown Date to cover the Vessel as the same may be renewed or replaced annually thereafter and maintained throughout the Facility Period through such brokers, with such underwriters and containing such coverage as may be acceptable to the Security Trustee in its sole discretion, insuring a sum not exceeding one hundred and twenty per cent (120%) of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure in respect of mortgagee’s interest insurance and one hundred and twenty per cent (120%) of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure in respect of additional perils cover;
MOA ” means the memorandum of agreement dated 31 March 2014 (as the same may be amended and/or supplemented form time to time) made between the Seller as seller and the Borrower as buyer for the sale by the Seller, and the purchase by the Borrower, of the Vessel for a contract price of USD30,500,000 plus supervision costs in the amount of USD275,000 and extras;
month ” means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (a) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and “months” and “ monthly ” shall be construed accordingly;
Mortgage ” means, in respect of the Vessel, the first preferred mortgage thereof required to be executed hereunder by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee, in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion;
Net Worth ”  means by reference to the Latest Accounts, the Total Assets less Total Liabilities of the Group;
9

 “ Operator ” means any person who is from time to time during the Facility Period concerned in the operation of the Vessel and falls within the definition of “Company” set out in rule 1.1.2 of the ISM Code;
Party ” means a party to this Agreement;
Permitted Encumbrance ” means any Encumbrance in favour of the Banks or any of them  created pursuant to the Security Documents, any Encumbrance created in favour of a plaintiff or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Borrower is actively prosecuting or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; Encumbrances arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made and Permitted Liens;
Permitted Liens ” means any lien on the Vessel for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of trading, any lien for salvage and any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien for a sum not (except with the prior written consent of the Agent) exceeding the Casualty Amount (as defined in the Ship Security Documents) unless such person shall first have given to the Agent in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Vessel or her Earnings for the cost of such works;
Pertinent Jurisdiction ” means any jurisdiction in which or where any Security Party is incorporated, resident, domiciled, has a permanent establishment or assets, carries on, or has a place of business or is otherwise howsoever effectively connected;
Proceedings ” means any litigation, arbitration, legal action or complaint or judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative proceedings whatsoever arising or instigated by anyone (private or governmental) in any court, tribunal, public office or other forum whatsoever and wheresoever  (including, without limitation, any action for provisional or permanent attachment of any thing or for injunctive remedies or interim relief and any action instigated on an ex parte basis);
Prohibited Person ”  means any person with whom transactions are currently prohibited or restricted under the United States of America sanctions administered by the United States of America Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), any other United States of America government sanction, export or procurement laws or any other sanctions or other such restrictions on business dealings imposed by a member state of the European Union, including a person on any list of restricted entities, persons or organisations published by the United States of America government, the United Nations or the European Union or any member state of the European Union, including without limitation:
(a) the United States of America Government’s List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons, Denied Persons List, Entities List, Debarred Parties List, Excluded Parties List and Terrorism Exclusion List;
(b) Her Majesty’s Treasury’s Consolidated List of Financial Sanctions Targets;
(c) the European Union Restricted Person Lists issued pursuant to Council Regulation (EC)  No. 881/2002 of 27 May 2002, Council Regulation (EC) No. 2580/2001 of 27 December 2001 and Council Common Position 2005/725/CFSP of 17 October 2005; and
(d) the United Nations Consolidated List established and maintained by the 1267 Committee;
10

 “Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two (2) Banking Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the London interbank market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London interbank market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London interbank market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days);
“Reference Banks” means the principal London offices of JP Morgan Chase, HSBC Bank Plc. and Bank of America, or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrower;
“Registry” means, in relation to the Vessel, the office of the registrar, commissioner or representative of the Flag State, who is duly empowered to register the Vessel, the Borrower’s title thereto and the Mortgage under the laws and flag of the Flag State;
Release Date ” means the date, being a Banking Day falling during the Drawdown Period, on which the Loan is, or is to be, paid to the Seller or, at the Borrower’s request, to the Builder;
Repayment Dates ” means, subject to clause 6.3, each of the dates falling at six-monthly intervals after the Delivery Date, up to and including the date falling 84 months after such date;
Required Authorisation ” means any authorisation, consent, declaration, licence, permit, exemption, approval or other document, whether imposed by or arising in connection with any law, regulation, custom, contract, security or otherwise howsoever which must be obtained at any time from any person, Government Entity, central bank or other self-regulating or supra-national authority in order to enable the Borrower lawfully to borrow the Loan and/or to enable any Security Party lawfully and continuously to continue its corporate existence and/or perform all its obligations whatsoever whensoever arising and/or grant security under the relevant Security Documents and/or to ensure the continuous validity and enforceability thereof;
Required   Charter ” means the time charter made or to be made between the Borrower and the Approved Charterer as charterer of the Vessel for a period of four years (plus/minus 30 days in the Approved Charterer’s option) plus one year (plus/minus 30 days in the Approved Charterer’s option) in the Approved Charterer’s option, starting on the Delivery Date, and at a gross daily charterhire of USD14,100 for the first four years and USD14,350 for the optional year;
Required Security Amount ” means the amount in USD (as certified by the Agent) which is, for as long as the Vessel is employed under the Required Charter or any Extended Employment Contract at a rate of hire and for a duration acceptable to the Lenders, 125% of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure and at all other times, 130% of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure;
Requisition Compensation ” means all moneys or other compensation from time to time payable during the Facility Period by reason of Compulsory Acquisition of the Vessel;
Resolution Authority ” means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers;
Retention Account ” means an interest bearing USD account opened or to be opened with the Account Bank in the name of the Borrower designated “ Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd -
11

Retention Account” and includes any other account designated in writing by the Agent to be the Retention Account for the purposes of this Agreement;
 
Retention Amount ” means, in relation to any Retention Date, such sum as shall be the aggregate of:
(a) one sixth (1/6 th ) of the repayment instalment falling due for payment pursuant to clause 4.1.1 (as the same may have been reduced by any prepayment) on the next Repayment Date after the relevant Retention Date; and
(b) the applicable fraction (as hereinafter defined) of the aggregate amount of interest falling due for payment in respect of each part of the Loan during and at the end of each Interest Period current at the relevant Retention Date and, for this purpose, the expression “ applicable fraction ” in relation to each Interest Period shall mean a fraction having a numerator of one and a denominator equal to the number of Retention Dates falling within the relevant Interest Period;
Retention Dates ” means the date falling thirty (30) days after the Delivery Date and each of the dates falling at monthly intervals after such date and prior to the Maturity Date;
Security Documents ” means this Agreement, the Master Agreement, the Master Agreement Security Deed, the Mortgage, the Corporate Guarantee, the General Assignment, the Charter Assignment, the Accounts Pledge, the Manager’s Undertakings, the Shares Pledge, any Tripartite Deed and any other documents as may have been or shall from time to time after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or to govern and/or secure all or any part of the Loan, interest thereon and other moneys from time to time owing by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement (whether or not any such document also secures moneys from time to time owing pursuant to any other document or agreement);
Security Party ” means the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Managers or any other person who may at any time be a party to any of the Security Documents (other than the Banks);
Security Trustee ” means Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover, Germany (or of such other address as may last have been notified to the other parties to this Agreement pursuant to clause 17.2.3) or such other person as may be appointed as Security Trustee and trustee by the Banks pursuant to clause 16.14;
Security Value ” means the amount in USD (as certified by the Agent) which is, at any relevant time, the aggregate of (a) the Valuation Amount of the Vessel as most recently determined in accordance with clause 8.2.2 (b) the balance standing to the credit of the Drydock Account and (c) the net realizable market value of any additional security for the time being actually provided to the Lenders pursuant to clause 8.2.1(b) it being agreed however that in case of additional security in the form of cash in Dollars, the same will be valued on a Dollar for Dollar basis;
Seller ” means Klaveness Bulk AS of Norway;
“Shares Pledge” means the pledge of the shares of and in the Borrower to be executed by the Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion;
12

Shipbuilding Contract ” means the contract dated 31 August 2013 (as amended by a novation agreement dated 25 September 2013, and addendum no.1 dated 18 October 2013 and an addendum no. 2 dated 24 September 2015 and as the same may be further amended and/or supplemented from time to time) made between the Builder as seller and the Seller as buyer for the construction by the Builder, and the purchase by the Seller, of the Vessel;
Ship Security Documents ” means, in relation to the Vessel, the Mortgage, the General Assignment, any Charter Assignment, any Tripartite Deed and the Manager’s Undertakings in respect thereof;
Swap Bank ” means Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale, acting for the purposes of this Agreement through its office at Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover, Germany (or of such other address as may last have been notified to the other parties to this Agreement);
Swap Exposure ”  means, as at any relevant date the amount certified by the Swap Bank to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrower to the Swap Bank under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date (as therein defined) had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Transactions (as therein defined) entered into between the Borrower and the Swap Bank;
Taxes ” includes all present and future income, corporation, capital or value-added taxes and all stamp and other taxes and levies, imposts, deductions, duties, charges and withholdings whatsoever together with interest thereon and penalties in respect thereto, if any, and charges, fees or other amounts made on or in respect thereof (and “Taxation” shall be construed accordingly);
Technical Manager ” means Euroseas Ltd., a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands with its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 and having its place of business at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi, Greece or Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc., a company incorporated in the Philippines with its principal office at 12 th Floor Ma. Natividad Bldg., 470 TM Kalaw cor., Sts., Ermita, Manila, Philippines or  Eurobulk Ltd. a company incorporated in Liberia and having its branch office at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, 151 24 Maroussi, Greece   or any other person appointed by the Borrower, with the prior written consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), as the technical manager of the Vessel;
“Total Assets” and “Total Liabilities” mean, respectively, the total assets and total liabilities of the Group as evidenced at any relevant time by the Latest Accounts, in which they shall have been calculated by reference to the meanings assigned to them in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards or US GAAP provided that the value of any ship shall be the value thereof calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.2 and not as set out in the Latest Accounts;
 “ Total Commitment ” means, at any relevant time, the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders at such time (being the aggregate of the sums set out opposite their names in Schedule 1);
Total Loss ” means, in relation to the Vessel:
(c) actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss of the Vessel; or
13

 
(d) Compulsory Acquisition; or
(e) any hijacking, piracy, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Vessel not falling within the definition of Compulsory Acquisition, unless the Vessel be released and restored to the Borrower within sixty (60) days after such incident;
Transaction ” means a Transaction as defined in the Master Agreement;
 “ Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate in substantially the form set out in Schedule 4;
Transferee Lender ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 15.3;
Transferor Lender ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 15.3;
“Tripartite Deed” means, if the Vessel is subject to a bareboat charter, a deed containing (inter alia) an assignment of the relevant charterer’s interest in the insurances of the Vessel, required to be executed by Borrower and the relevant charterer in favour of the Lender in such form as the Lender may require in its sole discretion;
Trust Deed ” means a trust deed in the form, or substantially in the form, set out in Schedule 5;
Trust Property ” means (i) the security, powers, rights, titles, benefits and interests (both present and future) constituted by and conferred on the Banks or any of them under or pursuant to the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the benefit of all covenants, undertakings, representations, warranties and obligations given, made or undertaken to any Bank in the Security Documents), (ii) all moneys, property and other assets paid or transferred to or vested in any Bank (or anyone else on such Bank’s behalf) or received or recovered by any Bank (or anyone else on such Bank’s behalf) pursuant to, or in connection with, any of the Security Documents whether from any Security Party or any other person and (iii) all moneys, investments, property and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the foregoing, including all interest, income and other sums at any time received or receivable by any Bank (or anyone else on such Bank’s behalf) in respect of the same (or any part thereof);
Underlying Documents ” means, together, the MOA, the Required Charter, the Management Agreements, any Extended Employment Contract;
Unlawfulness ” means any event or circumstance which either is or, as the case may be, might in the opinion of the Agent become the subject of a notification by the Agent to the Borrower under clause 12.1;
US ” means the United States of America;
Valuation Amount ” means the value of the Vessel as most recently determined under clause 8.2.2;
Vessel ” means the Kamsarmax bulk carrier of approximately 82,000 dwt under construction by the Builder for the Seller with Builder’s Hull No. YZJ2013-1116 and IMO No. 9711133 and to be purchased by the Borrower from the Seller pursuant to the MOA and registered on the flag of the Flag State with the name “XENIA”; and
14

Write-down and Conversion Powers ” means, in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule .
1.3 Construction
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:
1.3.1 clause headings and the index are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction of this Agreement;
1.3.2 references to clauses and schedules are to be construed as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement and references to this Agreement include its schedules and any supplemental agreements executed pursuant hereto;
1.3.3 references to (or to any specified provision of) this Agreement or any other document shall be construed as references to this Agreement, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as duly amended and/or supplemented and/or novated;
1.3.4 references to a “regulation” include any present or future regulation, rule, directive, requirement, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any Government Entity, central bank or any self-regulatory or other supra-national authority (including, without limitation, any regulation implementing or complying with (1) the “ International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework ” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004, in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”), and/or (2) “ Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring ” and “ Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems ”, published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel III ”) and (3) any other law or regulation which, at any time and from time to time, implements and/or amends and/or supplements and/or re-enacts and/or supersedes, whether in whole or in part, Basel II and/or Basel III, and whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a Government Entity, a lender or any company affiliated to it);
1.3.5 references to any person in or party to this Agreement shall include reference to such person’s lawful successors and assigns and references to a Lender shall also include a Transferee Lender;
1.3.6 words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;
1.3.7 references to a time of day are, unless otherwise stated, to London time;
1.3.8 references to a person shall be construed as references to an individual, firm, company, corporation or unincorporated body of persons or any Government Entity;
1.3.9 references to a “guarantee” include references to an indemnity or any other kind of assurance whatsoever (including, without limitation, any kind of negotiable instrument, bill or note) against financial loss or other liability including, without limitation, an obligation to purchase assets or services as a consequence of a default by any other person to pay any Indebtedness and “guaranteed” shall be construed accordingly;
1.3.10 references to any statute or other legislative provision are to be construed as references to any such statute or other legislative provision as the same may be re-enacted or modified or substituted by any subsequent statute or legislative provision (whether before or after the date hereof) and shall include any regulations, orders, instruments or other subordinate legislation issued or made under such statute or legislative provision;
15

 
1.3.11 a certificate by the Agent or the Security Trustee as to any amount due or calculation made or any matter whatsoever determined in connection with this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower except for manifest error;
1.3.12 if any document, term or other matter or thing is required to be approved, agreed or consented to by any of the Banks such approval, agreement or consent must be obtained in writing unless the contrary is stated;
1.3.13 time shall be of the essence in respect of all obligations whatsoever of the Borrower under this Agreement, howsoever and whensoever arising;
1.3.14 and the words “other” and “otherwise” shall not be construed eiusdem generis with any foregoing words where a wider construction is possible.
1.4 Accounting terms and references to currencies
Currencies are referred to in this Agreement by the three letter currency codes (ISO 4217) allocated to them by the International Organisation for Standardisation.
1.5 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties Act) 1999
Except for clause 19, no part of this Agreement shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement.
1.6 Majority Lenders
Where this Agreement or any other Security Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of the Majority Lenders or to be subject to the consent or request of the Majority Lenders or for any decision or action to be taken on the instructions in writing of the Majority Lenders, such opinion, consent, request or instructions shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders with a Commitment and/or Contribution shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such opinion, consent, request or instructions are required to be obtained and the relevant majority of such Lenders shall have given or issued such opinion, consent, request or instructions but so that (as between the Borrower and the Banks) the Borrower shall be entitled to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each relevant Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders whether or not this is in fact the case.
2 THE AVAILABLE COMMITMENT AND CANCELLATION
2.1 Agreement to lend
The Lenders, relying upon each of the representations and warranties in clause 7, agree to provide to the Borrower upon and subject to the terms of this Agreement, a loan facility in an amount not exceeding the lesser of (a) sixteen million five hundred and sixty thousand Dollars (USD16,560,000) and (b) 69% of the Valuation Amount of the Vessel (to be determined no more than three weeks prior to the Drawdown Date), for the purpose of part-financing the purchase of the Vessel by the Borrower, by making Advance A and Advance B available simultaneously.
16

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the obligations of the Lenders shall be to contribute to each Advance the proportion to each Advance which their respective Commitments bear to the  Total Commitment on the Drawdown Date.
 
2.2 Obligations several
The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several according to their respective Commitments and/or Contributions. The failure of any Lender to perform such obligations shall not relieve any other party to this Agreement of any of its respective obligations or liabilities under this Agreement nor shall any Bank be responsible for the obligations of any other Bank (except for its own obligations, if any, as a Lender) under this Agreement.
2.3 Interests several
Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement (but without prejudice to the provisions of this Agreement relating to or requiring action by the Majority Lenders) the interests of the Banks are several and the amount due to any Bank is a separate and independent debt.  Each Bank shall have the right to protect and enforce its rights arising out of this Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other Bank to be joined as an additional party in any Proceedings for this purpose.
2.4 Drawdown
2.4.1 On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Loan shall be advanced to the Borrower on the Drawdown Date following receipt by the Agent from the Borrower of a Drawdown Notice not later than 11:00 a.m. Hannover time on the third Banking Day before the proposed Drawdown Date.
2.4.2 The Drawdown Notice shall be effective on actual receipt by the Agent and, once given, shall, subject as provided in clause 3.6, be irrevocable.
2.5 Limitation and application of the Loan
2.5.1 The amount of the Loan shall not exceed the lesser of (i) 69% of the Valuation Amount of the Vessel (to be determined no more than three weeks prior to the Drawdown Date) (the “ Maximum Loan Amount ”) and (ii) USD16,560,000.
2.5.2 If on the Drawdown Date the Maximum Loan Amount is less than USD16,560,000 the Total Commitment shall be reduced by an amount equal to the shortfall by reducing first the amount of Advance B and thereafter the amount of Advance A.
2.6 Availability
Upon receipt of a Drawdown Notice complying with the terms of this Agreement, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender and each Lender shall make available to the Agent its portion of the Loan for payment by the Agent in accordance with clause 6.2.  The Borrower acknowledges that payment of the Loan to the account referred to in the Drawdown Notice shall satisfy the obligation of the Lenders to lend the Loan to the Borrower under this Agreement.
2.7 Cancellation in changed circumstances
17

The Borrower may also at any time during the Facility Period by notice to the Agent (effective only on actual receipt) prepay and cancel with effect from a date not less than ten (1 0 ) Banking Days after receipt by the Agent of such notice, the whole but not part only, but without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations under clauses 6.6 and 12, of the Contribution and Commitment (if any) of any Lender to which the Borrower shall have become obliged to pay additional amounts under clause 12 or clause 6.6. Upon any notice of such prepayment and cancellation being given, the Commitment of the relevant Lender shall be reduced to zero, the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Contribution of such Lender and such Lender’s related costs (including but not limited to Break Costs, if any) but without any premium or penalty on the next Interest Payment Date and such Lender shall be under no obligation to participate in the Loan.
 
2.8 Use of proceeds
Without prejudice to the Borrower’s obligations under clause 8.1.4, no Bank shall have any responsibility for the application of the proceeds of the Loan or any part thereof by the Borrower.
3 INTEREST AND INTEREST PERIODS
3.1 Normal interest rate
The Borrower must pay interest on the Loan in respect of each Interest Period on each Interest Payment Date at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the aggregate of (a) the Margin and (b) LIBOR for such period.
3.2 Selection of Interest Periods
Each Interest Period shall have a duration of:
(a) 6 months as notified by the Borrower to the Agent not later than 11.00 a.m. (Hannover time) 2 Banking Days before the commencement of such Interest Period if no such other period is agreed by the Borrower and the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b); or
(b) such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree with the Borrower.
3.3 Determination of Interest Periods
Subject to Clauses 3.3.1 and 3.4 every Interest Period shall be of the duration agreed pursuant to clause 3.2 but so that:
3.3.1 the first Interest Period shall start on the Drawdown Date, and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the previous Interest Period;
3.3.3 if any Interest Period would otherwise overrun a Repayment Date, then, in the case of the last Repayment Date, such Interest Period shall end on such Repayment Date, and in the case of any other Repayment Date the Loan shall be divided into parts so that there is one part in the amount of the repayment instalment due on such Repayment Date and having an Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date and another part in the amount of the balance of the Loan having an Interest Period ascertained in accordance with clause 3.2 and the other provisions of this clause 3.3.
18

 
3.4
Default interest
            
If the Borrower fails to pay any sum (including, without limitation, any sum payable pursuant to this clause 3.4) on its due date for payment under any of the Security Documents (other than the Master Agreement), the Borrower must pay interest on such sum on demand from the due date up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at a rate determined by the Agent pursuant to this clause 3.4.  The period starting on such due date and ending on such date of payment shall be divided into successive periods of not more than six (6) months as selected by the Agent each of which (other than the first, which shall start on such due date) shall start on the last day of the preceding such period.  The rate of interest applicable to each such period shall be the aggregate (as determined by the Agent) of (a) two per cent ( 2 %) per annum, (b) the Margin and (c) LIBOR for such periods.  Such interest shall be due and payable on demand, or, if no demand is made, then on the last day of each such period as determined by the Agent and on the day on which all amounts in respect of which interest is being paid under this Clause are paid, and each such day shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as an Interest Payment Date, provided that if such unpaid sum is an amount of principal which became due and payable by reason of a declaration by the Agent under clause 10.2.2 or a prepayment pursuant to clauses 4.3, 4.4, 8.2.1(a) or 12.1, on a date other than an Interest Payment Date relating thereto, the first such period selected by the Agent shall be of a duration equal to the period between the due date of such principal sum and such Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable on such principal sum during such period at a rate of two per cent ( 2 %) above the rate applicable thereto immediately before it shall have become so due and payable.  If, for the reasons specified in clause 3.6.1, the Agent is unable to determine a rate in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this clause 3.4, each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of the cost of funds to such Lender and interest on any sum not paid on its due date for payment shall be calculated at a rate determined by the Agent to be two per cent ( 2 %) per annum above the aggregate of the Margin and the arithmetic mean of the cost of funds to the Lenders compounded at such intervals as the Agent selects.
3.5 Notification of Interest Periods and interest rate
The Agent agrees to notify (i) the Lenders promptly of the duration of each Interest Period and (ii) the Borrower and the Lenders promptly of each rate of interest determined by it under this clause 3.
3.6 Market disruption
3.6.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:
(a) the Margin; and
(b) the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.
3.6.2 In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means that:
19

(a) at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined and none of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for dollars for the relevant Interest Period; or
(b) before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed thirty five per cent. of the Loan) that the cost to it or them of obtaining matching deposits in the London interbank market would be in excess of LIBOR.
3.7 Alternative basis of interest or funding
3.7.1 If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or Borrower so require, the Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty (30) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.
3.7.2 Any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 3.7.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.
3.7.3 If a Market Disruption Event occurs before the Loan is made available, the Lenders’ obligation to make the Loan available shall be suspended while the circumstances giving rise to the Market Disruption Event continue.
3.7.4 If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 3.7.1 the Borrower may give the Agent not less than five (5) Banking Days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Loan or, as the case may be, the affected Lender’s Contribution, at the end of the next Interest Period.
3.7.5 A notice under Clause 3.7.4 shall be irrevocable. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the affected Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:
(a) on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitment or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the affected Lender shall be cancelled; and
(b) at the end of the next Interest Period, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Loan or, as the case may be, the affected Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the rate certified by the Agent and notified to the Borrower as being a reasonable interest reflecting the cost to the Lenders or, as the case may be, the affected Lender, of funding the Loan during the period ending on the date of such prepayment, plus the Margin.
4 REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT
4.1 Repayment
4.1.1 Subject as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Borrower must repay:
(a) Advance A by fourteen (14) semi-annual instalments of four hundred and sixty seven thousand Dollars (USD467,000) each, one such instalment to be repaid on each of the Repayment Dates, and a balloon instalment of seven million four hundred and sixty two thousand Dollars (USD7,462,000) (the “ Balloon Instalment ”) to be repaid on the final Repayment Date; and
20

 
(b) Advance B by eight (8) semi-annual instalments of three hundred and twenty thousand Dollars (USD320,000) each, one such instalment to be repaid on each of the Repayment Dates .
If the Commitment in respect of Advance B is not drawn in full, the amount of each repayment instalment for Advance B shall be reduced proportionately and if the Commitment in respect of Advance A is not drawn in full, the amount of each repayment instalment for Advance A shall be reduced in inverse order of maturity, commencing with the Balloon Instalment.
4.1.2 The Borrower shall on the Maturity Date also pay to the Agent and the Lenders all other amounts in respect of interest or otherwise then due and payable under this Agreement and the Security Documents.
4.2 Voluntary prepayment
Subject to clauses 4.5 and 4.6 the Borrower may prepay the Loan in whole or part (such part being in an amount of five hundred thousand Dollars (USD500,000) or any larger sum which is an integral multiple of such amount) on any Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan to be repaid without (subject to Clause 4.5.3) premium or penalty.
4.3 Mandatory Prepayment on Total Loss
On the date falling one hundred and twenty (120) days after that on which the Vessel became a Total Loss or, if earlier, on the date upon which the insurance proceeds are, or Requisition Compensation is, received by the Borrower (or the Security Trustee or any other Bank pursuant to the Security Documents), the Borrower must prepay the Loan in full and all other sums outstanding and owing to the Banks under this Agreement and the Security Documents at that time.
4.3.1 Interpretation
For the purpose of this Agreement, a Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred:
(a) in the case of an actual total loss of the Vessel, on the actual date and at the time the Vessel was lost or, if such date is not known, on the date on which the Vessel was last reported;
(b) in the case of a constructive total loss of the Vessel, upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of the ship is given to the then insurers of the Vessel (provided a claim for total loss is admitted by such insurers) or, if such insurers do not immediately admit such a claim, at the date and at the time at which either a total loss is subsequently admitted by such insurers or a total loss is subsequently adjudged by a competent court of law or arbitration tribunal to have occurred;
(c) in the case of a compromised or arranged total loss of the Vessel, on the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the then insurers of the Vessel;
(d) in the case of Compulsory Acquisition, on the date upon which the relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition occurs; and
(e) in the case of hijacking, piracy, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of the Vessel (other than within the definition of Compulsory Acquisition), which deprives the Borrower of the use of the Vessel for more than sixty (60) days, upon the expiry of such sixty (60) day period.
21

 
4.4 Mandatory prepayment on sale of the Vessel
On the date of completion of the sale of the Vessel the Borrower must prepay the Loan in full and all other sums outstanding and owing to the Banks under this Agreement and the Security Documents at that time.
4.5 Amounts payable on prepayment
Any prepayment of all or part of the Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with:
4.5.1 accrued interest on the amount to be prepaid to the date of such prepayment;
4.5.2 any additional amount payable under clauses 3.5, 6.6 or 12.2;
4.5.3 if any prepayment of the Loan is made under clause 4.2 or 4.4 prior to the second anniversary of the Drawdown Date, a prepayment fee of 1% of the amount so prepaid; and
4.5.4 all other sums payable by the Borrower to the Banks under this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents including, without limitation any Break Costs.
4.6 Notice of prepayment; reduction of maximum loan amount
4.6.1 No prepayment may be effected under clause 4.2 unless the Borrower shall have given the Agent at least ten (10) Banking Days prior written notice of its intention to make such prepayment.  Every notice of prepayment shall be effective only on actual receipt by the Agent, shall be irrevocable, shall specify the amount to be prepaid and shall oblige the Borrower to make such prepayment on the date specified.
4.6.2 Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement and in particular Clause 2.6, no amount repaid or prepaid under this Clause 4 in respect of the Loan may be reborrowed.
4.6.3 Any amounts prepaid pursuant to clause 4.2 shall be applied pro rata against the Advances in reducing the repayment instalments (a) in the case of Advance A, in inverse order of maturity, starting with the Balloon Instalment and (b) in the case of Advance B, pro rata.
4.6.4 The Borrower may not prepay any part of the Loan except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
4.7 Master Agreement, Repayments and Prepayments
4.7.1 If less than the full amount of the Loan remains outstanding following a prepayment and the Swap Bank agrees, following a written request of the Borrower, that the Borrower may maintain all or part of a Transaction in an amount not wholly matched with or linked to all or part of the Loan, the Borrower shall within fifteen (15) days of being notified by the Swap Bank of such requirement, provide the Swap Bank with such additional security as shall be adequate to secure the performance of such Transaction, which additional security shall take such form, be constituted by such documentation and be entered into between such parties, as the Swap Bank may approve or require, and each document comprising such additional security shall constitute a Credit Support Document.
22

 
4.7.2 The Borrower shall on the first written demand of the Swap Bank indemnify the Swap Bank in respect of all losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs and expenses) incurred or sustained by the Swap Bank as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matter or transactions referred to in this clause 4.7 .
5 FEES AND EXPENSES
5.1 Commission
5.1.1 The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitments on the Execution Date and each of the dates falling at three (3) monthly intervals after the Execution Date until the end of the Drawdown Period and on the last day of the Drawdown Period commitment commission computed from 18 December 2015 at a rate of zero point seven five per cent (0.75%) per annum on the daily amount of the undrawn Loan Facility.
5.1.2 The commission referred to in clause 5.1.1 must be paid by the Borrower to the Agent, whether or not any part of the Total Commitment is ever advanced and shall be non-refundable.
5.2 Structuring Fee
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account on the Execution Date a non-refundable structuring fee of USD165,600.
5.3 Administration fee
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for its own account on the Execution Date and annually thereafter an administration fee of USD2,500.
5.4 Cancellation fee
The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on the earliest of (i) the Drawdown Date and (ii) last day of the Drawdown Period a cancellation fee of 1% of the amount of the Total Commitment which the Borrower has voluntarily cancelled or voluntarily not drawn.
5.5 Expenses
The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Banks on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses and/or disbursements whatsoever (including without limitation legal expenses and expenses related to the provision of legal and insurance opinions referred to in Schedule 3) certified by the Banks or any of them as having been incurred by them from time to time:
5.5.1 in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution (even if the transactions contemplated hereby do not materialise for any reasons attributable to the Borrower) and, where relevant, registration of the Security Documents and of any actual amendment, or indulgence or the granting of any waiver or consent howsoever in connection with, any of the Security Documents (including legal fees); and
5.5.2 in contemplation or furtherance of, or otherwise howsoever in connection with, the exercise or enforcement of, or preservation of any rights, powers, remedies or discretions under any of the Security Documents, or in consideration of the Banks’ rights thereunder or any action proposed or taken following the occurrence of a Default which is continuing or otherwise in respect of the moneys owing under any of the Security Documents,
23

together with interest at the rate referred to in clause 3.4 from the date on which reimbursement of such expenses and/or disbursements were due following demand to the date of payment (as well after as before judgment).
 
5.6 Value added tax
All fees and expenses payable pursuant to this Agreement must be paid together with value added tax or any similar tax (if any) properly chargeable thereon in any jurisdiction.  Any value added tax chargeable in respect of any services supplied by the Banks or any of them under this Agreement shall, on delivery of the value added tax invoice, be paid in addition to any sum agreed to be paid hereunder.
5.7 Stamp and other duties
The Borrower must pay all stamp, documentary, registration or other like duties or taxes (including any duties or taxes payable by any of the Banks but excluding any FATCA Deduction) imposed on or in connection with any of the Underlying Documents, the Security Documents or the Loan and agree to indemnify the Banks or any of them against any liability arising by reason of any delay or omission by the Borrower to pay such duties or taxes.
6 PAYMENTS AND TAXES; ACCOUNTS AND CALCULATIONS
6.1 No set-off or counterclaim
All payments to be made by the Borrower under any of the Security Documents must be made in full, without any set off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in clause 6.6, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, in USD on or before 11:00 am New York time on the due date in freely available funds to such account at such bank and in such place as the Agent may from time to time specify for this purpose.  Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any other relevant Security Documents, such payments shall be for the account of all Lenders and the Agent shall distribute such payments in like funds as are received by the Agent to the Lenders rateably, in the proportions which their respective Contributions bear to the aggregate of the Loan on the date on which such payment is made.
6.2 Payment by the Lenders
All sums to be advanced by the Lenders to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be remitted in USD on the Drawdown Date to the account of the Agent at such bank as the Agent may have notified to the Lenders and shall be paid by the Agent on such date in like funds as are received by the Agent to the account specified in the Drawdown Notice.
6.3 Non-Banking Days
When any payment under any of the Security Documents would otherwise be due on a day which is not a Banking Day, the due date for payment shall be extended to the next following Banking Day unless such Banking Day falls in the next calendar month in which case payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Banking Day.
6.4 Calculations
All interest and other payments of an annual nature under any of the Security Documents shall accrue from day to day and be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.
24

6 .5 Currency of account
If any sum due from the Borrower under any of the Security Documents, or under any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto, must be converted from the currency (“the first currency”) in which the same is payable thereunder into another currency (“the second currency”) for the purpose of (i) making or filing a claim or proof against the Borrower, (ii) obtaining an order or judgment in any court or other tribunal or (iii) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation thereto, the Borrower undertakes to indemnify and hold harmless each Bank from and against any loss suffered as a result of any discrepancy between (a) the rate of exchange used for such purpose to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (b) the rate or rates of exchange at which each Bank may in the ordinary course of business purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.  Any amount due from the Borrower under this clause 6.5 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of any of the Security Documents and the term “rate of exchange” includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.
6.6 Grossing-up for Taxes - by the Borrower
If at any time the Borrower must make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes (other than a FATCA Deduction) or deduction in respect of any duty, assessment or other charge or otherwise from any payment due under any of the Security Documents for the account of any Bank or if the Agent or the Security Trustee must make any deduction or withholding from a payment to another Bank or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under any of the Security Documents, the sum due from the Borrower in respect of such payment must be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the relevant Bank receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Borrower must indemnify each Bank against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Borrower to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. Provided however that if any Bank or the Agent or the Security Trustee shall be or become entitled to any Tax credit or relief in respect of any Tax which is deducted from any payment by the Borrower and it actually receives a benefit from such Tax credit or relief in its country of domicile, incorporation or residence, the relevant Bank or the Agent or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, shall, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, pay to the Borrower after such benefit is effectively received by the relevant Bank or the Agent or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, such amounts (which shall be conclusively certified by the Agent) as shall ensure that the net amount actually retained by the relevant Bank or the Agent or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, is equal to the amount which would have been retained if there had been no such deduction. The Borrower must promptly deliver to the Agent any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.
This clause 6.6 does not apply to any sums due from the Borrower to the Lender under or in connection with the Master Agreement in respect of which sums the provisions of the Master Agreement shall apply.
25

6.7 Grossing-up for Taxes - by the Lenders
If at any time a Lender must make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under any of the Security Documents for the account of the Agent or the Security Trustee, the sum due from such Lender in respect of such payment must be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee receives on the due date for such payment (and retains free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding) a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and each Lender must indemnify the Agent and the Security Trustee against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of such Lender to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment.
 
6.8 Loan account
Each Lender shall maintain, in accordance with its usual practice, an account evidencing the amounts from time to time lent by, owing to and paid to it under the Security Documents.  The Agent and/or the Security Trustee shall maintain a control account showing the Loan and other sums owing by the Borrower under the Security Documents and all payments in respect thereof being made from time to time.  The control account shall, in the absence of manifest error, be prima facie evidence of the amount from time to time owing by the Borrower under the Security Documents.
6.9 Agent may assume receipt
Where any sum is to be paid under the Security Documents to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee for the account of another person, the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee may assume that the payment will be made when due and the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee may (but shall not be obliged to) make such sum available to the person so entitled.  If it proves to be the case that such payment was not made to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee, then the person to whom such sum was so made available must on request refund such sum to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee together with interest thereon sufficient to compensate the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee for the cost of making available such sum up to the date of such repayment and the person by whom such sum was payable must indemnify the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee for any and all loss or expense which the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee may sustain or incur as a consequence of such sum not having been paid on its due date.
6.10 Partial payments
If, on any date on which a payment is due to be made by the Borrower under any of the Security Documents, the amount received by the Agent from the Borrower falls short of the total amount of the payment due to be made by the Borrower on such date then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies available to the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders under any of the Security Documents, the Agent must apply the amount actually received from the Borrower in or towards discharge of the obligations of the Borrower under the Security Documents in the following order, notwithstanding any appropriation made, or purported to be made, by the Borrower:
6.10.1 first, in or towards payment, on a pro-rata basis, of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Agent and the Security Trustee under any of the Security Documents;
26

6.10.2 secondly, in or towards payment of any fees payable to the Agent or any of the other Banks under, or in relation to, the Security Documents which remain unpaid;
6.10.3 thirdly, in or towards payment to the Lenders, on a pro rata basis, of any accrued interest and interest owing in respect of the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid;
6.10.4 fourthly, in or towards payment to the Lenders, on a pro rata basis, of any principal in respect of the Loan which shall have become due but remains unpaid and in or towards payment to the Swap Bank of any sum which shall have become due under the Master Agreement but remains unpaid;
6.10.5 fifthly, in or towards payment to the Lenders, on a pro rata basis, any Break Costs and any other sum relating to the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid; and
6.10.6 sixthly, in or towards payment to the relevant person of any other sum which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid (and, if more than one such sum so remains unpaid, on a pro rata basis).
The order of application set out in clauses 6.10.1 to 6.10.6 may be varied by the Agent if the Majority Lenders so direct, without any reference to, or consent or approval from, the Borrower.
6.11 FATCA
6.11.1 FATCA Information
(a) Subject to subclause (c) below, each party to a Security Document shall, within ten (10) Banking Days of a reasonable request by another party to the Security Documents:
(i) confirm to that other party whether it is a FATCA Exempt Party or is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(ii) supply to the requesting party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable “passthru percentage” or other information required under the regulations of the US Treasury Department or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as the requesting party reasonably requests for the purposes of such requesting party’s compliance with FATCA.
(b) If a party to any Security Document confirms to another party pursuant to subclause (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that party shall notify that other party and the Agent reasonably promptly.
(c) Subclause (a) above shall not oblige any Lender to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation, any policy of that Lender, any fiduciary duty or any duty of confidentiality, or to disclose any confidential information (including, without limitation, its tax returns and calculations); provided, however, that information required (or equivalent to the information so required) by United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8 or W-9 (or any successor forms) shall not be treated as confidential information of such Lender for purposes of this subclause (c).
27

 
(d) If a party to any Security Document fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with subclause (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where subclause (c) above applies), then
(i) if that party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Security Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
(ii) if that party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such party shall be treated for the purposes of the Security Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,
until (in each case) such time as the party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
6.11.2 FATCA Deduction
(a) Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
(b) Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower, the Agent and the other Banks.
7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
7.1 Continuing representations and warranties
The Borrower represents and warrants to each Bank that:
7.1.1 Due incorporation
each of the Security Parties is duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing, under the laws of its respective country of incorporation, in each case, as a corporation and has power to carry on its respective businesses as it is now being conducted and to own their respective property and other assets to which it has unencumbered legal and beneficial title;
7.1.2 Corporate power
each of the Security Parties has power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations and, as the case may be, to exercise its rights under the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents to which it is a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder (if appropriate) and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and on the execution of the Security Documents performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Borrower to borrow or any other Security Party to  howsoever incur liability and/or to provide or grant security will be exceeded as a result of borrowing any part of the Loan;
28

7.1.3 Binding obligations
            
the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents, when executed, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the relevant Security Parties enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and admissible in evidence and the Security Documents (other than the Corporate Guarantee) will create first priority Encumbrances;
7.1.4 No conflict with other obligations
the execution and delivery of, the performance of their obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents by the relevant Security Parties will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which any Security Party is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which any Security Party is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of any Security Party  or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of, or oblige any of the Security Parties to create, any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any of the Security Parties;
7.1.5 No default
no Default has occurred;
7.1.6 No litigation or judgments
no Proceedings are current, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Borrower, threatened against any of the Security Parties or their assets which could have a Material Adverse Effect and there exist no judgments, orders, injunctions which would materially affect the ability of the Security Parties to perform their obligations under the Security Documents to which they are a party;
7.1.7 No filings required
except for the registration of the Mortgage in the relevant register under the laws of the Flag State through the Registry, it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Underlying Documents or any of the Security Documents that they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Pertinent Jurisdiction on or in relation to any of the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents and each of the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Pertinent Jurisdiction;
7.1.8 Required Authorisations and legal compliance
all Required Authorisations have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect and no Security Party has in any way contravened any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation to which any Security Party is subject;
7.1.9 Choice of law
29

the choice of English law to govern the Underlying Documents and the Security Documents (other than the Mortgage and the Accounts Pledge), the choice of the law of the Flag State to govern the Mortgage, the choice of German law to govern the Accounts Pledge, the submissions by the Security Parties to the jurisdiction of the English courts and the obligations of such Security Parties associated therewith, are valid and binding;
 
7.1.10 No immunity
no Security Party nor any of their assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any Proceedings whatsoever;
7.1.11 Financial statements correct and complete
the latest audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor in respect of the relevant financial year or quarter as delivered to the Agent present or will present fairly and accurately the consolidated financial position of the Corporate Guarantor as at the date thereof and the combined results of the operations of the Corporate Guarantor for the financial year ended on such date and, as at such date, neither the Borrower, nor the Corporate Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries had any significant liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for in, such financial statements;
7.1.12 Pari passu
the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Master Agreement are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Borrower and rank pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Borrower except for obligations which are mandatorily preferred by operation of law and not by contract;
7.1.13 Information/ Material Adverse Effect
all information, whatsoever provided by any Security Party to the Agent in connection with the negotiation and preparation of the Security Documents or otherwise provided hereafter in relation to, or pursuant to, this Agreement is, or will be, true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, does or will not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been, or shall have been, made to verify the facts and statements contained therein and there has not occurred any event which could have a Material Adverse Effect on any Security Party since such information was provided to the Agent; there are, or will be, no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading;
7.1.14 No withholding Taxes
no Taxes anywhere are imposed whatsoever by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by any Security Party under the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents to which such Security Party is or is to be a party or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Security Parties of the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under any of the Security Documents;
7.1.15 Use of proceeds
the Borrower shall apply the Loan only for the purposes specified in clauses 1.1 and 2.1;
30

7.1.16              The Vessel
 
throughout the Facility Period (following the Delivery Date), the Vessel (and in relation to (a), her Earnings and Insurances in accordance with the requirements of, the Ship Security Documents) will, except as the Agent may otherwise permit in writing, be :
(a) in the absolute sole, legal and beneficial ownership of the Borrower;
(b) registered through the offices of the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;
(c) in compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;
(d) classed with the relevant Classification free of any recommendations, qualifications or conditions of the Classification Society which have not been complied with in accordance with their terms;
(e) insured in accordance with the Ship Security Documents; and
(f) managed by the Managers in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreements;
7.1.17 Vessel’s employment
except with the prior written consent of the Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), there will not be any agreement or arrangement whereby the Earnings of the Vessel may be shared or pooled howsoever with any other person, except for customary profit sharing provisions usually included in arm’s length charterparties at the time the Vessel is fixed;
7.1.18 Freedom from Encumbrances
neither the Vessel nor its Earnings, Insurances or Requisition Compensation nor the Earnings Account nor the Retention   Account nor the Drydock Reserve   Account nor any Extended Employment Contract in respect of the Vessel nor any other properties or rights which are, or are to be, the subject of any of the Security Documents nor any part thereof will be subject to any Encumbrance except Permitted Encumbrances;
7.1.19 Environmental Matters
except as may already have been disclosed by the Borrower in writing to, and acknowledged and accepted in writing by, the Agent:
(a) the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Managers and the other Security Parties and, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), their respective Environmental Affiliates, have complied with the provisions of all Environmental Laws;
(b) the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, the Managers and the other Security Parties and, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), their respective Environmental Affiliates have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals;
31

 
 
(c) no Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or pending against the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, any Managers or any other Security Party, or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief (having made due enquiry), any of their respective Environmental Affiliates; and
(d) there has been no Environmental Incident;
7.1.20 ISM and ISPS Code
the Borrower will comply with and continue to comply with and procure that the Technical Manager complies with and continues to comply with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code and all other statutory and other requirements relative to its business and in particular the Borrower or the Technical Manager will obtain and maintain a valid DOC and SMC for the Vessel and that it and the Technical Manager will implement and continue to implement an ISM SMS;
7.1.21 Copies true and complete
the Certified Copies of the constitutional documents of the Security Parties and the Certified Copies or originals of the Underlying Documents delivered or to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause 9.1 are, or will when delivered be, true and complete copies or, as the case may be, originals of such documents; and such documents constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and there have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder;
7.1.22 the Borrower is the ultimate beneficiary of the Loan;
7.1.23 the Borrower has not incurred any Indebtedness save under this Agreement or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing;
7.1.24 the Corporate Guarantor and the Borrower have filed all tax and other fiscal returns required to be filed by any tax authority to which they are subject;
7.1.25 the Borrower does not have an office in England;
7.1.26 Prohibited Persons, unlawful activity
(a) to the best of its knowledge, none of the shares in the Borrower nor in the Vessel are or will be at any time during the Facility Period legally owned and controlled by a Prohibited Person;
(b) to the best of its knowledge, no Prohibited Person has or will have at any time during the Facility Period any legal or beneficial interest of any nature whatsoever in any of the shares of any of the Security Parties (other than in relation to the Corporate Guarantor); and
(c) to the best of its knowledge, no title in any property or other assets subject to an Encumbrance created by a Security Document has been obtained in breach of any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation to which any Security Party is subject;
7.1.27 Insolvency
32

The Borrower is not unable or has not admitted inability to pay its debts as they fall due, has suspended making payments on any of its debts or has announced an intention to do so, is or has become insolvent; or has negative net worth (taking into account contingent liabilities), or has suffered the declaration of a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness;
 
7.1.28 No business
the Borrower has not undertaken any business or employed any person or incurred any obligations in respect of any pension scheme, save in respect of the Master, officers and crew of the Vessel;
7.1.29 Ownership of Borrower
all the shares in the Borrower are legally owned and controlled by the Corporate Guarantor and are not held on trust for any third party;
7.1.30 Accounting reference date
the Borrower’s and the Corporate Guarantor’s accounting reference date is 31 December;
7.1.31 Manager
each Manager is fit and proper commercial or technical (as the case may be) manager of the Vessel with the sufficient and fully trained personnel, experience and ability to perform its obligations in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and in accordance with first class international ship management practice; and
7.1.32 Anti-bribery
to the best of its knowledge and belief, none of the improper or illegal acts referred to in Clause 8.1.33 have occurred prior to the date of execution of this Loan Agreement.
7.2 Repetition of representations and warranties
On each day throughout the Facility Period, the Borrower shall be deemed to repeat the representations and warranties in clause 7 updated mutatis mutandis as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day.
8 UNDERTAKINGS
8.1 General
The Borrower undertakes with each Bank that, from the Execution Date until the end of the Facility Period, it will:
8.1.1 Notice of Default and Proceedings
promptly inform the Agent of (a) any Default and of any other circumstances or occurrence which might adversely affect the ability of any Security Party to perform its obligations on time under any of the Security Documents and (b) as soon as the same is instituted or threatened, details of any Proceedings involving any Security Party which could have a Material Adverse Effect on that Security Party and/or the operation of the Vessel (including, but not limited to any Total Loss of the Vessel or the occurrence of any Environmental Incident) and will from
33

time to time, if so requested by the Agent, confirm to the Agent in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Default has occurred and is continuing and no such Proceedings have been instituted or are threatened;
 
8.1.2 Authorisation
obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply fully with all Required Authorisations, provide the Agent with Certified Copies of the same upon request and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under any applicable law (whether or not in the Pertinent Jurisdiction) for the continued due performance of all the obligations of the Security Parties under each of the Security Documents;
8.1.3 Corporate Existence
ensure that each Security Party maintains its corporate existence as a body corporate duly organised and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Pertinent Jurisdiction;
8.1.4 Use of proceeds
use the Loan exclusively for the purposes specified in clauses 1.1 and 2.1;
8.1.5 Pari passu
ensure that its obligations under this Agreement and the Master Agreement shall at all times rank at least pari passu with all their other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;
8.1.6 Financial statements
send to the Agent (or procure that is sent):
(a) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, annual audited (prepared in accordance with US GAAP by a first class international firm of accountants) consolidated financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor (commencing with the financial year ending 31 December 2014), together with updated details (in a form acceptable to the Agent) of all off-balance sheet and time-charter hire commitments of the Vessel;
(b) as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each 3 month period in each of its financial years, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor for that 3 month period;
8.1.7 Compliance Certificates
deliver to the Agent on the date on which the audited consolidated accounts are delivered under clause 8.1.6(a) a Compliance Certificate together with such supporting information as the Agent may reasonably require;
8.1.8 Financial Covenants
34

procure that
 
(a) the Net Worth of the Group will at all times exceed USD30,000,000;
(b) the Group maintains a market capitalisation of no less than USD15,000,000;
(c) the Total Liabilities divided by the Total Assets shall at all times be less than 75%; and
(d) the balance standing to the credit of the Earnings Account shall at no time fall below USD300,000;
8.1.9 Reimbursement of MII & MAP Policy premiums
reimburse each Bank on the Agent’s written demand the amount of the premium payable by such Bank for the inception or, as the case may be, extension and/or continuance of the MII & MAP Policy (against presentation of appropriate vouchers or invoices);
8.1.10 Provision of further information
provide the Agent, and procure that the Corporate Guarantor and the Managers shall provide the Agent, with such financial or other information concerning the Vessel, the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor and their respective affairs and activities including, but not limited to, financial standing, Indebtedness, balance sheet, repayment schedules, operating expenses, charter arrangements, time-charter hire commitments and operations as the Agent or any Lender (acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably require and all other documentation and information as any Lender may from time to time require in order to comply with its, and all other relevant, know-your-customer  regulations or to be able to create its own financial model in respect of the Borrower and/or the Corporate Guarantor;
8.1.11 Obligations under Security Documents
duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be imposed or assumed by it under the Security Documents and the Underlying Documents and will procure that each of the other Security Parties will, duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it under the Security Documents and the Underlying Documents to which it is a party;
8.1.12 Compliance with ISM Code
comply with, and will procure that any Operator will comply with, and ensure that the Vessel and any Operator comply with the requirements of the ISM Code, including (but not limited to) the maintenance and renewal of valid certificates pursuant thereto throughout the Security Period (as defined in the Deeds of Covenant);
8.1.13 Withdrawal of DOC and SMC
immediately inform the Agent if there is any actual withdrawal of their or any Operator’s DOC or the SMC of the Vessel;
35

8.1.14 Issuance of DOC and SMC
 
and will procure that any Operator will promptly inform the Agent of the receipt by the Borrower or any Operator of notification that its application for a DOC or any application for an SMC for the Vessel has been refused;
8.1.15 ISPS Code Compliance
and will procure that the Technical Manager or any Operator will:
(a) maintain  at all times a valid and current ISSC in respect of the Vessel;
(b) immediately notify the Agent in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC in respect of the Vessel; and
(c) procure that the Vessel will comply at all times with the ISPS Code;
8.1.16 Compliance with Laws and payment of taxes
comply with, and will ensure that the Corporate Guarantor, the Managers and the Vessel comply with, all relevant Environmental Laws, laws, statutes, directives, regulations, decrees, rulings and analogous rules (including, but not limited to, laws relating to any trading prohibition imposed by the Flag State, the country of incorporation of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor or the country of nationality of any crew member of the Vessel by which the Borrower is bound or any rules relating to international sanctions as set out in clause 8.1.22 or otherwise) and have at all times all trading certificates necessary to carry out the trade in which the Vessel is engaged at any relevant time and pay all taxes for which it, the Corporate Guarantor and each Manager is liable as they fall due;
8.1.17 Charters etc.
(i) deliver to the Agent a Certified Copy of the Required Charter and each Extended Employment Contract upon its execution, (ii) forthwith on the Agent’s request execute (a) a Charter Assignment in respect thereof and (b) any notice of assignment required in connection therewith and shall provide to the Agent evidence of service of such notice to the relevant charterer and use best efforts to procure the acknowledgement of any such notice of assignment by the relevant charterer and (c) (if the Extended Employment Contract is a bareboat charter) procure execution by the Borrower and the charterer of a Tripartite Deed, together with all notices required to be determined thereunder and (iii) pay all legal and other costs incurred by the Agent in connection with any such Charter Assignment and Tripartite Deed, forthwith following the Agent’s demand;
8.1.18 Inspection
permit the Agent, upon receipt of at least 15 days written notice, by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose, to board the Vessel at all reasonable times (which the Agent shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure do not adversely affect the trading and operation of the Vessel) for the purpose of inspecting her and to afford all proper facilities for such inspections and for this purpose to give the Agent reasonable advance notice of any intended drydocking of the Vessel (whether for the purpose of classification, survey or otherwise) and the Borrower shall pay the costs in respect of (i) one inspection in each calendar year and (ii) all such inspections following the occurrence of an Event of Default which has not been remedied or waived;
36

8.1.19 Subordination
 
ensure that all Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Security Party is fully subordinated to the rights of the Banks under the Security Documents, all in a form acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);
8.1.20 Classification Society undertaking
if so requested by the Agent, on or before the Delivery Date, or immediately on any change of Classification Society for the Vessel, irrevocably instruct (in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion) the Classification Society of the Vessel to do all or any of the following during the Facility Period (and use reasonable endeavours to procure that the Classification Society undertakes with the Agent at such time):
(a) to send to the Agent, following receipt of a written request from the Agent, certified true copies of all original class records held by the Classification Society in relation to the Vessel;
(b) to allow the Agent (or its agents),  at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the Vessel at the offices of the Classification Society and to take copies of them;
(c) to notify the Agent immediately if the Classification Society:
(i) receives notification from the Borrower or the Manager that the Vessel’s Classification Society is to be changed;
(ii) becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Vessel’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower’s or the Vessel’s membership of the classification society; or
(iii) has imposed any requirements or recommendations in respect of the Vessel which are not complied with in accordance with their terms;
(d) following receipt of a written request from the Agent:
(i) to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or
(ii) if the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Agent in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences thereof, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society;
8.1.21 Insurance opinion
provide the Agent on request, at the Borrower’s cost, with an opinion from insurance consultants on the Insurances effected or to be effected in respect of the Vessel, confirming that the Vessel is insured in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Ship Security Documents or, if such insurance opinion has been obtained by the Agent, shall reimburse the
37

Agent for the cost of such opinion PROVIDED THAT the Borrower shall bear the cost of such insurance opinion (i) no more than once per calendar year prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and (ii) at all times after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.
 
8.1.22 Sanctions
(1) ensure that the Vessel will not be employed, and will not suffer the Vessel to be employed, and will not and will ensure that no Group Member does, conduct or undertake any business:
(a) in breach of any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing) (“ Sanction Program ”):
(i) imposed by any law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America; or
(ii) otherwise imposed by any law or regulation,
in each case as these may apply to any Security Party; or
(b) in any trade, carriage of goods or business which is forbidden by any Sanctions Program or the laws of the United Kingdom or the United States of America as they apply to any Security Party, or any law applicable to the Borrower, the Corporate Guarantor, any Operator of the Vessel or any country which the Vessel may visit; or
(c) in carrying illicit or prohibited goods; or
(d) in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or
(e)          by or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person;
(2) ensure that if the Borrower finds out (i) that the Vessel has been chartered, leased or otherwise provided directly or indirectly to any Prohibited Person or (ii) that it has entered into an agreement to sell, but has not yet delivered, the Vessel to a Prohibited Person, it shall (a) terminate as soon as possible (and at the latest within 30 days of such discovery) the relationship with the Prohibited Person and (b) inform the Agent immediately;
(3) provide to the Agent upon its written request all documentation related to the Vessel, and goods transported at any time by it:
(i)          to prove that no Security Party is in breach of any Sanction Program; and
(ii) which a Security Party is required to disclose to any regulatory authority pursuant to a Sanction Program;
provided that:
38

(i) the Borrower shall be obliged only to ensure that the provisions of this clause apply to each Group Member only to the extent that that Group Member is bound by the relevant law or regulation in respect of the matters set out in this clause; and
 
(ii) if (aa) a Bank is resident in Germany (“ Inländer ”) within the meaning of Section 2 Paragraph 15 of the German foreign trade and payments act ( Außenwirtschaftsgesetz   and herein, “ AWG ”) and is (bb) therefore subject to Section 7 of the German foreign trade ordinance ( Außenwirtschaftsverordnung and herein , AWV ”) and would (cc) therefore not itself be permitted to give a representation or an undertaking that is given or is to be given by a Security Party with respect to sanctions under this Agreement or any other Security Document, then such Bank shall not, in the event of a breach by a Security Party of any such representation or undertaking, be entitled to invoke or declare an Event of Default or vote for a cancellation of the Total Commitments and/or repayment of the Loan in accordance with Clause 10.2 ( Acceleration ).
The undertakings in clauses 8.1.14 and 8.1.22 and the representations in clause 7.1.26 (a) and (b) shall not apply for the benefit of any Bank which is resident in Germany (“ Inländer ”) within the meaning of Section 2 Para. 15 of the AWG to the extent that the enforcement of such provision by that Bank would (a) violate, conflict with or incur liability under EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 or (b) violate or conflict with section 7 of the AWV in connection with section 4 paragraph (1)(a)(3) of the AWG or any similar anti-boycott statute in force in the Federal Republic of Germany.
8.1.23 Delivery of reports
deliver to the Agent, and procure that the Corporate Guarantor shall deliver to the Agent, concurrently with the issue thereof as many Certified Copies as the Agent may require of every report, circular, notice or like document issued by any Security Party to its creditors generally;
8.1.24 Vessel information
provide the Agent, and shall procure that the Corporate Guarantor shall provide the Agent, promptly on request with all such information as it may from time to time reasonably require in relation to the Vessel, her Insurances (in accordance with the requirements of, the Ship Security Documents), her employment, position and engagements, particulars of all towages and salvages, and copies of all charters and other contracts for her employment, or otherwise howsoever concerning her, as well as copies of all original class records held by the Classification Society in relation to the Vessel, all reports of port state control inspections of the Vessel and information on the financial and operating performance of the Vessel in such form as the Agent may approve or require and all such information as it may from time to time require to determine the Valuation Amount of the Vessel in accordance with clause 8.2.2;
8.1.25 Insolvency
procure that neither the Corporate Guarantor nor any material creditor of the Borrower presents a petition (unless contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings), gives notice or takes any other step which could result in the Borrower being declared insolvent or being dissolved or in the appointment of an administrator of the Borrower or have an effect equivalent or similar thereto;
39

8.1.26 Transactions with associated companies
 
not enter into any transactions with the Corporate Guarantor or any other Security Party, other than on arm’s length terms, and the Borrower shall not become liable for any third party obligations or encumber its rights under this Agreement;
8.1.27 Technical reports
deliver to the Agent, and shall procure that the Technical Manager shall deliver to the Agent, on request copies of the latest complete technical reports in respect of the Vessel;
8.1.28 The Vessel
ensure that throughout the Facility Period (following the Delivery Date), the Vessel (and in relation to (a), her Earnings and Insurances in accordance with the requirements of, the Ship Security Documents) will, except as the Agent may otherwise permit in writing, be:
(a) in the absolute sole and legal beneficial ownership of the Borrower and not held on trust for any third party;
(b) registered through the offices of the Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the Flag State;
(c) in compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;
(d) classed with the Classification free of any recommendations, qualifications or conditions of the Classification Society which have not been complied with in accordance with their terms;
(e) insured in accordance with the Ship Security Documents; and
(f) managed by the Managers in accordance with the terms of the Management Agreements;
8.1.29 Derivatives
If at any time the Borrower wishes to enter into any derivative transaction of the type envisaged by the Master Agreement in relation to the Loan, it shall not enter into any such transaction with any person other than the Swap Bank unless it has first requested the Swap Bank to quote for such business; and
8.1.30 Anti-bribery
The Borrower shall ensure that no Security Party nor any of its respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents acting on its behalf will offer, give, insist on, receive or solicit any illegal payment or improper advantage to influence the action of any person in connection with any of its business.
8.2 Security value maintenance
8.2.1 Security shortfall
40

If, at any time after the Drawdown Date, the Security Value shall be less than the Required Security Amount, the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall give written notice to the Borrower requiring that such deficiency be remedied and then the Borrower must either:
 
(a) prepay within a period of thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by the Borrower of the Agent’s said notice such part of the Loan as will result in the Security Value after such prepayment (taking into account any other repayment of the Loan made between the date of the notice and the date of such prepayment) being equal to or higher than the Required Security Amount; or
(b) within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt by the Borrower of the Agent’s said notice constitute to the satisfaction of the Agent such further security for the Loan as shall be acceptable to the Lenders in their discretion having a value for security purposes (as determined in accordance with Clause 8.2.5) at the date upon which such further security shall be constituted which, when added to the Security Value, shall not be less than the Required Security Amount as at such date.
The provisions of clauses 4.5 (other than clause 4.5.3) and 4.6 shall apply to prepayments under clause 8.2.1(a) provided that the Agent shall apply such prepayments pro rata against the Advances in reduction of all the repayment instalments (including the Balloon Instalment) under clause 4.1 (a) in the case of Advance A, in inverse order of maturity, starting with the Balloon Instalment and (b) in the case of Advance B, pro rata and the amounts of the Loan prepaid hereunder shall not be available to be re-borrowed.
8.2.2 Valuation of the Vessel
The Vessel shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be valued in USD by taking either (i) the valuation prepared by an Approved Broker nominated and appointed by the Agent or (ii) if requested by the Borrower, the arithmetic mean of valuations prepared by the Approved Broker so nominated and appointed by the Agent and an Approved Broker nominated by the Borrower and appointed by the Agent (at the Borrower’s expense), in each case such valuations to be made without physical inspection, and on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms’ length, on normal commercial terms, as between a willing buyer and a willing seller without taking into account the benefit or burden of any charterparty or other engagement concerning the Vessel.  Valuations shall be obtained:
(a) on the date falling one year after the Drawdown Date and annually thereafter, at the Borrower’s expense; and
(b) (in addition to (a) above) at any other time as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders shall additionally require (in its absolute discretion) at (save as provided in Clause 8.2.4) the cost of the Lenders.
The Approved Brokers’ valuations for the Vessel on each such occasion shall constitute the Valuation Amount of the Vessel for the purposes of this Agreement until superseded by the next such valuation.
41

8.2.3 Information
 
The Borrower undertakes with the Banks to supply to the Agent and to the Approved Broker such information concerning the Vessel and its condition as such shipbrokers may reasonably require for the purpose of determining any Valuation Amount.
8.2.4 Costs
All costs in connection with obtaining and determining (i) any Valuation Amount pursuant to Clause 8.2.2(a), (ii) any Valuation Amount pursuant to clause 8.2.2(b) after the occurrence of a Default and (iii) any valuation either of any additional security for the purposes of ascertaining the Security Value at any time or necessitated by the Borrower electing to constitute additional security pursuant to clause 8.2.1(b), must be paid by the Borrower and all other costs in connection with obtaining and determining any Valuation Amount shall be at the cost of the Lenders.
8.2.5 Valuation of additional security
For the purposes of this clause 8.2, the market value (i) of any additional security over a ship (other than the Vessel) shall be determined in accordance with clause 8.2.2 and (ii) of any other additional security provided or to be provided to the Banks or any of them shall be determined by the Agent in its absolute discretion, Provided that additional security in the form of cash in Dollars will be valued on a Dollar for Dollar basis.
8.2.6 Documents and evidence
In connection with any additional security provided in accordance with this clause 8.2, the Agent shall be entitled to receive (at the Borrower’s expense) such evidence and documents of the kind referred to in Schedule 3 as may in the Agent’s opinion be appropriate and such favourable legal opinions as the Agent shall in its absolute discretion require.
8.3 Negative undertakings
The Borrower undertakes with each Bank that, from the Execution Date until the end of the Facility Period, it will not, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders and such consent in respect of any change of name, flag, Classification, Classification Society or Manager not to be unreasonably withheld):
8.3.1 Negative pledge
permit any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance or as otherwise disclosed in writing by the Borrower to the Agent (and approved by the Agent) on or prior to the date of this Agreement) to subsist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its present or future undertakings, assets, rights or revenues to secure or prefer any present or future Indebtedness or other liability or obligation of any Security Party or any other person;
8.3.2 No merger or transfer
merge or consolidate with any other person or permit any change to the legal or beneficial ownership of its shares from that existing at the Execution Date (and for the avoidance of doubt any change in the ownership of shares of and in the Corporate Guarantor occurring in the normal course of business shall not constitute a breach of this Clause);
42

8.3.3 Disposals
 
sell, transfer, assign, create security or option over, pledge, pool, abandon, lend or otherwise dispose of or cease to exercise direct control over its present or future undertakings, assets, rights or revenues (otherwise than by transfers, sales or disposals for full consideration in the ordinary course of trading) whether by one or a series of transactions related or not;
8.3.4 Other business or manager
undertake any type of business other than the ownership and operation of the Vessel or (without the prior written consent of the Agent) employ anyone other than the Managers as commercial and technical manager of the Vessel or agree to any material amendment to or variation of the terms of the Management Agreements;
8.3.5 Acquisitions or investments
acquire any further assets other than the Vessel and rights arising under contracts entered into by or on behalf of the Borrower in the ordinary course of their businesses of acquiring, owning, operating and chartering the Vessel, or make any financial investments (other than derivative transactions pursuant to the Master Agreement);
8.3.6 Other obligations
incur any obligations (to any Security Party or otherwise) except for obligations arising under the Underlying Documents or the Security Documents or contracts entered into in the ordinary course of their business of acquiring, owning, operating and chartering the Vessel on arms’ length terms;
8.3.7 No borrowing
incur any Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money pursuant to the Security Documents;
8.3.8 Repayment of borrowings
repay or prepay the principal of, or pay interest on or any other sum in connection with any of their Borrowed Money except for Borrowed Money pursuant to the Security Documents;
8.3.9 Guarantees
issue any guarantees or otherwise become directly or contingently liable, or give security or quasi security for the obligations of any person, firm, or corporation except pursuant to the Security Documents and except for guarantees from time to time required in the ordinary course by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which the Vessel is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of the Vessel from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees required for the salvage of the Vessel;
8.3.10 Loans
make any loans or grant any credit (save for normal trade credit in the ordinary course of business) to any person or agree to do so;
8.3.11 Dividends
43

declare or pay any dividends;
 
8.3.12 Sureties
permit any Indebtedness of the Borrower to any person (other than the Banks pursuant to the Security Documents) to be guaranteed by any person (except for guarantees from time to time required in the ordinary course of business and in the ordinary course by any protection and indemnity or war risks association with which the Vessel is entered, guarantees required to procure the release of the Vessel from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy or guarantees or undertakings required for the salvage of the Vessel);
8.3.13 Subsidiaries
form or acquire any Subsidiaries;
8.3.14 Change of name, flag or class
change the name, flag, Classification or Classification Society of the Vessel;
8.3.15 Extended Employment Contract/Management Agreement
(a) amend in any material respect, vary or terminate a Management Agreement, any Extended Employment Contract or the Required Charter;
(b) without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) and then, if such consent is given, only subject to such conditions as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) may impose, let or agree to let the Vessel:
(i) on demise charter for any period; or
(ii) by any time or consecutive voyage charter for a term which exceeds or which by virtue of any optional extensions therein contained may exceed twelve (12) months’ duration; or
(iii) on terms whereby more than two (2) months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance; or
(iv) otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms;
8.3.16 Nuclear waste
permit the Vessel to carry nuclear waste or radioactive material.
8.3.17 Prohibited Persons
procure that no Security Party will, to the best of its knowledge, have any course of dealings, directly or indirectly, with any Prohibited Person;
8.3.18 Change in constitutional documents
amend or vary its constitutional documents in any material respect;
44

8.3.19 Employees
 
employ any person except the Master, officers and crew of the Vessel;
8.3.20 MOA/Required  Charter
agree to amend or vary the terms of the MOA or the Required Charter in any material respect without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders and such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and then, if such consent is given, only subject to such conditions as the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) may impose.
9 CONDITIONS
9.1 Advance of the Loan
The obligation of each Lender to make its Commitment available in respect of the Loan is conditional upon:
9.1.1 that, on or before the service of the Drawdown Notice, the Agent has received the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
9.1.2 that, on or before the Drawdown Date , the Agent has received the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers ;
9.1.3 that, on or before the Release Date but prior to or concurrently with paying the Loan to the Seller or, at the Borrower’s request, to the Builder , the Agent has received the documents described in Part C of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;
9.1.4 the representations and warranties contained in clause 7 and clauses 4.1 and 4.2 of the Corporate Guarantee being then true and correct as if each was made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such time; and
9.1.5 no Default having occurred and there being no Default which would result from the making of the Loan.
9.2 Waiver of conditions precedent
The conditions specified in this clause 9 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Lenders and may be waived by the Agent in whole or in part and with or without conditions only with the consent of the Majority Lenders.
9.3 Further conditions precedent
Not later than five (5) Banking Days prior to the Drawdown Date, the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may request and the Borrower must, not later than two (2) Banking Days prior to such date, deliver to the Agent (at the Borrower’s expense) on such request further favourable certificates and/or opinions as to any or all of the matters which are the subject of clauses 7, 8, 9 and 10.
45

10 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
10.1 Events
Each of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default (whether such event shall occur voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law or regulation or in connection with any judgment, decree or order of any court or other authority or otherwise, howsoever):
10.1.1 Non-payment: any Security Party fails to pay any sum payable by it under any of the Security Documents to which it is a party at the time, in the currency and in the manner stipulated in the Security Documents or the Underlying Documents (and so that, for this purpose, sums payable (i) under clauses 3.1 and 4.1 shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if (aa) received by the Agent within two (2) Banking Days of the dates therein referred to and (bb) such delay in receipt is caused by administrative or other delays or errors within the banking system and (ii) on demand shall be treated as having been paid at the stipulated time if paid within five (5) Banking Days of demand); or
10.1.2 Breach of Insurance and certain other obligations: the Borrower or, as the context may require, the Technical Manager or any other person fails to obtain and/or maintain the Insurances (in accordance with the requirements of, the Ship Security Documents) for the Vessel or if any insurer in respect of such Insurances cancels the Insurances or disclaims liability by reason, in either case, of mis-statement in any proposal for the Insurances or for any other failure or default on the part of the Borrower or any other person or the Borrower commits any breach of or omits to observe any of the obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by them under clause 8; or
10.1.3 Breach of other obligations: any Security Party commits any breach of or omits to observe any of its obligations or undertakings expressed to be assumed by it under any of the Security Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 10.1.1 and 10.1.2 above) unless such breach or omission, in the opinion of the Agent (following consultation with the Banks) is capable of remedy, in which case the same shall constitute an Event of Default if it has not been remedied to the satisfaction of the Agent within ten (10) days of the occurrence thereof; or
10.1.4 Misrepresentation: any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made or repeated by or in respect of any Security Party in or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or in any notice, certificate or statement referred to in or delivered under any of the Security Documents is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect; or
10.1.5 Cross-default: There shall occur a default (howsoever therein described) under any Indebtedness of the Borrower or under any Indebtedness of the Corporate Guarantor exceeding USD1,000,000 or any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Indebtedness of the Corporate Guarantor exceeding USD1,000,000 is not paid when due (subject to applicable grace periods) or any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Indebtedness of the Corporate Guarantor exceeding USD1,000,000 becomes (whether by declaration or automatically in accordance with the relevant agreement or instrument constituting the same) due and payable prior to the date when it would otherwise have become due (unless as a result of the exercise by the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor of a voluntary right of prepayment), or any creditor of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor becomes entitled to declare any such Indebtedness due and payable by reason of any default (however described) of the person concerned   and such Indebtedness of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor (as the case may be) is not paid within fourteen (14) Banking Days from the due date for payment; or
46

10.1.6 Execution: any uninsured judgment or order made against any Security Party is not stayed, appealed against or complied with within thirty (30) days or a creditor attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against, any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues of any Security Party and is not discharged within thirty (30) days; or
 
10.1.7 Insolvency: the Borrower is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due; suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so; becomes insolvent; or the Borrower has negative net worth (taking into account contingent liabilities); or suffers the declaration by any court, liquidator, receiver or administrator of a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness; or
10.1.8 Reduction or loss of capital: a meeting is convened by any Security Party (other than the Corporate Guarantor) without the Agent’s prior written consent, for the purpose of passing any resolution to purchase, reduce or redeem any of its share capital without the Agent’s prior written consent; or
10.1.9 Dissolution: any corporate action, Proceedings or other steps are taken to dissolve or wind-up any Security Party or an order is made or resolution passed for the dissolution or winding up of any Security Party or a notice is issued convening a meeting for such purpose; or
10.1.10 Administration: any petition is presented, notice given or other steps are taken anywhere to appoint an administrator of any Security Party or the Agent reasonably believes that any such petition or other step is imminent or an administration order is made in relation to any Security Party; or
10.1.11 Appointment of receivers and managers: any administrative or other receiver is appointed anywhere of any Security Party or any part of its assets and/or undertaking or any other steps are taken to enforce any Encumbrance over all or any part of the assets of any Security Party; or
10.1.12 Compositions: any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedures or steps are taken, or negotiations commenced, by any Security Party or by any of its creditors (other than the Corporate Guarantor) or any legal proceedings are taken in respect of the Corporate Guarantor, with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of all or part of its Indebtedness or to proposing any kind of composition, compromise or arrangement involving such company and any of its creditors; or
10.1.13 Analogous proceedings: there occurs, in relation to any Security Party, in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, any event which, in the opinion of the Agent, appears in that Pertinent Jurisdiction to correspond with, or have an effect equivalent or similar to, any of those mentioned in clauses 10.1.6 to 10.1.12 (inclusive) or any Security Party otherwise becomes subject, in any such Pertinent Jurisdiction, to any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedures or steps under any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation; or
10.1.14 Cessation of business: any Security Party suspends or ceases or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on its business without the prior written consent of the Agent; or
10.1.15 Seizure: all or a material part of the undertaking, assets, rights or revenues of, or shares or other ownership interests in, any Security Party are seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under the authority of any Government Entity; or
47

              
 
10.1.16 Invalidity: any of the Security Documents or the Required Charter shall at any time and for any reason become invalid or unenforceable or otherwise cease to remain in full force and effect, or if the validity or enforceability of any of the Security Documents and the Required Charter shall at any time and for any reason be contested by any Security Party which is a party thereto, or if any such Security Party shall deny that it has any, or any further, liability thereunder (unless, in respect of the Required Charter, the Vessel shall have been delivered to a new charterer and on terms and in a form acceptable to the Lenders pursuant to an Extended Employment Contract within 30 days of such invalidity or other event set out in this clause); or
 
10.1.17 Unlawfulness: any Unlawfulness occurs or it becomes impossible or unlawful at any time for any Security Party, to fulfil any of the covenants and obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Security Documents or for a Bank to exercise the rights or any of them vested in it under any of the Security Documents or otherwise; or
10.1.18 Repudiation: any Security Party repudiates any of the Security Documents or does or causes or permits to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any of the Security Documents; or
10.1.19 Encumbrances enforceable: any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) in respect of any of the property (or part thereof) which is the subject of any of the Security Documents becomes enforceable; or
10.1.20 Arrest: the Vessel is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim or otherwise taken from the possession of the Borrower and the Borrower shall fail to procure the release of the Vessel within a period of ten (10) days thereafter; or
10.1.21 Registration: the registration of the Vessel under the laws and flag of the Flag State is cancelled or terminated without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders; or
10.1.22 Unrest: the Flag State of the Vessel or the country in which any Security Party is incorporated or domiciled becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State by unconstitutional means unless the Borrower shall have transferred its Vessel onto a new flag acceptable to the Banks within thirty (30) days (or such other period as the Agent may notify to the Borrower) following the Agent’s written request to the Borrower to effect such transfer; or
10.1.23 Environmental Incidents: an Environmental Incident occurs which gives rise, or may give rise, to an Environmental Claim which could, in the opinion of the Agent be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or
10.1.24 P&I: the Borrower or the Technical Manager or any other person fails or omits to comply with any requirements of the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which the Vessel is entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) to the effect that any cover (including, without limitation, any cover in respect of liability for Environmental Claims arising in jurisdictions where the Vessel operates or trades) is or may be liable to cancellation, qualification or exclusion at any time; or
10.1.25 Material events: any other event occurs or circumstance arises which, in the opinion of the Agent (following consultation with the Banks), is likely materially and adversely to affect either (i) the ability of any Security Party to perform all or any of its obligations under or otherwise to
48

comply with the terms of any of the Security Documents or (ii) the security created by any of the Security Documents; or
 
10.1.26 Required Authorisations: any Required Authorisation is revoked or withheld or modified or is otherwise not granted or fails to remain in full force and effect or if any exchange control or other law or regulation shall exist which would make any transaction under the Security Documents or the continuation thereof, unlawful or would prevent the performance by any Security Party of any term of any of the Security Documents to which they are a party;
10.1.27 Shareholdings: there is any change in the immediate and/or ultimate legal and/or beneficial ownership or control of any of the shares of the Borrower from that existing on the Execution Date (and for the avoidance of doubt any change in the ownership of shares of and in the Corporate Guarantor occurring in the normal course of business shall not constitute a breach of this Clause);
10.1.28 Classification : the Classification of the Vessel is withdrawn by the Classification Society;
10.1.29 Material adverse change: there occurs a material adverse change in:
(a) the financial condition or strength, business, assets or credit worthiness of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor by reference to the financial position or strength, business, assets or credit worthiness of such Security Party as described by any Security Party to the Agent in the negotiation of this Agreement; or
(b) in the conditions prevailing in the international money and capital markets; or
(c) in the financial, political or economic situation globally; or
(d) the financial prospects of the Borrower or the Corporate Guarantor
which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (following consultation with the Lenders) could prejudice the ability of the Borrower and of the Corporate Guarantor to fulfil their respective obligations under the Security Documents on time;
10.1.30 Money Laundering : any Security Party is in breach of or fails to observe any law, requirement, measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308 EEC) of the Council of the European Communities;
10.1.31 Management Agreements: a Management Agreement is terminated, revoked, suspended, rescinded, transferred, novated or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld);
10.1.32 Charters : the Required Charter is terminated other than by mere effluxion of time (unless the Vessel shall have been delivered to a new charterer and on terms and in a form acceptable to the Lenders pursuant to an Extended Employment Contract within 30 days of such termination) or is amended in a material respect without the consent of the Agent; or
10.1.33 Master Agreement :  (i) an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (in each case as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under the Master Agreement or (ii) an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred or been effectively designated under the Master Agreement or (iii) a person entitled to do so gives notice of an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Master Agreement) or (iv) the Master
49

Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason.
 
10.2 Acceleration
The Agent may, and if so requested by the Majority Lenders shall, without prejudice to any other rights of the Lenders, at any time after the happening of an Event of Default which is continuing by notice to the Borrower declare that:
10.2.1 the obligation of each Lender to make its Commitment available shall be terminated, whereupon the Commitment shall be reduced to zero forthwith; and/or
10.2.2 the Loan and all interest accrued and all other sums payable whatsoever under the Security Documents have become due and payable, whereupon the same shall, immediately or in accordance with the terms of such notice, become due and payable.
10.3 Demand Basis
If, under clause 10.2.2, the Agent has declared the Loan to be due and payable on demand, at any time thereafter the Agent may (and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders shall) by written notice to the Borrower (a) demand repayment of the Loan on such date as may be specified whereupon, regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, the Loan shall become due and payable on the date so specified together with all interest accrued and all other sums payable under this Agreement or (b) withdraw such declaration with effect from the date specified in such notice.
11 INDEMNITIES
11.1 General indemnity
The Borrower agrees to indemnify and shall procure that each Security Party shall indemnify each Bank on demand, without prejudice to any of such Bank’s other rights under any of the Security Documents, against any loss (including loss of Margin) or expense (including, without limitation, Break Costs and VAT (or equivalent)) which such Bank shall certify as sustained by it as a consequence of (i) any Default, (ii) any prepayment of the Loan being made under clauses 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 8.2.1(a) or 12.1, (iii) any other repayment or prepayment of the Loan or part thereof being made otherwise than on an Interest Payment Date relating to the part of the Loan prepaid or repaid, (iv) the Loan not being advanced for any reason (excluding any default by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender) after the Drawdown Notice has been given, (v) any breach by the Borrower or other Security Party of clauses 8.1.22 or 8.3.17 and/or (vi) any notice sent in accordance with Clause 17 purporting to be sent by a Security Party but being sent without proper authorisation or fraudulently.
11.2 Environmental indemnity
The Borrower shall indemnify each Bank on demand and hold it harmless from and against all costs, claims, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, actions, Proceedings, penalties, fines, damages, judgements, orders, sanctions or other outgoings of whatever nature which may be incurred or made or asserted whensoever against such Bank at any time, whether before or after the repayment in full of principal and interest under this Agreement, arising howsoever out of an Environmental Claim made or asserted against such Bank which would not have been, or been capable of being, made or asserted against such Bank had it not
50

entered into any of the Security Documents or been involved in any of the resulting or associated transactions.
 
11.3 Capital adequacy and reserve requirements indemnity
The Borrower shall promptly indemnify each Lender on demand against any cost incurred or loss suffered by such Lender as a result of its complying with (i) the minimum reserve requirements from time to time of the European Central Bank (ii) any capital adequacy directive of the European Union and/or (iii) any revised framework for international convergence of capital measurements and capital standards and/or any regulation imposed by any Government Entity in connection therewith, and/or in connection with maintaining required reserves with a relevant national central bank to the extent that such compliance or maintenance relates to such Lender’s Commitment and/or Contribution or deposits obtained by it to fund the whole or part thereof and to the extent such cost or loss is not recoverable by such Lender under clause 12.2.
11.4 The Borrower shall indemnify and shall procure that each Security Party shall indemnify each Lender on demand, against any and all losses or expenses (including VAT (or equivalent)) which the Lender shall certify as sustained by it as a consequence of any notice, fax or email communication purporting to be sent to the Agent by the Borrower but being sent without proper authorisation or fraudulently).
12 UNLAWFULNESS, INCREASED COSTS AND BAIL-IN
12.1 Unlawfulness
If it is or becomes contrary to any law, directive or regulation for any Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) to contribute to the Loan or to maintain its Commitment or fund its Contribution to the Loan, the Notifying Lender shall promptly, through the Agent, give notice to the Borrower whereupon (a) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution and Commitment shall be reduced to zero and (b) the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution on the earlier of (i) the last day of the then current Interest Period (without premium or penalty) and (ii) the latest date permitted by the relevant law, directive or regulation together with interest accrued to the date of prepayment and all other sums payable by the Borrower under this Agreement.
Provided that if circumstances arise which would result in a notification under this Clause 12.1 then the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Security Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:
(a) have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or
(b) involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or
(c) involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.
12.2 Increased costs
If the result of any change in, or in the interpretation or application of, or the introduction of, any law or any regulation, request or requirement (whether or not having the force of law, but,
51

if not having the force of law, with which a Lender or, as the case may be, its holding company habitually complies), including (without limitation) those relating to Taxation, capital adequacy, liquidity, reserve assets, cash ratio deposits and special deposits, is to:
 
12.2.1 subject any Lender to Taxes or change the basis of Taxation of any Lender with respect to any payment under any of the Security Documents (other than Taxes or Taxation on the overall net income, profits or gains of such Lender imposed in the jurisdiction in which its principal or lending office under this Agreement is located); and/or
12.2.2 increase the cost to, or impose an additional cost on, any Lender or its holding company in making or keeping such Lender’s Commitment available or maintaining or funding all or part of such Lender’s Contribution; and/or
12.2.3 reduce the amount payable or the effective return to any Lender under any of the Security Documents; and/or
12.2.4 reduce any Lender’s or its holding company’s rate of return on its overall capital by reason of a change in the manner in which it is required to allocate capital resources to such Lender’s obligations under any of the Security Documents; and/or
12.2.5 require any Lender or its holding company to make a payment or forgo a return on or calculated by reference to any amount received or receivable by such Lender under any of the Security Documents; and/or
12.2.6 require any Lender or its holding company to incur or sustain a loss (including a loss of future potential profits) by reason of being obliged to deduct all or part of its Contribution or the Loan from its capital for regulatory purposes,
then and in each such case (subject to clause 12.3):
(a) such Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing of such event promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and
(b) the Borrower shall on demand made at any time whether or not such Lender’s Contribution has been repaid, pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender the amount which such Lender specifies (in a certificate setting forth the basis of the computation of such amount but not including any matters which such Lender or its holding company regards as confidential) is required to compensate such Lender and/or (as the case may be) its holding company for such liability to Taxes, cost, reduction, payment , forgone return or loss.
Provided that the Banks shall try to ensure that any loss suffered by the Borrower as a result of the circumstances referred to above are kept to a minimum.
 For the purposes of this clause 12.2 and clause 15.10 “holding company” means the company or entity (if any) within the consolidated supervision of which a Lender is included.
12.3 Exception
Nothing in clause 12.2 shall entitle any Lender to receive any amount in respect of compensation for any such liability to Taxes, increased or additional cost, reduction, payment, foregone return or loss to the extent that the same is (a) the subject of an additional payment under clause 6.6 or (b) attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.
52

12.4 Contractual recognition of bail-in
            
Notwithstanding any other term of any Security Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Security Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):
(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;
(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and
(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and
(b) a variation of any term of any Security Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.
13 APPLICATION OF MONEYS, SET OFF, PRO-RATA PAYMENTS AND MISCELLANEOUS
13.1 Application of moneys
All moneys received by the Agent and/or the Security Trustee under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with the provisions of this clause 13.1 or in a manner determined in the Security Trustee’s or (as the case may be) the Agent’s discretion, shall be applied in the following manner:
13.1.1 first, in or towards payment, on a pro-rata basis, of any unpaid costs and expenses of the Banks or any of them under any of the Security Documents;
13.1.2 secondly, in or towards payment of any fees payable to the Agent or any of the other Banks under, or in relation to, the Security Documents which remain unpaid;
13.1.3 thirdly, in or towards payment to the Banks, on a pro rata basis, of any accrued interest and interest owing in respect of the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid;
13.1.4 fourthly, pro rata in or towards repayment of the Loan (whether the same is due and payable or not) and payment to the Swap Bank of any sum which shall have become due under the Master Agreement in respect of any interest rate swap and any other sums payable in the nature of Break Costs under the Master Agreement but remains unpaid and shall be applied, in respect of the Loan, pro rata against the outstanding repayment instalments;
13.1.5 fifthly, in or towards payment to the Lenders, on a pro rata basis any Break Costs and any other sum relating to the Loan which shall have become due under any of the Security Documents but remains unpaid;
13.1.6 sixthly, in or towards payment to any Bank of any other sums owing to it under any of the Security Documents; and
53

13.1.7 seventhly, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrower or to whomsoever else may then be entitled to receive such surplus.
 
13.2 Set-off
13.2.1 The Borrower irrevocably authorises each Bank (without prejudice to any of such Bank’s rights at law, in equity or otherwise), following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and without notice to the Borrower, to apply any credit balance to which the Borrower is then entitled standing upon any account of the Borrower with any branch of such Bank in or towards satisfaction of any sum due and payable from the Borrower to such Bank under any of the Security Documents.  For this purpose, each Bank is authorised to purchase with the moneys standing to the credit of such account such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application.
13.2.2 No Bank shall be obliged to exercise any right given to it by this clause 13.2.  Each Bank shall notify the Borrower through the Agent forthwith upon the exercise or purported exercise of any right of set off giving full details in relation thereto and the Agent shall inform the other Banks.
13.2.3 Nothing in this clause 13.2 shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest.
13.3 Pro rata payments
13.3.1 If at any time any Lender (the “ Recovering Lender ”) receives or recovers any amount owing to it by the Borrower under this Agreement (other than pursuant to any other Security Document)  by direct payment, set-off or in any manner other than by payment through the Agent pursuant to clauses 6.1 or 6.9 (not being a payment received from a Transferee Bank or a sub-participant in such Lender’s Contribution or any other payment of an amount due to the Recovering Lender for its sole account pursuant to clauses 3.6, 5, 6.6, 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 12.1, or 12.2), the Recovering Lender shall, within two (2) Banking Days of such receipt or recovery (a “ Relevant Receipt ”) notify the Agent of the amount of the Relevant Receipt. If the Relevant Receipt exceeds the amount which the Recovering Lender would have received if the Relevant Receipt had been received by the Agent and distributed pursuant to clause 6.1 or 6.10 (as the case may be) then:
(a) within two (2) Banking Days of demand by the Agent, the Recovering Lender shall pay to the Agent an amount equal (or equivalent) to the excess;
(b) the Agent shall treat the excess amount so paid by the Recovering Lender as if it were a payment made by the Borrower and shall distribute the same to the Lenders (other than the Recovering Lenders) in accordance with clause 6.10; and
(c) as between the Borrower and the Recovering Lender the excess amount so re-distributed shall be treated as not having been paid but the obligations of the Borrower to the other Lenders shall, to the extent of the amount so re-distributed to them, be treated as discharged.
13.3.2 If any part of the Relevant Receipt subsequently has to be wholly or partly refunded by the Recovering Lender (whether to a liquidator or otherwise) each Lender to which any part of such Relevant Receipt was so re-distributed shall on request from the Recovering Lender repay to the Recovering Lender such Lender’s pro-rata share of the amount which has to be refunded by the Recovering Lender.
54

13.3.3 Each Lender shall on request supply to the Agent such information as the Agent may from time to time request for the purposes of this clause 13.3.
 
13.3.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this clause 13.3, no Recovering Lender shall be obliged to share any Relevant Receipt which it receives or recovers pursuant to Proceedings taken by it to recover any sums owing to it under this Agreement with any other party which has a legal right to, but does not, either join in such Proceedings or commence and diligently pursue separate Proceedings to enforce its rights in the same or another court (unless the Proceedings instituted by the Recovering Lender are instituted by it without prior notice having been given to such party through the Agent).
13.4 No release
For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that failure by any Recovering Lender to comply with the provisions of clause 13.3 shall not release any other Recovering Lender from any of its obligations or liabilities under clause 13.3.
13.5 No charge
The provisions of this clause 13 shall not, and shall not be construed so as to, constitute a charge or create or declare a trust by a Lender over all or any part of a sum received or recovered by it in the circumstances mentioned in clause 13.3.
13.6 Further assurance
The Borrower undertakes with each Bank that the Security Documents shall both at the date of execution and delivery thereof and throughout the Facility Period be valid and binding obligations of the respective parties thereto which, with the rights of each Lender thereunder, are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and that they will, at their expense, execute, sign, perfect and do, and will procure the execution, signing, perfecting and doing by each of the other Security Parties of, any and every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the opinion of the Majority Lenders may be necessary or desirable for perfecting the security contemplated or constituted by the Security Documents.
13.7 Conflicts
In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any of the other  Security Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
13.8 No implied waivers, remedies cumulative
No failure or delay on the part of any of the Banks to exercise any power, right or remedy under any of the Security Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise by any Bank of any power, right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.  The remedies provided in the Security Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.  No waiver by any Bank shall be effective unless it is in writing.
13.9 Severability
If any provision of this Agreement is prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect or impair
55

howsoever the remaining provisions thereof or affect the validity, legality or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
13.10 Force Majeure
Regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, none of the Banks shall  be liable for any failure to perform the whole or any part of this Agreement resulting directly or indirectly from (i) the action or inaction or purported action of any governmental or local authority (ii) any strike, lockout, boycott or blockade (including any strike, lockout, boycott or blockade effected by or upon any Bank or any of its representatives or employees) (iii) any act of God (iv) any act of war (whether declared or not) or terrorism (v) any failure of any information technology or other operational systems or equipment affecting any Bank or (vi) any other circumstances whatsoever outside any Bank’s control.
13.11 Amendments
This Agreement may be amended or varied only by an instrument in writing executed by all parties hereto who irrevocably agree that the provisions of this clause 13.11 may not be waived or modified except by an instrument in writing to that effect signed by all of them.
13.12 Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement which may be sufficiently evidenced by one counterpart.
13.13 English language
All documents required to be delivered under and/or supplied whensoever in connection howsoever with any of the Security Documents and all notices, communications, information  and other written material whatsoever given or provided in connection howsoever therewith must either be in the English language or accompanied by an English translation (prepared at the cost of the Borrower) certified by a notary, lawyer or consulate acceptable to the Agent.
14 ACCOUNTS AND RETENTIONS
14.1 General
The Borrower undertakes with each Bank that it will ensure that:
14.1.1 it will on or before the Drawdown Date, open the Earnings Account, the Retention Account and the Drydock Reserve   Account in its name; and
14.1.2 all moneys payable to the Borrower in respect of the Earnings of the Vessel shall, unless and until the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) directs to the contrary pursuant to the provisions of the Mortgage, be paid to the Earnings Account, Provided however that if any of the moneys paid to the Earnings Account are payable in a currency other than USD the Account Bank shall then convert such moneys into USD at the Account Bank’s spot rate of exchange at the relevant time for the purchase of USD with such currency and the term “spot rate of exchange” shall include any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of USD with such currency).
14.2 Earnings Accounts: withdrawals
56

Unless the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) otherwise agrees in writing, the Borrower shall not withdraw any moneys from its Earnings Account at any time during the Facility Period except that, unless and until a Default which is continuing shall occur and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) shall direct to the contrary, the Borrower may withdraw moneys from the Earnings Account (i) firstly to make the payments required under this Agreement, (ii) secondly, subject to the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 8.1.8, 8.3.11 and 14.6, in payment of all expenses and fees required for the operation, supply, crewing, management, maintenance, insurance and trading of the Vessel and (iii) subject to there being at any time sufficient funds to pay amounts due under (i) and (ii) above as they fall due, thirdly for the general corporate purposes of the Borrower and/or the Corporate Guarantor (as the case may be).
 
14.3 Retention Account: credits and withdrawals
14.3.1 The Borrower undertakes with each Bank that, throughout the Facility Period, it will procure that, on each Retention Date there is paid (whether from the Earnings Account or elsewhere) to the Retention Account, the Retention Amount for such date.
14.3.2 Unless and until there shall occur an Event of Default which is continuing (whereupon the provisions of clause 14.4 shall apply), all Retention Amounts credited to the Retention Account together with interest from time to time accruing or at any time accrued thereon must be applied by the Account Bank (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Account Bank so to apply the same) upon each Repayment Date and/or on each day that interest is payable on the Loan or an Advance pursuant to clause 3.1, in or towards payment to the Agent of the instalment then falling due for repayment or, as the case may be, the amount of interest then due.  Each such application by the Account Bank shall constitute a payment in or towards satisfaction of the Borrower’s corresponding payment obligations under this Agreement but shall be strictly without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrower to make any such payment to the extent that the aforesaid application by the Account Bank is insufficient to meet the same.
14.3.3 Unless the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Banks) otherwise agrees in writing and subject to clause 14.3.2, the Borrower shall not be entitled to withdraw any moneys from the Retention Account at any time during the Facility Period.
14.4 Application of accounts
At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Agent may (and on the instructions of the Majority Lenders shall), without notice to the Borrower, instruct the Account Bank to apply all moneys then standing to the credit of the Earnings Account and/or the Retention Account and/or the Drydock Reserve   Account (together with interest from time to time accruing or accrued thereon) in or towards satisfaction of any sums due to the Banks or any of them under the Security Documents in the manner specified in clause 13.1.
14.5 Charging of accounts
The Earnings Account, the Retention Account and the Drydock Reserve   Account and all amounts from time to time standing to the credit thereof shall be subject to the security constituted and the rights conferred by the Accounts Pledge and the Borrower undertakes to take all such steps, and give all such instructions to the Account Bank to enable the Agent and/or the Security Trustee to have full unconditional access to the Earnings Account, the Retention Account and the Drydock Reserve   Account following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.
57

14.6 Drydock Reserve Account
 
The Borrower undertakes with the Bank that, throughout the Facility Period, it will procure that, on each date Repayment Date, there is paid to the Drydock Reserve Account a sum in the amount of USD50,000 (the “ Drydock Reserve Amount ”) representing a pro rata estimate of future drydocking expenses of the Vessel, to be applied only in payment of the expenses (estimated at USD500,000) in respect of the drydocking of the Vessel scheduled in 2021.
15 ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER AND LENDING OFFICE
15.1 Benefit and burden
This Agreement shall be binding upon, and enure for the benefit of, the Banks and the Borrower and their respective successors in title.
15.2 No assignment by Borrower
The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.
15.3 Transfers by Banks
Any Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may at any time, following consultation with the Corporate Guarantor but without the need to obtain its consent:
(a) cause all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under this Agreement and the other Security Documents (including, but not limited to, the Loan and/or any commercial risk in granting the Loan in whole or in part) to be assigned or transferred (through the disposal of the Loan (including any collateral that may be associated with it), through credit derivatives or through the subparticipation of third parties in the Loan) to any one or more banks or other financial institutions (which may be any company affiliated to the Lender, a member of the European System of Central Banks, a banking or financial services institution, a financing company, an insurer, a social security or pension fund, a capital investment company, a financial intermediary or a special purpose vehicle with or without own legal status (a “ Transferee Lender ”) in each case by delivering to the Agent a Transfer Certificate duly completed and duly executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender. No such transfer is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower or the Agent unless (i) it is effected or evidenced by a Transfer Certificate which complies with the provisions of this clause 15.3 and is signed by or on behalf of the Transferor Lender, the Transferee Lender and the Agent (on behalf of itself, the Borrower and the other Banks) and (ii) such transfer of rights under the other Security Documents has been effected and registered.  Upon signature of any such Transfer Certificate by the Agent, which signature shall be effected as promptly as is practicable after such Transfer Certificate has been delivered to the Agent, and subject to the terms of such Transfer Certificate, such Transfer Certificate shall have effect as set out below; or
(b) make use of the KEV refinancing ( Komfortable Einreichung und Verwaltung von Kreditforderungen ).
For this purpose, the Transferor Lender shall be entitled to disclose the necessary information (e.g. the amount of the Loan, any due date, interest rate, name and address as well as data about the economic situation and data regarding creditworthiness) to the Transferee Lender or
58

to such other persons as for technical, organisational or legal reasons need to be involved in verifying the valuation or effecting the transfer (e.g. rating agencies, auditors, tax consultants, solicitors or notaries public). To this extent, the Borrower hereby releases the Transferor Lender from the banking secrecy provisions.
 
The following further provisions shall have effect in relation to any Transfer Certificate:
15.3.2 a Transfer Certificate may be in respect of a Lender’s rights in respect of all, or part of, its Commitment and shall be in respect of the same proportion of its Contribution;
15.3.3 a Transfer Certificate shall only be in respect of rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as a Lender and shall not transfer its rights and obligations (if applicable) as the Agent and/or the Agent and/or the Security Trustee, or in any other capacity, as the case may be and such other rights and obligations may only be transferred in accordance with any applicable provisions of this Agreement;
15.3.4 a Transfer Certificate shall take effect in accordance with English law as follows:
(a) to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, the Transferor Lender’s payment rights and all its other rights (other than those referred to in clause 15.3.2 above) under this Agreement are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower had against the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender assumes all obligations of the Transferor Lender as are transferred by such Transfer Certificate;
(b) the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(c) the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with a Contribution and/or a Commitment in respect of the Loan Facility of the amounts specified in the Transfer Certificate;
(d) the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Agent and the Security Trustee and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those provisions, the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;
(e) the Loan or part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender makes after the Transfer Certificate comes into effect ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been made by the Transferor Lender, assuming that any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and any rights or equities of any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed; and
(f) the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under this Agreement which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under clauses 3.6, 5 and 12 and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them;
15.3.5 the rights and equities of the Borrower or of any other Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set-off and any other kind of cross-claim; and
59

15.3.6 the Borrower, the Security Trustee, the Agent and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorise and instruct the Agent to sign any such Transfer Certificate on their behalf and undertake not to withdraw, revoke or qualify such authority or instruction at any time.  Promptly upon its signature of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall notify the Borrower, the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.
 
15.4 Reliance on Transfer Certificate
15.4.1 The Agent shall be entitled to rely on any Transfer Certificate believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been presented or signed by the persons by whom it purports to have been presented or signed, and shall not be liable to any of the parties to this Agreement and the Security Documents for the consequences of such reliance.
15.4.2 The Agent shall at all times during the continuation of this Agreement maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitments, Contributions and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of the Lenders holding a Transfer Certificate and the date at which the transfer referred to in such Transfer Certificate held by each Lender was transferred to such Lender, and the Agent shall make the said register available for inspection by any Lender or the Borrower during normal banking hours upon receipt by the Agent of reasonable prior notice requesting the Agent to do so.
15.4.3 The entries on the said register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Commitments, the Contributions and the Transfer Certificates held by the Lenders from time to time and the principal amounts of such Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by all parties to this Agreement.
15.5 Transfer fees and expenses
Any Transferor Lender who causes the transfer of all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations under the Security Documents in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this clause 15, must, on each occasion, pay to the Agent a transfer fee of one thousand five hundred Dollars (USD 1,500) and, in addition, be responsible for all other costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses) associated therewith and all value added tax thereon, as well as those of the Agent (in addition to its fee as aforesaid) in connection with such transfer. Such fees, costs or expenses shall in no circumstances be for the account of any Security Party.
15.6 Documenting transfers
If any Lender assigns all or any part of its rights or transfers all or any part of its rights, benefits and/or obligations as provided in clause 15.3, the Borrower undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the Agent and at the sole cost of the Transferor Lender, to enter into, and procure that the other Security Parties shall (at the cost of the Transferor Lender) enter into, such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the Transferee Lender all or the relevant part of such Lender’s interest in the Security Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement to such Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Transferor Lender and/or its Transferee Lender (as the case may be) to the extent of their respective interests.
60

 
15.7 Sub-Participation
A Lender may, following consultation with the Corporate Guarantor but without the need to obtain its consent, sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under the Security Documents at its own expense without the consent of, consultation with or notice to, any Security Party.
15.8 Lending office
Each Lender shall lend through its office at the address specified in Schedule 1 or, as the case may be, in any relevant Transfer Certificate or through any other office of such Lender selected from time to time by it through which such Lender wishes to lend for the purposes of this Agreement.  If the office through which a Lender is lending is changed pursuant to this clause 15.8, such Lender shall notify the Agent promptly of such change and the Agent shall notify the Borrower, the Security Trustee, the Agent and the other Lenders.
15.9 Securitisation
The Agent or a Lender may include all or any part of the Loan in a securitisation or similar transaction following consultation with the Corporate Guarantor but without the need to obtain its consent. The Borrower will (and will procure that the Corporate Guarantor will) reasonably assist the Lenders as necessary to achieve a successful securitisation (or similar transaction) provided that the Borrower shall not be required to bear any third party costs related to any such securitisation.
15.10 Disclosure of information
The Borrower hereby does, and shall procure that the Corporate Guarantor does, irrevocably authorise each Bank to give, divulge and reveal from time to time information and details relating to their accounts, the Vessel, the Security Documents, the Loan, the Commitments and any agreement entered into by the Borrower and/or Security Party or information provided by the Borrower or Security Party in connection with the Security Documents to:
(i) any private, public, or internationally recognised authorities and governmental institutions or regulatory authorities that are entitled to and have requested to obtain such information,
(ii) the Banks’ respective head offices, holding companies, subsidiaries, branches and affiliates and professional advisors,
(iii) any other parties to the Security Documents,
(iv) a rating agency or their professional advisors,
(v) any national or international numbering service provider,
(vi) any person with whom such Bank proposes to enter (or considers entering) into contractual relations in relation to the Loan and/or its Commitment or Contribution, and
(vii) any other person regarding the funding, re-financing, transfer, assignment, sale, sub-participation or operational arrangements or other transaction in relation to the Loan, its Contribution or its Commitment,
61

including without limitation, for purposes in connection with a securitisation or similar transaction or any enforcement, preservation, assignment, transfer, sale or sub-participation of any of such Bank’s rights and obligations or in order to comply with any applicable laws or governmental requirements.
 
15.11 Publication
The Agent and the Lenders may, at their own expense and with the prior consent of the Borrowers and/or the Corporate Guarantor, publish information in relation to this Agreement and the transaction herein set out in any internal or external publication for the purpose of, inter alia, preparing league table or company presentations, and in that regard may use the names and any logo or trademark of the Borrowers and/or the Corporate Guarantor, number and type of the Vessel, amount of the Loan and the role of the Agent and the Lenders.
16 AGENT AND SECURITY TRUSTEE
16.1 Appointment of the Agent
Each Lender and the Swap Bank irrevocably appoints the Agent as its agent for the purposes of this Agreement and such of the Security Documents to which it may be appropriate for the Agent to be party. Accordingly each of the Lenders and the Swap Bank hereby authorise the Agent:
16.1.1 to execute such documents as may be approved by the Majority Lenders for execution by the Agent; and
16.1.2 (whether or not by or through employees or agents) to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to the Agent by any Security Document, together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto.
16.2 Agent’s actions
Any action taken by the Agent under or in relation to any of the  Security Documents whether with requisite authority or on the basis of appropriate instructions received from the Majority Lenders (or as otherwise duly authorised) shall be binding on all the Banks.
16.3 Agent’s duties
16.3.1 The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the contents of each notice, certificate or other document received by it from the Borrower under or pursuant to clauses 8.1.1, 8.1.6, 8.1.9, 8.1.10, 8.1.12 and 8.1.16; and
16.3.2 The Agent shall (subject to the other provisions of this clause 16) take (or instruct the Security Trustee to take) such action or, as the case may be, refrain from taking (or authorise the Security Trustee to refrain from taking) such action with respect to the exercise of any of its rights, remedies, powers and discretions as agent, as the Majority Lenders may direct.
16.4 Security Trustee’s and Agent’s rights
The Security Trustee and the Agent may:
62

16.4.1 in the exercise of any right, remedy, power or discretion in relation to any matter, or in any context, not expressly provided for by this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents, act or, as the case may be, refrain from acting (or authorise the Security Trustee to act or refrain from acting) in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders, and shall be fully protected in so doing;
 
16.4.2 unless and until it has received directions from the Majority Lenders, take such action or, as the case may be, refrain from taking such action (or authorise the Security Trustee to take or refrain from taking such action) in respect of a Default of which the Agent has actual knowledge as it shall consider advisable in the best interests of the Lenders (but shall not be obliged to do so);
16.4.3 refrain from acting (or authorise the Security Trustee to refrain from acting) in accordance with any instructions of the Lenders to institute any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with  any of the Security Documents until it and/or the Security Trustee has been indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction against any and all costs, expenses or liabilities (including legal fees) which it would or might incur as a result;
16.4.4 deem and treat (i) each Lender as the person entitled to the benefit of the Contribution of such Lender for all purposes of this Agreement unless and until a notice shall have been filed with the Agent pursuant to clause 15.3 and shall have become effective, and (ii) the office set opposite the name of each of the Lenders in Schedule 1 as its lending office unless and until a written notice of change of lending office shall have been received by the Agent and the Agent may act upon any such notice unless and until the same is superseded by a further such notice;
16.4.5 rely as to matters of fact which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of any Security Party upon a certificate signed by any director or officer of the relevant Security Party on behalf of the relevant Security Party; and
16.4.6 do anything which is in its opinion necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation in any jurisdiction.
16.5 No Liability of Agent
None of the Security Trustee, the Agent nor any of their respective employees and agents shall:
16.5.1 be obliged to make any enquiry as to the use of any of the proceeds of the Loan unless (in the case of the Agent) so required in writing by a Lender, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request to the Borrower; or
16.5.2 be obliged to make any enquiry as to any breach or default by the Borrower or any other Security Party in the performance or observance of any of the provisions of the Security Documents or as to the existence of a Default unless (in the case of the Agent) the Agent has actual knowledge thereof or has been notified in writing thereof by a Bank, in which case the Agent shall promptly notify the Banks of the relevant event or circumstance; or
16.5.3 be obliged to enquire whether or not any representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any other Security Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents is true; or
16.5.4 be obliged to do anything (including, without limitation, disclosing any document or information) which would, or might in its opinion, be contrary to any law or regulation or be a
63

breach of any duty of confidentiality or otherwise be actionable or render it liable to any person; or
 
16.5.5 be obliged to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account; or
16.5.6 be obliged to institute any Proceedings arising out of or in connection with any of the  Security Documents other than on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; or
16.5.7 be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted under or in connection with any of the  Security Documents unless caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
For the purposes of this clause 16, none of the Security Trustee or the Agent shall be treated as having actual knowledge of any matter of which the corporate finance or any other division outside the agency or loan administration department of the Security Trustee or the Agent or the person for the time being acting as the Security Trustee or the Agent may become aware in the context of corporate finance, advisory or lending activities from time to time undertaken by the Security Trustee or the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee or Agent for any Security Party or any other person which may be a trade competitor of any Security Party or may otherwise have commercial interests similar to those of any Security Party.
16.6 Non –reliance on Security Trustee, Agent
Each Lender and the Swap Bank acknowledges that it has not relied on any statement, opinion, forecast or other representation made by the  Security Trustee or the Agent to induce it to enter into any of the Security Documents and that it has made and will continue to make, without reliance on the Security Trustee or the Agent and based on such documents as it considers appropriate, its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Security Parties and its own independent investigation of the financial condition, prospects and affairs of the Security Parties in connection with the making and continuation of such Lender’s Commitment or Contribution under this Agreement.  Neither of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the Swap Bank with any credit or other information with respect to any Security Party whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loan or at any time or times thereafter other than as provided in clause 16.3.1.
16.7 No responsibility on the Security Trustee, Agent for Borrower’s performance
Neither of the  Security Trustee or the Agent shall have any responsibility or liability to any Lender or the Swap Bank:
16.7.1 on account of the failure of any Security Party to perform its obligations under any of the Security Documents; or
16.7.2 for the financial condition of any Security Party; or
16.7.3 for the completeness or accuracy of any statements, representations or warranties in any of the Security Documents or any document delivered under any of the Security Documents; or
16.7.4 for the execution, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any of the Security Documents or of any certificate, report or other document executed or delivered under any of the Security Documents; or
64

16.7.5 to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of the Borrower or any other Security Party to the Vessel or any other security or any part thereof; or
 
16.7.6 for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with any official or regulatory body or office or elsewhere; or
16.7.7 for taking or omitting to take any other action under or in relation to any of the Security Documents or any aspect of any of the Security Documents; or
16.7.8 on account of the failure of the Security Trustee to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents; or
16.7.9 otherwise in connection with the Security Documents or their negotiation or for acting (or, as the case may be, refraining from acting) in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders.
16.8 Reliance on documents and professional advice
Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent shall be entitled to rely on any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person and shall be entitled to rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it (including those in the Security Trustee’s or Agent’s employment).
16.9 Other dealings
Each of the Security Trustee and the Agent may, without any liability to account to the Lenders, accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, and provide advisory or other services to, any Security Party or any company in the same group of companies as such Security Party or any of the Lenders as if it were not the  Security Trustee or the Agent.
16.10 Rights of Agent as Lender; no partnership
With respect to its own Commitment and Contribution (if any) the  Security Trustee and the Agent shall have the same rights and powers under the Security Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it under this Agreement and the term “Lenders” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include the  Security Trustee and the Agent in their respective individual capacity as a Lender. This Agreement shall not be construed so as to constitute a partnership between the parties or any of them.
16.11 Amendments and waivers
16.11.1 Subject to clause 16.11, the Security Trustee and/or the Agent (as the case may be) may, with the consent of the Majority Lenders (or if and to the extent expressly authorised by the other provisions of any of the Security Documents) and, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, shall:
(a) agree (or authorise the Security Trustee to agree) amendments or modifications to any of the Security Documents with the Borrower and/or any other Security Party; and/or
65

(b)
vary or waive breaches of, or defaults under, or otherwise excuse performance of, any provision of any of the other Security Documents by the Borrower and/or any other Security Party (or authorise the Security Trustee to do so). Any such action so authorised and effected by the Agent shall be documented in such manner as the  Security Trustee and/or the Agent (as the case may be) shall (with the approval of the Majority Lenders) determine, shall be promptly notified to the Lenders by the  Security Trustee and/or the Agent (as the case may be) and (without prejudice to the generality of clause 16.2) shall be binding on the Lenders.
 
16.11.2 Except with the prior written consent of the Lenders, the  Security Trustee and the Agent shall have no authority on behalf of the Lenders to agree (or authorise the Security Trustee to agree) with the Borrower and/or any other Security Party any amendment or modification to any of the Security Documents or to grant (or authorise the Security Trustee to grant) waivers in respect of breaches or defaults or to vary or excuse (or authorise the Security Trustee to vary or excuse) performance of or under any of the Security Documents by the Borrower and/or any other Security Party, if the effect of such amendment, modification, waiver or excuse would be to:
(a) reduce the Margin, postpone the due date or reduce the amount of any payment of principal, interest  or other amount payable by any Security Party under any of the Security Documents;
(b) change the currency in which any amount is payable by any Security Party under any of the Security Documents;
(c) increase any Lender’s Commitment;
(d) extend any Maturity Date;
(e) change any provision of any of the Security Documents which expressly or impliedly requires the approval or consent of all the Lenders such that the relevant approval or consent may be given otherwise than with the sanction of all the Lenders;
(f) change the order of distribution under clauses 6.10 and 13.1;
(g) change this clause 16.11;
(h) change the definition of “ Majority Lenders ” in clause 1.2;
(i) release any Security Party from the security constituted by any Security Document (except as required by the terms thereof or by law) or change the terms and conditions upon which such security or guarantee may be, or is required to be, released;
(j) result in a FATCA Deduction, unless the Agent has given the Lenders ten Banking Days prior notice or each Lender is a FATCA Protected Lender. The Agent shall notify the Lenders reasonably promptly of any amendments or waivers proposed by the Borrower
provided that:
66

(i) if the Agent or a Lender reasonably believes that an amendment or waiver may constitute a “material modification” for the purposes of FATCA that may result (directly or indirectly) in a Party being required to make a FATCA Deduction and the Agent or that Lender (as the case may be) notifies the Company and the Agent accordingly, that amendment or waiver may, subject to paragraph (ii) below, not be effected without the consent of the Agent or that Lender (as the case may be); and
 
(ii) the consent of a Lender shall not be required pursuant to paragraph (i) above if that Lender is a FATCA Protected Lender.
16.11.3 Except with the prior written consent of the Swap Bank, the  Security Trustee and the Agent shall have no authority on behalf of the Lenders to agree (or authorise the Security Trustee to agree) with the Borrower and/or any other Security Party any amendment or modification to any of the Security Documents or to grant (or authorise the Security Trustee to grant) waivers in respect of breaches or defaults or to vary or excuse (or authorise the Security Trustee to vary or excuse) performance of or under any of the Security Documents by the Borrower and/or any other Security Party, if the effect of such amendment, modification, waiver or excuse would be to materially and adversely affect the rights or interest of the Swap Bank under the Master Agreement.
16.12 Reimbursement and indemnity by Lenders
Each Lender shall reimburse the  Security Trustee and the Agent (rateably in accordance with such Lender’s Commitment or, after the Loan has been drawn, its Contribution,) to the extent that the Security Trustee or the Agent is not reimbursed by the Borrower, for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the  Security Trustee or the Agent which are expressed to be payable by the Borrower under clause 5.5 including (in each case), without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal or other professional advisers provided that, if following any payment to the  Security Trustee or the Agent by a Lender under this clause the  Security Trustee or the Agent receives payment from the Borrower in respect of the same costs, fees or expenses, the  Security Trustee or the Agent shall upon receipt thereof reimburse the relevant Lender.  Each Lender must on demand indemnify the  Security Trustee or the Agent (rateably in accordance with such Lender’s  Commitment or, after the Loan has been drawn, its Contribution) against all liabilities, damages, costs and claims whatsoever incurred by the  Security Trustee in connection with any of the Security Documents or the performance of its duties under any of the Security Documents or any action taken or omitted by the  Security Trustee or, as the case may be, the Agent, under any of the Security Documents, unless such liabilities, damages, costs or claims arise from the  Security Trustee’s or as the case may be, the Agent’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
16.13 Retirement of the Agent
16.13.1 The Agent may, having given to the Borrower and each of the Lenders not less than fifteen (15) days’ notice of its intention to do so, retire from its appointment as the Agent under this Agreement, provided that no such retirement shall take effect unless there has been appointed by the Lenders as a successor agent, with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed):
(a) a company in the same group of companies as the  Agent nominated by the Agent,
(b) a Lender nominated by the Majority Lenders or, failing such a nomination,
67

(c) any reputable and experienced bank or financial institution nominated by the retiring Agent .
 
Any corporation into which the retiring Agent may be merged or converted or any corporation with which the Agent may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation to which the  Agent shall be a party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be the successor Agent under this Agreement and the other Security Documents without the execution or filing of any document or any further act on the part of any of the parties to the  Security Documents save that notice of any such merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation shall forthwith be given to each Security Party and the Lenders.
16.13.2 If the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably, are of the opinion that the Agent is unable to fulfil its respective obligations under this Agreement in a professional and acceptable manner, then they may require the  Agent, by written notice, to resign in accordance with clause 16.13.1, which the Agent shall promptly do, and the terms of clause 16.13.1 shall apply to the appointment of any substitute Agent, save that the same shall be appointed by the Majority Lenders and not by all of the Lenders.
16.13.3 Upon any such successor as aforesaid being appointed, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation under the Security Documents (but shall continue to have the benefit of this clause 16 in respect of any action it has taken or refrained from taking prior to such discharge) and its successor and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a party to this Agreement in place of the retiring Agent. The retiring Agent shall (at its own expense) provide its successor with copies of such of its records as its successor reasonably requires to carry out its functions under the Security Documents.
16.14 Appointment and retirement of Security Trustee
16.14.1 Appointment
Each of the Banks irrevocably appoints the Security Trustee as its Security Trustee and trustee for the purposes of the Security Documents, in each case on the terms set out in this Agreement. Accordingly, each of the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Agent hereby authorises the Security Trustee (whether or not by or through employees or agents) to take such action on its behalf and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to the Security Trustee by this Agreement and/or the Security Documents, together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto.
16.14.2 Retirement
(a) Without prejudice to clause 16.13, the Security Trustee may, having given to the Borrower and each of the Lenders and the Swap Bank not less than fifteen (15) days’ notice of its intention to do so, retire from its appointment as Security Trustee under this Agreement and any Trust Deed, provided that no such retirement shall take effect unless there has been appointed by the Lenders and the Agent as a successor Security Trustee and trustee, with the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Corporate Guarantor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed):
68

(i) a company in the same group of companies of the Security Trustee nominated by the Security Trustee which the Lenders hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agree to appoint or, failing such nomination,
 
(ii) a Lender or trust corporation nominated by the Majority Lenders or, failing such a nomination,
(iii) any bank or trust corporation nominated by the retiring Security Trustee,
and, in any case, such successor Security Trustee and trustee shall have duly accepted such appointment by delivering to the Agent (i) written confirmation (in a form acceptable to the Agent) of such acceptance agreeing to be bound by this Agreement in the capacity of Security Trustee as if it had been an original party to this Agreement and (ii) a duly executed Trust Deed.
(b) Any corporation into which the retiring Security Trustee may be merged or converted or any corporation with which the Security Trustee may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation to which the Security Trustee shall be a party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be the successor Security Trustee under this Agreement, any Trust Deed and the other Security Documents without the execution or filing of any document or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this Agreement, any Trust Deed and the other Security Documents save that notice of any such merger, conversion, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganisation shall forthwith be given to each Security Party, the Swap Bank and the Lenders.
(c) If the Majority Lenders, acting reasonably, are of the opinion that the Security Trustee or Agent is unable to fulfil its respective obligations under this Agreement in a professional and acceptable manner, then they may require the  Security Trustee or Agent, by written notice, to resign in accordance with clause 16.14.2(a), which the Agent shall promptly do, and the terms of clause 16.14.2(a) shall apply to the appointment of any substitute Security Trustee, save that the same shall be appointed by the Majority Lenders and not by all of the Lenders.
(d) Upon any such successor as aforesaid being appointed, the retiring Security Trustee shall be discharged from any further obligation under the Security Documents (but shall continue to have the benefit of this clause 16 in respect of any action it has taken or refrained from taking prior to such discharge) and its successor and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had been a party to this Agreement in place of the retiring Security Trustee. The retiring Security Trustee shall (at its own expense) provide its successor with copies of such of its records as its successor requires to carry out its functions under the Security Documents.
16.15 Powers and duties of the Security Trustee
16.15.1 The Security Trustee shall have no duties, obligations or liabilities to any of the Lenders and the Agent beyond those expressly stated in any of the Security Documents.  Each of the Agent, the Swap Bank and the Lenders hereby authorises the Security Trustee to enter into and execute:
(a) each of the Security Documents to which the Security Trustee is or is intended to be a party; and
69

(b) any and all such other Security Documents as may be approved by the Agent in writing (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) for entry into by the Security Trustee, and, in each and every case, to hold any and all security thereby created upon trust for the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Agent for the time being in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.
 
16.15.2 Subject to clause 16.15.3 the Security Trustee may, with the prior consent of the Majority Lenders communicated in writing by the Agent, concur with any of the Security Parties to:
(a) amend, modify or otherwise vary any provision of the Security Documents to which the Security Trustee is or is intended to be a party; or
(b) waive breaches of, or defaults under, or otherwise excuse performance of, any provision of the Security Documents to which the Security Trustee is or is intended to be a party; or
(c) give any consents to any Security Party in respect  of any provision of any Security Document
Any such action so authorised and effected by the Security Trustee shall be promptly notified to the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Agent by the Security Trustee and shall be binding on the other Banks.
16.15.3 The Security Trustee shall not concur with any Security Party with respect to any of the matters described in clause 16.11.2 without the consent of the Lenders communicated in writing by the Agent.
16.15.4 The Security Trustee shall (subject to the other provisions of this clause 16) take such action or, as the case may be, refrain from taking such action, with respect to any of its rights, powers and discretions as Security Trustee and trustee, as the Agent may direct.  Subject as provided in the foregoing provisions of this clause, unless and until the Security Trustee has received such instructions from the Agent, the Security Trustee may, but shall not be obliged to, take (or refrain from taking) such action under or pursuant to the Security Documents referred to in clause 16.14 as the Security Trustee shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Banks provided that (for the avoidance of doubt), to the extent that this clause might otherwise be construed as authorising the Security Trustee to take, or refrain from taking, any action of the nature referred to in clause 16.15.2 - and for which the prior consent of the Lenders is expressly required under clause 16.15.3 - clauses 16.15.2 and 16.15.3 shall apply to the exclusion of this clause.
16.15.5 None of the Lenders, the Swap Bank nor the Agent shall have any independent power to enforce any of the Security Documents referred to in clause 16.14 or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to such Security Documents or any of them or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by such Security Documents or any of them except through the Security Trustee.
16.15.6 For the purpose of this clause 16, the Security Trustee may, rely and act in reliance upon any information from time to time furnished to the Security Trustee by the Agent (whether pursuant to clause 16.15.7 or otherwise) unless and until the same is superseded by further such information, so that the Security Trustee shall have no liability or responsibility to any party as
70

a consequence of placing reliance on and acting in reliance upon any such information unless the Security Trustee has actual knowledge that such information is inaccurate or incorrect.
 
16.15.7 Without prejudice to the foregoing each of the Agent, the Swap Bank and the Lenders (whether directly or through the Agent) shall provide the Security Trustee with such written information as it may require for the purpose of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents referred to in clause 16.14.
16.16 Trust provisions
16.16.1 The trusts constituted or evidenced in or by this Agreement and the Trust Deed shall remain in full force and effect until whichever is the earlier of:
(a) the expiration of a period of eighty (80) years from the date of this Agreement; and
(b) receipt by the Security Trustee of confirmation in writing by the Agent that there is no longer outstanding any Indebtedness (actual or contingent) which is secured or guaranteed or otherwise assured by or under any of the Security Documents,
and the parties to this Agreement declare that the perpetuity period applicable to this Agreement and the trusts declared by the Trust Deed shall for the purposes of the Perpetuities and Accumulations Act 1964 be the period of eighty (80) years from the date of this Agreement.
16.16.2 In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Security Documents specified in clause 16.14, the Security Trustee shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of any of those Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Security Trustee by any of those Security Documents.
16.16.3 It is expressly declared that, in its capacity as trustee in relation to the Security Documents specified in clause 16.14, the Security Trustee shall be entitled to invest moneys forming part of the security and which, in the opinion of the Security Trustee, may not be paid out promptly following receipt in the name or under the control of the Security Trustee in any of the investments for the time being authorised by law for the investment by trustees of trust moneys or in any other property or investments whether similar to the aforesaid or not or by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Security Trustee as the Security Trustee may think fit without being under any duty to diversify its investments and the Security Trustee may at any time vary or transpose any such property or investments for or into any others of a like nature and shall not be responsible for any loss due to depreciation in value or otherwise of such property or investments. Any investment of any part or all of the security may, at the discretion of the Security Trustee, be made or retained in the names of nominees.
16.17 Independent action by Banks
None of the Banks shall enforce, exercise any rights, remedies or powers or grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to, or otherwise have a direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by any of the Security Documents without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders but, provided such consent has been obtained, it shall not be necessary for any other Bank to be joined as an additional party in any Proceedings for this purpose.
16.18 Common Agent and Security Trustee
71

The Agent and the Security Trustee have entered into the Security Documents in their separate capacities (a) as agent for the Lenders under and pursuant to this Agreement (in the case of the Agent) and (b) as Security Trustee and trustee for the Lenders, the Swap Bank and the Agent under and pursuant to this Agreement, to hold the guarantees and/or security created by the Security Documents specified in clause 16.14 on the terms set out in such Security Documents (in the case of the Security Trustee). If and when the Agent and the Security Trustee are the same entity and any Security Document provides for the Agent to communicate with or provide instructions to the Security Trustee (and vice versa), all parties to this Agreement agree that any such communications or instructions on such occasions are unnecessary and are hereby waived.
 
16.19 Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application
The Lenders and the Agent shall co-operate with each other and with the Security Trustee and any receiver under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 13.1.
16.20 The Prompt distribution of proceeds
Moneys received by any of the Banks (whether from a receiver or otherwise) pursuant to the exercise of (or otherwise by virtue of the existence of) any rights and powers under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents shall (after providing for all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities and other payments ranking in priority) be paid to the Agent for distribution (in the case of moneys so received by any of the Banks other than the Agent or the Security Trustee) and shall be distributed by the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee (in the case of moneys so received by the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee) in each case in accordance with clause 13.1.  The Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee shall make each such application and/or distribution as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Agent or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) or any receiver may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Agent or such receiver may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Agent and/or the Security Trustee and/or the Lenders and/or the Swap Bank or any of them to provide for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrower or any other person liable.
16.21 Reconventioning
The Agent shall be entitled to make such amendments to this Agreement as it may determine to be necessary to take account of any changes in market practices as a consequence of the European Monetary Union (whether as to the settlement or rounding of obligations, business days, the calculation of interest or otherwise whatsoever).  So far as possible such amendments shall be such as to put the parties in the same position as if the event or events giving rise to the need to amend this Agreement had not occurred.  Any amendment so made to this Agreement by the Agent shall be promptly notified to the other parties hereto and shall be binding on all parties hereto.
16.22 Exclusivity
72

Without prejudice to the Borrower’s rights, in certain instances, to give their consent thereunder, clauses 15 and 16 are for the exclusive benefit of the Banks.
 
17 NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS
17.1 Notices
17.1.1 unless otherwise specifically provided herein, every notice under or in connection with this Agreement shall be given in English by letter delivered personally and/or sent by post and/or transmitted by fax and/or electronically;
17.1.2 in this clause “notice” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, certificate, request, waiver or other communication.
17.2 Addresses for communications, effective date of notices
17.2.1 Subject to clause 17.2.2, clause 17.2.5 and 17.3 notices to the Borrower shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when received in full legible form by the Borrower at the address and/or the fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Borrower may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Agent by notice in writing);
Address
c/o Euroseas Ltd.
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Maroussi
Greece
Fax no: +30 211 1804097
 
Attn: Anastasios Aslidis / George Kavalis
 
17.2.2 notwithstanding the provisions of clause 17.2.1 or clause 17.2.5, a notice of Default and/or a notice given pursuant to clause 10.2 or clause 10.3 to the Borrower shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when delivered, sent or transmitted by the Banks or any of them to the Borrower to the address or fax number referred to in clause 17.2.1;
17.2.3 subject to clause 17.2.5, notices to the Agent and/or the Security Trustee and/or the Swap Bank shall be deemed to be given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Agent and/or the Security Trustee at the address and/or the fax number address appearing below (or at any such other address or fax number as the Agent and/or the Security Trustee and/or the Swap Bank (as appropriate) may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Borrower and the other Lenders by notice in writing);
Address
Friedrichswall 10
Hannover 30159
Germany
                       
Fax no: +49 511 361 4785
Attn: Ship and Aircraft Finance Department, Christina Winkler
17.2.4 subject to clause 17.2.5 and 17.3, notices to a Lender shall be deemed to be given and shall take effect when received in full legible form by such Lender at its address and/or fax number
73

specified in Schedule 1 or in any relevant Transfer Certificate (or at any other address or fax number as such Lender may hereafter specify for such purpose to the other Banks); and
 
17.2.5 if under clause 17.2.1 or clause 17.2.3 a notice would be deemed to have been given and effective on a day which is not a working day in the place of receipt or is outside the normal business hours in the place of receipt, the notice shall be deemed to have been given and to have taken effect at the opening of business on the next working day in such place.
17.3 Electronic Communication
17.3.1 Any communication to be made by and/or between the Banks or any of them and the Security Parties or any of them under or in connection with the Security Documents or any of them may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if and provided that all such parties:
(a) notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(b) notify each other of any change to their electronic mail address or any other such information supplied by them.
17.3.2 Any electronic communication made by and/or between the Banks or any of them and the Security Parties or any of them will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by the Borrower or the Lenders to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.
17.4 Notices through the Agent
Every notice under this Agreement or (unless otherwise provided therein) any other Security Document to be given by the Borrower to any other party, shall be given to the Agent for onward transmission as appropriate and every notice under this Agreement to be given to the Borrower shall (except as otherwise provided in the Security Documents) be given to the Borrower by the Agent.
18 GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with English law.
19 JURISDICTION
19.1 Exclusive Jurisdiction
For the benefit of the Banks, and subject to clause 19.4 below, the Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees that the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction:
19.1.1 to settle any disputes or other matters whatsoever arising under or in connection with this Agreement (or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) and any disputes or other such matters arising in connection with the negotiation, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any part thereof, whether the alleged liability shall arise under the laws of England or under the laws of some other country and regardless of whether a particular cause of action may successfully be brought in the English courts; and
74

19.1.2
to grant interim remedies or other provisional or protective relief.
 
19.2 Submission and service of process
The Borrower accordingly irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts.  Without prejudice to any other mode of service the Borrower:
19.2.1 irrevocably empowers and appoints Hill Dickinson International at present of The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EW, England as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement;
19.2.2 agrees to maintain such an agent for service of process in England from the date hereof until the end of the Facility Period;
19.2.3 agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrower of service of process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;
19.2.4 without prejudice to the effectiveness of service of process on its agent under clause 19.2.1 above but as an alternative method, consents to the service of process relating to any such proceedings by mailing or delivering a copy of the process to its address for the time being applying under clause 17.2;
19.2.5 agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in clause 19.2.1 ceases to be effective, the Borrower shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing such appointment within seven (7) days the Agent shall thereupon be entitled and is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Borrower in those circumstances to appoint such person by notice to the Borrower.
19.3 Forum non conveniens and enforcement abroad
The Borrower:
19.3.1 waives any right and agrees not to apply to the English court or other court in any jurisdiction whatsoever to stay or strike out any proceedings commenced in England on the ground that England is an inappropriate forum and/or that Proceedings have been or will be started in any other jurisdiction in connection with any dispute or related matter falling within clause 19.1; and
19.3.2 agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in a dispute or other matter falling within clause 19.1 shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
19.4 Right of Agent, but not Borrower, to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction
19.4.1 Nothing in this clause 19 limits the right of any Lender to bring Proceedings, including third party proceedings, against the Borrower, or to apply for interim remedies, in connection with this Agreement in any other court and/or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction;
19.4.2 the obtaining by any Lender of judgment in one jurisdiction shall not prevent such Lender from bringing or continuing proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether or not these shall be founded on the same cause of action.
75

19.5 Enforceability despite invalidity of Agreement
            
Without prejudice to the generality of clause 13.9, the jurisdiction agreement contained in this clause 19 shall be severable from the rest of this Agreement and shall remain valid, binding and in full force and shall continue to apply notwithstanding this Agreement or any part thereof being held to be avoided, rescinded, terminated, discharged, frustrated, invalid, unenforceable, illegal and/or otherwise of no effect for any reason.
19.6 Effect in relation to claims by and against non-parties
19.6.1 For the purpose of this clause “Foreign Proceedings” shall mean any Proceedings except proceedings brought or pursued in England arising out of or in connection with (i) or in any way related to any of the Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or (ii) any action of any kind whatsoever taken by any Bank pursuant thereto or which would, if brought by the Borrower against any Bank, have been required to be brought in the English courts;
19.6.2 the Borrower shall not bring or pursue any Foreign Proceedings against any Bank and shall use its best endeavours to prevent persons not party to this Agreement from bringing or pursuing any Foreign Proceedings against any Bank;
19.6.3 If, for any reason whatsoever, any Security Party and/or any person connected howsoever with any Security Party brings or pursues against any Bank any Foreign Proceedings, the Borrower shall indemnify such Bank on demand in respect of any and all claims, losses, damages, demands, causes of action, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs) of whatsoever nature howsoever arising from or in connection with such Foreign Proceedings which such Bank (or the Agent on its behalf)  certifies as having been incurred by it;
the Banks and the Borrower hereby agree and declare that the benefit of this clause 19 shall extend to and may be enforced by any officer, employee, agent or business associate of any of the Banks against whom the Borrower brings a claim in connection howsoever with any of the Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or any action of any kind whatsoever taken by, or on behalf of or for the purported benefit of any Bank pursuant thereto or which, if it were brought against any Bank, would fall within the material scope of clause 19.1.  In those circumstances this clause 19 shall be read and construed as if references to any Bank were references to such officer, employee, agent or business associate, as the case may be.


76


Schedule 1
The Lenders and their Commitments
Name
Address and fax number
Original Commitment (USD)
Percentage of Total Commitment
NORDDEUTSCHE
LANDESBANK
GIROZENTRALE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lending Office
 
Friedrichswall 10
Hannover 30159
Germany
 
Address for Notices
 
Friedrichswall 10
Hannover 30159
Germany
 
Fax no:                            +49 511 361 4785
Attn:              Ship and Aircraft Finance Department, Christina Winkler
USD 16,560,000
100%
 
 Total Commitment
 
 
 
 
USD 16,560,000
100%

77


Schedule 2
Form of Drawdown Notice
To:
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale
Friedrichswall 10
Hannover 30159
Germany
(as Agent)
   
[●]  February 2016
Dear Sirs

Facility agreement dated ____ February 2016 in respect of a loan of USD16,560,000 (the “Loan Agreement”) made between (1) Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd as Borrower, (2) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Lenders , (3) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Agent and Security Trustee and (4) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Swap Bank .

We refer to the Loan Agreement.  Words and expressions whose meanings are defined therein shall have the same meanings when used herein.
We hereby give you notice that we wish to draw the sum of USD [                                                                                                                                                                            ] in respect of the Loan on [date] and select a first Interest Period in respect of such drawing of 6 months .
The funds should be credited to [name and number of account] with [details (including full name and SWIFT) of bank], via [details (including full name and SWIFT) of bank in New York City] .
We confirm that:
(a)              no Default has occurred;
(b) the representations and warranties contained in clause 7 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct at the date hereof as if made with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at such date;
(c) the borrowing to be effected by the drawdown of the Loan will be within our corporate powers, has been validly authorised by appropriate corporate action and will not cause any limit on our borrowings (whether imposed by statute, regulation, agreement or otherwise howsoever) to be exceeded;
(d) there has been no material adverse change in our financial position or in the combined financial position of the Group from that described by us to the Banks or any of them in the negotiation of the Loan Agreement and/or in any documents or statements already delivered to the Agent in connection therewith;
(e) there are no Required Authorisations; and
(f) there are no Proceedings .
By             
Authorised Signatory
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
78

Schedule 3
Conditions precedent
PART A
(referred to in clause 9.1.1)

(a) Corporate documents
Certified Copies of all documents which evidence or relate to the constitution of each Security Party and its current corporate existence;
(b) Corporate authorities
(i) Certified Copies of resolutions of the directors of each Security Party and, if required by the Agent, shareholders of the Borrower approving such of the Underlying Agreements and the Security Documents to which such Security Party is a party and authorising the execution and delivery thereof and performance of such Security Party’s obligations thereunder, additionally certified by an officer of such Security Party as having been duly passed at duly convened meetings of the directors and shareholders of such Security Party and not having been amended, modified or revoked and being in full force and effect; and
(i) originals or Certified Copies of any powers of attorney issued by any Security Party pursuant to such resolutions;
(c) Required Authorisations
A certificate signed by a director/officer/attorney-in-fact of the Borrower (dated no earlier than 5 Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) that there are no Required Authorisations or that there are no Required Authorisations except those described in such certificate which have been duly obtained and Certified Copies of which (including any conditions and/or documents ancillary thereto) are appended thereto.
(d) Certificate of incumbency
a list of directors and officers of each Security Party specifying the names and positions of such persons, certified (in a certificate dated no earlier than 5 Banking Days prior to the date of this Agreement) by an officer of such Security Party to be true, complete and up to date;
(e) Legal Ownership
evidence acceptable to the Agent confirming the legal ownership and control of the Borrower;
(f) Security Documents
the Corporate Guarantee , the Master Agreement, the Master Agreement Security Deed and the Shares Pledge duly executed and delivered, together with all documents required to be delivered pursuant thereto;
(g) Know-your-customer
79

such information and documentation as the Banks may require in order to satisfy its “Know Your Customer” procedures;
 
(h) Marshall Islands opinion
an opinion of Messrs Poles, Tublin, Stratakis & Gonzalez LLP, special legal advisers to the Banks on the laws of the Marshall Islands;
(i) process agent
a letter from the Security Parties’ agent for receipt of service of proceedings accepting its appointment under each of the other Security Documents in which it is or is to be appointed as the relevant Security Party’s agent;
(j) Fees
evidence that the structuring fee due under clause 5.2, the administration fee due under clause 5.3 and (if applicable) the cancellation fee due under clause 5.4 have been paid;
(k) Underlying Documents
a Certified Copy of the Shipbuilding Contract, the MOA and the Required Charter;
PART B
(referred to in Clause 9.1.2)

(a) Fees and commissions
evidence that any fees and commissions due payable by the Borrower to any of the Banks pursuant to the terms of clause 5.1 or any other provision of the Security Documents have been paid in full;
(b) Valuation
a satisfactory, in the opinion of the Agent, valuation (at the cost of the Borrower) of the Vessel addressed to the Agent prepared in accordance with clause 8.2.2, dated no more than three weeks prior to the Drawdown Date;
(c) Equity
satisfactory, in the opinion of the Agent, evidence that the part purchase price not financed by the Loan payable under the MOA (a) prior to the Delivery Date, has been paid to the Seller and (b) on the Delivery Date, has been remitted (i) to the Seller or to the Builder or (ii) into the account number 001 – 1 – 337268 of the Agent with its US correspondent, JP Morgan Chase, for onwards remittance to the Seller or to the Builder, together with the Loan 3 Banking Days prior to the Delivery Date and to be held in a suspense account in the name of the Agent until the Release Date;
PART C
(referred to in Clause 9.1.3)
80

(a) the Vessel
 
documentary evidence that the Vessel:
(i) Purchase
has been unconditionally delivered by the Builder to, and accepted by, the Seller under the Shipbuilding Contract and delivered by the Seller to, and accepted by, the Borrower under the MOA, and the full purchase price payable under the MOA (in addition to the part to be financed by the Loan) has been duly paid, together with copies of the builder’s certificate issued to the Seller, bill of sale issued by the Builder, protocol of delivery and acceptance signed by the Builder and the Seller, bill of sale issued by the Seller and protocol of delivery and acceptance signed by the Seller and the Borrower;
(ii) Registration and Encumbrances
is registered in the name of the Borrower through the Registry under the laws and flag of the Flag State and that the Vessel and her Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation are free of Encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances;
(iii) Classification
maintains the Classification free of any recommendations, qualifications or conditions of the Classification Society which have not been complied with in accordance with their terms (details of the Classification and Classification Society to be provided as soon as possible prior to the Delivery Date);
(iv) Insurance
is insured in accordance with the provisions of the Mortgage and all requirements of the Mortgage in respect of such insurance have been complied with (including without limitation, confirmation from the protection and indemnity association or other insurer with which the Vessel is, or is to be, entered for insurance or insured against protection and indemnity risks (including oil pollution risks) that any necessary declarations required by the association or insurer for the removal of any oil pollution exclusion have been made and that any such exclusion does not apply to the Vessel, together with a letter from the Borrower to such protection and indemnity association or other insurer irrevocably instructing the same to provide the Agent with a copy of the Certificate of Entry for the Vessel and any other information relating to the entry of the Vessel with such protection and indemnity association or other insurer), evidence of all insurances described in this paragraph to be provided as soon as possible prior to the Drawdown Date;
(v) Management
is managed by the Managers;
(iv) Charter
is, or immediately on delivery will be, employed under the Required Charter made between the Borrower and the Approved Charterer as charterer for a period of four years (plus/minus 30 days in the Approved Charterer’s option) plus one year (plus/minus 30 days in the Approved Charterer’s option) in the Approved Charterer’s option, starting
81

on the Delivery Date, and at a gross daily charterhire of USD14,100 for the first four years and USD14,350 for the optional year;
 
(b) Security Documents
the Mortgage, the General Assignment, the Charter Assignment in respect of the Required Charter, the Accounts Pledge duly executed by the Borrower and the Manager’s Undertakings in respect of the Vessel duly executed and delivered by the Managers and the Shares Pledge duly executed and delivered by the Corporate Guarantor, together with all documents required to be delivered pursuant thereto;
(c) Mortgage registration
evidence that the Mortgage in respect of the Vessel has been registered against the Vessel through the Registry under the laws and flag of her Flag State;
(d) Notices of assignment
copies of duly executed notices of assignment required by the terms of the Security Documents relating to the Vessel and in the forms prescribed by such Security Documents;
(e) Earnings Account/Retention Account/Drydock Reserve Account
evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the Earnings Account, the Retention Account and the Drydock Reserve   Account have been duly opened with the Account Bank together with evidence that there is standing to the credit of the Earnings Account at least three hundred thousand Dollars (USD300,000);
(f) Underlying Documents
certified copies of the Shipbuilding Contract, the MOA, the Management Agreements and the Required Charter in all respects acceptable to the Agent;
(g) Marshall Islands opinion
an opinion of Messrs Poles, Tublin, Stratakis & Gonzalez LLP, special legal advisers to the Banks on the laws of the Marshall Islands;
(h) Flag State opinion
an opinion of special legal advisers to the Banks in relation to the Mortgage over the Vessel;
(i) Further opinions
any such further opinion as may be required by the Agent;
(j) DOC and Application for SMC
Certified Copies of the DOC, ISSC, (if applicable) IAPP and EIAPP Certificates in respect of the Vessel and a Certified Copy of the SMC therefor and evidence that the Vessel and the Technical Manager are in compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;
(k) Insurance opinion
82

an opinion (to be provided at Borrower’s expense) from Bankserve, on the insurances effected or to be effected in respect of the Vessel upon and following the Delivery Date;
 
(l) Fees and commissions
evidence that any fees and commissions due payable by the Borrower to any of the Banks pursuant to the terms of clause 5 or any other provision of the Security Documents have been paid in full.


83


Schedule 4
Form of Transfer Certificate
(referred to in clause 15.3)

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
Lenders are advised not to employ Transfer Certificates or otherwise to assign or transfer interests in the Loan Agreement without further ensuring that the transaction complies with all applicable laws and regulations, including the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and regulations made thereunder and similar statutes which may be in force in other jurisdictions
To:              NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as Agent on its own behalf and on behalf of the Borrower, the Lenders, the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Swap Bank as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.
[Date]
Attention:                            [●]
This certificate (“Transfer Certificate”) relates to a USD16,560,000 term loan credit facility agreement dated    February 2016  (the “Loan Agreement”) made between (1) Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd as Borrower, (2) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Lenders, (3) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Agent and Security Trustee and (4) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Swap Bank. Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate.
In this Certificate:
the “ Transferor ” means [full name] of [lending office] ; and
the “ Transferee ” means [full name] of [lending office] .
1. The Transferor with full title guarantee assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as a Lender under or by virtue of the Loan Agreement and all the other Security Documents in relation to [●] per centum ([●]%) of the [Contribution] [Commitment] of the Transferor (or its predecessors in title).
2. By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and clause 15 of the Loan Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its [Contribution] [Commitment] in respect of the Loan, which amounts to USD [●]] [from [●] per centum ([●]%) of its [Contribution] [Commitment] in respect of the Loan and the Transferee assumes all obligations in respect thereof.
3. The Transferee hereby requests the Agent (on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank and the Lenders) to accept the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate as being delivered pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 15.3 of the Loan Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms thereof on [date of transfer].
4. The Transferee:
            
84

4.1 confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents together with such other documents and information as it has required in connection with the transaction contemplated thereby;
 
4.2 confirms that it has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Transferor, the Agent, the Agent, the Lenders or the Security Trustee to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of the Loan Agreement, any of the Security Documents or any such documents or information;
4.3 agrees that it has not relied and will not rely on the Transferor or any of the Banks to assess or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower, or any other Security Party (save as otherwise expressly provided therein);
4.4 warrants that it has power and authority to become a party to the Loan Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorise execution of this Transfer Certificate and to obtain all necessary approvals and consents to the assumption of its obligations under the Security Documents; and
4.5 if not already a Lender, appoints (i) the Agent to act as its agent and (ii) the Security Trustee to act as its Security Trustee and trustee, as provided in the Security Documents and agrees to be bound by the terms of all of the Security Documents.
5.              The Transferor:
5.1 warrants to the Transferee that it has full power to enter into this Transfer Certificate and has taken all corporate action necessary to authorise it to do so;
5.2 warrants to the Transferee that this Transfer Certificate is binding on the Transferor under the laws of England, the country in which the Transferor is incorporated and the country in which its lending office is located; and
5.3 agrees that it will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Transfer Certificate or for a similar purpose.
6. The Transferee hereby undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other parties to each of the Security Documents that it will perform in accordance with its terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents will be assumed by it after delivery of the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate to the Agent and satisfaction of the conditions (if any) subject to which this Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.
7. By execution of this Transfer Certificate on their behalf by the Agent and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Transferee, the Borrower and each of the Banks accept the Transferee as a party to the Security Documents with respect to all those rights and/or obligations which by the terms of the Security Documents will be assumed by the Transferee (including without limitation those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent, the Swap Bank, the Agent and the Security Trustee as provided by the Loan Agreement) after delivery of the executed copies of this Transfer Certificate to the Agent and satisfaction of the conditions (if any) subject to which this Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.
8. None of the Transferor or the Banks:
 
85

8.1 makes any representation or warranty nor assumes any responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any of the Security Documents or any document relating thereto; or
8.2 assumes any responsibility for the financial condition of any Security Party or any party to any such other document or for the performance and observance by any Security Party or any party to any such other document (save as otherwise expressly provided therein) and any and all such conditions and warranties, whether express or implied by law or otherwise, are hereby excluded (except as aforesaid).
9. The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake that they will on demand fully indemnify the Agent in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense which relates to or results from this Transfer Certificate or any matter concerned with or arising out of it unless caused by the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct, as the case may be.
10. The agreements and undertakings of the Transferee in this Transfer Certificate are given to and for the benefit of and made with each of the other parties to each of the Security Documents.
11. This Transfer Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
Transferor
 
Transferee
By:___________________________________________
By:___________________________________________
 
Dated: ________________________________________
 
Dated: ________________________________________
 
Agent
Agreed for and on behalf of itself as Agent, the Borrower, the Security Trustee, the Swap Bank and the Lenders.
[●]
 
 
By:___________________________________________
 
Dated: ________________________________________
NOTE:                            The execution of this Transfer Certificate alone may not transfer a proportionate share of the Transferor’s interest in the security constituted by the Security Documents in the Transferor’s or Transferee’s jurisdiction.  It is the responsibility of the Transferee to ascertain whether any other documents are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Transferor’s interest in such security in any such jurisdiction and, if so, to seek appropriate advice and arrange for execution of the same.






 
86

The schedule
 
Contribution:
USD [●]
Commitment:
USD [●]
Portion Transferred:
[●]%

Administrative Details of Transferee
Name of Transferee:
Lending Office:
Contact Person:
(Loan Administration Department)
Telephone:
Telefax No:

Contact Person:
(Credit Administration Department)
Telephone:
Telefax No:

[Account for payments:]


87

Schedule 5

Form of Trust Deed
THIS DECLARATION OF TRUST is made by NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE (the “ Security Trustee ”) on    February 2016 and is supplemental to (and made pursuant to the terms of) a USD16,560,000 facility agreement dated        February 2016 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between (1) Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd as Borrower, (2) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Lenders , (3) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Agent and Security Trustee and (4) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Swap Bank . Words and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Deed.
NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH as follows:
(a) The Security Trustee hereby acknowledges and declares that, from the date of this Deed, it holds and shall hold the Trust Property on trust from time to time and at all times for the other Banks on the terms and basis set out in the Loan Agreement.
(b) The declaration and acknowledgement contained in paragraph 1 above shall be irrevocable.
IN WITNESS whereof the Security Trustee has executed this Deed the day and year first above written.
SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED
)
 
as a DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 ______________________________________
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
Attorney-in-fact
as Security Trustee
)
 
88

Schedule 6
Form of Compliance Certificate

To:
Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale   (as Agent)
From:
Euroseas Ltd.
   
Date [                            ] 200[  ]                    
Dear Sirs
Loan facility agreement dated [●] February   2016 (the “Loan Agreement”) for a loan of up to USD16,560,000 made between (1) Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd   as Borrower, (2) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Lender , (3) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Agent and Security Trustee and (4) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Swap Bank.
We refer to the Loan Agreement.  Words and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein.
We hereby confirm that [except as stated below] as at the date hereof to the best of our knowledge and belief after due inquiry:-
1. all the Borrower’s financial covenants in the Loan Agreement set out in clause 8 are being fully complied with, and, in particular, by reference to the latest audited financial statements, management accounts and all other current relevant information available to us:
(a) the Net Worth of the Group is USD [         ];
(b) the Group maintains a market capitalisation of USD[];
(c) the Total Liabilities are USD [    ] and the Total Assets (adjusted for market values of vessels calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.2) are USD [    ];
(d) the Total Liabilities divided by the Total Assets (adjusted for market values of vessels calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.2) is [       ]%;
(e) the amount of cash or cash equivalents held in the Earnings Account is $[]; and
(f) the amount of cash or cash equivalents held in the Drydock Reserve Account is $[    ].
2. no Default has occurred
3. the representations set out in clause 7 of the Loan Agreement are true and accurate with reference to all facts and circumstances now existing and all Required Authorisations have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
[State any exceptions/qualifications to the above statements]
Yours faithfully
Euroseas Ltd.
By________________________                                                                                                   
Chief Financial Officer: Euroseas Ltd.                                                                                                                 
89


Execution Page

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.

SIGNED by STEFANIA KARMIRI
) /s/ Stefania Karmiri
 as a deed for and on behalf of
)
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
)
(as Borrower under and pursuant to
)
a power of attorney dated 28 January 2016)
)
in the presence of
)
/s/ Ronan le du
Ince & Co
Akti Miaouli 47-49
Piraeus 185 36 Greece
 
 
SIGNED  by ROBIN PARRY
)/s/ Robin Parry
for and on behalf of
)
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
(as a Lender) in the presence of
)
/s/ Ronan le du
Ince & Co
Akti Miaouli 47-49
Piraeus 185 36 Greece
 


SIGNED  by ROBIN PARRY
)/s/ Robin Parry
for and on behalf of
)
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
(as Agent and Security Trustee)
)
in the presence of
)
/s/ Ronan le du
Ince & Co
Akti Miaouli 47-49
Piraeus 185 36 Greece
 
 
SIGNED  by ROBIN PARRY
)/s/ Robin Parry
for and on behalf of
)
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
(as Swap Bank)
)
in the presence of
 
/s/ Ronan le du
Ince & Co
Akti Miaouli 47-49
Piraeus 185 36 Greece
 


 

90
Exhibit 10.17
 

To:
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
 
EUROSEAS LTD.

Dated:              September 2017
Dear Sirs

Loan agreement dated 17 February 2016 in respect of a loan of USD16,560,000 (the "Loan Agreement") made between (1) Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd as Borrower, (2) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Lenders, (3) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Agent and Security Trustee and (4) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Swap Bank

We refer to:

1.
the Loan Agreement,

2.
the guarantee dated 17 February 2016 (the " Guarantee ") and made between (i) the Guarantor and (ii) the Security Trustee.

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement will have the same meanings when used herein.

Pursuant to discussions between us, we, as Agent on behalf of the Banks, hereby agree that the terms of (A) Clause 8.1.8 (b) of the Loan Agreement and (B) Clause 5.1.7 (b) of the Guarantee shall not apply until 29 February 2020, when they shall apply again.

By endorsing this letter the Borrowers confirm and agree that it is a Security Document.

Other than as amended hereby, the Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument

A person who is not a party to this letter has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this letter.

This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

The provisions of clause 18 (Governing Law) and clause 19 (Jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this letter as if they were expressly incorporated in this letter with any necessary modifications.

Yours faithfully

_______________________________________________
SIGNED by RONAN LE DU
for and on behalf of
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
as Agent and Security Trustee
 
 
 

 
 
We hereby agree to and acknowledge the terms contained above this               day of September 2017


By: STEFANIA KARMIRI
for and on behalf of
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
as Borrowers
   
By: STEFANIA KARMIRI
for and on behalf of
EUROSEAS LTD.
as Corporate Guarantor
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.18

 
Private and Confidential


Date            2018



KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
as Borrower

and

NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
as Lender

and

NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
as Agent and Security Trustee

and

NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
as Swap Bank


_____________________________________________________

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
_____________________________________________________



in relation to a Loan Agreement dated 17 February 2016 (as amended)
for a loan facility of (originally) up to USD16,560,000









INCE & CO
PIRAEUS

Index
Clause Page No
1
INTERPRETATION
1
2
AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER
2
3
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
2
4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
3
5
AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENTS
3
6
FURTHER ASSURANCES
5
7
EXPENSES
6
8
NOTICES
6
9
SUPPLEMENTAL
6
10
LAW AND JURISDICTION
6


THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is made on           2018
BETWEEN
(1)
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD as borrower (the " Borrower ");
(2)
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as lender (the " Lender ");
(3)
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as agent (the " Agent ") and security trustee (the " Security Trustee "); and;
(4)
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as swap bank (the " Swap Bank ").
BACKGROUND
(A)
Pursuant to a loan agreement dated 17 February 2016 (as amended by a supplemental letter dated 7 September 2017) made between (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Lender, (iii) the Agent and the Security Trustee and (iv) the Swap Bank, the Lender has made available to the Borrower a loan facility of (originally) up to USD16,560,000.
(B)
The Borrower has requested the Lender to (i) replace the Corporate Guarantor, (ii) release the Corporate Guarantor, Euroseas Ltd., from its obligations under its Corporate Guarantee and Shares Pledge and (iii) amend certain terms of the Loan Agreement.
(C)
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees, with effect on and from the Effective Date, at the request of the Borrower, to the matters referred to in Recital (B).
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1
INTERPRETATION
1.1
Defined expressions . Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires.
1.2
Definitions.   In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:
" Effective Date " means the date on which the Agent issues the Effective Date Notice;
" Effective Date Notice " means the written confirmation from the Agent to the Borrower that the Agent has received the documents and evidence specified in clause 3.1 in a form and substance satisfactory to it in the form of the Schedule to this Agreement;
" Loan Agreement " means the loan agreement dated 17 February 2016 (as amended by a supplemental letter dated 7 September 2017) referred to in Recital (A); and
" New   Corporate Guarantor " means Eurodry Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960;
" New   Guarantee " means the unconditional, irrevocable and on demand guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and the other Security Documents required to be executed hereunder by the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion; and
1


"New Shares Pledge" means the pledge of the shares of and in the Borrower to be executed by the New Corporate Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in such form as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may require in their sole discretion.
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement.  Clauses 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Agreement.
2
AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER
2.1
Agreement of the Lender.   The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties in Clause 4 and subject to Clause 3, agrees to (i) replace the Corporate Guarantor   and release the Corporate Guarantor, Euroseas Ltd., from its obligations under its Corporate Guarantee   and Shares Pledge   and (ii) amend the Loan Agreement and Security Documents as set out in Clauses 5.1.
2.2            Effective Date.  The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 2.1 shall have effect on and          from the Effective Date.

3
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
3.1
Conditions precedent.   The conditions referred to in Clause 2.1 are that the Lender shall have received the following documents and evidence:
(a)
Corporate documents
Certified Copies of all documents which evidence or relate to the constitution of the Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor and their current corporate existence;
(b)
Certificate of incumbency
a list of directors and officers of the Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor specifying the names and positions of such persons, certified by an officer of Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor (as the case may be) to be true, complete and up to date;
(c)
Corporate authorities
(i)
Certified Copies of resolutions of the directors of the Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor approving such of this Agreement, the New Guarantee and the New Shares Pledge to which the Borrower or the New Corporate Guarantor is a party and authorising the execution and delivery thereof and performance of the Borrower's and/or the New Corporate Guarantor's obligations thereunder, additionally certified by an officer of the Borrower and/or the New Corporate Guarantor as having been duly passed at a duly convened meeting of the directors of the Borrower and/or the New Corporate Guarantor and not having been amended, modified or revoked and being in full force and effect; and
(ii)
originals of any powers of attorney issued by the Borrower and the New Corporate Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions;
(d)
New Guarantee
the New Guarantee duly executed and delivered by the New Corporate Guarantor;
2


(e)
New Shares Pledge
the New Shares Pledge duly executed and delivered by the New Corporate Guarantor;
(f)
Laws of Marshall Islands opinion
an opinion of the Agent's nominated special legal advisers in respect of the laws of the Marshall Islands;
(g)
Know-your-customer
such information and documentation as the Banks may require in order to satisfy their "Know Your Customer" procedures in respect of the New Corporate Guarantor;
(h)
London Agent
documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in clause 18.2 of the Loan Agreement has accepted its appointment in respect of this Agreement;
(i)
Further opinions, etc.
any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with this Agreement and the Security Documents which the Agent may reasonably request by notice to the Borrower; and
(j)
Endorsement
an endorsement (by way of a side letter) signed by Eurobulk (Far east) Ltd. Inc. as commercial and technical manager.
3.2
If the Agent issues the Effective Date Notice prior to delivery to it of any of the documents and evidence set out in clause 3.1, the Borrower must deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Agent no later than the date specified by the Agent, and issue by the Agent of the Effective Date Notice prior to delivery to it of all such documents and evidence shall not be construed as a waiver of the Banks' right to receive all the documents and evidence required by clause 3.1.
4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
4.1
Repetition of Loan Agreement representations and warranties . The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that the representations and warranties in Clause 7 of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement and updated with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement, remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement with reference to the circumstances now existing.
5
AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENTS
5.1
Specific amendments to Loan Agreement.   With effect on and from the Effective Date the Loan Agreement shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended as follows:
(a)
by deleting in the definition of " Corporate Guarantor " in Clause 1.2 thereof the words "Euroseas Ltd." and replacing them with the words "Eurodry Ltd.";
3


(b)
by deleting the definition of " Required Security Amount " in Clause 1.2 thereof and replacing it with:
" Required Security Amount " means the amount in USD (as certified by the Agent) which is 160% of the aggregate of the Loan and the Swap Exposure;";
(c)
by deleting in Clause 8.1.8 (a) the figure "USD30,000,000" and replacing it with the figure "USD15,000,000";
(d)
by adding at the beginning of Clause 8.1.8 (b) the words "commencing on 1 March 2020,";
(e)
by adding a new Clause 8.1.31 to read as follows:
"8.1.31   Most-favoured lender clause
If the Corporate Guarantor enters into an agreement or instrument with any of its banks, financiers or any other financial institution pursuant to which the Corporate Guarantor grants to such banks, financiers or other financial institutions any financial covenant, or amends any financial covenant given to such banks, financiers or other financial institutions, measured by reference to the financial statements of the Corporate Guarantor, the Borrower must give immediate notice of those new or amended financial covenants to the Agent, and if the Agent (acting reasonably) considers those covenants (taken as a whole) to be more favourable to those banks, financiers or other financial institutions than those contained in Clause 8.1.8 of this Agreement (also taken as a whole) then the Borrower and/or the Corporate Guarantor shall enter into such documentation as the Agent shall reasonably require so that additional or amended financial covenants (taken as a whole) are given also to the Banks until the end of (i) the Facility Period or (ii) the period during which the additional or amended financial covenants will apply in favour of such banks, financiers or other financial institutions (whichever is the earlier).";
(f)
by deleting Clause 8.2.2 (a) and replacing it with:
"(a) immediately after each Repayment Date (other than the final Repayment Date); and"; and
(g)
by deleting in Clause 17.2.3 the words "Ship and Aircraft Finance Department, Christina Winkler" and replacing them with the words "Maritime Industries Department, Marilene Bauch".
5.2
Amendments to Security Documents. With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Security Documents other than the Loan Agreement, shall be, and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended as follows:
(a)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Security Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Security Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Security Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;
(b)
by construing references throughout each of the Security Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Security Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
4


5.3
Security Documents to remain in full force and effect.  The Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect as amended and supplemented by:
(a)
the amendments to the Security Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1 and 5.2; and
(b)
such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to give full effect to the terms of this Agreement.
6
FURTHER ASSURANCES
6.1
Borrower's obligation to execute further documents etc.  The Borrower shall, and shall procure that any other party to any Security Document shall:
(a)
execute and deliver to the Agent (or as it may direct) any assignment, mortgage, power of attorney, proxy or other document, governed by the laws of England or such other country as the Agent may, in any particular case, specify; and
(b)
effect any registration or notarisation, give any notice or take any other step, which the Agent may, by notice to   the Borrower or other party, specify
for any of the purposes described in Clause 6.2 or for any similar or related purpose.
6.2
Purposes of further assurances. Those purposes are:
(a)
validly and effectively to create any Encumbrance or right of any kind which the Lender intended should be created by or pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any other Security Document, each as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and
(b)
implementing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
6.3
Terms of further assurances.  The Agent may specify the terms of any document to be executed by the Borrower or any other party under Clause 6.1, and those terms may include any covenants, powers and provisions which the Agent considers appropriate to protect its interests.
6.4
Obligation to comply with notice.  The Borrower shall comply with a notice under Clause 6.1 by the date specified in the notice.
6.5
Additional corporate action.  At the same time as the Borrower or any other party delivers to the Agent any document executed under Clause 6.1(a), the Borrower or such other party shall also deliver to the Agent a certificate signed by one (1) of the   Borrower's or that other party's directors which shall:
(a)
set out the text of a resolution of the Borrower's or that other party's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by   the Agent; and
(b)
state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors and is valid under the Borrower's or that other party's articles of association or other constitutional documents.
5


7
EXPENSES
7.1
Expenses The provisions of Clause 5 (Fees and expenses) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
8
NOTICES
8.1
General.  The provisions of Clause 17 (Notices and Other Matters) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.
9
SUPPLEMENTAL
9.1
Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.
9.2
Third party rights.  A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
10
LAW AND JURISDICTION
10.1
Governing law. This Agreement and any other non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
10.2
Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions.  The provisions of Clause 18 (Governing Law) and Clause 19 (Jurisdiction) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, shall apply to this Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Agreement with any necessary modifications.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Agreement have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date first above written.
 
SIGNED by
)
 
the duly authorised attorney-in‑fact of
)
 
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
)
 
(as Borrower)
 
     
     
SIGNED by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
 
(as Lender)
)
 
     
SIGNED by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
 
(as Agent and Security Trustee)
)
 
     
     
SIGNED by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
 
(as Swap Bank)
)
 
     
     
Witness to all the above
)
 
Signatures:
)
 
Name:
)
 
Address: 47-49 Akti Miaouli
)
 
                 185 36 Piraeus, Greece
 

6

Schedule

Form of
Effective Date Notice

To:
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD of the Marshall Islands

We, NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE , refer to the supplemental agreement dated           2018 (the " Supplemental Agreement ") relating to a secured facility agreement 17 February 2016 (as amended by a supplemental letter dated 7 September 2017, the " Loan Agreement ") made between (amongst others) you as the Borrower and ourselves as the Agent.
We hereby confirm that [all conditions precedent referred to in Clause 3.1 of the Supplemental Agreement have been satisfied] [the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 3.1[  ] of the Supplemental Agreement have been satisfied and in accordance with Clause 3.2 of the Supplemental Agreement you are required to deliver to the bank or to its order no later than [  ] 2018 the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 3.1[  ] of the Supplemental Agreement].
In accordance with Clauses 1.2 and 2.1 of the Supplemental Agreement the Effective Date is the date of this confirmation and the amendments to the Loan Agreement are now effective.

Dated:            2018


Signed:     _______________________________

for and on behalf of
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE


7
Exhibit 10.19




DATED                        2018





EURODRY LTD. (1)
as Guarantor

 
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE            (2)
as Security Trustee


___________________________________

CORPORATE GUARANTEE
____________________________________




















INCE & CO
 PIRAEUS


CONTENTS

 Clause    Page
1
Definitions and constructions
1
2
Guarantee
2
3
Payments and Taxes
5
4
Representations and warranties
6
5
Undertakings
10
6
Benefit of this Guarantee
13
7
Notices and other matters
13
8
Jurisdiction
15
9
Governing Law
17
Schedule  Form of Compliance Certificate
18




THIS GUARANTEE is dated the            day of            2018
BETWEEN:
(1)
EURODRY LTD. a company incorporated in the Marshall Islands and whose registered agent's address is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the " Guarantor "); and
(2)
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE   a company incorporated in Germany acting through its office at Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover, Germany (the " Security Trustee ").
WHEREAS:
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 17 February 2016 (as amended by a supplemental agreement letter dated 7 September 2017 and a second supplemental agreement dated 2018, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd of the Marshall Islands as borrower (the " Borrower "), (ii) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as lender, (iii) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as agent and security trustee and (iv) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as swap bank (the " Swap Bank ") it was agreed that the Lender would make available to the Borrower a loan facility of (originally) up to USD16,560,000 (the " Loan ).
(B)
The Banks have appointed the Security Trustee as their security trustee and pursuant to a deed of trust dated 17 February 2016 executed by the Security Trustee as trustee, the Security Trustee agreed to hold, receive, administer and enforce this Deed for and on behalf of the Banks.
(C)
The Borrower may enter into one or more Transactions (as such term is defined in the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement dated as of 17 February 2016) and made between (1) Borrower and (2) the Swap Bank (the " Master Agreement ")) as evidenced by one or more Confirmations (as such term is defined in the Master Agreement) which are governed by the Master Agreement.
(D)
Pursuant to the Loan Agreement, and as a condition precedent to the Lender agreeing to make the Loan or any part thereof available to the Borrower, the Guarantor has, amongst other things, agreed to execute and deliver this Guarantee in favour of the Security Trustee.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTIONS
1.1
Defined expressions
Word and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Guarantee.  The expression "Expenses" shall have the meaning set forth in clause 1.2 of the Mortgage.
1.2
Definitions
In this Guarantee, unless the context otherwise requires:
 " Compliance Certificate " means a certificate substantially in the form set out in the schedule signed by the chief financial officer of the Guarantor;
1


" Guarantee " includes each separate or independent stipulation or agreement by, or obligation of, the Guarantor contained in this Guarantee; and
" Guaranteed Liabilities " means all moneys, obligations and liabilities which are the subject of the undertakings of the Guarantor in clauses 2.1 and 2.2 of this Guarantee.
1.3
Construction
The provisions of clauses 1.3 and 1.4 of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Guarantee as if references therein to "this Agreement" were to this Guarantee and otherwise mutatis   mutandis .
1.4
Third parties
No part of this Guarantee shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 of England and Wales by a person who is not a party to this Guarantee.
2
GUARANTEE
2.1
Covenant to pay/Guarantee
In consideration of the Lender making or continuing loans or advances to, or otherwise giving credit or granting banking facilities or accommodation or granting time to, the Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the Swap Bank having agreed to enter into the Master Agreement, whenever the Borrower fails to make payment when due of any sum whatsoever under the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and/or the other Security Documents, or fails to discharge or perform any of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and/or any other Security Document, the Guarantor hereby absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes as primary obligor and not as mere surety to pay to the Security Trustee, on demand by the Security Trustee all such monies (including, without limitation, principal, interest and Expenses) and to perform or procure the performance or discharge of all such obligations and  liabilities whatsoever, whensoever and howsoever arising, as are now or may hereafter become due, owing or incurred by the Borrower to the Banks under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement and the Security Documents or any of them when such monies, obligations or liabilities have become due or owing or have been incurred whether by acceleration or otherwise, or are present, future or contingent, joint or several, incurred as principal or surety, originally owing to the Banks or purchased or otherwise howsoever acquired by the Banks, denominated in any currency or incurred on any banking account or in any manner whatsoever.
Such liabilities shall, without limitation, include interest (as well after as before judgment) to date of payment at such rate as at the time is equal to the rate payable under the Loan Agreement.
2.2
Guarantor as principal debtor; indemnity
The Guarantor, as primary obligor and as a separate and independent obligation and liability from its obligations and liabilities under clause 2.1, irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to indemnify the Security Trustee on demand against all liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Security Trustee arising from or in connection with any failure of the Borrower to perform or discharge any purported obligation or liability which would prima facie have been the subject of this Guarantee but is not or ceases to be valid or enforceable against the Borrower for any reason whatsoever.
2


2.3
No security taken by Guarantor
The Guarantor warrants to the Security Trustee that it has not taken or received, and undertakes, for so long as this Guarantee remains in force, not to take or receive the benefit of any security from the Borrower or any other person in respect of or extending to the Guaranteed Liabilities.
2.4
Interest
The Guarantor agrees to pay interest (to the extent that such interest is not paid by the Borrower) from the date upon which the Borrower fails to make payment under the Loan Agreement or any Security Documents to which it is a party (or if earlier, from the date when the legal liability of the Borrower to pay interest under the Loan Agreement ceased by reason of the provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise) until payment has been effected in full of all moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby guaranteed, such interest to be payable before and after judgment at such rate as would at that time be equal to the rate of interest payable under clause 3.5 of the Loan Agreement.
2.5
Continuing security and other matters
Subject to Clause 2.3, this Guarantee is a continuing security and shall:
2.5.1
secure the ultimate balance from time to time owing to the Banks or any of them by the Borrower under any Security Document to which it is a party, notwithstanding any settlement of account or other matter whatsoever;
2.5.2
be in addition to and shall not merge with or otherwise prejudice or affect any other present or future Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy now or hereafter held by or available to the Banks or any of them or the Swap Bank; and
2.5.3
not be in any way prejudiced or affected by the existence of any such Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, rights or remedies or by the same becoming wholly or in part void, voidable or unenforceable on any ground whatsoever or by the Banks or any of them or the Swap Bank dealing with, exchanging, varying or failing to perfect or enforce any of the same or giving time for payment or indulgence or compounding with any other person liable.
2.6
Liability unconditional
The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that none of the Guaranteed Liabilities shall be reduced, released or otherwise howsoever adversely affected by any circumstances, event, action, matter or thing whatsoever, howsoever arising, including, without limitation:
2.6.1
any renewal, variation, determination or increase in any accommodation or credit given by the Security Trustee to the Borrower;
2.6.2
any time or waiver granted to or composition with the Borrower or any other person;
2.6.3
any variation, extension, release, discharge, compromise, dealing with, exchange or renewal of any right or remedy which the Banks or any of them may now or hereafter have from or against the Borrower and any other person in respect of any of the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and any other person;
3


2.6.4
any act or omission by the Security Trustee or any other person in taking up, perfecting or enforcing any security or guarantee from or against the Borrower or any other person;
2.6.5
the administration, insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up, incapacity, limitation, disability or the discharge by operation of law of the Borrower or any change in the constitution, name and style of the Borrower or any other person; or
2.6.6
any invalidity, irregularity, unenforceability, act or omission which might have discharged or affected the liability of the Guarantor had it been a mere surety in respect of the Guaranteed Liabilities or by anything done or omitted by any person which but for this provision might operate to exonerate or discharge the Guarantor or otherwise reduce or extinguish its liability under this Guarantee.
2.7
Cumulative remedies
The Security Trustee shall not be obliged to make any claim or demand on the Borrower or to resort to any Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy or other means of payment now or hereafter held by or available to it before enforcing this Guarantee and no action taken or omitted by the Security Trustee in connection with any such Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy or other means of payment shall discharge, reduce, prejudice or affect the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee nor shall the Security Trustee be obliged to apply any money or other property received or recovered in consequence of any enforcement or realisation of any such Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy or other means of payment in reduction of the Guaranteed Liabilities.
2.8
Non-Competition
Until all the Guaranteed Liabilities have been irrevocably paid, discharged or satisfied in full (and notwithstanding payment of a dividend in any liquidation or under any compromise or arrangement) the Guarantor shall not by virtue of any payment made, security realised or moneys received for or on account of the Guarantor's liability hereunder:
2.8.1
be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable by the Borrower or be entitled to any right of contribution;
2.8.2
be entitled and shall not claim to rank as creditor against the assets or in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Borrower in competition with the Security Trustee or from any other person liable or demand or accept any other Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy in respect of the same or dispose of the same;
2.8.3
take any step to enforce any right against the Borrower or any other person liable in respect of any Guaranteed Liabilities; or
2.8.4
claim any set‑off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any other person liable or claim or prove in competition with the Security Trustee in the liquidation of the Borrower or any other person liable or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, the Borrower or any other person liable or any other Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, right or remedy now or hereafter held by the Security Trustee for any Guaranteed Liabilities or for the obligations or liabilities of any other person liable but so that, if so directed by the Security Trustee, it will prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation of the Borrower or any other person liable on terms that the benefit of such proof and of all money received by it in respect thereof shall be held on trust for the Security Trustee and applied in or towards discharge of the Guaranteed Liabilities in such manner as the Security Trustee shall deem appropriate.
4


2.9
Application of moneys
Any monies received in connection with this Guarantee will be applied towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Liabilities in accordance with the Loan Agreement.
2.10
Settlements conditional
Any release, discharge or settlement between the Guarantor and the Security Trustee shall be conditional upon no security, disposition or payment to the Security Trustee by the Borrower or any other person liable being void, set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any enactment or law relating to bankruptcy, liquidation, insolvency or administration or for any other reason whatsoever and if such condition shall not be fulfilled the Security Trustee shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee subsequently as if such release, discharge or settlement had not occurred and any such payment had not been made.
2.11
Guarantor to pay and deliver up certain property
If, contrary to clauses 2.3 or 2.8, the Guarantor takes or receives the benefit of any security or receives or recovers any money or other property, from the Borrower, such security, money or other property shall be held on trust for the Security Trustee and shall be delivered or paid, as appropriate, to the Security Trustee on demand.
2.12
Release of this Guarantee
Upon irrevocable payment and discharge in full to the satisfaction of the Security Trustee of the Outstanding Indebtedness the Security Trustee shall, at the request and cost of the Guarantor, release the Guarantor from its obligations under this Guarantee.
3
PAYMENTS AND TAXES
3.1
Time for Payment
All amounts payable by the Guarantor under or pursuant to this Guarantee shall be paid to such accounts at such banks as the Security Trustee may from time to time direct to the Guarantor in Dollars in same day funds for immediate value.
3.2
No set-off or counterclaim
All payments to be made by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee shall, subject only to clause 3.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any taxes or other deductions, withholdings, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature.
3.3
Grossing up for Taxes
If at any time the Guarantor must make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes (other than a FATCA Deduction) or deduction in respect of any duty, assessment or other charge or otherwise from any payment due under this Guarantee for the account of any Bank or if the Security Trustee must make any deduction or withholding from a payment to another Bank or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under this Guarantee, the sum due from the Guarantor in respect of such payment must be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the relevant Bank receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Guarantor must indemnify each Bank against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Guarantor to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. Provided however that if any Bank or the Security Trustee shall be or become entitled to any Tax credit or relief in respect of any Tax which is deducted from any payment by the Guarantor and it actually receives a benefit from such Tax credit or relief in its country of domicile, incorporation or residence, the relevant Bank or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, shall, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, pay to the Guarantor after such benefit is effectively received by the relevant Bank or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, such amounts (which shall be conclusively certified by the Security Trustee) as shall ensure that the net amount actually retained by the relevant Bank or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, is equal to the amount which would have been retained if there had been no such deduction. The Guarantor must promptly deliver to the Security Trustee any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.
5


3.4
Currency indemnity
If, under any applicable law or regulation, and whether pursuant to a judgment being made or registered against the Guarantor or the liquidation of the Guarantor or for any other reason whatsoever, any payment under or in connection with this Guarantee is made or falls to be made in a currency (the "payment currency") other than the currency in which such payment is due under or in connection with this Guarantee (the "contractual currency") then to the extent that the amount of such payment actually received by the Security Trustee, when converted into the contractual currency at the rate of exchange, falls short of the amount due under or in connection with this Guarantee, the Guarantor, as a separate and independent obligation, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Security Trustee against the amount of such shortfall. For the purpose of this clause "rate of exchange" means the rate at which the Security Trustee is able on or about the date of such payment to purchase the contractual currency with the payment currency and shall take into account any premium and other costs of exchange with respect thereto.
4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
4.1
Continuing representations and warranties
The Guarantor represents and warrants that:
4.1.1
Due incorporation
the Guarantor is duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing, under the laws of  its country of incorporation, as a corporation and has power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets to which it has unencumbered legal and beneficial title;
4.1.2
Corporate power to guarantee
the Guarantor has the power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations, and, as the case may be, to exercise its rights, under this Guarantee and the Security Documents to which it is a party; all necessary corporate, shareholder (if appropriate) and other action has been taken to authorise the execution, delivery and on the execution of such Security Documents, performance of the same and no limitation on the powers of the Guarantor incur liability or to guarantee or howsoever provide or grant security will be exceeded as a result of this Guarantee;
4.1.3
Binding obligations
this Guarantee and the Security Documents to which it is a party when executed, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and admissible in evidence;
4.1.4
No conflict with other obligations
the execution and delivery of, the performance of its obligations under, and compliance with the provisions of, this Guarantee and the Security Documents to which it is a party will not (i) contravene any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation or any judgment, decree or permit to which the Guarantor is subject, (ii) conflict with, or result in any breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or other instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iii) contravene or conflict with any provision of the constitutional documents of the Guarantor  or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of, or oblige the Guarantor to create, any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any of the undertakings, assets, rights or revenues the Guarantor;
6


4.1.5
No Default
no Default has occurred;
4.1.6
No litigation or judgments
no Proceedings are current, pending or, to the knowledge of the officers of the Guarantor, threatened against the Guarantor or its assets which could have a Material Adverse Effect and there exist no judgments, orders, injunctions which would materially affect the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is a party;
4.1.7
No filings required
it is not necessary to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee or any of the Security Documents to which it is a party that they or any other instrument be notarised, filed, recorded, registered or enrolled in any court, public office or elsewhere in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax or charge be paid in any Pertinent Jurisdiction on or in relation to any of such Security Documents and each of the Security Documents to which it is a party is in proper form for its enforcement in the courts of each Pertinent Jurisdiction;
4.1.8
Required Authorisations and legal compliance
all Required Authorisations have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect and the Guarantor has in no way contravened any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation (including all such as relate to money laundering);
4.1.9
Choice of law
the choice of English law to govern this Guarantee and the other Security Documents to which it is party and the submission herein by the Guarantor to the jurisdiction of the English courts and performance of associated obligations are valid and binding;
4.1.10
No immunity
neither the Guarantor nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any Proceedings whatsoever; and
4.1.11
Financial statements correct and complete
the latest audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor in respect of the relevant financial year or quarter as delivered to the Agent present or will present fairly and accurately the consolidated financial position of the Guarantor as at the date thereof and the consolidated results of the operations of the Guarantor for the financial year ended on such date and, as at such date, neither the Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries had any significant liabilities (contingent or otherwise) or any unrealised or anticipated losses which are not disclosed by, or reserved against or provided for in, such financial statements;
4.1.12
Pari passu
the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee are direct, general and unconditional obligations ranking at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantor except for obligations which are mandatorily preferred by operation of law and not by contract;
7


4.1.13
Information / Material Adverse Effect
all information whatsoever provided by the Guarantor to the Agent in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Guarantee or the Security Documents to which it is a party or otherwise provided hereafter in relation to, or pursuant to this Guarantee or such Security Documents is, or will be, true and accurate in all material respects and not misleading, does or will not omit material facts and all reasonable enquiries have been, or shall have been, made to verify the facts and statements contained therein and there has not occurred any event which could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Guarantor since such information was provided to the Agent; there are, or will be, no other facts the omission of which would make any fact or statement therein misleading;
4.1.14
No withholding Taxes
no Taxes anywhere are imposed whatsoever by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee or the Security Documents to which it is a party or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery by the Guarantor of this Guarantee or such Security Documents or any other document or instrument to be executed or delivered under this Guarantee or such Security Documents;
4.1.15
Copies true and complete
the Certified Copies of the constitutional documents of the Guarantor delivered or to be delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause 9.1 of the Loan Agreement are, or will when delivered be, true and complete copies or, as the case may be, originals of such documents; and such documents constitute valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and there have been no amendments or variations thereof or defaults thereunder;
4.1.16
Tax and other fiscal returns
the Guarantor has filed all tax and other fiscal returns required to be filed by any tax authority to which it is subject;
4.1.17
Office in England
the Guarantor does not have an office in England;
4.1.18
Prohibited Persons, unlawful activity
(a)
to the best of its knowledge, none of the shares in the Borrower nor in the Vessel are or will be at any time during the Facility Period legally and beneficially owned and controlled by a Prohibited Person;
(b)
to the best of its knowledge, no Prohibited Person has or will have at any time during the Facility Period any legal or beneficial interest of any nature whatsoever in any of the shares of any of the Security Parties (other than in relation to the Guarantor); and
(c)
to the best of its knowledge, no title in any property or other assets subject to an Encumbrance created by a Security Document has been obtained in breach of any existing applicable law, statute, rule or regulation to which any Security Party is subject;
8


4.1.19
Insolvency
the Guarantor is not unable nor has admitted inability to pay its debts as they fall due, has not suspended making payments on any of its debts nor has announced an intention to do so, is not nor has become insolvent; nor has negative net worth (taking into account contingent liabilities), nor has suffered the declaration of a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness;
4.1.20
Ownership of Borrower
all the shares in the Borrower are legally owned and controlled by the Guarantor and are not held on trust for any third party; and
4.1.21
Accounting reference date
the Guarantor's accounting reference date is 31 December;
4.2
Repetition of representations and warranties
On each day throughout the Facility Period the Guarantor shall be deemed to repeat the representations and warranties in clause 4 updated mutatis mutandis as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on such day.
5
UNDERTAKINGS
5.1
General
The Guarantor undertakes that, from the date of this Guarantee until the end of the Facility Period, it will:
5.1.1
Notice of Default and Proceedings
promptly notify the Agent of (a) any Default and of any other circumstances or occurrence which might adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations on time under this Guarantee and (b) as soon as the same is instituted, details of any Proceedings involving the Guarantor which could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Guarantor and will from time to time, if so requested by the Agent, confirm to the Agent in writing that, save as otherwise stated in such confirmation, no Default has occurred and is continuing and no such Proceedings are on foot or threatened;
5.1.2
Authorisation
obtain or cause to be obtained, maintain in full force and effect and comply fully with all Required Authorisations, provide the Agent with Certified Copies of the same and do, or cause to be done, all other acts and things which may from time to time be necessary or desirable under applicable law (whether or not in a Pertinent Jurisdiction) for the continued due performance of all its obligations under this Guarantee;
5.1.3
Corporate Existence/Ownership
ensure that the Guarantor maintains its corporate existence as a body corporate duly organised and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Marshall Islands;
9


5.1.4
Pari passu
ensure that its obligations under this Guarantee shall at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract;
5.1.5
Financial statements
send to the Agent (or procure that is sent):
(a)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, annual audited (prepared in accordance with US GAAP by a first class international firm of accountants) consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor (commencing with the financial year ending 31 December 2018), together with updated details (in a form acceptable to the Agent) of all off-balance sheet and time-charter hire commitments of the Vessel; and
(b)
as soon as possible, but in no event later than 120 days after the end of each 3 month period in each of its financial years, the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor for that 3 month period;
5.1.6
Compliance Certificates
deliver to the Agent on the date on which the audited consolidated accounts are delivered under clauses 5.1.5(a) a Compliance Certificate together with such supporting information as the Agent may reasonably require;
5.1.7
Financial Covenants
procure that
(a)
the Net Worth of the Group will at all times exceed USD15,000,000;
(b)
commencing on 1 March 2020, the Group maintains a market capitalisation of no less than USD15,000,000; and
(c)
the Total Liabilities divided by the Total Assets shall at all times be less than 75%;
5.1.8
Provision of further information
provide the Agent with such financial or other information concerning the Vessel, the Borrower, the Guarantor and their respective affairs and activities including, but not limited to, financial standing, Indebtedness, balance sheet, repayment schedules, operating expenses, charter arrangements, time-charter hire commitments and operations as the Agent or any Lender (acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably require and all other documentation and information as any Lender may from time to time require in order to comply with its, and all other relevant, know-your-customer  regulations or to be able to create its own financial model in respect of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor;
5.1.9
Obligations under this Guarantee
duly and punctually perform each of the obligations expressed to be imposed or assumed by it under this Guarantee and the Security Documents to which it is a party;
10


5.1.10
Compliance with Laws and payment of taxes
comply with, and will ensure that the Borrower, the Managers and the Vessel comply with, all relevant Environmental Laws, laws, statutes, directives, regulations, decrees, rulings and analogous rules (including, but not limited to, laws relating to any trading prohibition imposed by the Flag State, the country of incorporation of the Borrower and the Guarantor or the country of nationality of any crew member of the Vessel by which the Borrower is bound or any rules relating to international sanctions as set out in clause 8.1.22 of the Loan Agreement or otherwise) and have at all times all trading certificates necessary to carry out the trade in which the Vessel is engaged at any relevant time and pay all taxes for which it, the Guarantor and each Manager is liable as they fall due;
5.1.11
Subordination
ensure that all Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Guarantor or to any other Security Party is fully subordinated to the rights of the Banks under the Security Documents, in a form acceptable to the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders);
5.1.12
Delivery of reports
deliver to the Agent, and procure that the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, concurrently with the issue thereof as many Certified Copies as the Agent may require of every report, circular, notice or like document issued by any Security Party to its creditors generally;
5.1.13
Vessel information
provide the Agent, and shall procure that the Borrower shall provide the Agent, promptly on request with all such information as it may from time to time reasonably require in relation to the Vessel, her Insurances (as defined in, and in accordance with the requirements of, the Ship Security Documents), her employment, position and engagements, particulars of all towages and salvages, and copies of all charters and other contracts for her employment, or otherwise howsoever concerning her, as well as copies of all original class records held by the Classification Society in relation to the Vessel, all reports of port state control inspections of the Vessel and information on the financial and operating performance of the Vessel in such form as the Agent may approve or require and all such information as it may from time to time require to determine the Valuation Amount of the Vessel in accordance with clause 8.2.2 of the Loan Agreement;
5.1.14
Insolvency
not present a petition, give notice or take any other step which could result in the Borrower being declared insolvent or being dissolved or in the appointment of an administrator of a Borrower or have an effect equivalent or similar thereto;
5.1.15
Transactions with associated companies
not enter into any transactions with the Borrower or any other Security Party, other than on arm's length terms, and the Guarantor shall not encumber its rights under this Guarantee;
5.1.16
Prohibited Persons
not, and will procure that no Security Party will, to the best of its knowledge, have any course of dealings, directly or indirectly, with any Prohibited Person; and
11


5.1.17
Change in constitutional documents
not amend or vary its constitutional documents.
5.1.18
Anti-bribery
The Guarantor shall ensure that no Security Party nor any of its respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents acting on its behalf will offer, give, insist on, receive or solicit any illegal payment or improper advantage to influence the action of any person in connection with any of its business.
5.1.19
Contractual recognition of bail-in
The Guarantor agrees to be bound by clause 12.4 ( Contractual recognition of bail-in ) of the Loan Agreement as if it is a party to the Loan Agreement.
5.1.20
Most-favoured lender clause
If the Guarantor enters into an agreement or instrument with any of its banks, financiers or any other financial institution pursuant to which the Guarantor grants to such banks, financiers or other financial institutions any financial covenant, or amends any financial covenant given to such banks, financiers or other financial institutions, measured by reference to the financial statements of the Guarantor, the Guarantor must give immediate notice of those new or amended financial covenants to the Agent, and if the Agent (acting reasonably) considers those covenants (taken as a whole) to be more favourable to those banks, financiers or other financial institutions than those contained in Clause 5.1.7 of this Guarantee (also taken as a whole) then the Guarantor shall enter into such documentation as the Agent shall reasonably require so that additional or amended financial covenants (taken as a whole) are given also to the Banks until the end of (i) the Facility Period or (ii) the period during which the additional or amended financial covenants will apply in favour of such banks, financiers or other financial institutions (whichever is the earlier).
6
BENEFIT OF THIS GUARANTEE
6.1
Benefit and Burden
This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors in title and shall enure for the benefit of the Security Trustee and its successors in title and its assignees and transferees.  The Guarantor expressly acknowledges and accepts the provisions of clause 15 of the Loan Agreement and agrees that any person in favour of whom an assignment or a transfer is made in accordance with such clause shall be entitled to the benefit of this Guarantee.
6.2
Changes in constitution of Security Trustee
Without prejudice to the provisions of clause 6.1, this Guarantee shall remain binding on the Guarantor notwithstanding any change in the constitution of the Security Trustee or the Security Trustee's absorption in, or amalgamation with, or the acquisition of all or part of its undertaking or assets by, any other person, or any reconstruction or reorganisation of any kind, to the intent that this Guarantee shall remain valid and effective in all respects in favour of any assignee, transferee or other successor in title of the Security Trustee in the same manner as if such assignee, transferee or other successor in title had been named in this Guarantee as a party instead of, or in addition to, the Security Trustee.
12


6.3
No assignment by Guarantor
The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under or pursuant to this Guarantee.
6.4
Disclosure of information
Subject to clause 15.10 of the Loan Agreement, the Agent may disclose to a potential assignee or sub‑participant any information which the Agent has received in relation to the Guarantor or its affairs under or in connection with this Guarantee, the Loan Agreement and the Master Agreement.
7
NOTICES AND OTHER MATTERS
7.1
Notices
7.1.1
Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, every Notice under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given in English by letter delivered personally and/or sent by post and/or transmitted by fax and/or electronically.
7.1.2
In this clause 7, "Notice" and or "Notices" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, request, waiver or other communication.
7.2
Address for Notices, effective date of Notices
7.2.1
Subject to clause 7.2.2 and clause 7.2.3, Notices to the Guarantor shall be deemed to have been given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Guarantor at the address and/or fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Guarantor may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Security Trustee by Notice in writing):
Address:            4 Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Maroussi
Greece

Fax:                      +30 211 1804097
Attn:                    Anastasios Aslidis / George Kavalis
7.2.2
Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.4 a Notice given pursuant to clause 2 shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when delivered, sent or transmitted by the Security Trustee to the Guarantor to the address or fax number referred to in clause 7.2.1.
7.2.3
Subject to clause 7.2.4, Notices to the Security Trustee shall be deemed to be given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Security Trustee at the address and/or the fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Security Trustee may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Guarantor by notice in writing):
Address                Friedrichswall 10
Hannover 30159
Germany

Fax no:
+49 511 361 4785
Attn:
Maritime Industries Department, Marilene Bauch
13


7.2.4
If under clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.3 any Notice would be deemed to have been given and effective on a day which is not a working day in the place of receipt or is outside normal business hours in the place of receipt, the notice shall be deemed to have been given and to have taken effect at the opening of business on the next working day in such place.
7.3
Electronic Communication
7.3.1
Any communication to be made by and/or between the Security Trustee and the Guarantor under or in connection with this Guarantee may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if and provided that all such parties
(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(ii)
notify each other of any change to their electronic mail address or any other such information supplied by them.
7.3.2
Any electronic communication made by and/or between the Security Trustee and the Guarantor will be effective only when actually received in readable form.
7.4
No implied waivers, remedies cumulative
No failure or delay on the part of the Security Trustee in exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy under or pursuant to this Guarantee nor any actual or alleged course of dealing between the Security Trustee and the Guarantor shall operate as a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any default on the part of the Guarantor, unless expressly agreed to do so in writing by the Security Trustee nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Security Trustee of any right, power, discretion or remedy or the exercise by the Security Trustee of any other right, power, discretion or remedy. The remedies provided in this Guarantee are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
7.5
English translations
Any certificates, instruments and other documents to be delivered under or supplied in connection with this Guarantee shall be written in English or shall be accompanied by a certified English translation upon which the Security Trustee shall be entitled to rely.
7.6
Expenses
The Guarantor agrees to reimburse the Security Trustee on demand on a full indemnity basis for all legal and other costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Security Trustee in relation to the enforcement of this Guarantee against the Guarantor.
7.7
Partial Invalidity
If, at any time, any provision of this Guarantee is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, that provision shall be severed from the remainder and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected or impaired in any way.
14


8
JURISDICTION
8.1
Exclusive jurisdiction
For the benefit of the Security Trustee, and subject to clause 8.4 below, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction:
8.1.1
to settle any disputes or other matters whatsoever arising under or in connection with or in any way related to this Guarantee (or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee), and any disputes or other such matters arising in connection with the negotiation, validity, existence or enforceability of this Guarantee or any part thereof, whether the dispute or other matter arises under the law of England or under the law of some other country; and
8.1.2
to grant interim remedies, or other provisional or protective relief.
8.2
Submission and service of process
For the purpose of clause 8.1, the Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts.  Without prejudice to any other mode of service, the Guarantor:
8.2.1
irrevocably empowers and appoints Hill Dickinson Services (London) Limited at present of The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EW, England, as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Guarantee;
8.2.2
agrees to maintain such an agent for service of process in England for so long as any amount is outstanding and/or the Guarantor has any actual or contingent liability arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee;
8.2.3
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Guarantor of service of process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;
8.2.4
without prejudice to the effectiveness of service of process on its agent under sub-clause 8.2.1 but as an alternative method, consents to the service of process relating to any such proceedings by mailing or delivering a copy of the process to its address for the time being applying under clause 7.1 and 7.2 (Notices);
8.2.5
agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in sub-clause 8.2.1 above ceases to be effective, the Guarantor shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing such appointment within seven (7) days, the Security Trustee shall thereupon be entitled and is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Guarantor in those circumstances to appoint such person by notice to the Guarantor.
8.3
Forum non conveniens and enforcement abroad
The Guarantor:
8.3.1
waives any right and agrees not to apply to the English court or any other Court in any jurisdiction whatsoever or to stay or strike out proceedings commenced in England on the ground that England is an inappropriate forum and/or that there is another more appropriate forum and/or that proceedings have been or will be commenced in any other jurisdiction in connection with any dispute or other matter and/or related matter falling within clause 8.1, and
15


8.3.2
agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in a dispute or other matter falling within clause 8.1 shall be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
8.4
Right of Security Trustee, but not Guarantor, to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction
Nothing in this clause 8 limits the right of the Security Trustee to bring proceedings, including third party proceedings, against the Guarantor, or to apply for interim remedies, in connection with this Guarantee in any other court and/or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction. The obtaining by the Security Trustee of judgment in one jurisdiction shall not prevent the Security Trustee from bringing or continuing proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether or not these shall be founded on the same cause of action.
8.5
Enforceability despite invalidity of Guarantee
The jurisdiction agreement contained herein shall be severable from the remainder of this Guarantee and shall remain valid, binding and in full force and shall continue to apply notwithstanding this Guarantee, or any part thereof, being held to be avoided and/or rescinded and/or terminated and/or discharged and/or frustrated and/or invalid, unenforceable, illegal, discharged or otherwise of no effect for any reason.
8.6
Effect in relation to claims by and against non‑parties
8.6.1
For the purpose of this clause "Foreign Proceedings" shall mean any legal action or other proceeding whatsoever brought or pursued in any jurisdiction other than England, arising out of or in connection with or in any way related to this Guarantee and/or any of the other Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or which would, if brought by the Guarantor against the Security Trustee have been required to be brought in the English courts.
8.6.2
The Guarantor shall not bring or pursue any Foreign Proceedings against the Security Trustee;
8.6.3
If, for any reason whatsoever, the Guarantor brings or pursues against the Security Trustee any Foreign Proceedings, the Guarantor shall indemnify the Security Trustee on demand in respect of any and all claims, losses, damages, demands, causes of action, liabilities, costs and expenses (including but not limited to legal costs) of whatsoever nature howsoever arising from or in connection with such Foreign Proceedings as the Security Trustee certifies as having been incurred by it;
8.6.4
The Security Trustee and the Guarantor hereby agree and declare that the benefit of this clause 8 shall extend to and may be enforced by, any officer, employee, agent or business associate of the Security Trustee against whom the Guarantor brings a claim in connection howsoever with (i) the Loan Agreement, this Guarantee or any of the other Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or (ii) any action of any kind whatsoever taken by, on behalf of or for the benefit howsoever of the Security Trustee pursuant thereto, or which, if it were brought against the Security Trustee, would fall within the material scope of clause 8.1. In those circumstances this clause 8 shall be read and construed as if references to the Security Trustee were references to such officer, employee, agent or business associate, as the case may be but shall be without prejudice to any potential liability thereof for losses or damages caused to any Security Party by gross negligence or wilful default of such officer, employee, agent or business associate.
9
GOVERNING LAW
This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties to this Guarantee have caused this Guarantee to be duly executed as a deed on the date first above written.

16

Schedule


Form of Compliance Certificate

To:            Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale (as Agent)
From:            Eurodry Ltd.

 
Date [            ] 200[ ]

Dear Sirs
Loan facility agreement dated 17 February 2016 (as amended by supplemental agreements dated 7 September 2017 and            2018, the "Loan Agreement") for a loan of (originally)   up to USD16,560,000 made between (1) Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd   as Borrower, (2) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Lender, (3) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Agent and Security Trustee and (4) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as Swap Bank.
We refer to the Loan Agreement.  Words and expressions whose meanings are defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meanings when used herein.
We hereby confirm that [except as stated below] as at the date hereof to the best of our knowledge and belief after due inquiry:-
1.
all the Borrower's financial covenants in the Loan Agreement set out in clause 8 are being fully complied with, and, in particular, by reference to the latest audited financial statements, management accounts and all other current relevant information available to us:
(a)
the Net Worth of the Group is USD [         ];
(b)
the Group maintains a market capitalisation of USD[];
(c)
the Total Liabilities are USD [    ] and the Total Assets (adjusted for market values of vessels calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.2) are USD [    ];
(d)
the Total Liabilities divided by the Total Assets (adjusted for market values of vessels calculated in accordance with Clause 8.2.2) is [       ]%;
(e)
the amount of cash or cash equivalents held in the Earnings Account is $[]; and
(f)
the amount of cash or cash equivalents held in the Drydock Reserve Account is $[  ].
2.            no Default has occurred
3.
the representations set out in clause 7 of the Loan Agreement are true and accurate with reference to all facts and circumstances now existing and all Required Authorisations have been obtained and are in full force and effect.
[State any exceptions/qualifications to the above statements]
Yours faithfully
Eurodry Ltd.
By________________________           
Chief Financial Officer: Eurodry Ltd.
17


SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED
)
 
by STEFANIA KARMIRI
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
EURODRY LTD.
)
 
its duly authorised Attorney
)
 
pursuant to a power of attorney
)
 
dated                                   2018
)
………………………………
in the presence of:
)
Attorney-in-fact
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED
)
 
by
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
………………………………
in the presence of:
)
Attorney-in-fact



18

Exhibit 10.20
Private and Confidential

DATED                            2018




EURODRY LTD.
as Shareholder


– and –


NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
as Security Trustee




___________________________________

PLEDGE OVER SHARES
IN KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
____________________________________









INCE & CO
PIRAEUS

Contents
Clause
 
Page
     
1
Definitions
1
2
Charging clause
3
3
Representations and warranties
3
4
Covenants by the Shareholder
4
5
Dividends and voting rights
7
6
Further assurance
8
7
Powers of the Security Trustee
8
8
Attorney
10
9
Continuing security and other matters
11
10
Discharge of security
12
11
Certificates
13
12
Payments
13
13
Notices
14
14
Other matters
15
15
Jurisdiction
16
16
Governing law
18
     
Schedule 1 The Shares
19
Schedule 2 Specimen instrument of transfer
20
Schedule 3 Shareholders' letter of authority
21
Schedule 4 Form of irrevocable proxy
22
Schedule 5 Directors' resignation letter
23
Schedule 6 Director's letter of undertaking
24
Schedule 7 Form of dividend mandate
25


THIS DEED of PLEDGE is dated                               2018 and made BETWEEN :
(1)
EURODRY LTD. a corporation incorporated under the Marshall Islands and having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960 (the " Shareholder "); and
(2)
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE a company incorporated in Germany acting through its branch at Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover, Germany (the " Security Trustee ").
WHEREAS:
(A)
The Shareholder is the legal owner of 500 registered shares with a par value of One US Cent ($0.01) per share in Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands (the " Corporation "), representing all of the issued, non assessable and paid up share capital of the Corporation.
(B)
By a facility agreement dated 17 February 2016 (as amended by a supplemental agreement letter dated 7 September 2017 and a second supplemental agreement dated   2018 and as may be further amended, supplemented, varied , extended, replaced, novated or restated from time to time, the " Facility Agreement ") and made between (i) the Corporation   as borrower, (ii) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as lender (the " Lender "), (iii) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as agent and security trustee and (iv) Norddeutsche Landesbank Girozentrale as swap bank (the " Swap Bank ") it was agreed that the Lender would make available to the Corporation a loan facility of (originally) up to USD16,560,000.
(C)
The Corporation may enter into one or more Transactions (as such term is defined in the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement dated as of 17 February 2016) and made between (1) the Corporation and (2) the Swap Bank (the " Master Agreement ")) as evidenced by one or more Confirmations (as such term is defined in the Master Agreement) which are governed by the Master Agreement.
(D)
The Banks have appointed the Security Trustee as their security trustee and pursuant to a deed of trust dated 17 February 2016  executed by the Security Trustee as trustee, the Security Trustee has agreed to hold, receive, administer and enforce this Deed for and on behalf of the Banks.
(E)
Pursuant to the Facility Agreement it is a condition precedent to the advance of the Loan that the Shareholder should execute a pledge in respect of the Shares (as defined below) in favour of the Security Trustee (in the form of this Deed).
NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:
1
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Defined expressions
Words and expressions defined in the Facility Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, have the same meanings when used in this Deed.
1.2
Definitions
In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires;
3


" Expenses " means the aggregate at any relevant time (to the extent that the same have not been received or recovered by the Security Trustee) of:
(a)
all losses, liabilities, costs, duties, fees, charges, expenses, claims, damages, moneys and outgoings of whatever nature (including, but not limited to, Taxes, registration fees and legal costs) suffered, incurred or paid by the Security Trustee in connection with the exercise of the powers referred to in or granted by this Deed or otherwise payable by the Shareholder in accordance with clauses 7.5 and 7.6; and
(b)
interest on all such losses, liabilities, costs, duties, fees, charges, expenses, claims, damages, moneys and outgoings from the date on which the same was suffered, incurred or paid by the Security Trustee until the date of receipt or recovery thereof (whether before or after judgment) at a rate per annum calculated in accordance with clause 3.4 of the Facility Agreement (as conclusively certified by the Security Trustee);
" Outstanding Indebtedness " means the aggregate of   the Loan and interest accrued and accruing thereon, the Expenses and all other sums of money from time to time owing to the Banks or any of them, whether actually or contingently, under the Loan Agreement, the Master Agreement, the other Security Documents or any of them;
" Pertinent Jurisdiction " means any jurisdiction in which or where the Shareholder is incorporated, resident, domiciled has a permanent establishment or assets, carries on or has a place of business or is otherwise effectively connected;
" Secured Obligations " means all obligations whatsoever of the Corporation under or pursuant to the Facility Agreement and the Master Agreement, whensoever arising, actual or contingent, and whether of payment, performance or compliance;
" Secured Property " means the Shares and all stock, shares, warrants, securities, rights, moneys or property (including the dividends, interest or income thereon or therefrom) accruing or acquired at any time and from time to time by way of redemption, purchase, bonus, preference, option or otherwise to or in respect of or derived from all or any of the Shares or any derivatives thereof, including the proceeds of any sale of any of the Shares; and
" Shares " means the 500 registered shares with a par value of One US Cent ($0.01) in the capital of the Corporation legally and beneficially owned by the Shareholder representing all of the issued, non assessable and paid up share capital of the Corporation and shall include any other shares in the capital of the Corporation which may hereafter be beneficially owned by the Shareholder.
1.3
Construction
The provisions of clauses 1.3 and 1.4 of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Deed as if references to "this Agreement" were to this Deed and references to "the Corporate Guarantor" were to the Shareholder and otherwise mutatis mutandis.
1.4
Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999
No part of this Deed shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Deed.
1.5
Conflict with Facility Agreement
4


This Deed shall be read together with the Facility Agreement but, in the case of any conflict between them, the provisions of the Facility Agreement shall prevail.
2
CHARGING CLAUSE
In consideration of inter alia the Lender agreeing to make the Loan available to the Corporation and the Swap Bank having agreed to enter into the Master Agreement, the Shareholder, with full title guarantee, hereby pledges, mortgages, charges, assigns, transfers, deposits, sets over and confirms and agrees to pledge, mortgage, charge, assign, transfer, deposit, set over and confirm to the Security Trustee as security for the payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and as a continuing security for the payment of all moneys and the discharge of all obligations and liabilities hereby covenanted to be paid or otherwise hereby secured by way of a first fixed pledge all of its interest in and to all of the Secured Property.
3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
3.1
Representations and warranties
The Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to the Security Trustee that:
3.1.1
Title
the Shareholder is the holder of the Shares and is the legal owner of and has full right and title to, and has hereby pledged, the Secured Property and all the Shares are free from any Encumbrance of any kind (other than the Encumbrance hereby created) and are not, nor shall they be, subject to any option and neither the Secured Property nor the Shares are held on trust for any third party;
3.1.2
Shares fully paid
the Shares are fully paid or credited as fully paid and non-assessable and no calls have been, or can be, made in respect of the Shares;
3.1.3
Shareholder Obligations
the obligations of the Shareholder under this Deed are direct, general and unconditional obligations of the Shareholder;
3.1.4
No other security etc.
the Shareholder has not taken or received any security or lien from the Corporation in respect of any liability hereunder or in respect of any other liability of the Corporation to the Shareholder;
3.1.5
No immunity
neither the Shareholder nor any of its assets is entitled to immunity on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any Proceedings whatsoever.
3.2
Repetition of representations and warranties
5



The representations and warranties in clause 3.1 shall be deemed to be repeated by the Shareholder on and as of each day from the date of this Deed the end of the Facility Period as if made with reference to the facts and circumstances existing on each such day.
4
COVENANTS BY THE SHAREHOLDER
4.1
Supporting documents
The Shareholder hereby covenants with the Security Trustee that during the continuance of this Deed the Shareholder shall at all times deposit with the Security Trustee and permit the Security Trustee during the continuance of this security to hold and retain:
4.1.1
Certificates
all share certificates and documents of title relating to the Shares together with any other documents of title relating to the Secured Property;
4.1.2
Transfers
subject to clause 7.1, transfers of the Shares, duly completed (undated) in favour of the Security Trustee or its nominees or otherwise as the Security Trustee may direct in the form set out in schedule 2 together with letters of authority in respect of such transfers in the form set out in schedule 3;
4.1.3
Proxies
subject to clause 4.3.1, an irrevocable proxy in respect of the Shares, executed by the Shareholder in favour of the Security Trustee in the form set out in schedule 4, entitling the Security Trustee to exercise all voting rights in respect of the Shares, subject to clause 5.1;
4.1.4
Resignation/authority letters
executed (undated) resignation letters from each Director and Officer of the Corporation in the form set out in schedule 5 together with letters of authority from each Director and Officer of the Corporation in respect of such resignation letters in the form set out in schedule 6; and
4.1.5
Other documents
all such other documents as the Security Trustee may from time to time reasonably require for perfecting its title to the Shares and/or the Secured Property or for vesting or enabling it to vest the same in itself or its nominees or in any purchaser to the intent that the Security Trustee may at any time without notice present them for registration.
4.2
Continuing covenants
The Shareholder hereby further covenants with the Security Trustee that during the Facility Period it shall:
4.2.1
Title
warrant and defend the right, title and interest of the Security Trustee in and to the Secured Property against the claims and demands of any other persons;
6



4.2.2
Payment of calls
duly and promptly pay all calls, instalments or any other payments that may from time to time become due in respect of any of the Shares;
4.2.3
Negative undertakings
not (without the consent of the Security Trustee):
(a)
create or permit to subsist any Encumbrance other than a Permitted Encumbrance on or over the Secured Property or any part thereof or interest therein or attempt or agree to do so;
(b)
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Secured Property or any part thereof or interest therein or attempt or agree so to do;
(c)
allow or permit the Corporation to cancel, increase, create or issue or agree to issue or put under option or agree to put under option any share or loan capital or obligation now or hereafter convertible into share or loan capital of or in the Corporation of any class or call any uncalled capital;
(d)
allow or permit the Corporation to make any alteration to, grant any rights in relation to or otherwise re-organise or purchase or reduce the share capital or reserves of the Corporation in any way or enter into any composition or arrangement with its creditors or any class of creditors of the Corporation;
(e)
convene any meeting with a view either to the material alteration of any of the provisions of the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation/Association and By-Laws or to passing a resolution that the Corporation be wound up; or
(f)
allow or permit the Corporation to permit any person other than the Shareholder to be holders of the Shares or any part thereof.
4.2.4
Appointment of other directors or officers
duly and promptly notify the Security Trustee of the appointment of any other Director or Directors or Officer or Officers of the Corporation (whether by way of replacement of, or addition to, any of the existing Directors or Officers) and duly and promptly deliver to the Security Trustee the letter or letters of undertaking to resign referred to in clause 4.1 duly signed by such additional Director or Directors or Officer or Officers;
4.2.5
Maintain value of security
not do or cause or permit to be done anything which may in any way depreciate, jeopardise or otherwise prejudice the value to the Security Trustee of the security created or intended to be created by this Deed;
4.2.6
Indebtedness due from the Corporation
not demand or accept repayment in whole or in part of any Indebtedness now or hereafter due to the Shareholder from the Corporation, or from any other Security Party, or demand or accept any security in respect thereof or assign or charge the same as security;
7


4.2.7
No set-off or counterclaim
not claim any set-off or counterclaim against the Corporation or any other person liable or claim or prove in competition with the Security Trustee in the bankruptcy or liquidation (or equivalent) of the Corporation or any other person liable or have the benefit of, or share in, any payment from or composition with, the Corporation or any other person liable for any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any other person liable but so that, if so directed by the Security Trustee, it shall prove for the whole or any part of its claim in the liquidation or bankruptcy (or equivalent) of the Corporation on terms that the benefit of such proof and any money received by it in respect thereof shall be held on trust for the Security Trustee and applied in or towards discharge of the liabilities and obligations of the Shareholder to the Security Trustee under this Deed in such manner as the Security Trustee may require;
4.2.8
No subrogation
not exercise any rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnity or contribution against the Corporation or any other Security Party;
4.2.9
Payments and compositions
not have the benefit of any share in any payment or composition from the Corporation or any other person or in any other guarantee or security now or hereafter held by the Security Trustee; and
4.2.10
No Encumbrance
not take or receive any Encumbrance from the Corporation in respect of the liability of the Shareholder under this Deed.
4.2.11
Contractual recognition of bail-in
The Shareholder agrees to be bound by clause 12.4 ( Contractual recognition of bail-in ) of the Loan Agreement as if it is a party to the Loan Agreement.
4.3
Further covenants
The Shareholder hereby further covenants and agrees with the Security Trustee that:
4.3.1
Powers on default
the Security Trustee and its nominees may (at their discretion) following the occurrence of any Event of Default which is continuing exercise, in the name of the Shareholder or otherwise at any time whether pursuant to the powers conferred upon the Security Trustee under any irrevocable proxy referred to in clause 4.1.3 or otherwise pursuant to this Deed, and whether before or after demand for payment and without any further consent or authority on the part of the Shareholder, in respect of the Shares any voting rights and all powers or rights which may be exercisable by the person in whose name the Shares are registered but such power shall be exercised subject to the provisions of clause 5;
4.3.2
Transfer of Shares to Security Trustee
if so requested by the Security Trustee, after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and following notice given to the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of
8


clause 10.2 of the Facility Agreement, the Shareholder shall transfer all or any of the Shares to the Security Trustee or to its nominees and the Security Trustee may hold all or any of the Shares in any branch of the Security Trustee or with any correspondents or other agents in any country;
4.3.3
Filing of this Deed
it will file or cause to be filed a copy of this Deed with the Secretary (or other appropriate officer) of the Corporation for the purpose of giving notice of this security to the Corporation and that it will obtain and deliver to the Security Trustee an acknowledgement of such filing; and
4.3.4
Borrowed Money
forthwith upon the exercise by the Security Trustee of the powers conferred upon the Security Trustee pursuant to this Deed after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing without the need for any further notice from or to the Shareholder, the Corporation shall cease to have any liability towards the Shareholder in respect of any Borrowed Money and any obligation on the Corporation to repay the same shall thereupon be cancelled and the Shareholder may not make any demand, or accept payment of any funds (whether direct or by set-off) in respect of such Borrowed Money.
5
DIVIDENDS AND VOTING RIGHTS
5.1
Voting rights
Unless and until the Security Trustee takes any steps under Clause 7 after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and following notice given to the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of clause 10.2 of the Facility Agreement, the Shareholder shall be entitled to exercise all voting and other rights vested in the holder of the Shares notwithstanding that the share certificates in respect of the Shares are held by the Security Trustee, provided that the Shareholder shall not exercise such rights in a manner which would or might detract from the security created by this Deed or conflict with any provision of any of the Security Documents.
5.2
Dividend rights
If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or the Shareholder is in breach of any term of this Deed, the Security Trustee may require that any dividends, interest or other moneys which may be paid or payable in respect of the Secured Property shall be paid to the Security Trustee and shall be applied by the Security Trustee in or towards payment of the Expenses and the balance shall be applied by the Security Trustee in accordance with clause 13.1 of the Facility Agreement.  So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Shareholder is not in breach of any term of this Deed and so long as the payment of any dividends, interest or other moneys does not constitute or give rise to a breach of any provision of the Security Documents, any such dividends shall be paid to the Shareholder.
5.3
Delivery of dividend mandate
9



Where the Security Trustee becomes entitled to receive dividends pursuant to clause 5.2, the Shareholder shall immediately execute and deliver to the Corporation a dividend mandate in the form set out in Schedule 7.
5.4
Payment of dividends and interest
Any dividends, interest or other moneys or property charged pursuant hereto which are received by the Shareholder after the power of sale under clause 7.1 has arisen shall be held in trust for the Security Trustee and shall be paid or delivered to the Security Trustee on demand for application in accordance with clause 5.2.
6
FURTHER ASSURANCE
6.1
Execution of further charges
The Shareholder shall, at its own expense and at any time if and when required by the Security Trustee execute such further legal or other pledges, charges or assignments in favour of the Security Trustee as the Security Trustee shall from time to time reasonably require over all or any of the Secured Property and all rights relating thereto both present and future (including any substituted securities and any vendor's lien) and any other transfers or documents the Security Trustee may from time to time require for perfecting its title thereto or for vesting, or enabling it to vest, the same in itself or its nominees or in any purchaser, to secure all moneys, obligations and liabilities hereby covenanted to be paid, or otherwise hereby secured, or to facilitate realisation of the Secured Property or the exercise of the powers conferred on the Security Trustee, such further pledges, charges or assignments to be prepared by or on behalf of the Security Trustee at the cost of the Shareholder.
6.2
Other matters
The Shareholder also undertakes at its own expense from time to time to execute, sign, perfect, do and (if required) register every such further assurance, document, act or thing as in the reasonable opinion of the Security Trustee may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of more effectively pledging, charging or assigning the Secured Property or perfecting the security constituted, or intended to be constituted, by this Deed.
7
POWERS OF THE SECURITY TRUSTEE
7.1
Enforcement
At any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and following notice given to the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of clause 10.2 of the Facility Agreement:
7.1.1
Transfers
the Security Trustee, and any nominee of the Security Trustee may, complete the transfers in respect of the Shares deposited with the Security Trustee pursuant hereto, by dating them, and may submit all or any of the transfers together with any share certificates in respect thereof for registration in the name of the Security Trustee, or any nominee of the Security Trustee, and thereafter the Security Trustee or any such nominee may exercise all the powers or rights which may be exercisable by the registered holder of the Shares and all other powers conferred on mortgagees by law or otherwise without further notice and without any restrictions; and
10



7.1.2
Application of dividends and interest
any dividends, interest or other payments which may be received or receivable by the Security Trustee, or by any nominee, in respect of any of the Secured Property may be applied by the Security Trustee in accordance with clause 13.1 of the Facility Agreement.
7.2
Sale or disposal
In exercising the powers referred to in clause 7.1, the Security Trustee may sell or dispose of the Secured Property or any part thereof at such times in such manner and generally on such terms and conditions as the Security Trustee may think fit (and the Security Trustee shall be entitled at its discretion to purchase any and all of the Secured Property so sold).
7.3
No enquiry by purchaser
No purchaser or other person shall be bound or concerned to see or enquire whether the right of the Security Trustee to exercise any of the powers hereby conferred has arisen, nor be concerned with notice to the contrary, or with the propriety of the exercise or purported exercise of such powers.
7.4
Application of proceeds
All moneys received by the Security Trustee under, or in the exercise of any powers conferred by, this Deed shall be applied in or towards payment of the Expenses and the balance shall be applied in accordance with clause 13.1 of the Facility Agreement.
7.5
Expenses, costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc.
The Shareholder shall pay to the Security Trustee on a full indemnity basis on demand all expenses, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, duties, fees, charges, damages, moneys and outgoings of whatever nature (including but not limited to, legal costs) suffered, incurred or paid by the Security Trustee (as certified by the Security Trustee) in connection with:
7.5.1
the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of this Deed and of any amendment or supplement to this Deed;
7.5.2
the granting of any consent or waiver under or in connection with this Deed;
7.5.3
any breach of the warranties in clause 3 and any failure by the Shareholder to perform or discharge its obligations and liabilities pursuant to this Deed;
7.5.4
any action by the Shareholder which in the reasonable opinion of the Security Trustee may depreciate, jeopardise or otherwise prejudice the value to the Security Trustee of the security created or intended to be created by this Deed;
7.5.5
any step taken or contemplated by or on behalf of the Security Trustee with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or security interest created by or arising in connection with this Deed or otherwise in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness or the security therefor or for any similar purpose; and
7.5.6
the release of any part of the Secured Property from the security created by this Deed.
7.6
Liability of Security Trustee and indemnity
11


7.6.1
The Security Trustee shall not be liable to account as mortgagee in possession in respect of all or any of the Secured Property and shall not be liable for any loss upon realisation or for any neglect or default to present any interest coupon or any bond or stock drawn for repayment or for any failure to pay any call or instalment or to accept any offer or to notify the Shareholder of any such matter of for any loss occasioned by the timing of the exercise of any of its powers under this Deed or for any other loss of any nature whatsoever howsoever arising in connection with the Secured Property or the exercise or purported exercise of any powers contained in this Deed, regardless of whether such liability is alleged to arise in contract, tort, negligence, breach of statutory duty or otherwise.
7.6.2
The Shareholder shall indemnify the Security Trustee on demand against any and all claims, losses, damages, demands, causes of action, obligations, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs) of whatsoever nature howsoever arising from or in connection with anything done or omitted in the exercise or purported exercise of any powers contained in this Deed (including without limitation powers vested in the Security Trustee by virtue of clause 8) or otherwise in connection therewith and herewith or with any part of the Secured Property or otherwise howsoever in connection with any of the matters dealt with in any of the Security Documents.
7.6.3
The Security Trustee and the Shareholder hereby agree and declare that the benefit of this clause 7.6 shall extend to and may be enforced by, any officer, employee, agent (including without limitation any person appointed by the Security Trustee pursuant to clause 14.5) or business associate of the Security Trustee, and this clause 7.6 shall be read and construed as if references to the Security Trustee were references to such officer, employee, agent or business associate, as the case may be.
8
ATTORNEY
8.1
Power of attorney
For the purpose of exercising, securing, enforcing or realising the Security Trustee's powers, rights and interest to, in, or in relation to, the Secured Property and the due and punctual performance and discharge of all Secured Obligations and all obligations and liabilities hereby covenanted to be paid or otherwise hereby secured, the Shareholder irrevocably and by way of security appoints the Security Trustee its attorney, on its behalf and in its name or otherwise, to execute, seal, deliver and complete any transfers or other documents which the Security Trustee may require for perfecting its title to or for vesting the Shares both present and future in the Security Trustee or its nominees or in any purchaser, to make any alteration or addition to the Shares comprised therein or any other alteration or addition and generally to sign, seal, deliver and otherwise perfect any such transfers or other documents and any legal or other pledges/charges or assignments over the Shares referred to in clause 6 and to do all such acts and things as may be required for the full exercise of the powers hereby conferred including any sale or other disposition of the Secured Property, provided always that such powers shall not be exercisable until the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing.
8.2
Protection of Security
The Shareholder hereby irrevocably appoints the Security Trustee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf and as its act and deed or otherwise of it to agree the form of and to do and execute all deeds, instruments, acts and things to file, record, register or enrol this Deed which the Security Trustee may in its discretion consider necessary or advisable, now or in the
12


future, in order to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Deed or for the purpose of protecting or maintaining the security created by this Deed of for any similar or related purpose.
8.3
Dealings with attorneys, ratification
8.3.1
The exercise, by or on behalf of the Security Trustee, of the power of attorney in clause 8.1, shall not put any person dealing with the Security Trustee upon any enquiry as to whether an Event of Default has occurred, nor shall such person be in any way affected by notice that no such event has occurred, and the exercise by the Security Trustee of such power shall constitute conclusive evidence of its right to exercise the same.
8.3.2
The Shareholder ratifies and confirms, and agrees to ratify and confirm any deed, assurance, agreement, instrument, act or thing which any such attorney may lawfully execute or do in the exercise or purported exercise of any powers contained in this Deed (including powers vested in the Security Trustee by virtue of this clause 8) or otherwise in connection therewith or with any part of the Secured Property, and the Shareholder hereby irrevocably appoints the Security Trustee to be its attorney, on its behalf and in its name to ratify on its behalf any transaction or action which the Security Trustee has in good faith purported to enter into or to take for the purpose of exercising powers conferred hereby.
9
CONTINUING SECURITY AND OTHER MATTERS
9.1
Continuing security
It is agreed that the security created by this Deed and the obligations and liabilities of the Shareholder and rights, remedies and powers of the Security Trustee hereunder:
9.1.1
shall be held by the Security Trustee as a continuing security for the payment of the Outstanding Indebtedness and the performance and observance of and compliance with all of the covenants, terms and conditions contained in the Security Documents;
9.1.2
shall be in addition to and shall not prejudice or affect and may be enforced by the Security Trustee, without prior recourse to the security created by any other Security Documents or by any present or future Encumbrance, security, guarantee, power, rights or remedies, right or remedy held by or available to the Banks or any of them;
9.1.3
may be enforced by the Security Trustee without prior recourse to any such security or guarantee as is referred to in clause 9.1.2 and the Shareholder waives all rights it may have of first requiring the Banks or any of them to enforce any such security or guarantee or to proceed against or claim payment from the Corporation or any other person;
9.1.4
shall not be satisfied by any intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the Outstanding Indebtedness or by any settlement of accounts between the Corporation, the Shareholder or any other person who may be liable to the Banks or any of them in respect of the Outstanding Indebtedness or any part thereof, and the Security Trustee;
9.1.5
shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by any time, indulgence or relief being given by the Banks or any of them to the Corporation or any other person, by any amendment or supplement to the Facility Agreement, any of the other Security Documents or any other document, by the taking, variation, compromise, renewal or release of or refusal or neglect or perfect or enforce any right, remedy or security against the Corporation or any other person
13


or by anything done or omitted which but for this provision might operate to exonerate the Shareholder; and
9.1.6
shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by any change in the constitution of, or any amalgamation or reconstruction of the Corporation, the Security Trustee or any other person or by any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or other circumstances relating to the Corporation or any other person, whether or not known to the Security Trustee, by any invalidity or irregularity or unenforceability of the obligations of the Corporation or any other person under the Facility Agreement or any of the other Security Documents or otherwise and, in the event that any obligation or purported obligation of the Corporation or any other person which, if enforceable or valid or continuing, would be secured by this Deed is or becomes wholly or in part unenforceable or invalid or terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Shareholder shall keep the Security Trustee fully indemnified against any loss suffered by the Security Trustee as a result of any failure by the Corporation or such other party to perform any such obligation or purported obligation.
9.2
Rights additional
All the rights, remedies and powers vested in the Security Trustee hereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any and every other right, power or remedy vested in the Security Trustee under this Deed, the Facility Agreement, the other Security Documents or at law and all the powers so vested in the Security Trustee may be exercised from time to time and as often as the Security Trustee may require.
9.3
No enquiry
The Security Trustee shall not be obliged to make any enquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it under this Deed, or to make any claim or take any action to collect any moneys receivable by the Security Trustee in the exercise of any powers conferred by this Deed, or to enforce any rights or benefits hereby assigned to the Security Trustee or to which the Security Trustee may at any time be entitled under this Deed.
9.4
Settlements conditional
Any release, discharge or settlement between the Shareholder and the Security Trustee shall be conditional upon no security disposition or payment to the Security Trustee by the Corporation, the Shareholder or any other person being void or set aside or ordered to be refunded pursuant to any provisions or enactments relating to bankruptcy, liquidation, administration or insolvency or for any other reason whatsoever and if such condition shall not be fulfilled, the Security Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the security created by this Deed and the other Security Documents as if such release, settlement or discharge had not occurred and any such payment had not been made.
10
DISCHARGE OF SECURITY
At the end of the Facility Period the security hereby constituted shall terminate and the Security Trustee shall, at the request and cost of the Shareholder, deliver, transfer or cause to be released to the Shareholder, or to such person or persons as the Shareholder shall direct, the documents and other items referred to in clause 4.1, and release and retransfer the Secured Property to the Shareholder or to such person or persons as the Shareholder shall direct, free and discharged from the security hereby constituted.
14



11
CERTIFICATES
A certificate by the Security Trustee as to any amount due or calculation made or any matter determined in connection with this Deed shall be conclusive and binding on the Shareholder except in the case of manifest error.
12
PAYMENTS
12.1
No deductions
All payments to be made by the Shareholder under this Deed shall be made in full, without any set-off or counterclaim whatsoever and, subject as provided in clause 12.2, free and clear of any deductions or withholdings, in Dollars on the due date to such account as the Security Trustee shall from time to time notify to the Shareholder.
12.2
Grossing-up for Taxes
If at any time the Shareholder must make any deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes (other than a FATCA Deduction) or deduction in respect of any duty, assessment or other charge or otherwise from any payment due under this Deed for the account of any Bank or if the Security Trustee must make any deduction or withholding from a payment to another Bank or withholding in respect of Taxes from any payment due under this Deed, the sum due from the Shareholder in respect of such payment must be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, the relevant Bank receives on the due date for such payment (and retains, free from any liability in respect of such deduction or withholding), a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made and the Shareholder must indemnify each Bank against any losses or costs incurred by it by reason of any failure of the Shareholder to make any such deduction or withholding or by reason of any increased payment not being made on the due date for such payment. Provided however that if any Bank or the Security Trustee shall be or become entitled to any Tax credit or relief in respect of any Tax which is deducted from any payment by the Shareholder and it actually receives a benefit from such Tax credit or relief in its country of domicile, incorporation or residence, the relevant Bank or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, shall, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, pay to the Shareholder after such benefit is effectively received by the relevant Bank or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, such amounts (which shall be conclusively certified by the Security Trustee) as shall ensure that the net amount actually retained by the relevant Bank or the Security Trustee, as the case may be, is equal to the amount which would have been retained if there had been no such deduction. The Shareholder must promptly deliver to the Security Trustee any receipts, certificates or other proof evidencing the amounts (if any) paid or payable in respect of any deduction or withholding as aforesaid.
12.3
Currency indemnity
If any sum due from the Shareholder under this Deed or any order or judgment given or made in relation hereto has to be converted from the currency (the "first currency") in which the same is payable under this Deed or under such order or judgment into another currency (the "second currency") for the purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or proof against the Shareholder, (b) obtaining an order or judgment in any court of other tribunal or (c) enforcing any order or judgment given or made in relation to this Deed, the Shareholder shall indemnify the Security Trustee on demand in respect of any loss suffered as a result of any
15


difference between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert the sum in question from the first currency into the second currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange at which the Security Trustee may, in the ordinary course of business, purchase the first currency with the second currency upon receipt of a sum paid to it in satisfaction, in whole or in part, of any such order, judgment, claim or proof.  Any amount due from the Shareholder under this clause 0 shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Deed and the term "rate of exchange" includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of the first currency with the second currency.
13
NOTICES
13.1
General
13.1.1
Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, every Notice under or in connection with this Deed shall be given in English by letter delivered personally and/or sent by first class post and/or transmitted by fax.
13.1.2
In this clause 13, "Notice" and/or "Notices" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, certificate, request, waiver or other communication whatsoever.
13.2
Addresses for Notices, effective date of Notices
13.2.1
Subject to clause 13.2.2 and clause 13.2.4, Notices to the Shareholder shall be deemed to have been given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Shareholder at the address and/or fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Shareholder may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Security Trustee by Notice in writing):
 
Address:
4 Messogiou & Evropis Street
 
   
151 24 Maroussi
 
   
Greece
 
       
 
Fax:
+30 211 1804097
 
       
 
Attn:
Anastasios Aslidis / George Kavalis
 
       
13.2.2
Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 13.2.1 or 13.2.4, a Notice of default shall be deemed to have been given and shall take effect when delivered, sent or transmitted by the Security Trustee to the Shareholder to the address or fax number referred to in clause 13.2.1.
13.2.3
Subject to clause 13.2.4, Notices to the Security Trustee shall be deemed to have been given, and shall take effect, when received in full legible form by the Security Trustee at the address and/or the fax number appearing below (or at such other address or fax number as the Security Trustee may hereafter specify for such purpose to the Shareholder by Notice in writing):
 
Address:
Friedrichswall 10
 
   
Hannover 30159
 
   
Germany
 
       
 
Fax:
+49 511 361 4785
 
       
 
Attn:
Maritime Industries Department, Marilene Bauch
 
       
16



13.2.4
If under clause 13.2.1 or 13.2.3 any Notice would be deemed to have been given and effective on a day which is not a working day in the place of receipt or is outside normal business hours in the place of receipt, the Notice shall be deemed to have been given and to have taken effect at the opening of business on the next working day.
13.3
Electronic Communication
13.3.1
Any communication to be made by and/or between the Security Trustee and the Shareholder under or in connection with this Deed may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if and provided that all such parties:
(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
(ii)
notify each other of any change to their electronic mail address or any other such information supplied by them.
13.3.2
Any electronic communication made by and/or between the Security Trustee and the Shareholder will be effective only when actually received in readable form.
14
OTHER MATTERS
14.1
Time of the essence
14.1.1
Time shall be of the essence in respect of all obligations of whatsoever nature of the Shareholder under this Deed, howsoever and whensoever arising.
14.2
No waiver
No failure or delay by the Security Trustee in exercising any right, power or remedy vested in it under this Deed shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise or waiver of any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.  The remedies provided in this Deed are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
14.3
Severability
Each of the provisions of this Deed is severable and distinct from the others and if at any time one or more of such provisions is or becomes invalid illegal or unenforceable the validity legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
14.4
Indemnities
The indemnities contained in this Deed shall survive any termination of this Deed howsoever occurring.
14.5
Delegation of powers
17



The Security Trustee shall be entitled, at any time and as often as may be expedient, to delegate all or any of the powers and discretions vested in it by this Deed (including the power vested in it by virtue of clause 8) in such manner, upon such terms, and to such person as the Security Trustee in its absolute discretion may think fit.
14.6
Assignment by Shareholder
The Shareholder may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Deed.
14.7
Assignment by Security Trustee
The Security Trustee may assign all or any of its rights or benefits under this Deed to any person in favour of whom an assignment has been made in accordance with clause 15.3 of the Facility Agreement and the Shareholder undertakes, immediately on being requested to do so by the Security Trustee and at the cost of the Security Trustee, to enter into such documents as may be necessary or desirable to effect such transfer.
14.8
Disclosure of information
The Security Trustee may disclose to a potential assignee or transferee or to any other person who may propose entering into contractual relations with the Security Trustee in relation to the Facility Agreement, such information about the Shareholder as the Security Trustee shall consider appropriate.
15
JURISDICTION
15.1
Exclusive jurisdiction
For the benefit of the Security Trustee, and subject to clause 15.4, the Shareholder hereby irrevocably agree that the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction:
15.1.1
to settle any disputes or other matters whatsoever arising out of or in connection with or in any way related to this Deed or any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Deed, and any disputes or other such matters arising in connection with the negotiation, validity, existence or enforceability of this Deed or any part thereof, whether the dispute or other matter arises under the law of England or under the law of some other country; and
15.1.2
to grant interim remedies, or other provisional or protective relief.
15.2
Submission and service of process
For the purpose of clause 15.1, the Shareholder irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts.  Without prejudice to any other mode of service, the Shareholder:
15.2.1
irrevocably empowers and appoints Hill Dickinson Services (London) Limited at present of The Broadgate Tower, 20 Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EW, England as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Deed;
18



15.2.2
agrees to maintain such an agent for service of process in England for so long as any amount is outstanding and/or the Shareholder has any actual or contingent liability arising out of or in connection with this Deed;
15.2.3
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Shareholder of service of process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned;
15.2.4
without prejudice to the effectiveness of service of process on its agent under clause 15.2.1 but as an alternative method, consents to the service of process relating to any such proceedings by mailing or delivering a copy of the process to its address for the time being applying under clause 13.2.1;
15.2.5
agrees that if the appointment of any person mentioned in clause 15.2.1 ceases to be effective, the Shareholder shall immediately appoint a further person in England to accept service of process on its behalf in England and, failing such appointment within 7 days, the Security Trustee shall thereupon be entitled and is hereby irrevocably authorised by the Shareholder in those circumstances to appoint such person by Notice to the Shareholder.
15.3
Forum non conveniens and enforcement abroad
The Shareholder:
15.3.1
waives any right and agrees not to apply to the English court or any other court in any jurisdiction whatsoever to stay or strike out proceedings commenced in England on the ground that England is an inappropriate forum and/or that there is another more appropriate forum and/or that proceedings have been or will be commenced in any other jurisdiction in connection with any dispute or other matter and/or related matter falling within clause 15.1, and
15.3.2
agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in a dispute or other matter falling within clause 15.1 shall be conclusive and binding on the Shareholder and may be enforced against it in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
15.4
Right of Security Trustee, but not Shareholder, to bring proceedings in any other jurisdiction
Nothing in this clause 15 limits the right of the Security Trustee to bring proceedings, including third party proceedings, against the Shareholder, or to apply for interim remedies, in connection with this Deed in any other court and/or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction.  The obtaining by the Security Trustee of judgment in one jurisdiction shall not prevent the Security Trustee from bringing or continuing proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether or not these shall be founded on the same cause of action.
15.5
Enforceability despite invalidity of Deed
The jurisdiction agreement contained herein shall be severable from the remainder of this Deed and shall remain valid, binding and in full force and shall continue to apply notwithstanding this Deed, or any part thereof, being held to be avoided and/or rescinded and/or terminated and/or discharged and/or frustrated and/or invalid, unenforceable, illegal, discharged or otherwise of no effect for any reason.
15.6
Effect in relation to claims by and against the Corporation and non-parties
19



15.6.1
For the purpose of this clause, "Foreign Proceedings" shall mean any Proceedings brought or pursued in any jurisdiction other than England, arising out of or in connection with or in any way related to this Deed and/or any of the Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or any action of any kind whatsoever taken by the Security Trustee pursuant thereto.
15.6.2
The Shareholder shall not bring or pursue any Foreign Proceedings against the Security Trustee, and shall use its best endeavours to prevent persons not party to this Deed from bringing or pursuing any Foreign Proceedings against the Security Trustee.
15.6.3
If, for any reason whatsoever, the Shareholder and/or any third party brings or pursues against the Security Trustee any Foreign Proceedings, the Shareholder shall indemnify the Security Trustee on demand in respect of any and all claims, losses, damages, demands, causes of action, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs) of whatsoever nature howsoever arising from or in connection with such Foreign Proceedings as the Security Trustee certifies as having been incurred by it.
15.6.4
The Security Trustee and the Shareholder hereby agree and declare that the benefit of this clause 15 shall extend to and may be enforced by, any officer, employee, agent or business associate of the Security Trustee against whom the Shareholder brings a claim in connection howsoever with (i) any of the Security Documents or any assets subject thereto or (ii) any action of any kind whatsoever taken by, on behalf of or for the benefit howsoever of the Security Trustee pursuant thereto, or which, if it were brought against the Security Trustee, would fall within the material scope of clause 15.1.  In those circumstances this clause 15 shall be read and construed as if references to the Security Trustee were references to such officer, employee, agent or business associate, as the case may be.
16
GOVERNING LAW
This Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Deed to be duly executed as a deed the day and year first before written.
20

Schedule 1
The Shares

Corporation
Name of Shareholder
Certificate nos.
No. of shares etc.
Par value of each (USD)
Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd
Eurodry Ltd.
2
500
One US Cent ($0.01)

21

Schedule 2
[Specimen instrument of transfer]
STOCK TRANSFER FORM

EURODRY LTD.   of the Marshall Islands in consideration of the sum of One United States Dollar (US$1) paid to me by            of
 (hereinafter called the " Transferee ") does hereby transfer to the Transferee           (          ) shares (represented by Share Certificate number      ) in KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD of the Marshall Islands .

IN WITNESS whereof EURODRY LTD. has caused this Instrument of Transfer to be duly executed on

SIGNED by
)
   
for and on behalf of
)
   
EURODRY LTD.
)
   
in the presence of:
)
   

22

Schedule 3
Shareholders' letter of authority

To:            NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
Friedrichswall 10
30159 Hannover
Germany

Date:
Dear Sirs
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD (the "Corporation")
We hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorise you, after the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined or referred to in the Pledge) which is continuing and following notice given to the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of clause 10.2 of the Facility Agreement (as defined or referred to in the Pledge), to date and otherwise complete the share transfer form in respect of our shares in the Corporation deposited by ourselves with yourselves pursuant to the pledge dated        2018 (the " Pledge ") between ourselves and yourselves, as and when you become entitled to date and complete the same pursuant to the terms of the Pledge.
Yours faithfully

Signed: ________________________

Duly authorised signatory
for and on behalf of
EURODRY LTD.
Shareholder of the Corporation

23

Schedule 4
Form of irrevocable proxy

Pursuant to the pledge dated            2018 (the " Pledge ") between ourselves and NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE we, EURODRY LTD. hereby irrevocably appoint NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as our proxy, after the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined or referred to in the Pledge) which is continuing and following notice given to the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of clause 10.2 of the Facility Agreement (as defined or referred to in the Pledge), to vote at meetings of the Shareholders of KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD of the Marshall Islands (the " Corporation ") in respect of any existing or further shares in the Corporation which may have been or may from time to time be issued to us and/or registered in our name.  This proxy is irrevocable inter alia by reason of being coupled with the interest of NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE as chargee of the aforesaid shares.
Dated:            2018           

Signed:  _________________________

Duly authorised signatory
for and on behalf of
EURODRY LTD.
Shareholder of the Corporation



24

Schedule 5
Director's/Officer's resignation letter

To:            The Secretary and Directors,
KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD (the " Corporation ")

Date:
Dear Sirs

I hereby resign as a director/officer of the Corporation and confirm that I have no right to compensation or claims against the Corporation for loss of office, arrears of pay or otherwise howsoever.

Yours faithfully

________________________

25

Schedule 6
Director's/Officer's letter of authority

To:            NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
Friedrichswall 10
30159 Hannover
Germany


Date:            2018

Dear Sirs

KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD (the " Corporation ")

I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably authorise you to date and otherwise complete the resignation letter in respect of the Corporation deposited by myself with yourselves pursuant to the pledge dated          2018 (the " Pledge ") between EURODRY LTD. and yourselves (in the form attached to the Pledge as Schedule 5), following an Event of Default (as defined or referred to in the Pledge) which is continuing at the time such resignation letter is dated and following notice given to the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of clause 10.2 of the Facility Agreement (as defined or referred to in the Pledge).
Yours faithfully
 
___________________________



26

Schedule 7
Form of dividend mandate

To:            KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD
          Dividend Mandate
Pursuant to the pledge dated            2018 (the " Pledge ") between ourselves and NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE , with effect from today's date (being a date following an Event of Default (as defined or referred to in the Pledge) which is continuing) and pending receipt by you of instructions from ourselves and NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE to the contrary we, EURODRY LTD. , hereby authorise and direct you to pay any and all dividends, interest and other moneys paid or payable on the shares in KAMSARMAX ONE SHIPPING LTD registered in our name to or to the order of NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE   of Friedrichswall 10, 30159 Hannover, Germany .  On receipt of this mandate please acknowledge to NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE at the above address that you will act in accordance with the instructions contained herein.

Dated:           



Signed: _______________________

Duly authorised signatory
for and on behalf of
EURODRY LTD.
Shareholder of the Corporation

27


SIGNED and DELIVERED
)
   
as a DEED by STEFANIA KARMIRI
)
   
for and on behalf of
)
   
EURODRY LTD.
)
   
pursuant to a power of attorney
)
/s/Stefania Karmiri
 
dated                               2018
)
Attorney-in-Fact
 
in the presence of:
)
   
       
       
________________________________
Witness
     



SIGNED and DELIVERED
)
   
as a DEED by
)
   
for and on behalf of
)
   
NORDDEUTSCHE LANDESBANK GIROZENTRALE
)
   
pursuant to a power of attorney
)
   
dated                               2018
)
Attorney-in-Fact
 
in the presence of:
)
   
       
       
________________________________
Witness
     

28
 
Exhibit 10.21

D ated 25 June 2014
________________________


HSBC BANK PLC
as Lender

-and-

EIRINI SHIPPING LTD

-and-

ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED
as joint and several Borrowers

_______________________________________________________

FINANCIAL AGREEMENT

_____________________________________________________________

Relating to a term loan facility not exceeding
in aggregate US$16,500,000


INDEX
1
PURPOSE
3
2
DEFINITIONS
3
3
THE FACILITY – AVAILABILITY – JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
19
4
HEDGING STRATEGY
20
5
NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN
21
6
INTEREST PERIODS
22
7
INTEREST
22
8
DEFAULT INTEREST
22
9
SUBSTITUTE BASIS
23
10
PREPAYMENT
24
11
REPAYMENT
26
12
APPLICATION
27
13
EVIDENCE OF DEBT
27
14
PAYMENTS
28
15
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
28
16
CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES
32
17
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
33
18
SECURITIES
37
19
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
37
20
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
40
21
INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS
44
22
OPERATIONAL UNDERTAKINGS
45
23
SECURITY MARGIN
49
24
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
49
25
SET-OFF
52
26
FEES
53
27
EARNINGS AND RETENTION ACCOUNTS
53
28
EXPENSES
54
29
INDEMNITY
54
30
ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY
54
31
CONFIDENTIALITY
55
32
LENDER'S BUSINESS
56
33
STAMP DUTIES – TAXES ETC
56
34
DETERMINATIONS
56
35
NO WAIVER
56
36
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
57
37
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT
57
38
NON-IMMUNITY
57
39
NOTICES
57
40
SUPPLEMENTAL
59
41
LAW AND JURISDICTION
59
42
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS
60
EXECUTION PAGE
61
 
SCHEDULE 1
62
 
SCHEDULE 2
64
 



THIS AGREEMENT is made the 25 June 2014.
BETWEEN
1)
HSBC BANK PLC, as lender; and
2)
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD, and ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED as joint and several borrowers;
IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1
PURPOSE
1.01
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender has agreed to make available to the Borrowers, as joint and several borrowers, a term loan facility, equal to the lesser of:
1.01.01
Sixteen million Five hundred thousand Dollars ($16,500,000) and
1.01.02
fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate Market Value of the Ships on the Drawdown Date (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26) and
1.01.03
the aggregate of (a) sixty per cent (60%) of the Market Value of the Eirini Ship on the Drawdown Date (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26) and (b) thirty per cent (30%) of the Market Value of the Eleni Ship on the Drawdown Date (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26),
in one (1) advance, for the purpose of assisting the Borrowers with their working capital requirements.
1.02
The Borrowers will hedge their exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations by entering into interest rate swap transactions with the Lender at the times and in the manner hereinafter set forth.
2
DEFINITIONS
2.01
In this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:
" Accounts " means collectively the Earnings Accounts and the Retention Account and, in the singular, means either of them;
" Accounts' Charges " means collectively the Earnings Account Charges and the Retention Account Charge, and in the singular means any of them;
" Accounting Information " means the audited by the Auditors annual and the unaudited semi annual financial statements of the Group, each as provided or (as the context may require) to be provided to the Lender in accordance with Clause 20.01 of this Agreement;
" Accounting Period " means (a) each financial year of the Guarantor and (b) each half of each financial year of the Guarantor for which Accounting Information is required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement;
" Applicable Accounting Principles " means those accounting principles, standards and practices on which preparation of the Accounting Information is based, which are US GAAP and principles and practices adopted by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including without limitation the Borrowers) at the date hereof or at any time thereafter and notified to and accepted by the Lender;
" Applicable Margin " means three point seventy five per cent (3.75%) per annum , PROVIDED HOWEVER that, without prejudice to Clause 23, in the event that, at any time
3


during the Security Period, the aggregate Market Value of the Ships (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26) is less than one hundred forty three per cent (143%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure, and the Borrowers have not, within ten (10) Banking Days of receipt of a notice from the Lender advising the Borrowers of the amount of such deficiency (which notice, in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive), provided to the Lender additional security (valued in accordance with normal banking practice) which shall in all respects be satisfactory to the Lender so that the aggregate Market Value of the Ships (determined in accordance with Clause 22.26) together with the value of any additional security (valued as aforesaid) provided to the Lender is at least one hundred forty three per cent (143%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure or prepaid part of the Facility in accordance with Clause 10 so that, following such prepayment, the aggregate Market Value of the Ships (determined in accordance with Clause 22.26) is at least one hundred forty three per cent (143%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure, the Applicable Margin shall be increased to four point sixty per cent (4.60%) per annum for such Interest Periods during which the aggregate Market Value of the Ships (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26) remains less than one hundred forty three per cent (143%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure;
" Approved Brokers " means the insurance brokers appointed by the Borrowers with the Lender's prior approval;
" Approved Shareholders " means collectively the individuals declared to and acceptable by the Lender in its sole discretion, and in the singular means any of them;
" Auditors " means any first class firm of international accountants to be approved by the Lender;
" Availability Period "   means the period commencing from the date of this Agreement and ending on the Termination Date;
" Balloon Payment "   means a payment in the amount of Nine million Dollars ($9,000,000), to be made by the Borrowers to the Lender on the twentieth (20 th ) and final Repayment Date together with the twentieth (20 th ) and final Repayment Instalment;
" Banking Day " means a day on which banks and financial markets are open for business in all of Piraeus, New York and London and any other financial centre which the Lender (acting reasonably) may deem appropriate for the operation of the provisions of this Agreement;
" Borrowers " means collectively the Eirini Borrower and the Eleni Borrower, and, in the singular, means either of them;
"Broken Funding Costs" means any amount that the Lender may certify as necessary to compensate the Lender for any loss (other than Taxes) incurred or to be incurred by the Lender as a consequence of repayment in respect of funds borrowed (or committed to be borrowed) or deposits taken (or committed to be taken) from third parties in connection with the Facility, or in liquidating or re-employing such funds or deposits for the remaining part of the then current Interest Period;
" Classification Society " means in respect of the Eirini Ship, Bureau Veritas and in respect of the Eleni Ship, NIPPON KAIJI KYOKAI, or such other classification society member of the IACS as may be approved in writing by the Lender;
" Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
" CTA " means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.
4


" Commitment Letter "   means the letter dated 16 May 2014, issued by the Lender addressed to the Guarantor and duly accepted by it on behalf of the Borrowers and the other Security Parties on 19 May 2014;
" Compulsory Acquisition "   means requisition for title or other compulsory acquisition, requisition, appropriation, expropriation, deprivation, forfeiture or confiscation for any reason of a Ship by any Government Entity or other competent authority, whether de jure or de facto, but shall exclude requisition for use or hire not involving requisition of title;
" Confidential Information " means all information relating to any Security Party, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which the Lender becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, the Lender which is received by the Lender in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming the Lender under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from any Security Party or any of its advisers in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:
(i)
is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by the Lender of Clause 31(Confidentiality); or
(ii)
is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Security Party or any of its advisers; or
(iii)
is known by the Lender before the date the information is disclosed to it by any Security Party or any of its advisers or is lawfully obtained by the Lender after that date, from a source which is, as far as the Lender is aware, unconnected with any Security Party and which, in either case, as far as the Lender is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality;
"Confirmation" in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction,   has the meaning   ascribed to it in the Master Agreement;
" Control " means in relation to a body corporate:
(a)
the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:
(i)
cast, or control the casting of, more than fifty per cent (50%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of such body corporate; or
(ii)
appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of such body corporate; or
(ii)
give directions with respect to the operating and financial polices of such body corporate with which the directors or other equivalent officers of such body corporate are obliged to comply; and/or
(b)
the holding beneficially of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the issued share capital of such body corporate (excluding any part of that issued capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital),
and " Controlled " shall be construed accordingly;
" Controlling person(s) " has the meaning defined under local or foreign tax laws, regulatory guidance or intergovernmental cooperation agreements.
" Consolidated Debt " means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of Debt owed by the members of the Group (other than any Debt owing by any member of the
5


Group to another member of the Group), as stated in the then most recent Accounting Information relevant to such Accounting Period;
 " Corporate Security Parties " means those of the Security Parties, which are companies or corporations and not natural persons and, in the singular, means any of them;
" Creditor Borrower " has the meaning given in Clause 3.06;
 " Debt " means, in relation to any member of the Group (the " debtor "):
(a)            Financial Indebtedness of the debtor;
(b)
liability for any credit to the debtor from a supplier of goods or services or under any instalment purchase or payment plan or other similar arrangement;
(c)
contingent liabilities of the debtor (including without limitation any taxes or other payments under dispute) which have been or, under the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied, should be recorded in the notes to the Accounting Information;
(d)
deferred tax of the debtor; and
(e)
liability under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person who is not a member of the Group which would fall within (a) to (d) above if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;
" Default Rate "   means the interest rate referred to in Clause 8.01;
" Designated Transaction "   means a Transaction which, without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 4.03, fulfils the following requirements:
a)
it is entered into by the Borrowers pursuant to the Master Agreement with the Lender;
b)
its purpose is the hedging of the Borrowers' exposure under this Agreement to fluctuations in LIBOR arising from the funding of the Facility; and
c)
it is designated by the Borrowers, by delivery by the Borrowers to the Lender of a notice of designation as a Designated Transaction for the purposes of the Finance Documents;
" Dollars " or " $ "   means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;
 " Drawdown " means the making of the Facility by the Lender to the Borrowers;
" Drawdown Date " means the date requested by the Borrowers for the Facility to be made available or (as the context requires) the date on which the Facility is actually made available;
"Early Termination Date" in relation to any continuing Designated Transaction, shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Master Agreement;
" Earnings " means in relation to a Ship all freight, hire, passage monies and any other amounts whatsoever which may at any time be earned by or become payable to or for the account of the Owner thereof or its agents arising out of or as a result of the ownership, possession, management and/or operation of a Ship by the Owner thereof or its agents or under any charter, contract of carriage or other contract (including a salvage or towage contract) for the use, operation or management of a Ship, all payments for any variation of any such contract and all damages for any breach of any such contract, all general average and salvage remuneration and all compensation for requisition for hire;
6


"Earnings Accounts" means collectively the Eirini Earnings Account and the Eleni Earnings Account and in the singular means either of them.
"Earnings Accounts Charges" means collectively the Eirini Earnings Account Charge and the Eleni Earnings Account Charge and in the singular means either of them.
" Eirini Borrower " means EIRINI SHIPPING LTD, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Liberia, having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia and Registration Number C-117046;
" Eirini Earnings Account " means the interest‑bearing deposit account numbered 001-022417-036 in the name of the Eirini Borrower to be maintained throughout the Security Period with the Lender in Piraeus, Greece or any other branch of the Lender in Greece or abroad as the Lender may reasonably designate, such account to include any substitute account or revised account or revised designation or number whatsoever and any deposit account to which monies from the Eirini Earnings Account from time to time be paid on a time deposit basis;
" Eirini   Earnings Account Charge " means the assignment, pledge and charge to be granted by the Eirini Borrower to the Lender on the Eirini Earnings Account in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time hereafter be amended or supplemented;
" Eirini Ship " means the bulk carrier EIRINI P., registered at the Port of Monrovia, Liberia, under the Liberian flag, in the ownership of the Eirini Borrower with IMO number 9284879 and official Nr. 16408;
" Eleni Borrower " means ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Liberia, having its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia and Registration Number C-112232;
" Eleni Earnings Account " means the interest‑bearing deposit account numbered 001-022581-036 in the name of the Eleni Borrower to be maintained throughout the Security Period with the Lender in Piraeus, Greece or any other branch of the Lender in Greece or abroad as the Lender may reasonably designate, such account to include any substitute account or revised account or revised designation or number whatsoever and any deposit account to which monies from the ELENI Earnings Account from time to time be paid on a time deposit basis;
" Eleni   Earnings Account Charge " means the assignment, pledge and charge to be granted by the Eleni Borrower to the Lender on the Eleni Earnings Account in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time hereafter be amended or supplemented;
" ELENI Ship " means the bulk carrier ELENI P., registered at the port of Monrovia, Liberia, under the Liberian flag in the ownership of the Eleni Borrower with IMO number 9128025 and official Nr. 14216;
" Encumbrance " means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust agreement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or having the effect of conferring security or any type of preferential agreement (including without limitation, title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect);
" Environmental Approvals "   means any permit, licence, approval, ruling, certification, exemption or other authorisation relating to a Ship required under any applicable Environmental Laws;
" Environmental Claim " means:
7


(a)
any claim by or directive from any applicable governmental, judicial or regulatory authority alleging breach of, or non-compliance with any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals or otherwise howsoever relating to or arising out of an Environmental Incident; or
(b)
any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident;
and " claim " means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;
" Environmental Incident " means:
(a)
any release, discharge, disposal or emission of Environmentally Sensitive Material by or from a Relevant Ship; or
(b)
any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Relevant Ship and which involves a collision between a Relevant Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which a Relevant Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or a Relevant Ship and/or any owner and/or any other operator or manager thereof is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from a Relevant Ship and in connection with which any Relevant Ship is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any owner and/or any operator or manager of any Relevant Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action;
" Environmental Laws " means all national and international laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, rules of common law, conventions and agreements whatsoever pertaining to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material (including without limitation, the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and any comparable laws of the individual States of the United States of America);
" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance), which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;
" Event of Default "   means any event referred to in Clause 24;
" Excess Risks "   means in relation to a Ship the proportion of claims for general average and salvage charges and under the ordinary running-down clause, which is not recoverable in consequence of the value at which a Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding her insured value;
" Facility " means the term loan facility in an amount of up to Sixteen million Five hundred thousand Dollars ($16,500,000) to be made available to the Borrowers by the Lender in one (1) advance pursuant to the terms of Clause 3 or, if the context may so require, so much thereof as shall for the time being be outstanding to the Lender hereunder;
" FATCA " means:
(a)            sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;
8


(b)            any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of (a); or
(c)            any agreement pursuant to the implementation of (a) or (b) with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;
" FATCA Application Date " means:
(a)            in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;
(b)            in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or
(c)            in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within (a) or (b), 1 January 2017,
or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
" FATCA FFI " means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if the Lender is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.
" Finance Documents " means:
(a)            this Agreement; and
(b)            the Master Agreement; and
(b)            the Security Documents; and
(c)            any other document (whether creating an Encumbrance or not) which is executed at any time by any Security Party or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities' arrangement in relation to any amount payable to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the documents referred to in this definition;
" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
(a)            moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;
(b)            any acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent);
(c)            any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;
(d)            the amount of any liability in respect of any finance or capital lease;
9


(e)            receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);
(f)            any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);
(g)            any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of (i) an underlying liability of an entity which is not a Security Party which liability would fall within one of the other sections of this definition or (ii) any liabilities of any Security Party relating to any post-retirement benefit scheme;
(h)            any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the Termination Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under standard accounting principles;
(i)            any   amount   of   any   liability   under   an   advance   or   deferred   purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 30 days after the date of supply;
(j)            any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under standard accounting principles; and
(k)            the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in (a) to (j).
" Fleet Book Value "   means at the end of a relevant period the aggregate book value of the Fleet Vessels less depreciation as stated in the most recent Accounting Information of the Group delivered pursuant to Clause 20.01;
" Fleet Market Value "   means at the date of calculation the aggregate of the Market Values of the Fleet Vessels;
" Fleet Vessels " means all of the vessels (including but not limited to the Ships) from time to time wholly owned by members of the Group (including, without limitation, the Borrowers) and, in the singular means any of them;
" General Assignment " means in relation to either Ship the first priority deed of assignment made or, as the context may require, to be made by and between the relevant Borrower and the Lender relative to the Insurances, the Earnings and the Requisition Compensation of the relevant Ship in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented, and in the plural means both of them;
" Government Entity " means and includes (whether having a distinct legal personality or not) any national or local government authority, board, commission, department, division, organ, instrumentality, court or agency or tribunal and any association, organisation or institution of which any of the foregoing is a member or to whose jurisdiction any of the foregoing is subject or in whose activities any of the foregoing is a participant;
" Group " means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (whether direct or indirect and including without limitation the Borrowers and each other Corporate Security Party) from time to time during the Security Period and " members of the Group " shall be construed accordingly;
10


" Guarantee "   means the guarantee in respect of the Borrowers' obligations under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, to be executed by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Guarantor "   means EUROSEAS LTD. , a corporation organised and existing under the Laws of the Marshall Islands having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands and each other company or person, who may from time to time guarantee the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and, in the plural, means all of them;
" Holding " means, in relation to the Guarantor, the beneficial holding by the Approved Shareholder of the issued share capital of the Guarantor [excluding any part of that issued capital that carries (i) no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital and/or (ii) no power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of votes at a general meeting of the Guarantor]
" Indebtedness " means the Facility and any and all moneys, liabilities and obligations (whether actual or contingent, whether existing or hereafter arising, whether or not for the payment of money, and including, without limitation, the Master Agreement Liabilities, Broken Funding Costs (if any), and any obligation or liability to pay damages) which are now or which may at any time and from time to time hereafter be due, owing, payable or incurred or expressed to be due, owing, payable or incurred from any Security Party (whether as principal, surety or otherwise) to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and/or in connection herewith and/or therewith (as conclusively – in the absence of manifest error – certified by the Lender);
" Insurance Documents " means all slips, cover notes, contracts, policies, certificates of entry or other insurance documents evidencing or constituting the Insurances from time to time in effect;
" Insurances " means all policies and contracts of insurance (which expression includes all entries of a Ship in a protection and indemnity or mutual hull or war risks association) or such other arrangements by way of insurance which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with a Ship pursuant to this Agreement and including all benefits thereof including all claims of whatsoever nature and return of premiums;
" Insurers "   means the underwriters, insurance companies, and mutual insurance associations with or by which the Insurances are effected;
" Interest Determination Date " means the Banking Day, which is two (2) Banking Days prior to the commencement of an Interest Period;
" Interest Payment Date " means each day on which interest is payable in accordance with Clause 7, provided that if any such day is not a Banking Day, the relevant Interest Payment Date shall be the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day, unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls into another calendar month, in which event, the relevant Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;
" Interest Period " means each of the successive periods determined in accordance with Clause 6 of this Agreement during which the Facility or any part thereof is outstanding and for which an Interest Rate in respect thereof is to be established hereunder;
" Interest Rate " means (save as provided in Clause 9) the rate(s) of interest applicable to the Facility (or any part thereof) during each Interest Period in respect thereof which is/are conclusively (in the absence of manifest error) certified by the Lender to the Borrowers to be the aggregate of (a) the Applicable Margin and (b) LIBOR and (c) the Mandatory Cost (if any);
11


" ISM Code " means, in relation to its application to the Manager, the Borrowers, the Ships and their operation:
(a)
'The International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention', currently known or referred to as the 'ISM Code', adopted by the Assembly of the International Maritime Organisation by Resolution A.741(18) on 4 November 1993 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into chapter IX of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 (SOLAS 1974); and
(b)
all further resolutions, circulars, codes, guidelines, regulations and recommendations which are now or in the future issued by or on behalf of the International Maritime Organisation or any other entity with responsibility for implementing the ISM Code, including without limitation, the 'Guidelines on implementation or administering of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code by Administrations produced by the International Maritime Organisation pursuant to Resolution A.788(19) adopted on 25 November 1995,
as the same may be amended supplemented or replaced from time to time;
" ISM Code Documentation " includes, in relation to a Ship:
(a)
the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) issued pursuant to the ISM Code within the periods specified by the ISM Code; and
(b)
all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISM SMS and its implementation and verification which the Lender may require; and
(c)
any other documents which are prepared or which are otherwise relevant to establish and maintain compliance of a Ship or the compliance of each Borrower and the Manager with the ISM Code which the Lender may require;
" ISM SMS " means, in relation to a Ship, the safety management system for a Ship which is required to be developed, implemented and maintained by the Owner thereof under the ISM Code;
" ISPS Code "   means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organization Assembly as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time;
" ISPS Code Documentation "   includes in relation to a Ship:
(a)
the International Ship Security Certificate issued pursuant to the ISPS Code within the periods specified by the ISPS Code; and
(b)
all other documents and data which are relevant to the ISPS Code and its implementation and verification which the Lender may require;
" ITA " means the Income Tax Act 2007;
" Lender " means HSBC BANK PLC , a banking company duly incorporated under the laws of England whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom, acting for the purposes hereof through the Athens Branch (109-111 Messoghion Ave, Athens, Greece, and shall include its successors and assigns;
" Leverage Ratio " means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the ratio of the Consolidated Debt (as stated in the then most recent Accounting Information) to the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets of the Group, relevant to such Accounting Period;
" LIBOR " means, for an Interest Period:
12


(a)
the applicable Screen Rate; or
(b)
(if no Screen Rate is available for any Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) quoted to the Lender in the London interbank market, at 11.00 a.m. on the Interest Determination Date for that Interest Period for the offering of deposits in Dollars in an amount comparable to the Facility (or any relevant part of the Facility) and for a period comparable to the relevant Interest Period and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.
" Loan Account " means collectively the account or accounts maintained by the Lender referred to in Clause 13;
" Major Casualty " means any casualty to a Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds Five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) or the equivalent in any other currency;
" Management Agreement " means in relation to either Ship, the management agreement in respect of that Ship made or to be made by and between (i) the Owner thereof and (ii) the Manager on terms acceptable to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented and, in the plural, means both of them;
" Manager "   means EUROBULK LTD. , a company organised and existing under the laws of Liberia, with its registered office at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia, having established an office in Greece under Law 89/67 (as in force) at 4 Messogiou & Evropis Street, Marousi 15124, Athens, Greece or any other company that may approved by the Lender as the manager of the Ships, in the Lender's sole discretion;
" Manager's Undertakings " means collectively, in relation to either Ship, a letter of undertaking including, where appropriate, an assignment of any obligatory insurances, executed or, as the context may require, to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Lender, on such terms as the Lender may approve or require and in the singular means either of them;
" Mandatory Cost " means the cost imputed to the Lender of compliance with the mandatory liquid asset requirements and/or the banking supervision or any other costs whatsoever imposed by national or international regulations.
" Market Value " means in respect of each of the Fleet Vessels (including without limitation the Ships), the value thereof at each relevant time determined in accordance with the provisions of Clause 22.26;
" Market Value Adjusted Net Worth "   means at any relevant time the amount obtained by deducting from the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets the amount of the Total Liabilities;
" Market Value Adjusted Total Assets " means at any relevant time the Total Assets as adjusted by replacing the Fleet Book Value with the Fleet Market Value;
" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Lender a material adverse effect on:
(a)            the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Security Party; or
(b)            the ability of any Security Party to perform its payment obligations under any Finance Document; or
(c)            the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Encumbrance granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of the Lender under any of the Finance Documents.
13


"Master Agreement" means the master agreement (on the 2002 ISDA (Multicurrency – Crossborder) form) made or to be made between the Borrowers and the Lender and includes all Designated Transactions from time to time entered into and Confirmations from time to time exchanged thereunder, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Master Agreement Assignment " means in relation to the Master Agreement, the assignment of that Master Agreement in favour of the Lender, executed or, as the context requires, to be executed by the Borrowers in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as security for the Indebtedness, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Master Agreement Liabilities " means at any relevant time all liabilities actual or contingent, present or future of the Borrowers or either of them to the Lender under the Master Agreement;
" Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure " means an amount not exceeding One million Dollars ($1,000,000);
" Mortgage "   means, in relation to either Ship, the first preferred Liberian Mortgage on that Ship, granted or, as the context may require, to be granted by the Owner thereof in favour of the Lender to secure the due payment of the Indebtedness in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented and, in the plural, means both of them;
" Mortgaged Ship " means at any relevant time a Ship, which is, at such time, subject to a Mortgage and the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation of which are subject to an Encumbrance and, in the plural, means both Ships;
" NASDAQ " means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation;
" Nomination Date " means the Banking Day which is two (2) Banking Days prior to the commencement of an Interest Period;
" Notice of Drawdown " means the written notice pursuant to Clause 5.01.04 substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto (or in any other form which the Lender may require);
" Original Jurisdiction "   means, in relation to a Security Party, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Security party is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement;
" Owner " means in relation to the Eirini Ship, the Eirini Borrower and in relation to the Eleni Ship, the Eleni Borrower and, in the plural, means both of them;       
" Party " means a party to this Agreement;       
" Permitted Liens "   means any supplier's, carrier's, seamen's, workman's or similar lien arising in the ordinary course of business automatically by statute or by operation of law and not by way of contract in respect of amounts not yet due and payable but excluding any lien arising from any default or omission of the Security Parties or any of them;
" Potential Event of Default " means any event, which with the giving of notice or passage of time or the combination of both or the fulfilment of any other condition may become an Event of Default;
" Proceeds " means the proceeds paid under the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents (including but not limited to the proceeds of any sale of a Ship, the Earnings and the Insurances), the proceeds from the enforcement of any of the Finance Documents, and following an Event of Default which is continuing any moneys to the credit of the Earnings Account and the Retention Account or either of them;
14


" Prohibited Person " means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;
" Protection and Indemnity Risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association that is a member of the International Group of Protection   and Indemnity Associations, including the proportion not otherwise recoverable in case of collision under the ordinary running-down clause;
" Related Fund " means, in relation to a fund (the " first fund "), a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund, or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate (as such term is defined in Clause 31) of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.
" Relevant Jurisdiction " means, in relation to a Security Party:
(a)
its Original Jurisdiction;
(b)
any jurisdiction where any asset subject to or intended to be subject to a Finance Document to be executed by it is situated;
(c)
any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and
(d)
the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Finance Documents entered by it;
" Relevant Ship "   means all Fleet Vessels, (including without limitation the Ships), and any other ship from time to time owned, managed or crewed by, or demise or bareboat chartered to the Borrowers, the Manager or any other member of the Group;
" Repayment Dates " means, collectively (i) the date falling three (3) months from the Drawdown Date and (ii) each of the eighteen (18) dates falling at consecutive three monthly intervals thereafter and (iii) the twentieth (20 th ) date falling two (2) months after the immediately preceeding (nineteenth) Repayment Date; provided that if any such day is not a Banking Day the relevant Repayment Date shall be the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls in another calendar month in which event the relevant Repayment Date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;
" Repayment Installments "   means, in respect of the Facility, collectively the Repayment Installments referred to in Clause 11.01(a) and in the singular means any one of them;
" Requisition Compensation " means all compensation payable by reason of any Compulsory Acquisition of the Ship;
"Retention Account" means an account to be opened in the name of the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 27 where monies shall be deposited in accordance with Clause 27, such account to include any substitute account or revised account or revised designation or number whatsoever and any deposit account to which monies from such account may from time to time be paid on a time deposit basis;
" Retention Account Charge " means the assignment, pledge and charge to be granted by the Borrowers to the Lender on the Retention Account in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented;
" Sanctions " means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the forgoing):
(a)
imposed by any law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America,
15


whether or not any Security Party or any other member of the Group is legally bound to comply with the forgoing; or
(b)
otherwise imposed by any law or regulation by which any Security Party, or any other member of the Group, is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Security Party or any other member of the Group;
" Screen Rate " means in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters.  If such page or the service ceases to be available, the Lender may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrowers.
" Security Documents " means collectively the Mortgages, the General Assignments, the Account Charges, the Manager's Undertakings, the Master Agreement Assignment, the Guarantee and any other agreement or document that may be executed at any time by any Security Party or any other person as security for all or any part of the Indebtedness, as each of them may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented and in the singular means any of them;
" Security Parties " means each party to the Finance Documents (other than the Lender) and in the singular means any of them;
" Security Period " means the period during which the Finance Documents or any of them remain in effect and ending when the Indebtedness is paid in full to the satisfaction of the Lender;
" Security Requirement " means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lender) which is at least equal to:
(i)
if the Master Agreement is utilized and for as long as it is utilized, One hundred Twenty Five per cent (125%) of the aggregate amount of the Facility and the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure at any relevant time; or
(ii)
if the Master Agreement is not utilized, One hundred Thirty per cent (130%) of the Facility at any relevant time;
PROVIDED HOWEVER that for as long as the Holding by the Approved Shareholders in the Guarantor falls below twenty per cent (20%) but remains above ten per cent (10%), the Security Requirement will, at all times, (unless the Lender provides its prior written consent permitting otherwise) be an amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lender) equal to Two hundred per cent (200%) of the aggregate amount of (i) the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure;
" Security Value " means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lender) which is, at any relevant time, the aggregate of (a) the Market Value of the Ships as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 22.26 and (b) the market value of any additional security for the time being provided to the Lender;
" Ships " means collectively the Eirini Ship and the Eleni Ship and, in the singular, means either of them;
16


" Subject Documents "   means all of the Finance Documents, and the Management Agreements (none to be amended, varied, supplemented or modified without the consent of the Lender) and together with (a) any other instrument, document or memorandum, scheduled to any of the documents referred to above, and (b) any notice, consent or acknowledgement referred to in or required pursuant to any of the documents referred to above and (c) any document, instrument or memorandum which secures any of the obligations of the Borrowers under any of the Finance Documents or under any other Subject Document;
" Substantial Owners" has the meaning defined under local or foreign tax laws, regulatory guidance or intergovernmental cooperation agreements.
" Subsidiary " of a person means: (a) any other person directly or indirectly Controlled by that person; or (b) any other person whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital that person is entitled to receive is more than fifty per cent (50%); or (c) any entity (whether or not so Controlled) treated as a Subsidiary in the financial statements of that person from time to time;
" Swap Exposure " means, at any relevant date, the amount certified by the Lender   (whose certificate shall in the absence of manifest error be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lender) to be the aggregate net amount in Dollars which would be payable by the Borrowers to the Lender, under (and calculated in accordance with) section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination) of the Master Agreement if an Early Termination Date had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all continuing Designated Transactions entered into between the Borrowers and the Lender;
" Tax Authority " means any local or foreign regulatory or tax authority.
" Taxes " means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings, and any restrictions or conditions resulting in a charge (other than taxes on the overall net income of the Lender) and " Tax " and " Taxation " shall be construed accordingly;
" Termination Date " means the 30 th June 2014 or such later date as the Lender may approve in writing;
" Total Assets "   means at any relevant time the total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) of the Group as stated in the most recent combined Accounting Information of the Group;
" Total Liabilities " means at any relevant time the total liabilities of the Group as stated in the most recent combined Accounting Information of the Group;
" Total Loss "   means in relation to a Ship:
(a)
the actual or constructive or compromised or arranged or agreed total loss of a Ship; or
(b)            the Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship; or
(c)
the hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of a Ship (other than where the same amounts to the Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship) by any Government Entity or by persons acting or purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity unless such Ship be released and restored to the Owner thereof from such hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof or such lesser period provided in the War Risks Insurances;
"Transaction" has the meaning ascribed to it in the Master Agreement.
17


" Treasury Transactions " means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price;
" US GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles adopted in the United States;
" US Tax Obligor " means (i) a Security Party which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or (ii) a Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes;
" VAT " means (i) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and (ii) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in (a), or imposed elsewhere.
" War Risks " includes all risks referred to in the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) and (1/11/95) including, but not limited to, the risk of mines, blocking and trapping, missing vessel, confiscation and all risks excluded by Clause 22 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or Clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or Clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/1995).
2.02
In this Agreement clause headings are for ease of reference only and shall be disregarded in the construction of this Agreement.
2.03
In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:
2.03.01
words importing the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;
2.03.02
any reference to a document or instrument is a reference to that document or instrument as the same may have been, or may from time to time be amended or supplemented;
2.03.03
the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of a company or body corporate or the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, manager or administrator of or in relation to a company or corporation or any of its assets shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or any jurisdiction in which it carries on business or has assets or liabilities;
2.03.04
references to persons include any individual, partnership, firm, trust, body corporate, government, governmental body, authority, agency, unincorporated body of persons or association;
2.03.05
a reference to any enactment or statutory provision include any enactment or statutory provision which amends, extends, consolidates or replaces the same or which has been amended, extended, consolidated or replaced by the same and shall include any orders, regulations, codes of practice, instruments or other subordinated legislation made under the relevant enactment or statutory provision; and
2.03.06
" month " means a period beginning in one calendar month and ending in the next calendar month on the day numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which it started, provided that (a) if the period started on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no such numerically corresponding day, it shall end on the last Banking Day in such next calendar month and (b) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Banking Day, the period shall end on the next following Banking Day in the same calendar month but if there is no such Banking Day it shall end on the preceding Banking Day and " months " and " monthly " shall be construed accordingly; and
2.03.07
the words " herein ", " hereto " and " hereunder " refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to the particular Clause or Schedule in which the words may be used .
18


3
THE FACILITY – AVAILABILITY – JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY
3.01
The Lender hereby agrees to
3.01.01
make available to the Borrowers, subject to the terms and the conditions hereof, the Facility in an amount equal to the lesser of:
3.01.01.1
Sixteen million Five hundred thousand Dollars ($16,500,000) and
3.01.01.2
fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate Market Value of the Ships on the Drawdown Date (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26) and
3.01.01.3
the aggregate of (a) sixty per cent (60%) of the Market Value of the Eirini Ship on the Drawdown Date (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26) and (b) thirty per cent (30%) of the Market Value of the Eleni Ship on the Drawdown Date (determined pursuant to Clause 22.26),
in one (1) advance, for the purpose of assisting the Borrowers with their working capital requirements.
           and
3.01.02
to enter into Designated Transactions with the Borrowers.
3.02
The Borrowers undertake to apply the proceeds of the Facility for the purpose stated herein; the Lender shall be entitled (but not obliged) to monitor the application of such proceeds.
3.03
Subject as herein provided, the Facility is available to be drawn by the Borrowers only during the Availability Period. The Facility or any part thereof which remains undrawn at the close of business in Piraeus on the expiration of the Availability Period shall be automatically cancelled.
3.04
All the liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several so that either Borrower shall be jointly and severally responsible with the other Borrower for all liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and so that such liabilities and obligations shall not be impaired by:
3.04.01
any failure of this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable in relation to either Borrower whether as a result of lack of corporate capacity, due authorisation, effective execution or otherwise;
3.04.02
any giving of time, forbearance, indulgence, waiver or discharge in relation to either Borrower or to any other Security Party; or
3.04.03
any other matter or event whatsoever which might have the effect of impairing all or any of the liabilities and obligations of either Borrower.
3.05
Either Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement and neither Borrower shall in any circumstances be construed to be a surety for the obligations of the other Borrower hereunder.
3.06
Until all sums owing to the Lender by the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents have been paid in full neither Borrower (hereinafter called a " Creditor Borrower ") will, without the prior written consent of the Lender, ask, demand, sue for, take or receive from the other Borrower or any other Security Party or any other member of the Group (hereinafter called a " Debtor Borrower ") by set-off or any other manner the whole or
19


any part of all present and future sums, liabilities and obligations payable or owing by the Debtor Borrower to the Creditor Borrower whether actual or contingent jointly or severally or otherwise howsoever (such sums being hereinafter called the " Subordinated Liabilities ") so long as any Senior Liabilities are outstanding to the Lender (for which purpose " Senior Liabilities " shall mean all present and future sums, liabilities and obligations whatsoever payable or owing by the Borrowers (or either of them) pursuant to the Finance Documents or any of them or otherwise whatsoever, whether actual or contingent jointly or severally or otherwise howsoever).
4
HEDGING STRATEGY
4.01
The Borrowers acknowledge the significance of addressing the interest rate risk inherent in this Agreement in cooperation with the Lender. Along these lines:
4.01.01
the Borrowers undertake to establish, together with the Lender, mechanisms to monitor the interest rate exposure and evaluate available hedge strategies;
4.01.02
the Borrowers invite the Lender to provide on a regular basis hedging ideas and products; and
4.01.03
the Borrowers undertake that they may enter into a Designated Transaction so as to limit their exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations on terms and conditions mutually agreed between the Borrowers and the Lender.
4.02
Any Designated Transaction shall be entered into on the basis of the Master Agreement and pursuant to the strategy set out herein and shall be concluded with the Lender.
4.03
No Designated Transaction may be entered into by the Borrowers:
4.03.01
if there is a Material Adverse Effect in relation to any one or more of the Security Parties or any other member of the Group and/or if any other Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs;
4.03.02
for a period longer than five (5) years, commencing from the Drawdown Date;
4.03.03
for an amount less than or equal to the whole amount of the Facility, as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 11.01 so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions does not (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed at any relevant time the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 11.01;
4.03.04
if the Lender determines that at the relevant time the Swap Exposure exceeds, or might exceed as a result thereof, the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure;
4.04
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and/or the Master Agreement to the contrary, if for any reason a Designated Transaction has been entered into but the Facility is not drawn under this Agreement then, subject to clause 4.05, the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged (and, where relevant, may do so without the consent of the Borrowers where it would otherwise be required whether under the Master Agreement or otherwise) to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate, liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by such Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re-establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Lender in its absolute discretion may determine.
4.05
If a Designated Transaction has been entered into but the Facility is not drawn down under this Agreement and the Lender in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrowers, that the Borrowers may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Designated Transaction, the Borrowers shall, within fifteen (15) days of being notified by the Lender of such requirement in writing, provide the Lender with, or procure the provision to the Lender of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Lender be adequate to
20


secure the performance of such Designated Transaction, which additional security shall take such form and be constituted by such documentation, as the Lender in its absolute discretion may approve or require.
4.06
The Borrowers shall on the first written demand of the Lender indemnify the Lender in respect of all losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs and expenses) incurred or sustained by the Lender as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matter or transactions referred to in Clauses 4.04 and 4.05.
4.07
Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrowers under Clause 4.06, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights under Clauses 4.04 or 4.05 and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated such termination shall be treated under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrowers and, accordingly, the Lender shall be permitted to recover from the Borrowers a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.
4.08
In the event that the Lender fails to enter into a Designated Transaction with the Borrowers, the Lender shall not be liable to the Borrowers to enter into such Designated Transaction nor to compensate the Borrowers for such failure.
5
NOTICE OF DRAWDOWN
5.01
Subject to:
5.01.01
the receipt by the Lender of the documents and satisfaction of the other conditions specified in Clauses 19.01 and 19.02 in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers on or before the Drawdown Date; and
5.01.02
no Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default having occurred; and
5.01.03
the representations and warranties set out in Clause 17 (updated mutatis mutandis to the Drawdown Date) being true and/or correct; and
5.01.04
the receipt by the Lender of the Notice of Drawdown in the form set out in Schedule 1 hereto not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Banking Days prior to the Drawdown Date setting out, inter alia, the date of the proposed Drawdown,
the Facility shall be made available to the Borrowers in accordance with and on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
5.02
The Notice of Drawdown shall be irrevocable and the Borrowers shall be bound to borrow in accordance with such notice.
5.03
On the payment of the Facility the Borrowers shall sign an Acknowledgement in the form set out in Schedule 2 hereto.
5.04
If the Borrowers give the Notice of Drawdown pursuant to Clause 5.01.04 and the Lender makes arrangements on the basis of such notice to acquire Dollars in the London Interbank Market to fund the Facility or any part thereof and the Borrowers are not permitted or otherwise fail to borrow in accordance with such Notice of Drawdown (either on account of any condition precedent not being fulfilled or otherwise) the Borrowers shall indemnify the Lender against any damages, losses or expenses which the Lender may incur (either directly or indirectly) as a consequence of the failure by the Borrowers to borrow in accordance with such Notice of Drawdown.
21


6
INTEREST PERIODS
6.01
Subject as provided in Clause 6.02, the Interest Periods applicable to the Facility shall (subject to market availability) be periods of a duration of three (3) or six (6) or twelve (12) months (or such other periods as the Lender and the Borrowers may agree) as selected by the Borrowers by written notice to be received by the Lender not later than 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the relevant Nomination Date;
6.02
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 6.01:
6.02.01
the initial Interest Period in respect of the Facility shall commence on the Drawdown Date and shall end on the expiry date thereof and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period in respect thereof;
6.02.02
if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Banking Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls in another calendar month in which event that Interest Period shall end upon the immediately preceding Banking Day;
6.02.03
if any Interest Period commences on the last Banking Day in a calendar month or if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month in which that Interest Period ends, that Interest Period shall end on the last Banking Day in that later month;
6.02.04
where any Repayment Date occurs other than at the end of an Interest Period there shall in respect of that part of the Facility equivalent to the amount of the Repayment Instalment falling due on such Repayment Date be a separate Interest Period expiring on such Repayment Date and the Interest Rate relating to such part shall be fixed separately;
6.02.05
no Interest Period shall extend beyond the final Repayment Date;
6.02.06
if the Borrowers fail to select an Interest Period in accordance with the above, such Interest Period shall be of three (3) months duration or of such other duration as the Lender in its sole discretion may select; and
6.02.07
save as provided in Clause 6.02.04, the Borrowers shall not select more than one Interest Periods at any one time.
7
INTEREST
7.01
Subject to the terms of this Agreement the Borrowers shall pay to the Lender interest in respect of the Facility (or the relevant part thereof) accruing at the Interest Rate for each Interest Period relating thereto in arrears on the last day of each Interest Period; provided that if any Interest Period is of a duration longer than three (3) months, accrued interest in respect of the Facility (or the relevant part thereof) shall be paid every three (3) months during such Interest Period and on the last day of such Interest Period.
7.02
Interest shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a three hundred and sixty (360) day year.
7.03
The Lender will calculate and determine the Interest Rate applicable for the Facility, each determination being promptly notified by the Lender to the Borrowers at the beginning of each Interest Period in respect thereof. The Lender's certificate as to the Interest Rate applicable shall be final and (except in the case of manifest error) binding on the Borrowers and the other Security Parties.
8
DEFAULT INTEREST
8.01
In the event of a failure by the Borrowers to pay any amount on the date on which such amount is due and payable pursuant to this Agreement and/or any one or more of the other Finance Documents (unless otherwise specifically provided in any Finance Document) and
22


irrespective of any notice by the Lender or any other person to the Borrowers in respect of such failure, the Borrowers shall pay interest on such amount on demand from the date of such default up to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum which is the aggregate of (a) Two per cent (2%) and (b) the Applicable Margin and (c) the rate at which the Lender in accordance with its normal practice is offered deposits in Dollars in the London Interbank Market for such period as the Lender may select at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Banking Day immediately following that on which the Lender becomes aware of such failure and (d) any Mandatory Cost and, so long as such failure continues, such rate shall be recalculated on the same basis thereafter.
8.02
Any interest which shall have accrued under Clause 7.04 in respect of an unpaid amount shall be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount and shall be due and payable at the end of the period by reference to which it is calculated or such other date or dates as the Lender may specify by written notice to the Borrowers.
8.03
Clauses 7.02 and 7.03 shall apply to the calculation of interest on amounts in default.
9
SUBSTITUTE BASIS
9.01
If the Lender determines (which determination – in the absence of manifest error –  shall be conclusive) that:
9.01.01
at 11.00 a.m. (London time) on any Interest Determination Date the Lender was not being offered by banks in the London Interbank Market deposits in Dollars in the required amount and for the required period; or
9.01.02
LIBOR would not adequately reflect the cost to the Lender of making, funding or maintaining the Facility or any part thereof for the duration of the next succeeding Interest Period; or
9.01.03
by reason of circumstances affecting the London Interbank Market such deposits are not available to the Lender in such market; or
9.01.04
adequate and reasonable means do not or will not exist for the Lender to ascertain the Interest Rate applicable to the next succeeding Interest Period; or
9.01.05
Dollars will or may not continue to be freely transferable;
then, and in any such case the Lender shall give a written notice of any such event to the Borrowers and in case any of the above occurs on the Interest Determination Date prior to the Drawdown Date the Borrowers' right to borrow the Facility or any part thereof shall be suspended during the continuation of such circumstances.
9.02
If, however, any of the events described in Clause 9.01 occurs on any other Interest Determination Date relative to the Facility or any part thereof, then the duration of the relevant Interest Period(s) shall be up to one (1) month and during such Interest Period the Interest Rate applicable to the Facility or the relevant part thereof shall be the rate per annum determined by the Lender rounded upwards to the nearest whole multiple of one sixteenth per cent (1/16th%) to be the aggregate of the Applicable Margin, any Mandatory Cost and the cost (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) to the Lender of funding the amount of the Facility during such Interest Period(s).
9.03
During such Interest Period(s) the Borrowers and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith in order to agree an Interest Rate or Interest Rates and Interest Period or Interest Periods satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Lender to be substituted for those which but for the occurrence of any such event as specified in this Clause would have applied. If the Borrowers and the Lender are unable to agree on such an Interest Rate(s) and Interest Period(s) by the day which is two (2) Banking Days before the end of the Interest Period referred to above, the Borrowers shall repay the Facility together with accrued interest thereon at the Interest Rate set out above, together with all other amounts due under this Agreement relative to the Facility, on the last day of such Interest Period.
23


10
PREPAYMENT
10.01
Unless an Event of Default has occurred (whereupon the provisions of Clause 12.01 shall apply), the Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay the " relevant proportion " of the Facility in the case of sale of a Ship (with the Lender' prior written consent) or a Ship becoming a Total Loss or being refinanced or the Mortgage on that Ship being discharged pursuant to sub-Clause 10.01.03:
10.01.01
in the case of a sale, on or before the date on which such sale is completed by delivery of that Ship to her buyer; or
10.01.02
in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of occurrence of such Total Loss and (ii) the date of receipt by the Lender of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or
10.01.03
in the case the Mortgage on a Ship is discharged (other than in the circumstances referred to in paragraph 10.01.01 above and where the Borrowers and the other Security Parties have discharged all their obligations, whether actual or contingent, under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents), on or before the date on which the relevant Mortgage is discharged.
and in this Clause 10.01 " relevant proportion " means, without prejudice to the provisions of  Clause 23, an amount that would reduce the Indebtedness to (a) sixty per cent (60%) of Market Value of the Eirini Ship in case of sale or Total Loss or discharge of the Mortgage of the Eleni Ship or (b) thirty per cent (30%) of the Market Value of the Eleni Ship in case of sale or Total Loss or discharge of the Mortgage of the Eirini Ship.
Provided however that if, at any time, only one Ship is subject to a Mortgage and that Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss or the Mortgage on that Ship is discharged, the term "relevant proportion" shall be construed to mean an amount which is sufficient to repay the Indebtedness in full.
10.02
For the purposes of Clause 10.01.02 a Total Loss shall be deemed to have occurred
10.02.01
in the case of an actual total loss of a Ship on the actual date and at the time that Ship was lost or if such date is not known, on the date on which that Ship was last reported;
10.02.02
in the case of a constructive total loss of a Ship upon the date and at the time notice of abandonment of that Ship is given to the Insurers of that Ship for the time being (provided a claim for such total loss is admitted by such Insurers) or, if such Insurers do not admit such a claim, or, in the event that such notice of abandonment is not given by the Owner thereof to the Insurers of that Ship, on the date and at a time on which the incident, which may result in that Ship, being subsequently determined to be a constructive total loss, has occurred;
10.02.03
in the case of a compromised or arranged total loss of a Ship, on the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the Insurers of that Ship;
10.02.04
in the case of Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship, on the date upon which the relevant requisition of title or other compulsory acquisition occurs; and
10.02.05
in the case of hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of a Ship (other than where the same amounts to Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship by any Government Entity, or by persons purporting to act on behalf of any Government Entity), which deprives the Owner thereof of the use of that Ship for more than thirty (30) days, upon the expiry of the period of thirty (30) days after the date upon which the relevant hijacking, theft, condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation occurred.
24


10.03
In case the Holding by the Approved Shareholders in the Guarantor falls below ten per cent (10%) without the prior written consent of the Lender, the Borrowers shall be obliged to prepay the Indebtedness in full to the full satisfaction of the Lender, within thirty (30) Banking Days from the Lender's written notice to the Borrowers to that effect.
10.04
On giving not less than fifteen (15) days' prior written notice to the Lender the Borrowers may prepay all or any part of the Facility (but if in part the amount to be prepaid shall be equal to one Repayment Instalment or a multiple thereof) at the end of the then current Interest Period without any premium of penalty. The Borrowers shall obtain any consent or approval from the relevant authorities that may be necessary to make any such prepayment of the Facility and if they fail to obtain and/or comply with the terms of such consent or approval and in consequence thereof the Lender has to repay the amount prepaid or the Lender incurs any penalty or loss then the Borrowers shall indemnify the Lender forthwith against all amounts so repaid and/or against all such penalties and losses incurred.
10.05
Prepayments under Clause 10.04 shall be applied on a pro rata basis on the then outstanding Repayment Instalments and the Balloon Payments.
10.06
Save as otherwise herein expressly provided, any prepayment of the Facility made or deemed to be made under this Agreement shall, if made otherwise than at the end of an Interest Period relative to the amounts prepaid, be made together with accrued interest thereon and such additional amount (if any) as the Lender may certify as necessary to compensate the Lender for any Broken Funding Costs incurred or to be incurred by it as a result of such prepayment including any loss of the Applicable Margin up to the end of the then current Interest Period in respect of the whole amount of the Facility which is outstanding at the beginning of such Interest Period.
10.07
Any notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers under this Agreement shall be irrevocable and the Borrowers shall be bound to prepay in accordance with each such notice.
10.08
The Borrowers may not prepay all or any part of the Facility except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.
10.09
On or prior to any prepayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 10 or any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrowers shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions as applicable so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortization) exceed the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 11.01.
10.10
Without prejudice to the foregoing, if less than the full amount of the Facility remains outstanding following a prepayment under this Agreement and the Lender in its absolute discretion agrees, following a written request of the Borrowers, that the Borrowers may be permitted to maintain all or part of a Designated Transaction in an amount not wholly matched with or linked to all or part of the Facility, the Borrowers shall, within fifteen (15) days of being notified by the Lender of such requirement, provide the Lender with, or procure the provision to the Lender of, such additional security as shall in the opinion of the Lender be adequate to secure the performance of such Designated Transaction, which additional security shall take such form and be constituted by such documentation, as the Lender in its absolute discretion may approve or require.
10.11
Notwithstanding any provision of the Master Agreement to the contrary, in the case of a prepayment of all or part of the Facility (including, without limitation, following the occurrence of a Total Loss or upon a sale of a Ship or the discharge of a Mortgage in accordance with Clauses 10.01 (Mandatory Prepayment) or under Clauses 9 (Substitute Basis), 16 (Change of Circumstances) or 23 (Security Margin)) then, subject to Clause 10.10, the Lender shall be entitled but not obliged (and, where relevant, may do so without the consent of the Borrowers, where it would otherwise be required whether under the Master Agreement or otherwise) to amend, supplement, cancel, net out, terminate,
25


liquidate, transfer or assign all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement and/or to obtain or re‑establish any hedge or related trading position in any manner and with any person the Lender in its absolute discretion may determine and both the Lender's and the Borrowers' continuing obligations under any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement shall, unless agreed otherwise by the Lender, be calculated so far as the Lender considers it practicable by reference to the amended repayment schedule for the Facility taking into account the fact that less than the full amount of the Facility remains outstanding.
10.12
The Borrowers shall on the first written demand of the Lender indemnify the Lender in respect of all losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs and expenses) incurred or sustained by the Lender as a consequence of or in relation to the effecting of any matter or transactions referred to in Clauses 10.10 and 10.11.
10.13
Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrowers under Clause 10.12, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights under Clauses 10.10 and 10.11 and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated such termination shall be treated under the Master Agreement in the same manner as if it were a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrowers and, accordingly, the Lender shall be permitted to recover from the Borrowers a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.
11
REPAYMENT
11.01
The Borrowers shall repay the Facility by:
a)            twenty (20) consecutive Repayment Instalments, each such Repayment Instalment being in the amount of Three hundred Seventy Five thousand Dollars ($375,000), the first such Repayment Instalment being due and payable on the date falling three (3) months from the Drawdown Date and each of the succeeding eighteen (18) such Repayment Instalments, on the eighteen (18) Repayment Dates falling at consecutive three monthly intervals thereafter and the twentieth (20th) Repayment Instalment falling due two (2) months after the immediately preceeding (nineteenth) Repayment Date on the twentieth and final Repayment Date;
and
b)            the Balloon Payment payable together with the twentieth (20th) Repayment Instalment referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above on the twentieth (20th) and final Repayment Date;
Provided however, that if the amount of the Facility actually drawn is less than Dollars Sixteen million Five hundred thousand ($16,500,000) then the Balloon Payment and the Repayment Instalments shall be reduced pro rata by the undrawn amount or in any other manner determined by the Parties.
11.02
Each Repayment Instalment and the Balloon Payment shall be paid in Dollars.
11.03
Any amounts repaid or prepaid under this Agreement may not be re-borrowed.
11.04
On or prior to any repayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 11, the Borrowers shall wholly or partially reverse, offset, unwind or otherwise terminate one or more of the continuing Designated Transactions as applicable so that the notional principal amount of the continuing Designated Transactions thereafter remaining does not and will not in the future (taking into account the scheduled amortisation) exceed the amount of the Facility as reducing from time to time thereafter pursuant to Clause 11.01.
11.05
Without prejudice to the provisions of the foregoing Clause 11.04, Clauses 10.10, 10.11, 10.12 and 10.13 will also apply on the repayment of the Facility or any part thereof under this Clause 11.
26


12
APPLICATION
12.01
All Proceeds received by the Lender under or pursuant to any one or more of the Finance Documents and expressed to be applicable in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 12 shall be held by the Lender, to be applied in the following manner:
12.01.01
first, in or towards payment of all sums other than principal of or interest on the Facility which may be owing to the Lender under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or any of them;
12.01.02
second, in or towards payment of any default interest and/or overdue principal payments payable to the Lender under the Finance Documents;
12.01.03
third, in or towards payment to the Lender of any interest owing in respect of the Facility or any part thereof;
12.01.04
fourth, in or towards payment to the Lender of principal owing in respect of the Facility;
12.01.05
fifth, in or towards payment to the Lender of any amount due to it in accordance with the provisions of Clause 15 (Tax Gross up and Indemnities) and Clause 29 (Indemnity) by reason of any such payment in respect of the Facility not being effected on the last day of an Interest Period in respect of the total amount of the Facility;
12.01.06
sixth, in or towards payment of any amounts then payable to the Lender under the Master Agreement and the other Finance Documents including without limitation any net amount which the Borrowers shall have become liable to pay or deliver under section 2 (Obligations) of the Master Agreement but shall have failed to pay or deliver to the Lender at the time of application or distribution under this Clause 12, or any part thereof;
12.01.07
seventh at any time on or after the occurrence of an Event of Default in retention of a sum equal to the total of any and all other amounts (as calculated by the Lender) which although not then due to the Lender under any one or more of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents will become so due to the Lender, such sums thereafter to be applied by the Lender from time to time in accordance with this Clause 12; and
12.01.08
eighth, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrowers or to whomsoever else may be entitled to receive such surplus.
12.02
If any Proceeds recovered by the Lender have to be repaid by the Lender on the ground of unfair or fraudulent preference or on any other ground, the Lender shall have the same rights hereunder and/or under the other Finance Documents against the Borrowers as if such amounts had never been applied in payment of the Indebtedness.
12.03
The Borrowers hereby undertake to ensure that, throughout the Security Period all payments by the Lender to the Borrowers under each Designated Transaction are paid to the account Nr. 001-018712 036 opened with the Piraeus branch of the Lender in the name of the Borrowers.
13
EVIDENCE OF DEBT
13.01
The Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice one or more Loan Accounts in the name of the Borrowers evidencing the Indebtedness.
13.02
In any legal action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents the entries made in the Loan Account(s) maintained pursuant to Clause 13.01 or a certificate signed by one authorized officer of the Lender shall be conclusive evidence (save in the case of manifest error) of the existence and amounts of the liabilities of the Borrowers therein recorded.
27


14
PAYMENTS
14.01
All amounts payable under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents by the Borrowers, including amounts payable under this Clause 14, shall be paid in full to the Lender without set-off or counterclaim or retention and free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes.
14.02
In the event the Borrowers are required by law to make any such deduction or withholding from any payment hereunder then the Borrowers shall, within a period of not more than seven (7) Banking Days therefrom, pay to the Lender such additional amount as will result in the receipt by the Lender of the full amount which would have been received hereunder had no such deduction or withholding been made, but if the Lender shall be or become entitled to any Tax credit or relief in respect of any Tax which is deducted from any payment by the Borrowers and if the Lender in its reasonable determination actually receives a benefit from such Tax credit or relief in its country of domicile, incorporation or residence, the Lender shall, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, pay to the Borrowers after such benefit is effectively received by the Lender such amounts (which shall be conclusively certified – in the absence of manifest error – by the Lender) as shall ensure that the net amount actually retained by the Lender is equal to the amount which would have been retained if there had been no such deduction; the Borrowers shall promptly forward to the Lender any official receipt of the relevant taxation or other authority or other evidence acceptable to the Lender of the amount deducted or withheld as aforesaid, provided that in the event that it shall be illegal for the Borrowers to pay such additional amount as is referred to in this Clause 14.02 then the Indebtedness shall be repayable by the Borrowers to the Lender on demand.
14.03
All payments to be made by the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents shall be made in Dollars in immediately available and freely transferable and convertible funds not later than 11.00 a.m. London time on the date upon which the relevant payment is due to the Lender at such account as the Lender may from time to time nominate by written notice to the Borrowers.
14.04
The Borrowers undertake to indemnify the Lender against any loss incurred by the Lender as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for the payment of any amount due under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents and such judgment or order being expressed in a currency other than the currency in which the payment was due under this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents and as a result of any variation having occurred in rates of exchange between the date on which the currency is converted for the purpose of such judgment or order and the date of actual payment thereof. This indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent liability of the Borrowers and shall continue in force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid.
15
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 14.02 and Clause 33:
15.01
For the purposes of this Clause the following terms will have the meaning ascribed to them herein:
" Protected Party " means the Lender if it is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
28


" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.
" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by a Security Party to the Lender under Clause 15.02 (Tax gross-up) or a payment by a Borrower under Clause 15.03 (Tax indemnity).
15.02
The Borrowers shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall) make all payments to be made by them without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law, subject as follows:
15.02.01
the Borrowers shall, promptly upon becoming aware, that either of them or any other Security Party must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly.
Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Borrowers on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender;
15.02.02
if a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Borrowers or either of them or any other Security Party, the amount of the payment due from the Borrowers or that other Security Party shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required;
15.02.03
if the Borrowers or either of them or any other Security Party is required to make a Tax Deduction, the Borrowers shall (and shall procure that such other Security Party shall) make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law;
15.02.04
within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrowers shall (and shall procure that such other Security Party shall) deliver to the Lender a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority;
15.03
Tax indemnity
15.03.01
The Borrowers shall (within three Banking Days of the written demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender, if the Lender is a Protected Party, an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.
15.03.02
Clause 15.03.01 shall not apply:
(a)
with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender:
(i) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
(ii) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Facility office of the Lender is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,
if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or
29


(b)
to the extent a loss, liability or cost (i) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 15.02 (Tax gross-up), or Clause 15.07 (FATCA Deduction and gross-up by a Security Party) or Clause 15.08 (FATCA Deduction by the Lender);
The Lender making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Borrowers in writing of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.
15.04
Tax Credit
15.04.01
If a Security Party makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:
15.04.01.1a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and
15.04.01.2
the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
the Lender shall pay an amount to that Security Party which the Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by that Security Party.
15.05
VAT
15.05.01
All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Security Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any Security Party under a Finance Document and the Lender is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Security Party must pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and the Lender must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to the Borrowers).
15.05.02
Where a Finance Document requires any Security Party to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any cost or expense, that Security Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
15.05.03
Any reference in this Clause 15.05 to any Security Party shall, at any time when such Security Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term " representative member " to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).
15.05.04
In relation to any supply made by the Lender to any Security Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by the Lender, that Security Party must promptly provide the Lender with details of that Security Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with the Lender's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.
15.06
FATCA information
15.06.01
Subject to Clause 15.06.03, each Party shall, within ten Banking Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
(a)            confirm to that other Party whether it is: (i) a FATCA Exempt Party; or (ii) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
30


(b)            supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable "passthru payment percentage" or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA.
15.06.02
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 15.06.01 (a)(i) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
15.06.03
Clause 15.06.01 shall not oblige the Lender to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
a. any law or regulation;
b. any fiduciary duty;
c. any duty of confidentiality; or
d. any policy of the Lender.
15.06.04
If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clause 15.06.01 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 15.06.03 applies), then:
15.06.04.1
if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
15.06.04.2
if that Party failed to confirm its applicable "passthru payment percentage" then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable "passthru payment percentage" is 100%,
until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
15.07
FATCA Deduction and gross-up by a Security Party
15.07.01
If a Security Party is required to make a FATCA Deduction, that Security Party shall make that FATCA Deduction and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by FATCA.
15.07.02
If a FATCA Deduction is required to be made by a Security Party, the amount of the payment due from that Security Party shall be increased to an amount which (after making any FATCA Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no FATCA Deduction had been required.
15.07.03
The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that a Security Party must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly.  Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Borrowers and that Security Party in writing.
15.07.04
Within 30 days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the Security Party making that FATCA Deduction or payment shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant governmental or taxation authority.
31


15.08
FATCA Deduction by the Lender
15.08.01
The Lender may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and the Lender shall not be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.  The Lender shall notify the Borrowers accordingly.
15.08.02
The Borrowers shall (within three Banking Days of demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered by the Lender as a result of making a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment due to it under a Finance Document.
15.08.03
The Lender making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph 15.08.02 above shall promptly notify in writing the Borrowers of the FATCA Deduction.
16
CHANGE OF CIRCUMSTANCES
16.01
If:
16.01.01
any law, regulation, treaty or official directive (whether or not having the force of law) or the interpretation thereof by any authority charged with the administration thereof:
16.01.01.1
subjects the Lender to any Tax with respect to payments of principal of or interest on the Facility or any other amount payable hereunder; or
16.01.01.2
changes the basis of Taxation of payments to the Lender of principal of or interest on the Facility or of any other amount payable hereunder (other than a change in the rate of Tax on the overall net income of the Lender); or
16.01.01.3
imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve and/or special deposit requirements against or in respect of assets or liabilities of, or deposits with or for the account of, or loans or credit extended by the Lender; or
16.01.01.4
imposes on the Lender any other condition affecting this Agreement, the Facility or its funding; or
16.01.02
the Lender complies with any request, law, regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity control or which affects the manner in which the Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement [including without limitation, those resulting from (a) the implementation or application of or compliance with the "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, as amended, supplemented or restated, and (b) the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement -Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011 and (c) any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III"] or directive from any applicable fiscal or monetary authority (whether or not having the force of law) and as a result of any of the foregoing either directly or indirectly;
16.01.03
the cost to the Lender of making, funding or maintaining the Facility is increased; or
16.01.04
the amount of principal, interest or other amount payable to the Lender or the effective return to the Lender hereunder is reduced; or
32


16.01.05
the Lender makes any payment or foregoes any interest or other return on or calculated by reference to the gross amount receivable by it from the Borrowers hereunder,
then and in each such case upon demand from time to time the Borrowers shall pay to the Lender such amount as shall compensate the Lender for such increased cost, reduction, payment or foregone interest or other return. If the Lender is entitled to make a claim pursuant to this Clause it shall notify the Borrowers of the event by reason of which it is so entitled and shall submit to the Borrowers a certificate setting out details of the event giving rise to such compensation, the amount thereof and the manner in which it has been calculated and in the absence of manifest error such certificate shall be conclusive.
On receipt of such certificate the Borrowers shall have the option to prepay within ninety (90) days the Facility together with all interest accrued thereon and all costs and other amounts (including amounts payable as referred to above and any Broken Funding Costs) payable to the Lender hereunder. If the Borrowers decides to exercise such option it shall give written notice to the Lender and prepay the amount due to the Lender within ninety (90) days of the receipt of the certificate referred to above in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The Lender's duties and liabilities hereunder shall be cancelled on the giving of such notice.
16.02
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, if any change in law, regulation or treaty or in the interpretation or application thereof by any authority charged with the administration thereof shall make it unlawful for the Lender to make, fund or maintain the Facility or any part thereof, the Lender may by written notice thereof to the Borrowers declare that the Lender's duty to provide the Borrowers with the Facility shall be terminated forthwith whereupon the Borrowers shall prepay forthwith (or if permitted by law on the next following Interest Payment Date) the Facility together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts payable to the Lender hereunder including any Broken Funding Costs. The Lender's duties and liabilities hereunder shall be cancelled on the giving of such notice.
16.03
If any of the events referred to in Clause 16.01or Clause 16.02 shall occur, but without prejudice to the liability of the Borrowers to prepay the Facility, the Borrowers and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith with a view to agreeing terms for making the Facility available from another jurisdiction, or funding the Facility from alternative sources or otherwise restructuring the Facility on a basis which is not unlawful.
17
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
17.01
The Borrowers hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Lender that the following matters are true at the time of this Agreement and warrant that they shall remain true until full payment of all amounts payable hereunder:
17.01.01
each Corporate Security Party is a company or corporation duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the country of its Original Jurisdiction and has the power and authority to own its respective assets and carry on business in each Relevant Jurisdiction and complies with all relevant legislation and laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ) to the extend applicable to such Corporate Security Party;
17.01.02
either Borrower has the power to borrow hereunder and to enter into Designated Transactions and each Security Party has power to enter into this Agreement and the other Subject Documents to which it is a party and to perform and discharge its respective duties and liabilities hereunder and thereunder and each Security Party has taken all necessary action (whether corporate or otherwise) required to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Subject Documents to which is a party and the borrowing to be made hereunder;
17.01.03
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Subject Documents will not contravene or exceed the powers granted to each Security Party or by, or any provision of, any law or regulation (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ, as the case may be), in any
33


Relevant Jurisdiction of the Security Parties or any of them, any order or decree of any competent governmental agency or court of or in any Relevant Jurisdiction of the Security Parties or any of them, the certificates of incorporation, memoranda and articles of association of the Corporate Security Parties or any of them or any mortgage, deed, contract or agreement to which the Security Parties or any of them is/are a party and which is binding upon the Security Parties' assets and will not cause any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) to arise over or attach to all or any part of any Security Party's revenues or assets nor require any Security Party to create any such Encumbrance otherwise than in favour of the Lender;
17.01.04
all consents, licences, approvals, registrations, authorisations or declarations (including, without limitation, all foreign exchange control approvals) in any Relevant Jurisdiction of the Security Parties or any of them required to enable the Borrowers to borrow hereunder and the Borrowers and each of the other Security Parties lawfully to enter into and perform and discharge their respective duties and liabilities under this Agreement and the other Subject Documents, to which each is a party and to ensure that the duties and liabilities of each of the Security Parties hereunder and thereunder are legal, valid and enforceable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Subject Documents to which each is a party and to make this Agreement and the other Subject Documents admissible in evidence in such aforesaid jurisdictions have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect;
17.01.05
this Agreement and the other Subject Documents constitute the legal, valid, binding and unconditional duties and liabilities of each Security Party as is a party thereto, enforceable against such Security Party in accordance with the terms thereof;
17.01.06
no Security Party has failed to pay when due any amount or to perform any duty under the provisions of any agreement to which it is a party or by which it may be bound relating to Financial Indebtedness in excess in aggregate of One million Dollars ($1,000,000) and no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, a material breach or default by such Security Party under any such agreement;
17.01.07
no litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceedings in any court, arbitration tribunal or governmental authority are pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened against any Security Party or any of its respective assets which might materially adversely affect such Security Party's ability to perform and discharge its respective duties and liabilities hereunder and under the other Subject Documents as is a party thereto;
17.01.08
the financial condition of the Security Parties has not suffered any material deterioration since that condition was last disclosed to the Lender;
17.01.09
the information provided to the Lender in relation to this transaction is true and correct in all material respects and does not omit any material detail;
17.01.10
except for the registration of each Mortgage at the appropriate Registry of ships, it is not necessary or advisable to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Agreement or of any one or more of the other Subject Documents, that any of them be filed, recorded or enrolled with any governmental authority or agency or that they be stamped with any stamp, registration or similar transaction tax in the United States or in the United Kingdom or in the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in the Republic of Liberia or in the Republic of Greece or in any Relevant Jurisdiction;
17.01.11
the Accounting Information provided by the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor to the Lender is complete and correct and presents fairly the position of the members of the Group therein stated and the results of the operations of the members of the Group therein stated ended on the relevant date, and have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices consistently applied and give a true and fair view of the financial condition, assets and liabilities of the members of the Group therein stated at the date to which such Accounting Information have been prepared and since that date there has been no adverse change in the financial condition of the business, assets or operation of the members of the Group therein stated or the Group taken as a whole (as the case may be);
34



17.01.12
all the obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers hereunder and of the other Security Parties under the other Subject Documents rank and will rank at least pari passu in right of payments with all other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Borrowers or of the other Security Parties;
17.01.13
no Security Party is entitled to claim any immunity in relation to itself or its assets under any law or in any jurisdiction in connection with any legal proceedings, set off or counterclaim relating to this Agreement and the other Subject Documents to which it is a party or in connection with the enforcement of any judgment or order arising from such proceedings;
17.01.14
the Borrowers have not incurred any Financial Indebtedness, or authorised or accepted any capital commitments (other than that normally associated with the day-to-day operation of the Ships, where appropriate);
17.01.15
no Taxes are imposed by deduction withholding or otherwise or any other payment to be made by any Security Party under this Agreement and/or any other of the Subject Documents or are imposed on or by virtue of the execution or delivery of this Agreement and/or any other of the Subject Documents or any document or instrument to be executed or delivered hereunder or thereunder and all relevant tax returns have been filed and/or will be filed when due;
17.01.16
None of the Security Parties is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor;
17.01.17
None of the Security Parties is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or is overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.
17.01.18
No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any of the Security Parties with respect to Taxes.
17.01.19
Each of the Security Parties (other than the Manager) is resident for Tax purposes only in its Original Jurisdiction and the Manager is resident for Tax purposes only in the Republic of Greece.
17.01.20
Each of the Security Parties and each member of the Group has conducted its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
17.01.21
It is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of
any of the Security Parties (i) in order to enable the Lender to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or (ii) by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document, that the Lender should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any of the Security Parties and the Lender is not and will not be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any of the Security Parties by reason only of the    execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.
17.01.22
Any borrowing by the Borrowers under this Agreement, and the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement and under the other Finance Documents, will be for the Borrowers own account and will not involve any breach by either of them of any law or regulatory measure relating to "money laundering" as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2005/EC/60) of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Communities.
17.01.23
the choice of law agreed to govern this Agreement and each other Subject Document and the submission to the jurisdiction of the courts agreed in each of the Subject Documents are or will be on execution of the respective Subject Documents valid and binding on the Borrowers and any other Security Party which is a party thereto;
35


17.01.24
the giving of the Guarantee pursuant to this Agreement by the Guarantor is to the commercial benefit of the Guarantor;
17.01.25
each Security Party and each member of the Group is in compliance, in all respects, with all Sanctions;
17.01.26
none of the Security Parties and/or the other members of the Group is a Prohibited Person or is owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person and it does not own or control a Prohibited Person; and
17.01.27
no proceeds of the Facility shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.
17.02
The Borrowers hereby further represent and warrant to the Lender that on the Drawdown Date the following matters will be true and shall remain true in all material respects throughout the Security Period:
17.02.01
each Ship is duly registered in the name of the relevant Owner under a flag acceptable to the Lender;
17.02.02
each Ship is and will remain in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Owner thereof, save as contemplated by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
17.02.03
each Ship has and will maintain the highest class with the Classification Society free of all recommendations and qualifications of her Classification Society affecting class;
17.02.04
each Ship is and will be operationally seaworthy;
17.02.05
the Mortgage in respect of the relevant Ship has been duly recorded against such Ship as a valid first priority ship mortgage in favour of the Lender in accordance with the laws of her flag;
17.02.06
the Ships will comply with all relevant laws, regulations and requirements (statutory or otherwise) including without limitation all Sanctions, and the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, the ISM Code Documentation and the ISPS Code Documentation as are applicable to (i) ships registered under the laws of the flag each Ship is flying and (ii) engaged in the same or a similar service as each Ship is engaged;
17.02.07
the Ships will be under the management of the Manager under the terms of the relevant Management Agreement;
17.02.08
the Ships are insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in respect of the Insurances;
17.02.09
the Borrowers and the Manager comply with the provisions of all Environmental Laws in respect of the Ships;
17.02.10
the Borrowers and the Manager have obtained all Environmental Approvals and are and shall be in compliance with all such Environmental Approvals in respect of the Ships;
17.02.11
neither the Borrowers nor the Manager have received notice of any Environmental Claim that alleges that either Borrower or the Manager is not in compliance with any Environmental Law or any Environmental Approval in respect of a Ship;
17.02.12
there is no Environmental Claim pending against either Borrower and/or the Manager and/or a Ship;
36


17.02.13
no Environmental Incident has occurred which could or might give rise to any Environmental Claim against either Borrower and/or the Manager and/or a Ship;
17.03
The Borrowers further jointly and severally represent, warrant and confirm to each other Party of this Agreement that:
17.03.01
they enter into this Agreement for their own account and receive the Facility or any part thereof for their sole benefit; and
17.03.02
they will promptly inform the Lender (by written notice to the Lender) if they or either of them is not, or ceases to be, such beneficiary(ies) and will then set down in writing the name(s) and the address(es) of the relevant beneficiary(ies).
17.04
The representations and warranties of the Borrowers set out in Clauses 17.01 and 17.02 and 17.03 above shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Drawdown Date and on each Repayment Date, on each Interest Payment Date and on the date of entering into each Designated Transaction with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at each such time as if made at such time.
18
SECURITIES
18.01
The Borrowers hereby agree that the Security Documents shall secure with first priority the due payment of the Indebtedness.
18.02
It is declared and agreed in relation to the security created by the Security Documents that:
18.02.01
it shall be held by the Lender as a continuing security for the payment of the Indebtedness; and
18.02.02
the security so created shall not be satisfied or discharged by intermediate payment or satisfaction of any part of the amount secured thereunder; and
18.02.03
the security so created shall be in addition to and shall not in any way be prejudiced or affected by any collateral or other security now or hereafter held by the Lender for all or any part of the amounts thereby secured; and
18.02.04
every power and right given to the Lender hereunder and under the Master Agreement shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any and every other power or right of the Lender under the Security Documents and may be exercised from time to time in such order and as often as the Lender may consider appropriate.
19
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
19.01
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 5, the agreement of the Lender to permit the drawdown of the Facility and/or the entering into any Designated Transaction is subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received not later than the Drawdown Date the following documents or evidence in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal advisers:
19.01.01
a copy, certified as a true copy by the secretary of each Corporate Security Party of the resolutions of the shareholders of the Borrowers and resolutions of the directors of each of the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the Manager, authorising the transaction contemplated hereby, resolving the issuance of each respective power of attorney to be provided under Clause 19.01.02 and authorising a person or persons to sign or execute on their behalf this Agreement, the Notice of Drawdown, the Acknowledgement (as in the form of Schedule 2 hereof) and the other Finance Documents as each is a party thereto;
19.01.02
the originals of any power or powers of attorney granted pursuant to Clause 19.01.01;
37


19.01.03
certificates or other evidence satisfactory to the Lender, in its sole discretion of the existence and good standing of each Security Party;
19.01.04
certificate issued by the respective director or secretary of each Corporate Security Party specifying the Directors and Officers of each such Corporate Security Party (and of any corporate director, officer thereof), its authorized and issued share capital (and of any corporate shareholder thereof) and in respect of each Borrower, a certificate issued by a director or the secretary of each Borrower, specifying the shareholders thereof;
19.01.05
copies of the relevant constitutional documents of each Corporate Security Party, certified as true copies by the Borrowers' legal counsel;
19.01.06
certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action (including but without limitation governmental approval, consents, licences, authorisations, validations or exemptions which the Lender or its legal advisers may require) by the Security Parties or any of them with respect to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
19.01.07
such documents or evidence relating to the ultimate beneficial ownership of each Borrower and any corporate shareholder(s) thereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender;
19.01.08
such documents or evidence relating to the verification of identity and knowledge of the Lender's customers and compliance to the full satisfaction of the Lender with all necessary "know your customer" and money laundering requirements (including but without limitation compliance to the full satisfaction of the Lender with any requirements in relation to the shares of the Borrowers and the Manager and any corporate shareholder(s) thereof), as the Lender may in its absolute discretion require;
19.01.09
evidence that the Earnings Accounts have been duly opened by each Borrower, as appropriate and all mandate forms, signature cards and authorities have been duly delivered and that each Earnings Account is free of all liens or charges;
19.01.10
payment of the fees in accordance with Clause 26;
19.01.11
evidence that the Borrowers have complied with their obligations under Clause 20.38;
19.01.12
evidence that each Ship is duly registered in the ownership of her relevant Owner at the relevant ships' Registry acceptable by the Lender, free of any Encumbrances otherwise than as contemplated herein;
19.01.13
(if required by the Lender) a charter free market valuation of the Ships on the basis specified in Clause 22.26;
19.01.14
evidence that each Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
19.01.15
evidence that each Ship is classed at the highest classification status with the Classification Society free of recommendations or other conditions or notations affecting her class;
19.01.16
certified copies of the classification and international safety and trading certificates issued by the Classification Society of each Ship and each other competent authority (as the case may be) free of recommendations or other conditions affecting her class;
19.01.17
copies of the ISM Code Documentation and the ISPS Code Documentation in relation to each Ship, each Borrower and the Manager;
19.01.18
the Mortgage on each Ship duly executed by the Owner thereof, legalised as appropriate and registered at the appropriate Shipping Registry;
38


19.01.19
the Master Agreement and the Master Agreement Assignment duly executed by the Borrowers;
19.01.20
the relevant General Assignment and Earnings Account Charge duly executed by each Borrower;
19.01.21
notices of assignment of the Insurances in respect of each Ship duly signed by each Owner thereof;
19.01.22
notices of assignment of the Earnings in respect of each Ship duly signed by each Owner thereof;
19.01.23
the Manager's Undertaking in respect of each Ship together with notices of assignment of the right, title and benefit of the Manager to the Insurances of the Ships, duly executed, as appropriate;
19.01.24
the Guarantee duly executed by the Guarantor;
19.01.25
certified copy of the Management Agreements;
19.01.26
evidence that an amount of Nine thousand Euros (€9,000), plus disbursements and VAT thereon has been paid to the Messrs V&P Law Firm in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, or irrevocable written mandates to the Lender to make those payments forthwith by debiting any account of the Borrowers held with the Lender;
19.01.27
a letter from the agents referred to in Clauses 41.04 and 41.05 addressed to the Lender confirming acceptance of their appointment as agents for service of process;
19.01.28
the opinion letters from counsels appointed and/or acceptable to the Lender as well as opinion letters from the Security Parties' legal counsel in relation to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender; and
19.01.29
such further documents and evidence as the Lender may hereafter request.
19.02
The obligation of the Lender to advance the Facility or any part thereof is further subject to the following conditions:
19.02.01
That both at the date of the Notice of Drawdown and on the Drawdown Date:
(i)            no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or might result from making the Facility available; and
(ii)            the representations and warranties of the Borrowers set out in Clause 17 as well as the representations and warranties of the Borrowers and of the other Security Parties (other than the Lender) set out to the other Finance Documents are true and accurate in all material respects as of each such date, as if made on each such date with reference to the facts then subsisting; and
(iii)            there is not a Material Adverse Effect in relation to any one or more of the Security Parties or any other member of the Group;
(ii)            that none of the circumstances specified in Clause 16 has occurred and is continuing; and
19.02.02
That if the test set out in Clause 23 was applied immediately following the advance of the Facility, the Borrowers would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Facility as therein provided.
39


19.03
If the Lender, at its discretion, permits the Facility or any part thereof to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 19.01 as the case may be are satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within five (5) Banking Days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Lender specifies).
20
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
Each Borrower undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 20 at all relevant times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing:
20.01
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) supply the Lender with such number of copies as the Lender may require of (a) the annual Accounting Information as soon as available but in any event not later than one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of the relevant period to which they relate starting with the 2013 financial statements and (b) such other information with regard to the business, properties or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Guarantor, the Manager and the other members of the Group as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request;
20.02
to procure that the Accounting Information to be delivered from time to time in accordance with Clause 20.01 shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices consistently applied, which shall present fairly the financial positions, as at the end of each such financial year to which they relate, of the Group and the results of their operations for the year to which the Accounting Information relates.
20.03
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) obtain promptly at any time and from time to time such registrations, licenses, consents and approvals as may be required in respect of this Agreement and the other Subject Documents under any applicable law or regulation to enable them to perform and discharge their duties and liabilities hereunder and thereunder and promptly supply the Lender with copies thereof;
20.04
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) ensure that at all times the claims of the Lender against the Borrowers and the other Security Parties under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all other unsecured creditors of the relevant Security Party save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application;
20.05
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) deliver to the Lender translations into English (certified by an authorised translator) of any documents which have to be delivered to the Lender under the terms of this Agreement or the other Subject Documents, the originals of which are not in the English language;
20.06
not to make any loans or advances to, or any investments in, any person, firm, corporation or joint venture (or to any officer, director, stockholder, employee or customer of any such person) other than loans or advances made in the ordinary course of business;
20.07
not to (and ensure and procure that the Guarantor shall not) declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions to its respective shareholders in any form whatsoever if:
20.07.01
an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
20.07.02
immediately following such payment of dividends and/or distributions the test set out in Clause 23 was applied and the Borrowers would be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Facility as therein provided; or
20.07.03
immediately following such payment of dividends and/or distributions the Borrowers would be in breach of Clause 20.38;
20.08
not to borrow any money or permit any such borrowing to continue or incur any Financial Indebtedness whatsoever other than the Facility and the Swap Exposure or other than by
40


way of subordinated shareholders' loans or enter into any agreement for payment on deferred terms (otherwise than on customary suppliers' credit terms) or any equipment lease or contract hire agreement other than in the ordinary course of business;
20.09
not to assume, guarantee or otherwise undertake the liability of any person, firm or company (otherwise than pursuant to the terms hereof and in the ordinary course of operation or trading of the Ships);
20.10
not to authorise or accept any capital commitments (save and except in connection with the ordinary course of operation or trading of the Ships);
20.11
not to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall not) change the nature of its respective business or commence any business other than the ownership and operation of ships and activities ancillary thereto;
20.12
not to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall not) (save and except as provided in this Agreement or otherwise in favour of the Lender), create or permit to exist any Encumbrance whatsoever on the Ships or on any of its other property or assets, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than a Permitted Lien;
20.13
without prejudice to the obligations of the Borrowers under Clause 20.14, promptly after the happening of an event which is (or may, with the giving of notice or passage of time or satisfaction of any other condition or any combination of the foregoing, become) an Event of Default, to notify the Lender in writing of such event and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to nullify or mitigate its effect;
20.14
from time to time on request by the Lender to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) deliver to it a certificate signed by a director or officer of such Corporate Security Party confirming that, save as may be notified in detail in such certificate, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is then subsisting, to be accompanied by such evidence as to the information and matters contained in such certificate as the Lender may from time to time reasonably require;
20.15
to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) ensure and procure that each Corporate Security Party shall maintain its corporate existence under the laws of its Original Jurisdiction and shall comply in all material respects with all relevant legislation and laws and regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ), applicable to such Corporate Security Party;
20.16
to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) ensure and procure that no change in
(a) the registered ownership of the shares of the Borrowers and
(b) the registered or beneficial ownership of the shares of the Manager and the Ships
shall occur;
20.17
to execute and procure the execution by each other Security Party of any further document or documents reasonably required by the Lender in order to perfect or complete the security created by the Security Documents;
20.18
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) pay all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges when the same fall due, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside for their payment if such proceedings fail and ensure and procure that all its relevant tax returns shall be properly and timely filed;
20.19
other than in accordance with this agreement, not to convey, assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of or deal with the Ships or any of its real or personal property, assets or
41


rights whether present or future, neither to assign or otherwise transfer its rights title and interest unto the Master Agreement;
20.20
to send (or procure that it is sent) to the Lender as soon as the same is instituted (or, to the knowledge of any Security Party threatened), details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against or involving a Security Party, or a Ship which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on a Security Party or the operation of a Ship;
20.21
to comply (and ensure that each other Security Party will comply) with all laws regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ, as the case may be), treaties and conventions applicable to the Borrowers, the other Security Parties and the Ships and to carry on the relevant Ship all certificates and other documents which may from time to time be required to evidence such compliance;
20.22
not to (and ensure and procure that no Security Party will) become a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor;
20.23
to (and ensure and procure that the Security Parties and the other members of the Group will) comply, in all respects, with all Sanctions;
20.24
not to (and ensure and procure that none of the Security Parties and the other members of the Group will) become a Prohibited Person or become owned or controlled by, or act directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Prohibited Person, or become the owner or controller of a Prohibited Person;
20.25
not to make, directly or indirectly, available any proceeds of the Facility to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person and to ensure and procure that any proceeds of the Facility is not, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions;
20.26
not to and ensure and procure that each Borrower and the Manager and any corporate shareholder(s) thereof shall not dissolve, merge into or consolidate with any other company or person and ensure and procure that no change in the management or the legal ownership of the Borrowers and the Ships shall be effected;
20.27
to (and procure that the Guarantor will) ensure that no change in the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chairman of the Guarantor shall occur;
20.28
to use the proceeds of the Facility for its benefit and under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purpose specified in this Agreement;
20.29
not to (and ensure and procure that no other Security Party will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions;
20.30
to (and ensure and procure that each of the Security Parties and each member of the Group will) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws;
20.31
to ensure and procure that, throughout the Security Period, all payments in relation to the operation of the Ships will be effected through the Lender (either via the Piraeus branch or any other branch reasonably nominated by the Lender);
20.32
to ensure and procure that the Swap Exposure shall not exceed the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure;
42


20.33
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party will) deliver promptly to the Lender such documents and evidence as the Lender shall from time to time require relating to the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Borrowers, the Manager and the other members of the Group and their respective corporate shareholder(s);
20.34
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party will) deliver to the Lender such documents and evidence as the Lender shall from time to time require relating to the verification of identity and knowledge of the Lender's customers and the compliance by the Lender with all necessary "know your customer" or similar checks, and to comply within thirty (30) days from the Lender's written notice to the Borrowers to that effect, to the full satisfaction of the Lender, with any requirements of the Lender in relation to the shares of the Borrowers and the other members of the Group and their respective corporate shareholder(s) [including but without limitation any requirements of the Lender as to the approved form of the shares (registered or otherwise) of the Borrowers and the other members of the Group and their corporate shareholder(s)], always on the basis of applicable laws and regulations or the Lender's own internal (generally applied) guidelines, in each case as such laws, regulations or internal guidelines apply from time to time;
20.35
to (i) provide the Lender with any documentation or information, as the Lender may request, which relates to individual or entity tax status and (ii) inform the Lender, or respond to any request from the Lender, if there are any changes to tax information previously provided;
20.36
upon request by the Lender, to obtain, and to ensure and procure that each other Security Party will obtain a written waiver or consent from its respective Substantial Owners or Controlling Persons, which will be provided to the Lender to permit the Lender and other members of the HSBC Group to disclose and report tax and account specific financial information to any local or foreign Tax Authority. Where any one of the Borrowers and/or the other Security Parties fails to comply with requests for tax information, or fails to respond to requests for waivers or consents for tax information disclosure, or fails to respond to requests to obtain waivers or consents from Substantial Owners or Controlling Persons, the Lender may take, and may instruct members of the HSBC Group to take whatever actions are necessary to comply with the Lender's local or foreign tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any of the following action:
(a) the Lender may withhold taxes that may be due from certain payments made to or on behalf of any one of the Borrowers and/or the other Security Parties; and/or
(b) The Lender shall have the right to pay relevant taxes to the appropriate Tax Authority; and/or
(c) The Lender shall have the right to refuse to provide certain services to any one of the Borrowers and/or the other Security Parties; and/or
(d) the Lender shall have the right to close any account to which the provision of any facility may relate; and
20.37
to ensure and procure that at all times during the Security Period, the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor shall maintain with the Piraeus branch of the Lender to the credit of any account held with the Lender in the name of the Borrowers and/or the Guarantor, minimum deposits equal at least to Three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000), per Ship, free of any Encumbrances;
20.38
to (and procure that the Guarantor will) ensure that throughout the Security Period:
20.38.01
the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of the Guarantor shall not be less than Fifteen million Dollars ($15,000,000);
20.38.02
the Leverage Ratio of the Guarantor will not be higher than 0.75:1; and
43


20.38.03
on a consolidated basis, at all times, the aggregate amount of cash deposits held in accounts of members of the Group free from any Encumbrances shall not be less than Three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000) per Fleet Vessel;
21
INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS
Each Borrower hereby undertakes with the Lender that during the Security Period (at the expense of the Borrowers and upon such terms, in such amounts and with such Insurers as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Lender), each Borrower shall comply with the following provisions of this Clause 21 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing:
21.01
to insure and keep insured either Ship in Dollars or such other currency as may be approved in writing by the Lender, in the full aggregate insurable value of each Ship but in no event for an amount less than the higher of (i) the Market Value of the relevant Ship and (ii) an amount so that the aggregate insured values of the Ships are at least equal to one hundred and twenty five per cent (125%) of the aggregate of (a) the Facility and (b) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure against fire and usual marine (including Excess Risks) and War Risks covered by hull and machinery policies;
21.02
to enter either Ship in the name of the Owner thereof, for her full value and tonnage in a protection and indemnity association approved by the Lender with unlimited liability if available otherwise for the highest possible standard cover for the time being $1,000,000,000 for oil pollution and for excess oil spillage and pollution liability insurance for the highest possible standard cover against all Protection and Indemnity Risks;
21.03
to pay to the Lender on demand all premiums or other amounts payable by the Lender in effecting a Mortgagees' Interest Insurance policy ("MII") and a mortgagee's interest (additional perils) insurance policy in the name of the Lender for a minimum insured amount of not less than one hundred and ten per cent (110%) of (a) the Facility and (b) (in case the Master Agreement is utilized) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure and under such wording and conditions acceptable to the Lender;
21.04
if either Ship enters the territorial waters of the United States of America (or other jurisdiction having legislation similar to the US Oil Pollution Act 1990) for any reason whatsoever, to take out such additional insurance to cover such risks as may be necessary in order to obtain a Certificate of Financial Responsibility from the United States Coastguard;
21.05
upon the Lender's request, to effect loss of hire and/or Earnings Insurance on either Ship (as may be required by the Lender) in respect of charterparties which exceed twelve (12) months duration and otherwise on such terms and in such amounts as the Lender may instruct the Borrowers as being necessary or appropriate;
21.06
to effect such additional Insurances as may reasonably be requested by the Lender to maintain the scope of the existing cover of the Insurances;
21.07
to renew the Insurances at least fourteen (14) days before the relevant Insurances expire and to procure that the Approved Brokers shall promptly confirm in writing to the Lender as and when each such renewal is effected;
21.08
to punctually pay all premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances and to produce all relevant receipts when so required in writing by the Lender;
21.09
to arrange for the execution of such guarantees as may from time to time be required by any Protection and Indemnity or War Risks association;
21.10
to give notice of assignment of the Insurances to the Insurers in the form set out in Schedule 2 to the General Assignment and to procure that a copy of the notice of assignment shall be endorsed upon or attached to the relevant Insurance Documents;
44


21.11
to procure that the Insurance Documents shall be deposited with the Approved Brokers and that such brokers shall provide the Lender with certified copies thereof and shall issue to the Lender a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as the Lender shall reasonably require;
21.12
to procure that the Protection and Indemnity and/or War Risks associations in which the Ships are entered shall provide the Lender with a letter or letters of undertaking in their standard form and shall provide the Lender with a copy of the certificates of entry;
21.13
to procure that the Insurance Documents (including all certificates of entry in any Protection and Indemnity and/or War Risks association) shall contain loss payable clauses in the form set out in Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 (as may be appropriate) to the General Assignment;
21.14
to procure that the Insurance Documents shall provide that the lien or set off for unpaid premiums or calls shall be limited to only the premiums or calls due in relation to the Insurances on the Ships and for fourteen (14) days prior written notice to be given to the Lender by the Insurers (such notice to be given even if the Insurers have not received an appropriate enquiry from the Lender) in the event of cancellation or termination of Insurances and in the event of the non-payment of the premium or calls, the right to pay the said premium or calls within a reasonable time;
21.15
promptly to provide the Lender with full information regarding any Major Casualty or any casualties or damage to a Ship in consequence whereof such Ship has become or may become a Total Loss;
21.16
promptly to provide the Lender, at the Borrowers' cost, with a detailed report issued by a firm of marine insurance brokers or consultants appointed by the Lender in relation to the Insurances, as and when the Lender may reasonably request;
21.17
not to do any act nor voluntarily suffer nor permit any act to be done whereby any Insurance shall or may be suspended or avoided and not to suffer nor permit either Ship to engage in any voyage nor to carry any cargo not permitted under the Insurances in effect without first covering such Ship to the amount herein provided for with additional insurance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender for such voyage or the carriage of such cargo;
21.18
(without limitation to the generality of the foregoing) in particular not permit the Ships to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any Government or by such Ship's War Risks Insurers unless there shall have been effected by the Owner thereof and at its expense such special insurance as the War Risk Insurers may require; and
21.19
to procure that all amounts payable under the Insurances are paid in accordance with the loss payable clause in the form set out in Schedule 3 or Schedule 4 (as may be appropriate) to the relevant General Assignment and to apply and procure that all amounts as are paid to the Borrowers are applied to the repair of the damage and the reparation of the loss in respect of which the said amounts shall have been received; and
21.20
should a Ship be laid up for any period, to arrange 'lay-up' Insurances for such Ship during such period, at its own cost and upon such terms and conditions, in such amounts and with such Insurers as shall from time to time be approved in writing by the Lender.
22
OPERATIONAL UNDERTAKINGS
Each Borrower hereby further undertakes with the Lender to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 22 at all relevant times during the Security Period except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing:
22.01
to ensure that each Ship shall be kept registered as a Liberian flag ship at the port of Monrovia, Liberia, and not to do or suffer to be done anything whereby such registration may be forfeited or imperilled;
22.02
to ensure that all the Earnings of the Ships are paid into the relevant Earnings Account;
45


22.03
to pay as and when due and payable, all taxes, assessments, levies, governmental charges, fines and penalties lawfully imposed on and enforceable against each Ship;
22.04
to ensure that each Ship (or any share thereof or interest therein) shall not be sold transferred, mortgaged, charged, hypothecated or abandoned (save in the case of maritime necessity) and that neither the Insurances nor the Earnings of either Ship will be assigned otherwise than in favour of the Lender;
22.05
to ensure that each Ship shall neither be employed and/or operated in a manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including without limitation to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code and all Sanctions and neither Borrower nor the Manager will engage in any unlawful trade or carry any cargo that may expose a Ship to penalty, forfeiture or capture and in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether a war be declared or not) nor employ a Ship or voluntarily suffer her employment in carrying any contraband goods;
22.06
not to create or permit to be created or continued any lien or Encumbrance(s) on a Ship and/or the Insurances and/or the Earnings (other than Permitted Liens) and to satisfy all claims and demands which if unpaid might in law or by statute or otherwise create a lien or Encumbrance(s) and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) to procure that no lien or Encumbrance(s) is created or permitted to be created or continued on a Ship for any reason whatsoever;
22.07
on the request of the Lender, to provide to and procure that the Lender shall be provided with satisfactory evidence that the wages, allotments, insurance and pension contributions of the Master and crew of either Ship are being paid in accordance with the relevant agreements relating to such Ship and the relevant regulations, and that all deductions from the remuneration of the Master and crew in respect of any tax liability (including all social insurance contributions) are being made and accounted for to the relevant authority and that the Master of such Ship has no claim for disbursements other than those properly incurred by him in the ordinary trading of such Ship on the voyage then in progress;
22.08
if any writ or proceedings are issued against a Ship or if a Ship shall be otherwise attached, arrested or detained by any proceeding in any court or tribunal or by any government or other authority, the Borrowers shall immediately notify and procure that the Lender shall be notified thereof by telefax confirmed by letter and to cause such Ship to be released and all liens or Encumbrance(s) (except for the Mortgage and any Permitted Liens on the Ship) thereon to be discharged forthwith;
22.09
not to voyage or time charter a Ship or place her under any contract for employment for any period which when aggregated with any optional periods of extension contained in the said charter or contract, would exceed twelve (12) months duration, provided however that in the event of a Ship being employed (with the Lender's prior written consent) under any charter which when aggregated with any optional periods contained in such charter would exceed twelve (12) months duration, the Lender shall be furnished forthwith with (a) details and documentary evidence satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion in respect of the new employment, (b) upon Lender's request, a specific assignment in favour of the Lender of the benefit of such charter together with a notice of any such assignment addressed to the relevant charterer and endorsed with an acknowledgement of receipt by the relevant charterer all in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and (c) upon Lender's request, a specific agreement of subordination of the rights of such charterer to the rights of the Lender;
22.10
not to demise charter a Ship for any period whatsoever;
22.11
not to deliver a Ship into the possession of any person or persons for effecting repairs or renewals to such Ship the cost of which will exceed the amount of Five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000) unless such person or persons shall have given a written undertaking to the Lender not to exercise any lien or right of detention on such Ship in respect of the cost of such repairs or renewals;
46


22.12
at all times and at the Borrowers' own expense, to maintain the Ships in a seaworthy condition and in good running order and repair in accordance with first class ship ownership and ship management practice and to keep and procure that each Ship is kept in such condition as will entitle her to the highest classification status with the Classification Society free from recommendations and notations which have not been complied with in accordance with their terms and to procure that, the Lender is provided with a certificate issued by the Classification Society that such classification status is maintained and with copies of all other classification certificates as the Lender may request in writing;
22.13
to submit each Ship regularly to such periodical or other surveys as may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Lender in writing, supply and procure that the Lender is supplied with copies of all survey reports issued in respect thereof;
22.14
to notify and procure that the Lender is notified immediately by facsimile of any recommendation or requirement imposed on a Ship by the Classification Society, the Insurers or by any other competent authority that is not complied with in accordance with its terms;
22.15
to give to the Lender reasonable prior notice of any proposed dry docking or any underwater survey of a Ship so that the Lender (if it so desires) can arrange for a representative to be present;
22.16
to authorise and procure that the Classification Society and all other regulatory authorities of either Ship are authorised to disclose to the Lender any information or documents requested by the Lender relating to the classification, repair, maintenance or seaworthiness of a Ship;
22.17
to comply with all legal requirements whether imposed by enactment, regulation, common law or otherwise and to have on board either Ship as and when legally required valid certificates showing compliance therewith;
22.18
without prejudice to Clause 22.17, to take all necessary and proper precautions to prevent any infringements of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 of the United States of America or any similar legislation applicable to either Ship in any jurisdiction in or to which a Ship shall be employed or trade or which may otherwise be applicable to a Ship or the Borrowers and, if the Lender shall so require, to enter into a "Carrier Initiative Agreement" with the United States Customs Service and to procure that such agreement (or any similar agreement hereafter introduced by any agency of the United States of America) is maintained by the Borrowers in full force and effect;
22.19
to comply with and to ensure and procure that the Manager and all servants and agents of either Borrower and the Manager or any charterer of a Ship shall comply with, the ISM Code, the ISM Code Documentation, the ISPS Code, the ISPS Code Documentation, all Sanctions, all Environmental Laws and all legislation of any state or government in relation to a Ship, her ownership, operation and management or to the business of either Borrower and the Manager, including, without limitation, requirements relating to manning, submission of oil spill response plans, designation of qualified individuals and establishing financial responsibility;
22.20
to hold and procure that the Manager shall hold all appropriate ISM Documentation and to provide the Lender with copies of the relevant ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation duly issued to the relevant Borrower, the Manager and each Ship pursuant to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code;
22.21
to keep, or procure that it is kept, on board either Ship a copy of all relevant ISM Code Documentation and ISPS Code Documentation respectively;
22.22
to perform and discharge all duties and liabilities imposed on either Borrower under any charter, bill of lading or other contract relating to a Ship;
22.23
not to remove or permit the removal of any part of a Ship or any equipment belonging thereto, nor make or permit to be made any alteration in the structure type or speed of a Ship which materially reduces the value of such Ship (unless such removal or alteration is required by statute or by her Classification Society);
47


22.24
at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, to permit and procure that the Lender or its authorised representative is permitted full and complete access to the Ships for the purpose of inspecting the state and condition of the Ships and their cargo and papers and at the written request of the Lender to deliver and procure the delivery for inspection copies of any and all contracts and documents relating to the Ships whether on board or not;
22.25
to keep and procure that the Lender is kept fully informed as to the use, the employment and the position of the Ships and promptly provide and procure that the Lender is provided with information concerning the classification, status and insurance of the Ships from time to time as and when so required in writing by the Lender;
22.26
when so requested by the Lender, to appoint and procure that two firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers shall be appointed, as nominated or approved by the Lender, to give valuations of the Ships in Dollars, such valuations to be made without physical inspection (unless otherwise required by the Lender) and on the basis of an arm's-length transaction by a willing buyer from a willing seller and where a Ship is subject to a charter, with or without taking into account such charter (whichever results to a lower value of such Ship); The average of the aforesaid two valuations shall constitute the Market Value of the Ships. In case the difference between the said two valuations is more than ten per cent (10%), a third firm of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers, nominated or approved by the Lender, will be appointed and the average of all three such valuations shall constitute the Market Value of the Ships. The fees of the shipbrokers appointed to give such valuations shall be paid by the Borrowers;
22.27
in the event of Compulsory Acquisition of a Ship by any Government Entity, to execute and procure the execution of any assignment that the Lender may request in relation to any and all amounts which such Government Entity shall be liable to pay as compensation for such Ship or for her use and if received by the Owner thereof to pay and procure the payment of such amounts immediately to the Lender,
22.28
to maintain the appointment of the Manager as manager of the Ships and not to vary in any material respect or terminate this appointment;
22.29
to execute and procure the execution by each other Security Party of any further document or documents required by the Lender in order to perfect or complete the security created by the Security Documents;
22.30
to execute and deliver to the Lender such documents of transfer as the Lender may require in the event of sale of a Ship pursuant to any power of sale contained in the Mortgage or which the Lender may have in law;
22.31
to immediately notify the Lender by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:
(i)            any casualty in respect of a Ship which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;
(ii)            any occurrence as a result of which a Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;
(iii)            any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority in respect of a Ship which is not complied with in accordance with its terms;
(iv)            any arrest or detention of a Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on a Ship or her Earnings or her Insurances or any requisition of a Ship for hire;
(v)            any Environmental Claim made against a Borrower or the Manager or in connection with a Ship or any Environmental Incident in respect thereof;
(vi)            any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against a Borrower and/or the Manager or otherwise in connection with a Ship; or
48


(vii)            any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code or the Sanctions not being complied with;
and advise and procure that the Lender shall be advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Lender shall require of the Borrowers' or any other person's response to any of those events or matters;
22.32
to keep prominently in the Chart Room and in the Master's cabin of each Ship a framed duly completed notice printed in plain type of such size that the area of print shall cover a space not less than six inches wide and nine inches high reading as follows:
"NOTICE OF MORTGAGE
This Ship is owned by [..] of Liberia and is subject to a first priority Liberian Mortgage in favour of HSBC BANK PLC; under the terms of the said Mortgage, a certified copy of which is preserved with the Ship's papers, neither the Owners nor the Captain nor any officer or agent nor any charterer of this Ship nor any other person whatsoever has any power, right or authority whatever to create, incur or permit the imposition on this Ship any commitments or encumbrances except for crews wages accrued for not more than three (3) months or salvage."; and
22.33
to comply with its respective obligations under each Subject Document and not to (and ensure and procure that no other party thereto will) vary, amend or terminate any of the aforesaid documents.
23
SECURITY MARGIN
23.01
In the event that at any time during the Security Period the Security Value is less than the Security Requirement, then the Borrowers shall within thirty (30) Banking Days of receipt of a written notice from the Lender advising the Borrowers of the amount of such deficiency (which notice in the absence of manifest error shall be conclusive) either provide to the Lender additional security (valued in accordance with normal banking practice) which shall in all respects be acceptable and satisfactory to the Lender in its sole discretion and which in the opinion of the Lender shall be equal to the shortfall or prepay in accordance with Clause 10 such part (at least) of the Facility that in the opinion of the Lender is required in order to eliminate the shortfall.
24
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
24.01
If:
24.01.01
a Borrower fails to pay on the due date for payment any amount which shall have become due hereunder and/or under the other Finance Documents;
24.01.02
any representation, warranty or statement made by a Borrower in this Agreement and/or in any of the other Finance Documents or any certificate, statement or opinion delivered or made hereunder or under the other Finance Documents or in connection herewith or with the other Finance Documents shall be incorrect or inaccurate when made;
24.01.03
a Borrower fails to duly and punctually perform or observe any other term of this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents and in any such case such failure, if capable of remedy, shall continue for fourteen (14) Banking Days after the Lender shall have given to the Borrowers written notice of such failure;
24.01.04
any other Financial Indebtedness of a Borrower exceeding in aggregate One million Dollars ($1,000,000) becomes due and payable or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or any other condition or a combination thereof, capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity by reason of any circumstance entitling the creditor(s) thereof to declare such indebtedness due and payable and such indebtedness is not paid within fourteen (14) Banking Days therefrom;
49


24.01.05
a Borrower enters into voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, or becomes insolvent, or an administrator, administrative receiver, receiver or liquidator is appointed on all or a material part of its undertaking or assets or proceedings are commenced by or against it under any reorganisation, arrangement, readjustment of debts, dissolution or liquidation law or regulation, or if any event shall occur which, under the relevant system of law, shall have an equivalent effect;
24.01.06
a Borrower ceases or threatens to cease to carry on the whole or a substantial part of its business;
24.01.07
there shall be a transfer or disposal of all or a substantial part of the assets of a Borrower, whether by one or a series of transactions, related or not, without the prior written consent of the Lender;
24.01.08
any event occurs having a Material Adverse Effect on a Borrower;
24.01.09
the value of the assets of a Borrower is less than its respective liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities);
24.01.10
a Borrower reduces its authorised or issued or subscribed capital;
24.01.11
any governmental or other consent, licence or authority required to make this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents legal, valid, binding, enforceable and admissible in evidence or required to enable a Borrower to perform its duties and discharge its liabilities hereunder or under the other Finance Documents is withdrawn or ceases to be in full force and effect unless the Borrowers procure that such consent, licence or authority is reinstated or re-issued to the satisfaction of the Lender within  fourteen (14) Banking Days of the said withdrawal or cessation;
24.01.12
any distress or execution is levied or enforced against a material (in the opinion of the Lender) part of the property and assets of a Borrower and such distress or execution is not withdrawn or discharged within fourteen (14) Banking Days;
24.01.13
a Borrower stops payment of, or is unable to, or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, or enters into any composition or other arrangement with its creditors generally or declares a general moratorium on the payment of indebtedness;
24.01.14
a Borrower becomes a Prohibited Person or becomes owned or controlled by, or acts directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Prohibited Person or a Borrower becomes the owner or controller of a Prohibited Person;
24.01.15
any proceeds of the Facility are made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise is, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions;
24.01.16
a Borrower becomes a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor;
24.01.17
a Borrower is not in compliance, in all respects, with all Sanctions;
24.01.18
any of the events referred to in Clauses 24.01.01 up to and inclusive 24.01.17 occurs, mutatis mutandis, in respect of any other Security Party or any other member of the Group;
24.01.19
without limiting the generality of Clause 24.01.03, a Borrower is in breach of the provisions of Clause 20.37 and/or Clause 20.38 and/or Clause 23;
24.01.20
if an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (in each case as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under the Master Agreement or (b) an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Master Agreement) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under the Master Agreement or (c) a person entitled to do so gives notice of an Early Termination Date under Section 6(b)(iv) of the Master
50


Agreement or (d) the Master Agreement is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason;
24.01.21
a Borrower and/or any other Security Party fails to comply within thirty (30) days from the Lender's written notice to the Borrowers to that effect, to the full satisfaction of the Lender, with any requirements of the Lender in relation to the shares of the Borrowers and the Manager and/or of their corporate shareholder(s) [including but without limitation any requirements of the Lender as to the approved form of the shares (registered or otherwise) of the Borrowers and the Manager and/or of their corporate shareholder(s);
24.01.22
there is a change in the management or the legal ownership of a Borrower and/or the Manager or of any of their corporate shareholder(s) without the prior written consent of the Lender;
24.01.23
a Borrower sells, transfers, disposes of or (other than by Permitted Liens) encumbers the relevant Ship or any interest or share therein, or agrees to do so without the prior written consent of the Lender;
24.01.24
a Ship is arrested or detained and such arrest or detention is not released within twenty five (25) days, or an order for the sale of a Ship is made by a court of competent jurisdiction or a Borrower ceases to retain possession and/or control of a Ship for a period in excess of twenty five (25) days;
24.01.25
a Ship becomes a Total Loss and the Borrowers fail to make the payment required to be made under Clause 10.01 in respect of such Total Loss within the time set forth in Clause 10.01.02;
24.01.26
a Ship is laid up for a period exceeding thirty (30) days without the prior written consent of the Lender;
24.01.27
the country of registration of a Ship becomes involved in war (whether or not declared) or civil war or is occupied by any other power and the Lender in its discretion considers that, as a result, the security conferred by any of the Finance Documents is materially prejudiced;
24.01.28
an Event of Default under any of the Subject Documents (as defined therein) occurs;
24.01.29
the Subject Documents or any of them is terminated, revoked, cancelled, or otherwise ceases, in whole or in part, to be valid, binding and enforceable;
24.01.30
any Security Party repudiates or evidences an intention to repudiate any one or more of the Subject Documents;
24.01.31
the Guarantor ceases to be actively involved in the business of the Borrowers and/or the Manager;
24.01.32
the fulfilment of any one or more of the obligations covenants and undertakings contained in any one or more of this Agreement, the other Finance Documents and any other documents executed pursuant hereto or thereto or the exercise of any of the rights vested in the Lender hereunder or thereunder becoming either unlawful under any applicable law or unauthorised by any authority having jurisdiction or otherwise impossible;
24.02
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing and at any time thereafter the Lender:
24.02.01
may by written notice to the Borrowers declare that any undrawn part of the Facility shall be cancelled, whereupon the same shall be cancelled;
24.02.02
may by written notice to the Borrowers declare the Indebtedness immediately due and payable whereupon the same shall become so payable to the Lender;
51


24.02.03
take any other action, exercise any other right or pursue any other remedy conferred upon the Lender by this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents or by any applicable law or regulation or otherwise as a consequence of such Event of Default;
24.02.04
shall be entitled but not obliged to, exercise all its rights under the Master Agreement and to, inter alia, cancel, net out, unwind, terminate or liquidate all or any part of the rights, benefits and obligations created by any Designated Transaction and/or the Master Agreement. Without prejudice to or limitation of the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and under the Master Agreement, in the event that the Lender exercises any of its rights hereunder and such exercise results in all or part of a Designated Transaction being terminated, such termination shall constitute a Terminated Transaction (as defined in section 14 of the Master Agreement) effected by the Lender after an Event of Default (as so defined in that section 14) by the Borrowers and, accordingly, the Lender shall be entitled to recover from the Borrowers a payment for early termination calculated in accordance with the provisions of section 6(e)(i) of the Master Agreement.
24.03
All Proceeds received by the Lender under or pursuant to any of the Finance Documents after the happening of any Event of Default shall be applied by the Lender in payment of the Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of Clause 12.
24.04
On the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Lender shall have the right and power to order either Ship to proceed forthwith at the Borrowers' risk and expense to a port or place nominated by the Lender. Either Borrower undertakes to give the necessary instructions to the Master of such Ship to comply with any such order of the Lender and if a Borrower fails to give such instructions for any reason whatsoever the Lender shall have the right and power to give such instructions direct to the Master.
25
SET-OFF
25.01
The Borrowers authorise hereby the Lender, without prejudice and in addition to all rights of set off, combination, lien or otherwise which the Lender has at law or under any agreement between the Lender and the Borrowers, at any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing without demand and without notice:
25.01.01
to set off any amount to the credit of any existing accounts of the Borrowers with the Lender, (whether deposit, loan or otherwise, in the name of a Borrower or otherwise) including, without limitation, the Accounts, in or towards satisfaction of all amounts due from the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or any one or more of the other Finance Documents; and
25.01.02
to transfer and apply any amount standing to the credit of any such existing accounts of the Borrowers with any associate or subsidiary of the Lender in or towards satisfaction of all amounts due from the Borrowers under this Agreement and/or any one or more of the other Finance Documents.
25.02
For that purpose the Lender has the power, without limitation, to:
25.02.01
break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of a Borrower; and/or
25.02.02
enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Lender considers appropriate.
25.03
Without prejudice to its rights hereunder and/or under the Master Agreement, the Lender may at the same time as, or at any time after, an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs under this Agreement or a Borrower's default under the Master Agreement, set‑off any amount due now or in the future from the Borrowers to the Lender under this Agreement against any amount due from the Lender to the Borrowers under the Master Agreement and apply the first amount in discharging the second amount. The effect of any set‑off under this Clause 25.03 shall be effective to extinguish or, as the case may require, reduce the liabilities of the Lender under the Master Agreement.
52


25.04
Where such set-off or transfer requires the conversion of one currency into another, such conversion shall be calculated at the spot rate as conclusively determined by the Lender for purchasing such currency with the currency in which the relevant amounts are denominated on the date of actual payment.
26
FEES
26.01
The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender an availability fee of one point thirty five per cent per annum (1.35%) on the from time to time available and undrawn amount of the Facility (the " Availability Fee "); such Availability Fee for the Facility shall accrue from day to day for a period starting on the date of signing of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) the Drawdown Date of the Facility and (ii) on the Termination Date and shall be calculated upon the exact number of days which have elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of three hundred and sixty (360) days and shall be payable quarterly in arrears.
26.02
The Borrowers shall pay to the Lender an arrangement fee of one per cent (1%) of the final amount to be drawn down, of which, twenty five per cent (25%) thereof has been paid by the Borrowers on the 28 th May 2014 and the remaining seventy five per cent (75%) thereof will be paid to the Lender simultaneously with the Drawdown of the Facility on the Drawdown Date.
27
EARNINGS AND RETENTION ACCOUNTS
27.01
The Borrowers hereby agree to ensure and procure that all the Earnings of each Ship, shall be paid into the relevant Earnings Account, which shall be charged in favour of the Lender by the relevant Earnings Account Charge. Unless and until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs, whereupon the Lender may give notice to the Borrowers that it requires that all Earnings of the Ships are paid directly to the Lender, all amounts in the Earnings Account shall be applied as follows:
27.01.01
first, towards the payment of fees and costs that are due and payable by the Borrowers to the Lender under the Finance Documents;
27.01.02
second, (in case the Retention Account provided for in Clause 27.02 has been opened) towards payment to the Retention Account of the amounts that may be required to be transferred to the credit thereof in accordance with Clause 27.02; and
27.01.03
third, any balance thereafter remaining in the Earnings Accounts shall be available to the Borrowers for the payment of the Operating Expenses of the Ships as well as for the payment of dividends and the repayment of any shareholders' loans.
27.02
Within fifteen (15) days from the written notice of the Lender to the Borrowers to that effect, the Borrowers shall open the Retention Account with the Lender, which shall be charged in favour of the Lender by the Retention Account Charge. On the date falling thirty (30) days from the immediately preceding (as from the written notice of the Lender referred to in this Clause 27.02) Repayment Instalment and on the same date in each consecutive following calendar month (provided that if such day is not a Banking Day, the next following Banking Day) the Lender will transfer from the Earnings Accounts to the Retention Account an amount equal to one third (1/3rd) of each Repayment Instalment payable on the next Repayment Date thereof and the relevant monthly fraction of the interest in respect thereof due on the relevant next Interest Payment Date; PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT, without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 35, the Lender will be entitled not to exercise the right conferred on the Lender under this Clause 27.02, for as long as the Lender thinks fit, at the Lender's sole and absolute discretion.
27.03
The Lender shall pay interest to the Borrowers on the credit balances from time to time in the Retention Account at the rate, which it usually pays on equivalent amounts and in accordance with its usual practice.
27.04
On each Repayment Date the Lender shall transfer from the Retention Account to the Loan Account(s) an amount equal to each relevant Repayment Instalment payable on that date and on each relevant Interest Payment Date the Lender shall transfer from the Retention Account to the Loan Account(s) an amount equal to the interest payable in respect thereof under Clause 7 on that date.
53


27.05
In the event that there are insufficient funds in the Earnings Accounts to pay the amounts referred to in Clause 27.02 above the Borrowers agree to pay to the Lender an amount equal to the difference between the actual amount in the Earnings Accounts and the amount due under Clause 27.02 on the first Banking Day in such month.
27.06
The Lender acknowledges that the Borrowers shall, unless and until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default shall occur and the Lender shall direct to the contrary, be entitled from time to time, to require that moneys for the time being standing to the credit of the Accounts be transferred in such amounts and for such periods as the Borrowers selects to fixed-term deposit accounts ("deposit accounts") opened in the name of the relevant Borrower with the Lender. 
27.07
The Borrowers shall not be entitled to withdraw moneys standing to the credit of the relevant Account which are the subject of a fixed term deposit until the expiry of the period of such deposit unless the Borrowers shall, on withdrawing such moneys pay to the Lender on demand any loss or expense which the Lender shall certify that it has sustained or incurred as a result of such withdrawal being made prior to the expiry of the period of the relevant deposit and the Lender shall be entitled to debit the relevant Account for the amount so certified prior to such withdrawal being made.  In the event that any moneys so deposited are to be applied pursuant to this Clause 27, the Borrowers shall, on such application being made, pay to the Lender on demand any loss or expense which the Lender shall certify that it has sustained or incurred as a result of such application being made prior to the expiry of the period of the relevant deposit and the Lender shall be entitled to debit the relevant Account for the amount so certified prior to such application being made.  Any deposit accounts shall, for all the purposes of the Finance Documents, be deemed to be sub-accounts of the relevant Account from which the moneys deposited in the deposit accounts were transferred and all references in the Finance Documents to such Account shall be deemed to include the deposit accounts deemed as aforesaid to be sub-accounts thereof.
28
EXPENSES
28.01
Whether or not the Facility or any part thereof, is actually drawn down the Borrowers shall reimburse the Lender on demand for all costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation and conclusion of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents including the fees and expenses of the Lender's legal advisers.
28.02
The Borrowers shall reimburse the Lender on demand for all charges and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Lender in or in connection with the exercise of the Lender's rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents (including but not limited to the fees and charges of auditors, brokers, surveyors and lawyers instructed by the Lender) and with the actual, attempted or purported enforcement of, or preservation of rights under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
29
INDEMNITY
29.01
Each Borrower hereunder undertakes and agrees to indemnify the Lender, upon the Lender's first demand, from and against any losses, costs or expenses (including legal expenses) which it incurs in consequence of any Event of Default including (but without limitation) all losses (including loss of profit for the then current Interest Period), premiums and penalties incurred or to be incurred in liquidating or redeploying deposits made by third parties or funds acquired or arranged to advance or maintain the Facility or any part thereof and any liability items which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea.
30
ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNITY
30.01
Each Borrower undertakes to indemnify the Lender against all damages, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses, penalties, fines or proceedings which may be incurred or paid by or
54


imposed on the Lender directly or indirectly at any time (whether before or after the Indebtedness has been repaid in full) pursuant to any Environmental Law or any other environmental legislation of any state or government which would not have been incurred or paid by or imposed on the Lender had it not entered into this Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents.
31
CONFIDENTIALITY
In this Clause
" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, a subsidiary of that person, or a holding company of that person or any other subsidiary of that holding company; and
" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian
31.01
The Lender agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 31.02 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 31.03 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.
31.02
The Lender may disclose:
31.02.01
to any of its Afiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as the Lender shall consider appropriate;
31.02.02
to any person:
(a)
to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
(b)
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether  directly or  indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Security Parties and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
(c)
appointed by the Lender or by a person to whom Clause 31.02.02(a) or 31.02.02(b) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;
(d)
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 31.02.02(a) or 31.02.02(b);
(e)
to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;
(f)
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;
(g)
who is a Party; or
(h)
with the consent of the Borrowers; and
55


31.02.03
to any person appointed by the Lender or by a person to whom Clause 31.02.02(a) or 31.02.02(b) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this Clause 31.02.03.
31.03
Disclosure to numbering service providers
31.03.01
The Lender may disclose to any national or international numbering service
provider appointed by the Lender to provide identification numbering
services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Security
Parties the information to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.
31.03.02
The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned
to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Security Parties by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.
32
LENDER'S BUSINESS
32.01
No provision of this Agreement will:
32.01.01
interfere with the right of the Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
32.01.02
oblige the Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
32.01.03
oblige the Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
33
STAMP DUTIES – TAXES ETC
33.01
The Borrowers shall pay any and all stamp, registration and similar taxes and charges of whatsoever nature which may be payable or determined to be payable on, or in connection with, the execution, registration, notarisation, performance or enforcement of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall indemnify the Lender against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission on the part of the Borrowers to pay any such taxes.
34
DETERMINATIONS
34.01
Each determination of an Interest Rate or a Default Rate or of any amount in respect of principal or interest or fees or expenses by the Lender in accordance with this Agreement and every other determination or certification by the Lender under this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers in the absence of manifest error.
35
NO WAIVER
35.01
No failure to exercise and no delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or power preclude any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights, powers and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, powers or remedies provided by law.
56


36
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
36.01
In the event that any term or condition of this Agreement is rendered or declared illegal, invalid or inoperative in whole or in part by any statute rule or regulation or any decision of any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction then such determination or declaration shall neither affect the validity of any other term or condition of this Agreement which (save as aforesaid) will remain in full force and effect nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such term or condition under the laws of any other jurisdiction.
37
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT
37.01
This Agreement shall bind and be to the benefit of the Borrowers and the Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
37.02
The Borrowers may not assign any of its rights, powers, duties or liabilities hereunder.
37.03
The Lender may at any time and without the prior consent of the Borrowers assign or transfer all or part of the Facility and its rights and powers under any one or more of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to any other bank or other financial institution (the " Transferee Lender ").
37.04
The Lender may at any time and from time to time change its lending office in respect of the whole or any part of its participation in the Facility. The Lender shall notify the Borrowers of any such change in the lending office as soon as is practicable.
37.05
If the Lender assigns or transfers all or any part of its rights, powers duties and liabilities hereunder pursuant to Clause 37.03 the Borrowers undertake immediately on being requested to do so by the Lender to enter into and procure that the other parties to the Finance Documents shall enter into, such documents as may be necessary or desirable to transfer to the Transferee Lender all or part of the Lender's interest in the Finance Documents and all relevant references in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents to the Lender shall thereafter be construed as a reference to the Lender and/or its assignee or transferee (as the case may be) to the extent of their respective interests.
38
NON-IMMUNITY
38.01
The Borrowers do not have any right of immunity from set-off, suit or execution, attachment or other legal process under the laws of the United Kingdom or the Republic of Greece or the Republic of the Marshall Islands or the Republic of Liberia.
38.02
The exercise by either Borrower of its rights and performance and discharge of its duties and liabilities hereunder will constitute commercial acts done and performed for private and commercial purposes.
38.03
To the extent that each Borrower may in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be taken for the enforcement of this Agreement and/or any of the other Finance Documents claim for itself or its assets immunity from suit, judgment, execution, attachment (whether, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process, and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to itself or its assets any such immunity (whether or not claimed), such Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives any such immunity to the full extent permitted by the laws of such jurisdiction.
39
NOTICES
39.01
Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
39.02
A notice shall be sent:
57


(a)
to the Borrowers: c/o EUROBULK LTD
4, Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Maroussi
Greece
Fax No.: +30 211 1804097
(b)
to the Lender:
109-111 Messoghion Ave,
Athens,
Greece, Tel: +30 210 6961457
Attn. Ms Katerina Eleftheriou.
or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the other in writing.
39.03
Subject to Clauses 39.04 and 39.05:
(a)            a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;
(b)            a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, two (2) hours after its transmission is completed.
39.04
However, if under Clause 39.03 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a)            on a day which is not a Banking Day in the place of receipt; or
(b)            on such a Banking Day, but after 5 p.m. local time;
the notice shall (subject to Clause 39.05) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a Banking Day.
39.05
Clauses 39.03 and 39.04 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one (1) hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form, which is illegible in a material respect.
39.06
A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that the manner of serving it does not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice.
39.07
Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English or in Greek.
58


39.08
In this Clause "notice" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
40
SUPPLEMENTAL
40.01
The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to the Lender are:
(a)            cumulative;
(b)            may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and
(c)            shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.
40.02
If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.
40.03
A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.
40.04
A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
40.05
This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between the Lender and the Borrowers or their representatives prior to the date of this Agreement, including without limitation, the Commitment Letter.
41
LAW AND JURISDICTION
41.01
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
41.02
Subject to Clause 41.03, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.
41.03
Clause 41.02 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender, which reserves the right:
(a)
to commence proceedings in relation to any matter which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement in the courts of the Republic of Greece and/or any country other than England or Greece and which have or claim jurisdiction to that matter; and
(b)
to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or Greece or without commencing proceedings in England or Greece.
The Borrowers shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a matter, which arises out of or in connection with this Agreement.
41.04
The Borrowers irrevocably appoint Messrs. Hill Dickinson Service (London) Limited presently at Irongate House, Duke's Place, London EC3A 7LP England, Att. Mr. Patrick Hawkins, tel: +44 207 2839033 email: patrick.hawkins@hilldickinson.com to act as their agent to receive and accept on their behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with this Agreement.
41.05
The Borrowers irrevocably designate and appoint Mr. Alexandros Kapellaris, Advocate, with offices at 42, Panepistimiou Street, 106 79 Athens, Greece, as agent for the service of process in Greece ("antiklitos") and agree to consider any legal process or any demand or notice made served by or on behalf of the Lender on the said agent as being made to the Borrowers. The designation of such an authorized agent (antiklitos) shall remain irrevocable until all Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
59


41.06
Nothing in this Clause 41 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
41.07
In this Clause 41, "proceedings" means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure or enforcement court order (diatagi pliromis).
42
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS
42.01
In case of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.
AS WITNESS the hands of the duly authorised representatives of the parties hereto the day and year first above written.
43.
60



EXECUTION PAGE


SIGNED by
)
…………………………….
)
for and on behalf of
)
HSBC BANK PLC
)
in the presence of:
)
   
   
   
   
   
SIGNED by
)
Ms Stephania Karmiri
)
for and on behalf of
)
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
)
in the presence of:
)
   
   
   
SIGNED by
)
Ms Stephania Karmiri
)
for and on behalf of
)
ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED
)
in the presence of:
)

61


SCHEDULE 1

Notice of Drawdown

TO:            HSBC BANK PLC
……..

Date……..
Dear Sirs,

Financial Agreement dated ……. made between ……… and HSBC BANK PLC

1.
We refer to the financial agreement dated ………. (the " Financial Agreement ") and made between ourselves, as borrowers and yourselves as lender, in connection with a loan facility of up to ……….
Terms defined in the Financial Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Notice of Drawdown.
2.          We request to borrow the Facility as follows:
             (a)     Amount: $ …………..;
             (b)     Drawdown Date: ………….;
             (c)     Duration of the first Interest Period shall be ……… months; and
             (d)     Payment instructions: ………..
3.          We represent and warrant that:
             (a)
the representations and warranties in Clause 17 of the Financial Agreement and in the other Finance Documents would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing;
             (b)
no Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Facility.
4.
This notice cannot be revoked without your prior written consent of the Lender.
5.
We authorise you to deduct from the proceeds of the Facility the amount of the fees referred to in Clause 26 and all the legal fees and disbursements payable pursuant to Clause 19.01.26.
Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
…..



________________________
………………………………..
Attorney-in-Fact


62

SCHEDULE 2

Acknowledgement

                       Date:……..

Financial Agreement dated ………. made between ……. and HSBC Bank Plc (the "Financial Agreement")

We the undersigned Borrowers declare that in connection with the above Financial Agreement we received the Facility in the amount of….. Dollars ($.........) value …………..

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings specified in the Financial Agreement.

Yours faithfully,

For and on behalf of
………


________________________
………………………………..
Attorney-in-Fact





63
Exhibit 10.22
 
First Supplemental Agreement to Secured Loan Facility Agreement dated 25 June 2014
 
 
Dated                            November 2015
 
 
 
(1)
Eirini Shipping Ltd
Eleni Shipping Limited
(as joint and several borrowers)
   
(2)
Euroseas Ltd
(as Guarantor)
   
(3)
HSBC Bank plc
(as Lender)
 


 



Contents
   
Page
1
Interpretation
1
2
Conditions precedent and subsequent
4
3
Representations and Warranties
8
4
Amendments to Loan Agreement
8
5
Confirmation and Undertaking
11
6
Communications, Law and Jurisdiction
12
Schedule 1
Effective Date Confirmation
13




Supplemental Agreement
Dated     November 2015
Between:
(1)
Eirini Shipping Ltd (" Eirini ") and Eleni Shipping Limited (" Eleni "), each company incorporated according to the law of the Republic of Liberia with registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (as joint and several borrowers, together, the " Borrowers ");
(2)
Euroseas Ltd. , a company incorporated according to the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands with registered address at the Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands (the " Guarantor "); and
(3)
HSBC Bank plc , a company incorporated under the laws of England whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ, United Kingdom, acting through its Athens Branch at 109-111 Messoghion Ave, Athens, Greece (the   " Lender ").
Supplemental to a secured loan agreement dated 25 June 2014 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between the Borrowers and the Lender, on the terms and subject to the conditions of which the Lender has made available to the Borrowers a loan facility of up to sixteen million five hundred thousand Dollars ($16,500,000).
Whereas:
(A)
The Borrowers have requested that the Applicable Margin is maintained at three point seventy five per cent (3.75%) per annum, subject to the Borrowers providing to the Lender additional security (the " Borrowers'   Request ").
(B)
The Lender is willing to accede to the Borrowers' Request on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Supplemental Agreement.
It is agreed as follows:
1
Interpretation
1.1
In this Supplemental Agreement:
" Additional Documents " means this Supplemental Agreement and the Additional Security Documents and " Additional Document " means any one of them;
" Additional Security Documents " means the Collateral Guarantees, the Collateral Mortgages, the Collateral Assignments, the Collateral Manager's Undertakings, the Cash Collateral Account Charge and any other agreement or document which may at any time be executed by any person as additional security for the payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness and " Additional Security Document " means any one of them;
" Cash Collateral " means the amount of seven hundred thousand Dollars ($700,000);
3


" Cash Collateral Account " means an interest bearing bank account opened or to be opened in the name of the Borrowers with the Lender and designated "HSBC Bank plc – Re: Eirini/Eleni";
" Cash Collateral Account Charge " means a first priority charge over the Cash Collateral Account and all amounts from time to time standing to the credit of the Cash Collateral Account, to be executed by the Borrowers in favour of the Lender, as additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness up to the Release Date, in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Lender shall require;
" Collateral Assignments " means the second priority assignments of the Insurances, the Earnings, any Charter and the Requisition Compensation (as each such term is defined therein) in respect of the Collateral Vessels to be granted by the relevant Collateral Owners in favour of the Lender, in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Lender shall require and " Collateral Assignment " means any one of them;
" Collateral Guarantees " means the guarantees and indemnities to be executed by the Collateral Owners in favour of the Lender, in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Lender shall require and " Collateral Guarantee " means any one of them;
" Collateral Loan Agreements " means the Xingang/Joanna Loan Agreement and the Pantelis Loan Agreement and " Collateral Loan Agreement " means either of them;
" Collateral Manager's Undertakings " means the manager's undertakings in respect of the Collateral Vessels to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Lender, in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Lender shall require and " Collateral Manager's Undertaking " means any one of them;
" Collateral Mortgages " means the second preferred Liberian mortgages in respect of the Collateral Vessels to be granted by the relevant Collateral Owners in favour of the Lender, in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Lender shall require and " Collateral Mortgage " means any one of them;
" Collateral Owners " means the Xingang Collateral Owner, the Joanna Collateral Owner and the Pantelis Collateral Owner and " Collateral Owner " means any one of them;
" Collateral Vessels " means the Marinos Collateral Vessel, the Joanna Collateral Vessel and the Pantelis Collateral Vessel and " Collateral Vessel " means any one of them;
" Effective Date " means the date on which the Lender confirms to the Borrowers in writing substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 that all of the conditions referred to in clause 2.1 have been satisfied, which confirmation the Lender shall be under no obligation to give if Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
" Joanna Collateral Owner " means Joanna Maritime Ltd, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;
4


" Joanna Collateral Vessel " means the motor vessel named "JOANNA" with IMO no. 9204477 built in Poland in 1999, currently registered under the flag of the Republic of Liberia in the ownership of the Joanna Collateral Owner and everything now or in the future belonging to her on board and ashore;
" Marinos Collateral Vessel " means the motor vessel named "MARINOS" with IMO no. 9053232 built in Germany in 1993, currently registered under the flag of the Republic of Liberia in the ownership of the Xingang Collateral Owner and everything now or in the future belonging to her on board and ashore;
" Pantelis Collateral Owner " means Pantelis Shipping Corp., a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia;
" Pantelis Collateral Vessel " means the bulk carrier vessel named "PANTELIS" with IMO no. 9207730  built in Japan in 2000, currently registered in the ownership of the Pantelis Collateral Owner under the flag of the Republic of Liberia and everything now or in the future belonging to her on board and ashore;
" Pantelis Loan Agreement " means the loan agreement dated 15 December 2009 (as amended and supplemented form time to time) made between the Pantelis Collateral Owner (as borrower) and the Lender (as lender) for the purposes and pursuant to the terms and conditions contained therein;
" Release Date " means the date of actual release of the Cash Collateral Account Charge to be released by the Lender in accordance with Clause 27.8 of the Loan Agreement and the terms and conditions contained in such Cash Collateral Account Charge;
" Security Parties " all parties to this Supplemental Agreement and the Collateral Owners, other than the Lender and " Security Party " means any one of them;
" Supplemental   Agreement " means the first supplemental agreement herein contained;
" Xingang Collateral Owner " means Xingang Shipping Ltd, a company incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia; and
" Xingang/Joanna Loan Agreement " means the loan agreement dated    November 2015 made between the Xingang Collateral Owner and the Joanna Collateral Owner (as joint and several borrowers) and the Lender (as lender) for the purposes and pursuant to the terms and conditions contained therein.
1.2
All words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Supplemental Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, and Clause 2.1 of the Loan Agreement shall apply to the interpretation of this Supplemental Agreement as if it were set out in full.
1.3
All obligations, representations, warranties, covenants and undertakings of the Borrowers under or pursuant to this Supplemental Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly provided, be entered into, made or given by them jointly and severally.
5


2
Conditions precedent and subsequent
2.1
Conditions precedent
As conditions for the agreement of the Lender to the request specified in Recital (A) above and for the effectiveness of clause 4 , the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Lender the following documents and evidence:
2.1.1
Officer's certificate
A certificate from a duly authorised officer of each of the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the Manager confirming that none of the constitutional documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to Clause 19.1.5 of the Loan Agreement have been amended or modified in any way since the date of their delivery to the Lender, or attaching copies, certified by a duly authorised officer of each Borrower, the Guarantor or the Manager (as the case may be) as true, complete, accurate and neither amended nor revoked of any of the constitutional documents which have been amended or revoked and certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Clauses 2.1.4, 2.1.5 and 2.1.6 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and setting out the names of the directors, officers and shareholders of the Borrower, the Guarantor and the Manager (as applicable) and the proportion of shares held by each shareholder.
2.1.2
Collateral Owners' constitutional documents
Copies of the constitutional documents of each Collateral Owner together with such evidence as the Lender may reasonably require that the relevant Collateral Owner is duly incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Additional Security Documents to which it is or is to become a party.
2.1.3
Certificate of goodstanding
A certificate of good standing in respect of each Security Party.
2.1.4
Board resolutions
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Security Party:
(a)
approving or ratifying the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Additional Documents to each of which it is a party and resolving that it executes each of the Additional Documents; and
(b)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Additional Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or dispatched under the Additional Documents) on its behalf.
2.1.5
Shareholders resolutions
A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Security Party (other than the Guarantor), approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Additional Documents.
6


2.1.6
Power of attorney
The legalised power of attorney of each Security Party under which the Additional Documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by the Security Parties.
2.1.7
Collateral Owners' Officer's certificates    An original certificate of a duly authorised officer of each Collateral Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Clause 2.1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect and setting out the names of the directors, officers and shareholders of that Collateral Owner and the proportion of shares held by each shareholder.
2.1.8
Additional Documents
The Additional Documents duly executed together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.
2.1.9
Collateral Vessel documents
Photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a director or the secretary or a legal adviser of the relevant Collateral Owner, of:
(a)
any charterparty or other contract of employment of a Collateral Vessel which will be in force on the Effective Date;
(b)
each Management Agreement (as defined in the relevant Collateral Loan Agreement) in respect of the Collateral Vessels;
(c)
each Collateral Vessel's Safety Construction, Safety Equipment, Safety Radio, Load Line and International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificates;
(d)
each Collateral Vessel's Certificate of Financial Responsibility issued pursuant to the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990;
(e)
each Collateral Vessel's safety management certificate (SMC);
(f)
the ISM Company's document of compliance (DOC);
(g)
each Collateral Vessel's current international ship security certificate under the ISPS Code (ISSC);
(h)
each Collateral Vessel's current international air pollution  prevention certificate for the Vessel issued under Annex VI (IAPPC);
(i)
each Collateral Vessel's current Tonnage Certificate,
in each case together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.
7


2.1.10
Evidence of Collateral Owner's title
Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the flag of the Republic of Liberia confirming that (a) each Collateral Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Collateral Owner, (b) each  Collateral Mortgage has been registered with second priority against the relevant Collateral Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against each Collateral Vessel (other a first preferred mortgage in favour of the Lender as security under the relevant Collateral Loan Agreement).
2.1.11
Evidence of insurance
Evidence that each Collateral Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Additional Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Additional Security Documents, together with (if required by the Lender) the written approval of each Collateral Vessel's Insurances (as such term is defined in the relevant Collateral Loan Agreement) by an insurance adviser appointed by the Lender.
2.1.12
Confirmation of class
In respect of each Collateral Vessel, a Certificate of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that the relevant Collateral Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with such other classification society as may be acceptable to the Lender free of recommendations affecting class.
2.1.13
Valuation
A valuation of each Collateral Vessel addressed to the Lender from a broker acceptable to the Lender certifying the market value for each Collateral Vessel, acceptable to the Lender.
2.1.14
Legal Opinions
Legal opinion(s) of the legal advisers to the Lender in each relevant jurisdiction, other than England and Wales, substantially in the form required by the Lender, prior to the signing of this Supplemental Agreement or confirmation satisfactory to the Lender that such an opinion will be given.
2.1.15
Process agent
Evidence that the process agent referred to in Clause 41.4 of the Loan Agreement and any process agent appointed under any other Finance Document has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English Courts in connection with the Additional Documents.
8


2.1.16
Account mandates
Such duly signed forms of mandate, and/or other evidence of the opening of the Cash Collateral Account, as the Lender may require.
2.1.17
Cash Collateral
Evidence in form and substance acceptable to the Lender that the Cash Collateral has been credited in to the Cash Collateral Account and secured in favour of the Lender as additional security for the payment of the Indebtedness up to the Release Date, free of Encumbrances (other than in favour of the Lender).
2.1.18
Other authorisations
A copy of any other consent, licence, approval, authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Lender, reasonably considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Additional Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Additional Documents.
2.2
Conditions subsequent
The Borrowers undertake to deliver or to cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Lender on the Effective Date or at the date specified by the Lender:
2.2.1
Acknowledgements of notices
Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to any of the Additional Security Documents received by the Lender pursuant to clause 2.1
2.2.2
Legal opinions
Such of the legal opinions specified in clause 2.1 as have not already been provided to the Lender.
2.2.3
Letters of undertaking
Letters of undertaking in respect of each Collateral Vessel as required by the relevant Additional Security Documents in form and substance acceptable to the Lender.
2.2.4
Transaction expenses
Evidence of payment of the legal costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution of the Additional Documents and any other document in connection with any of them.
2.3
No waiver
If any of the documents and evidence required by clause 2.1 have not been delivered to or to the order of the Lender in accordance therewith, the Borrowers undertake to deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Lender no later than the date specified by the Lender after the Effective Date, and delivery on such later date shall not be taken as a waiver of the Lender's right to require production of all the documents and evidence required by clause 2.1 .
9


2.4
Form and content
All documents and evidence delivered to the Lender pursuant to this clause shall:
2.4.1
be in form and substance acceptable to the Lender;
2.4.2
be accompanied, if required by the Lender, by translations into the English language, certified in a manner acceptable to the Lender; and
2.4.3
if required by the Lender, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Lender.
3
Representations and Warranties
Each of the representations and warranties contained in Clause 17 of the Loan Agreement and Clause 3 of the Guarantee (respectively), shall be deemed repeated by each of the Security Parties (as applicable) at the date of this Supplemental Agreement and at the Effective Date, by reference to the facts and circumstances then pertaining, as if references to the Finance Documents included this Supplemental Agreement and the other Additional Documents.
4
Amendments to Loan Agreement
With effect from the Effective Date:
4.1
the definitions contained in clause 1.1 of this Supplemental Agreement (other than the definitions of " Effective Date ", " Security Parties " and " Supplemental Agreement ") shall be added to Clause 2.1 of the Loan Agreement in alphabetical order;
4.2
the definition of " Accounts " as set out in Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed to include the Cash Collateral Account and when used in the singular shall mean any of them.
4.3
the definition of " Accounts' Charges " as set out in Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed to include the Cash Collateral Account Charge;
4.4
the definition of " Applicable Margin " of Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and restated as follows:
"' Applicable Margin "   means three point seventy five per cent (3.75%) per annum";
4.5
the definition of " Classification Society " of Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and restated as follows:
"'Classification Society' means in respect of (a) the Eirini Ship, Bureau Veritas, (b) the Eleni Ship, NIPPON KAIJ1 KYOKAI, (c) the Joanna Collateral Vessel, DNV-GL,           (d) the Marinos Collateral Vessel, DNV-GL and (e) the Pantelis Collateral Vessel, Rina or such other classification society member of the IACS as may be as may be acceptable to the Lender.";
4.6
the definition of " Finance Documents " in Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed to include this Supplemental Agreement;
10


4.7
the definition of " Management Agreement " in Clause 2.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and replaced as follows:
"" Management Agreement " means in relation to a Ship, the management agreement in respect of that Ship made by and between (i) the Owner or a Collateral Owner thereof (as the case may be) and (ii) the Manager on terms acceptable to the Lender, as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented and, in " Management Agreements " means any of them";
4.8
the definition of " Mortgaged Ship " of Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and restated as follows:
"" Mortgaged Ship "   means at any relevant time a Ship, which is, at such time, subject to a Mortgage or a Collateral Mortgage (as the case may be) and the Earnings, Insurances and Requisition Compensation of which are subject to an Encumbrance and, " Mortgaged Ships "   means any Ship";
4.9
the definition of " Proceeds " of Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to include the words "the Cash Collateral Account", in the 5 th line after the words "credit of", and the words "either of them" shall be deleted and replaced with the words "any of them";
4.10
the following new definitions shall be included in Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement in alphabetical order:
"'Effective Date' means the date as defined in the Supplemental Agreement"; and
"' Supplemental Agreement ' means the agreement dated      November 2015 made between the Borrowers (as joint and several borrowers), the Guarantor (as guarantor) and the Lender (as lender) for the purposes and pursuant to the terms and conditions contained therein";
4.11
the definition of " Security Documents " as set out in Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed to include the Additional Security Documents;
4.12
the definition of the term " Security Parties " set out in Clause 2.01 of the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed as including the Collateral Owners;
4.13
the definition of " Security Requirement " of Clause 2.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and replaced as follows:
"" Security Requirement " means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lender) which is at least equal to one hundred and thirty per cent (130%) of the Facility at any relevant time";
4.14
all references to the terms " Borrower ", " Borrowers " and " Owner " (as the case may be) in the definitions of " Earnings ", " ISM Code Documentation ", " Relevant Ship " of Clause 2.1 of the Loan Agreement and in Clauses 10.2.5, 17.2.1, 17.2.2, 17.2.9, 17.2.10, 17.2.11, 17.2.12, 17.2.13, 20.26, 22.5, 22.12, 22.18, 22.19, 22.20, 22.22, 22.27, 22.31, 24.1.5 up to (and including) 24.1.17, 24.1.23, 24.1.24, 24.1.31 and 24.4 shall be read and construed to include the Collateral Owners in respect of the Collateral Vessels (as the context may require);
11


4.15
all references to the term " Ship " in the Loan Agreement (other than in respect of the definitions of " General Assignment ", " Manager's Undertakings " and " Mortgage " in Clause 2.1 of the Loan Agreement and in Clauses 1.1.2, 3.1.1.2, 10, 19, 20.37, 21, 24.1.25 and 27.01 of the Loan Agreement) shall be read and construed to include the Collateral Vessels and all references to the Borrowers in such clauses shall also refer to the Collateral Owners in respect of the Collateral Vessels (as the context may require);
4.16
Clause 17.02 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and replaced as follows:
"17.02
The Borrowers hereby further represent and warrant to the Lender that on the Drawdown Date in respect of the Eirini Ship and the Eleni Ship and on the Effective Date in respect of the Collateral Vessels and throughout the Security Period in respect of the Ships the following matters will be true and shall remain true in all material respects:";
Clause 17.2.5 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and restated as follows:
"17.02.5
the Mortgage in respect of each of the Eirini Ship and the Eleni Ship has been duly recorded against such Ship as a valid first priority ship mortgage and the Collateral Mortgage in respect of each of the Joanna Collateral Vessel, the Marinos Collateral Vessel and the Pantelis Collateral Vessel has been duly recorded against such Collateral Vessel as a valid second priority ship mortgage, in each case in favour of the Lender in accordance with the laws of her flag;";
4.17
Clause 18.1 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and restated as follows:
"18.1
The Borrowers hereby agree that the Security Documents shall secure with first priority in respect of each of the Eirini Ship and the Eleni Ship and with second priority in respect of the Collateral Vessels the due payment of the Indebtedness.";
4.18
Clause 22.32 of the Loan Agreement shall be amended to include the word "[second]" in the fifth line after the words "first";
4.19
Clause 24.1.4 of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and restated as follows:
"24.1.4
any other Financial Indebtedness of a Borrower, including without limitation any Indebtedness (as defined in a Collateral Loan Agreement) exceeding in aggregate One million Dollars ($1,000,000) becomes due and payable or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or any other condition or a combination thereof, capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity by reason of any circumstance entitling the creditors) thereof to declare such indebtedness due and payable and such indebtedness is not paid within fourteen (14) Banking Days therefrom;";
4.20
the heading of Clause 27 ( Earnings and Retention Accounts ) of the Loan Agreement and the heading of Clause 27 ( Earnings and Retention Accounts ) of the Index shall be deleted and replaced with " Accounts ";
12


4.21
Clause 27.7 of the Loan Agreement shall be read and construed to exclude the Cash Collateral Account in respect of any withdrawals of moneys standing to the credit of the Cash Collateral Account; and
4.22
a new Clause 27.08 shall be added to the Loan Agreement as follows:
"27.08  The Borrowers shall ensure that at all times during the Security Period up to the Release Date the Cash Collateral is credited and maintained in the Cash Collateral Account, free of Encumbrances and rights of set off other than those created by or under the Finance Documents.
Following a request in writing by the Borrowers, the Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, release the Borrowers from their obligations under and pursuant to the Cash Collateral Account Charge provided that :
27.8.1
(a) the Security Requirement in clause 2.01 of this Agreement is complied with and (b) the aggregate Market Value of the Eirini Ship and the Eleni Ship (determined in accordance with clause 22.26) is at least one hundred thirty per cent (130%) of the aggregate of (i) the outstanding amount of the Facility and (ii) (in case the Master Agreement is utilised) the Maximum Permitted Swap Exposure   and in all respects to the absolute satisfaction of the Lender;
27.8.2
no Event of Default has occurred; and
27.8.3
where such release would not result in the occurrence of an Event of Default."
All other terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.
5
Confirmation and Undertaking
5.1
Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor confirms that all of its respective obligations under or pursuant to each of the Security Documents to which it is a party remain in full force and effect, despite the amendments to the Loan Agreement made in this Supplemental Agreement, as if all references in any of the Security Documents to the Loan Agreement (however described) were references to the Loan Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement.
5.2
The definition of any term defined in any of the Security Documents shall, to the extent necessary, be modified to reflect the amendments to the Loan Agreement made in this Supplemental Agreement.
5.3
Each of the Borrowers and the Guarantor covenants that from time to time at the request of the Lender they will execute and deliver to the Lender or procure the execution and delivery to the Lender of all such documents as in the opinion of the Lender are necessary for giving full effect to this Supplemental Agreement and for perfecting and protecting the value of or enforcing any rights or securities granted to the Lender under or pursuant to the Loan Agreement and this Supplemental Agreement.
6
Communications, Law and Jurisdiction
The provisions of Clauses 31 ( Confidentiality ), 39 ( Notices ), 40 ( Supplemental ) and 41 ( Law and Jurisdiction ) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were set out in full and as if references to the Loan Agreement or the Finance Documents were references to this Supplemental Agreement.
13


Schedule 1
Effective Date Confirmation
To:
Eirini Shipping Ltd
80 Broad Street
Monrovia
Liberia
Eleni Shipping Limited
80 Broad Street
Monrovia
Liberia
We, HSBC Bank plc , refer to the first supplemental agreement dated      November 2015 (the " Supplemental Agreement ") relating to a secured loan agreement dated 25 June 2014 (the " Loan Agreement ") made between you, as the Borrowers, and ourselves, as the Lender in respect of a loan to you from us of up to sixteen million five hundred Dollars ($16,500,000).
We hereby confirm that all conditions precedent referred to in Clause 2.1 of the Supplemental Agreement have been satisfied. In accordance with Clauses 1.1 and 4 of the Supplemental Agreement, the Effective Date is the date of this confirmation and the amendments to the Loan Agreement are now effective.

Dated:                              2015

Signed:      _________________
          For and on behalf of
           HSBC Bank plc

14

In witness of which the parties to this Supplemental Agreement have executed this Supplemental Agreement as a deed the day and year first before written.

Signed and delivered as
)
a deed by
)
its duly authorised attorney-in-fact
)
for and on behalf of
)
 
)
Eirini Shipping Ltd
)
in the presence of:
)

Witness signature:…………………………………………
Name:
Address:




Signed and delivered as
)
a deed by
)
its duly authorised attorney-in-fact
)
for and on behalf of
)
 
)
Eleni Shipping Limited
)
in the presence of:
)

Witness signature:…………………………………………
Name:
Address:



Signed and delivered as
)
a deed by
)
its duly authorised attorney-in-fact
)
for and on behalf of
)
 
)
Euroseas Ltd.
)
in the presence of:
)

Witness signature:…………………………………………
Name:
Address:



Signed and delivered as
)
a deed by
)
its duly authorised attorney-in-fact
)
for and on behalf of
)
 
)
HSBC Bank plc
)
in the presence of:
)

Witness signature:…………………………………………
Name:
Address:



15
Exhibit 10.23
 
 
Dated         September 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED
as join and several Borrowers

and

PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
EUROSEAS LTD
JOANNA MARITIME LTD
XINGANG SHPPING LTD
as Guarantors

and
 
HSBC BANK PLC
as Lender

 

 
 
 

 
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 
relating to
a loan agreement dated 25 June 2014
in respect of a term loan facility
of (originally) up to $16,500,000


 
 
 
 
WATSON & FARLEY
&
WILLIAMS

Index
 
 
Clause
 
Page
     
1
Definitions
3
2
Representations and Warranties
3
3
Agreement of the Lender
5
4
Conditions
5
5
Variations to Loan Agreement and Security Documents
6
6
Release of Xingang Shipping Ltd
13
7
Costs and Expenses
13
8
Communications
14
9
Supplemental
14
10
Law and Jurisdiction
14
Schedule A:  Excess Cash Flow Notice
15
Execution Page
 
16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is dated            September 2016 and made between
 
PARTIES
 
(1)
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (" Eirini ");
 
(2)
ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (" Eleni " and together with Eirini, the " Borrowers " and each a " Borrower ");
 
(3)
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP. ,   a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, with registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Republic of Liberia ( "Pantelis ");
 
(4)
EUROSEAS LTD , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands with its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (" Euroseas ");
 
(5)
JOANNA MARITIME LTD (" Joanna "), a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (" Joanna ");
 
(6)
XINGANG SHIPPING LTD (" Xingang "), a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (" Xingang " and together with Pantelis, Joanna and Euroseas, the " Guarantors " and each a " Guarantor "); and
 
(7)
HSBC BANK plc , a company incorporated under the laws of England whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ, United Kingdom (as " Lender ").
 
BACKGROUND
 
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 25 June 2014 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2015 and as from time to time amended or supplemented, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Lender, the Lender agreed to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of up to (originally) $16,400,000 on the terms and conditions contained therein secured on the Liberian flag vessels "EIRINI P." and "ELENI P".  The principal amount of the Loan currently outstanding is $12,850,000.
 
(B)
By a guarantee dated 25 June 2014 (the " Euroseas   Guarantee ") and made between (i) Euroseas and (ii) the Lender, Euroseas guaranteed the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
 
(C)
By a guarantee dated 12 November 2015 (the " Eirini   Guarantee ") and made between (i) Eirini and (ii) the Lender, Eirini guaranteed the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
 
(D)
By a guarantee dated 12 November 2015 (the " Eleni   Guarantee ") and made between (i) Eleni and (ii) the Lender, Eleni guaranteed the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
 
(E)
By a guarantee dated 12 November 2015 (the " Joanna   Guarantee ") and made between (i) Joanna and (ii) the Lender, Joanna guaranteed the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
 


 
(F)
By a guarantee dated 12 November 2015 (the " Xingang Guarantee ") and made between (i) Xingang and (ii) the Lender, Xingang guaranteed the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
 
(G)
The Borrowers and the Guarantors have requested (the " Requests ") that the Lender agrees to (inter alia):
 
(i)
release Xingang from its obligations under the Xingang Guarantee and any other Security Documents executed by Xingang;
 
(ii)
apply $1,2500,000 currently held in the Cash Collateral Account and pledged in favour of the Lender towards prepayment of the Facility (such prepayment to take place by 7 October 2016) or on any other date selected by the Lender but without any Broken Funding Costs or additional expenses whatsoever under Clause 10.06 of the Loan Agreement or otherwise, thus reducing the principal amount of the Loan currently outstanding from $12,850,000 to $11,600,000;
 
(iii)
defer the repayment of seven (7) consecutive quarterly instalments of $350,000 each (being $2,450,000 in aggregate) from June 2016 to December 2017. Repayment to recommence in March 2018 and the outstanding amount of $11,600,000 (following the above mentioned prepayment of $1,250,000) will be repaid in six (6) quarterly instalments, the first two (2) instalments of $350,000 each, the following three (3) instalments in the amount of $725,000 each and the final instalment in the amount of $8,725,000 (comprised by $725,000 plus a balloon payment of $8,000,000 (the " Balloon Payment ")). The first instalment will be repaid on 26 March 2018 and the following instalments on quarterly intervals thereafter and the last one on 26 May 2019);
 
(iv)
reduce the Applicable Security Margin required to be maintained in accordance with clause 21 of the Loan Agreement to 75% for the period commencing on the date of this Supplemental Agreement and ending on 31 December 2017; and
 
(v)
relax the financial covenants of Euroseas as follows:
 
(A)
increase the percentage of the Leverage Ratio required to be maintained pursuant to clause 18.24 (ii) of the Loan Agreement and clause 8.2.19.2 of the Euroseas Guarantee from 0.75:1 or 75% to 1.15:1 or 115%; and
 
(B)
waive the requirement that the minimum liquidity of $300,000 per Fleet Vessel to consist only of unencumbered cash (other than in favour of the Lender) as currently provided in clause 18.24(iii) of the Loan Agreement and clause 8.2.19.3 of the Euroseas Guarantee.
 
(H)
The Lender's consent to the Borrowers' request referred to in Recital (G) above is subject to:
 
(i)
application of a cash sweep mechanism in respect of the Excess Cash Flow (as defined below);
 
(ii)
restriction on dividends;
 
(iii)
restriction on new acquisitions by the Group; and
 
(iv)
no prepayments by any member of the Group to other lenders without the Lender's consent,
 
in each case referred to in paragraphs (i) to (iv) (inclusive) above, at all times while the Total Deferred Amount (as defined below) or any part thereof remains outstanding;
 
2


 
(v)
a prepayment of $1,250,000 (such prepayment to take place by 7 October 2016 or on any other date selected by the Lender but without any Broken Funding Costs or additional expenses whatsoever under Clause 10.06 of the Loan Agreement or otherwise) ;
 
(vi)
following the prepayment referred to in paragraph (v) above, cash collateral in the amount of $600,000 being remitted and/or maintained  in the Cash Collateral Account blocked and pledged in favour of the Lender pursuant to the Cash Collateral Account Charge until the end of the Security Period.
 
(I)
This Supplemental Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees to:
 
(i)
the Borrowers' Requests; and
 
(ii)
the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement, the Euroseas Guarantee and the other Security Documents.
 
OPERATIVE PROVISIONSNOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED
 
1
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1
Defined Expressions
 
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement (as hereby amended) and the recitals hereto and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings when used in this Supplemental Agreement.
 
1.2
Definitions
 
In this Supplemental Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:
 
"Guarantee" means each of the Euroseas Guarantee, the Joanna Guarantee, the Pantelis Guarantee and the Xingang Guarantee, and in the plural, means all of them;
 
" Effective Date " means the date on which the conditions precedent in Clause 4 are satisfied;
 
"Mortgage Addendum" means, in relation to each Ship, and each Collateral Vessel, an addendum to the Mortgage over each Ship, or the Collateral Mortgage over that Collateral Vessel (as the case may be); and
 
"Ships" means collectively the Eirini Ship or the Eleni Ship and in the singular means either of them.
 
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement
 
Clauses 2.01 to 2.03 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Supplemental Agreement.
 
2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
2.1
Repetition of Loan Agreement representations
 
Each Borrower hereby represents to the Lender, as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 17 of the Loan Agreement (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Supplemental Agreement), are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Agreement" were references to the Loan Agreement as further amended by this Supplemental Agreement.
 
3


 
2.2
Repetition of Guarantee representations
 
Each Guarantor hereby represents to the Lender, as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 3 of the Guarantee to which it is a party (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Supplemental Agreement), are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Guarantee" were references to the relevant Guarantee as further amended by this Supplemental Agreement.
 
2.3
Further representations and warranties
 
Each of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement:
 
(a)
it is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Liberia (and in the case of Euroseas, the Marshall Islands), and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business, and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America (for the avoidance of doubt, Euroseas is listed in the Nasdaq Capital Market);
 
(b)
all necessary governmental or other official consents, authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability of this Supplemental Agreement and all other documents to be executed in connection with the amendments to the Loan Agreement, the Guarantees and the other Security Documents as contemplated hereby have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect, from the date of this Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Facilities remains outstanding;
 
(c)
it has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and such other documents to which it is a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute its valid and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
 
(d)
the execution, delivery and performance of this Supplemental Agreement and all such other documents as contemplated hereby does not and will not, from the date of this Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding, constitute a breach of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on the Borrowers and the Guarantors or on any of  respective property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance (other than under the Security Documents as contemplated hereby) on any of such property or assets; and
 
(e)
it has fully disclosed in writing to the lender all facts which it knows or which it should reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Lender in the context of this Supplemental Agreement and all information furnished by the Borrowers and the Guarantors on behalf of each of them relating to their business and affairs in connection with this Supplemental Agreement was and remains true, correct and complete in all material respects at the date provided and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading at the date provided.
 
4


 
3
AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER
 
3.1
Agreement of the Lender
 
The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this Supplemental Agreement, hereby agrees with the Borrowers and the Guarantors, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to:
 
(a)
the Requests; and
 
(b)
the amendments/variations to the Loan Agreement, the Euroseas Guarantee and the other Security Documents referred to in Clause 5.
 
3.2
Effect of Lender's Agreement
 
The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 1 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date.
 
4
CONDITIONS
 
4.1
Conditions precedent
 
The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Supplemental Agreement shall all be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to it and its legal advisers on or before the Effective Date:
 
(a)
true and complete copy of the standing authorities of each Borrower and each Guarantor authorising and approving the execution of this Supplemental Agreement and the Mortgage Addendum relating to either Ship, or, as the case may be, the Collateral Vessel owned by it, and authorising their respective directors or other representatives to execute the same on their behalf;
 
(b)
the original of the power of attorney issued by each Borrower and each Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions aforesaid in paragraph (a) above;
 
(c)
an original of this Supplemental Agreement duly executed by the parties hereto;
 
(d)
a duly executed original of each Mortgage Addendum;
 
(e)
documentary evidence that each Mortgage Addendum has been duly recorded against either Ship or, as the case may be, each Collateral Vessel, as a valid first addendum to the Mortgage or the Collateral Mortgage according to the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and Liberia respectively;
 
(f)
certified copies of all documents (with a certified translation if an original is not in English) evidencing any other necessary action, approvals or consents with respect to this Supplemental Agreement and each Mortgage Addendum and all necessary governmental and other official approvals and consents in such Relevant Jurisdictions as the Lender (acting reasonably) deems appropriate;
 
(g)
evidence that the Borrowers will make a voluntary prepayment of $1,250,000 from the cash held in the Cash Collateral Account by 7 October 2016;
 
(h)
evidence that there is standing to the credit of the Cash Collateral Account, following the prepayment of $1,250,000  referred to in paragraph (g) above, an amount of at least $600,000 pledged in favour of the Lender;
 
5


 
(i)
such legal opinions as the Lender may reasonably require in respect of the matters contained in this Supplemental Agreement and each Mortgage Addendum; and
 
(j)
evidence that the agent referred to in clause 37.04 of the Loan Agreement (as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement) has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Supplemental Agreement.
 
5
VARIATIONS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS
 
5.1
Specific amendments to Loan Agreement
 
In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Supplemental Agreement, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantors hereby agrees with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented with effect on and from the Effective Date as follows:
 
(a)
by inserting the following definitions in clause 2.01 thereof:
 
"" Applicable Percentage" means:
 
(a)
at any time until 31 December 2017, not less than 75%.
 
(b)
from 1 January 2018 and at all times thereafter, not less than 130%.
 
" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
 
" Bail-In Legislation " means:
 
(c)
in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and
 
(d)
in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.
 
" Cash Sweep " means one hundred per cent (100%) of the Excess Cash Flow of the Ship and each Collateral Vessel aggregated for all Collateral Vessels and the Ship, commencing from the date of this Agreement until the time when the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero.
 
"Collateral Deferred Amount" means, in relation to each Collateral Loan Agreement, the "Deferred Amount" as defined in that Collateral Loan Agreement and in the plural means all of them.
 
"Collateral Loan" means, in relation to each Collateral Loan Agreement, the principal amount outstanding at any time under that Collateral Loan Agreement and in the plural means the aggregate principal amount outstanding under all the Collateral Loan Agreements.
 
" Debt Service " means, at any given time, the aggregate payment obligations (in respect of principal, interest, fees, costs or other expenses) for that period of:
 
(i)
in the case of the Borrowers, the Borrowers under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents; and
 
6


 
(ii)
in the case of a Collateral Owner, that Collateral Owner under the relevant Collateral Loan Agreement and the "Finance Documents" or "Security Documents" (as each such term is defined in the relevant Collateral Loan Agreement).
 
" Deferred Amount " means the amount of $1,200,000 (consisting of seven Repayment Instalments of $350,000 each (being $2,450,000 in aggregate) in relation to each of the 8 th to the 14 th original repayment instalments, the payment of which has been deferred in accordance with Clause 10.01, minus the prepayment of $1,250,000 to reduce the principal amount of the Facility currently outstanding from $12,850,000 to $11,600,000)  as such amount may be reduced in accordance with Clause 11.06 of the Loan Agreement.
 
" EEA Member Country " means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.
 
" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.
 
" Excess Cash Flow " means the Earnings of each of either Ship and each Collateral Vessel remaining from time to time after the calculations made pursuant to Clause 10.06 ( Calculation of Excess Cash Flow ).
 
" Excess Cash Flow Notice " means a notice of substantially in the form set out in Schedule A ( Form of Excess Cash Flow Notice ).
 
" Liquidity "  means, in respect of each period during which the consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.01 are delivered by the Guarantor (Euroseas), (i) cash at bank or in hand which is not subject to any Encumbrance, as shown in the applicable financial statements of the Guarantor (Euroseas), for such accounting period and determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Principles plus (ii) cash pledged in favour of the Guarantor's (Euroseas) other financing banks for such accounting period  Provided that in the case of Liquidity relating to each Ship and the Collateral Vessels only (but not the other Fleet Vessels) only cash held with the Lender which is not subject to any Encumbrance (other than in favour of the Lender) will be taken into account for the purposes of calculating the Liquidity in respect of the Ship and the Collateral Vessels;
 
" Operating Expenses" means, in relation to each Ship or a Collateral Vessel, the aggregate costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Borrower and/or (as the case may be) a Collateral Owner or Euroseas in connection with the operation, employment, maintenance, repair, insurance of the Ship or, as the case may be, a Collateral Vessel, salaries and contributions, crew expenses, stores, spares, repairs, maintenance, general corporate and administrative expenses, lay - up and re-activation of the Ship or, as the case may be, a Collateral Vessel, and, for drydocking and/or special survey costs and expenses including a pro-rata reserve for drydocking and/or special survey costs which is to be accounted separately every quarter with any balance released (or, any excess charged to operating expenses) upon the completion of the relevant dry docking or special survey.
 
" Resolution Authority " means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
 
"Total Deferred Amount" means the amount of $3,330,000 representing the aggregate of (i) Deferred Amount and (ii) the Collateral Deferred Amounts as such amounts may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the provisions of Clause 11.01 of the Loan Agreement and the respective provisions of each Collateral Loan Agreement.
 
" Write-down and Conversion   Powers " means:
 
7


 
(a)
in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule; and
 
(b)
in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:
 
(i)
any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and
 
(ii)
any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.";
 
(b)
by deleting the definition of "Cash Collateral" and replacing it with the following:
 
"Cash Collateral" means the amount of six hundred thousand Dollars ($600,000);
 
(c)
by deleting the definition of "Balloon Payment" from clause 2.01 thereof and replacing it with the following:
 
"" Balloon Payment "  has the meaning given to that term in clause 11.01;";
 
(d)
by deleting the definition of "Collateral Mortgages" in clause 2.01 thereof and replacing it with the following:
 
"" Collateral Mortgages " means the second preferred Liberian mortgages in respect of the  Collateral Vessels as the same may from time to time be amended or supplemented and "Collateral Mortgage" means any one of them;";
 
(e)
by deleting the definition of "Mortgage" in clause 2.01 thereof and replacing it with the following:
 
"" Mortgage " means the first preferred mortgage in respect of each Ship as the same may from time to time be amended or supplemented;";
 
(f)
by deleting the definition of "Release Date" from Clause 2.01 thereof in in its entirety;
 
(g)
by deleting the definition "Repayment Dates" from clause 2.01 and replacing it with the following:
 
" "Repayment Date" means a date when an instalment is required to be repaid in accordance with Clause 11.01; provided that if any such day is not a Banking Day the relevant Repayment Date shall be the next succeeding day which is a Banking Day unless such next succeeding Banking Day falls in another calendar month in which event the relevant Repayment Date shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;";
 
(h)
by deleting the definition of "Security Requirement" from clause 2.01 thereof and replacing it with the following:
 
"" Security Requirement " means the amount in Dollars as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lender) which is at least equal to, the Applicable Percentage of the aggregate of (i) Facility and (ii) the Collateral Loans at any relevant time;
 
8


 
(i)
by deleting the definition of "Security Value" from clause 2.01 thereof and replacing it with the following:
 
"" Security Value " means the amount in Dollars (as certified by the Lender whose certificate shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lender) which is, at any relevant time, the aggregate of (a) the Market Value of the each Ship as most recently determined in accordance with Clause 22.26, (b) the Market Value of the Collateral Vessels as most recently determined in accordance with the relevant clause of the Collateral Loans and (c) the market value of any additional security for the time being provided to the Lender;";
 
(j)
by adding a proviso at the end of penultimate paragraph of Clause 10.01.03 after the words "Eirini Ship" as follows:
 
" Provided that if, in the case of this Clause 10.01, a Collateral Vessel is sold or becomes a Total Loss, the " relevant proportion " means an amount which results (following such prepayment) in the Security Value being equal to the percentage which existed immediately prior to such sale or Total Loss (taking also into account the sale or the insurance proceeds of the Collateral Vessel concerned);";
 
(k)
by adding a new Clause 10.14 therein as follows:
 
"10.14            The Borrowers shall make a mandatory prepayment of $1,250,000 from funds held in the Cash Collateral Account and pledged in favour of the Lender by 7 October 2016or on any other date selected by the Lender but without any Broken Funding Costs or additional expenses whatsoever under Clause 10.06 of the Loan Agreement or otherwise, thus reducing the principal amount of the Facility to $11,600,000;"
 
(l)
by deleting Clause 11.01 in its entirety and substituting the same as follows:
 
"11.01
Save as otherwise repaid or prepaid subject to Clauses 10.14 and 11.06, the Borrowers shall repay the outstanding Facility in six (6) quarterly instalments, the first two instalments of $350,000 each, the three subsequent instalments in an amount of $725,000 each and the final instalment in the amount of $8,725,000 (comprised by $725,000 and a balloon payment of $8,000,000 (the "Balloon Payment ")). The first instalment shall be repaid on 26 March 2018, the following instalments on quarterly intervals thereafter and the sixth and final instalment shall be repaid on 26 May 2019;
 
(m)
by adding a Clause 11.06 as follows:
 
" 11.06            Prepayment out of Excess Cash Flow
 
11.06.01 Calculation of Excess Cash Flow
 
The Excess Cash Flow shall be calculated in arrears sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar quarter, commencing sixty (60) days after the end of the quarter ending on 30 September 2016 and quarterly thereafter, (the last date of each such quarter being an " Excess Cash Flow Date "), on the basis of actual cash received after deduction of (a) the Operating Expenses, (b) voyage expenses (if any) and (c) the Debt Service in respect of the relevant three (3) month period, as such Excess Cash Flow is evidenced in the relevant Excess Cash Flow Notice which the Borrowers shall provide the Lender on each Excess Cash Flow Date.
 
9


 
11.06.02 Payment of Cash Sweep
 
Until the time when the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero , Cash Sweep amounts shall, on each Interest Payment Date following the end of the relevant quarter, be applied against prepayment of Total Deferred Amount on a pro rata basis between the Facility and each facility remaining outstanding under the Collateral Loan Agreements .  Any prepayments of Cash Sweep shall be without any Broken Funding Costs, fee, premium or penalty (whether by application of Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement or otherwise).
 
11.06.03 Calculation of Cash Sweep payments
 
Cash Sweep payment amounts shall be calculated five (5) Banking Days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date for which the relevant Cash Sweep is to be applied (the " Calculation Date ") with the first Calculation Date falling on 31 December 2016.  The Borrowers shall provide the Lender on or immediately prior to each Calculation Date with a certificate evidencing the Cash Sweep in the form of Schedule A.

(n)
by adding a new clause 24.01.32 as follows:
 
"An "Event of Default" (as such term is defined in each Collateral Loan Agreement) occurs under either Collateral Loan Agreement.";
 
(o)
by deleting clause 20.38 thereof its entirety and substituting the same as follow:
 
"20.38
to (and procure that the Guarantor (Euroseas) will) ensure that throughout the Security Period:
 
20.38.01
the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth shall not be less than fifteen million Dollars ($15,000,000);
 
20.38.02
the Leverage Ratio shall not be higher than one hundred fifteen per cent. (115%)  Provided that if the Guarantor has not agreed such a high percentage with its other financing banks, the lowest percentage required to be maintained with another financing bank will also apply in this case;
 
20.38.02
Liquidity shall not be less than three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000) per Fleet Vessel."
 
(p)
by adding new clauses 20.39 and 20.40 as follows:
 
" 20.39            No acquisition of vessels
 
Until the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero the Borrowers shall procure that Euroseas will not (through its Subsidiaries or otherwise) acquire any vessels and/or companies without the prior written consent of the Lender, unless if the initial acquisition amount of such vessels and/or companies is financed with newly raised equity and the Leverage Ratio of Euroseas is not more than 75% and/or if Euroseas is in compliance with its original financial covenants, namely it maintains maximum Leverage Ratio of less than 75%, Liquidity being not less than US$300,000 per Fleet Vessel and Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of not less than US$15,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt the Lender has permitted Euroseas (through its Subsidiaries) to substitute the Eleni Ship with a younger bulk carrier ship acceptable to the Lender in all respects, which will also be mortgaged to the favour of the Lender.
 
10


 
20.40            No prepayments
 
Until the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero, the Borrowers shall procure Euroseas will not (through its Subsidiaries or otherwise) make any voluntary prepayments to its other financing banks without the prior written consent of the Lender.";
 
(q)
by deleting clause 27.08 thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
 
"27.8 The Borrowers shall ensure that at all times during the Security Period that the Cash Collateral is credited and maintained in the Cash Collateral Account free of Encumbrances and rights of set off other than those created by or under the Finance Documents;";
 
(r)
by adding a new clause 39 thereof as follows:
 
"39            "Bail-in"
 
39.01            Bail-In
 
39.02            Contractual recognition of bail-in
 
Notwithstanding any other term of any Security Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Security Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Security Document under or in connection with the Security Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
 
(c)
any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):
 
(i)
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;
 
(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and
 
(iii)
a cancellation of any such liability; and
 
(d)
a variation of any term of any Security Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability."
 
(s)
by construing all references therein to "this Agreement" where the context admits as being references to "this Agreement as the same is amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended";
 
(t)
by construing references to each of the Security Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended;
 
5.2
Specific amendments to the Guarantee
 
In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Supplemental Agreement, Euroseas hereby agrees with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1, the provisions of the Euroseas Guarantee shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented with effect on and from the Effective Date as follows:
 
(a)
by adding a new proviso after 9.01.13.3 as follows:
 
11


 
" Provided that even when the above restrictions do not apply the Guarantor will not
 
(i)
declare, make or pay dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital ;
 
(ii)
repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve; or
 
(iii)
redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so,
 
But for the avoidance of doubt these restrictions apply to the Guarantor common shares only.";
 
(b)
by deleting clause 9.01.31.2 thereof in its entirety and replacing the same with the following:
 
"9.01.31.2  the Leverage Ratio will not be higher than one hundred fifteen per cent. (115%)  Provided that if the Guarantor has not agreed such a high percentage with its other financing banks, the lowest percentage required to be maintained with another financing bank will also apply in this case;
 
(c)
by deleting clause 9.01.31.3 and replacing the same with the following:
 
""9 . 01.31.3" Liquidity shall not be less than three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000 per Fleet Vessel);";
 
(d)
by adding a new clause 9.05 to the Euroseas Guarantee as follows:
 
"Until the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero the Guarantor (Euroseas) will not (through its Subsidiaries or otherwise) acquire any vessels and/or companies without the prior written consent of the Lender, unless if the initial acquisition amount of such vessels and/or companies is financed with newly raised equity and the Leverage Ratio of the Guarantor (Euroseas) is not more than 75% and/or if the Guarantor (Euroseas) is in compliance with its original financial covenants, namely it maintains maximum Leverage Ratio of less than 75%, Liquidity being not less than US$300,000 per Fleet Vessel and Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of not less than US$15,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt the Lender has permitted the Guarantor (Euroseas) (through its Subsidiaries) to substitute the Eleni Ship with a younger bulk carrier ship acceptable to the Lender in all respects, which will also be mortgaged to the favour of the Lender";
 
(e)
by adding a new clause  9.05 to the Euroseas Guarantee as follows:
 
"until the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero, the Guarantor (Euroseas) will not (through its Subsidiaries or otherwise) make any voluntary prepayments to its other financing banks without the prior written consent of the Lender".; and
 
(f)
by construing all references therein to "this Guarantee" where the context admits as being references to "this Guarantee as the same is amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended".
 
5.3
Amendments to Security Documents
 
12


 
With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Security Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Supplemental Agreement to have been, amended as follows:
 
(a)
by construing all references in the Loan Agreement and in the Security Documents to a "Mortgage" as references to that Mortgage as amended and supplemented by the relevant Mortgage Addendum;
 
(b)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Security Documents (other than a Mortgage which shall be amended and supplemented by the relevant Mortgage Addendum) to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Security Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Security Documents as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement;
 
(c)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Security Documents to, the Guarantee executed by Euroseas shall be construed as if the same referred to the Guarantee as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement; and
 
(d)
by construing references throughout each of the Security Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Security Documents as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement.
 
5.4
Security Documents to remain in full force and effect
 
The Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by any Security Document shall continue and remain valid and enforceable as amended and supplemented by:
 
(a)
the amendments to the Security Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and each Mortgage Addendum; and
 
(b)
such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to make the same consistent with, and to give full effect to, the terms of this Supplemental Agreement.
 
6
RELEASE OF XINGANG SHIPPING LTD
 
6.1
Release of Security Interests
 
The Lender releases all Encumbrances created in its favour by Xingang under the Xingang Guarantee and Security Documents to which Xingang is a party.
 
6.2
Release of obligations
 
The Lender releases Xingang from all its obligations under the Xingang Guarantee and the other Security Documents to which Xingang is a party.
 
6.3
Existing Borrowers' and Guarantors' confirmation
 
Each Borrower and each Guarantor (other than Xingang) confirms that all of its obligations under or pursuant to each of the Security Documents to which it is a party remain in full force and effect, despite the release of Xingang from its obligations under the Xingang Guarantee and the other Security Documents to which it is a party.
 
7
COSTS AND EXPENSES
 
7.1
Costs and expenses
 
13


 
The provisions of clause 28 ( Expenses ) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary amendments.
 
8
COMMUNICATIONS
 
8.1
General
 
The provisions of clause 39 ( notices ) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement, shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary modifications.
 
9
SUPPLEMENTAL
 
9.1
Counterparts
 
This Supplemental Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.
 
9.2
Third Party rights
 
A person who is not a party to this Supplemental Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Second Supplemental Agreement.
 
10
LAW AND JURISDICTION
 
10.1
Governing law
 
This Supplemental Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
 
10.2
Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions
 
The provisions of Clause 41 ( Law and Jurisdiction ) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement, shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary medications.
 
This Supplemental Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the parties and has, on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed, been delivered as a Deed.
 
14


SCHEDULE A:


EXCESS CASH FLOW NOTICE
 


To:

From:

Dated:

Dear Sirs

 
Loan Agreement dated 25 June 2014 as amended and supplemented (the "Agreement")
 
We refer to the Agreement.  This is an Excess Cash Flow Notice.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Excess Cash Flow Notice unless given a different meaning in this Excess Cash Flow Notice.
 
We confirm that the Excess Cash Flow is            $     based on the following calculation:

Gross Earnings:             ($         )

less voyage expenses:            ] ($[         ])

less Operating Expenses: [         ] ($[         ])

less Debt Service: [                ] ($[     ])

total Excess Cash Flow: [          ] ($[   ])
15


EXECUTION PAGE
 

 
BORROWERS
 
SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 

 
GUARANTORS
 
SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
XINGANG SHIPPING LTD
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
JOANNA MARITIME LTD
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
EUROSEAS LTD
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


LENDER
 
SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
HSBC BANK PLC
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 




16
Exhibit 10.24
Dated         January 2017
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED
as join and several Borrowers

and

EUROSEAS LTD
as Guarantor

and

PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
JOANNA MARITIME LTD
as Collateral Owners


and
HSBC BANK PLC
as Lender





THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
relating to
a loan agreement dated 25 June 2014
in respect of a term loan facility
of (originally) up to $16,500,000



Index

Clause
 
Page
     
1
Definitions
2
2
Representations and Warranties
3
3
Agreement of the Lender
4
4
Conditions
4
5
Variations to Loan Agreement and Security Documents
6
6
Release of Eleni
8
7
Costs and Expenses
8
8
Communications
8
9
Supplemental
8
10
Law and Jurisdiction
8
Execution Page
10







THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is dated            January 2017 and made between
PARTIES
(1)
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (" Eirini ");
(2)
ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (" Eleni " and together with Eirini, the " Borrowers " and each a " Borrower ");
(3)
EUROSEAS LTD , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands with its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 (the " Guarantor ");
(4)
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP. ,   a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, with registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Republic of Liberia ( "Pantelis ");
(5)
JOANNA MARITIME LTD (" Joanna "), a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia (" Joanna "); and
(6)
HSBC BANK plc , a company incorporated under the laws of England whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ, United Kingdom (as " Lender ").
BACKGROUND
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 25 June 2014 (as amended by a supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2015 and a second supplemental agreement dated         September 2016 and as from time to time amended or supplemented, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) the Borrowers and (ii) the Lender, the Lender agreed to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility of up to (originally) $16,400,000 on the terms and conditions contained therein secured on the Liberian flag vessels "EIRINI P" and "ELENI P".  The principal amount of the Loan currently outstanding is $11,600,000.
(B)
By a guarantee dated 25 June 2014 (the " Euroseas   Guarantee ") and made between (i) the Guarantor and (ii) the Lender, the Guarantor guaranteed the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
(C)
By a guarantee dated 12 November 2015 (the " Pantelis Guarantee ") and made between (i) Pantelis and (ii) the Lender, Pantelis guaranteed the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement);
(D)
By a guarantee dated 12 November 2015 (the " Joanna   Guarantee ") and made between (i) Joanna and (ii) the Lender, Joanna guaranteed the Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
(E)
The Borrowers, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners have requested (the " Request ") that the Lender agrees to:
(i)
the sale of m.v. "ELENI P";
(ii)
the release of Eleni from the Loan Agreement and Security Documents; and
(iii)
replace m.v. "ELENI P" with m.v. "TASOS" instead of making the prepayment required under paragraph 10.01.03 of the Loan Agreement.


(F)
The Lender's consent to the Request referred to in Recital (E) above is subject to:
(i)
the addition of Areti Shipping Ltd (the " Areti Collateral Owner ") as a Collateral Owner (as defined in the Loan Agreement); and
(ii)
the Areti Collateral Owner executing in favour of the Lender a guarantee to secure the Borrowers' obligations (the " New Guarantee ") and as security for Areti Collateral Owner's obligations under the New Guarantee:
(A)
a first priority Cypriot ship mortgage and a deed of covenant collateral thereto (the " Tasos Mortgage "), relating to m.v. ""TASOS", the " Tasos Collateral Vessel "); and
(B)
a first priority assignment of the Earnings, any Charter and the Requisition Compensation (as such terms are defined therein) in respect of the Tasos Collateral Vessel (the " Tasos Assignment ").
(G)
This Supplemental Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees to:
(i)
the Request; and
(ii)
the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents.
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED
1
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Defined Expressions
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement (as hereby amended) and the recitals hereto and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings when used in this Supplemental Agreement.
1.2
Definitions
In this Supplemental Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:
"Areti Collateral Owner" means Areti Shipping Ltd, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands with its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960;
"Collateral Owner" means each of Joanna, Pantelis and the Areti Collateral Owner, and in the plural, means all of them;
"Guarantee" means each of the Euroseas Guarantee, the Joanna Guarantee, the Pantelis Guarantee and the New Guarantee, and in the plural, means all of them;
" Effective Date " means the date on which the conditions precedent in Clause 4 are satisfied;
"New Guarantee" means the guarantee and indemnity to be executed by Areti in favour of the Lender, in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Lender may require;


"Tasos Assignment" means a first priority assignment of the Earnings, any Charter and the Requisition Compensation (as such terms are defined therein) in respect of the Tasos Collateral Vessel, to be executed by the Areti Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender;
"Tasos Collateral Documents" means together the New Guarantee, the Tasos Mortgage, the the Tasos Assignment and the Tasos Manager's Undertaking.
"Tasos Manager's Undertaking" means the manager's undertaking in respect of the Tasos Collateral Vessel to be executed by the Manager in favour of the Lender, in such form and containing the terms and conditions as the Lender shall require;
"Tasos Mortgage" means, in relation to the Tasos Collateral Vessel, a first priority Cypriot ship mortgage and a collateral deed of covenant thereto, to be executed by the Areti Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender; and
"Tasos Collateral Vessel" means the bulk carrier currently named "TASOS" with IMO no. 9180906, registered in the ownership of the Areti Collateral Owner under the Cyprus flag and everything now or in the future belonging to her on board and ashore.
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement
Clauses 2.01 to 2.03 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Supplemental Agreement.
2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
2.1
Repetition of Loan Agreement representations
Each Borrower hereby represents to the Lender, as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 17 of the Loan Agreement (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Supplemental Agreement), are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Agreement" were references to the Loan Agreement as further amended by this Supplemental Agreement.
2.2
Repetition of Guarantee representations
Each Collateral Owner and the Guarantor hereby represents to the Lender, as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 3 of each Guarantee to which it is a party (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Supplemental Agreement), are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Guarantee" were references to the relevant Guarantee as further amended by this Supplemental Agreement.
2.3
Further representations and warranties
Each of the Borrowers, the Guarantor and each Collateral Owner hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that as at the date of this Supplemental Agreement:
(a)
it is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Liberia (and in the case of the Guarantor and the Areti Collateral Owner, the Marshall Islands), and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business, and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America (for the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantor is listed in the Nasdaq Capital Market);
(b)
all necessary governmental or other official consents, authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability of this Supplemental Agreement and all other documents to be executed in connection with the amendments to the Loan Agreement, the Guarantees and the other Security Documents as contemplated hereby have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect, from the date of this Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Facilities remains outstanding;


(c)
it has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Supplemental Agreement and such other documents to which it is a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute its valid and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
(d)
the execution, delivery and performance of this Supplemental Agreement and all such other documents as contemplated hereby does not and will not, from the date of this Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Security Documents and while all or any part of the Loan remains outstanding, constitute a breach of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners or on any of  respective property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance (other than under the Security Documents as contemplated hereby) on any of such property or assets; and
(e)
it has fully disclosed in writing to the lender all facts which it knows or which it should reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Lender in the context of this Supplemental Agreement and all information furnished by the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners on behalf of each of them relating to their business and affairs in connection with this Supplemental Agreement was and remains true, correct and complete in all material respects at the date provided and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading at the date provided.
3
AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER
3.1
Agreement of the Lender
The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this Supplemental Agreement, hereby agrees with the Borrowers, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to:
(a)
the Request; and
(b)
the amendments/variations to the Loan Agreement and the other Security Documents referred to in Clause 5.
3.2
Effect of Lender's Agreement
The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 1 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date.
4
CONDITIONS
4.1
Conditions precedent
The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Supplemental Agreement shall all be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to it and its legal advisers on or before the Effective Date:
(a)
a duly executed original of this Supplemental Agreement and of each Tasos Collateral Documents (and of each document required to be delivered under each Tasos Collateral Document) duly executed by the parties thereto;


(b)
copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Areti Collateral Owner;
(c)
copies of resolutions of the directors of each Borrower, the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners, authorising the execution of this Supplemental Agreement and, in the case of the Areti Collateral Owner, also copies of resolutions of its shareholders, authorising, the execution of each of the Tasos Collateral Documents to which the Areti Collateral Owner is a party, and authorising named attorneys to give any notices thereunder;
(d)
the original of the power of attorney issued by each Borrower, each Collateral Owner or the Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions aforesaid in paragraph (a) above;
(e)
copies of all consents which the Areti Collateral Owner requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Tasos Collateral Document;
(f)
documentary evidence that:
(i)
the Tasos Collateral Vessel is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Areti Collateral Owner save as contemplated by the Tasos Collateral Documents;
(ii)
the Tasos Collateral Vessel maintains the highest class available for vessels of the same type, age and specification as the Tasos Collateral Vessel with a classification society acceptable to the Lender free of all recommendations and conditions of such classification society not complied with in accordance with their terms;
(iii)
the Tasos Mortgage has been duly registered against the Tasos Collateral Vessel as a valid first priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of Cyprus; and
(iv)
the Tasos Collateral Vessel is insured in accordance with the provisions of the New Guarantee and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with;
(g)
documents establishing that the Tasos Collateral Vessel will, as from the date of this Agreement, be managed by the Manager on terms acceptable to the Lender, together with:
(i)
the Tasos Manager's Undertaking duly signed by the Manager;
(ii)
copies of the document of compliance (DOC) and safety management certificate (SMC) in respect of the Tasos Collateral Vessel certified as true and in effect by the Areti Collateral Owner and the Manager; and
(iii)
a copy of the International Ship Security Certificate in respect of the Collateral Ship certified as true and in effect by the Areti Collateral Owner and the Manager;
(h)
favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of Liberia, Cyprus, the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require; and
(i)
evidence that the agent referred to in clause 37.04 of the Loan Agreement (as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement) has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Supplemental Agreement.


5
VARIATIONS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND SECURITY DOCUMENTS
5.1
Specific amendments to Loan Agreement
In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Supplemental Agreement, each of the Borrowers and the Guarantors hereby agrees with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented with effect on and from the Effective Date as follows:
(a)
by deleting the definitions of  "Collateral Vessels", "Collateral Owners",  "Collateral Mortgages", "Earnings Account" and "Earnings Account Charges"   from clause 2.01 thereof and replacing them with the following:
""Collateral Mortgages" means the mortgages in respect of the Collateral Vessels to be granted or to be granted by the relevant Collateral Owner in favour of the Lender, in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Lender shall require and "Collateral Mortgage" means any one of them; "
"Collateral Owners" means the Joanna Collateral Owner, the Pantelis Collateral Owner and the Areti Collateral Owner and "Collateral Owner" means any one of them;
" Collateral Vessels " means Joanna Collateral Vessel, the Pantelis Collateral Vessel and the Tasos Collateral Vessel and "Collateral Vessel" mean any one of them;
" "Earnings Account" means the Eirini Earnings Account.
"Earnings Account Charge" means the Eirini Earnings Account Charge.
(b)
by adding in clause 2.01 thereof the following definitions:
"Areti Collateral Owner" means Areti Shipping Ltd, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands with its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960;
"Tasos Collateral Vessel" means the bulk carrier currently named "TASOS" with IMO no. 9180906, currently registered in the ownership of the Areti Collateral Owner under the Cypriot flag and everything now or in the future belonging to her on board and ashore;"
(c)
by deleting paragraph 10.01.03 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:
"10.01.03   in the case the Mortgage on a Ship is discharged (other than in the circumstances referred to in paragraph 10.01.01 above and where the Borrowers and the other Security Parties have discharged all their obligations, whether actual or contingent, under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents), on or before the date on which the relevant Mortgage is discharged.
and in this Clause 10.01 " relevant proportion " means, without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 23 , an amount that would reduce the Indebtedness to (a) sixty per cent (60%) of Market Value of the Eirini Ship in case of sale or Total Loss or discharge of the Mortgage of the Tasos Collateral Vessel or (b) thirty per cent (30%) of the Market Value of the Tasos Collateral Vessel in case of sale or Total Loss or discharge of the Mortgage of the Eirini Ship  Provided that :
(i)
in the case of sale or Total Loss of the Eleni Ship, no prepayment will be required if replaced with the Tasos Collateral Vessel;


(ii)
in the case a Collateral Vessel (other than the Tasos Collateral Vessel) is sold or becomes a Total Loss, "relevant proportion" means an amount which results (following such prepayment) in the Security Value being equal to the percentage which existed immediately prior to such sale or Total Loss (taking into account the sale or the insurance proceeds of the Collateral Vessel concerned); and
(iii)
if, at any time, only the Eirini Ship or only the Tasos Collateral Vessel is subject to a Mortgage and that Ship is sold or becomes a Total Loss or the Mortgage on that Ship is discharged, the term "relevant proportion" shall be construed to mean an amount which is sufficient to repay the Indebtedness in full."
(d)
all references to the term "Ship" in the Loan Agreement (other than in respect of the definitions of "General Assignment", "Manager's Undertakings" and "Mortgage" in Clause 2.1 of the Loan Agreement and in Clauses 1.1.2, 3.1.1.2, 10, 19, 20.37, 21, 24.1.25 and 27.01 of the Loan Agreement) shall be read and construed to include the Tasos Collateral Vessel and all references to the Borrowers in such clauses shall also refer to the Areti Collateral Owner (as the context may require);
(e)
by construing all references therein to "this Agreement" where the context admits as being references to "this Agreement as the same is amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended";
(f)
by construing all references in the Loan Agreement and the Finance Documents to "the Borrowers", "each Borrower", "either Borrower" or "a Borrower" as references to the Borrower, being Eirini Shipping Ltd only.
(g)
by construing references to each of the Security Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended;
5.2
Amendments to Security Documents
With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Security Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Supplemental Agreement to have been, amended as follows:
(a)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Security Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Security Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Security Documents as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement; and
(b)
by construing references throughout each of the Security Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Security Documents as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement.
5.3
Security Documents to remain in full force and effect
The Security Documents shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by any Security Document shall continue and remain valid and enforceable as amended and supplemented by:
(a)
the amendments to the Security Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1, 5.2, 5.3; and
(b)
such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to make the same consistent with, and to give full effect to, the terms of this Supplemental Agreement.


6
RELEASE OF ELENI
6.1
Release of Encumbrances
The Lender releases all Encumbrances created in its favour by Eleni under the Security Documents to which Eleni is a party.
6.2
Release of obligations
The Lender releases Eleni from all its obligations under the Security Documents to which Eleni is a party.
6.3
Existing Borrowers' and Guarantors' confirmation
Each of the Borrowers (other than Eleni), the Guarantor and the Collateral Owners confirm that all of its obligations under or pursuant to each of the Security Documents to which it is a party remain in full force and effect, despite the release of Eleni from its obligations under the other Security Documents to which it is a party.
7
COSTS AND EXPENSES
7.1
Costs and expenses
The provisions of clause 28 ( Expenses ) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary amendments.
8
COMMUNICATIONS
8.1
General
The provisions of clause 39 ( notices ) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement, shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary modifications.
9
SUPPLEMENTAL
9.1
Counterparts
This Supplemental Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.
9.2
Third Party rights
A person who is not a party to this Supplemental Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Second Supplemental Agreement.
10
LAW AND JURISDICTION
10.1
Governing law
This Supplemental Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
10.2
Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions
The provisions of Clause 41 ( Law and Jurisdiction ) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Supplemental Agreement, shall apply to this Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Supplemental Agreement with any necessary medications.
This Supplemental Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the parties and has, on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed, been delivered as a Deed.


EXECUTION PAGE

BORROWERS
SIGNED by
)
for and on behalf of
)
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
)
in the presence of:
)

SIGNED by
)
for and on behalf of
)
ELENI SHIPPING LIMITED
)
in the presence of:
)

COLLATERAL OWNERS

SIGNED by
)
for and on behalf of
)
JOANNA MARITIME LTD
)
in the presence of:
)

SIGNED by
)
for and on behalf of
)
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
)
in the presence of:
)



GUARANTOR

SIGNED by
)
for and on behalf of
)
EUROSEAS LTD
)
in the presence of:
)



LENDER
SIGNED by
)
for and on behalf of
)
HSBC BANK PLC
)
 
)
in the presence of:
)


Exhibit 10.25

 
Dated                                  2018
 

EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
as Borrower
 
and
 
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
           and ARETI SHIPPING LTD
as Collateral Owners
 
and
 
HSBC BANK PLC
as Lender
 

 
 

 
FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 
relating to
a loan agreement dated 25 June 2014 (as amended)
in respect of a term loan facility of (originally) up to $16,500,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WATSON FARLEY
&
WILLIAMS

Index
 
Clause
 
Page
     
1
Definitions
2
2
Representations and Warranties
3
3
Agreement of the Lender
4
4
Conditions
4
5
Variations to Loan Agreement and Finance Documents
5
6
Costs and Expenses
6
7
Communications
6
8
Supplemental
6
9
Law and Jurisdiction
6
     
Execution
   
     
Execution Page
 
8





THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is dated                                     2018
 
PARTIES
 
(1)
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia as borrower (the " Borrower ");
 
(2)
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP. ,   a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, having its registered address at 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Republic of Liberia as collateral owner ( "Pantelis ");
 
(3)
ARETI SHIPPING LTD , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 as collateral owner (" Areti " and together with Pantelis, the " Collateral Owners " and each a " Collateral Owner "); and
 
(4)
HSBC BANK plc , a company incorporated under the laws of England whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ, United Kingdom as lender (the " Lender ").
 
BACKGROUND
 
(A)
By a loan agreement dated 25 June 2014 (as amended and supplemented by a first supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2015, a second supplemental agreement dated 30 September 2016, a third supplemental agreement dated 25 January 2017 and a side letter dated 28 July 2017, and as from time to time further amended and/or supplemented, the " Loan Agreement ") and made between (i) the Borrower and (ii) the Lender, the Lender agreed to make available to the Borrower a term loan facility of (originally) up to $16,500,000 (the " Facility ") on the terms and conditions contained therein secured on (inter alia) m.vs. "EIRINI P", "PANTELIS" and "TASOS". The principal amount of the Facility currently outstanding is $ 11,250,000.
 
(B)
By a guarantee dated 25 June 2014 (as from time to time amended and/or supplemented), and made between (i) Euroseas Ltd. as guarantor (" Euroseas ") and (ii) the Lender, Euroseas guaranteed the Borrower's obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
 
(C)
By a guarantee dated 12 November 2015 (as from time to time amended and/or supplemented, the " Pantelis Guarantee "), and made between (i) Pantelis as guarantor and (ii) the Lender, Pantelis guaranteed the Borrower's obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
 
(D)
By a guarantee dated 25 January 2017 (as from time to time amended and/or supplemented, the " Areti Guarantee " and together with the Pantelis Guarantee, the " Collateral Guarantees " and each a " Collateral Guarantee "), and made between (i) Areti as guarantor and (ii) the Lender, Areti guaranteed the Borrower's obligations under the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).
 
(E)
The Borrower has requested that the Lender gives its consent to the following amendments to the Loan Agreement:
 
(a)
the appointment of Eurodry Ltd as new guarantor, being the holder of all registered shares in the Borrower;
 


 
(b)
the release of Euroseas from its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and
 
(c)
the consequential amendments and/or variations of certain other provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with those matters,
 
           together, the " Request ".

(F)
The Lender's consent to the Request referred to in Recital (F) above is subject to the execution of the New Guarantee by the New Guarantor (as each such capitalised term is defined hereinbelow).
 
(G)
This Fourth Supplemental Agreement sets out the terms and conditions on which the Lender agrees, with effect on and from the Effective Date, to:
 
(i)
the Request; and
 
(ii)
the consequential amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
 
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS
 
NOW THEREFORE IT IS HEREBY AGREED
 
1
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1
Defined Expressions
 
Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement (as hereby amended) and the recitals hereto and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings when used in this Fourth Supplemental Agreement.
 
1.2
Definitions
 
In this Fourth Supplemental Agreement the words and expressions specified below shall have the meanings attributed to them below:
 
" Effective Date " means the date on which the conditions precedent in Clause 4 are satisfied;
 
"New Guarantee" means the corporate guarantee to be executed by the New Guarantor in favour of the Lender, in such form and substance satisfactory to the Lender; and
 
"New Guarantor" means Eurodry Ltd, a corporation incorporated in Republic of The Marshall Islands, having its registered address at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960.
 
1.3
Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Loan Agreement
 
Clauses 2.01 to 2.03 of the Loan Agreement apply, with any necessary modifications, to this Fourth Supplemental Agreement.
 
2


 
2
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
2.1
Repetition of Loan Agreement representations
 
The Borrower hereby represents to the Lender, as at the date of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 17 ( Representations and warranties ) of the Loan Agreement (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement), are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Agreement" were references to the Loan Agreement as further amended by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement.
 
2.2
Repetition of Collateral Guarantee representations
 
Each Collateral Owner hereby represents to the Lender, as at the date of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement, that the representations and warranties set forth in clause 6 of each Collateral Guarantee to which it is a party (updated mutatis mutandis to the date of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement), are true and correct as if all references therein to "this Guarantee" were references to the relevant Collateral Guarantee as further amended by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement.
 
2.3
Further representations and warranties
 
Each of the Borrower and each Collateral Owner hereby further represents and warrants to the Lender that as at the date of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement:
 
(a)
it is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Liberia (and in the case of Areti, the Marshall Islands), and has full power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and has complied with all statutory and other requirements relative to its business, and does not have an established place of business in any part of the United Kingdom or the United States of America (for the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantor is listed in the Nasdaq Capital Market);
 
(b)
all necessary governmental or other official consents, authorisations, approvals, licences, consents or waivers for the execution, delivery, performance, validity and/or enforceability of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and all other documents to be executed in connection with the amendments to the Loan Agreement, the Collateral Guarantees and the other Finance Documents as contemplated hereby have been obtained and will be maintained in full force and effect, from the date of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Facility remains outstanding;
 
(c)
it has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of its obligations under this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and such other documents to which it is a party and such documents do or will upon execution thereof constitute its valid and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;
 
(d)
the execution, delivery and performance of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and all such other documents as contemplated hereby does not and will not, from the date of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and so long as any moneys are owing under any of the Finance Documents and while all or any part of the Facility remains outstanding, constitute a breach of any contractual restriction or any existing applicable law, regulation, consent or authorisation binding on the Borrower and the Collateral Owners or on any of their respective property or assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance (other than under the Finance Documents as contemplated hereby) on any of such property or assets; and
 
 
3

 
(e)
it has fully disclosed in writing to the Lender all facts which it knows or which it should reasonably know and which are material for disclosure to the Lender in the context of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and all information furnished by the Borrower and the Collateral Owners on behalf of each of them relating to their business and affairs in connection with this Fourth Supplemental Agreement was and remains true, correct and complete in all material respects at the date provided and there are no other material facts or considerations the omission of which would render any such information misleading at the date provided.
 
3
AGREEMENT OF THE LENDER
 
3.1
Agreement of the Lender
 
The Lender, relying upon each of the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement, hereby agrees with the Borrower and the Collateral Owners, subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and in particular, but without limitation, subject to the fulfilment of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4, to:
 
(a)
the Request; and
 
(b)
the amendments and/or variations to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents referred to in Clause 5.
 
3.2
Effect of Lender's Agreement
 
The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 shall have effect on and from the Effective Date.
 
4
CONDITIONS
 
4.1
Conditions precedent
 
The agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement shall all be expressly subject to the condition that the Lender shall have received in form and substance satisfactory to it and its legal advisers on or before the Effective Date:
 
(a)
a duly executed original of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement duly executed by the parties hereto and countersigned by Eurobulk Ltd. and Eurobulk (Far East) Ltd. Inc. as managers;
 
(b)
a duly executed original of the New Guarantee;
 
(c)
copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the New Guarantor;
 
(d)
copies of resolutions of the directors and the shareholders of the Borrower and each Collateral Owner and the directors of the New Guarantor authorising, in the case of the Borrower and each Collateral Owner, the execution of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and, in the case of the New Guarantor, the execution of the New Guarantee, and authorising named attorneys to give any notices thereunder;
 
 
4

 
(e)
the original of the power of attorney issued by the Borrower, each Collateral Owner and the New Guarantor pursuant to such resolutions aforesaid in paragraph (d) above;
 
(f)
copies of all consents which the New Guarantor requires to enter into, or make any payment under, the New Guarantee;
 
(g)
favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Lender on such matters concerning the laws of Liberia, the Marshall Islands and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Lender may require; and
 
(h)
evidence that the agent referred to in clause 41.04 of the Loan Agreement (as amended and supplemented by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement) has accepted its appointment as agent for service of process under this Fourth Supplemental Agreement.
 
5
VARIATIONS TO LOAN AGREEMENT AND FINANCE DOCUMENTS
 
5.1
Specific amendments to Loan Agreement
 
In consideration of the agreement of the Lender contained in Clause 3.1 of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement, the Borrower hereby agrees with the Lender that upon satisfaction of the conditions referred to in Clause 4.1, the provisions of the Loan Agreement shall be varied and/or amended and/or supplemented with effect on and from the Effective Date as follows:
 
(a)
by deleting the word "EUROSEAS" and replacing it with the word "EURODRY" in the first line of the definition of  "Guarantor" in clause 2.01 thereof;
 
(b)
by construing all references therein to "this Agreement" where the context admits as being references to "this Agreement as the same is amended and supplemented by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement and as the same may from time to time be further supplemented and/or amended"; and
 
(c)
by construing references to each of the Finance Documents as being references to each such document as it is from time to time supplemented and/or amended.
 
5.2
Amendments to Finance Documents
 
With effect on and from the Effective Date each of the Finance Documents (other than the Loan Agreement) shall be, and shall be deemed by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement to have been, amended as follows:
 
(a)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to, the Loan Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Loan Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement; and
 
(b)
by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed", "hereunder" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement.
 
 
5

 
5.3
Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect
 
The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect and the security constituted by any Finance Document shall continue and remain valid and enforceable as amended and supplemented by:
 
(a)
the amendments to the Finance Documents contained or referred to in Clauses 5.1, 5.2, 5.3; and
 
(b)
such further or consequential modifications as may be necessary to make the same consistent with, and to give full effect to, the terms of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement.
 
6
COSTS AND EXPENSES
 
6.1
Costs and expenses
 
The provisions of clause 28 ( Expenses ) of the Loan Agreement shall apply to this Fourth Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Fourth Supplemental Agreement with any necessary amendments.
 
7
COMMUNICATIONS
 
7.1
General
 
The provisions of clause 39 ( notices ) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement, shall apply to this Fourth Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Fourth Supplemental Agreement with any necessary modifications.
 
8
SUPPLEMENTAL
 
8.1
Counterparts
 
This Fourth Supplemental Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.
 
8.2
Third Party rights
 
A person who is not a party to this Fourth Supplemental Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Fourth Supplemental Agreement.
 
9
LAW AND JURISDICTION
 
9.1
Governing law
 
This Fourth Supplemental Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
 
9.2
Incorporation of the Loan Agreement provisions
 
The provisions of Clause 41 ( Law and Jurisdiction ) of the Loan Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Fourth Supplemental Agreement, shall apply to this Fourth Supplemental Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in this Fourth Supplemental Agreement with any necessary medications.
 
6

This Fourth Supplemental Agreement has been duly executed by or on behalf of the parties and has, on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed, been delivered as a Deed.
 
7


EXECUTION PAGE
 
 
 
BORROWER
 
SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


COLLATERAL OWNERS

SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
PANTELIS SHIPPING CORP.
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
ARETI SHIPPING LTD
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


LENDER

SIGNED by
 
)
 
for and on behalf of
 
)
 
HSBC BANK PLC
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
)
 


 
8

 

We hereby confirm and acknowledge that we have read and understood the terms and conditions of the above Fourth Supplemental Agreement and agree in all respects to the same and confirm that the Finance Documents to which we are a party shall remain in full force and effect.



____________________________

for and on behalf of
EUROBULK LTD.
as Manager



____________________________

for and on behalf of
EUROBULK (FAR EAST) LTD. INC.
as Manager

 

Exhibit 10.26



D ated                                                   2018
________________________





HSBC BANK PLC
as Lender


-and-


EURODRY LTD.
as Guarantor





_________________________________________

GUARANTEE
relating to a financial facility to
EIRINI SHIPPING LTD
________________________________________









THIS GUARANTEE is made on                                    2018

BETWEEN

(1) EURODRY LTD., a corporation duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands, having its registered place of address at 8 Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands, lawfully represented (the " Guarantor "); and

(2) HSBC BANK PLC., a banking company duly incorporated under the laws of England whose registered office is at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ United Kingdom, acting for the purposes hereof through the Athens Branch (109-111 Messoghion Ave, Athens, Greece, lawfully represented (the " Lender " which expression shall include its successors and assigns).
1
RECITAL
1.01
By a financial agreement dated 25 June 2014, as amended and supplemented by a first supplemental agreement dated 12 November 2015, a second supplemental agreement dated 30 September 2016, a third supplemental agreement dated 25 January 2017, a side letter dated 28 July 2017 and a fourth supplemental agreement dated                                          2018 (herein, as the same may from time to time hereafter be further amended, called the " Financial Agreement ") between the Lender and EIRINI SHIPPING LTD of 80 Broad Street, Monrovia, Liberia, as borrower (the " Borrower "), the Lender agreed to make available to the Borrower certain facility (originally) not exceeding in aggregate the amount of Sixteen million Five hundred thousand Dollars ($16,500,000) (the " Facility ") on the terms therein stated.
1.02
Following the release of Euroseas Ltd. as corporate guarantor under the Financial Agreement, it is a condition precedent to the Lender to continue advancing the Facility or any part thereof to the Borrower under the Financial Agreement that the Guarantor shall execute this Guarantee in favour of the Lender.
2
DEFINITIONS
2.01
In this Guarantee all capitalised terms not defined herein shall have the meaning stated in the Financial Agreement and in addition thereto:
" Accounting Information " means the audited by the Auditors annual and the unaudited semi-annual financial statements of the Group, each as provided or (as the context may require) to be provided to the Lender in accordance with Clause 20.01 of the Financial Agreement and Clause 9.01.01 of this Guarantee;

" Accounting Period " means (a) each financial year of the Guarantor and (b) each half of each financial year of the Guarantor, for which Accounting Information is required to be delivered pursuant to this Guarantee;

" Applicable Accounting Principles "   means those accounting principles, standards and practices on which preparation of the Accounting Information is based, which are US GAAP and principles and practices adopted by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (including without
2


limitation the Borrower) at the date hereof or at any time thereafter and notified to and accepted by the Lender;

" Auditors " means any first class firm of international accountants to be approved by the Lender;

" Control " means in relation to a body corporate:

(a)
the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

(i)
cast, or control the casting of, more than fifty per cent (50%) of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of such body corporate; or

(ii)
appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of such body corporate; or

(ii)
give directions with respect to the operating and financial polices of such body corporate with which the directors or other equivalent officers of such body corporate are obliged to comply; and/or

(b)
the holding beneficially of more than fifty per cent (50%) of the issued share capital of such body corporate (excluding any part of that issued capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital),

and " Controlled " shall be construed accordingly;

" Controlling person(s) " has the meaning defined under local or foreign tax laws, regulatory guidance or intergovernmental cooperation agreements;

" Consolidated Debt " means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the aggregate amount of Debt owed by the members of the Group (other than any Debt owing by any member of the Group to another member of the Group), as stated in the then most recent Accounting Information relevant to such Accounting Period;

" Corporate Security Parties " means those of the Security Parties, which are companies or corporations and not natural persons and, in the singular, means any of them;

" Debt " means, in relation to any member of the Group (the " debtor "):

(a)            Financial Indebtedness of the debtor;

(b)
liability for any credit to the debtor from a supplier of goods or services or under any instalment purchase or payment plan or other similar arrangement;
3



(c)
contingent liabilities of the debtor (including without limitation any taxes or other payments under dispute) which have been or, under the Applicable Accounting Principles consistently applied, should be recorded in the notes to the Accounting Information;

(d)
deferred tax of the debtor; and

(e)
liability under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person who is not a member of the Group which would fall within (a) to (d) above if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

" Default Rate "   means the interest rate referred to in Clause 8.01 of the Financial Agreement;

"Drawdown Date " means, the date requested by the Borrower for the Facility to be made available, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Facility is actually made available;

" Earnings " means all freight, hire, passage monies and any other amounts whatsoever which may at any time be earned by or become payable to or for the account of the Borrower or its agents arising out of or as a result of the ownership, possession, management and/or operation of the Ship by the Borrower or its agents or under any charter, contract of carriage or other contract (including a salvage or towage contract) for the use, operation or management of the Ship, all payments for any variation of any such contract and all damages for any breach of any such contract, all general average and salvage remuneration and all compensation for requisition for hire;

" Earnings Account " means the account opened by the Borrower with the Lender into which all the Earnings of the Ship are to be paid in accordance with Clause 27.01 of the Financial Agreement, such account to include any substitute accounts or sub-accounts or revised accounts or revised designation or number whatsoever and any deposit accounts to which monies from such accounts may from time to time be paid on a time deposit basis;

" Earnings Account Charge " means the assignment, pledge and charge granted by the Borrower to the Lender on the Earnings Account in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, as the same may from time to time hereafter be amended or supplemented;

"Encumbrance" means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment, trust agreement or security interest or other encumbrance of any kind securing any obligation of any person or having the effect of conferring security or any type of preferential agreement (including without limitation, title transfer and/or retention arrangements having a similar effect);

"Event of Default" means any event referred to in Clause 24 of the Financial Agreement or so described in any other Finance Document;

" Facility " means (originally) the amount of up to Sixteen million Five hundred thousand Dollars ($16,500,000) made available to the Borrower by the Lender in one (1) advance pursuant to the terms of Clause 3 of the Financial Agreement or, if the context may so require, so much thereof as shall for the time being be outstanding to the Lender hereunder;
4


" Finance Documents " means together all documents defined as Finance Documents in Clause 2.01 of the Financial Agreement as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented, in the singular, means any one of them;

" FATCA " means:
 
(a)
sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;
 
(b)
any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of (a); or
 
(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of (a) or (b) with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction;

" FATCA Application Date " means:
 
(d)
in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;
 
(e)
in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2017; or
 
(f)
in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within (a) or (b), 1 January 2017,
 
or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Guarantee.

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

" FATCA FFI " means a foreign financial institution as defined in section 1471(d)(4) of the Code which, if the Lender is not a FATCA Exempt Party, could be required to make a FATCA Deduction.

" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
 
(g)
moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;
 
(h)
any acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent);
 
(i)
any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;
5



(j)
the amount of any liability in respect of any finance or capital lease;
 
(k)
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);
 
(l)
any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);
 
(m)
any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of (i) an underlying liability of an entity which is not a Security Party which liability would fall within one of the other sections of this definition or (ii) any liabilities of any Security Party relating to any post-retirement benefit scheme;
 
(n)
any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the Termination Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under standard accounting principles;
 
(o)
any   amount   of   any   liability   under   an   advance   or   deferred   purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 30 days after the date of supply;
 
(p)
any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase, sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under standard accounting principles; and
 
(q)
the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in (a) to (j).

"Fleet Book Value" means at the end of a relevant period the aggregate book value of the Fleet Vessels less depreciation as stated in the most recent Accounting Information of the Group delivered pursuant to Clause 20.01 of the Financial Agreement and Clause 9.01.01 of this Guarantee;

"Fleet Market Value" means at the date of calculation the aggregate of the Market Values of the Fleet Vessels;

" Fleet Vessels " means all of the vessels (including but not limited to the Ship) from time to time wholly owned by members of the Group (including, without limitation, the Borrower) and, in the singular means any of them;

" Group "   means the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries (whether direct or indirect and including without limitation the Borrower and each other Corporate Security Party) from time to time during the Security Period and " members of the Group " shall be construed accordingly;

"Indebtedness" means the Facility and any and all moneys, liabilities and obligations (whether actual or contingent, whether existing or hereafter arising, whether or not for the payment of money, and including, without limitation, Broken Funding Costs (if any), and any obligation or
6


liability to pay damages) which are now or which may at any time and from time to time hereafter be due, owing, payable or incurred or expressed to be due, owing, payable or incurred from the Borrower, and/or the Guarantor (whether as principal, surety or otherwise) to the Lender under this Guarantee, the Financial Agreement and the other Finance Documents;
" Leverage Ratio " means, in respect of an Accounting Period, the ratio of the Consolidated Debt (as stated in the then most recent Accounting Information) to the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets of the Group, relevant to such Accounting Period;

" Liquidity " means, in respect of each period during which the consolidated financial statements provided pursuant to clause 18.01 of the Financial Agreement are delivered by the Guarantor (Eurodry), (i) cash at bank or in hand which is not subject to any Encumbrance, as shown in the applicable financial statements of the Guarantor (Eurodry), for such accounting period and determined in accordance with Applicable Accounting Principles plus (ii) cash pledged in favour of the Guarantor's (Eurodry) other financial banks for such accounting period Provided that in the case of Liquidity relating to each Ship and the Collateral Vessels only (but not the other Fleet Vessels) only cash held with the Lender which is not subject to any Encumbrance (other than in favour of the Lender) will be taken into account for the purposes of calculating the Liquidity in respect of the Ship and the Collateral Vessels.

"Market Value Adjusted Net Worth" means at any relevant time the amount obtained by deducting from the Market Value Adjusted Total Assets the amount of the Total Liabilities;

"Market Value Adjusted Total Assets" means at any relevant time the Total Assets as adjusted by replacing the Fleet Book Value with the Fleet Market Value;

" NASDAQ " means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation;

" Party " means a party to this Guarantee;

" Prohibited Person " means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed;

" Sanctions " means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the forgoing):
 
(a)
imposed by any law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America, whether or not any Security Party or any other member of the Group is legally bound to comply with the forgoing; or
 
(b)
otherwise imposed by any law or regulation by which any Security Party, or any other member of the Group, is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Security Party or any other member of the Group;
7


" Ship " means the bulk carrier EIRINI P., registered at the Port of Monrovia, Liberia, under the Liberian flag, in the ownership of the Borrower with IMO number 9284879 and official Nr. 16408;

"Security Documents" means together this Guarantee, and all other documents defined as Security Documents in Clause 2.01 of the Financial Agreement as the same may from time to time be amended, varied or supplemented, in the singular, means any one of them;

" Security Period " means the period during which any one or more of the Finance Documents remain in effect and ending when the Indebtedness is paid in full to the satisfaction of the Lender;

" Substantial Owners" has the meaning defined under local or foreign tax laws, regulatory guidance or intergovernmental cooperation agreements.

" Subsidiary " of a person means: (a) any other person directly or indirectly Controlled by that person; or (b) any other person whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital that person is entitled to receive is more than fifty per cent (50%); or (c) any entity (whether or not so Controlled) treated as a Subsidiary in the financial statements of that person from time to time;

" Tax Authority " means any local or foreign regulatory or tax authority.
" Taxes " means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions and withholdings, and any restrictions or conditions resulting in a charge (other than taxes on the overall net income of the Lender) and " Tax " and " Taxation " shall be construed accordingly;
" Total Assets "   means at any relevant time the total assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) of the Group as stated in the most recent combined Accounting Information of the Group;
" Total Liabilities " means at any relevant time the total liabilities of the Group as stated in the most recent combined Accounting Information of the Group;
" Treasury Transactions " means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price;
" US GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles adopted in the United States;
" US Tax Obligor " means (i) a Security Party which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or (ii) a Security Party some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal income tax purposes;
8


" VAT " means (i) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and (ii) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in (a), or imposed elsewhere.
3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
3.01
The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to the Lender in the terms set out in the Schedule hereto.
4
GUARANTEE
4.01
The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably:
(a)
guarantees the punctual performance by the Borrower of all its obligations under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party;
(b)
undertakes to pay to the Lender, on the Lender's demand, any such amount which is not paid by the Borrower when payable under or in connection with the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party, as if it were the Borrower;
(c)
as a separate, continuing and primary obligation, agrees to fully indemnify the Lender on the Lender's demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by the Lender as a result of or in connection with any failure by the Borrower to comply with any of its obligations under any Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party or any obligation or liability guaranteed by the Guarantor being or becoming unenforceable, invalid, void or illegal; and the amount recoverable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which the Lender would otherwise have been entitled to recover; and
(d)
the Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to discharge all such obligations and liabilities whatsoever, whensoever and howsoever arising, as are now or may hereafter become incurred by the Borrower under or in connection with the Loan Agreement and every other Finance Document to which the Borrower is a party.
4.02
The Lender may serve more than one demand under Clause 4.01 .
5
INTEREST, EXPENSES AND ADJUSTMENT OF TRANSACTIONS
5.01
In addition to the amounts referred to in Clause 4.01 the Guarantor undertakes to pay to the Lender on the Lender's written demand interest on all amounts due and payable under this Guarantee from the date of written demand under Clause 4.01 above to the date of payment in full (whether before or after judgement) at the Default Rate.
9


5.02
The Guarantor shall pay to the Lender on its first demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with any matter arising out of this Guarantee or any Encumbrance connected with it, including any advice, claim or proceedings relating to this Guarantee or such an Encumbrance.
5.03
Clause 5.02 is without prejudice to the Guarantor's liabilities in respect of the Borrower's obligations under clause 28 ( expenses ) of the Loan Agreement and under similar provisions of other Finance Documents.
5.04
The Guarantor shall pay to the Lender on its demand any amount which the Lender is required, or agrees, to pay pursuant to any claim by, or settlement with, a trustee in bankruptcy of the Borrower or of another Security Party (or similar person) on the ground that the Loan Agreement or any other Finance Document, or a payment by the Borrower or of another Security Party, was invalid or on any similar ground.
6
PAYMENT - ACCOUNTS
6.01
The Guarantor shall make all payments due to the Lender in Dollars in full in immediately available and freely transferable funds, without set off or counterclaim or retention and free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Taxes.
6.02
In any legal action all proceedings arising out or in connection with this Guarantee, the entries made in the Loan Account maintained by the Lender pursuant to Clause 13.01 of the Financial Agreement or a certificate signed by any one authorized officers of the Lender shall be conclusive evidence (save in case of manifest error) of the existence and the amount of the liabilities of the Borrower therein recorded and of the Guarantor under this Guarantee.
7
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 6.01 and 13:
7.01
For the purposes of this Clause the following terms will have the meaning ascribed to them herein:
" Protected Party " means the Lender if it is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by the Guarantor to the Lender under Clause 7.02 (Tax gross-up) or a payment by the Guarantor under Clause 7.03 (Tax indemnity).
10



7.02
the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that each other Security Party shall) make all payments to be made by them without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law, subject as follows:
7.02.01
the Guarantor shall, promptly upon becoming aware, that the Guarantor or any other Security Party must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly.
Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Guarantor on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to the Lender;
7.02.02
if a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the Guarantor or any other Security Party, the amount of the payment due from the Guarantor or that other Security Party shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required;
7.02.03
if the Guarantor or any other Security Party is required to make a Tax Deduction, the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that such other Security Party shall) make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law;
7.02.04
within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Guarantor shall (and shall procure that such other Security Party shall) deliver to the Lender a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority;
7.03
Tax indemnity
7.03.01
the Guarantor shall (within three Banking Days of the written demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender, if the Lender is a Protected Party, an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by the Lender in respect of a Finance Document.
703.02
Clause 7.03.01 shall not apply:
(a)
with respect to any Tax assessed on the Lender:
(i) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Lender is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which the Lender is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
(ii) under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Facility office of the Lender is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,
if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by the Lender; or
11


(b) to the extent a loss, liability or cost (i) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 7.02 (Tax gross-up), or Clause 7.07 (FATCA Deduction and gross-up by the Guarantor) or Clause 7.08 (FATCA Deduction by the Lender);
The Lender making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Guarantor in writing of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim.
7.04
Tax Credit
7.04.01
If the Guarantor makes a Tax Payment and the Lender determines that:
7.04.01.1
a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and
7.04.01.2
the Lender has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,
      the Lender shall pay an amount to the Guarantor which the Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Guarantor.
7.05
VAT
7.05.01
All amounts expressed to be payable under this Guarantee or the other Finance Documents by the Guarantor or any other Security Party to the Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and accordingly, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by the Lender to any Security Party under a Finance Document and the Lender is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Security Party must pay to the Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and the Lender must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to the Guarantor).
7.05.02
Where a Finance Document requires the Guarantor to reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any cost or expense, the Guarantor shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) the Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
7.05.03
Any reference in this Clause 7.05 to any Security Party shall, at any time when such Security Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term " representative member " to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).
7.05.04
In relation to any supply made by the Lender to the Guarantor under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by the Lender, the Guarantor must promptly provide the Lender with
12


      details of that the Guarantor's VAT registration (if available) and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with the Lender's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.
7.06
FATCA information
7.06.01
Subject to Clause 7.06.03, each Party shall, within ten Banking Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
      (a) confirm to that other Party whether it is: (i) a FATCA Exempt Party; or (ii) not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
      (b)            supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable "passthru payment percentage" or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA.
7.06.02
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 7.06.01 (a)(i) that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
7.06.03
Clause 7.06.01 shall not oblige the Lender to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
a. any law or regulation;
b. any fiduciary duty;
c. any duty of confidentiality; or
d. any policy of the Lender.
7.06.04
If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clause 7.06.01 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 7.06.03 applies), then:
7.06.04.1
if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and
7.06.04.2
if that Party failed to confirm its applicable "passthru payment percentage" then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable "passthru payment percentage" is 100%,
until   (in   each  case)   such  time  as  the   Party  in  question   provides  the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
7.07
FATCA Deduction and gross-up by the Guarantor
13



7.07.01
If the Guarantor is required to make a FATCA Deduction, the Guarantor shall make that FATCA Deduction and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by FATCA.
7.07.02
If a FATCA Deduction is required to be made by the Guarantor, the amount of the payment due from the Guarantor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any FATCA Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no FATCA Deduction had been required.
7.07.03
the Guarantor shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a FATCA Deduction) notify the Lender accordingly.  Similarly, the Lender shall notify the Guarantor in writing.
7.07.04
Within 30 days of making either a FATCA Deduction or any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, the Guarantor making that FATCA Deduction or payment shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that the FATCA Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant governmental or taxation authority.
7.08
FATCA Deduction by the Lender

7.08.01
The Lender may make any FATCA Deduction it is required by FATCA to make, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and the Lender shall not be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.  The Lender shall notify the Guarantor accordingly.
7.08.02
the Guarantor shall (within three Banking Days of demand by the Lender) pay to the Lender an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which the Lender determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered by the Lender as a result of making a FATCA Deduction in respect of a payment due to it under a Finance Document.
7.08.03
The Lender making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph 7.08.02 above shall promptly notify in writing the Guarantor of the FATCA Deduction.
8
LIABILITY
8.01
The Guarantor shall be liable under this Guarantee as a principal and independent debtor and accordingly it shall not have, as regards this Guarantee, any of the rights or defences of a surety.
8.02
Without limiting the generality of Clause 8.01, the Guarantor shall neither be discharged by, nor have any claim against the Lender in respect of:
(a)
any amendment or supplement being made to the Finance Documents;
(b)
any arrangement or concession (including a rescheduling or acceptance of partial payments) relating to, or affecting, the Finance Documents;
14


(c)
any release or loss (even though negligent) of any right or Encumbrance created by the Finance Documents;
(d)
any failure (even though negligent) promptly or properly to exercise or enforce any such right or Encumbrance, including a failure to realise for its full market value an asset covered by such an Encumbrance; or
(e)
any other Finance Document or any Encumbrance now being or later becoming void, unenforceable, illegal or invalid or otherwise defective for any reason, including a neglect to register it.
9
UNDERTAKINGS
9.01
The Guarantor hereby covenants and undertakes with the Lender that throughout the Security Period the Guarantor shall comply with the following provisions of this Clause 9.01 except as the Lender may otherwise permit in writing:
9.01.01
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) supply the Lender with such number of copies as the Lender may require of (a) the annual Accounting Information as soon as available but in any event not later than one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of the relevant period to which they relate starting with the 2013 financial statements and (b) such other information with regard to the business, properties or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Guarantor, the Manager and the other members of the Group as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request;
9.01.02
to procure that the Accounting Information to be delivered from time to time in accordance with Clause 9.01.01 shall be prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices consistently applied, which shall present fairly the financial positions, as at the end of each such financial year to which they relate, of the Group and the results of their operations for the year to which the Accounting Information relates.
9.01.03
to obtain promptly at any time and from time to time such registrations, licenses, consents and approvals as may be required in respect of this Guarantee and the other Finance Documents under any applicable law or regulation to enable the Guarantor to perform and discharge its duties and liabilities hereunder and thereunder and promptly supply the Lender with copies thereof;
9.01.04
to execute and procure the execution of any further document or documents reasonably required by the Lender in order to perfect or complete the security created by this Guarantee and the other Finance Documents;
9.01.05
to ensure that at all times the claims of the Lender against it under this Guarantee and the other Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all other unsecured creditors of the Guarantor save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application;
9.01.06
to maintain its corporate existence under the laws of its Original Jurisdiction and not to amend its articles of incorporation or other constitutional documents;
15



9.01.07
to comply (and ensure that each other Security Party will comply) with all laws regulations (including but not limited to the laws and regulations relating to the listing of the shares of the Guarantor in NASDAQ, as the case may be), treaties and conventions applicable to the Guarantor, the Borrower, the other Security Parties and the Ship;
9.01.08
from time to time on request by the Lender to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) deliver to it a certificate signed by a director or officer of such Corporate Security Party confirming that, save as may be notified in detail in such certificate, no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is then subsisting, to be accompanied by such evidence as to the information and matters contained in such certificate as the Lender may from time to time reasonably require;
9.01.09
to promptly notify the Lender in writing of any Event of Default or any Potential Event of Default and of the steps (if any) which are being taken to nullify or mitigate its effect and of any occurrence of which it becomes aware which might adversely affect the ability of the Guarantor and/or any one or more of the other Security Parties to perform and discharge their respective duties and liabilities under this Guarantee and/or the Financial Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents;
9.01.10
to send (or procure that it is sent) to the Lender as soon as the same is instituted (or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor threatened), details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against or involving a Security Party, or the Ship which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on a Security Party or the operation of the Ship;
9.01.11
not to and ensure and procure that the Borrower and the Manager and any corporate shareholder(s) thereof shall not dissolve, merge into or consolidate with any other company or person;
9.01.12
to (and procure that each other relevant Security Party shall) ensure and procure that no change in
(a) the registered ownership of the shares of the Borrower; and
(b) the registered or beneficial ownership of the shares of the Manager and the Ship
shall occur;
9.01.13
not to declare or pay any dividends or make any distributions to its respective shareholders in any form whatsoever if:
9.01.13.1
an Event of Default which is continuing or a Potential Event of Default has occurred; or
9.01.13.2
immediately following such payment of dividends and/or distributions the test set out in Clause 23 of the Financial Agreement was applied and the Borrower would be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Facility as therein provided; or
9.01.13.3
immediately following such payment of dividends and/or distributions the Guarantor would be in breach of Clause 9.01.31
16



Provided that even when the above restrictions do not apply the Guarantor until the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero the Guarantor will not
(i)
declare, make or pay dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital ;
(ii)
repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve; or
(iii)
redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so,
But for the avoidance of doubt these restrictions apply to the Guarantor common shares only;
9.01.14
not to (save and except as provided in this Guarantee or otherwise in favour of the Lender), create or permit to exist any Encumbrance whatsoever on any of its property or assets, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than a Permitted Lien;
9.01.15
to ensure and procure that other than in accordance with the Financial Documents the Borrower will not convey, assign, transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of or deal with any of their assets or rights whether present or future;
9.01.16
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party shall) pay all Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges when the same fall due, except to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside for their payment if such proceedings fail and ensure and procure that all its relevant tax returns shall be properly and timely filed;
9.01.17
not to (and ensure and procure that no Security Party will) become a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor;
9.01.18
to (and ensure and procure that the Security Parties and the other members of the Group will) comply, in all respects, with all Sanctions;
9.01.19
not to (and ensure and procure that none of the Security Parties and the other members of the Group will) become a Prohibited Person or become owned or controlled by, or act directly or indirectly on behalf of, a Prohibited Person, or become the owner or controller of a Prohibited Person;
9.01.20
not to make, directly or indirectly, available any proceeds of the Facility to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person and to ensure and procure that any proceeds of the Facility is not, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions;
9.01.21
not to and to procure that the Borrower will not materially amend, modify, vary or supplement or terminate or agree to any material amendment, modification, variation or supplement or cancellation of the Management Agreement s;
9.01.22
to ensure that no change in the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chairman of the Guarantor shall occur;
17



9.01.23
not to (and ensure and procure that no other Security Party will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds of he Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions;
9.01.24
to (and ensure and procure that each of the Security Parties and each member of the Group will) conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws;
9.01.25
to ensure and procure that, throughout the Security Period, all payments in relation to the operation of the Ship will be effected through the Lender (either via the Piraeus branch or any other branch reasonably nominated by the Lender);
9.01.26
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party will) deliver promptly to the Lender such documents and evidence as the Lender shall from time to time require relating to the ultimate beneficial ownership of the Borrower, the Manager and the other members of the Group and their respective corporate shareholder(s);
9.01.27
to (and ensure and procure that each other Security Party will) deliver to the Lender such documents and evidence as the Lender shall from time to time require relating to the verification of identity and knowledge of the Lender's customers and the compliance by the Lender with all necessary "know your customer" or similar checks, and to comply within thirty (30) days from the Lender's written notice to the Guarantor to that effect, to the full satisfaction of the Lender, with any requirements of the Lender in relation to the shares of the Borrower and the other members of the Group and their respective corporate shareholder(s) [including but without limitation any requirements of the Lender as to the approved form of the shares (registered or otherwise) of the Borrower and the other members of the Group and their corporate shareholder(s)], always on the basis of applicable laws and regulations or the Lender's own internal (generally applied) guidelines, in each case as such laws, regulations or internal guidelines apply from time to time;
9.01.28
to (i) provide the Lender with any documentation or information, as the Lender may request, which relates to individual or entity tax status and (ii) inform the Lender, or respond to any request from the Lender, if there are any changes to tax information previously provided;
9.01.29
upon request by the Lender, to obtain, and to ensure and procure that each other Security Party will obtain a written waiver or consent from its respective Substantial Owners or Controlling Persons, which will be provided to the Lender to permit the Lender and other members of the HSBC Group to disclose and report tax and account specific financial information to any local or foreign Tax Authority. Where any one of the Guarantor and/or the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties fails to comply with requests for tax information, or fails to respond to requests for waivers or consents for tax information disclosure, or fails to respond to requests to obtain waivers or consents from Substantial Owners or Controlling Persons, the Lender may take, and may instruct members of the HSBC Group to take whatever actions are necessary to comply with the Lender's local or foreign tax reporting obligations, including without limitation any of the following action:
18


(a) the Lender may withhold taxes that may be due from certain payments made to or on behalf of any one of the Guarantor and/or the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties; and/or
(b) The Lender shall have the right to pay relevant taxes to the appropriate Tax Authority; and/or
(c) The Lender shall have the right to refuse to provide certain services to any one of the Guarantor and/or the Borrower and/or the other Security Parties; and/or
(d) the Lender shall have the right to close any account to which the provision of any facility may relate; and
9.01.30
to ensure and procure that at all times during the Security Period, the Borrower and/or the Guarantor shall maintain with the London  branch of the Lender (or any other branch of the Lender with the consent of the Borrower and the Guarantor) to the credit of any account held with the Lender in the name of the Borrower and/or the Guarantor, Liquidity being not less than  Three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000), per Ship,;
9.01.31
to ensure that throughout the Security Period:
9.01.31.1
the Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of the Guarantor shall not be less than Fifteen million Dollars ($15,000,000);
9.01.31.2
the Leverage Ratio will not be higher than one hundred fifteen per cent. (115%)  Provided that if the Guarantor has not agreed such a high percentage with its other financing banks, the lowest percentage required to be maintained with another financing bank will also apply in this case; and
9.01.31.3
Liquidity shall not be less than three hundred thousand Dollars ($300,000 per Fleet Vessel);
9.01.32
to ensure and procure that the Borrower shall comply with all covenants and undertakings set out in the Financial Agreement and the other Finance Documents.
9.01.33
to ensure and procure that all the Earnings of the Ship shall be assigned to the Lender, and shall be paid to the credit of the Earnings Account, which shall be charged to the Lender by the Earnings Account Charge.
9.02
The Guarantor confirms that it has not taken, and will not take without the prior written consent of the Lender (and then only on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Lender may impose), any security from the Borrower or from any other person (other than the Borrower and who has given or who may in the future give to the Lender any security, guarantee or indemnity for or in relation to the Indebtedness (each such person being hereinafter referred to as "Surety") in connection with this Guarantee, and any security taken by the Guarantor notwithstanding this Clause shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Lender absolutely as a continuing security for the Guarantor's Liabilities.
9.03
Until all claims of the Lender in respect of the Indebtedness have been discharged in full:-
19



9.03.01
the Guarantor shall not be entitled to participate in any security held or sums received by the Lender in respect of all or any part of the Indebtedness;
9.03.02
the Guarantor shall not stand in the place of, or be subrogated for the Lender in respect of any security, nor take any step to enforce any claim against the Borrower or any Surety (or their respective estates or effects), nor claim or exercise any right of set off or counterclaim against the Borrower or any Surety, nor make any claim in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Borrower or any Surety in respect of any sums paid by the Guarantor to the Lender or in respect of any sum which includes the proceeds of realisation of any security at any time held by the Lender in respect of any of the Guarantor's liabilities hereunder; and
9.03.03
the Guarantor shall not take any steps to enforce any claim which it may have against the Borrower or any Surety without the prior written consent of the Lender and then only on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Lender may impose.
9.04
The Guarantor shall throughout the Security Period duly observe and perform all of the covenants, obligations and conditions which are required to be observed and performed on its part under this Guarantee and each of the other Finance Documents to which it is a party and shall use its best endeavours to procure that all covenants, obligations and conditions required to be observed and performed, and undertakings made, by any of the other Security Parties under any of the Finance Documents shall be observed and complied with in their entirety.
9.05
Until the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero the Guarantor (Eurodry) will not (through its Subsidiaries or otherwise) acquire any vessels and/or companies without the prior written consent of the Lender, unless if the initial acquisition amount of such vessels and/or companies is financed with newly raised equity and the Leverage Ratio of the Guarantor (Eurodry) is not more than 75% and/or if the Guarantor (Eurodry) is in compliance with its original financial covenants, namely it maintains maximum Leverage Ratio of less than 75%, Liquidity being not less than US$300,000 per Fleet Vessel and Market Value Adjusted Net Worth of not less than US$15,000,000.
9.06
Until the Total Deferred Amount is reduced to zero, the Guarantor (Euroseas) will not (through its Subsidiaries or otherwise) make any voluntary prepayments to its other financing banks without the prior written consent of the Lender.
10
VARIATIONS
10.01
The Lender shall have the right and power at all times whether before or after any demand hereunder for payment and without prejudice to the terms of this Guarantee, so that the Guarantor shall not be exonerated or discharged hereunder or its liability in any way limited, to:
10.01.01
vary or increase the Repayment Instalments, the rate of interest, the fees and other amounts payable under the Financial Agreement,  or vary or waive any of the terms and conditions of the Financial Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents; and
10.01.02
grant to the Borrower or to any other person any waiver or extension of time; and
20


10.01.03
release, vary or waive any securities, guarantees or rights which the Lender may now or hereafter have from or against the Borrower or any other person.
11
WAIVER
11.01
Any failure on the part of the Lender to exercise or any delay in the exercise of any right or power hereunder shall not operate as a waiver thereof.
11.02
The granting of time or indulgence by the Lender to, or compounding with, any other person or company liable to the Lender on any guarantee or any security or negotiable instrument for the time being held by the Lender or to which the Lender may be entitled pursuant to the Finance Documents shall not in any way prejudice the rights of the Lender against the Guarantor hereunder.
11.03
It shall not be necessary for the Lender before claiming payment hereunder to endeavour to enforce any other guarantee or security whether from the Guarantor, the Borrower or any other person.
11.04
The Lender has the right and power to claim all amounts due and payable hereunder against the Guarantor and/or against any other Security Party in such order and at such time as the Lender in its absolute discretion considers to its advantage.
11.05
The rights and powers of the Lender hereunder are cumulative and in addition to any rights and powers under law or otherwise.
12
DISCHARGE AND SET-OFF
12.01
This Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee and remain in full force and effect until all amounts due and payable under the Financial Agreement and/or the other Finance Documents, whether actually or contingently, are paid in full to the Lender (which expression shall not include payment of a dividend in liquidation or bankruptcy of less than one hundred percent (100%)). The Lender may make claims and demands under this Guarantee without limit of number. Upon payment and discharge of the Indebtedness in full to the full satisfaction of the Lender, the Lender, at the written request of the Guarantor, will release the Guarantee and return same to the Guarantor.
12.02
Any amounts received under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be applied by the Lender in payment of the Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of Clause 12 of the Financial Agreement, and the Lender may prove in respect of all amounts due from the or any other person liable in the event of any insolvency, liquidation, composition or arrangement proceedings.
12.03
The Guarantor hereby agrees that the Lender shall have the right at any time without notice to set-off or transfer any amounts standing to the credit of any account of the Guarantor with the Lender (whether in the Guarantor's sole name or jointly with any other person and whether current, deposit or otherwise whatsoever and whether subject to notice or not) in any currency against the liability of the Guarantor hereunder or under any other agreement with or facility made available to the Guarantor by the Lender.
21


13
STAMP DUTIES – TAXES ETC
13.01
The Guarantor shall pay any and all stamp, registration and similar taxes and charges of whatsoever nature which may be payable or determined to be payable on, or in connection with, the execution, registration, notarisation, performance or enforcement of this Guarantee. The Guarantor shall indemnify the Lender against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission on the part of the Guarantor to pay any such taxes.
14
TRANSFER / ASSIGNMENT
14.01
This Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors and permitted assigns and references in this Guarantee to the Lender shall be construed accordingly.
14.02
The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this Guarantee.
14.03
The provisions of Clause 39 (Notices) of the Financial Agreement shall apply to the Lender in relation to the assignment of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Guarantee.
15
CONFIDENTIALITY
15.01
The provisions of Clause 31 (Confidentiality) of the Financial Agreement shall apply in relation this Guarantee mutatis mutandis.
16
RELEASE
16.01
Any release or settlement between the Guarantor and the Lender shall be conditional upon no security, disposition or payment to the Lender by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other person being avoided or limited pursuant to any provisions relating to bankruptcy, liquidation or insolvency and if there shall be any avoidance or limitation as aforesaid the Lender shall have the right to enforce this Guarantee against the Guarantor subsequently as if such release or settlement had not occurred.
16.02
If any amounts paid to the Lender in reduction of the amounts hereby guaranteed have to be repaid by the Lender on the ground of unfair or fraudulent preference or on any other ground, the Lender shall have the same rights hereunder against the Guarantor as if such amounts had never been paid to the Lender.
17
SUBORDINATION
17.01
The Guarantor agrees to and does hereby subordinate any and all present or future claims whatsoever that it may have against the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Borrower's obligations to the Lender or any other member of the Group, to any and all claims by the Lender for amounts owing from the Borrower and/or any other Security Party to the Lender under the Financial Agreement and the other Finance Documents and undertakes to deliver such further documents as the Lender may reasonably request evidencing such subordination.
22



17.02
Until all amounts due under the Financial Agreement and the other Finance Documents from the Borrower to the Lender shall have been paid in full the Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation and agrees not to:
17.02.01
demand or accept repayment in whole or in part of any loans or advances then or thereafter due to the Guarantor from the Borrower or any other Security Party or to demand or accept any security in respect thereof, or to assign or charge the same as security; or
17.02.02
take any action or to submit or enforce any claim against the Borrower; or
17.02.03
claim any set-off or counterclaim against the Borrower; or
17.02.04
claim or prove in competition with the Lender in any bankruptcy or liquidation or accept the benefit of any share in any payment or composition from the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Borrower's obligations to the Lender or in any other guarantee or security now or hereafter held by the Lender.
17.03
Any security created or amount received in breach of this Clause 15 shall be held on trust for the Lender and forthwith transferred to the Lender on demand.
18
INVALIDITY
18.01
In the event that any term or condition of this Guarantee is rendered or declared illegal, invalid or inoperative in whole or in part by any statute, rule or regulation or any decision of any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction then such determination or declaration shall neither affect the validity of any other term or condition of this Guarantee which (save as aforesaid) will remain in full force and effect nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such term or condition under the law of any other jurisdiction.
19
NOTICES
19.01
Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with this Guarantee shall be given by letter or fax; and references in this Guarantee to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.
19.02
A notice shall be sent:
(a)
to the Guarantor:
4, Messogiou & Evropis Street
151 24 Maroussi
Greece
Fax No.: +30 211 1804097
 
23


(b)
to the Lender:
109-111 Messoghion Ave,
Athens,
Greece, Tel: +30 210 6961457
Attn. Ms Katerina Eleftheriou.

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the other in writing.
19.03
Subject to Clauses 19.04 and 19.05:
(a)            a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;
(b)            a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.
19.04
However, if under Clause 19.03 a notice would be deemed to be served:
(a)            on a day which is not a Banking Day in the place of receipt; or
(b)            on such a Banking Day, but after 5 p.m. local time;
the notice shall (subject to Clause 19.05) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a Banking Day.
19.05
Clauses 19.03 and 19.04 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within one hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.
19.06
A notice under or in connection with this Guarantee shall not be invalid by reason that the manner of serving it does not comply with the requirements of this Guarantee if the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Guarantee has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice.
19.07
In this Clause "notice" includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.
20
PROPER LAW AND JURISDICTION
20.01
This Guarantee and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.
20.02
Subject to Clause 20.03, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.
20.03
Clause 20.02 is for the exclusive benefit of the Lender, which reserves the rights:
(a)
to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and
24



(b)
to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.
The Guarantor shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.
20.04
The Guarantor irrevocably appoints Hill Dickinson Service (London) Limited, presently at Irongate House, Duke's Place, London EC3A 7LP England, to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.
20.05
Nothing in this Clause 20 shall exclude or limit any right which the Lender may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.
20.06
In this Clause 20, "proceedings" means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a "Dispute" means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Guarantee) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee.
25



IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been duly executed as a Deed by each of the parties hereto the day and year first above written.

SIGNED
)
 
by [ Ÿ ]
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
EURODRY LTD.
)
 


SIGNED
)
 
by [ Ÿ ]
)
 
for and on behalf of
)
 
HSBC BANK PLC
)
 

26


SCHEDULE

Representations and Warranties
1.
The Guarantor is a corporation duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the country of its Original Jurisdiction and has the power and authority to own its assets and carry on business in each Relevant Jurisdiction.
2.
The Guarantor has the power to enter into this Guarantee and to perform and discharge its duties and liabilities hereunder and it has taken all necessary action (whether corporate or otherwise) required to authorise the execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee.
3.
The giving of this Guarantee and Indemnity is to the commercial benefit of the Guarantor in that the Borrower is its wholly owned Subsidiary and the Guarantor has a commercial interest in the Facility to continue being extended to the Borrower and by giving this Guarantee and Indemnity, the Guarantor furthers its own business interests within the scope of its constitutional documents;
4.
The execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee will not violate or exceed the powers granted to the Guarantor by, or any provision of, any law or regulation in any Relevant Jurisdiction, any order or decree of any governmental agency or court of or in any Relevant Jurisdiction, the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Guarantor or any mortgage, deed, contract or agreement to which the Guarantor is a party and which is binding upon the Guarantor or its assets, and will not cause any Encumbrance to arise over or attach to all or any part of its revenues or assets nor require the Guarantor to create any such Encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) other than any Encumbrance to be created hereunder.
5.
All consents, licences, approvals, registrations, authorisations or declarations (including, without limitation, all foreign exchange approvals) in any Relevant Jurisdiction required to enable the Guarantor lawfully to enter into and perform and discharge its duties and liabilities under this Guarantee, to ensure that the duties and liabilities of the Guarantor hereunder are legal, valid and enforceable in accordance with the terms of this Guarantee and to make this Guarantee admissible in evidence in such aforesaid jurisdictions, have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.
6.
This Guarantee constitutes the legal, valid, binding and unconditional duties and liabilities of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with the terms hereof.
7.
Neither the Guarantor nor any other Security Party has failed to pay when due any material amount or to perform any material duty under the provisions of any agreement to which it is a party relating to Financial Indebtedness in excess in aggregate of US$1,000,000 and no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes, or which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, a material breach or default by the Guarantor under any such agreement;
8.
No litigation, arbitration, tax claim or administrative proceedings before or of any court, arbitration tribunal or governmental authority are pending or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, is threatened against the Guarantor or its assets which might have a Material Adverse Effect on the business, assets or financial condition of the Guarantor or the Guarantor's ability to perform and discharge its duties and liabilities hereunder.
27



9.
The Accounting Information provided by the Guarantor to the Lender is complete and correct in all material respects and presents fairly the position of the members of the Group therein stated and the results of the operations of the members of the Group therein stated ended on the relevant date, and have been prepared in accordance with the Applicable Accounting Principles and practices consistently applied and give a true and fair view of the financial condition, assets and liabilities of the members of the Group therein stated at the date to which such Accounting Information have been prepared and since that date there has been no adverse change in the financial condition of the business, assets or operation of the members of the Group therein stated or the Group taken as a whole.
10.
The information provided to the Lender in relation to this transaction is true and correct in all material respects and does not omit any material detail.
11.
It is not necessary or advisable to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Guarantee that it be filed, recorded or enrolled with any governmental authority or agency or that it be stamped with any stamp, registration or similar transaction tax.
12.
The selection of English law to govern this Guarantee is a valid and binding selection and the submission to each jurisdiction referred into Clause 20.01 is a valid and binding submission.
13.
The Guarantor is not entitled to claim any immunity in relation to itself or its assets under any law or in any jurisdiction in connection with any legal proceedings, set-off or counterclaim relating to this Guarantee or in connection with the enforcement of any judgment or order arising from such proceedings.
14.
No Taxes are imposed by withholding or otherwise on any payment to be made by the Guarantor under this Guarantee or any other document or agreement to be executed or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.
15.
Neither the Guarantor nor any other Security Party is a FATCA FFI or a US Tax Obligor.
16.
Neither the Guarantor nor any other Security Party is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or is overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.
17.
No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any of the Guarantor or the other Security Parties with respect to Taxes.
18.
The Guarantor is resident for Tax purposes only in its Original Jurisdiction.
19.
The Guarantor, the other Security Parties and each member of the Group conducts its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.
28


20.
The Guarantor, the other Security Parties and each member of the Group is in compliance, in all respects, with all Sanctions;
21.
None of the Guarantor, the other Security Parties and/or the other members of the Group is a Prohibited Person or is owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person and it does not own or control a Prohibited Person; and
22.
No proceeds of the Facility shall be made available, directly or indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person or otherwise shall be, directly or indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

The representations and warranties of the Guarantor set out above shall survive the execution of this Guarantee and shall be deemed to be repeated on the Drawdown Date, on each date a Designated Transaction is entered, on each Repayment Date, and each Interest Payment Date, with respect to the facts and circumstances existing at each such time as if made at such time.

29


A N N E X   1

FINANCIAL AGREEMENT


30
Exhibit 14.1
EURODRY LTD.
CODE OF ETHICS & ANTI-BRIBERY POLICY

The Board of Directors of EuroDry Ltd. (the "Company") has adopted this Code of Ethics and Anti-Bribery Policy (the "Code") for all of the Company's employees, directors, officers, crew and agents ("Employees").

I. INTRODUCTION

Employees are expected to conduct company business in a legal and ethical manner.

Honest and Fair Dealing
Employees shall endeavor to deal honestly, ethically and fairly with the Company's customers, suppliers, competitors and other employees. No Employee, in conducting company business, shall; take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair-dealing practice. Honest conduct is considered to be conduct that is free from fraud or deception. Ethical is considered to be conduct conforming to accepted professional standards of conduct.

Conflicts of Interest
A conflict of interest may occur when an Employee's private interests interfere, or appear to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. While it is not possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise, Employees shall not use or attempt to use their position with the Company to obtain improper personal benefits. Any Employee who becomes aware of a conflict of interest, or is concerned that such a conflict might develop, should immediately discuss the matter with the Audit Committee or legal counsel at the Company.

Bribery
The Company shall not use illegal payments, bribes, kickbacks or other questionable inducements to influence government decision making or any business transaction. The use of Company's funds or assets for any unlawful or improper purpose is prohibited. In the conduct of business, Employees shall avoid making payments that are or appear to be improper. Specifically, the Company prohibits bribery of or by any of its Employees and fosters a culture within the Company in which bribery is not acceptable.

Indirect bribery (bribery committed on the Company's behalf by third parties) is also caught by the Code. The Company will strive to deal only with reputable third parties and will do necessary due diligence on third parties where appropriate i.e., where circumstances may indicate a higher risk for bribery (for example, conducting business with a third party located in a jurisdiction with a reputation for bribery and corruption).

Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations
It is Company's policy to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is the personal responsibility of each Employee to adhere to the standards and restrictions imposed by those laws, rules and regulations, and in particular, those relating to accounting and auditing matters.

Any Employee who is unsure whether a situation violates any applicable law, rule, regulation or Company policy should contact the Company's legal counsel.



Failure to comply with the Code may subject the Employees to criminal or civil penalties as well as to disciplinary action by the Company up to and including termination for cause.

Signing of Initial and Annual Acknowledgments of the Code
All Employees will be required to complete an acknowledgment indicating that they have read and understood the Code and that they agree to abide to its requirements.

II. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND CODE OF ETHICS

Corporate Opportunities
Employees owe a duty to advance the legitimate interests of the Company when the opportunities to do so arise. Employees shall not take for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate, property, information or position.

Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets
The Company's assets shall only be used for legitimate business purposes and only by authorized Employees or their designees. This applies to tangible assets (such as ship's equipment, office equipment, telephones, personal computers, copy machines, etc.) and intangible assets (such as software, trade secrets and confidential information). Employees have a responsibility to protect the Company's assets from theft and loss and to ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company's profitability. If any Employee, becomes aware of theft, waste or misuse of the Company's assets he/she shall report this to his/her manager.

Confidentiality and Personal Data Privacy
It is important that Employees protect the confidentiality of Company information. Employees may have access to proprietary and confidential information concerning the Company's business, clients and suppliers. Confidential information includes such items as non-public information concerning the Company's business, financial results and prospects and potential corporate transactions. Employees are required to keep such information confidential during employment as well as thereafter, and not to use, disclose, or communicate that confidential information other than for legitimate business purposes. The consequences to the Company and the Employee concerned can be severe where there is unauthorized disclosure of any non-public or proprietary information.

To ensure the confidentiality of any personal information collected on individuals and to comply with applicable data privacy laws, Employees in possession of non-public, personal information about the Company's customers, potential customers, or Employees, shall maintain the highest degree of confidentiality and shall not disclose any personal information unless an explicit authorization is obtained by the management of the Company.



Securities Trading
We are subject to a number of laws concerning the purchase of the Company's shares and other publicly traded securities. Company policy prohibits Employees and their family members from trading securities while in possession of material, non-pubic information relating to the Company or any other company, including a customer or a supplier that has a significant relationship with the Company.

Information is "material" when it is likely that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in deciding whether to buy, hold or sell securities. In short, any information that could reasonably affect the price of securities is material. Information is considered to be "public" only when it has been released to the public through appropriate channels and enough time has elapsed to permit the investment market to absorb and evaluate the information. If you have any doubt as to whether you possess material non-public information, you should contact a manager and the advice of legal counsel may be sought.

Investment by Employees in the Company's securities is encouraged. In order to protect the Company and its Employees from liability that could result from a violation of legal requirements, the Company requires Employees to engage in purchases or sales of the Company's stock only during "Window Periods". Window Periods begin at the opening of trading on the second full trading day following the public release of quarterly or annual financial results and end on the last day of the third calendar month of the calendar quarter. No person may buy or sell the Company's securities, even during Window Periods, if such person is in possession of material, non-public information. At any time, the Board of Directors has authority to designate a "Blackout Period" over all trading in the Company's securities (even during a Window Period). A "Blackout Period" compels all trading in the securities affected to cease immediately for the period designated by the Board of Directors. A "Blackout Period" may be exercised over securities of companies with which the Company does or may do business or in which the Company invests or may invest. No one may disclose to any third party that a "Blackout Period" has been designated.

Failure to comply with the Company's securities trading policy may subject Employees or Employees' family members to criminal or civil penalties, as well as to disciplinary action by the Company up to and including termination for cause. Responsibility for complying with applicable laws as well as the Company's policy rests with Employees individually.

Disclosure
Employees are responsible for ensuring that the disclosure in the Company's periodic reports is full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. In doing so, Employees shall take such action as is reasonably appropriate to (i) establish and to comply with disclosure controls and procedures and accounting and financial controls that are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to them; (ii) confirm that the Company's periodic reports comply with applicable law, rules and regulations; and (iii) ensure that information contained in the Company's periodic reports fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.



Employees shall not knowingly (i) make, or permit or direct another person to make, materially false or misleading entries in the Company's, or any of its subsidiaries', financial statements or records; (ii) fail to correct materially false and misleading financial statements or records; (iii) sign, or permit another to sign, a document containing materially false and misleading information; or (iv) falsely respond, or fail to respond, to specify inquiries of the Company's independent auditor or legal counsel.

Electronic Communication
Electronic communications include all aspects of voice, video and data communications, such as voice mail, e-mail, fax and internet. Employees shall use electronic communications for business purposes and refrain from personal use. Among other things, Employees shall not participate in any online forum where the business of the Company or its customers or suppliers is discussed: this may give rise to a violation of the Company's confidentiality policy or subject the Company to legal action for defamation. The Company reserves the right to inspect all electronic communications involving the use of the Company's equipment, software, systems, or other facilities ("Systems") within the confines of applicable local law and Employees should not have an expectation of privacy when using Company Systems.

Corporate Communications
Only certain designated Employees may discuss the Company's matters with the news media, securities analysts and investors. All inquiries from regulatory authorities or government representatives shall be referred to the appropriate manager. Employees exposed to media contact when in the course of employment shall not comment on rumors or speculation regarding the Company's activities.

Health, Safety and Environmental Protection
The Company shall conduct its business in a manner designed to protect the health and safety of its Employees, its customers, the public, and the environment. The Company's policy is to operate its business and its vessels in accordance with all applicable health, safety and environmental laws and regulations so as to ensure the protection of the environment and the Company's personnel and property. Employees shall conduct themselves in a manner that is consistent with this policy. Any departure or suspected departure from this policy must be reported promptly.

III. ANTI-BRIBERY POLICY

Anti-Bribery Law
International anti-bribery law prohibits a person or company from both accepting bribes as well as bribing others to gain or retain a business advantage. There is also a specific prohibition relating to the bribing of government officials. Most anti-bribery laws are quite broad and are designed to prohibit any type of inducement intended to circumvent their terms.

A bribe of a government official can be broadly defined as a payment, offer, or promise of anything of value to any:

·
Foreign government official;


·
Foreign political party or party official;

·
Candidate for foreign political office;

·
Immediate family members of the foregoing or any person while knowing that a all or part of such payment will be passed on to any of the people described above;

For the purpose of:

·
Influencing an official act or decision of that person;

·
Inducing such person to do or omit to any act, in violation of his/her lawful duty;

·
Inducing such person to use his/her influence with a foreign government to affect or influence any government act; or

·
Securing any improper purpose;

In each case, to assist in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing any contract or business to, any person.

It is important to note that "anything of value" extends beyond cash and can include, for example, commissions, discounts, waivers, promotions, gifts, payment or reimbursement of travel or entertainment.

The Company's managed vessels operate worldwide and its Employees regularly and legitimately interact with government officials. Often Employees are required to communicate with government officials regarding licensing and other required government approvals, e.g. customs clearance, safety/environmental permits, etc.

In some countries, officials may request improper payment, gifts or other incentives to perform their duties in connection with or in furtherance of these communications. Employees are prohibited from making or providing any such improper payments to government officials. Compliance with international anti-bribery laws in these situations is paramount.

Facilitation payments are small payments made to government officials in accordance with publicly known or widely-followed local custom to expedite or secure performance of non discretionary, routine government action. The Company strongly discourages Employees from making facilitation payments in counties where the local law permits them. In counties where facilitation payments are prohibited the Company also prohibits them. For clarification as to whether a particular payment is a prohibited facilitation payment, please consult the Company's legal department.



Exceptions to Bribery Prohibitions
Relief from the prohibitions of various international anti-bribery laws is limited. If any Employee believes that his/her conduct would meet one of the exceptions discussed below, that Employee should contact immediately the Company's legal department before taking any action.

·
Routine, Government Payments
Most, if not all, governments require fees, taxes or payments for various government services. Payment of these fees is permissible and should occur in the ordinary course of dealing with a government. Be careful, however, to avoid making such payments to government officials in their individual capacity, or paying amounts in excess of the amount required by law.

·
Bona Fide Business Expenditures
Most anti-bribery laws permit payments to government officials that constitute bona fide, reasonable business expenditures. The expenditures must relate directly to the promotions, demonstration, or explanation of services or to the execution or performance of a contract with a foreign government or agency. Despite appearances, this exception to anti-bribery laws is not straightforward and, often the line between what is bona fide expenditure and what is improper inducement can become blurred. The analysis of such expenditure must focus on whether the expenditure in each situation is necessary and, if so, whether the payment is reasonable under the circumstances.

·
Local Law
Most anti-bribery laws do not prohibit payments that are lawful under the written laws and regulations of the government official's country. It is, however, rare that a country would officially permit payments or offers that are intended to cause that official to violate a lawful duty.

·
Gifts, Entertainment and Hospitality
Gifts, entertainment and hospitality include the receipt or offer of gifts, meals or tokens of appreciation and gratitude, or invitations to events, functions, or other social gatherings, in connection with matters related to the shipping business. These activities are acceptable provided that they fall within reasonable bounds of value, frequency, ethical conduct and have a transparent and legitimate business purpose.

However, if the value of the gift or entertainment becomes too large, it can affect, or be seen to affect, business judgment. It can also create expectations of special treatment. All gifts and entertainment given or received must be of a reasonable value and appropriate and proportionate to the business relationship in question.

Special attention should be given when providing gifts or entertainment to government officials, or if third parties are interacting with government officials on our behalf. If you are not sure whether a gift or entertainment is of a reasonable value or is permitted under the Code, you should discuss it with your manager or the Company's legal department.



Recognizing Red Flags
To assist Employees recognizing situations in which payments may be suspect or corrupt, we provide the following "red flags".

·
Unusual Payment Patterns or Financial Arrangements
Improper payments made to government officials or other third parties are frequently accompanied by unusual payment arrangements. Employees should use increased vigilance when asked, for example, to make payments in a bank account not located within the country where the services were rendered or the country where the recipient of funds is located. Be cautious when conducting business in a country with a reputation of corruption. A list of high risk jurisdictions can be found on the Transparency International website.

·
Unusually High Commissions
Commissions historically have been a vehicle through which bribes have been funneled to government officials or other third parties. Accordingly, a request to pay unusually high commissions, where the payment is not commensurate with the service being provided, is a warning sign of possible corruption. Be careful when a government official recommends hiring a consultant, and adequate diligence should be conducted on consultants generally to ensure the legitimate provision of services.

·
Lack of Transparency in Expenses and Accounting Records
A reluctance to share expense statements and accounting records of joint activity by a foreign business partner, vague descriptions or over-invoicing generally should serve as possible indicators of corrupt activity. The underlying business purpose of each payment should be clear. Pay particular attention that a reimbursement of an expense is a disguised payment to a government official or otherwise. Facilitation payments must not be made in countries where they are illegal.

Accounting & Record Keeping
It is the Company's policy that all financial transactions are recorded in a timely and accurate manner. Records reflect transactions in conformity with accepted accounting standards and are designed to prevent off-the-books transactions such as kickbacks and bribes.

The Company has devised and maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that:

·
Transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorization;

·
Transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles or any other criteria applicable to such statements and to maintain accountability for assets.

·
Access to assess is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization.

·
The recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.



Employees shall follow all applicable standards, principles and laws for accounting and financial reporting. No Employee shall establish an undisclosed or unrecorded account on behalf of the Company for any purpose. In addition, false or artificial entries are not to be made in the books and records of the Company for any reason.

IV. GENERAL TERMS

Procedures Regarding Waivers
Because of the importance of the matters involved in this Code, waivers will be granted only in limited circumstances and where such circumstances would support a waiver. Waivers of the Code may only be made by the Audit Committee and will be disclosed by the Company.

Internal Reporting
Employees shall take all appropriate action to stop any known misconduct by fellow Employees or other Company personnel that violate this Code. Employees shall report any known or suspected misconduct to the Chairman of the Audit Committee or the Company's outside legal counsel. The Company will not retaliate or allow retaliation for reports made in good faith.

Company's Corporate Complaints Procedure
As individuals who work on behalf of the Company, we all have a responsibility to help detect, prevent and report instances not only of bribery, but also of any other suspicious activity or wrongdoing. The senior management of the Company is absolutely committed to ensuring that all of us have a safe, reliable and confidential way of reporting any suspicious activity.

If you have a concern regarding a suspected instance of bribery, corruption, unethical conduct, etc., you may communicate the information to the Audit Committee or the Company's legal department, and seek their assistance.

In the event that such an incident is reported, the Company shall act as soon as possible to evaluate the situation. The Company has procedures for investigating fraud, misconduct and non-compliance issues and these will be followed in any investigation of this kind.

Employees individually are ultimately responsible for their compliance with applicable laws as well as the Code.

Every manager will also be responsible from administering the Code as it applies to Employees and operations within each manager's area of supervision.


 

 
Exhibit 21.1
 
List of Subsidiaries

Subsidiary
Country of Incorporation
 
Pantelis Shipping Corp.
Liberia
 
Eirini Shipping Ltd.
Liberia
 
Kamsarmax One Shipping Ltd.
Marshall Islands
 
Areti Shipping Ltd.
Marshall Islands
 
Ultra One Shipping Ltd.
Liberia
 
Kamsarmax Two Shipping Ltd.
Marshall Islands
 
Ultra Two Shipping Ltd.
Liberia


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated April 4, 2018, except for Note 17, as to which the date is May 7, 2018, relating to the combined carve-out financial statements of EuroDry Ltd. Predecessor, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.


/s/ Deloitte Certified Public Accountants S.A.
Athens, Greece
May 7, 2018

 

Exhibit 23.3
 

Consent of Nominee for Director of EuroDry Ltd.

I hereby consent to the reference to me to me under the caption "Management" in the registration statement on Form F-1 and related prospectus as shall be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and any and all amendments thereto, of EuroDry Ltd.

 
 
/s/ Christian Donohue_ ___________
Name: Christian Donohue


Date: May 7, 2018